2006-2008 RIDGELINE - P/NO. 61SJC02: How To Use This Manual

07/05/09 16:29:56 61SJC020_000_0002
2006-2008 RIDGELINE - P/NO. 61SJC02

INTRODUCTION
How to Use This Manual General Information

This manual is divided into multiple sections. The first page of
each section is marked with a black tab that lines up with its
corresponding thumb index tab on this page and the back cover. Specifications
You can quickly find the first page of each section without
looking through a full table of contents. The symbols printed at
the top corner of each page can also be used as a quick
reference system. Maintenance
Each section includes:
1. A table of contents, or an exploded view index showing:
• Parts disassembly sequence.
• Bolt torques and thread sizes. *Engine Electrical
• Page references to descriptions in text.
2. Disassembly/assembly procedures and tools.
3. Inspection.
4. Testing/troubleshooting. Engine Mechanical
5. Repair.
6. Adjustments.
Engine Cooling
Safety Messages
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. To help
Fuel and Emissions
cardiagn.com
you make informed decisions, we have provided safety
messages, and other safety information throughout this manual.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with servicing this vehicle. You must use
your own good judgment. *Transaxle
You will find important safety information in a variety of forms
including:
• Safety Labels − on the vehicle.
• Safety Messages − preceded by a safety alert symbol and *Steering
one of three signal words, DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if Suspension

you don’t follow instructions.
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions. *Brakes
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
(Including VSA)
• Instructions − how to service this vehicle correctly and safely.
*Body
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest
product information available at the time of printing. We reserve
the right to make changes at anytime without notice. No part of *Heating, Ventilation,
this publication may be reproduced, or stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted, in any form by any means, electronic,
and Air Conditioning
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of the publisher. This includes text,
figures, and tables. *Body Electrical
As you read this manual, you will find information that is
preceded by a symbol. The purpose of this message is *Audio, Navigation,
to help prevent damage to your vehicle, other property, or the
environment.
and Telematics
First Edition 06/2007 2,392 pages HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD. *Restraints
All Rights Reserved Service Publication Office
Specifications apply to USA and Canada
As sections with * include SRS components;

special precautions are required when servicing.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:29:56 61SJC020_000_0001
A Few Words About Safety

Service Information
The service and repair information contained in this IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
manual is intended for use by qualified, professional
technicians. Attempting service or repairs without the • Make sure you have a clear understanding of all basic
proper training, tools, and equipment could cause shop safety practices and that you are wearing
injury to you or others. It could also damage the vehicle appropriate clothing and using safety equipment.
or create an unsafe condition. When doing any service task, be especially careful of
the following:
This manual describes the proper methods and – Read all of the instructions before you begin, and
procedures for doing service, maintenance, and repairs. make sure you have the tools, the replacement or
Some procedures require the use of specially designed repair parts, and the skills required to do the tasks
tools and dedicated equipment. Any person who safely and completely.
intends to use a replacement part, service procedure, or – Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses,
a tool that is not recommended by Honda, must goggles, or face shields anytime you hammer, drill,
determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe grind, or work around pressurized air or liquids and
operation of the vehicle. springs or other stored-energy components. If
there is any doubt, put on eye protection.
If you need to replace any parts, always use the correct – Use other protective wear when necessary, such as
parts supplied by a Honda dealer. Never use inferior gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or sharp parts
quality parts. can cause severe burns or cuts. Before you grab
cardiagn.com
something that looks like it can hurt you, stop and
FOR YOUR CUSTOMER’S SAFETY put on gloves.
Proper service and maintenance are essential to the – Protect yourself and others whenever you have the
customer’s safety and the reliability of the vehicle. Any vehicle up in the air. Anytime you raise the vehicle,
error or oversight while servicing a vehicle can result in either with a lift or a jack, make sure that it is
faulty operation, damage to the vehicle, or injury to always securely supported. Use jack stands if
others. needed.
– Protect yourself by wearing an approved welding
helmet, gloves, and safety shoes anytime you are
Improper service or repairs can create an unsafe welding. You can receive burns from hot parts;
condition that can cause your customer or others to allow the parts to cool before working in that area.
be seriously hurt or killed. – Protect yourself from paints and harmful chemicals
Follow the procedures and precautions in this by wearing an approved respirator, eye protection,
manual and other service materials carefully. and gloves whenever you are painting. Spray paint
only in an approved paint booth that is well
ventilated.
FOR YOUR SAFETY
Because this manual is intended for the professional • Make sure the engine is off before you begin any
service technician, we do not provide warnings about servicing procedures, unless the instruction tells you
many basic shop safety practices (for example, Hot to do otherwise. This will help eliminate several
parts−wear gloves). If you have not received shop potential hazards:
safety training or do not feel confident about your – Carbon monoxide poisoning from engine exhaust.
knowledge of safe servicing practices, we recommend Be sure there is adequate ventilation whenever you
that you do not attempt to do the procedures described run the engine.
in this manual. – Burns from hot parts or coolant. Let the engine and
exhaust system cool before working in those areas.
– Injury from moving parts. If the instruction tells you
Failure to properly follow instructions and to run the engine, be sure your hands, fingers, and
precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or clothing are out of the way.
killed.
Follow the procedures and precautions in this • Gasoline vapors and hydrogen gases from batteries
manual carefully. are explosive. To reduce the possibility of a fire or
explosion, be careful when working around gasoline
Some of the most important general service safety or batteries.
precautions follow this text. However, we cannot warn – Use only a nonflammable solvent, not gasoline, to
you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in doing clean parts.
service and repair procedures. Only you can decide – Never drain or store gasoline in an open container.
whether or not you should do a given task. – Keep all cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from
the battery and all fuel-related parts.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:29:56 61SJC020_000_0003
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

The Ridgeline SRS includes a driver’s airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger’s airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and side
airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Service Manual.
Items marked with an asterisk ( ) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing,
disassembling, or replacing these items requires special precautions and tools, and should be done by an authorized
Honda dealer.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
• Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II),
cardiagn.com
or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the
airbags may deploy.
• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats,
in the roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０００１ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:29 61SJC020_010_0001
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes

’06 Model ....................................................................... 1-2
’07 Model ....................................................................... 1-3
’08 Model ....................................................................... 1-4
cardiagn.com
Identification Number Locations .................... 1-5
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations .... 1-6
Under-hood Emission Control Label ............... 1-9

Lift and Support Points .................................... 1-10
Towing .............................................................. 1-11

Parts Marking .................................................... 1-12
Precautions for Variable Torque

Management 4WD (VTM-4) System ........... 1-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０１０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:29 61SJC020_010_0002
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes

’06 Model
Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

０１
０３
2HJ YK1 6 2 * 6 H 500001 J35A9 - 1000001
a b c de f g h a b
a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle a. Engine Type

2HJ: Honda of Canada Mfg., J35A9: 3.5 L SOHC VTEC Sequential Multiport
Honda Canada Inc. Fuel-injected engine
Honda Light duty truck b. Serial Number
b. Line, Body, and Engine Type
YK1: Ridgeline/J35A9
c. Body Type and Transmission Type Transmission Number
cardiagn.com
6: 4-door/5-speed Automatic ０４
d. Vehicle Grade (Series) BJFA - 8000001
USA models
2: RT
4: RTS
5: RTL
a b
RTL with Moonroof and XM radio
RTL with Moonroof and XM radio and a. Transmission Type
Navigation System BJFA: 5-speed Automatic
Canada models b. Serial Number
4: LX
5: EXL
EXL SR Paint Code
EXL with Navigation System Code Color USA Canada
e. Check Digit models models
f. Model Year NH-578 White ○
6: ’06 NH-689M Billet Silver Metallic ○ ○
g. Factory Code B-92P Nighthawk Black Pearl ○ ○
H: Alliston, Ontario Factory in Canada B-533M Steel Blue Metallic ○ ○
h. Serial Number G-521M Amazon Green Metallic ○ ○
500001: USA models R-519P Redrock Pearl ○ ○
000001: Canada models ０５
０２
COLOR LABEL
Vehicle Identification Number

and Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard Certification.
and Canadian Motor Vehicle
1-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０Ａ００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ１９
07/05/09 16:30:31 61SJC020_010_0003
’07 Model
Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

０１
０２
2HJ YK1 6 2 * 7 H 500001 J35A9 - 2000001
a b c de f g h a b
a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle a. Engine Type

2HJ: Honda of Canada Mfg., J35A9: 3.5 L SOHC VTEC Sequential Multiport
Honda Canada Inc. Fuel-injected engine
Honda Light duty truck b. Serial Number
YK1: Ridgeline/J35A9
c. Body Type and Transmission Type Transmission Number
cardiagn.com
6: 4-door/5-speed Automatic ０３
d. Vehicle Grade (Series) BJFA - 9000001
USA models
2: RT
3: RTX
4: RTS
a b
5: RTL
RTL with Navigation System a. Transmission Type
Canada models BJFA: 5-speed Automatic
4: LX b. Serial Number
5: EXL
EXL with Moonroof
EXL with Moonroof and Navigation System Paint Code
e. Check Digit Code Color USA Canada
f. Model Year models models
7: ’07 NH-578 White ○
g. Factory Code NH-578X White ○
H: Alliston, Ontario Factory in Canada NH-689M Billet Silver Metallic ○ ○
h. Serial Number NH-705M Nimbus Gray Metallic ○ ○
500001: USA models NH-707 Formal Black II ○
000001: Canada models NH-707X Formal Black II ○ ○
B-533M Steel Blue Metallic ○ ○
０２ G-525M Dark Silver Sage Metallic ○ ○
R-529P Dark Cherry Pearl ○ ○
０５
COLOR LABEL

1-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０Ｃ００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ１９
07/05/09 16:30:32 61SJC020_010_0004
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes (cont’d)

’08 Model
Engine Number
Vehicle Identification Number ＊０３
＊０１ J35A9 - 4000001
2HJ YK1 6 2 * 8 H 500001
a b
a b c de f g h
a. Engine Type
a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle J35A9: 3.5 L SOHC VTEC Sequential Multiport
2HJ: Honda of Canada Mfg., Fuel-injected engine
Honda Canada Inc. b. Serial Number
Honda Light duty truck
YK1: Ridgeline/J35A9 Transmission Number
c. Body Type and Transmission Type ＊０４
cardiagn.com
6: 4-door/5-speed Automatic BJFA - 1000001
d. Vehicle Grade (Series)
USA models
2: RT
3: RTX
a b
4: RTS
5: RTL a. Transmission Type
RTL with Navigation System BJFA: 5-speed Automatic
Canada models b. Serial Number
4: LX
5: EXL
EXL with Moonroof Paint Code
EXL with Moonroof and Navigation System Code Color USA Canada
e. Check Digit models models
f. Model Year NH-578 White ○
8: ’08 NH-578X White ○
g. Factory Code NH-689M Billet Silver Metallic ○ ○
H: Alliston, Ontario Factory in Canada NH-705M Nimbus Gray Metallic ○ ○
h. Serial Number NH-707 Formal Black II ○
500001: USA models NH-707X Formal Black II ○ ○
000001: Canada models B-533M Steel Blue Metallic ○ ○
R-529P Dark Cherry Pearl ○ ○
＊０２＊０５
COLOR LABEL

1-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０Ｄ００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:30:32 61SJC020_010_0005
Identification Number Locations

０６
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) Number (VIN)
cardiagn.com
Bar Code Engine Number Transmission Number

Engine Number
1-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:30:33 61SJC020_010_0006
General Information
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations

Passenger’s Compartment:
＊０１ SRS INFORMATION
USA models
FRONT PASSENGER
MODULE DANGER
SRS WARNING
INFORMATION
cardiagn.com
FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
(CHILD SEAT)
USA models
SIDE AIRBAG MODULE DANGER

STEERING COLUMN
NOTICE
FRONT SEAT BELT TENSIONER

MONITOR NOTICE WARNING
０８
VTM-4
LOCK INFORMATION
1-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ４０
07/05/09 16:30:34 61SJC020_010_0007
Steering Wheel:
０９
DRIVER MODULE DANGER
cardiagn.com
CABLE REEL CAUTION
Rear Compartment:
１０
ROOF SIDE
MODULE DANGER
(cont’d)
1-7
07/05/09 16:30:34 61SJC020_010_0008
General Information
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations (cont’d)

’06 Model: Driver’s Doorjamb:
０１＊０２
SRS WARNING
SERVICE INFORMATION
ENGINE COOLANT (Under-hood Emission
INFORMATION Control)
cardiagn.com
TIRE INFORMATION
SIDE AIRBAG INFORMATION
Located on driver’s doorjamb and
passenger’s doorjamb (not shown)
AIR CONDITIONING BATTERY
INFORMATION DANGER
RADIATOR CAP Left Bed Side Panel:
DANGER
１３
’07-08 Models:
０２
ENGINE COOLANT
INFORMATION
SERVICE INFORMATION
SRS WARNING (Under-hood Emission
Control)
PORTABLE FUEL TANK WARNING
AIR CONDITIONING BATTERY

INFORMATION DANGER
RADIATOR CAP
DANGER
1-8
07/05/09 16:30:36 61SJC020_010_0009
Under-hood Emission Control Label

Emission Group Identification Test Group and Evaporative Family
Example: Test Group:
＊０７＊０３
’06-07 Models
VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

8 HNX T 03.5 MKR
EVAP CANISTER TO EVAP CANISTER
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO U.S. EPA
PURGE VALVE
TIER 2 BIN 5 REGULATIONS APPLICABLE
TO 2006 MODEL YEAR NEW LIGHT-DUTY
TRUCKS AND CALIFORNIA REGULATIONS
APPLICABLE TO 2006 MODEL YEAR NEW
LEV II ULEV LIGHT-DUTY TRUCKS. ab c d e
2WU-TWC, TWC, 2A/F SENSOR, 2HO2S, EGR, SFI
a. Model Year
6HNXT03.5AKR
6HNXR0156BBA
OBD II CERTIFIED
6: ’06
3.5L FRONT
PCV VALVE 7: ’07
VALVE LASH (IN) 0.22 ±0.02mm (COLD)
(EX) 0.30 ±0.02mm (COLD) EXHAUST EMISSIONS STANDARDS 8: ’08
ARB: LEV II ULEV (CERTIFICATION AND IN-USE)
NO OTHER ADJUSTME NTS NEE DED. EPA: TIER 2 BIN 5 (CERTIFICATION AND IN-USE) b. Manufacturer Subcode
HNX: HONDA
LOADED I/M TESTING OF THIS VEHICLE MUST BE
CONDUCTED ON A FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE SPEED c. Family Type
cardiagn.com
SYNCHRONIZED DYNAMOMETER. OTHERWISE, A T: LDT
NON-LOADED TEST PROCEDURE MUST BE PERFORMED.
d. Displacement
e. Sequence Characters
X• C AKR: ’06 model
HONDA MOTOR CO. , LTD. RJE-A01
TKR: ’07 model
MKR: ’08 model
＊０８ ’08 Model
VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS : 2008MY
Evaporative Family:
U.S. EPA: T2B5 LDT3 OBD: CA OBD II FUEL: GASOLINE ＊０４
ARB: LEV II ULEV LDT2 OBD: CA OBD II FUEL: GASOLINE
2W U-T WC , TW C, 2A/ F S E NSO R, 2 HO2S , E GR , S FI
8 HNX R 0163 BBA
8HNXT03.5MKR 8HNXR0163BBA 3.5L
LOADEDI/MTESTINGOFTHISVEHICLEMUSTBECONDUCTEDONAFOUR-WHEELDRIVESPEEDSYNCHRONIZED
DYNAMOMETER.OTHERWISE,ANON-LOADEDTESTPROCEDUREMUSTBEPERFORMED.
ab c d e
INFORMATION
THE FACTORY INSTALLED LONG-LIFE COOLANT MUST BE REPLACED ACCORDING TO MAINTENANCE MINDER SUB CODE 5, OR AT 10 YEARS WHICHEVER COMES FIRST.
THEREAFTER EVERY 5 YEARS.
WHEN ADDING OR REPLACING THE COOLANT, ALWAYS USE Honda RECOMMENDED GENUINE LONG-LIFE ANTI-FREEZE/COOLANT TYPE 2. THIS COOLANT IS PRE-MIXED
a. Model Year
WITH 50% DISTILLED WATER. IT DOES NOT REQUIRE ANY ADDITIONAL MIXING.
NEVER DILUTE THE COOLANT, OR THE LIFE OF THE ENGINE MAY BE SERIOUSLY SHORTENED.
6: ’06
CHECK OR ADD THE COOLANT AT THE RESERVE TANK, NOT THE RADIATOR.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE COOLING SYSTEM, READ THE OWNER’S MANUAL OR CHECK WITH YOUR Honda DEALER. 7: ’07
8: ’08
7• D b. Manufacturer Subcode
HONDA MOTOR CO. , LTD. R J E- A 0 3
HNX: HONDA
c. Family Type
’06 Model R: EVAP/ORVR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO U.S. EPA TIER 2 BIN 5 d. Canister Working Capacity Group
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO 2006 MODEL YEAR 0156: ’06 model
NEW LIGHT-DUTY TRUCKS AND CALIFORNIA 0163: ’07-08 models
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO 2006 MODEL YEAR e. Sequence Characters
NEW LEV II ULEV LIGHT-DUTY TRUCKS. BBA: ’06 and ’08 models
BBY: ’07 model
’07 Model
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO U.S. EPA TIER 2 BIN 5
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO 2007 MODEL YEAR
NEW LIGHT-DUTY TRUCKS AND CALIFORNIA
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO 2007 MODEL YEAR
NEW LEV II ULEV LIGHT-DUTY TRUCKS.
1-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ５０
07/05/09 16:30:37 61SJC020_010_0010
General Information
Lift and Support Points

NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components Floor Jack
such as suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the
vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall 1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking
safety stands. When substantial weight is removed brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the
from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can shift lever in the P position.
change, causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift.
2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted.
Vehicle Lift
3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking
1. Position the lift blocks (A) under the vehicle’s front bracket (A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center
support points (B) and rear support points (C). the jacking bracket on the jack lift platform (C), and
１７ jack up the vehicle high enough to fit the safety
stands under it.
１８
cardiagn.com
A C
A
B C
2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle

gently to be sure it’s firmly supported.
3. Raise the lift to its height, and inspect the vehicle

support points for solid contact with the lift blocks.
B C
Safety Stands 4. Position the safety stands under the support points
and adjust them so the vehicle is level.
To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same
support points (B and C) as for a vehicle lift. Always use 5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands.
safety stands when working on or under any vehicle
that is supported only by a jack.
1-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ６０
07/05/09 16:30:38 61SJC020_010_0011
Towing
If the vehicle needs to be towed, call a professional Wheel Lift Equipment − The tow truck uses two
towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another pivoting arms that go under the tires (front or rear) and
vehicle with a rope or chain. It is very dangerous. lift them off the ground. The other two wheels remain
on the ground. Never tow the vehicle with this wheel
Emergency Towing lift equipment.
There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle.
Sling-type Equipment − The tow truck uses metal
Flat-bed Equipment − The operator loads the vehicle cables with hooks on the ends. These hooks go around
on the back of a truck. This is the only way of parts of the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that
transporting the vehicle. end of the vehicle off the ground. The vehicle’s
suspension and body can be seriously damaged if this
To accommodate flat-bed equipment, the vehicle is method of towing is attempted. This method of towing
equipped with a front towing hook (A), front tie down the Ridgeline is unacceptable.
hook slot (B), rear towing hook (C), and rear tie down
hook slot (D). The only recommended way of towing the Ridgeline is
on a flat-bed truck.
The towing hooks can be used with a winch to pull the
cardiagn.com
vehicle onto the truck, and the tie down hook slots can
be used to secure the vehicle to the truck. • Towing the Ridgeline with only two wheels on the
０６ ground will damage parts of the 4WD system. If the
Front:
vehicle is damaged, it should be transported on a flat-
bed truck or trailer.
• Trying to lift or tow the vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not
designed to support the vehicle’s weight.
For non-emergency towing information, refer to the

A
owner’s manual.
Trailer Towing (’07-08 USA RTX model)

This vehicle has a class three trailer hitch (A) as
standard equipment. The cover (B), the ball mount (C),
the hitch pin (D), and the hitch pin clip (E) are stored in
B the in-bed trunk.
＊０５
Rear: A A
C E
D
C
1-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ７０
07/05/09 16:30:38 61SJC020_010_0012
General Information
Parts Marking Precautions for Variable Torque

Management 4WD (VTM-4) System
To deter vehicle theft, certain major components are
marked with the vehicle identification number (VIN).
Original parts have self-adhesive labels. Replacement This vehicle is equipped with the Variable Torque
body parts have generic self-adhesive labels. These Management 4WD (VTM-4) System. The VTM-4 system
labels should not be removed. The original engine or distributes driving torque between the front and rear
transmission VIN plates are not transferable to the wheels when accelerating and when wheel spin occurs.
replacement engine or transmission.
The VTM-4 system does not have a manual switch to
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the parts marking disable the 4WD system. Whenever service work
labels during body repair. Mask the labels before requires spinning the front or rear wheels with the
repairing the part. engine, always lift and support the vehicle so all four
wheels are off the ground.
cardiagn.com
1-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４６００００００００ＢＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:31:22 61SJC020_020_0001
Specifications
Standards and Service Limits

Engine Electrical ........................................................... 2-2
Engine Assembly .......................................................... 2-2
Cylinder Head ............................................................... 2-3
Engine Block ................................................................. 2-4
Engine Lubrication ....................................................... 2-5
Cooling System ............................................................ 2-5
Fuel and Emissions ...................................................... 2-5
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential ........... 2-6
Rear Differential ............................................................ 2-15
Steering ......................................................................... 2-15
cardiagn.com
Suspension ................................................................... 2-15
Brakes ............................................................................ 2-16
Air Conditioning ........................................................... 2-16
Design Specifications
Dimensions ................................................................... 2-17
Weight ........................................................................... 2-17
Engine ............................................................................ 2-17
Starter ............................................................................ 2-17
Automatic Transmission .............................................. 2-18
Steering ......................................................................... 2-18
Suspension ................................................................... 2-18
Wheel Alignment .......................................................... 2-18
Brakes ............................................................................ 2-18
Tires ............................................................................... 2-18
Air Conditioning ........................................................... 2-18
Electrical Ratings .......................................................... 2-19
Body Specifications ...................................................... 2-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０２０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0002

Engine Electrical
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Ignition coil Rated voltage 12 V
Firing order 1−4−2−5−3−6
Spark plug Type NGK: IZFR5K11
DENSO: SKJ16DR-M11
Gap 1.0−1.1 mm (0.039−0.043 in.) ―――
Ignition timing At idle In N or P position 10±2 ° BTDC
Check the red mark
Drive belt Tension Auto tensioner
Alternator Output At 13.5 V and 130 A
normal engine
temperature
Coil (rotor) resistance At 68 °F (20 °C) 2.3 −2.7
Slip ring O.D. 14.2−14.4 mm (0.56−0.57 in.) 13.8 mm (0.54 in.)
Brush length 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Brush spring tension 2.94−3.53 N (0.30−0.36 kgf, 0.66−0.80 lbf)
Starter Output 1.6 kW
Commutator mica depth 0.4−0.6 mm (0.016−0.024 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Commutator runout 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) max. 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)
cardiagn.com
Commutator O.D. 29.3−29.5 mm (1.154−1.161 in.) 28.8 mm (1.134 in.)
Brush length 7.7−8.0 mm (0.30−0.31 in.) 0.9 mm (0.04 in.)
Brush spring tension (new) 15.9−19.5 N (1.62−1.99 kgf, 3.57−4.39 lbf)
Engine Assembly
Compression Pressure Minimum 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) ―――
Check the engine with the starter Maximum 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) ―――
cranking variation
2-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＮＤＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0003
Cylinder Head
Head Warpage ――― 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Height 120.95−121.05 mm (4.762−4.766 in.) ―――
Camshaft End play 0.05−0.20 mm (0.002−0.008 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance 0.050−0.089 mm (0.0020−0.0035 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Total runout 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)
Cam lobe height Intake, primary 35.041 mm (1.3796 in.) ―――
Intake, mid 36.445 mm (1.4348 in.) ―――
Intake, 35.284 mm (1.3891 in.) ―――
secondary
Exhaust 36.326 mm (1.4302 in.) ―――
Valve Clearance (cold) Intake 0.20−0.24 mm (0.008−0.009 in.) ―――
Exhaust 0.28−0.32 mm (0.011−0.013 in.) ―――
Stem O.D. Intake 5.485−5.495 mm (0.2159−0.2163 in.) 5.455 mm (0.2148 in.)
Exhaust 5.450−5.460 mm (0.2146−0.2150 in.) 5.420 mm (0.2134 in.)
Stem-to-guide clearance Intake 0.020−0.045 mm (0.0008−0.0018 in.) 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)
Valve seat Width Intake 1.25−1.55 mm (0.049−0.061 in.) 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
cardiagn.com
Stem installed height Intake 46.75−47.55 mm (1.841−1.872 in.) 47.80 mm (1.882 in.)
Valve spring Free length Intake 51.54 mm (2.029 in.) ―――
Exhaust 51.06 mm (2.010 in.) ―――
Valve guide I.D. Intake 5.515−5.530 mm (0.2171−0.2177 in.) 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)
Installed height Intake 21.20−22.20 mm (0.835−0.874 in.) ―――
Exhaust 20.60−21.60 mm (0.811−0.850 in.) ―――
Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft clearance Intake 0.026−0.067 mm (0.0010−0.0026 in.) 0.067 mm (0.0026 in.)
2-3
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0004

Engine Block
Block Warpage of deck 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Bore diameter 89.000−89.015 mm (3.5039−3.5045 in.) 89.065 mm (3.5065 in.)
Bore taper ――― 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Reboring limit ――― 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 16.0 mm (0.63 in.) from 88.975−88.985 mm (3.5029−3.5033 in.) 88.965 mm (3.5026 in.)
bottom of skirt
Clearance in cylinder 0.015−0.040 mm (0.0006−0.0016 in.) 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)
Ring groove width Top 1.240−1.250 mm (0.0488−0.0492 in.) 1.27 mm (0.050 in.)
Second 1.220−1.230 mm (0.0480−0.0484 in.) 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
Oil 2.805−2.825 mm (0.1104−0.1112 in.) 2.85 mm (0.112 in.)
Piston ring Ring-to-groove clearance Top 0.055−0.080 mm (0.0022−0.0031 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Second 0.030−0.055 mm (0.0012−0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Ring end gap Top 0.20−0.35 mm (0.008−0.014 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Second 0.40−0.55 mm (0.016−0.022 in.) 0.70 mm (0.028 in.)
Oil 0.20−0.70 mm (0.008−0.028 in.) 0.80 mm (0.031 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 21.962−21.965 mm (0.8646−0.8648 in.) 21.954 mm (0.8643 in.)
Pin-to-piston clearance −0.0050 to ＋0.0010 mm 0.004 mm (0.0002 in.)
(−0.00020 to ＋0.00004 in.)
cardiagn.com
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod clearance 0.005−0.014 mm (0.0002−0.0006 in.) 0.019 mm (0.0007 in.)
Small-end bore diameter 21.970−21.976 mm (0.8650−0.8652 in.) ―――
Large-end bore diameter 58.0 mm (2.28 in.) ―――
End play installed on crankshaft 0.15−0.35 mm (0.006−0.014 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Crankshaft Main journal diameter 71.976−72.000 mm (2.8337−2.8346 in.) ―――
Rod journal diameter 54.976−55.000 mm (2.1644−2.1654 in.) ―――
Rod/main journal taper 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.)
Rod/main journal out-of-round 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.)
End play 0.10−0.35 mm (0.004−0.014 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Runout 0.025 mm (0.0010 in.) max. 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)
Crankshaft Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance 0.020−0.044 mm (0.0008−0.0017 in.) 0.050 mm (0.0020 in.)
bearing Rod bearing clearance 0.020−0.044 mm (0.0008−0.0017 in.) 0.050 mm (0.0020 in.)
2-4
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0005
Engine Lubrication
Engine oil Capacity Engine overhaul 5.0 L (5.3 US qt)
Oil change, 4.3 L (4.5 US qt)
including filter
Oil change, 4.0 L (4.2 US qt)
without filter
Oil pump Inner-to-outer rotor clearance 0.04−0.16 mm (0.002−0.006 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-outer rotor clearance 0.10−0.19 mm (0.004−0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-outer rotor axial 0.02−0.07 mm (0.001−0.003 in.) 0.12 mm (0.005 in.)
clearance
Oil pressure with oil temperature at At idle 70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2, 10 psi)
176 °F (80 °C) At 3,000 rpm 490 kPa (5.0 kgf/cm2, 71 psi)
Cooling System
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New
Radiator Coolant capacities (including engine, Engine overhaul 8.1 L (2.14 US gal)
heater, hoses, and reservoir) Coolant change 6.2 L (1.64 US gal)
Use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant Type 2
cardiagn.com
Coolant reservoir Coolant capacity 0.6 L (0.16 US gal)
Radiator cap Opening pressure 93−123 kPa (0.95−1.25 kgf/cm2, 14−18 psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins to open 169−176 °F (76 −80 °C)
Fully open 194 °F (90 °C)
Valve lift at fully open 10.0 mm (0.39 in.) min.
Fuel and Emissions

Fuel pressure Pressure with fuel pressure gauge 390−440 kPa (4.0−4.5 kgf/cm2, 57−64 psi)
regulator connected
Fuel tank Capacity 83.3 L (22.01 US gal)
Engine idle Idle speed without load In N or P position 730±50 rpm
Idle speed with high electrical load In N or P position 730±50 rpm
(A/C switch ON, temperature set to
Max Cool, blower fan on High, and
headlights on high beam)
2-5
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0006

Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential
Automatic Capacity Fluid change 3.1 L (3.3 US qt)
transmission Use Honda ATF-Z1 Overhaul 8.1 L (8.6 US qt) (2006 models)
fluid 8.0 L (8.4 US qt) (2007 models)
ATF pressure Line pressure At 2,000 rpm 950−1,010 kPa 900 kPa
in N or P position (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, 140−146 psi) (9.2 kgf/cm2, 130 psi)
5th clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
in D position (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, 140−146 psi) (9.1 kgf/cm2, 130 psi)
4th clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
3rd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
2nd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
in 2 position (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, 140−146 psi) (9.1 kgf/cm2, 130 psi)
1st clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
1st-hold clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm 800−880 kPa 760 kPa
Torque converter Stall speed 1,950 rpm 1,800−2,100 rpm
cardiagn.com
Check with vehicle on level ground
Clutch Clutch end-plate-to-top-disc clearance 1st ――― 1.15−1.35 mm
(0.045−0.053 in.)
2nd ――― 1.05−1.25 mm
(0.041−0.049 in.)
3rd ――― 0.8−1.0 mm
(0.031−0.039 in.)
4th, 5th ――― 0.75−0.95 mm
(0.030−0.037 in.)
1st-hold ――― 0.6−1.0 mm
(0.024−0.039 in.)
Clutch return spring free length 1st 68.3 mm (2.69 in.) 66.3 mm (2.61 in.)
2nd 48.3 mm (1.90 in.) 46.3 mm (1.82 in.)
3rd 52.0 mm (2.05 in.) 50.0 mm (1.97 in.)
4th 37.4 mm (1.47 in.) 35.4 mm (1.39 in.)
5th 50.0 mm (1.97 in.) 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
Clutch disc thickness 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) ―――
Clutch plate thickness 1st 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) When discolored
2nd 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) When discolored
3rd 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) When discolored
4th, 5th 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) When discolored
1st-hold 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) When discolored
1st clutch end plate thickness Mark 1 3.1 mm (0.122 in.) When discolored
Mark 2 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) When discolored
1st-hold clutch plate B thickness 5.0 mm (0.197 in.) When discolored
2-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＮＤＡＴ０３
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0007

Clutch (cont’d) 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th clutch end plate Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) When discolored
thickness Mark 2 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) When discolored
Stator shaft I.D. at needle bearing contact area Torque converter 27.000−27.021 mm (1.063−1.064 in.) When worn or
side damaged
ATF pump side 31.000−31.025 mm (1.220−1.221 in.) ―――
I.D. at mainshaft sealing ring contact 31.000−31.025 mm (1.220−1.221 in.) 31.05 mm (1.222 in.)
area
ATF pump Gear-to-body thrust clearance 0.03−0.06 mm (0.001−0.002 in.) 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
Gear-to-body clearance Drive gear 0.210−0.265 mm (0.008−0.010 in.) ―――
Driven gear 0.070−0.125 mm (0.003−0.005 in.) ―――
Driven gear I.D. 14.016−14.034 mm (0.5518−0.5525 in.) When worn or
cardiagn.com
damaged
Driven gear shaft O.D. 13.980−13.990 mm (0.5504−0.5508 in.) When worn or
damaged
Reverse shift Fork finger thickness 5.90−6.00 mm (0.220−0.236 in.) 5.4 mm (0.213 in.)
fork
Park gear and ――― ――― When worn or
pawl damaged
Regulator valve Shift fork shaft bore I.D. 14.000−14.010 mm (0.5512−0.5516 in.) ―――
body Shift fork shaft/servo valve bore I.D. 37.000−37.039 mm (1.4567−1.4582 in.) 37.045 mm (1.4585 in.)
Mainshaft sealing ring contact I.D. 31.000−31.025 mm (1.220−1.221 in.) 31.05 mm (1.222 in.)
Main valve body Third shaft sealing ring contact I.D. 35.000−35.025 mm (1.3780−1.3789 in.) 35.05 mm (1.3799 in.)
ATF guide collar Secondary shaft sealing ring contact 29.000−29.021 mm (1.1417−1.1426 in.) 29.05 mm (1.1437 in.)
I.D.
Mainshaft Diameter at stator shaft needle bearing 22.984−23.000 mm (0.9049−0.9055 in.) When worn or
contact area damaged
5th gear collar diameter at needle 39.975−39.991 mm (1.5738−1.5744 in.) When worn or
bearing contact area damaged
5th gear collar length 48.7−48.8 mm (1.917−1.921 in.) ―――
5th gear collar flange thickness 5.15−5.30 mm (0.203−0.209 in.) When worn or
damaged
5th gear I.D. 46.000−46.016 mm (1.8110−1.8116 in.) When worn or
damaged
5th gear axial clearance 0.10−0.22 mm (0.004−0.009 in.) ―――
Sealing ring thickness 1.90−1.96 mm (0.074−0.077 in.) 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
Sealing ring groove width 2.025−2.060 mm (0.080−0.081 in.) 2.08 mm (0.082 in.)
(cont’d)
2-7
07/05/09 16:31:23 61SJC020_020_0008

Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont’d)
Countershaft Diameter at bearing contact area Torque converter 40.505−40.515 mm (1.5947−1.5951 in.) When worn or damaged
housing bearing
5th gear 34.975−34.991 mm (1.3770−1.3776 in.) When worn or damaged
Diameter of 2nd gear at needle 61.975−61.991 mm (2.2400−2.2406 in.) When worn or damaged
bearing contact area
Reverse gear collar O.D. 39.979−40.000 mm (1.5740−1.5748 in.) When worn or damaged
Reverse selector hub O.D. 55.885−55.900 mm (2.200−2.201 in.) When worn or damaged
Cotter thickness 4th gear 1.99−2.02 mm (0.078−0.080 in.) ―――
2nd gear 7.74−7.52 mm (0.295−0.296 in.) ―――
I.D. of gears 5th gear 41.000−41.016 mm (1.6142−1.6148 in.) When worn or damaged
Idler gear 70.000−70.019 mm (2.7559−2.7567 in.) When worn or damaged
Reverse gear 46.000−46.016 mm (1.8110−1.8116 in.) When worn or damaged
Axial clearance of gears 2nd gear 0.005−0.040 mm (0.0002−0.0016 in.) ―――
5th gear 0.12−0.27 mm (0.0047−0.0106 in.) ―――
Idler gear 0.005−0.040 mm (0.0002−0.0016 in.) ―――
Reverse gear 0.10−0.25 mm (0.0039−0.0098 in.) ―――
61 mm washer thickness A 1.525 mm (0.0600 in.) When worn or damaged
B 1.505 mm (0.0593 in.) When worn or damaged
cardiagn.com
C 1.485 mm (0.0585 in.) When worn or damaged
D 1.465 mm (0.0577 in.) When worn or damaged
E 1.445 mm (0.0569 in.) When worn or damaged
F 1.425 mm (0.0561 in.) When worn or damaged
G 1.405 mm (0.0553 in.) When worn or damaged
50.8 mm washer thickness A 1.91 mm (0.0752 in.) When worn or damaged
H 2.05 mm (0.0807 in.) When worn or damaged
I 2.07 mm (0.0815 in.) When worn or damaged
J 2.09 mm (0.0823 in.) When worn or damaged
K 2.11 mm (0.0831 in.) When worn or damaged
L 2.13 mm (0.0839 in.) When worn or damaged
M 2.15 mm (0.0846 in.) When worn or damaged
N 2.17 mm (0.0854 in.) When worn or damaged
O 2.19 mm (0.0862 in.) When worn or damaged
P 2.21 mm (0.0870 in.) When worn or damaged
Q 2.23 mm (0.0878 in.) When worn or damaged
R 2.25 mm (0.0886 in.) When worn or damaged
S 2.27 mm (0.0894 in.) When worn or damaged
T 2.29 mm (0.0902 in.) When worn or damaged
U 2.31 mm (0.0909 in.) When worn or damaged
V 2.33 mm (0.0917 in.) When worn or damaged
W 2.35 mm (0.0925 in.) When worn or damaged
X 2.37 mm (0.0933 in.) When worn or damaged
Y 2.39 mm (0.0941 in.) When worn or damaged
Z 2.41 mm (0.0949 in.) When worn or damaged
AA 2.43 mm (0.0957 in.) When worn or damaged
AB 2.45 mm (0.0965 in.) When worn or damaged
35 x 47 mm thrust washer 5.97−6.00 mm (0.2350−0.2362 in.) When worn or damaged
thickness
2-8
07/05/09 16:31:24 61SJC020_020_0009

Secondary shaft Diameter at bearing contact area 2nd gear 43.986−43.999 mm (1.7317−1.7322 in.) When worn or damaged
Torque converter 32.002−32.015 mm (1.2599−1.2604 in.) When worn or damaged
housing bearing
Torque converter 28.592−28.608 mm (1.1257−1.1263 in.) When worn or damaged
housing bearing
(shaft end side)
Diameter of 1st gear collar at 38.975−38.991 mm (1.5344−1.5351 in.) When worn or damaged
needle bearing contact area
I.D. of gears 1st gear 44.000−44.013 mm (1.7323−1.7328 in.) When worn or damaged
2nd gear 50.00−50.02 mm (1.9685−1.9693 in.) When worn or damaged
Axial clearance of gears 1st gear 0.100−0.130 mm (0.0039−0.0051 in.) ―――
2nd gear 0.060−0.228 mm (0.0024−0.0090 in.) ―――
52 mm thrust washer thickness M 2.405 mm (0.095 in.) When worn or damaged
cardiagn.com
A 2.705 mm (0.106 in.) When worn or damaged
1st gear collar length 63.3−63.4 mm (2.4921−2.4961 in.) ―――
ATF feed pipe O.D. 1st clutch 11.47−11.48 mm (0.4516−0.4520 in.) 11.45 mm (0.4508 in.)
1st-hold clutch 5.97−5.98 mm (0.2350−0.2354 in.) 5.95 mm (0.2343 in.)
Feed pipe bushing I.D. 1st clutch 11.518−11.530 mm (0.4535−0.4539 in.) 11.545 mm (0.4545 in.)
1st-hold clutch 6.018−6.030 mm (0.2369−0.2374 in.) 6.045 mm (0.2380 in.)
(cont’d)
2-9
07/05/09 16:31:24 61SJC020_020_0010

Secondary shaft 65 mm thrust shim thickness 0A 0.80 mm (0.031 in.) When worn or damaged
(cont’d) A 0.84 mm (0.033 in.) When worn or damaged
cardiagn.com
AB 1.92 mm (0.076 in.) When worn or damaged
AC 1.96 mm (0.077 in.) When worn or damaged
AD 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) When worn or damaged
AE 2.04 mm (0.080 in.) When worn or damaged
AF 2.08 mm (0.082 in.) When worn or damaged
AG 2.12 mm (0.083 in.) When worn or damaged
AH 2.16 mm (0.085 in.) When worn or damaged
AI 2.20 mm (0.087 in.) When worn or damaged
AJ 2.24 mm (0.088 in.) When worn or damaged
AK 2.28 mm (0.090 in.) When worn or damaged
AL 2.32 mm (0.091 in.) When worn or damaged
2-10
07/05/09 16:31:24 61SJC020_020_0011

Intermediary I.D. of 3rd gear 36.000−36.016 mm (1.4173−1.4179 in.) When worn or damaged
shaft Axial clearance of 3rd gear 0.005−0.045 mm (0.0002−0.0018 in.) ―――
Cotter thickness 2.99−3.02 mm (0.1177−0.1189 in.) ―――
53 mm splined washer thickness A 3.995 mm (0.1573 in.) When worn or damaged
cardiagn.com
26.5 mm washer thickness A 1.05 mm (0.041 in.) When worn or damaged
Reverse idler Gear shaft O.D. 13.99−14.00 mm (0.5508−0.5512 in.) When worn or damaged
gear I.D. of transmission housing of 14.006−14.024 mm (0.5514−0.5521 in.) ―――
gear shaft contact area
I.D. 18.007−18.020 mm (0.7089−0.7094 in.) When worn or damaged
Axial clearance 0.07−0.38 mm (0.003−0.015 in.) ―――
Thrust washer thickness Transmission 0.97−1.05 mm (0.038−0.041 in.) ―――
housing
Holder side 0.97−1.05 mm (0.038−0.041 in.) ―――
(cont’d)
2-11
07/05/09 16:31:24 61SJC020_020_0012

Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coil
Main valve body Cooler check valve spring 0.6 mm 5.8 mm 14.5 mm 6.8
spring (see page (0.024 in.) (0.228 in.) (0.571 in.)
14-307) Lock-up timing valve spring 0.65 mm 6.6 mm 34.8 mm 15.6
(0.026 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.370 in.)
Shift valve D spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 32.2 mm 13.4
(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.268 in.)
Shift valve B spring 0.8 mm 6.6 mm 49.1 mm 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
Shift valve A spring 0.8 mm 6.6 mm 49.1 mm 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
Modulator valve spring 1.6 mm 10.4 mm 33.5 mm 9.8
(0.063 in.) (0.409 in.) (1.319 in.)
CPC valve C spring 0.7 mm 6.1 mm 17.8 mm 7.9
(0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
Shift valve E spring 0.8 mm 7.1 mm 49.0 mm 17.2
(0.031 in.) (0.280 in.) (1.929 in.)
Torque converter check valve spring 1.1 mm 8.6 mm 35.0 mm 12.6
cardiagn.com
(0.043 in.) (0.339 in.) (1.378 in.)
Relief valve spring 1.1 mm 8.6 mm 32.1 mm 11.2
(0.043 in.) (0.339 in.) (1.264 in.)
Lubrication control valve spring 0.7 mm 7.7 mm 28.8 mm 10.4
(0.028 in.) (0.303 in.) (1.134 in.)
Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 63.0 mm 22.4
(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.480 in.)
Secondary valve Reverse CPC valve spring 0.7 mm 6.1 mm 17.8 mm 7.9
body spring (0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
(see page Servo control valve spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 35.7 mm 17.2
14-309) (0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.406 in.)
Shift valve C spring 0.8 mm 6.6 mm 49.1 mm 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
CPC valve A spring 0.7 mm 6.1 mm 17.8 mm 7.9
(0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
Kick-down valve spring 0.8 mm 6.6 mm 49.1 mm 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
CPC valve B spring 0.7 mm 6.1 mm 17.8 mm 7.9
(0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
Regulator valve 3rd accumulator spring 3.1 mm 19.6 mm 41.4 mm 5.5
(see page Lock-up control valve spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 42.9 mm 14.2
14-310) (0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.689 in.)
0.8 mm 6.6 mm 44.3 mm 25.5
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.744 in.)
Regulator valve spring B 1.4 mm 8.8 mm 44.0 mm 12.0
(0.055 in.) (0.346 in.) (1.732 in.)
Regulator valve spring A 1.85 mm 14.7 mm 86.9 mm 16.2
(0.073 in.) (0.579 in.) (3.421 in.)
Stator reaction spring 5.5 mm 37.4 mm 30.3 mm 2.1
(0.217 in.) (1.472 in.) (1.193 in.)
2-12
07/05/09 16:31:24 61SJC020_020_0013

Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coil
Accumulator 1st-hold accumulator spring 2.0 mm 13.1 mm 42.9 mm 9.8
(see page 4th accumulator spring 3.0 mm 19.6 mm 45.3 mm 6.4
14-311) (0.118 in.) (0.772 in.) (1.783 in.)
1st accumulator spring A 2.2 mm 17.7 mm 77.6 mm 12.1
(0.087 in.) (0.697 in.) (3.055 in.)
1st accumulator spring B 2.0 mm 11.1 mm 49.0 mm 10.0
(0.079 in.) (0.437 in.) (1.929 in.)
2nd accumulator spring 3.1 mm 19.6 mm 53.4 mm 7.5
(0.122 in.) (0.772 in.) (2.102 in.)
5th accumulator spring A 2.2 mm 16.4 mm 75.7 mm 14.2
(0.087 in.) (0.646 in.) (2.980 in.)
5th accumulator spring B 2.0 mm 10.0 mm 45.5 mm 11.6
(0.079 in.) (0.394 in.) (1.791 in.)

A/T differential Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18.000−18.025 mm (0.7087−0.7096 in.) ―――
cardiagn.com
carrier Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.013−0.054 mm (0.0005−0.0021 in.) 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)
Driveshaft contact area I.D. 30.025−30.055 mm (1.182−1.183 in.) ―――
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.045−0.096 mm (0.002−0.004 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Carrier-to-intermediate shaft clearance 0.080−0.126 mm (0.003−0.005 in.) ―――
Tapered roller bearing starting torque For new bearing 3.9−5.1 N·m Adjust
(preload) (40−52 kgf·cm, 35−45 lbf·in.)
For used bearing 3.6−4.8 N·m Adjust
(37−49 kgf·cm, 32−43 lbf·in.)
A/T differential Backlash 0.05−0.15 mm (0.002−0.006 in.) ―――
pinion gear I.D. 18.042−18.066 mm (0.7103−0.7113 in.) ―――
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.055−0.095 mm (0.0022−0.0037 in.) 0.12 mm (0.005 in.)
(cont’d)
2-13
07/05/09 16:31:24 61SJC020_020_0014

Transfer output Diameter at bearing contact area Transmission 21.977−21.990 mm (0.8652−0.8657 in.) 21.92 mm (0.8630 in.)
shaft housing side
Torque converter 40.002−40.018 mm (1.5749−1.5755 in.) 39.95 mm (1.5728 in.)
housing side
Axial clearance 0−0.39 mm (0−0.015 in.) ―――
28.5 mm thrust washer thickness A 1.82 mm (0.0717 in.) When worn or damaged
cardiagn.com
Transfer Capacity Fluid change 0.43 L (0.45 us qt)
assembly fluid Overhaul 0.45 L (0.48 us qt)
Transfer Diameter of transfer hypoid drive Transfer cover 50.002−50.018 mm (1.9686−1.9692 in.) 49.95 mm (1.9665 in.)
assembly gear/shaft assembly at tapered side
roller bearing contact area Transfer gear 24.987−25.000 mm (0.9837−0.9843 in.) 24.93 mm (0.9815 in.)
side
Diameter of transfer output shaft Transfer gear 40.002−40.018 mm (1.5749−1.5755 in.) 39.95 mm (1.5728 in.)
(hypoid gear) at tapered roller side
bearing contact area Companion 27.975−27.990 mm (1.1014−1.1020 in.) 27.92 mm (1.0992 in.)
flange side
Transfer gear backlash 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.) Adjust
Tapered roller bearing total 3.20−4.16 N·m Adjust
starting torque (preload) (32.6−42.4 kgf·cm, 28.3−36.8 lbf·in.)
2-14
07/05/09 16:31:25 61SJC020_020_0015
Rear Differential
Rear differential Capacity Fluid 2.64 L (2.79 US qt)
fluid Use Honda VTM-4 Differential Fluid replacement
Steering
Steering wheel Rotational play measured at outside With engine 0−10 mm (0−0.39 in.)
edge running
Starting load measured at outside With engine 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbf)
edge running
Gearbox Angle of rack guide screw loosened 20 ° max.
from locked position
Pump Output pressure with shut-off valve 8,850−9,350 kPa (90−95 kgf/cm2, 1,280−1,350 psi)
closed
Power steering Capacity System overhaul 1.15 L (1.22 US qt)
fluid Use Honda Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 0.34 L (0.36 US qt)
capacity
Suspension
cardiagn.com
Wheel alignment Camber Front −0 ° 30 ’ ±1 °
Rear −0 ° 30 ’ ±45 ’
Camber Front 1 ° 00 ’
(Maximum difference left to right)
Caster Front 1 ° 53 ’ ±1 °
Total toe-in Front 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.)
Rear 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inward wheel 37 ° 54 ’ ±2 °
Outward wheel 30 ° 16 ’ (reference)
Wheel Aluminum wheel runout Axial 0−0.7 mm (0−0.03 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Radial 0−0.7 mm (0−0.03 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Steel wheel runout Axial 0−1.0 mm (0−0.04 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Radial 0−1.0 mm (0−0.04 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Wheel bearing End play Front 0−0.05 mm (0−0.002 in.)
Rear 0−0.05 mm (0−0.002 in.)
Tire Front and rear size P245/65R17 105S
Spare tire size T165/90R17 105M
Pressure Front/Rear 220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi)
Spare 420 kPa (4.3 kgf/cm2, 60 psi)
2-15
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＮＤＡＴ０４
07/05/09 16:31:25 61SJC020_020_0016

Brakes
Parking brake Distance traveled when pedal pressed 10 to 12 clicks
with 294 N (30 kgf, 66 lbf) of force
Shoe lining thickness 3.6−4.3 mm (0.14−0.17 in.) 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
Drum I.D. 209.9−210.0 mm (8.264−8.268 in.) 211.0 mm (8.307 in.)
Brake pedal Pedal height (carpet removed) 155 mm (6 1/8 in.)
Free play 1−5 mm (1/16−3/16 in.)
Brake disc Thickness Front 27.9−28.1 mm (1.10−1.11 in.) 26.0 mm (1.02 in.)
Rear 10.9−11.1 mm (0.43−0.44 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
Runout Front and rear ――― 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.)
Parallelism Front and rear ――― 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.)
Brake pad Thickness Front 11.6−12.2 mm (0.46−0.48 in.) 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
Rear 9.6−10.4 mm (0.38−0.41 in.) 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity of system Dual 600−650 g (20.3−22.0 oz)
Refrigerant oil Type DENSO ND-OIL 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01AH or 38899-PR7-A01)
cardiagn.com
Capacity of components Condenser 45 mL (1 1/2 fl·oz)
Evaporator 45 mL (1 1/2 fl·oz)
Each line and 10 mL (1/3 fl·oz)
hose
Compressor 180−195 mL (6−6 1/2 fl·oz)
Compressor Field coil resistance At 68 °F (20 °C) 3.9 −4.3
Pulley-to-pressure plate clearance 0.35−0.60 mm (0.014−0.024 in.)
2-16
07/05/09 16:31:25 61SJC020_020_0017
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
DIMENSIONS Overall length 5,251 mm (206.7 in.)
Overall width 1,976 mm (77.8 in.)
Overall height 1,785 mm (70.3 in.)
Wheelbase 3,100 mm (122.0 in.)
Track Front 1,705 mm (67.1 in.)
Rear 1,700 mm (66.9 in.)
Ground clearance 208 mm (8.2 in.)
Seating capacity Five (5)
WEIGHT Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2,745 kg (6,050 lbs)
(GVWR)
ENGINE Type Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC VTEC V6 gasoline engine
Cylinder arrangement 60 ° V6-cylinder, transverse
Bore and stroke 89.0 x 93.0 mm (3.50 x 3.66 in.)
Displacement 3,471 cm3 (mL) (222 cu in.)
Compression ratio 10.0
Valve train Belt driven, SOHC VTEC 4 valves per cylinder
Ignition system DLI (Distributorless Ignition)
Lubrication system Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump
cardiagn.com
Oil pump displacement At 6,000 rpm 48.9 L (51.7 US qt)/minute
Water pump displacement At 6,000 rpm 176 L (186 US qt)/minute
Fuel required Normal driving Unleaded gasoline with 86 Pump Octane Number or
higher
Towing Towing performance can be affected by high altitude,
high temperature, or when climbing steep grades.
Therefore, premium fuel is recommended when towing
more than 1,590 kg (3,500 lbs).
STARTER Type Gear reduction
Normal output 1.6 kW
Nominal voltage 12 V
Hour rating 30 seconds
Direction of rotation Clockwise as viewed from gear end
(cont’d)
2-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＮＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:25 61SJC020_020_0018
AUTOMATIC Type BJFA Electronically-controlled automatic, 5-speed forward, 1
TRANSMISSION reverse
Primary reduction Direct 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 2.693
2nd 1.565
3rd 1.023
4th 0.729
5th 0.530
Reverse 1.888
Final reduction Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.533
STEERING Type Hydraulic power-assisted rack and pinion
Gear ratio 42.3
Overall ratio 17.9
Turns, lock-to-lock 3.38
Steering wheel diameter 390 mm (15.4 in.)
SUSPENSION Type Front Strut with ‘‘L’’ (lower) arm
Rear Multi-link with trailing arm
cardiagn.com
Shock absorber Front Twin tube gas
Rear Twin tube gas
WHEEL Camber Front −0 ° 30 ’
ALIGNMENT Rear −0 ° 30 ’
Camber Front 1 ° 00 ’
(Max difference left to right)
Caster Front 1 ° 53 ’
Total toe Front 0 mm (0 in.)
Rear 0 mm (0 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inside wheel 37 ° 54 ’
Outside wheel 30 ° 16 ’
SAI at camber (kingpin axis) 12 ° 24 ’
BRAKES Type of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc
Type of parking brake Foot type mechanical actuating, rear wheels
Pad friction surface area (swept Front 59.2 cm2 (9.18 sq in.) x 2
area) Rear 34.4 cm2 (5.33 sq in.) x 2
Parking brake shoe friction surface 60.2 cm2 (9.33 sq in.) x 2
area
TIRES Size of front and rear tires P245/65R17 105S
Size of spare tire T165/90R17 105M
Tire pressure Front/Rear 220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi)
Spare 420 kPa (4.3 kgf/cm2, 61 psi)
AIR Cooling capacity Front 4,375 Kcal/h (17,300 BTU/h)
CONDITIONING Rear 3,119 Kcal/h (12,400 BTU/h)
Compressor Type/Manufacturer Swash plate/DENSO
Number of cylinders 10
Capacity 214.7 mL/rev. (13.09 cu in./rev.)
Maximum speed 7,600 rpm
Lubricant capacity 180 mL (6 fl·oz)
Lubricant type DENSO ND-OIL 8
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
2-18
07/05/09 16:31:25 61SJC020_020_0019

AIR Blower Type Sirocco fan
CONDITIONING Motor input (Front) 228 W/12 V
(cont’d) Speed control (Front) Infinite variable
Maximum capacity (Front) 490 m3/h (17,300 cu ft/h)
Temperature control Air-mix type
Compressor clutch Type Dry, single plate, Poly-V belt drive
Electrical power 35 W maximum at 12 V
consumption at 68 °F
(20 °C)
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Quantity (Dual) 600−650 g (20−22 fl·oz)
ELECTRICAL Battery 12 V−72 Ah/20 HR (12 V−60 Ah/5 HR)
RATINGS Fuses Under-hood fuse/relay box 120 A, 50 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
Under-dash fuse/relay box 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
Auxiliary under-hood relay 40 A, 20 A, 15 A, 7.5 A
box
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12 V−60 W
Headlight low beam 12 V−55 W
cardiagn.com
Front turn signal/front side 12 V−28/8 W (two filaments)
marker lights Amber color
Rear turn signal lights 12 V−21 W
Amber color
Brake/taillights 12 V−21/5 W (two filaments)
High mount brake light 12 V−3 CP
Back-up lights 12 V−18 W
Cargo area lights 12 V−3 CP
License plate light 12 V−3 CP
Ceiling light 12 V−5 W
Map lights 12 V−8 W
Console box light 1 12 V−3.8 W
Console box light 2 12 V−1.4 W
Door courtesy lights 12 V−3.8 W
Glove box light 12 V−3.4 W
Vanity mirror light 12 V−2 W
Gauge lights 12 V−LED (non-replaceable)
Indicator, panel, ambient 12 V−LED, 14 V−0.56 W, 0.84 W
light
Clock non-navigation system Clock standard daily ±2.0 seconds per day or less
equipped vehicles difference
Electrical characteristics ±2.0 seconds per day or less
Temperature characteristics −20−0 degrees C ±4.0 seconds per day or less
0−40 degrees C ±2.0 seconds per day or less
40−60 degrees C ±4.0 seconds per day or less
Washer reservoir Capacity 4.5 L (4.7 US qt)
2-19
07/05/09 16:31:25 61SJC020_020_0020
Body Specifications
０１
1,785 mm (70.3 in.)
cardiagn.com
1,705 mm (67.1 in.)
1,976 mm (77.8 in.)
3,100 mm (122.0 in.) 1,700 mm (66.9 in.)

5,251 mm (206.7 in.)
2-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＮＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:57 61SJC020_030_0001
Maintenance
Lubricants and Fluids ....................................... 3-2

Maintenance Minder
General Information ..................................................... 3-4
cardiagn.com
Maintenance Main Items ............................................. 3-7
Maintenance Sub Items ............................................... 3-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０３０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:58 61SJC020_030_0002
Lubricants and Fluids
For details of the lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the illustrated index and various work
procedures (such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement, Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
Lubrication Points Lubricant

A Engine Honda Motor Oil: American Honda P/N 08798-9023,
Honda Canada P/N CA66806
Use 5W-20 motor oil. Look for the API certification seal on
the oil container as shown below. Make sure it says ‘‘For
Gasoline Engines.’’ SAE Viscosity: See chart.
B Automatic transmission Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF-Z1):
American Honda P/N 08200-9001,
Honda Canada P/N CA66689
Always use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a non-Honda ATF can
affect shift quality.
C Transfer assembly Hypoid gear oil GL4 or GL5
Use a SAE 90 or SAE 80W-90 viscosity hypoid gear oil, API
classified GL4 or GL5 only
cardiagn.com
Viscosity SAE 90: above 0 °F ( −18 °C)
SAE 80W-90: below 0 °F ( −18 °C)
D Rear differential Honda VTM-4 Differential Fluid: P/N 08200-9003
E Brake system (including VSA lines) Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008
Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda
brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the
system.
F Brake booster clevis pin Multipurpose Grease
G Battery terminals
H Pedal linkage
I Fuel fill door
J Hood hinges and hood latch
K Tailgate hinges
L Spare tire tray bolt
M Caliper piston boot, caliper pins, and boots Honda Caliper Grease: P/N 08C30-B0234M
N Rear brake shoe linkage Molykote Grease 44MA
O Power steering system Honda Power Steering Fluid: P/N 08206-9002
Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any other
type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid
can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather.
P Air conditioning compressor Compressor Oil: DENSO ND-OIL 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01) for
refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a)
Q Cooling system Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2: P/N OL
999-9001
２０
API CERTIFICATION SEAL Recommended Engine Oil
Engine oil viscosity for ambient temperature ranges
3-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ８０
07/05/09 16:31:58 61SJC020_030_0003
NOTE:
• Lubricate all hinges, latches, and locks once a year.
• In corrosive areas, more frequent lubrication is necessary.
＊０６
A H D L
O
P
J K
cardiagn.com
B
G
N M I
M
E J
C F
3-3
07/05/09 16:31:58 61SJC020_030_0004
Maintenance Minder
General Information
Maintenance Display
The maintenance minder is an important feature of the information display. Based on engine operating conditions and
accumulated engine revolutions, the Ridgeline’s onboard computer (PCM) calculates the remaining engine oil life. The
system also displays the code for other scheduled maintenance items needing service.
０５
cardiagn.com
MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR
INFORMATION DISPLAY
3-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＢＡＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:31:59 61SJC020_030_0005
Service Information 3. When the remaining oil life is less than 5 percent,
the maintenance message ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW,’’
1. The remaining engine oil life is displayed (A) as a along with the items shown in ‘‘SERVICE DUE
percentage on the information display. To see the SOON’’ display. At this point, the indicated
current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to maintenance must be performed as soon as
ON (II), then push and release the SELECT button possible.
repeatedly until the engine oil life is displayed. The service message alternates between SERVICE
０１ and DUE NOW repeatedly.
０３
cardiagn.com
A
2. When the remaining engine oil life is at 15 percent

or less, the maintenance message ‘‘SERVICE DUE 4. When the remaining oil life is 0 percent, the display
SOON,’’ along with the maintenance items shows a ‘‘SERVICE PAST DUE’’ message.
currently requiring service are displayed. The service message alternates between SERVICE
The service message alternates between SERVICE and PAST DUE repeatedly.
and DUE SOON repeatedly. ０４
• Complete list of maintenance main items ‘‘A’’

(see page 3-7).
• Complete list of maintenance sub items ‘‘B’’
(see page 3-8).
０２
NEGATIVE MILEAGE
5. If the indicated maintenance is not performed the

display shows ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW’’ message,
then the display will show negative mileage for
example ‘‘34MI.’’ This means that the indicated
A B maintenance item should have been performed
34 miles ago.
(cont’d)
3-5
07/05/09 16:31:59 61SJC020_030_0006
Maintenance Minder
General Information (cont’d)

Resetting the Engine Oil Life Indicator NOTE:
• If the required service is performed and the
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). display is not reset, or if the display is reset
without performing the service, the system will
2. Press the SELECT button repeatedly until the oil life not show the proper maintenance levels. This
is displayed (if oil life is more than 15 %) or the can lead to serious mechanical problems
maintenance message is displayed (if oil life is less because there will be no record of when
than 15 %). maintenance is needed.
• The engine oil life and the maintenance items
3. Press the RESET button for about 10 seconds. You may be reset independently only with the HDS.
will see a service message to reset the
maintenance item code(s) ‘‘MAINT RESET.’’
NOTE: If you are resetting the display when the oil

life is more than 15 %, or if the maintenance
message ‘‘SERVICE DUE SOON’’ is displayed,
make sure the maintenance items requiring service
cardiagn.com
have been performed before resetting this display.
4. Select the appropriate answer, ‘‘MAINT RESET ＞

N’’ (NO) or ‘‘MAINT RESET ＞ Y’’ (YES) by pressing
the SELECT button repeatedly. ‘‘＞N’’ or ‘‘＞Y’’ is
displayed on the outside temperature display.
5. Select the ‘‘MAINT RESET ＞ Y’’ (YES) and press

the RESET button again to reset the engine oil life
to ‘‘100.’’
3-6
07/05/09 16:31:59 61SJC020_030_0007
Maintenance Main Items

If the message ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW’’ does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
NOTE:
• Independent of the maintenance messages in the information display, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3, only if they are noisy.
Symbol Maintenance Main Items
A Replace engine oil (see page 8-6).
Engine oil capacity without oil filter: 4.0 L (4.2 US qt).
B Replace engine oil and oil filter (see page 8-7).
Engine oil capacity with oil filter: 4.3 L (4.5 US qt).
Check front and rear brakes (see page 19-4).
• Check pads and discs for wear (thickness), damage, and cracks.
• Check calipers for damage, leaks, and tightness of mounting bolts.
Check parking brake adjustment (see page 19-7).
Check the number of clicks (10 to 12) when the parking brake pedal is pressed with 294 N (30 kgf,
cardiagn.com
66 lbf) of force.
Inspect tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and gearbox boots (see page 17-8).
• Check rack grease and steering linkage.
• Check boots for damage and leaking grease.
• Check fluid lines for damage or leaks.
Inspect suspension components (see page 18-3).
• Check bolts for tightness.
• Check condition of ball joint boots for deterioration and damage.
Inspect driveshaft boots (see page 16-4).
Check boots for cracks and boot bands for tightness.
Inspect brake hoses and lines including VSA (see page 19-33).
Check the master cylinder and VSA modulator-control unit for damage and leakage.
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids.
• Engine coolant (see page 10-6).
• Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) (see page 14-209).
• VTM-4 rear differential fluid (Honda VTM-4 Differential Fluid) (see page 15-47).
• Power steering fluid (see page 17-12).
• Brake fluid (see page 19-9).
• Windshield washer fluid.
Inspect exhaust system (see page 9-7) .
Check catalytic converter heat shields, exhaust pipes, and muffler for damage, leaks, and tightness.
Inspect fuel lines (see page 11-290) and connections (see page 11-292) .
Check for loose connections, cracks, and deterioration; retighten loose connections and replace
damaged parts.
NOTE: According to state and federal regulations, failure to do the maintenance items marked with an asterisk ( ) will
not void the customer’s emissions warranties. However, Honda recommends that all maintenance services be done at
the recommended interval, to ensure long-term reliability.
3-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＪＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:31:59 61SJC020_030_0008
Maintenance Minder
Maintenance Sub Items

Number Maintenance Sub Items
1 Rotate tires, and check tire inflation and condition.
Follow the pattern shown in the Owner’s Manual.
2 Replace air cleaner element (see page 11-315).
If the vehicle is regularly driven in dusty conditions, replace the element every 15,000 miles
(24,000 km).
Replace dust and pollen filter (see page 21-58).
• If the vehicle is driven mostly in areas that have high concentrations of dust, pollen, or soot in
the air, replace every 15,000 miles (24,000km).
• Replace the filter whenever airflow from the heating and air conditioning control system is less than
normal.
Inspect drive belt (see page 4-31).
Look for cracks and damage, then check the position of the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator.
3 Replace automatic transmission (see page 14-210) and transfer (see page 14-211) fluid.
• Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher
transmission and transfer fluid temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more
frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If the vehicle is regularly driven in these
cardiagn.com
conditions, replace the transmission and transfer fluid every 30,000 miles (48,000 km).
• Automatic transmission fluid capacity: 3.1 L (3.3 US qt), use Honda automatic transmission fluid
(ATF-Z1).
• Transfer fluid capacity: 0.43 L (0.45 US qt), use hypoid gear oil GL4 or GL5.
4 Replace spark plugs (see page 4-22).
Use IZFR5K11 (NGK) or SKJ16DR-M11 (DENSO).
Replace timing belt (see page 6-20). If the vehicle is regularly driven in very high temperatures (over
110 °F, 43 °C), or in very low temperatures (under −20 °F, −29 °C), or towing a trailer, replace every
60,000 miles (USA models)/100,000 km (Canada models) and inspect water pump (see page 10-5).
Inspect the valve clearance (cold) (see page 6-8). Intake: 0.20−0.24 mm (0.008−0.009 in.), Exhaust:
0.28−0.32 mm (0.011−0.013 in.).
5 Replace engine coolant (see page 10-6).
Capacity (including the reservoir tank): 6.2 L (1.64 US gal), use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
Type 2.
6 Replace VTM-4 rear differential fluid (see page 15-47).
• Driving in mountainous areas at very low speeds, towing a trailer, or frequently driving fully loaded
results in a higher level of mechanical (shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes
more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle
under these conditions, have the differential fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every
15,000 miles (24,000 km).
• Capacity: 2.64 L (2.79 US qt), use Honda VTM-4 Differential Fluid.
3-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００００００００００００００ＪＡＡＴ３１
07/05/09 16:32:44 61SJC020_040_0001
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If engine electrical maintenance is required)

Honda dealer.
cardiagn.com
airbags may deploy.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０４０１ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:44 61SJC020_040_0002
Engine Electrical
Engine Electrical Charging System

Special Tools ............................ 4-2 Component Location Index .... 4-23
Symptom Troubleshooting
Starting System Index ...................................... 4-24
Component Location Index .... 4-3 Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-25
Symptom Troubleshooting Charging System Indicator
Index ...................................... 4-4 Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-26
Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-5 Alternator and Regulator
Starter System Circuit Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-28
Troubleshooting ................... 4-6 Alternator Control
Starter Solenoid Test ............... 4-8 Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-29
cardiagn.com
Starter Performance Test ........ 4-9 Drive Belt Inspection ............... 4-31
Starter Removal and Drive Belt Replacement ........... 4-31
Installation ............................ 4-10 Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Starter Overhaul ...................... 4-11 Inspection ............................. 4-32
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Ignition System Replacement ......................... 4-33
Component Location Index .... 4-16 Tensioner Pulley
Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-17 Replacement ......................... 4-33
Ignition Timing Inspection ...... 4-18 Alternator Removal and
Ignition Coil Removal/ Installation ............................ 4-34
Installation ............................ 4-19 Alternator Overhaul ................. 4-36
Ignition Coil Relay Circuit
Troubleshooting ................... 4-20 Cruise Control
Spark Plug Inspection .............. 4-22 Component Location Index .... 4-40
Index ...................................... 4-41
Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-43
Cruise Control Input Test ........ 4-44
Cruise Control Main Switch
Test/Replacement ................ 4-46
Cruise Control Set/decel,
Resume/accel, Cancel
Switch Test/Replacement .... 4-46
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０４０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:44 61SJC020_040_0003
Engine Electrical
Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty
07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
4-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０４０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:47 61SJC020_040_0004
Starting System
Component Location Index

＊０１
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
cardiagn.com
STARTER CUT RELAY
Test, page 22-75
＊０２
BATTERY
STARTER Test, page 22-74
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting, page 4-6
Solenoid Test, page 4-8
Performance Test, page 4-9 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Removal and Installation, page 4-10 Test, page 14-272
Overhaul, page 4-11 Replacement, page 14-273
4-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:47 61SJC020_040_0005
Starting System
Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for
Engine does not start 1. Check for loose battery terminals or connections. Poor ground at G101,
(does not crank) 2. Test the battery for a low charge (see page 22-74). G102
3. Check the starter (see page 4-6).
4. Check the starter cut relay (see page 22-75).
5. Check the transmission range switch (see page 14-272).
6. Check the ignition switch or wire (see page 22-77).
Engine cranks, but does 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs. Fuel level in tank
not start 2. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288).
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see page
11-290).
4. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see page 11-299).
5. Check the throttle body (see page 11-314).
6. Check for low engine compression (see page 6-6).
7. Check for a damaged or broken timing belt.
Engine is hard to start 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs.
2. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288).
cardiagn.com
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see page
11-290).
4. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see page 11-299).
Engine cranks slowly 1. Check for loose battery terminals or connections.
2. Test the battery for a low charge (see page 22-74).
3. Check the starter for binding (see page 4-11).
4. Check for excessive drag in the engine.
4-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:32:47 61SJC020_040_0006
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
UNDER−DASH
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A) G1 B1 A2 2 BAT
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL WHT WHT
ST
ST HOT in START (III)
1
BLK/WHT
A1
STARTER UNDER−DASH
CUT FUSE/RELAY
RELAY BOX
cardiagn.com
C1 X36
BLK/YEL BLU/WHT
10
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
(Closed : P or N)
5
BLK/WHT BLK
B S
M SOLENOID
STARTER
G101
G102
4-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:47 61SJC020_040_0007
Starting System
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting

NOTE: 4. Set the parking brake, then with the shift lever in
• Air temperature must be between 59 and 100 °F the N or P position, turn the ignition switch to
(15 and 38 °C) during this procedure. START (III).
• After this inspection, you must reset the powertrain
control module (PCM), otherwise the PCM will Does the starter crank the engine normally?
continue to stop the fuel injectors from functioning.
Select PCM reset using the Honda Diagnostic System YES−The starting system is OK. Go to step 11.
(HDS) (see page 11-4).
• The battery must be in good condition and fully NO−Go to step 5.
charged.
5. Check the battery condition (see page 22-74). Check
1. Hook up the following equipment: the electrical connections at the battery, the
negative battery cable to the body, the engine
• Ammeter, 0−400 A ground cables, and the starter for looseness and
• Voltmeter, 0−20 V (accurate within 0.1 V) corrosion. Then try cranking the engine again.
０１
Does the starter crank the engine?
cardiagn.com
YES−Repairing the loose connection corrected the
problem. The starting system is OK. Go to step 11.
NO−Check the following:
• If the starter will not crank the engine at all, go to

step 6.
• If the starter cranks the engine erratically or too
slowly, go to step 8.
• If the starter does not disengage from the torque
converter ring gear when you release the key,
replace the starter or remove it, and check for the
following:
– Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction
– Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning
clutch
2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC)
(see step 2 on page 11-3).
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and select PGM-FI,

INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF on the
HDS.
4-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５００００００００ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:47 61SJC020_040_0008
6. Make sure the shift lever is in the N or P position, 8. While cranking the engine, check the cranking
and set the parking brake. Disconnect the BLK/WHT voltage and the current draw.
wire from the starter solenoid S terminal. Connect
a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to Is the cranking voltage greater than or equal to
the solenoid terminal. 7 .7 V and is the current draw less than or equal to
０２ 400 A?
S
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Replace the starter, or remove and

disassemble it, and check for the following:
• Drag in the starter armature

• Shorted armature winding
• Excessive drag in the engine
9. Check the engine speed while cranking the engine.
cardiagn.com
Is the engine speed above 100 rpm?
YES−Go to step 10.
Does the starter crank the engine? NO−Replace the starter, or remove and
disassemble it, and check the following until you
YES−Go to step 7. find the problem:
NO−Remove the starter, and repair or replace as • Open circuit in starter armature commutator
necessary. segments
• Excessively worn starter brushes
7. Check the following items in the order listed until • Open circuit in the starter brushes
you find the open circuit: • Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
• Faulty drive gear clutch
NOTE: After the open circuit is found and repaired,
go to step 11. 10. Remove the starter, and inspect its drive gear and
the torque converter ring gear for damage. Replace
• The BLK/WHT wire and connectors between the any damaged parts.
under-dash fuse/relay box and the ignition switch.
• The BLK/WHT wire and connectors between the 11. Select PCM reset (see page 11-4) to cancel the ALL
under-dash fuse/relay box and the starter. INJECTORS OFF on the HDS.
• The ignition switch (see page 22-77).
• The transmission range switch and connector
(see page 14-272).
• The starter cut relay (see page 22-75).
4-7
07/05/09 16:32:48 61SJC020_040_0009
Starting System
Starter Solenoid Test

1. Make sure you have anti-theft codes for the audio 6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
system and navigation system (if equipped).
7. Connect the negative cable.
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery.
8. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and
3. Remove the starter cable terminal (A), BLK/WHT navigation system (if equipped).
wire connector (B), and motor cable (C).
０１ 9. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
S
(see page 22-209).
M
B
the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock
(on vehicles without navigation).
cardiagn.com
C
8 x 1.25 mm
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
4. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the

S terminal and the armature housing (ground).
There should be continuity.
• If there is continuity, go to step 5.

• If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
5. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the

S terminal and the M terminal. There should be
continuity.
• If there is continuity, the solenoid is OK.

• If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
4-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５０００５６９４１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:48 61SJC020_040_0010
Starter Performance Test

1. Disconnect the motor cable from the M terminal. 5. Disconnect the battery from the starter body. If the
pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly.
2. Make a connection for this test using the thickest ０３
(gauge) wire possible (preferably the same gauge
as used on the vehicle). S
NOTE: To avoid damaging the starter, never leave M

the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. 12 V
０１ BATTERY
S
BODY
M (GROUND)
12 V
BATTERY
cardiagn.com
BODY 6. Firmly clamp the starter in a vise.
(GROUND)
7. Reconnect the wire to the M terminal.
8. Connect the starter to the battery as shown, and

check that the motor turns and keeps rotating.
3. Connect the battery as shown. Make sure you ０４
disconnect the starter motor wire from the solenoid.
If the starter pinion moves out, it is working S
properly. M B
4. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the

A
pinion does not retract, the hold-in coil of the
solenoid is working properly. STARTER
０２
M S
12 V 12 V
BATTERY BATTERY
BODY 9. If the electric current meets the specification when

(GROUND) the battery voltage is at 11 V, the starter is working
properly.
Specifications
Electric Current: 90 A or less
4-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５０００５６９０１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:49 61SJC020_040_0011
Starting System
Starter Removal and Installation

Removal Installation
1. Make sure you have anti-theft codes for the audio 1. Install the starter (A) using a new gasket (C), then
system and navigation system (if equipped). install the harness clamp (D), and connect the
B terminal and BLK/WHT wire (E). Make sure the
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. crimped side of the B terminal faces away from the
starter when you connect it.
3. Remove the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ０１
dipstick.
4. Remove the harness clamp (A).

０１
cardiagn.com
C
D
B
A
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m 8 x 1.25 mm
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
C
2. Install the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) dipstick.
5. Disconnect the starter cable (B) from the B terminal, 3. Connect the negative cable.
then disconnect the BLK/WHT wire (C) from the
4. Start the engine to make sure the starter works
S terminal.
properly.
6. Remove the two bolts holding the starter.
navigation system (if equipped).
6. Do the power window control unit reset procedure

(see page 22-209).

4-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５０００５６９０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:49 61SJC020_040_0012
Starter Overhaul
Disassembly/Reassembly
０１
ARMATURE
HOUSING
END COVER
PLANETARY GEAR
(Apply molybdenum disulfide.)
cardiagn.com
BRUSH HOLDER STARTER
SOLENOID
ARMATURE
OVERRUNNING
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
(Apply molybdenum
(Apply molybdenum disulfide.) disulfide.)
STARTER
IDLER GEAR SHAFT LEVER
GEAR HOUSING
IDLER GEAR (Apply molybdenum disulfide.)
(cont’d)
4-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ４６５０００５６９０１ＬＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:50 61SJC020_040_0013
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont’d)

Brush Holder Removal Armature Inspection and Test
1. Remove the starter (see page 4-10). 1. Remove the starter (see page 4-10).
2. Disconnect the wire from the M terminal, and 2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning
remove the end cover. of this procedure.
3. Place a plastic pipe with an outside diameter of 3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from
29.4 mm (1.16 in.) on the armature. contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear
０２ or damage, replace the armature.
０４
cardiagn.com
4. Move the brush holder (A) up to the pipe (B) while
holding the pipe so the brushes do not pop out 4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is
from the holder. dirty or burnt, resurface it with an emery cloth or a
０３ lathe to the specifications in step 5, or recondition
B
with ♯500 or ♯600 sandpaper (B).
０５
A
A
4-12
07/05/09 16:32:50 61SJC020_040_0014
5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B),
below the service limit, replace the armature. undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the
proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between
Commutator Diameter the commutator segments. The undercut should
Standard (New): 29.3−29.5 mm (1.154−1.161 in.) not be too shallow, too narrow, or V-shaped (D).
Service Limit: 28.8 mm (1.134 in.)
０６ Commutator Mica Depth
Standard (New): 0.40−0.50 mm (0.016−0.020 in.)
０８
D
C
B
cardiagn.com
6. Measure the commutator (A) runout.
• If the commutator runout is within the service

limit, check the commutator for carbon dust or 8. Check for continuity between the segments of the
brass chips between the segments. commutator. If there is an open circuit between any
• If the commutator runout is not within the service segments, replace the armature.
limit, replace the armature. ０９
Commutator Runout
Standard (New): 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) max.
０７
(cont’d)
4-13
07/05/09 16:32:51 61SJC020_040_0015
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont’d)

9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Starter Brush Inspection
Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. If
the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while 11. Measure the brush length (A). If it is shorter than
the core is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the service limit, replace the brush holder assembly.
the armature.
１０ Brush Length
C Standard (New): 7.7−8.0 mm (0.30−0.31 in.)
１２
A
cardiagn.com
B
10. Use an ohmmeter to check for continuity between

the commutator (A) and the armature coil core (B), Starter Brush Holder Test
and between the commutator and the armature
shaft (C). If there is continuity, replace the armature. 12. Check for continuity between the (＋) brush (A) and
１１ (−) brush (B). If there is continuity, replace the
brush holder assembly.
１３
A
C
A
B B
4-14
07/05/09 16:32:51 61SJC020_040_0016
Planetary Gear Inspection Starter Reassembly
13. Check the planetary gears (A) and ring gear (B). 17. Install the armature in the housing.
Replace them if they are worn or damaged.
１４ 18. Place the brush holder assembly on the armature,
then move the brush holder (A) down to the
armature.
１６
cardiagn.com
B
Overrunning Clutch Inspection
14. Slide the overrunning clutch (A) along the shaft.

Replace it if it does not slide smoothly. 19. Install the end cover to retain the brush holder.
１５１７
B
15. Hold the overrunning clutch, and turn the drive

gear (B) in the direction shown to make sure it turns
freely. Also make sure the drive gear locks in the
opposite direction. If it does not lock in either
direction, or it locks in both directions, replace it.
16. If the starter drive gear is worn or damaged,

replace the overrunning clutch assembly; the gear
is not available separately. Check the condition of
the idler gear and drive plate ring gear to see if the
starter drive gear teeth are damaged.
4-15
07/05/09 16:32:52 61SJC020_040_0017
Ignition System

＊０１
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
cardiagn.com
IGNITION COIL RELAY
Circuit Troubleshooting, page 4-20
＊０２
SPARK PLUG IGNITION COIL

Inspection, page 4-22 Ignition Timing Inspection, page 4-18
Removal/Installation, page 4-19
4-16
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２６１００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:53 61SJC020_040_0018
Circuit Diagram
０１
UNDER−HOOD UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
No.17 (40 A) C1 B2 No.2 (15 A) 1 2 X32
BLK/YEL GRN/WHT BLK/WHT
4 3 X1
RED/YEL
IGNITION
COIL RELAY
PCM
5V
IGPLS6 IGPLS5 IGPLS4 IGPLS3 IGPLS2 IGPLS1 MRLY

B11 B10 B21 B20 B27 B26 A6
BRN/WHT BLK/RED BRN WHT/BLU BLU/RED YEL/GRN
cardiagn.com
BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT
IGPLS6 IGPLS5 IGPLS4 IGPLS3 IGPLS2 1 IGPLS1 3
ICM ICM ICM ICM ICM ICM
IGINITION
COILS
No.6 No.5 No.4 No.3 No.2 2 No.1
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
SPARK
PLUGS
G101
G102
ICM : Ignition Conotrol Module
4-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２６１００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:53 61SJC020_040_0019
Ignition System
Ignition Timing Inspection

1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the 6. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the timing
data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). belt cover. Check the ignition timing under a no
load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 defogger, and air conditioner are turned off).
rpm with no load (in Park or Neutral) until the
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Ignition Timing
10 ° ±2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in Park or
3. Check the idle speed (see page 11-272). Neutral
０２
A
4. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
5. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil

harness.
０１
cardiagn.com
B
7. If the ignition timing differs from the specification,

check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK,
update the powertrain control module (PCM). If it
does not have the latest software (see page 11-7),
or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8),
then recheck. If the system works properly, and the
PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM
(see page 11-205).
8. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light.
4-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２６１００００００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:54 61SJC020_040_0020
Ignition Coil Removal/Installation

1. Remove the engine cover. 3. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors (A), then
０１ remove the rear bank ignition coils (B).
０３
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors (A), then
remove the front bank ignition coils (B). 4. Install the ignition coils in the reverse order of
０２ removal.
B
A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
4-19
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２６１０００３４１０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:19 61SJC020_040_0021
Ignition System
Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Check the No. 2 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/ 4. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P
relay box. socket terminal No. 2 and the No. 1 ignition coil 3P
connector terminal No. 3.
Is the f use OK ? ０２
IGNITION COIL RELAY 4P SOCKET
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Replace the fuse . If the fuse continues to Terminal side of

female terminals
blow, locate and repair the short in the circuit
between the subfuse box and the ignition coils.
2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-dash

fuse/relay box, and test it (see page 22-75).
Wire side of
female terminals
Is the relay OK ?
YES−Go to step 3. No.1 IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR
cardiagn.com
NO−Replace the ignition coil relay. Is there continuity?
3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P YES−Go to step 5.

socket terminal No. 1 and body ground, then
terminal No. 4 and body ground. NO−Repair open in the wire between ignition coil
０１ relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and No. 1 ignition
IGNITION COIL RELAY 4P SOCKET coil 3P connector terminal No. 3.
5. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the

data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3).
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: This step must be done to protect the

powertrain control module (PCM) from damage.
Terminal side of female terminals
8. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
Is there battery voltage?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
4-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２６１０００３４１１２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:20 61SJC020_040_0022
9. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P 10. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P
socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. socket terminal No. 3 and PCM connector terminal
０３ A6.
IGNITION COIL RELAY 4P SOCKET ０４
IGNITION COIL RELAY 4P SOCKET
Terminal side of
female terminals
MRLY (RED/YEL)
Terminal side of
female terminals
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity?
YES−Repair short in the wire between ignition coil

relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the PCM (A6). PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
NO−Go to step 10. Is there continuity?
YES−The system is OK at this time. Check for

loose or poor connections at the ignition coil relay
and the PCM (A6).
NO−Repair open in the wire between ignition coil

relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the PCM (A6).
4-21
07/05/09 16:33:20 61SJC020_040_0023
Ignition System
Spark Plug Inspection

1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes 3. Replace the spark plug if the gap is out of
and the ceramic insulator. specification.
• Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: NOTE: Do not adjust the gap of iridium tip plugs.
– Advanced ignition timing
– Loose spark plug Electrode Gap
– Plug heat range too hot Standard (New): 1.0−1.1 mm (0.039−0.043 in.)
– Insufficient cooling ０２
A
• Fouled plugs may be caused by:
– Retarded ignition timing
– Oil in combustion chamber
– Incorrect spark plug gap
– Plug heat range too cold
– Excessive idling/low speed running
– Clogged air cleaner element
– Deteriorated ignition coils
cardiagn.com
０１
Worn or deformed
electrodes
• Improper gap
• Oil-fouling
• Carbon deposits
• Cracked center
electrode insulator 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or when
Damaged
gasket the center electrode is rounded (A). Use only the
listed spark plugs.
Spark Plugs
NGK: IZFR5K-11
Cracked
insulator DENSO: SKJ16DR-M11
０３
2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated,

clean the electrode with a plug cleaner.
NOTE:
• Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium
electrode since this will damage the electrode.
• When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to
not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the
damaging the electrode. cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 18 N·m
(1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft).
4-22
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２６１０００５５９０１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:22 61SJC020_040_0024
Charging System
＊０１
CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR
(In the gauge control module)
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

(Has built-in ELECTRICAL LOAD
DETECTOR (ELD) UNIT)
BATTERY
Test, page 22-74 cardiagn.com
ALTERNATOR
Removal and Installation, page 4-34
Overhaul, page 4-36
TENSIONER PULLEY
Replacement, page 4-33 DRIVE BELT
Inspection, page 4-31
Replacement, page 4-31
AUTO-TENSIONER
4-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:22 61SJC020_040_0025
Charging System

Charging system Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit
indicator does not come (see page 4-26).
on with the ignition
switch ON (II)
Charging system 1. Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit
indicator stays on (see page 4-26).
2. Check for a broken drive belt (see page 4-31).
3. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32).
Battery discharged 1. Check for excessive parasitic electrical current draw
with the ignition switch OFF, and the key removed. The
multiplex control unit may take up to 10 minutes to turn
off (sleep mode) for some models.
2. Check for a broken drive belt (see page 4-31).
3. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32).
4. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit
(see page 4-28).
cardiagn.com
5. Check for a poor connection at the battery terminal.
6. Test the battery (see page 22-74).
Battery overcharged 1. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit
(see page 4-28).
2. Test the battery (see page 22-74).
4-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:33:22 61SJC020_040_0026
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
DRIVER’S UNDER−DASH
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
No.22 (120 A) No.23 (50 A) G1 2 BAT 6 A5
BLK/YEL WHT BLK/YEL
IG1
ELD UNIT IG1 HOT in ON (II) No.18 No.21

and START (III) (15 A) (7.5 A)
A1 D2
BLK/YEL
D1 X34
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
YEL
A3 A2
B8 A20
CPU
B1
DRIVER
CHARGING
BLK BLU/BLK WHT RED SYSTEM
INDICATOR
cardiagn.com
PCM A36 A1
CANH CANL
5V
G202 A23 ELD

ALTF ALTL ALTC
C41 B42 C38
BLK WHT/RED WHT/BLU WHT/GRN BLK/YEL
ALTERNATOR B 4 3 2 1
FR L C IG
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
RECTIFIER
4-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:22 61SJC020_040_0027
Charging System
Charging System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Does the charging system indicator come on? 8. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the
data link connector (DLC).
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to step 12.
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at powertrain control module (PCM) from damage.
2,000 rpm for 1 minute.
10. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
Does the charging system indicator go of f ?
11. Check for continuity between PCM connector
YES−Charging system indicator circuit is OK. Go terminal B42 and body ground.
to the alternator and regulator circuit ０１
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
troubleshooting (see page 4-28).
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 3.
3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic

function procedure (see page 22-244).
Does the charging system indicator f lash?

ALT L
(WHT/BLU)
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page

22-263). Terminal side of female terminals
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is there continuity?
5. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. YES−Repair short in the wire between the
alternator and the PCM.
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NO−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
NOTE: The charging system indicator may come on software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
and then go off. good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
Does the charging system indicator go of f ? PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
YES−Replace the alternator (see page 4-34) or

repair the alternator (see page 4-36).
NO−Go to step 7.
4-26
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００１６８０２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:23 61SJC020_040_0028
12. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
18. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see step 2 on page
Does the charging system indicator f lash? 11-3).
YES−Go to step 13. 19. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM
22-263). from damage.
13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
14. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B42 and alternator 4P connector terminal
15. Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. 3 and No. 3.
body ground with a jumper wire. ＊０１
０２
cardiagn.com
ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
L
(WHT/BLU)
JUMPER ALT L
WIRE (WHT/BLU)
Wire side of female terminals
ALTERNATOR 4P
CONNECTOR
Does the charging system indicator come on?
repair the alternator (see page 4-36). YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
NO−Go to step 17. good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
NO−Repair open in the wire between the

4-27
07/05/09 16:33:23 61SJC020_040_0029
Charging System
Alternator and Regulator Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Make sure the battery connections are good and 5. Release the accelerator pedal, and let the engine
the battery is sufficiently charged (see page 22-74). idle.
2. Connect a VAT-40 (or equivalent tester), and turn 6. Turn off all the accessories. Select the charging test
the selector switch to position 1 (starting). on the tester.
０１
LOAD ADJUSTER FULL FIELD TESTER 7. Remove the inductive pickup, and zero the
(CARBON PILE) LEAD (BLU)
ammeter.
VOLTMETER
NEGATIVE 8. Place the inductive pickup over the B terminal wire
LEAD (BLK)
of the alternator so the arrow points away from the
VOLTMETER alternator.
POSITIVE
VOLT LEAD (RED) 9. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it
SELECTOR there.
Is the voltage less than 13.5 V ?
cardiagn.com
FIELD TEST YES−Go to alternator control circuit
SELECTOR SELECTOR troubleshooting (see page 4-29).
SWITCH
NEGATIVE NO−Go to step 10.

TERMINAL
CABLE (BLK)
10. Apply a load with the VAT-40 until the battery
POSITIVE voltage drops to between 12−13.5 V.
TERMINAL
CABLE (RED)
INDUCTIVE Is the amperage 87 .5 A or more?
INDUCTIVE PICKUP (GRN)
PICKUP YES−The charging system is OK.
NOTE: If the charging system indicator is still on,

B TERMINAL replace the alternator (see page 4-34).
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 NO−Replace the alternator (see page 4-34) or
rpm, with no load until the radiator fan comes on, repair the alternator (see page 4-36).
then let it idle.
4. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it

there.
Is the voltage over 15.1 V ?
YES−Check the alternator mounting bolt torque. If

they are loose, retorque them. If the bolts are tight,
replace the alternator (see page 4-34) or rear
housing assembly (see page 4-36).
NO−Go to step 5.
4-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００１２９０３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:23 61SJC020_040_0030
Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the 8. Check for continuity between PCM connector
data link connector (DLC), and check for DTCs terminal C38 and body ground.
(see page 11-3). If a DTC is present, diagnose and ０２
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
repair the cause before continuing with this test.
2. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector from the

alternator.
3. Start the engine, and turn on the headlights to high

beam.
4. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P ALT C

(WHT/GRN)
connector terminal No. 2 and the positive terminal
of the battery.
０１
BATTERY
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between the

C (WHT/GRN)
ALTERNATOR Wire side of good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
4P CONNECTOR female terminals symptom/indication goes away with a known-good

Is there 1 V or less?
YES−Go to step 9.
NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM
NO−Go to step 5. from damage.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).

powertrain control module (PCM) from damage.
7. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
(cont’d)
4-29
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００１２９０５ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:24 61SJC020_040_0031
Charging System
Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)

terminal C38 and alternator 4P connector terminal
No. 2.
０３
ALT C
(WHT/GRN)
C (WHT/GRN)
cardiagn.com
ALTERNATOR Wire side of
4P CONNECTOR female terminals

repair the alternator (see page 4-36).

4-30
07/05/09 16:33:24 61SJC020_040_0032
Drive Belt Inspection Drive Belt Replacement

1. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is 1. Move the auto-tensioner (A) to relieve tension from
cracked or damaged, replace it. the drive belt, then remove the drive belt.
０１
2. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within
the standard range (B) as shown. If it is out of the
standard range, replace the drive belt (see page
4-31).
０１
B
A
cardiagn.com
2. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal.
4-31
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００２２２０１ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００２２２０１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:33:24 61SJC020_040_0033
Charging System
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Inspection

1. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator’s 5. Remove the auto-tensioner (see page 4-33).
pointer (A), start the engine, then check the position
of the pointer again. If the position changes, 6. Clamp the auto-tensioner (A) by using a 10 mm bolt
replace the auto-tensioner. (B), 8 mm bolt (C), and a vise (D) as shown. Do not
０１ clamp the auto-tensioner itself.
０３
B
A
cardiagn.com
D
7. Attach a torque wrench (A) to the pulley bolt.

Measure the torque when the tensioner is turned
2. Check for abnormal noise from the tensioner pulley. counterclockwise and begins to move. If the torque
If you hear abnormal noise, replace the auto- is less than the specified value, replace the auto-
tensioner pulley (see page 4-33). tensioner (see page 4-33).
3. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). Auto-tensioner Spring Torque:
50.5 N·m (5.15 kgf·m, 37.2 lbf·ft)
4. Move the auto-tensioner within its limit using the ０４
belt tension release tool in the direction shown.
Check that the tensioner moves smoothly and
without any abnormal noise. If the tensioner does
not move smoothly, or you hear abnormal noises,
replace the auto-tensioner (see page 4-33).
０２
4-32
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００２２２０５ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:25 61SJC020_040_0034
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Tensioner Pulley Replacement

Replacement
1. Remove the auto-tensioner (see page 4-33).
1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 2. Remove the pulley bolt (A) (left-hand threads), and
remove the tensioner pulley (B).
2. Remove the splash shield (see step 30 on page 5-5). ０１
A
10 x 1.5 mm
3. Remove the auto-tensioner. 80 N·m (8.2 kgf·m, 59 lbf·ft)
０１
cardiagn.com
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
3. Install the tensioner pulley in the reverse order of
4. Install the auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal.
removal.
4-33
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００２２２０５ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００２２２０８ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:25 61SJC020_040_0035
Charging System
Alternator Removal and Installation

Removal 7. Remove the mounting bolt (A) and alternator
bracket mounting bolt (B), then remove the
1. Make sure you have anti-theft codes for the audio alternator.
system and the navigation system (if equipped). ０２
3. Remove the engine manifold cover (see step 1 on

page 4-19).
4. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31).
5. Remove the harness clamp (A) and harness clamp

bracket (B), then remove the harness holder (C).
０１
A B
A B
cardiagn.com
C
6. Disconnect the alternator connector (D) and the

BLK wire (E) from the alternator.
4-34
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００１２９０１ＫＤＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:33:26 61SJC020_040_0036
Installation 3. Install the harness holder (C), then install the

harness clamp bracket (D) and harness clamp (E).
1. Install the alternator.
０１ 4. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31).
5. Install the engine cover (see step 1 on page 4-19).
6. Connect the negative cable.


(see page 22-209).
9. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation).
cardiagn.com
10 x 1.25 mm 8 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m 22 N·m
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
2. Connect the alternator connector (A) and the BLK

wire (B) to the alternator.
０４
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E D
C
8 x 1.25 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
4-35
07/05/09 16:33:26 61SJC020_040_0037
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul
Exploded View
０１
BEARING RETAINER
FRONT BEARING
DRIVE-END HOUSING
PULLEY
cardiagn.com
BRUSH HOLDER PULLEY LOCKNUT
ASSEMBLY
TERMINAL INSULATOR
REAR HOUSING ASSEMBLY
ROTOR
END COVER
4-36
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４１０００１２９０１ＬＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:27 61SJC020_040_0038
Special Tools Required 5. Remove the end cover (A) and the insulator (B).
• Driver 07749-0010000 ０４
• Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 A
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during

this procedure.
B
Alternator Disassembly
1. Test the alternator and regulator before you
remove them (see page 4-28).
2. Remove the alternator (see page 4-34).
3. If the front bearing needs replacing, remove the

pulley locknut with a 10 mm wrench (A) and a
22 mm wrench (B). If necessary, use an impact
cardiagn.com
wrench.
０２
A B
6. Remove the brush holder (A).
０５
4. Remove the three flange nuts.

０３
(cont’d)
4-37
07/05/09 16:33:27 61SJC020_040_0039
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul (cont’d)

7. Remove the four bolts, then remove the rear 9. Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring, and inspect the
housing assembly (A) and washer (B). bearing journal surface in the drive-end housing for
０６ seizure marks.
• If the rotor is damaged, replace the rotor

assembly.
• If the rotor is OK, go to step 10.
10. Remove the front bearing retainer plate.

A ０８
cardiagn.com
B
8. If you are not replacing the front bearing, go to

step 13. Remove the rotor from the drive-end
housing.
０７
11. Drive out the front bearing with a brass drift and
hammer.
０９
4-38
07/05/09 16:33:28 61SJC020_040_0040
12. Install a new front bearing in the drive end housing Rotor Slip Ring Test
with a hammer, driver handle, and attachment.
１０ 14. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A).
• If there is continuity, go to step 15.

07749-0010000
• If there is no continuity, replace the rotor
assembly.
１２
C
07746-0010300
cardiagn.com
A
Alternator Brush Inspection
B
13. Measure the length of both brushes (A) with a
vernier caliper (B). 15. Check for continuity between each slip ring and the
rotor (B) and the rotor shaft (C).
• If either brush is shorter than the service limit,
replace the brush holder assembly. • If there is no continuity, replace the rear housing
• If the brush length is OK, go to step 14. assembly, and go to step 16.
• If there is continuity, replace the rotor assembly.
Alternator Brush Length
Standard (New): 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) 16. Assemble the alternator in the reverse order of
Service Limit: 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) disassembly, and note these items:
１１
• Be careful not to get any grease or oil on the slip
rings.
• If you removed the pulley, tighten its locknut to
110 N·m (11.2 kgf·m, 81.0 lbf·ft) when you
reinstall it.
A
B
4-39
07/05/09 16:33:45 61SJC020_040_0041
Cruise Control

＊０１
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
(Built into gauge control module)
CRUISE CONTROL
SET/DECEL, RESUME/ACCEL,
CANCEL SWITCH
Test/Replacement, page 4-46
cardiagn.com
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Test, page 22-174
Pedal Height Adjustment, page 19-6
CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH

Test/Replacement, page 4-46
＊０２
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Test, page 14-272
Cruise Control Input Test, page 4-44 Replacement, page 14-273
4-40
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４５００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:45 61SJC020_040_0042

Cruise control cannot be 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs.
set 2. Check the No. 13 (20 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/
relay box, and No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
relay box.
3. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44).
4. Do the cruise control main switch test (see page 4-46).
Cruise control can be set, 1. Do the cruise control main switch test (see page 4-46). Faulty cruise control
but the cruise control 2. Check for a faulty cruise control main switch main switch
main switch indicator illumination bulb.
does not come on
Cruise control can be set, 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs. Faulty gauge control
but the cruise control 2. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function module
indicator does not come (see page 22-244).
on 3. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44).
Test the cruise control indicator signal input.
Vehicle does not 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs. Open circuit, loose or
cardiagn.com
decelerate or accelerate 2. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). disconnected
accordingly when the set/ Test the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel switch terminals: GRY/RED or
decel or resume/accel signal input. LT GRN/BLK
switch is pressed 3. Do the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel
switch test (see page 4-46).
Set speed does not 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs. • Short to power on
cancel when the brake 2. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). the BRN/YEL wire
pedal is pressed Test the brake pedal position switch signal input. • Faulty brake pedal
3. Do the brake pedal position switch test (see page position switch
22-174).
Set speed does not 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs. Short to power on the
cancel when the cruise 2. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). LT GRN wire
control main switch is Test the cruise control main switch signal input.
pressed 3. Do the cruise control main switch test (see page 4-46).
Set speed does not 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs. Open circuit, loose or
cancel when the cancel 2. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). disconnected
switch is pressed Test the cruise control cancel switch signal input. terminals: GRY/RED or
3. Do the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel LT GRN/BLK
switch test (see page 4-46).
(cont’d)
4-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４５００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_040_0043
Cruise Control
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Set speed will not 1. Check for PGM-FI and body DTCs. • Faulty brake pedal
resume when the 2. Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment position switch
resume/accel switch is (see page 19-6). • Open circuit, loose or
pressed (with the cruise 3. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). disconnected
control main switch Test the cruise control resume/accel switch signal input. terminals:
turned on, and set speed Test the brake pedal position switch signal input. LT GRN/BLK
temporarily canceled by 4. Do the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel
pressing the brake pedal) switch test (see page 4-46).
With the ignition switch 1. Replace the cruise control main switch illumination
ON (II), and the lighting bulb (see page 4-46).
switch turned on, the 2. Do the cruise control main switch test (see page 4-46).
cruise control main
switch illumination does
not come on
With the ignition switch Replace the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel
ON (II), and the lighting switch (see page 4-46).
cardiagn.com
switch turned on, the
cruise control set/decel,
resume/accel, cancel
switch illumination does
not come on
4-42
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_040_0044
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
No.13 (20 A) H1 TAILLIGHT
BLK/YEL BLU/RED HORN RELAY
H9
BLU/RED HORN
No.22 J4
(BAT) GRY/YEL RED/BLK
(120 A) 1 2
HORN RELAY
D9
No.9 (15 A)
CABLE
RELAY REEL
CONTROL
MODULE
No.23 No.8 1 2
(IG) THROTTLE
(50 A) (15 A) CONTROL GRY/YEL RED/BLK
G1 RELAY
CRUISE CONTROL
SET/DECEL, HORN
E6 X8 E10 F17 RESUME/ACCEL
TAILLIGHT SWITCH
RED WHT WHT/GRN YEL/BLK CANCEL SWITCH 3 6 7
RELAY
2
BAT IGNITION SET/ CAN− RESUME/

IG1 SWITCH DECEL CEL ACCEL
BLK/YEL RED/BLK
IG1 HOT in ON (II)
cardiagn.com
6 and START (III) CRUISE CONTROL
UNDER−DASH 1 MAIN SWITCH 3
BLK/YEL FUSE/RELAY LIGHTS
A6 D10 BOX
1 2 4 5
INDICATOR LIGHT GRY/RED LT GRN/BLK RED/BLU

No.18 PGM−FI
(15 A) MAIN 7 6 3
RELAY 1
2 5 4
LT GRN BLK RED CABLE

N29 X1 F19 REEL
BLK/YEL YEL/BLK
7 6 3
G401 GRY/RED LT GRN/BLK RED/BLU
A14 C20 A13 A12 C1
BLK/YEL
POWER SUPPLY/CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER
1 3
BRAKE DRIVE CIRCUIT CRUISE DIMMING CIRCUIT
PEDAL
POSITION
SWITCH
2 4 CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
WHT/BLK BRN/YEL RED/YEL YEL/BLK BRN YEL/GRN A8 A1 GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

WHT RED
PCM A8 A7 A6 B3 A20 C4 A36 A1

BKSW BKSWNC MRLY IGP1 ETCSRLY IG1ETCS CANH CANL
5V
5V 12 V
NC ATPFWD ETCSM＋ ETCSM− VCC THL1 THL2 SG

B40 C17 C2 C3 B19 B17 B12 B34
BLU BLU/YEL BLU GRN BLU RED/BLK RED/BLU GRN

6 5 2 1 3 4
OUTPUT SHAFT TRANSMISSION

SPEED SENSOR RANGE SWITCH
THROTTLE
ACUTUATOR
TP SENSOR
THROTTLE BODY
4-43
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４５００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_040_0045
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Input Test

1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3).
3. Go to PGM-FI, and check for DTCs.
4. Do the following tests while monitoring parameters in the PGM-FI DATA LIST with the HDS.
NOTE: Intermitent failures are often caused by loose circuit connections. While monitoring cruise control inputs,
flex their circuits, and note if any of the test results change.
Signal to be tested Test condition Parameter: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
Brake switch Brake pedal pressed, CRUISE BRAKE SW • Faulty brake pedal position switch
signal then released should indicate OFF • Blown No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-
when the brake pedal is dash fuse/relay box
pressed and ON when • An open in the wire between the
the brake pedal is powertrain control module (PCM) and
cardiagn.com
released. the brake pedal position switch
• A wire shorted to ground between the
PCM and the brake pedal position switch
Transmission Shift lever in D SHIFT/CLUTCH SW • Faulty transmission range switch
range switch should indicate ON in P, • An open in the wire between the PCM
signal R, N, 2, and 1 and OFF and the transmission range switch
in D. • A wire shorted to ground between the
PCM and the transmission range switch
• Poor ground G101 and G102
Cruise control Cruise control main CRUISE CONTROL • Faulty cruise control main switch
main switch switch ON and OFF MAIN SW should • An open in the wire between the gauge
signal indicate ON when the control module and the cruise control
cruise control main main switch
switch is turned ON • A wire shorted to ground between the
and OFF when the gauge control module and the cruise
cruise control main control main switch
switch is turned OFF. • An open in the wire between the cruise
control main switch and ground
Set switch Set/decel switch CRUISE CONTROL SET • Faulty cruise control set/decel, resume/
signal pressed and released SW should indicate ON accel, cancel switch
when the set/decel • An open in the wire between the gauge
switch is pressed and control module and the cruise control
OFF when the set/decel set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch
switch is released. • A wire shorted to ground between the
gauge control module and the cruise
control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel
switch
4-44
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４５００００００００ＦＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_040_0046
Signal to be tested Test condition Parameter: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
Resume Resume/accel switch CRUISE CONTROL • Faulty cruise control set/decel, resume/
switch signal pressed and released RESUME SW should accel, cancel switch
indicate ON when the • An open in the wire between the gauge
resume/accel switch is control module and the cruise control
pressed and OFF when set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch
the resume/accel • A wire shorted to ground between the
switch is released. gauge control module and the cruise
control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel
switch
Cancel switch Cancel switch CRUISE CONTROL Faulty cruise control set/decel, resume/
signal pressed and released CANCEL SW should accel, cancel switch
indicate ON when the
cancel switch is
pressed and OFF when
the cancel switch is
released.
cardiagn.com
Cruise control Start the engine, turn CRUISE INDICATOR Faulty gauge control module
indicator the cruise control should indicate ON
signal main switch on and when the cruise control
drive the vehicle is set and OFF when
above 25 mph the cruise control is
(40 km/h). Set and canceled.
cancel the cruise
control.
4-45
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_040_0047
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Main Switch Test/ Cruise Control Set/decel, Resume/

Replacement accel, Cancel Switch Test/
Replacement
1. Release the clips of the cruise control main switch,
and push the cruise control main switch (A) out of SRS components are located in this area. Review the
the driver’s dashboard lower cover. SRS component locations (see page 24-14), and the
０１ precautions and procedures (see page 24-16), in the
B
SRS before doing repairs or service.
1. Remove the driver’s airbag (see page 24-174).
2. Remove the steering wheel (see page 17-21).
3. Remove the steering wheel trim.

０１
cardiagn.com
A
2. Disconnect the 5P connector (B), then remove the

cruise control main switch.
3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each

switch position according to the table. If there is no
continuity, replace illumination bulbs (A) or the
switch.
０１
Terminal
5 2 1 3 4
Position
OFF
ON
4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A), then remove the
cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel
Terminal side of switch (B).
male terminals
０２
B
4-46
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４５０００１７６１１ＦＨＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４５０００１７６２１ＦＨＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_040_0048

switch position according to the table.
• If there is continuity, and it matches the table, but

switch failure occurred on the cruise control
input test, check and repair the wire harness on
the switch circuit.
• If there is no continuity in one or more positions,
replace the switch.
０３
Terminal
3 2 1
Position
Set/decel (ON)
Resume/accel (ON)
Cancel (ON)
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of male terminals
4-47
07/05/09 16:34:35 61SJC020_050_0001
Engine Mechanical
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal ........................................................... 5-2
Engine Installation ........................................................ 5-12
Engine Mount Replacement ........................................ 5-23
cardiagn.com
Cylinder Head .................................................... 6-1
Engine Block ..................................................... 7-1
Engine Lubrication ........................................... 8-1
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System ............. 9-1
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０５０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:34:36 61SJC020_050_0002
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal
Special Tools Required 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the
• Front subframe adapter EQS02BMDXSB0 audio system and navigation system (if equipped).
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
• Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 6. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery,
These special tools are available through the Honda then disconnect the positive cable.
Tool and Equipment program, 1-888-424-6857.
7. Remove the battery.
NOTE:
• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted 8. Remove the engine cover.
surfaces. ０２
• To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors
carefully while holding the connector portion.
• Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
Also, be sure that they do not contact other wiring,
hoses, or interfere with other parts.
cardiagn.com
1. Secure the hood in the wide open position (position
the support rod in the lower hole).
０１
9. Disconnect the breather pipe (A), then remove the

air intake duct (B).
０３
B
2. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-286).
3. Drain the power steering system fluid, then plug

the fluid reservoir and return hose (see page 17-12).
4. Remove the bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).
5-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８２２３８０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:34:36 61SJC020_050_0003
10. Remove the harness clamps (A), then remove the 13. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then
battery base (B). disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-293).
０４＊０１
A
B
A
cardiagn.com
B
14. Remove the transfer breather tube box (A) and

disconnect brake booster vacuum hose (B).
０７
A
11. Remove the ground cable (A), harness clamp (B) B

and starter motor cable (C).
０５
A
C
15. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP)

B canister hose (C), then remove the purge joint (D).
12. Remove the shift cable (see step 19 on page

14-219).
(cont’d)
5-3
07/05/09 16:34:37 61SJC020_050_0004
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont’d)

16. Remove the steering wheel (see page 17-21). 21. Remove the coolant reservoir from the bracket.
17. Remove the steering joint cover (A). 22. Remove the powertrain control module (PCM)
０８ cover.
D A
１０
cardiagn.com
E C B
18. Make a reference mark (B) across the steering joint

and steering gearbox pinion shaft. Remove the
steering joint bolt (C), and loosen the steering joint 23. Remove the harness clamps (A), then disconnect
bolt (D), then disconnect the steering joint from the the two PCM connectors (B).
steering gearbox pinion shaft (E). １１
19. Remove the alternator cable (A) from the under-

hood fuse/relay box.
０９ A
A
B
A
20. Disconnect the harness connectors (B).
5-4
07/05/09 16:34:38 61SJC020_050_0005
24. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 31. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, and drain the
engine coolant (see page 10-6).
25. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump inlet hose
(A) and P/S pump outlet hose (B) from the P/S 32. Drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF)
pump, then plug the P/S lines and P/S pump. (see page 14-210).
１２
B
33. Drain the engine oil (see page 8-6).
34. Remove the front subframe stiffener.

１４
cardiagn.com
C A
26. Remove the P/S hose clamp (C) from the cylinder
head cover.
35. Remove exhaust pipe A.
27. Remove the radiator cap. １５
28. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height.
29. Remove the front wheels.
30. Remove the splash shield.

１３
(cont’d)
5-5
07/05/09 16:34:38 61SJC020_050_0006
Engine Assembly

36. Separate the stabilizer links from the dampers 44. Disconnect the power steering pressure switch
(see page 18-20). connector.
１７
37. Separate the tie-rod end ball joints from the
knuckles (see step 9 on page 18-15).
38. Separate the knuckles from the lower arms (see

step 13 on page 18-15).
39. Remove the driveshafts (see page 16-4).

Coat all precision-finished surfaces with clean
engine oil. Tie plastic bags over the driveshaft ends.
40. Remove the propeller shaft from the transfer shaft

flange (see page 16-40).
41. Remove the transfer assembly (see page 14-213).
cardiagn.com
45. Remove the transmission lower front mount nuts
42. Disconnect the P/S hose (A), then plug the line and and transmission lower rear mount nuts.
hose. １８
１６
A
43. Unclamp the power steering fluid line clamp (B) on

the front subframe.
5-6
07/05/09 16:34:39 61SJC020_050_0007
46. Remove the rear mount bolts. 49. Disconnect the heater hoses.
１９２１
cardiagn.com
47. Remove the A/C compressor without disconnecting 50. Remove the upper radiator hose (A) and lower
the A/C hoses. radiator hose (B).
２０２２
48. Lower the vehicle on the lift.
(cont’d)
5-7
07/05/09 16:34:39 61SJC020_050_0008
Engine Assembly

51. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses from the 54. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the rear
transmission, then plug the ATF cooler hoses and cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to attach
lines. the engine hanger balance bar rear arm.
２３２５
cardiagn.com
55. Remove the service caps (A) for the front damper
flange nuts from the cowl cover (B). Position the
engine hanger adapters (VSB02C000024) with the
‘‘FRONT’’mark facing forward over the damper
flange nuts.
52. Remove the radiator (see page 10-12). ３３
VSB02C000024
53. Remove the connector bracket from the front
cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to attach A A
the engine hanger balance bar front arm.
２４
5-8
07/05/09 16:34:40 61SJC020_050_0009
56. Install the engine hanger balance bar 60. Note the reference marks (A) on the body across
(VSB02C000019); then attach the front arm (A) to the marks (B) on the edge of the front subframe (C).
the front cylinder head with a spacer (B) and ２９
10 x 1.25 mm bolt (C), and attach the rear arm (D) to C
the rear cylinder head with 8 x 1.25 mm bolt (E).
３４
VSB02C000024 F
AAR-T-12566 VSB02C000024 A
B
VSB02C000019
A B
cardiagn.com
D
C 61. Loosen the four bolts (A) holding the adjustable
arms (B) of the front subframe adapter to its center
B E plate.
３０
EQS02BMDXSB0
57. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to B

the vehicle, and attach the hook to the slotted hole
in the engine hanger balance bar. Tighten the wing
nut (F) by hand to lift and support the engine/
transmission assembly.
58. Remove the front engine mount nut.

２８ Replace. A
(cont’d)
5-9
07/05/09 16:34:41 61SJC020_050_0010
Engine Assembly

62. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on 65. Remove the six 12 x 1.25 mm bolts (A) securing the
the corner of the jack base, then attach the front subframe stiffeners (B), the four subframe
subframe adapter (A) to the jack base with the bolts mounting bolts (C), and the stiffeners, then lower
(B) that came with the jack. Tighten all bolts the front subframe (D).
securely. ３２
３１
D
B
cardiagn.com
C A B
10 x 1.25 mm EQS02BMDXSB0
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
C
A
63. Raise the jack to vehicle height, then attach the B
front subframe adapter to the front subframe using C
the subframe stiffener mounting bolts (C) and bolt
holes. 66. Lower the vehicle and attach a chain hoist (A) to the
engine hook (B) and transmission hook (C). Lift up
64. Remove the bolt retainers from both ends of the on the engine/transmission assembly until it’s
subframe. securely supported by the chain hoist, then remove
０１ the engine support hanger and the engine hanger
balance bar from the engine and vehicle.
３５
A C
B
5-10
07/05/09 16:34:41 61SJC020_050_0011
67. Remove the mounting bolts from the upper half of

the side engine mount bracket.
３６
cardiagn.com
68. Check that the engine/transmission is completely
free of vacuum hoses, fuel and coolant hoses, and
electrical wiring.
69. Slowly lower the engine/transmission assembly

about 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again that all
hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and
free from the engine/transmission, then lower it all
the way.
70. Disconnect the chain hoist lift the engine/

transmission assembly.
71. Raise the vehicle all the way, and remove the
engine/transmission assembly from under the
vehicle.
5-11
07/05/09 16:34:42 61SJC020_050_0012
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation
Special Tools Required
• Front subframe adapter EQS02BMDXSB0
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024
These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment program, 1-888-424-6857.
1. Install the engine mount bracket and accessory brackets, then tighten their bolts to the specified torque.
＊０１
8 x 1.25 mm 12 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m 88 N·m
P/S PUMP BRACKET (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) (9.0 kgf·m, 65 lbf·ft)
Replace.
cardiagn.com
REAR ENGINE
8 x 1.25 mm MOUNT BRACKET
22 N·m
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT

BRACKET
FRONT ENGINE
MOUNT BRACKET
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
A/C COMPRESSOR 45 N·m
BRACKET (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
5-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８２２３８０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:34:42 61SJC020_050_0013
2. Position the engine/transmission assembly under 3. Remove the service caps (A) for the front damper
the vehicle. Be sure that they are properly aligned. flange nuts from the cowl cover (B). Position the
Carefully lower the vehicle until the engine and engine hanger adapters (VSB02C000024) with the
transmission are properly positioned in the engine ‘‘FRONT’’mark facing forward over the damper
compartment. Make sure the vehicle is not resting flange nuts.
on any part of the engine or transmission. Lift and ３１
VSB02C000024
support the engine/transmission (A) and carefully
raise the engine/transmission assembly into place.
A A
NOTE: Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in
the sequence given in the following steps. Failure
to follow this sequence may cause excessive noise,
vibration, and reduce engine mount life. B
０２
A
cardiagn.com
4. Install the engine hanger balance bar
(VSB02C000019); then attach the front arm (A) to
the front cylinder head with a spacer (B) and
10 x 1.25 mm bolt (C), and attach the rear arm (D) to
the rear cylinder head with an 8 x 1.25 mm bolt (E).
３２
AAR-T-12566
VSB02C000024
VSB02C000024
VSB02C000019
D
A
C B
(cont’d)
5-13
07/05/09 16:34:43 61SJC020_050_0014
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont’d)

5. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to 9. Loosely install the new front subframe mounting
the vehicle, then attach the hook to the slotted hole bolts (four) (B), the 12 x 1.25 mm bolts (six) (C) (D),
in the engine hanger balance bar. Tighten the wing and the stiffeners (E).
nut (F) by hand to lift and support the engine/
transmission assembly. 10. Align all reference marks (A) on the front subframe
(B) with the body, then tighten the bolts on the front
6. Install new mounting bolts into the upper half of subframe to the specified torque.
the engine mount bracket. Tighten the bolts to the ０４
specified torque. B
３３
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
A
cardiagn.com
A
11. Install the bolt retainers on both ends of the

subframe.
０２
7. Remove the chain hoist, then raise the vehicle on the

lift to full height.
8. Using the subframe adapter (A) and a jack, raise

the front subframe up to the body.
０３
A
EQS02BMDXSB0
C
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m
(7.5 kgf·m,
54 N·m) 10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
C (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
E
E 12. Remove the jack and front subframe adapter.
E E
B
B
D
D 12 x 1.25 mm
B 117 N·m
14 x 1.5 mm (11.9 kgf·m, 86.1 lbf·ft)
103 N·m
(10.5 kgf·m, 75.9 lbf·ft)
5-14
07/05/09 16:34:44 61SJC020_050_0015
13. Torque the transmission lower rear mount nuts (A) 16. Torque the new front mount nut.
and transmission lower front mount nuts (B). ０７
12 x 1.25 mm
０４ 54 N·m
cardiagn.com
B A
10 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 45 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
17. Loosen the mounting bolts for the upper half of the
14. Torque the rear mount bolts. side engine mount bracket, then retighten them to
０６ the specified torque.
０５
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
15. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 18. Remove the engine hanger and balance bar.
(cont’d)
5-15
07/05/09 16:34:44 61SJC020_050_0016
Engine Assembly

20. Install the A/C compressor. 22. Connect the power steering pressure switch
０９ connector.
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m １１
cardiagn.com
23. Install the transfer assembly (see page 14-215).
21. Install the power steering (P/S) hose (A), then install
the P/S hose on the clamp (B). 24. Install the propeller shaft onto the transfer shaft
１０ flange (see page 16-41).
A
25. Install a new set ring on the end of each driveshaft,

then install the driveshafts. Make sure each ring
‘‘clicks’’ into place in the differential and
intermediate shaft.
26. Connect the suspension lower arms to the knuckles

27. Connect the tie-rod end ball joints to the knuckles

B 28. Connect the stabilizer links (see page 18-20).
5-16
07/05/09 16:34:45 61SJC020_050_0017
29. Install exhaust pipe A using new gaskets (B) and 31. Install the splash shield.
new self-locking nuts (C). １４
１２
B
cardiagn.com
C
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) B 32. Install the front wheels.
C
8 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m 33 N·m 33. Lower the vehicle on the lift.
34. Install the radiator (see page 10-12).
30. Install the front subframe stiffener using new bolts.
１３ 35. Install the upper radiator hose (A) and lower
radiator hose (B).
１５
B
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) A
(cont’d)
5-17
07/05/09 16:34:45 61SJC020_050_0018
Engine Assembly

36. Install the heater hoses. 38. Install the connector bracket to the front cylinder
１６ head.
０３
cardiagn.com
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
37. Install the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) cooler (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
hoses to the transmission, and secure the hoses
with the clamps. 39. Install the harness clamp bracket to the rear
cylinder head.
NOTE: Check the installation location of the clamps １９
１７
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
5-18
07/05/09 16:34:46 61SJC020_050_0019
40. Install the P/S pump outlet hose (A) with a new 44. Install the PCM cover.
O-ring (B), and install the P/S pump inlet hose (C). ２２
２０
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m 11 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) A (1.1 kgf·m, 8.0 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
D C 45. Install the coolant reservoir tank to the bracket.
41. Install the P/S hose clamp (D) to the cylinder head. 46. Install the alternator cable (A) to the under-hood
fuse/relay box.
42. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). ２３
43. Connect the powertrain control module (PCM)

connectors (A), then install the harness clamps (B).
２１
47. Connect the harness connectors (B).
B
A
(cont’d)
5-19
07/05/09 16:34:47 61SJC020_050_0020
Engine Assembly

48. Align the reference mark (A) on the steering joint 53. Connect the fuel feed hose (A) (see page 11-295),
and steering gearbox pinion shaft. Connect the then install the quick-connect fitting cover (B).
steering joint (B) to the steering gearbox pinion ＊０２
B
shaft (C). Tighten the steering joint bolt.
２４
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
D
cardiagn.com
A
8 x 1.25 mm 54. Install the shift cable (see step 48 on page 14-236).
22 N·m
C (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) A
55. Install the starter motor cable (A), harness clamp
49. Install the steering joint cover (D). (B) and ground cable (C).
２７
6 x 1.0 mm
50. Install the steering wheel (see page 17-23). 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
51. Install the transfer breather tube box (A) and brake
booster vacuum hose (B).
２５ A
A
C C
8 x 1.25 mm
9.8 N·m
D (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
52. Install evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose

(C), then install the purge joint (D).
5-20
07/05/09 16:34:58 61SJC020_050_0021
56. Install the battery base (A), then install the harness 58. Install the engine cover.
clamps (B). ３０
２８
B
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
59. Install the bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).
60. Install the service caps on the cowl cover.
57. Install the air intake duct (A), then install the 61. Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and
breather pipe (B). cable terminals, then assemble them and apply
２９ grease to prevent corrosion.
A
62. Move the shift lever to each gear, and verify that
the A/T gear position indicator follows the
transmission range switch.
63. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn the ignition switch

ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel pump
runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel
line. Repeat this operation two or three times, then
check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
64. Refill the engine with engine oil (see step 4 on page
8-6).
B 65. Refill the transmission with ATF (see page 14-210).
66. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed

air from the cooling system with the heater valve
open (see step 9 on page 10-7).
67. Install the return hose to the power steering fluid

reservoir. Refill the power steering system
(see page 17-12).
(cont’d)
5-21
07/05/09 16:34:58 61SJC020_050_0022
Engine Assembly

68. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP
pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
69. Inspect the idle speed (see page 11-272).
70. Inspect the ignition timing (see page 4-18).

(see page 22-209).
cardiagn.com
5-22
07/05/09 16:34:59 61SJC020_050_0023
Engine Mount Replacement
０１
SIDE ENGINE
MOUNT 10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
REAR MOUNT
cardiagn.com
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
12 x 1.25 mm
83 N·m
Replace.
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
Replace.
FRONT MOUNT
TRANSMISSION LOWER
MOUNT
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
5-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８２２４００００００ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:35:57 61SJC020_060_0001
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head
Special Tools ................................................................. 6-2
Component Location Index ......................................... 6-3
Engine Compression Inspection ................................. 6-6
VTEC Rocker Arm Test ................................................. 6-7
Valve Clearance Adjustment ....................................... 6-8
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation .............. 6-11
Timing Belt Inspection ................................................. 6-13
Timing Belt Removal .................................................... 6-13
Timing Belt Installation ................................................ 6-16
Timing Belt Replacement ............................................ 6-20
cardiagn.com
Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement ............................. 6-24
Timing Belt Drive Pulley Replacement ....................... 6-25
Cylinder Head Cover Removal .................................... 6-25
Cylinder Head Cover Installation ................................ 6-26
Cylinder Head Removal ............................................... 6-28
Camshaft Replacement ................................................ 6-31
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage ...................... 6-33
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal ................................. 6-33
Rocker Arm and Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly ........................................ 6-34
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection ............................... 6-35
Camshaft Inspection .................................................... 6-37
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal ..................... 6-40
Valve Inspection ........................................................... 6-41
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection ............... 6-41
Valve Guide Replacement ........................................... 6-42
Valve Seat Reconditioning .......................................... 6-44
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation ................. 6-46
Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly,
Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation ................... 6-47
Cylinder Head Installation ........................................... 6-48
Camshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car ........................ 6-54
Sealing Bolt Installation ............................................... 6-54
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０６０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:35:58 61SJC020_060_0002
Cylinder Head
Special Tools
07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator 1
07HAH-PJ7A100 Valve Guide Reamer, 5.5 mm 1
07JAA-001020A Socket, 19 mm 1
07JAB-001020A Holder Handle 1
07MAB-PY3010A Holder Attachment, 50 mm, Offset 1
07PAD-0010000 Stem Seal Driver 1
07PAF-0030100 Camshaft Oil Seal Driver 1
07VAJ-P8A010A VTEC Air Adapter 1
070AJ-0030100 VTEC Air Stopper 1
07742-0010100 Valve Guide Driver, 5.5 mm 1
07757-PJ1010A Valve Spring Compressor Attachment 1
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
6-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０６０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:00 61SJC020_060_0003
＊０１
RUBBER SEALS
FRONT UPPER COVER
REAR UPPER COVER

SIDE ENGINE MOUNT
BRACKET
LOWER COVER
cardiagn.com
BACK COVER
PULLEY BOLT
Removal and Installation,
page 6-11
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Removal and Installation,
page 6-11
REAR CAMSHAFT
PULLEY
RUBBER SEALS
TIMING BELT ADJUSTER KEY TIMING BELT

Replacement, DRIVE PULLEY
page 6-24 Replacement,
FRONT CAMSHAFT page 6-25
PULLEY
CRANKSHAFT POSITION
IDLER PULLEY (CKP) SENSOR
Replacement,
AUTO-TENSIONER TIMING BELT page 11-203
Removal, page 6-13
IDLER PULLEY BOLT Installation, page 6-16 TIMING BELT STOPPER
TIMING BELT
GUIDE PLATE
Installation, step 10 on page 6-18
(cont’d)
6-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:02 61SJC020_060_0004
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont’d)
＊０２
CYLINDER HEAD COVERS
Removal, page 6-25
Installation, page 6-26
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS
HEAD COVER GASKET
cardiagn.com
O-RINGS
HEAD COVER
GASKET
CYLINDER HEAD
CYLINDER Removal, page 6-28
HEAD Inspection, page 6-33
CYLINDER HEAD
GASKET
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
DOWEL PINS
DOWEL PINS
OIL CONTROL ORIFICES
6-4
07/05/09 16:36:05 61SJC020_060_0005
＊０３
VALVE COTTERS ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal,
SPRING RETAINER page 6-33
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/
LOST MOTION Reassembly, page 6-34
ASSEMBLY Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection,
INTAKE VALVE SPRING page 6-35
O-RING
INTAKE VALVE SEAL
CAMSHAFT
THRUST COVER
VALVE SPRING SEAT
INTAKE VALVE GUIDE
cardiagn.com
EXHAUST VALVE
SPRING
EXHAUST VALVE SEAL

EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE

INJECTOR
BASE
GASKET
DOWEL PINS SOLID DOWEL PINS

(On the camshaft
thrust cover end)
HOLLOW DOWEL PINS
(On the camshaft
oil seal end)
OIL SEAL
WASHER CAMSHAFT
SEALING BOLT Replacement, page 6-31
Installation, page 6-54 Inspection, page 6-37
EXHAUST VALVE CYLINDER HEAD

Removal, page 6-40 Removal, page 6-28
Installation, page 6-46 Inspection, page 6-33
INTAKE VALVE
Removal, page 6-40
6-5
07/05/09 16:36:06 61SJC020_060_0006
Cylinder Head
Engine Compression Inspection

NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the 8. Open the throttle fully, crank the engine with the
powertrain control module (PCM), otherwise the PCM starter motor and measure the compression.
will continue to stop the injectors from functioning.
Select PCM reset using the Honda Diagnostic System Compression Pressure:
(HDS) (see page 11-4). Above 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi)
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating 9. Measure the compression on the remaining
temperature (cooling fan comes on). cylinders.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Maximum Variation:

Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi)
(see step 2 on page 11-3). 10. If the compression is not within specifications,
check the following items, then remeasure the
4. On the HDS select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL compression.
INJECTORS OFF function.
• Damaged or worn valves and seats
cardiagn.com
5. Remove the six ignition coils (see page 4-19). • Damaged cylinder head gasket
• Damaged or worn piston rings
6. Remove the six spark plugs. • Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore
7. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Select PCM reset (see page 11-4) to cancel the ALL
０１ INJECTORS OFF function on the HDS.
6-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６００００００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:06 61SJC020_060_0007
VTEC Rocker Arm Test

Special Tools Required 9. Remove the No. 1 and No. 6 intake rocker shaft
• VTEC air adapter 07VAJ-P8A010A mounting bolts, then install the VTEC air adapter
• VTEC air stopper 070AJ-0030100 and VTEC air stopper, and connect the air pressure
• Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 regulator as shown.
1. Start the engine and let it run for 5 minutes, then Front:
turn the ignition switch OFF. ＊０１
07AAJ-PNAA101
2. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3).
3. Remove the cylinder head covers (see page 6-25).
4. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC) (see 070AJ-0030100
5. Push on the intake mid rocker arm (A) for the No. 1
cylinder. The mid rocker arm should move
cardiagn.com
independently of the primary rocker arm (B) and
secondary rocker arm (C).
• If the mid rocker arm moves freely, go to step 6. 07VAJ-P8A010A

• If the intake mid rocker arm does not move,
remove the mid, primary, and secondary intake Rear:
rocker arms as an assembly, then check that the ＊０２
pistons in the mid and primary rocker arms move 07VAJ-P8A010A
smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing,
replace the mid, primary, and secondary rocker
arms as an assembly, then retest.
０１
B
07AAJ-PNAA101
070AJ-0030100
10. Loosen the valve on the air pressure regulator, and

apply the specified air pressure.
C A
Specified Air Pressure:
6. Repeat step 5 on the remaining intake mid rocker 440−540 kPa (4.5−5.5 kgf/cm2, 64−78 psi)
arms with each piston at TDC. When all the mid
rocker arms pass the test, go to step 7. NOTE: If the synchronizing pistons do not move
after applying air pressure, move the primary or
7. Check that the air pressure on the shop air secondary rocker arm up and down manually.
compressor gauge indicates over 690 kPa
(7.0 kgf/cm2, 100 psi).
8. Inspect the valve clearance (see page 6-8).
(cont’d)
6-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０３５１５１１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:07 61SJC020_060_0008
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont’d) Valve Clearance Adjustment

11. Make sure that the intake primary rocker arm (A) NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head
and intake secondary rocker arm (B) are temperature is less than 100 °F (38 °C).
mechanically connected by the piston and that the
mid rocker arm (C) does not move when pushed 1. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3).
manually. If any intake mid rocker arm moves
independently of the primary and secondary rocker 2. Remove the cylinder head covers (see page 6-25).
arms, replace the rocker arms as a set.
０４ 3. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC).
A
Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with
the No. 1 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft
pulley.
０１
cardiagn.com
A
B C
12. Remove the special tools.
13. Tighten the rocker shaft bolts to 24 N·m (2.4 kgf·m,

17 lbf·ft)
14. Install the cylinder head covers (see page 6-26).
15. Install the intake manifold (see page 9-5).
6-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２０００００ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:07 61SJC020_060_0009
4. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the 5. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting
valves you’re going to check. screw and the end of the valve stem on No. 1
cylinder and slide it back and forth; you should feel
Valve Clearance a slight amount of drag.
Intake: 0.20−0.24 mm (0.008−0.009 in.) ０３
Exhaust: 0.28−0.32 mm (0.011−0.013 in.)
Rear:
０１
EXHAUST
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
cardiagn.com
6. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the
locknut (A), and turn the adjusting screw (B) until
the drag on the feeler gauge is correct.
０４
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
INTAKE
Front:
０２
INTAKE
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
A
9 x 0.75 mm
20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m, 14 lbf·ft)
7. Tighten the locknut and recheck the clearance.

Repeat the adjustment, if necessary.
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
EXHAUST
(cont’d)
6-9
07/05/09 16:36:08 61SJC020_060_0010
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont’d)

8. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer 12. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer
(A) on the front upper cover with the No. 4 piston (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 5 piston
TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley.
０５０７
B B
A A
cardiagn.com
9. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance 13. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance
on No. 4 cylinder. on No. 5 cylinder.
10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer 14. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer
(A) on the front upper cover with the No. 2 piston (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 3 piston
TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley.
０６０８
B B
A A
11. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance 15. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance
on No. 2 cylinder. on No. 3 cylinder.
6-10
07/05/09 16:36:08 61SJC020_060_0011
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and

Installation
16. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer
(A) on the front upper cover with the No. 6 piston
TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. Special Tools Required
０９ • Holder handle 07JAB-001020A
B • Holder attachment, 50 mm, offset 07MAB-PY3010A
• Socket, 19 mm 07JAA-001020A , or a commercially
available 19 mm socket
Removal
A 1. Remove the right front wheel.
2. Remove the splash shield.

０１
cardiagn.com
17. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance
on No. 6 cylinder.
18. Install the cylinder head covers (see page 6-26).
4. Hold the pulley with the holder handle (A) and

holder attachment (B).
０２
B
07MAB-PY3010A
A C
07JAB-001020A 07JAA-001020A
(or commercially available)
5. Remove the bolt with a heavy duty 19 mm socket

(C) and breaker bar, then remove the crankshaft
pulley.
(cont’d)
6-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６１７５３１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/10 14:00:31 61SJC020_060_0012
Cylinder Head
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation (cont’d)

Installation 2. Install the crankshaft pulley, and tighten the bolt.
Do not use an impact wrench.
1. Remove any oil and clean the pulleys (A),
crankshaft (B), bolt (C), and washer (D). Lubricate –1 Hold the pulley with the holder handle (A) and
with new engine oil as shown. holder attachment (B), then torque the bolt to
＊０１ 64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) with a torque
: Remove any oil
wrench and heavy duty 19 mm socket (C).
: Clean
: Lubricate with new engine oil –2 Mark the bolt head (D) and crankshaft pulley (E)
as shown, then tighten the bolt an additional
A
60 ° (The mark on the bolt head line up with the
mark on the crankshaft pulley).
A A
D B ０４
B
07MAB-PY3010A
cardiagn.com
C
C
A 07JAA-001020A
07JAB-001020A (or commercially available)
０５
60 °
D
E
3. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31).
4. Install the splash shield.
5. Install the right front wheel.
6-12
07/05/09 16:36:09 61SJC020_060_0013
Timing Belt Inspection Timing Belt Removal

1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 1. Turn the crankshaft so its white mark (A) lines up
with the pointer (B).
2. Remove the front upper cover. ０１
B
０１
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m 2. Check that the No. 1 piston top dead center (TDC)
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) mark (A) on the front camshaft pulley and the
pointer (B) on the front upper cover are aligned.
3. Inspect the timing belt for cracks and oil or coolant
contamination. Replace the belt if it is cracked, or is NOTE: If the marks are not aligned, rotate the
contaminated with oil or coolant. Wipe off any oil crankshaft 360 degrees, then recheck the camshaft
or solvent that gets on the belt. pulley mark.
０２０２
(cont’d)
6-13
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６７３２０００００ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６７３２０００００ＫＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:36:10 61SJC020_060_0014
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Removal (cont’d)

3. Raise the vehicle on the lift, then remove the right 9. Remove the front upper cover (A) and rear upper
front wheel. cover (B).
０５
4. Remove the splash shield. B
０３
cardiagn.com
10. Remove the lower cover.
０６
6. Support the engine with a jack and wood block

under the oil pan.
7. Remove the ground cable bracket (A), then remove

the upper half of the side engine mount bracket (B).
０４
A
B
8. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-11).
6-14
07/05/09 16:36:11 61SJC020_060_0015
11. Remove one of the battery clamp bolts from the 14. Remove the lower side engine mount bracket.
battery tray, then grind the end of it as shown. １０
０７
cardiagn.com
12. Thread the battery clamp bolt in as shown to hold
the timing belt adjuster in its current position. 15. Remove the idler pulley bolt (A) and idler pulley (B),
Tighten it by hand; do not use a wrench. then remove the timing belt. Discard the idler
０８ pulley bolt.
１１
A
13. Remove the timing belt guide plate (A). B
０９
6-15
07/05/09 16:36:11 61SJC020_060_0016
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Installation

NOTE: The following is the installation procedure for a 3. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the
used timing belt. If you are installing a new belt, refer to TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the
the timing belt replacement procedure (see page 6-20). pointers (B) on the back covers.
1. Clean the timing belt pulleys, timing belt guide Front:

plate, and the upper and lower covers. ０２
B A
2. Set the timing belt drive pulley to top dead center
(TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of
the timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on
the oil pump.
０１
B
cardiagn.com
Rear:
A ０３
A B
6-16
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６７３２０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:12 61SJC020_060_0017
4. Loosely install the idler pulley with a new idler 8. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover.
pulley bolt so the pulley can move but does not ０６
come off.
5. If the auto-tensioner has extended and the timing

belt cannot be installed, do the timing belt
replacement procedure (see page 6-20).
6. Install the timing belt in a counterclockwise

sequence starting with the drive pulley. Take care
not to damage the timing belt during installation.
–1 Drive pulley (A)

–2 Idler pulley (B)
–3 Front camshaft pulley (C)
–4 Water pump pulley (D)
–5 Rear camshaft pulley (E) 9. Install the lower half of the side engine mount
cardiagn.com
–6 Adjusting pulley (F) bracket.
０４０２
D 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
7. Tighten the idler pulley bolt.

10 x 1.25 mm
０１ 45 N·m
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
(cont’d)
6-17
07/05/09 16:36:13 61SJC020_060_0018
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Installation (cont’d)

10. Install the timing belt guide plate as shown. 12. Install the front upper cover (A) and rear upper
０８ cover (B).
１０
B
11. Install the lower cover. A
cardiagn.com
０９
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
13. Install the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-12).
14. Rotate the crankshaft pulley six turns clockwise so

the timing belt positions itself on the pulleys.
15. Turn the crankshaft pulley so the white mark (A)

lines up with the pointer (B).
１１
B
6 x 1.0 mm A
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6-18
07/05/09 16:36:13 61SJC020_060_0019
16. Check the camshaft pulley marks. 17. Install the upper half of the side engine mount
bracket, then tighten the new mounting bolts (A),
NOTE: If the marks are not aligned, rotate the and the mass damper mounting bolt (B).
crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft ＊０１
6 x 1.0 mm A
pulley mark. 12 N·m 10 x 1.25 mm
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 45 N·m
• If the camshaft pulley marks are at TDC, go to (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
B Replace.
step 17. 12 x 1.25 mm
• If the camshaft pulley marks are not at TDC, 54 N·m
remove the timing belt and repeat steps 2
through 16.
Front:
１２
cardiagn.com
C
18. Install the ground cable bracket (C).

１５
Rear:
１３

6-19
07/05/09 16:36:14 61SJC020_060_0020
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Replacement

NOTE: The following procedure is for the installation of 4. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the
a new timing belt. If you are installing a used timing belt, TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the
refer to the timing belt installation procedure (see page pointers (B) on the back covers.
6-16).
Front:
1. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13). ０２
B A
2. Clean the timing belt pulleys, timing belt guide

plate, and the upper and lower covers.

(TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of
the timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on
the oil pump.
０１
B
cardiagn.com
Rear:
０３
A B
5. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover.
6. Remove the auto-tensioner.

０４
6-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６７３２０００００ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:45 61SJC020_060_0021
7. Align the holes on the rod and housing of the 10. Thread the battery clamp bolt in as shown to hold
auto-tensioner. the timing belt adjuster. Tighten it by hand; do not
０５ use a wrench.
０７
cardiagn.com
8. Use a hydraulic press to slowly compress the auto-
tensioner. Insert a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) pin through the 11. Loosely install the idler pulley with a new idler
housing and the rod. pulley bolt so the pulley can move but does not
come off.
NOTE: The compression pressure should not
exceed 9,800 N (1,000 kgf, 2,200 lbf). 12. Install the timing belt in a counterclockwise
sequence starting with the drive pulley.
9. Install the auto-tensioner.
–1 Drive pulley (A)
NOTE: Make sure the pin stays in place. –2 Idler pulley (B)
０６ –3 Front camshaft pulley (C)
–4 Water pump pulley (D)
–5 Rear camshaft pulley (E)
–6 Adjusting pulley (F)
０８
6 x 1.0 mm D
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
(cont’d)
6-21
07/05/09 16:36:46 61SJC020_060_0022
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Replacement (cont’d)

13. Tighten the idler pulley bolt. 16. Install the lower half of the side engine mount
０１ bracket.
０２
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
cardiagn.com
14. Remove the pin from the auto-tensioner.
１０
10 x 1.25 mm
45 N·m
17. Install the timing belt guide plate as shown.

１２
15. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover.
6-22
07/05/09 16:36:47 61SJC020_060_0023
18. Install the lower cover. 22. Turn the crankshaft pulley so the white mark (A)
１３ lines up with the pointer (B).
１５
B
23. Check the camshaft pulley marks.

6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
cardiagn.com
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) NOTE: If the marks are not aligned, rotate the
crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft
19. Install the front upper cover (A) and rear upper pulley mark.
cover (B).
１４ • If the camshaft pulley marks are at TDC, go to
B step 24.
• If the camshaft pulley marks are not at TDC,
remove the timing belt and repeat steps 3
through 22.
Front:
１６
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
20. Install the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-12).

Rear:
21. Rotate the crankshaft pulley six turns clockwise so １７
the timing belt positions itself on the pulleys.
(cont’d)
6-23
07/05/09 16:36:48 61SJC020_060_0024
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Replacement (cont’d) Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement

24. Install the upper half of the side engine mount 1. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13).
bracket, then tighten the new mounting bolts (A),
and the mass damper mounting bolt (B). 2. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover.
０３
6 x 1.0 mm A 3. Remove the auto-tensioner.
12 N·m 10 x 1.25 mm
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 45 N·m
B (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 4. Remove the bolt (A), then remove the timing belt
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m adjuster (B) and collar (C).
(5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) ０１
C B
cardiagn.com
A
C 25 N·m
25. Install the ground cable bracket (C).
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. Install the timing belt (see page 6-16).
１９

6-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６７３２５９５１８ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:48 61SJC020_060_0025
Timing Belt Drive Pulley Cylinder Head Cover Removal

Replacement
Front
1. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13). 1. Remove the three ignition coils from the front
cylinder head (see page 4-19).
2. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
(see page 11-203). 2. Remove the two bolts (A) securing the harness
holder.
3. Remove the timing belt drive pulley (A) and key (B). ０１
０１
A
cardiagn.com
A
B B
3. Remove the dipstick (B) and positive crankcase

ventilation (PCV) hose (C).
4. Inspect the timing belt pulley and key for damage.
If it is cracked or damaged, replace the timing belt 4. Remove the front cylinder head cover.
drive pulley. ０２
5. Install the new timing belt drive pulley.
6. Install the CKP sensor (see page 11-203).
8. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn

procedure (see page 11-4).
(cont’d)
6-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６７３２５９５２３ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６０００１７８１１ＫＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:36:49 61SJC020_060_0026
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Removal Cylinder Head Cover Installation

(cont’d)
Front
Rear 1. Check the spark plug seals for damage. If a seal is

damaged, replace it.
2. Clean the head cover contacting surfaces with a
2. Remove the three ignition coils from the rear shop towel.
cylinder head (see page 4-19).
3. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes,
3. Remove the bolt (A) securing the power steering then install the cylinder head cover (B).
hose clamp. ０１
０３
A
B B C
cardiagn.com
A
C
4. Visually check the spark plug seals for damage.
4. Remove the two bolts (B) securing the harness
holder. 5. Inspect the cover washers (C). Replace any washer
that is damaged or deteriorated.
5. Disconnect the breather hose (C) and harness
clamp (D). 6. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step
torque all bolts, in sequence, 12 N·m
6. Remove the rear cylinder head cover. (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
０４０２
6-26
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６０００１７８１１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:50 61SJC020_060_0027
7. Tighten the two bolts (A) securing the harness Rear

holder.
０３ 1. Check the spark plug seals for damage. If the seal is
A
6 x 1.0 mm damaged, replace it.
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 2. Clean the head cover contacting surfaces with a
shop towel.
3. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes,
then install the cylinder head cover (B).
０４
C
cardiagn.com
B
8. Install the dipstick (B) and positive crankcase

ventilation (PCV) hose (C).
A
9. Install the three ignition coils to the front cylinder
head (see page 4-19). 4. Visually check the spark plug seals for damage.
5. Inspect the cover washers (C). Replace any washer

that is damaged or deteriorated.
6. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step

torque all bolts, in sequence, 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
０５
(cont’d)
6-27
07/05/09 16:36:50 61SJC020_060_0028
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Installation Cylinder Head Removal

(cont’d)
NOTE:
• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
7. Install the breather hose (A) and harness clamp (B). surfaces.
０６ • To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors
D carefully while holding the connector portion.
6 x 1.0 mm C
12 N·m 6 x 1.0 mm • To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 12 N·m engine coolant temperature drops below 100 °F
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
(38 °C) before loosening the cylinder head bolts.
B • Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
Also, be sure that they do not contact other wiring or
hoses, or interfere with other parts.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the

audio system and navigation system (if equipped).
cardiagn.com
3. Disconnect the battery negative cable from the
battery.
A 4. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).
8. Tighten the two bolts (C) securing the harness 5. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31).
holder.
6. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump (A), and P/S
9. Tighten the bolt (D) securing the power steering hose clamp (B).
hose bracket. ０１
A
10. Install the three ignition coils to the rear cylinder
head (see page 4-19).
6-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６００００００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:50 61SJC020_060_0029
7. Remove the alternator (see page 4-34). 14. Remove the purge joint.
０３
8. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13).
10. Remove the six ignition coils (see page 4-19).
11. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and

wire harness clamps from the cylinder head.
• Six injector connectors

• Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1
connector
connector
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector
cardiagn.com
• Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector
• Rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid 15. Remove the upper radiator hose (A) and lower
valve) connector radiator hose (B).
• Rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil ０４
pressure switch) connector
• Oil pressure switch connector
• Two air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connectors
• Two secondary heated oxygen sensor
(secondary HO2S) connectors
12. Remove the front warm up three way catalytic

converter (front WU-TWC) (see page 11-325) and
rear warm up three way catalytic converter (rear
WU-TWC) (see page 11-326).
13. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then B

disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-293).
A
＊０１
A
(cont’d)
6-29
07/05/09 16:36:51 61SJC020_060_0030
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont’d)

16. Remove the connector bracket from the front 20. Remove the front and rear camshaft pulleys (A) and
cylinder head. back covers (B).
０５０７
B
cardiagn.com
21. Remove the cylinder head covers (see page 6-25).
17. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the rear 22. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent
cylinder head. warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a
０６ time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are
loosened.
０８
18. Remove the fuel rails (see page 11-197).
19. Remove the water passage (see page 10-9).

23. Remove the cylinder heads.
6-30
07/05/09 16:36:51 61SJC020_060_0031
Camshaft Replacement
Front 10. Remove the thrust cover (A), then remove the
camshaft (B).
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the ０２
B
audio system and navigation system (if equipped). C A
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery,

then disconnect the positive cable.
3. Remove the battery and battery base.
4. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).
5. Remove the upper radiator hose.

０１
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
11. Install the camshaft in the reverse order of removal.
Always use a new O-ring (C). Apply new engine oil
to the journals and cam lobes.
12. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft

pulley mounting bolt, then install the front
camshaft pulley (see step 11 on page 6-48).
13. Install the rocker arm assembly, then tighten the

mounting bolts (see step 6 on page 6-47).
15. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-8).

6. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve
(see page 11-342). 16. Install the upper radiator hose.
7. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13). 17. Install the battery and battery base. Clean the
battery posts and cable terminals, then assemble
8. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-33). them and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
9. Remove the front camshaft pulley. 18. Fill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed the
air out from the system (see step 9 on page 10-7).


(see page 22-209).
(cont’d)
6-31
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６１６７０００００ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:52 61SJC020_060_0032
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Replacement (cont’d)

Rear 7. Remove the thrust cover (A), then remove the
camshaft (B).
1. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3). ０４
B
2. Remove the purge joint.
０３
C
A
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
8. Install the camshaft in the reverse order of removal.

Always use a new O-ring (C). Apply new engine oil
to the journals and cam lobes.
3. Remove the brake lines from the master cylinder
(see page 19-17). 9. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft
pulley mounting bolt, then install the rear camshaft
4. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13). pulley (see step 11 on page 6-48).
5. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-33). 10. Install the rocker arm assembly, then tighten the
mounting bolts (see step 6 on page 6-47).
6. Remove the rear camshaft pulley.
12. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-8).
13. Install the brake lines (see page 19-17) and do the
brake system bleeding procedure (see page 19-9).

6-32
07/05/09 16:36:53 61SJC020_060_0033
Cylinder Head Inspection for Rocker Arm Assembly Removal

Warpage
1. Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-28). 2. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-25).
2. Inspect the camshaft (see page 6-37). 3. Loosen the locknuts and adjusting screws (A).
０１
A
3. Check the cylinder head for warpage. Measure
along the edges, and three ways across the center.
• If warpage is less than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.),

cylinder head resurfacing is not required.
• If warpage is between 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) and
0.2 mm (0.008 in.), resurface the cylinder head.
• Maximum resurface limit is 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
based on a height of 121 mm (4.76 in.).
Cylinder Head Height
cardiagn.com
Standard (New): 120.95−121.05 mm
(4.762−4.766 in.)
０１
PRECISION STRAIGHT EDGE
A
4. Remove the bolts and the rocker arm assembly.
–1 Loosen the rocker shaft mounting bolts two

turns at a time in sequence, to prevent
damaging the valves or rocker arm assembly.
–2 When removing the rocker arm assembly, do
not remove the rocker shaft mounting bolts.
The bolts will keep the springs and the rocker
arms on the shafts.
０２
０２
6-33
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６０００１７８０１ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６６６３０００００ＫＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:36:53 61SJC020_060_0034
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly

NOTE:
• Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations.
• Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms (see page 6-35).
• If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in their original location.
• When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the rocker shaft mounting bolts. The bolts will
keep the springs and rocker arms on the shaft.
• Bundle the intake rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set.
• Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them and apply new engine oil to any contact points.
• When replacing the intake rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardwares from the new intake rocker arm
assembly.
０１
INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT
INTAKE ROCKER
ARM ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
A B A B
SPRING
EXHAUST ROCKER EXHAUST ROCKER
ARM B ARM A
EXHAUST ROCKER SHAFT
Letter B is stamped Letter A is stamped

on rocker arm. on rocker arm.
6-34
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０３５１５１１ＭＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:53 61SJC020_060_0035
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection

1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-33). 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and
check it for an out-of-round condition.
2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page
6-34). Intake Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance
3. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker (0.0010−0.0026 in.)
location. Service Limit: 0.067 mm (0.0026 in.)
０１
Exhaust Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance
(0.0010−0.0030 in.)
０３
cardiagn.com
4. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter.
０２
Inspect rocker arm
face for wear.
6. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the

clearance is over the limit, replace the rocker shaft
A
and all over-tolerance rocker arms. If any intake
rocker arm needs replacement, replace all three
rocker arms in that set (primary, mid, and
secondary).
(cont’d)
6-35
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０３５１５１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:53 61SJC020_060_0036
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection (cont’d)

VTEC Rocker Arms
7. Inspect the rocker arm synchronizing pistons (A).

Push them manually. If they do not move smoothly,
replace the rocker arm set.
NOTE:
• Apply new engine oil to the pistons when
reassembling.
• When reassembling the primary rocker arm (B),
carefully apply air pressure to the oil passage of
the rocker arm.
０４
cardiagn.com
B
8. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page

6-34).
9. Install the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-47).
6-36
07/05/09 16:36:54 61SJC020_060_0037
Camshaft Inspection
1. Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-28). 4. Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of
the cylinder head.
2. Remove the rocker arms (see page 6-33).
5. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the
3. Put the rocker shafts on the cylinder head, then camshaft. Push the camshaft back and forth and
torque the bolts in sequence. read the end play. If the end play is beyond the
service limit, replace the thrust cover and recheck.
NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the threads and If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the
flange of the exhaust rocker shaft mounting bolts. camshaft.
Specified Torque Camshaft End Play

8 x 1.25 mm: 24 N·m (2.4 kgf·m, 17 lbf·ft) Standard (New): 0.05−0.20 mm
０１ (0.002−0.008 in.)
０２
cardiagn.com
6. Remove the camshaft thrust cover (A), then pull out
the camshaft (B).
０３
(cont’d)
6-37
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６１６７０００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:36:54 61SJC020_060_0038
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection (cont’d)

7. Wipe the camshaft clean, then inspect the lift 10. Clean the camshaft bearing surfaces in the cylinder
ramps. Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, head. Measure the inside diameter of each
scored, or excessively worn. camshaft bearing surface, and check for an out-of-
round condition.
8. Measure the diameter of each camshaft journal.
０４ • If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within
limits, go to step 12.
• If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the
service limit and the camshaft has been replaced,
replace the cylinder head.
• If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the
service limit and the camshaft has not been
replaced, go to step 11.
Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance

(0.0020−0.0035 in.)
cardiagn.com
０６
9. Zero the gauge to the journal diameter.

０５
6-38
07/05/09 16:36:55 61SJC020_060_0039
11. Check total runout with the camshaft supported on 12. Measure cam lobe height.
V-blocks.
Cam Lobe Height Standard (New):
• If the total runout of the camshaft is within the INTAKE EXHAUST
service limit, replace the cylinder head. PRI 35.041 mm 36.326 mm
• If the total runout is beyond the service limit, (1.3796 in.) (1.4302 in.)
replace the camshaft and recheck the oil MID 36.445 mm
clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of (1.4348 in.)
tolerance, replace the cylinder head. SEC 35.284 mm
(1.3891 in.)
Camshaft Total Runout PRI: Primary MID: Mid SEC: Secondary
Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. IN: Intake EX: Exhaust T/B: Timing Belt
Service Limit: 0.04 mm (0.002 in.) ０８
０７ SEC MID PRI
FRONT BANK
cardiagn.com
EX IN EX
← T/B
PRI MID SEC
REAR BANK
EX IN EX
← T/B
6-39
07/05/09 16:36:55 61SJC020_060_0040
Cylinder Head
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal

Special Tools Required 5. Install the valve guide seal remover (A).
Valve spring compressor attachment ０３
07757-PJ1010A
Identify the valves and valve springs as they are

removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its
original position.
1. Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-28).
2. Using an appropriate-sized socket (A) and plastic

mallet (B), lightly tap the valve retainer to loosen
the valve cotters.
０１
B A
cardiagn.com
6. Remove the valve seal.
０４
3. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and

valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and
remove the valve cotters.
０２
07757-PJ1010A
7. Remove the valve spring seat and valve.
4. Remove the valve spring compressor, valve spring

compressor attachment, spring retainer, and spring.
6-40
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:15 61SJC020_060_0041
Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

Inspection
1. Remove the valves (see page 6-40).
2. Measure the valve in these areas. 1. Remove the valves (see page 6-40).
Intake Valve Dimensions 2. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10 mm
A Standard (New): 34.90−35.10 mm (0.39 in.), then measure the guide-to-stem
(1.374−1.382 in.) clearance with a dial indicator while rocking the
B Standard (New): 115.70−116.30 mm stem in the direction of normal thrust (wobble
(4.555−4.579 in.) method).
C Standard (New): 5.485−5.495 mm
(0.2159−0.2163 in.) • If the measurement exceeds the service limit,
C Service Limit: 5.455 mm (0.2148 in.) recheck it using a new valve.
• If the measurement is now within the service
Exhaust Valve Dimensions limit, reassemble using a new valve.
A Standard (New): 29.90−30.10 mm • If the measurement with a new valve still
(1.177−1.185 in.) exceeds the service limit, go to step 3.
B Standard (New): 113.90−114.50 mm
cardiagn.com
(4.484−4.508 in.) Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance
C Standard (New): 5.450−5.460 mm Standard (New): 0.04−0.09 mm
(0.2146−0.2150 in.) (0.002−0.004 in.)
C Service Limit: 5.420 mm (0.2134 in.) Service Limit: 0.16 mm (0.006 in.)
０１
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance
B (0.004−0.006 in.)
０１
C
3. Subtract the valve stem O.D. (measured with a

micrometer) from the valve guide I.D. (measured
with an inside micrometer or ball gauge).
Take the measurements in three places along the
valve stem and three places inside the valve guide.
The difference between the largest guide
measurement and the smallest stem measurement
should not exceed the service limit.
Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

(0.0008−0.0018 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

(0.0022−0.0031 in.)
6-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２０００００ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２６３００１ＭＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:37:15 61SJC020_060_0042
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement

Special Tools Required 5. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and
• Valve guide driver, 5.5 mm 07742-0010100 an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm
• Valve guide reamer, 5.5 mm 07HAH-PJ7A100 (0.1 in.) towards the combustion chamber. This will
knock off some of the carbon and make removal
1. Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance (see page easier. Hold the air hammer directly in line with the
6-41). valve guide to prevent damaging the driver. Wear
safety goggles or a face shield.
2. As illustrated, use a commercially available air-
impact valve guide driver (A) modified to fit the 6. Turn the head over, and drive the guide out toward
diameter of the valve guides. In most cases, the the camshaft side of the head.
same procedure can be done using the special tool ０３
and a conventional hammer.
０１
A 5.3 mm
(0.21 in.)
cardiagn.com
87 mm 57 mm
(3.43 in.) (2.24 in.)
10.8 mm
(0.42 in.)
3. Select the proper replacement guides, and chill

them in the freezer section of a refrigerator for
about an hour.
4. Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder

head to 300 °F (150 °C). Monitor the temperature
with a cooking thermometer. Do not get the head
hotter than 300 °F (150 °C); excessive heat may
loosen the valve seats.
０２
7. If a valve guide still won’t move, drill it out with a

8 mm (5/16 in.) bit, then try again.
NOTE: Drill guides only in extreme cases; you

could damage the cylinder head if the guide breaks.
8. Take out the new guide(s) from the freezer, one at a

time, as you need them.
6-42
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２６３００１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:16 61SJC020_060_0043
9. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of 10. Coat both the reamer and the valve guide with
the new valve guide. Install the valve guide from cutting oil.
the camshaft side of the head; use the valve guide
driver to drive the guide to the specified installed 11. Rotate the reamer clockwise the full length of the
height (A) of the guide (B). If you have all 12 guides valve guide bore.
to do, you may have to reheat the head. ０５
Valve Guide Installed Height 07HAH-PJ7A100

Intake: 21.20−22.20 mm (0.835−0.874 in.)
Exhaust: 20.60−21.60 mm (0.811−0.850 in.)
０４
07742-0010100
cardiagn.com
12. Continue to rotate the reamer clockwise while
drawing it from the bore.
13. Thoroughly wash the guide in detergent and water

to remove any cutting residue.
14. Check the clearance with a valve (see page 6-41).

Verify that a valve slides in the intake and exhaust
B valve guides without sticking.
A
6-43
07/05/09 16:37:16 61SJC020_060_0044
Cylinder Head
Valve Seat Reconditioning

1. Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance (see page 5. Make one more very light pass with the 45 ° cutter
6-41). If the valve guides are worn, replace them to remove any possible burrs caused by the other
(see page 6-42) before cutting the valve seats. cutters.
2. Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a Valve Seat Width
valve seat cutter. Standard (New): 1.25−1.55 mm (0.049−0.061 in.)
０１ Service Limit: 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
6. After resurfacing the seat, inspect it for even valve

seating. Apply Prussian Blue compound (A) to the
valve face. Insert the valve in its original location in
the head, then lift it and snap it closed against the
seat several times.
０３
cardiagn.com
B
3. Carefully cut a 45 ° seat, removing only enough A

material to ensure a smooth and concentric seat.
4. Bevel the upper edge of the seat with the 30 ° cutter

and the lower edge of the seat with the 67.5 ° cutter
(intake seat) or the 60 ° cutter (exhaust seat). Check 7. The actual valve seating surface (B), as shown by
the width of the seat and adjust accordingly. the blue compound, should be centered on the seat.
０２
• If it is too high (closer to the valve stem), you
must make a second cut with the 67.5 ° cutter
30 °
(intake seat) or the 60 ° cutter (exhaust seat) to
45 ° move it down, then one more cut with the 45 °
cutter to restore seat width.
67.5 ° (intake seat) • If it is too low (closer to the valve edge), you must
60 ° (exhaust seat) make a second cut with the 30 ° cutter to move it
up, then one more cut with the 45 ° cutter to
restore seat width.
NOTE: The final cut should always be made with

the 45 ° cutter.
6-44
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２６３０４１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:16 61SJC020_060_0045
8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head,

and measure the valve stem installed height (A).
Intake Valve Stem Installed Height

(1.841−1.872 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height

(1.838−1.869 in.)
０４
cardiagn.com
9. If the valve stem installed height is over the service
limit, replace the valve and recheck. If it is still over
the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the
valve seat in the head is too deep.
6-45
07/05/09 16:37:17 61SJC020_060_0046
Cylinder Head
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation

Special Tools Required 5. Install the valve spring and valve retainer. Place the
• Stem seal driver 07PAD-0010000 end of the valve spring with closely wound coils
• Valve spring compressor attachment toward the cylinder head.
07757-PJ1010A
6. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and
1. Coat the valve stems with new engine oil. Install valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and
the valves in the valve guides. install the valve cotters.
０２
2. Check that the valves move up and down smoothly. 07757-PJ1010A
3. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head.
4. Install the new valve seals (A) using the stem seal
driver (B).
NOTE: Exhaust valve seals (C) have a black spring

(D) and intake valve seals (E) have a white spring
cardiagn.com
(F); they are not interchangeable.
０１
F D
7. Remove the valve spring compressor and valve

spring compressor attachment.
8. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three

E C times with a plastic mallet (A) to ensure proper
seating of the valve and valve cotters. Tap the valve
stem only along its axis so you do not bend the
B stem.
07PAD-0010000 ０３
NOTE: Use 5.5 mm side. A
6-46
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０２０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:18 61SJC020_060_0047
Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation

1. Apply a light coat of new engine oil around the 6. Loosen the valve adjusting screws.
camshaft oil seal.
7. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled,
2. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page
cylinder head using a seal driver. 6-34).
–1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. 8. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely
–2 Install the oil seal about 0.5 −1.5 mm install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are
(0.02−0.06 in.) below the surface of the properly positioned on the valve stems.
cylinder head.
9. Torque each bolt two turns at a time in the
Front: sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not
０１ bind on the valves.
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
D NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the threads and
flange of the exhaust rocker shaft mounting bolts.
B
cardiagn.com
C Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 mm: 24 N·m (2.4 kgf·m, 17 lbf·ft)
E
０３
Rear:
０２
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
D
B
C 10. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new
E gasket (B).
０４
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
F
3. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then

install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a
new O-ring (D).
A
4. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. B
5. Install the solid dowel pins (E) and the hollow

dowel pins (F).
(cont’d)
6-47
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６１６７０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:18 61SJC020_060_0048
Cylinder Head
Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Cylinder Head Installation

Camshaft Seal, and Pulley
Installation (cont’d) 1. Clean the cylinder head and engine block surface.
2. Clean and install the oil control orifices (A) with

11. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft new O-rings (B).
pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), ０１
then install the camshaft pulley (C). B D
０５ D
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
B
cardiagn.com
C
A
A
12 x 1.25 mm
90 N·m (9.2 kgf·m, 67 lbf·ft) 3. Install the dowel pins (C) and new cylinder head
gaskets (D).
6-48
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６００００００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:19 61SJC020_060_0049
4. Clean the timing belt pulleys, timing belt guide 6. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the
plate, and the upper and lower covers. TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the
pointers (B) on the back covers.
(TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of Front:
the timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on ０３
the oil pump. B A
０２
B
cardiagn.com
A
Rear:
０４
A B
7. Place the cylinder head onto the engine block.
8. Install the cylinder head bolts:
• 6 point head bolt: Go to step 9.

• 12 point head bolt: Go to step 11.
NOTE: Head bolt types must be all the same type

on the cylinder head. Do not mix head bolt types.
(cont’d)
6-49
07/05/09 16:37:19 61SJC020_060_0050
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont’d)

Tightening sequence for 6 point head bolts Tightening sequence for 12 point head bolts
9. Apply new engine oil to the threads and flanges of 11. Measure the diameter of each cylinder head bolt at
the cylinder head bolts. point A and point B.
＊０１
10. Torque the cylinder head bolts sequentially in three 50 mm (2.0 in.)
steps. Then go to step 16. 45 mm (1.8 in.)
NOTE: Perform each step twice.
1st Step Torque: 39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft) B A

2nd Step Torque: 69 N·m (7.0 kgf·m, 51 lbf·ft)
3rd Step Torque: 98.1 N·m (10.0 kgf·m, 72.3 lbf·ft)
Use a beam-type torque wrench. When using a

preset-type torque wrench, be sure to tighten
slowly and not to overtorque. If a bolt makes any
cardiagn.com
noise while you are torquing it, loosen the bolt, and
retighten it from the 1st step.
０１
12. If either diameter is less than 11.3 mm (0.44 in.),

replace the cylinder head bolt.
13. Apply new engine oil to the threads and under the
bolt heads of all cylinder head bolts.
14. Torque the cylinder head bolts in sequence to

29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft). Use a beam-type
torque wrench. When using a preset-type torque
wrench, be sure to tighten slowly and do not
overtighten. If a bolt makes any noise while you are
torquing it, loosen the bolt and retighten it from the
first step.
０３
6-50
07/05/09 16:37:20 61SJC020_060_0051
15. After torquing, tighten all cylinder head bolts in two 16. Install the timing belt (see page 6-16).
steps (90 ° per step). If you are using a new cylinder
head bolt, tighten the bolt an extra 90 °. 17. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-8).
NOTE: Remove the cylinder head bolt if you 18. Install the cylinder head covers (see page 6-26).
tightened it beyond the specified angle, and go
back to step 11 of the procedure. Do not loosen it 19. Install the water passage (see page 10-9).
back to the specified angle.
０４ 20. Install the front warm up three way catalytic
converter (front WU-TWC) (see page 11-325) and
rear warm up three way catalytic converter (rear
FIRST STEP
WU-TWC) (see page 11-326).
21. Install the fuel rails (see page 11-197).
22. Install the connector bracket to the front cylinder

head.
cardiagn.com
０６
THIRD STEP SECOND STEP

(New bolt)
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
(cont’d)
6-51
07/05/09 16:37:20 61SJC020_060_0052
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont’d)

23. Install the harness clamp bracket to the rear 25. Install the purge joint.
cylinder head. ０９
０７
cardiagn.com
8 x 1.25 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
22 N·m 12 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
24. Install the upper radiator hose (A) and lower 26. Connect the fuel feed hose (A) (see page 11-295),
radiator hose (B). then install the quick-connect fitting cover (B).
０８＊０２
B
6-52
07/05/09 16:37:20 61SJC020_060_0053
27. Connect the engine wire harness connectors, and 32. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals, then
install the wire harness clamps to the cylinder head. assemble them and apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
• Six injector connectors
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 33. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses, and
connector connectors are installed correctly.
connector 34. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn the ignition switch
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel pump
• Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel
• Rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid line. Repeat this operation three times, then check
valve) connector for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
• Rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil
pressure switch) connector 35. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed
• Oil pressure switch connector air from the cooling system with the heater valve
• Two air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connectors open (see step 9 on page 10-7).
• Two secondary heated oxygen sensor
cardiagn.com
(secondary HO2S) connectors 36. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP
29. Install the alternator (see page 4-35). (see page 22-209).
30. Install the power steering (P/S) pump (A) and P/S 38. Inspect the idle speed (see page 11-272).
hose bracket (B).
１１ 39. Inspect the ignition timing (see page 4-18).
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A 41. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation).
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
6-53
07/05/09 16:37:21 61SJC020_060_0054
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Sealing Bolt Installation

Car
NOTE: When installing the sealing bolt (A), always use
a new washer (B).
Camshaft oil seal driver 07PAF-0030100 Front:
０１
1. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13).
B
2. Remove the camshaft pulley and back cover (see Replace.
3. Remove the camshaft oil seal.
4. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing.
5. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the lip

of the camshaft oil seal. A
28 x 1.5 mm
78 N·m
cardiagn.com
6. Using the special tool (A), washer (B), and a 12 x 75 (8.0 kgf·m, 58 lbf·ft)
x 1.25 mm bolt (C), press in the camshaft oil seal
(D) about 0.5−1.5 mm (0.02−0.06 in.) below the Rear:
surface of the cylinder head. ０２
０１ A
16 x 1.5 mm
39 N·m
B
Replace.
D
B A
A 28 x 1.5 mm
C 07PAF-0030100 78 N·m
7. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft

pulley mounting bolt. Install the back cover, then
install the camshaft pulley (see step 11 on page
6-48).
6-54
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６１６７１６０２１ＫＣＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６０００１７８４１ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:37:57 61SJC020_070_0001
Engine Mechanical
Engine Block
Special Tools ................................................................. 7-2
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play
Inspection .................................................................... 7-6
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement ...................... 7-7
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement ...................... 7-9
Oil Pan Removal ........................................................... 7-11
Crankshaft and Piston Removal .................................. 7-12
Crankshaft Inspection .................................................. 7-14
Block and Piston Inspection ........................................ 7-15
cardiagn.com
Cylinder Bore Honing ................................................... 7-17
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement ......... 7-18
Piston Ring Replacement ............................................. 7-21
Crankshaft and Piston Installation .............................. 7-23
Oil Pan Installation ....................................................... 7-28
Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car ... 7-30
Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal
Installation - In Car ...................................................... 7-30
Drain Bolt Installation ................................................... 7-31
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０７０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:57 61SJC020_070_0002
Engine Block
Special Tools
070AD-RCAA100 Oil Seal Driver, 64 mm 1
070AD-RCAA200 Driver Attachment, 106 mm 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
０１
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
7-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０７０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:37:59 61SJC020_070_0003
＊０１
OIL PAN
Removal, page 7-11
OIL SCREEN DOWEL PINS
BAFFLE PLATE
O-RING ENGINE BLOCK END COVER
cardiagn.com
DOWEL PINS
DOWEL PINS O-RING
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL

Installation,
step 23 on page 7-26
Installation-in car,
O-RING page 7-30
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL

Installation,
page 8-12
Installation-in car, DRIVE PLATE BOLT
page 7-30
WASHER
ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID
OIL PUMP (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE)
Overhaul, page 8-10 FILTER
A/T DRIVE PLATE
ROCKER ARM OIL Removal and Installation,
CONTROL SOLENOID page 14-238
(VTEC SOLENOID VALVE)/
OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY
(cont’d)
7-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:02 61SJC020_070_0004
Engine Block
＊０２
MAIN BEARING CAPS
cardiagn.com
CRANKSHAFT
End Play, page 7-6
Runout, page 7-15
MAIN BEARINGS Out-of Round, page 7-14
Oil Clearance, page 7-7 Removal, page 7-12
Selection, page 7-8 Installation, page 7-23
THRUST WASHERS
DOWEL PINS
DRAIN BOLT
DRAIN BOLT
7-4
07/05/09 16:38:05 61SJC020_070_0005
＊０３
PISTON RINGS
SNAP RINGS
PISTON PIN
cardiagn.com
Removal, page 7-18 PISTON
Inspection, page 7-19 Removal, page 7-12
Installation, page 7-20 Measurement, page 7-15
CONNECTING ROD
End Play, page 7-6
Small End Measurement,
page 7-19
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING
ENGINE BLOCK
Cylinder Bore Inspection, page 7-15
Warpage Inspection, page 7-15
Cylinder Bore Honing, page 7-17
Ridge Removal, step 11 on page 7-12
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING
Oil Clearance, page 7-9
Selection, page 7-10
DOWEL PINS
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING CAP
CONNECTING ROD BOLTS
Inspection, step 15 on page 7-24
7-5
07/05/09 16:38:06 61SJC020_070_0006
Engine Block
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection

1. Remove the oil pump (see page 8-10). 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial
indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the
2. Remove the baffle plate (see step 10 on page 7-12). crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back
toward the indicator; the dial reading should not
3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler exceed the service limit.
gauge (A) between the connecting rod (B) and
crankshaft (C). Crankshaft End Play
Connecting Rod End Play Service Limit: 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Standard (New): 0.15−0.35 mm (0.006−0.014 in.) ０２
０１
A C
cardiagn.com
B 6. If the end play is excessive, replace the thrust
washers and recheck. If it is still out-of-tolerance,
4. If the connecting rod end play is out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft (see page 7-12).
install a new connecting rod and recheck. If it is still
out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft (see page
7-12).
7-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６２０００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:06 61SJC020_070_0007
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement

Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow,
remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half
1. Remove the main bearing caps and bearing halves of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with
(see page 7-12). the same color code, and recheck the clearance. Do
not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to
2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a adjust clearance.
clean shop towel.
7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still
3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the
journal. color listed above or below that one), and check
again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained
NOTE: If the engine is still in the vehicle when you by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings,
bolt the main cap down to check the clearance, the replace the crankshaft and start over (see page
weight of the crankshaft and drive plate will flatten 7-12).
the plastigage further than just the torque on the
cap bolt and give you an incorrect reading. For an
accurate reading, support the crank with a jack
cardiagn.com
under the counterweights, and check only one
bearing at a time.
4. Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the

bearing cap bolts to 74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft),
and the bearing cap side bolts to 49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m,
36 lbf·ft) in the proper sequence (see step 22 on
page 7-25).
NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during

inspection.
5. Remove the cap and bearing half, and measure the

widest part of the plastigage.
Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance

(0.0008−0.0017 in.)
０１
(cont’d)
7-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６１７５０２ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:06 61SJC020_070_0008
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont’d)

Main Bearing Selection Larger crank bore ０３
Bearing Identification
Crankshaft Bore Code Location Color code is on the A or I B or II C or III D or IIII
Letters or bars have been stamped on the end of the edge of the bearing
block as a code for the size of each of the four main Smaller bearing (Thicker)
journal bores.
1 or I Red/ Pink/
Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft Pink Pink Yellow Yellow
(codes for main journal size), to choose the correct
bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because of an 2 or II Pink Pink/ Yellow Yellow/
accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a Yellow Green
wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or
detergent. 3 or III Pink/ Yellow Yellow/ Green
Yellow Green
０２
4 or IIII Yellow Yellow/ Green Green/
Green Brown
Yellow/ Green Green/ Brown

5 or IIIII Brown
Green
cardiagn.com
6 or IIIIII Green Green/ Brown Brown/
No. 4 JOURNAL Brown Black
(Transmission end) No. 1 JOURNAL
(Pulley end) NOTE: When using bearing halves
Smaller Smaller of different colors, it does not
main bearing matter which color is used in
journal (Thicker) the top or bottom.
Main Journal Code Locations (Numbers or Bars)

０４
No. 1 JOURNAL No. 4 JOURNAL

(Pulley end) (Transmission end)
7-8
07/05/09 16:38:07 61SJC020_070_0009
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement

Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow,
remove the upper half of the bearing, then install a
1. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half new, complete bearing with the same color code,
(see page 7-12). and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or
scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
2. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half
with a clean shop towel. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still
incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the
3. Place a strip of plastigage across the rod journal. color listed above or below that one), and check
clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be
4. Reinstall the bearing half and cap, and torque the obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
bolts. bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over
(see page 7-12).
NOTE:
• Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and
flanges.
• Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection.
cardiagn.com
Tightening Torque:
20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m, 14 lbf·ft) ＋ 90 °
5. Remove the rod cap and bearing half and measure

the widest part of the plastigage.
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance

(0.0008−0.0017 in.)
０１
(cont’d)
7-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６２１７２０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:07 61SJC020_070_0010
Engine Block
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont’d)

Rod Bearing Selection Larger big end bore ０３
Bearing Identification
Each rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 Color code is on the 1 or I 2 or II 3 or III 4 or IIII
to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) edge of the bearing
increments) depending on the size of its big end bore. Smaller bearing (Thicker)
It’s then stamped with a number or bar (1, 2, 3, or 4/I, II,
III, or IIII) indicating the range. You may find any A or I Pink Pink/ Yellow Yellow/
Yellow Green
combination of 1, 2, 3, or 4/I, II, III, or IIII in any engine.
B or II Pink/ Yellow Yellow/ Green
Normal Bore Size: 58.0 mm (2.28 in.) Yellow Green
C or III Yellow Yellow/ Green Green/

Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. Green Brown
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations D or IIII Yellow/ Green Green/ Brown
Green Brown
Numbers or bars have been stamped on the side of
each connecting rod as a code for the size of the big end. Green/ Brown/
E or IIIII Green Brown
Use them, and the letters or bars stamped on the crank Brown Black
cardiagn.com
(codes for rod journal size), to choose the correct
bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because of an F or IIIIII Green/ Brown Brown/ Black
Brown Black
accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a
wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or NOTE: When using bearing halves
Smaller Smaller of different colors, it does not
detergent. rod bearing matter which color is used in
０２ journal (Thicker) the top or bottom.
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations

(Letters or Bars)
０４
Half of number or bar
is stamped on bearing cap
and the other half is
stamped on rod.
No. 1 JOURNAL No. 6 JOURNAL

(Pulley end) (Transmission end)
7-10
07/05/09 16:38:08 61SJC020_070_0011
Oil Pan Removal

1. If the engine is already out of the vehicle, go to 9. Remove the bolts securing the oil pan.
step 6.
10. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the oil pan
2. Raise the vehicle on the hoist to full height. from the block in the places shown.
０３
3. Drain the engine oil (see page 8-6).
4. Remove the splash shield (see step 30 on page 5-5).
5. Remove the front subframe stiffener (see step 34

on page 5-5).
6. Remove exhaust pipe A (see step 35 on page 5-5).
7. Remove the rear warm up three way catalytic

converter (rear WU-TWC) bracket.
０１
cardiagn.com
11. Remove the oil pan.
8. Remove the torque converter cover (A) and the four

bolts (B) securing the transmission.
０２
7-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３０００４３４０１ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:08 61SJC020_070_0012
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Removal

1. Remove the engine assembly (see page 5-2). 10. Remove the oil screen (A), baffle plate (B), and oil
pump (C).
2. Remove the transmission (see page 14-218). ０３
A
3. Remove the drive plate (see page 14-238).
B
4. Remove the cylinder heads (see page 6-28).

(see page 11-203).
C
6. Remove the timing belt drive pulley from the
crankshaft.
7. Remove the oil pan (see page 7-11).
8. Remove the engine block end cover.
cardiagn.com
０１
11. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon

around the top of any cylinder, remove it with a
ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer’s
instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may
damage the piston as it’s pushed out.
０４
9. Remove the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC

solenoid valve)/oil filter assembly.
０２
7-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:09 61SJC020_070_0013
12. Remove the connecting rod caps after setting the 13. Remove the bearing from the cap. Keep all caps/
crank pin at bottom dead center (BDC) for each bearings in order.
cylinder. Remove the piston/connecting rod
assembly by pushing on the connecting rod. Take 14. Remove the upper bearing halves from the
care not to damage the crank pin or cylinder with connecting rods, and set them aside with their
the connecting rod. respective caps.
０５
CORRECT 15. After removing a piston/connecting rod assembly,
reinstall the cap on the rod.
16. To avoid mix-up during reassembly, mark each

piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder
number.
17. Unscrew the bearing cap bolts and bearing cap

side bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the
sequence until all bolts are loosened.
cardiagn.com
０７
０６
INCORRECT
(cont’d)
7-13
07/05/09 16:38:09 61SJC020_070_0014
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft Inspection

(cont’d)
Out-of-Round and Taper
18. Remove the bearing cap bolts (A) and bearing cap 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block
side bolts (B), then remove the bearing cap (C). (see page 7-12).
０８
A
2. Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe
C cleaners or a suitable brush.
B
3. Check the keyway and threads.
4. Measure out-of -round at the middle of each rod

and main journal in two places. The difference
between measurements on each journal must not
be more than the service limit.
Journal Out-of-Round
cardiagn.com
０１
B
19. Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine block, being
careful not to damage the journals.
０９
A
20. Reinstall the main caps and bearings on the engine

block in the proper order. 5. Measure taper at the edges of each rod and main
journal. The difference between measurements on
each journal must not be more than the service
limit.
Journal Taper
7-14
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６０００００ＭＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:38:10 61SJC020_070_0015
Block and Piston Inspection

Straightness 1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see page
7-12).
6. Place the engine block on the surface plate.
2. Check the piston for distortion or cracks.
7. Clean and install the bearings on the No. 1 and
No. 4 journal of the engine block. 3. Measure the piston diameter at a point 16.0 mm
(0.63 in.) from the bottom of the skirt.
8. Lower the crankshaft into the engine block.
Piston Diameter
9. Measure the runout on all of the main journals. Standard (New): 88.975−88.985 mm
Rotate the crankshaft two complete revolutions. (3.5029−3.5033 in.)
The difference between measurements on each Service Limit: 88.965 mm (3.5026 in.)
journal must not be more than the service limit.
Oversize Piston Diameter
Crankshaft Total Runout 0.25: 89.225−89.235 mm (3.5128−3.5132 in.)
Standard (New): 0.025 mm (0.0010 in.) max. ０１
Service Limit: 0.030 mm (0.0012 in.) 16.0 mm SKIRT DIAMETER
cardiagn.com
０２ (0.63 in.)
(cont’d)
7-15
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３０００２４７５１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:10 61SJC020_070_0016
Engine Block
Block and Piston Inspection (cont’d)

4. Measure wear and taper in direction X and Y at 5. Hone any scored or scratched cylinder bores.
three levels in each cylinder as shown. If (see page 7-17).
measurements in any cylinder are beyond the
oversize bore service limit, replace the engine block. 6. Check the top of the engine block for warpage.
If the engine block has to be rebored, refer to step 7 Measure along the edges and across the center as
after reboring. shown.
Cylinder Bore Size Engine Block Warpage

Standard (New): 89.000−89.015 mm Standard (New): 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max.
(3.5039−3.5045 in.) Service Limit: 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Service Limit: 89.065 mm (3.5065 in.) ０３
Oversize
0.25: 89.250−89.265 mm (3.5138−3.5144 in.)
Reboring Limit: 0.25 mm (0.01 in.)
Bore Taper
cardiagn.com
Limit: (Difference between first and third
measurement) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
０２
6 mm (0.2 in.)
First Measurement
Second Measurement
PRECISION STRAIGHT EDGE
Third Measurement
6 mm (0.2 in.)
7-16
07/05/09 16:38:11 61SJC020_070_0017
Cylinder Bore Honing

7. Calculate the difference between cylinder bore 1. Measure the cylinder bores (see step 4 on page
diameter and piston diameter. If the clearance is 7-16). If the engine block is to be reused, hone the
near or exceeds the service limit, inspect the piston cylinders and remeasure the bores. Only scored or
and cylinder bore for excessive wear. scratched cylinder bores must be honed.
Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance 2. Hone the cylinder bores with honing oil and a fine
Standard (New): 0.015−0.040 mm (400 grit) stone in a 60 degree crosshatch pattern.
(0.0006−0.0016 in.)
Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) NOTE:
０４ • Use only a rigid hone with 400 grit or finer stone,
such as Sunnen, Ammco, or equivalent.
• Do not use stones that are worn or broken.
SERVICE LIMIT
0.08 mm (0.003 in.) ０１
cardiagn.com
60 °
3. When honing is complete, thoroughly clean the

engine block of all metal particles. Wash the
cylinder bores with hot soapy water, then dry and
oil them immediately to prevent rusting. Never use
solvent, it will only redistribute the grit on the
cylinder walls.
4. If scoring or scratches are still present in the

cylinder bores after honing to the service limit,
rebore the engine block. Some light vertical scoring
and scratching is acceptable if it is not deep enough
to catch your fingernail and does not run the full
length of the bore.
7-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３０００２４７５１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:11 61SJC020_070_0018
Engine Block
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement

Disassembly 4. Heat the piston and connecting rod assembly to
about 158 °F (70 °C), then remove the piston pin.
1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see page ０３
7-12).
2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings

(A) and turn them in the ring grooves until the end
gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin
bores (B).
NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves.

０１
cardiagn.com
B
3. Remove snap rings (A) from both sides of the

piston. Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore.
Remove the snap rings carefully so they do not go
flying or get lost. Wear eye protection.
０２
7-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３６０２０００００ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:12 61SJC020_070_0019
Inspection 3. Check the difference between the piston pin

diameter and piston pin hole diameter on the
NOTE: Inspect the piston, piston pin, and connecting piston.
rod when they are at room temperature.
Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance
1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. Standard (New): −0.0050 to ＋0.0010 mm
(−0.00020 to ＋0.00004 in.)
Piston Pin Diameter Service Limit: 0.004 mm (0.0002 in.)
Standard (New): 21.962−21.965 mm ０６
(0.8646−0.8648 in.)
０４
cardiagn.com
4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance.
2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance
０５ Standard (New): 0.005−0.014 mm
(0.0002−0.0006 in.)
０７
(cont’d)
7-19
07/05/09 16:38:12 61SJC020_070_0020
Engine Block
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont’d)

Reassembly 4. Assemble the piston (A) and connecting rod (B)
with the embossed marks (C) on the same side.
1. Install a piston pin snap ring (A) only on one side. Install the piston pin (D).
０８１０
A
cardiagn.com
A
2. Coat the piston pin bore in the piston, the bore in
the connecting rod, and the piston pin with new
engine oil.
D
3. Heat the piston to about 158 °F (70 °C).
０９
5. Install the remaining snap ring.
7-20
07/05/09 16:38:27 61SJC020_070_0021
Piston Ring Replacement

1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see page 4. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the
7-12). cylinder bore 15−20 mm (0.6−0.8 in.) from the
bottom.
2. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston ０２
rings (B).
０１
B A
cardiagn.com
A 15−20 mm
(0.6−0.8 in.)
3. Clean all the ring grooves thoroughly with a

squared-off broken ring, or a ring groove cleaner B
with a blade to fit the piston grooves. File down the
blade, if necessary. The top ring and second ring 5. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler
grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide, and the oil ring gauge:
groove is 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) wide. Do not use a wire
brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring • If the gap is too small, check to see if you have
grooves deeper with the cleaning tool. the proper rings for your engine.
• If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore
NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the diameter against the wear limits (see step 4 on
connecting rod, do not install new rings yet. page 7-16). If the bore is over the service limit,
the engine block must be rebored.
Piston Ring End-Gap
Top Ring:
(0.008−0.014 in.)
Second Ring:
(0.016−0.022 in.)
Oil Ring:
(0.008−0.028 in.)
(cont’d)
7-21
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３６０２４５６１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:28 61SJC020_070_0022
Engine Block
Piston Ring Replacement (cont’d)

6. Install the rings as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1D 7. After installing a new set of rings, measure the
mark and the second ring (B) has a 2C mark. The ring-to-groove clearance:
manufacturing marks (C) must be facing upward.
０３ Top Ring Clearance
A Standard (New): 0.055−0.080 mm
(0.0022−0.0031 in.)
B Second Ring Clearance

(0.0012−0.0022 in.)
０４
cardiagn.com
C
A
8. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they

do not bind.
9. Position the ring end gaps as shown:

０５
About 90 °
OIL RING GAP SECOND RING GAP
Piston Ring Dimensions: About 45 °

Top Ring (Standard)
A: 3.1 mm (0.12 in.)
B B: 1.2 mm (0.05 in.)
Second Ring (Standard)
A: 3.4 mm (0.13 in.)
A B: 1.2 mm (0.05 in.)
TOP RING GAP and OIL RING GAP

SPACER RING GAP
PISTON PIN
7-22
07/05/09 16:38:28 61SJC020_070_0023
Crankshaft and Piston Installation

Special Tools Required 7. Install the bearings (A) and bearing caps (B) with
• Driver 07749-0010000 the arrow (C) facing the timing belt end of the
• Driver attachment, 106 mm 070AD-RCAA200 engine.
０３
1. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with
plastigage (see page 7-9).
2. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage

(see page 7-7).
3. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and

connecting rods.
4. Apply new engine oil to inside of the main bearings

and rod bearings.
5. Lower the crankshaft (A) into the engine block.
cardiagn.com
０１ C
A
D
E B
10 x 80 mm
E
10 x 60 mm A
E
10 x 109 mm
6. Apply new engine oil to the side with the thrust

washer groove. Install the thrust washers (A) in the
No. 3 journal.
０２
A
E E
10 x 80 mm 10 x 60 mm
8. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and

flanges, then loosely install the bearing cap bolts
(D) and bearing cap side bolts (E).
(cont’d)
7-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:29 61SJC020_070_0024
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont’d)

9. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for 15. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt
the cylinder you are installing the piston in. at point A and point B.
０６
35 mm
10. Apply new engine oil to the piston, inside of the (1.38 in.) A
ring compressor, and the cylinder bore.
11. Attach the ring compressor to the piston/

connecting rod assembly, and check that the
bearing is securely in place.
12. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly with 20 mm B

(0.79 in.)
the arrow (A) facing the timing belt side of the
engine.
０４
A
cardiagn.com
16. Calculate the difference in diameter between point
A and point B.
Point A−Point B = Difference in Diameter
Difference in Diameter
Specification: 0−0.1 mm (0−0.004 in.)
13. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly in the
cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a 17. If the difference in diameter is out of tolerance,
hammer (A). Maintain downward force on the ring replace the connecting rod bolt.
compressor (B) to prevent the rings from
expanding before entering the cylinder bore.
０５
14. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and

check the connecting rod-to-crank journal
alignment before pushing the piston into place.
7-24
07/05/09 16:38:29 61SJC020_070_0025
18. Line up the mark (A) on the connecting rod and cap, 22. Tighten the bearing cap bolts, and then the bearing
then install the cap. cap side bolts to the specified torque in the
０７ sequence as shown. Repeat the torque sequence
A
B again to measure the bolts are properly torqued.
０９
11 x 1.5 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m 49 N·m
cardiagn.com
19. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and
flanges. Torque the bolts (B) to 20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m,
14 lbf·ft).
20. Mark the connecting rod (A) and bolt head (B) as
shown.
０８
B
21. Tighten the bolt until the mark on the bolt head
lines up with the mark on the connecting rod (turn
the bolt 90 °).
NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if you

tightened it beyond the specified angle, and go
back to step 15 of the procedure. Do not loosen it
back to the specified angle.
(cont’d)
7-25
07/05/09 16:38:30 61SJC020_070_0026
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont’d)

23. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the 27. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001,
crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 08718-0002, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to
the engine block mating surface of the engine block
24. Drive the new crankshaft oil seal until the driver end cover.
attachment bottoms on the engine block end cover.
１０ NOTE: Do not install components if too much time
07749-0010000 has passed after applying the liquid gasket (for P/N
08718-0002, no more than 4 minutes, for all others,
no more than 5 minutes). Instead, remove the old
residue and reapply the liquid gasket.
１１
070AD-RCAA200
cardiagn.com
25. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the engine
block end cover mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt
holes.
Apply liquid gasket
26. Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating along the broken line.
surfaces.
28. Install the dowel pins (A), new O-ring (B), and the
engine block end cover (C) on the engine block.
１２
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
C (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
29. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and

check the seal for distortion.
7-26
07/05/09 16:38:30 61SJC020_070_0027
30. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil pump (see 34. Grease the lip of the oil seal, and apply oil to the
step 2 on page 8-12). new O-ring (A).
１４
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
31. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil 12 N·m 12 N·m
pump mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 f·ft) (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 f·ft)
E
32. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces.
F
D
33. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001,
08718-0002, 08718- 0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to
the engine block mating surface of the oil pump.
NOTE: Do not install components if too much time C

has passed after applying liquid gasket (for P/N B
residue and reapply the liquid gasket.
cardiagn.com
１３
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m A
B
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 f·ft)
35. Install the dowel pins (B), then align the inner rotor
with the crankshaft, and install the oil pump (C).
36. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and

37. Install the baffle plate (D), then install the oil screen
Apply liquid gasket
along the broken line. (E) with new O-ring (F).
38. Install the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC

solenoid valve)/oil filter assembly (A), with a new
rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid
valve) filter (B).
１５
A
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(cont’d)
7-27
07/05/09 16:38:30 61SJC020_070_0028
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Installation Oil Pan Installation

(cont’d)
1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan
mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes.
39. Install the oil pan (see page 7-28).
2. Clean and dry the oil pan mating surfaces.
40. Install the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
(see page 11-203). 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001,
08718-0002, 08718-0003, or 08718-009, evenly to
41. Install the cylinder heads (see page 6-48). the oil pan mating surface of the engine block.
42. Install the drive plate (see page 14-238). NOTE: Do not install components if too much time
has passed after applying the liquid gasket (for P/N
43. Install the transmission (see page 14-229). 08718-0002, no more than 4 minutes, for all others,
44. Install the engine assembly (see page 5-12). residue and reapply the liquid gasket.
０１
NOTE: When any crankshaft or connecting rod
bearing is replaced, after assembly it is necessary
cardiagn.com
to run the engine at idling speed until it reaches
normal operating temperature, then continue to
run it for about 15 minutes.
Apply liquid gasket

along the broken line.
4. Install the oil pan on the engine block.
7-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３０００４３４０１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:31 61SJC020_070_0029
5. Tighten the bolts in two or three steps. In the final 7. Install the rear warm up three way catalytic
step, tighten all bolts, in sequence, to 12 N·m converter (rear WU-TWC) bracket.
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft). ０４
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
NOTE: After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
before filling the engine with oil.
０２
cardiagn.com
6. Tighten the four bolts (A) securing the transmission,
then install the torque converter cover (B). 8. If the engine is still in the vehicle, do the following
０３ steps.
A
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft) 9. Install exhaust pipe A using new gaskets and new
self-locking nuts (see step 29 on page 5-17).
10. Install the front subframe stiffener using new bolts

11. Install the splash shield (see step 31 on page 5-17).
12. Refill the engine with engine oil (see step 4 on page
8-6).
13. Lower the vehicle on the hoist.

B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
7-29
07/05/09 16:38:31 61SJC020_070_0030
Engine Block
Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Transmission End Crankshaft Oil

Installation - In Car Seal Installation - In Car
Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

Oil seal driver, 64 mm 070AD-RCA0100 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Driver attachment, 106 mm 070AD-RCA0200
1. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor,
timing belt, and timing belt drive pulley (see page 1. Remove the transmission (see page 14-218) and
6-25). the drive plate (see page 14-238).
2. Remove the pulley end crankshaft oil seal. 2. Remove the transmission end crankshaft oil seal.
3. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. 3. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing.
4. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the 4. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the
crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. crankshaft and to the lip of the seal.
5. Using the seal driver, drive in the crankshaft oil seal 5. Using the special tools, drive in the crankshaft oil
cardiagn.com
until the driver bottoms against the oil pump. When seal until the driver attachment bottoms against the
the seal is in place, clean any excess grease off the engine block end cover. Align the hole in the driver
crankshaft, and check that the oil seal lip is not attachment with the pin on the crankshaft.
distorted. ０１
０１ 07749-0010000
070AD-RCA0100
6. Install the timing belt drive pulley, CKP sensor, and 070AD-RCA0200
timing belt (see page 6-25).
6. Clean any excess grease off the crankshaft, and
check that the oil seal lip is not distorted.
7. Install the drive plate (see page 14-238), and the

transmission (see page 14-229).
7-30
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６１７５１２ＫＣＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３１６６１７５１３ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:38:32 61SJC020_070_0031
Drain Bolt Installation

NOTE: When installing the drain bolt, always use new
washer.
０１
18 x 1.5 mm
39 N·m
Replace.
Replace.
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
28 x 1.0 mm
78 N·m
cardiagn.com
7-31
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８３０００２４７５７ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:11 61SJC020_080_0001
Engine Mechanical
Engine Lubrication
Special Tools ................................................................. 8-2
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............................... 8-4
cardiagn.com
Oil Pressure Switch Test .............................................. 8-5
Oil Pressure Switch Replacement ............................... 8-5
Oil Pressure Test ........................................................... 8-6
Engine Oil Replacement .............................................. 8-6
Engine Oil Filter Replacement ..................................... 8-7
Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement ................................ 8-8
Oil Pump Overhaul ....................................................... 8-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０８０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:11 61SJC020_080_0002
Engine Lubrication
Special Tools
07HAA-PJ70100 Oil Filter Wrench 1
070AD-RCAA100 Oil Seal Driver, 64 mm 1
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
8-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０８０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:14 61SJC020_080_0003
＊０１
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Test, page 8-5
Oil Pressure Test, page 8-6 O-RINGS OIL CONTROL
Replacement, page 8-5 ORIFICES
O-RING
O-RING
CONNECTING
TUBE
ROCKER ARM OIL

CONTROL SOLENOID
(VTEC SOLENOID VALVE)
FILTER
cardiagn.com
ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID
(VTEC SOLENOID VALVE)
ASSEMBLY
BAFFLE PLATE
O-RING
DOWEL PINS
OIL FILTER
FEED PIPE
Replacement,
page 8-8
OIL FILTER
Replacement,
page 8-7
OIL SCREEN
DRAIN BOLT
OIL PUMP WASHER
Removal, page 8-10
Inspection, page 8-11 OIL PAN
Installation, page 8-12 Removal, page 7-11
8-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:14 61SJC020_080_0004
Engine Lubrication

Excessive engine oil consumption 1. Check the loose of the engine oil fill cap, oil drain
bolt, and oil filter.
2. Check for oil leaks.
3. Check for worn valve guide(s) (see page 6-41) or
worn valve stem seal(s) (see page 6-41).
4. Check for damaged or worn piston ring(s)
(see page 7-21).
5. Check for damaged or worn engine internal parts
(cylinder wall, pistons, etc.) (see page 7-15).
Low oil pressure indicator does not 1. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic An open in the
come on with the ignition switch function (see page 22-244). wire between the
ON (II) 2. Test the oil pressure switch (see page 8-5). gauge control
module and the oil
pressure switch
Low oil pressure indicator stays on 1. Check the engine oil level. A wire shorted to
2. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic ground between
cardiagn.com
function (see page 22-244). the gauge control
3. Test the oil pressure switch (see page 8-5). module and the oil
4. Check the engine oil pressure (see page 8-6). pressure switch
5. Check the oil filter for clogging.
6. Check the oil screen for clogging.
7. Check the relief valve.
8. Test the oil pump (see page 8-11).
8-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:40:15 61SJC020_080_0005
Oil Pressure Switch Test Oil Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Remove the BLU/YEL wire (A) from the engine oil 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then
pressure switch (B). remove the oil pressure switch.
０１０１
A 18 N·m
cardiagn.com
2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal
(C) and the engine (ground). There should be
continuity with the engine stopped. There should 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and
be no continuity with the engine running. switch mounting hole.
3. Apply a very small amount of liquid gasket to the

oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil
pressure switch.
NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause

liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of
the new oil pressure switch.
8-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２０００４３４６１ＦＥＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２０００４３４６１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:15 61SJC020_080_0006
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pressure Test Engine Oil Replacement

If the low oil pressure indicator stays on with the engine 1. Warm up the engine.
running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is
correct: 2. Remove the drain bolt (A), and drain the engine oil.
０１
1. Remove the engine oil pressure switch, then install
an oil pressure gauge (A).
０１
cardiagn.com
A
B 39 N·m
Do not overtighten.
A 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B).
2. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the 4. Refill with the recommended oil (see page 3-2).
gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem
before continuing. Capacity
At Oil Change:
3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature 4.0 L (4.2 US qt)
(fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should At Oil Change including Filter:
be: 4.3 L (4.5 US qt)
After Engine Overhaul:
Engine Oil Temperature: 176 °F (80 °C) 5.0 L (5.3 US qt)
Engine Oil Pressure: ０２
At Idle: 70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min.
At 3,000 rpm: 490 kPa (5.0 kgf/cm2, 71 psi) min.
4. If oil pressure is out of specifications, inspect these

items:
• Inspect the oil pressure relief valve (see page 8-9).

• Check the oil screen for clogging.
• Inspect the oil pump (see page 8-11).
5. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check

for oil leakage.
8-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２００００００００ＦＥＡＴ０２ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２０００４３７０１ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:40:15 61SJC020_080_0007
Engine Oil Filter Replacement

Special Tools Required 4. Install the oil filter by hand.
Oil filter wrench 07HAA-PJ70100
5. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter
1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. clockwise with the oil filter wrench.
2. Inspect the filter to make sure the rubber seal is not Tighten: 3/4 Turn Clockwise
stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine. Tightening Torque:12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
０２
3. Inspect the threads (A) and rubber seal (B) on the
new filter. Clean the seat on the engine block, then
apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter
rubber seal. Use only filters with a built-in bypass
system.
０１
cardiagn.com
B
07HAA-PJ70100
(cont’d)
8-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２０００４３３０１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:16 61SJC020_080_0008
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Filter Replacement Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement

(cont’d)
1. Remove the filter (see page 8-7).
6. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or ▼ to ▼▼▼▼) 2. Remove the oil filter feed pipe.
are printed around the outside of the filter, you can ０１
use the following procedure to tighten the filter.
• Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against

the block, and note which number or mark is at
the bottom.
• Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three
numbers or marks from the one you noted. For
example, if mark ▼ is at the bottom when the
seal is lightly seated, tighten the filter until the
mark ▼▼▼▼ comes around to the bottom.
０３
cardiagn.com
3. Install two 20 x 1.5 mm nuts (A) onto the new oil
filter feed pipe, and hold one nut with a wrench,
then tighten the other nut.
０２
A
Mark when rubber seal Mark after tightening.
is seated.
Number or 1 2 3 4
Mark when or or or or
rubber seal ▼ ▼▼ ▼▼▼ ▼▼▼▼
is seated
Number or 4 1 2 3
Mark after or or or or
tightening ▼▼▼▼ ▼ ▼▼ ▼▼▼
7. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the

specified level, run the engine for more than
3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. 4. Tighten the oil filter feed pipe to 49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m,
36 lbf·ft), then remove the nuts from the oil filter
feed pipe.
8-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２０００４３３１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:16 61SJC020_080_0009
Oil Pump Overhaul

Exploded View
０１
6 x 1.0 mm
6 N·m
PUMP COVER (0.6 kgf·m, 4 lbf·ft)
O-RING
Replace.
DOWEL PINS
cardiagn.com
OUTER ROTOR
INNER ROTOR
CRANKSHAFT
OIL SEAL PUMP HOUSING
Replace. Apply liquid gasket
to the mating surface of
RELIEF VALVE the engine block
Valve must slide freely when installing.
in the housing bore.
Replace if it is scored. 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
SPRING (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
SEALING BOLT
38 N·m
(cont’d)
8-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ３２２０００４３５０２ＬＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:17 61SJC020_080_0010
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 6. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to
• Oil seal driver, 64 mm 070AD-RCAA100 the vehicle, and attach the hook (A) to the engine
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 hanger (B). Tighten the wing nut (C) by hand, and
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 support the engine.
These special tools are available through Honda Tool ０２
and Equipment program, 888-424-6857. B A
Removal C
1. Remove the bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).
2. Remove the intake manifold cover.
4. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump and P/S

line bracket (see step 6 on page 6-28).
cardiagn.com
5. Remove the service caps (A) for the front damper
flange nuts from the cowl cover (B). Position the
engine hanger adapters (VSB02C000024) with the AAR-T-12566
‘‘FRONT’’mark facing forward over the damper
flange nuts. 7. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13).
１０
VSB02C000024
(see page 11-203).
A A
solenoid valve)/oil filter assembly (see step 9 on
page 7-12).
B
10. Remove the oil pan (see page 7-11).
11. Remove the oil screen (A), then remove the oil
pump (B).
０３
8-10
07/05/09 16:40:17 61SJC020_080_0011
Inspection 4. Check the housing-to-outer rotor radial clearance

between the outer rotor (A) and pump housing (B).
1. Remove the screws from the pump housing, then If the housing-to-outer rotor radial clearance
separate the housing and cover. exceeds the service limit, replace the oil pump
assembly.
2. Check the inner-to-outer rotor radial clearance
between the inner rotor (A) and outer rotor (B). If Housing-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance
the inner-to-outer rotor clearance exceeds the Standard (New): 0.14−0.19 mm
service limit, replace the oil pump assembly. (0.006−0.007 in.)
Inner Rotor-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance ０６
A B
(0.002−0.006 in.)
０４
A
cardiagn.com
B
5. Inspect both rotors and pump housing for scoring

or other damage. Replace the parts, if necessary.
6. Apply liquid thread lock to the pump housing

3. Check the housing-to-rotor axial clearance between screws, then install the oil pump cover.
the rotors (A) and pump housing (B). If the housing-
to-rotor axial clearance exceeds the service limit, 7. Check that the oil pump turns freely.
replace the oil pump assembly.
Housing-to-Rotor Axial Clearance

(0.001−0.003 in.)
０５
B
A
(cont’d)
8-11
07/05/09 16:40:18 61SJC020_080_0012
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont’d)

Installation 6. Grease the lip of the oil seal, and apply oil to the
new O-ring (A).
1. Remove the old oil seal from the oil pump. ０９
6 x 1.0 mm
B 12 N·m
2. Gently tap in the new oil seal until the oil seal driver A (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
bottoms on the pump.
０７
070AD-RCA0100
cardiagn.com
E
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
3. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil 8.7 lbf·ft)
pump mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes.
D
4. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces.
7. Install the dowel pins (B), then align the inner rotor
5. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, with the crankshaft, and install the oil pump (C).
08718-0002, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to
the engine block mating surface of the oil pump. 8. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and
NOTE: Do not install components if too much time
has passed after applying the liquid gasket (for P/N 9. Install the oil screen (D) with new O-ring (E).
no more than 5 minutes). Instead, remove the old 10. Install the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC
residue and reapply the liquid gasket. solenoid valve)/oil filter assembly, with a new
０８ rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid
valve) filter (see step 38 on page 7-27).
11. Install the oil pan (see page 7-28).
12. Install the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor

(see page 11-203).
14. Remove the engine hanger.
15. Install the service caps on the cowl cover.

Apply liquid gasket
along the broken line.
8-12
07/05/09 16:40:18 61SJC020_080_0013
16. Install the power steering (P/S) pump and P/S line
bracket (see step 30 on page 6-53).
cardiagn.com
8-13
07/05/09 16:40:42 61SJC020_090_0001
Engine Mechanical
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation ................. 9-2
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement ..................... 9-7
cardiagn.com
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ０９０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:42 61SJC020_090_0002
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation

Exploded View
０１
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
5 x 0.8 mm UPPER COVER

3.4 N·m Replace if it is cracked or if the
(0.35 kgf·m, 2.5 lbf·ft) mating surface is damaged.
INTAKE MANIFOLD
END PLATE
GASKET
Replace.
GASKET
6 x 1.0 mm Replace.
8 x 1.25 mm
12 N·m 22 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
EXHAUST GAS
RECIRCULATION
(EGR) PIPE
EVAPORATIVE
INTAKE MANIFOLD EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER PURGE
END PLATE VALVE
GASKET
Replace.
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
INTAKE MANIFOLD (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
Replace if it is cracked
or if the mating surface
is damaged.
GASKET 8 x 1.25 mm
Replace. 22 N·m
THROTTLE BODY
SPACER GASKET
Replace.
O-RING
Replace.
GASKET
Replace.
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR
18 N·m
9-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３３５００１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:43 61SJC020_090_0003
Removal 3. Remove the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV)

hose (A), brake booster vacuum hose (B), and
1. Remove the engine cover. evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge hose
０２ (C).
０４
A
cardiagn.com
C
2. Remove the breather pipe (A), then remove the air
intake duct (B). 4. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and
０３ wire harness clamps from the intake manifold.
B
• Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector

• Throttle actuator connector
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
connector
• Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge
valve connector
• Intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator
connector
(cont’d)
9-3
07/05/09 16:40:43 61SJC020_090_0004
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont’d)

5. Remove the harness clamp bracket (A) and water 7. Remove the intake manifold mounting bolts and
bypass hoses (B), then plug the water bypass hoses. nuts sequentially, in two or three steps, then
０５ remove the intake manifold and spacer.
０７
A B
cardiagn.com
6. Remove the upper cover mounting bolts and nuts
sequentially, in two or three steps, then remove the
upper cover.
０６
9-4
07/05/09 16:40:44 61SJC020_090_0005
Installation 4. Install the harness clamp bracket (A) and water

bypass hoses (B).
1. Put a new gasket and the spacer on the injector １０
base.
2. Install the intake manifold. Tighten the bolts and

nuts sequentially, in two or three steps. Always use
a new intake manifold gasket.
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 mm: 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
０８
A B
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
5. Connect the engine wire harness connectors, and

install the wire harness clamps to the intake
manifold.
• Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector

• Throttle actuator connector
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
connector
3. Install the upper cover. Tighten the bolts and nuts • Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge
sequentially, in two or three steps. Always use a valve connector
new gasket. • Intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator
connector
Specified Torque
6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
０９
(cont’d)
9-5
07/05/09 16:40:44 61SJC020_090_0006
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont’d)

6. Install the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose 8. Clean up any spilled engine coolant.
(A), brake booster vacuum hose (B), and
evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge hose 9. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and
(C). connectors are installed correctly.
１１
A
10. Install the engine cover.
１３
cardiagn.com
C
7. Install the air intake duct (A), then install the

breather pipe (B).
１２ 11. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed
A
air from the cooling system with the heater valve
open (see step 9 on page 10-7).
9-6
07/05/09 16:40:45 61SJC020_090_0007
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement

NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling.
＊０１
HEAT SHIELD
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 x 1.25 mm
33 N·m (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft)
Replace.
MUFFLER
cardiagn.com
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
GASKETS
Replace.
GASKET
Replace.
THREE WAY CATALYTIC

CONVERTER (TWC)
EXHAUST PIPE A GASKET

Replace.
SELF-LOCKING NUTS
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) TWC TIGHTENING
Replace. Torque the bolts in steps.
SELF-LOCKING NUTS
10 x 1.25 mm
33 N·m (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft)
Replace.
9-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１８４０００２５６０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:59 61SJC020_100_0001
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Radiator Cap Test ......................................................... 10-3
Radiator Test ................................................................. 10-3
Fan Motor Test .............................................................. 10-4
Thermostat Test ........................................................... 10-4
Water Pump Inspection ............................................... 10-5
Water Pump Replacement ........................................... 10-5
Coolant Check ............................................................... 10-6
Coolant Replacement ................................................... 10-6
Thermostat Replacement ............................................ 10-8
cardiagn.com
Water Passage Replacement ....................................... 10-9
Radiator and Fan Replacement ................................... 10-12
Fan Controls
Circuit Diagram ............................................................. 10-17
Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting ... 10-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１００１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:02 61SJC020_100_0002
Cooling System
＊０１
WATER PUMP
cardiagn.com
RADIATOR CAP
Test,page 10-3
WATER PASSAGE
THERMOSTAT
Test, page 10-4
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY
RADIATOR Fan Motor Test, page 10-4
10-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:02 61SJC020_100_0003
Radiator Cap Test Radiator Test

1. Remove the radiator cap (A). Wet its seal with 1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove
engine coolant, then install it on a commercially the radiator cap, and fill the radiator with engine
available pressure tester (B). coolant to the top of the filler neck.
０１
2. Attach a commercially available pressure tester (A)
B to the radiator, and apply a pressure of 93−123 kPa
A (0.95−1.25 kgf/cm2, 14−18 psi).
０１
cardiagn.com
2. Apply a pressure of 93−123 kPa (0.95−
1.25 kgf/cm2, 14−18 psi).
3. Check for a drop in pressure.
4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap.
3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in

pressure.
4. Remove the tester, then reinstall the radiator cap.
10-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００４９２０１ＦＥＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００４９００１ＦＥＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:02 61SJC020_100_0004
Cooling System
Fan Motor Test Thermostat Test

1. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the radiator fan Replace the thermostat if it is in the stuck open position
motor (A) and condenser fan motor (B). at room temperature.
０１
To test a closed thermostat:
Terminal side of
male terminals 1. Suspend the thermostat (A) in a container of water.
Do not let the thermometer (B) touch the bottom of
the hot container.
０１
B
cardiagn.com
A B
2. Test each motor by connecting battery power to the

No. 1 terminal and ground to the No. 2 terminal.
3. If either motor fails to run or does not run smoothly,

replace it (see page 10-12).
2. Heat the water and check the temperature with a

thermometer. Note the temperature at which the
thermostat first opens, and at which it is fully open.
3. Measure the lift height of the thermostat when it is

fully open.
Standard Thermostat
Lift Height: Above 10.0 mm (0.39 in.)
Starts Opening: 169−176 °F (76 −80 °C)
Fully Open: 194 °F (90 °C)
10-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００４９４０１ＦＥＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００５９３０１ＦＥＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:03 61SJC020_100_0005
Water Pump Inspection Water Pump Replacement

1. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13). 1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).
2. Turn the water pump pulley counterclockwise. 2. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13).
Check that it turns freely. If it doesn’t turn smoothly,
replace the water pump (see page 10-5). 3. Remove the timing belt adjuster (see page 6-24).
NOTE: When you check the water pump, you may 4. Remove the water pump (A) by removing the five
see a small amount of ‘‘weeping’’ from the bleed bolts.
holes (A). This is normal. ０１
０１
A
cardiagn.com
B
6 x 1.0 mm A
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
5. Inspect and clean the O-ring groove and the mating
3. Install the timing belt (see page 6-16). surface of the engine block.
6. Install the water pump with a new O-ring (B) in the

reverse order of removal.
7. Clean up any spilled engine coolant.
8. Install the timing belt adjuster (see page 6-24).
10. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed

the air from the cooling system (see step 9 on page
10-7).
10-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００６５１０１ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００６５１０１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:03 61SJC020_100_0006
Cooling System
Coolant Check Coolant Replacement

1. Look at the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. 1. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control
Make sure it is between the MAX mark (A) and MIN dial to maximum heat, then turn off the ignition
mark (B). switch. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool
０１ to the touch.
2. Remove the radiator cap.
3. Remove the splash shield (see step 30 on page 5-5).
4. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant.

０１
cardiagn.com
A
2. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or

below the MIN mark, add coolant to bring it
between the MIN and MAX marks, then inspect the
cooling system for leaks.
5. Install a rubber hose (A) on the drain bolt (B)

located at the rear of the engine block, then loosen
the drain bolt.
０２
A B
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
6. When the coolant stops draining, tighten the drain

bolt. Remove the rubber hose.
7. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely.
8. Install the splash shield (see step 31 on page 5-17).
10-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００１７３０１ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００１７３０１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:03 61SJC020_100_0007
9. Remove, drain, and reinstall the reserve tank. 12. Install the radiator cap loosely.
10. Fill the reserve tank to the MAX mark (A) with 13. Start the engine and let it run until it warms up (the
Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N radiator fan comes on at least twice).
OL999-9001).
０３ 14. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator
and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2,
if needed.
15. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine
again, and check for leaks.
cardiagn.com
11. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck.
NOTE:
• Always use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). Using a non-Honda
coolant can result in corrosion, causing the
cooling system to malfunction or fail.
• Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a
mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Do
not add water.
Engine Coolant Capacities (Including the reserve

tank capacity of 0.6 L (0.16 US gal)):
After Coolant Change: 6.2 L (1.64 US gal)
After Engine Overhaul: 8.1 L (2.14 US gal)
０４
10-7
07/05/09 16:42:04 61SJC020_100_0008
Cooling System
Thermostat Replacement
1. Disconnect the breather pipe, then remove the air intake duct (see step 9 on page 5-2).
2. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).
3. Remove the ground cable and thermostat cover, then remove the thermostat.
０１
PIN
THERMOSTAT COVER
cardiagn.com
GROUND CABLE
RUBBER SEAL
Replace.
THERMOSTAT
Install with pin up.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
4. Install the new thermostat with a new rubber seal.
5. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed air from the cooling system (see step 9 on page 10-7).
10-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００５９３０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:04 61SJC020_100_0009
Water Passage Replacement

1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 6. Remove the heater hoses.
０３
3. Remove the upper radiator hose (A) and lower

radiator hose (B).
０１
cardiagn.com
B
7. Remove the engine wire harness connectors from
A
the water passage.

connector
4. Remove the water bypass hose (A) and ground connector
cable (B). • Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector
０２
A B C
8. Remove the water passage (A) and connecting pipe
(B).
０４
5. Remove the harness holder mounting bolt (C), then A

remove the harness holder (D) from the bracket.
(cont’d)
10-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００６５０９１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:05 61SJC020_100_0010
Cooling System
Water Passage Replacement (cont’d)

9. Remove the EGR valve (A), ECT sensor 1 (B), ECT 13. Install the connecting pipe (A) and water passage
sensor 2 (C), thermostat cover (D), and thermostat (B), using the new O-rings (C) and new gaskets (D).
(E). ０６
D
０５ C
A 8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
A
B
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
H
I
C
12 N·m
G (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
H C
cardiagn.com
E
F 8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
D (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 14. Install the heater hoses.
０７
10. Install the new rubber seal (F) onto the thermostat,
then install the thermostat with pin (G) up, and
install the thermostat cover.
11. Install the ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2, using the
new O-rings (H).
12. Install the EGR valve, using a new gasket (I).
10-10
07/05/09 16:42:05 61SJC020_100_0011
15. Install harness holder (A) to the bracket, then 18. Install the intake manifold (see page 9-5).
tighten the mounting bolt (B).
０８ 19. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m B connectors are installed correctly.
C D (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m 20. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
air from the cooling system (see step 9 on page
10-7).
cardiagn.com
A
16. Install the water bypass hose (C) and ground cable
(D).
17. Install the upper radiator hose (A) and lower

radiator hose (B).
０９
10-11
07/05/09 16:42:06 61SJC020_100_0012
Cooling System
Radiator and Fan Replacement

1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 4. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A), then
remove the harness clamps (B) and reservoir tank
2. Remove the front air intake duct. hose (C).
０１０３
C
cardiagn.com
B
5. Remove the upper radiator hose (A) and lower

radiator hose (B).
０４
3. Remove the bulkhead cover.

０２
10-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４０００４９００１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:07 61SJC020_100_0013
6. Remove the splash shield. 9. Remove the harness clamps (A) and A/C
０５ compressor clutch connector (B) from the A/C
condenser fan shroud.
０７
A B A
cardiagn.com
7. Remove the automatic transmission fluid (ATF)
cooler hoses (A) from the radiator, then plug the
line and hose.
０６
A
8. Unclamp the ATF cooler hoses clamp (B) on the

ATF cooler line.
(cont’d)
10-13
07/05/09 16:42:07 61SJC020_100_0014
Cooling System
Radiator and Fan Replacement (cont’d)

10. Remove the upper bracket cushions, then pull up the radiator.
０８
UPPER RADIATOR HOSE
RADIATOR CAP
LOWER RADIATOR HOSE 6 x 1.0 mm

9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm UPPER BRACKET

7.1 N·m AND CUSHION
(0.72 kgf·m, 5.2 lbf·ft)
RESERVE TANK
RADIATOR FAN SHROUD
cardiagn.com
RADIATOR
6.0 N·m O-RING

(0.61 kgf·m, 4.4 lbf·ft) Replace.
RADIATOR FAN
DRAIN PLUG
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
LOWER CUSHION
6 x 1.0 mm
7.1 N·m
(0.72 kgf·m, 5.2 lbf·ft)
A/C CONDENSER FAN/

SHROUD ASSEMBLY
11. Remove the fan shroud assemblies and other parts from the radiator.
12. Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the upper and lower cushions are set securely.
13. Fill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed air from the cooling system (see step 9 on page 10-7).
10-14
07/05/09 16:42:09 61SJC020_100_0015
Fan Controls
＊０１
AUXILIARY UNDER- A/C CONDENSER FAN
HOOD RELAY BOX RELAY
Test, page 22-75
RADIATOR FAN RELAY

Test, page 22-75
cardiagn.com
FAN CONTROL RELAY
Test, page 22-75
ENGINE COOLANT
A/C CONDENSER FAN TEMPERATURE (ECT)
ASSEMBLY SENSOR 2
Motor Test, page 10-4 Replacement, page 11-201
ENGINE COOLANT RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY

TEMPERATURE (ECT) Motor Test, page 10-4
SENSOR 1
10-15
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４２６１０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:09 61SJC020_100_0016
Fan Controls

Symptom Diagnostic Procedure Also check for
Engine overheats 1. Check the coolant level.
2. Check for any engine coolant leaks
(from gaskets, hoses, O-rings, etc.).
3. Check for dirt, leaves, or insects on radiator and
A/C condenser.
4. Check for deteriorated coolant.
5. Check for damaged or deformed fan shroud.
6. Inspect the fan motors (see page 10-4) or fan
relays (see page 22-75).
7. Check the radiator cap (see page 10-3).
8. Check the thermostat (see page 10-4).
9. Inspect the water pump (see page 10-5).
10. Check for a plugged or deteriorated radiator
hoses.
11. Check for plugged heater core or hoses.
12. Check for a damaged cylinder head gasket.
cardiagn.com
The radiator fan runs at low speed, Radiator fan high speed circuit troubleshooting Cleanliness and
but it does not run at high speed (see page 10-18). tightness of all
when the engine coolant connectors
temperature is above 206 °F
(97 °C)
With the A/C off and the engine Remove the fan control relay, and test. Cleanliness and
coolant temperature at 206 °F • If the relay is faulty, replace it. tightness of all
(97 °C) or below, the A/C • If the relay is OK, check for a short in the wire connectors
condenser fan runs at high speed between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. 1
and the radiator fan does not run. and condenser fan motor 2P connector terminal
When the engine coolant No. 1.
(97 °C), both fans run at high
speed
The radiator fan runs at high Check for a short in the wire between radiator fan Cleanliness and
speed with the ignition switch ON relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and PCM connector tightness of all
(II), the A/C off, and the engine terminal A5. connectors
coolant temperature below 204 °F
(95 °C)
Both the radiator fan and the A/C Check for a short in the wire between A/C condenser Cleanliness and
condenser fan run at low speed fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and PCM connector tightness of all
with the ignition switch ON (II) terminal A4. connectors
and the A/C off
Both the radiator fan and the A/C Radiator and A/C condenser fans low speed circuit Cleanliness and
condenser fan do not run at low troubleshooting (see page 21-40). tightness of all
speed with the A/C on connectors
The A/C condenser fan does not A/C condenser fans high speed circuit Cleanliness and
run at all. The radiator fan does troubleshooting (see page 21-44). tightness of all
not run at low speed, but it runs at connectors
high speed
Both the radiator fan and the A/C Check for an open in the wire between radiator fan Cleanliness and
condenser fan do not run at high relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and PCM connector tightness of all
speed when the engine coolant terminal A5. connectors
(97 °C)
10-16
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４２６１０００００ＨＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:09 61SJC020_100_0017
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A) G1 2 4
BAT
BLK/YEL WHT
IG2
No.8 (15 A) E6
IG2 HOT in ON (III) YEL
WHT/GRN
D10 A4
D2 No.19 (30 A) No.20 (30 A) D5
PGM−FI No.30
MAIN (7.5 A)
RELAY 1 UNDER−DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
YEL YEL/GRN No.23
(7.5 A)
D16 X1 D7
YEL/WHT RED/YEL BLK/YEL
YEL
cardiagn.com
AUXILIARY
UNDER−HOOD RELAY BOX BLK/YEL
1 4 1 5 1 4
RADIATOR FAN A/C

FAN CONTROL CONDENSER
RELAY RELAY FAN
RELAY
2 3 4 2 3 2 3
BLU/BLK GRN BLU/BLK GRN BLU/YEL GRN/YEL
BLU/BLK BLK
2
A/C
CONDENSER
G201 FAN
MOTOR
1
2 GRN WHT/RED
RADIATOR
FAN PCM A5 A4 A6
MOTOR
FANH FANL MRLY
1
5V
TW SG2 TW2
C27 C14 C36
RED/WHT GRN/YEL GRN/RED

BLK
ENGINE COOLANT ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR 1 (ECT) SENSOR 2
G201
10-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４２６１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:10 61SJC020_100_0018
Fan Controls
Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Check the No. 19 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood 4. Connect radiator fan relay 4P socket terminals
fuse/relay box, and the No. 23 (7.5 A) fuse in the No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
under-dash fuse/relay box. ０２
RADIATOR FAN RELAY 4P SOCKET
Are the f uses OK ?
YES−Go to step 2.
JUMPER WIRE
NO−Replace the fuse(s) and recheck.
2. Remove the radiator fan relay from the auxiliary

under-hood relay box and test it (see page 22-75).
Is the relay OK ?
YES−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
NO−Replace the radiator fan relay. Does the radiator f an run at high speed?
3. Measure the voltage between the radiator fan relay YES−Go to step 5.
4P socket terminal No. 1 and the body ground.
０１ NO−Repair open in the wire between the radiator
fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and radiator fan
motor 2P connector terminal No. 2.
6. Measure voltage between radiator fan relay 4P

socket terminal No. 4 and the body ground.
０３
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Repair open in the wire between radiator fan

relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and the under-hood Terminal side of female terminals
fuse/relay box.
YES−Repair open in the wire between the radiator

fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the
powertrain control module (PCM) (A5).
NO−Repair open in the wire between the radiator

fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 4 and the under-
dash fuse/relay box.
10-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４２６１４９４１９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:48 61SJC020_110_0001
Fuel and Emissions

Fuel and Emissions Systems Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
Special Tools ................................................... 11-2 Precautions .................................................. 11-292
General Troubleshooting Information ......... 11-3 Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
DTC Troubleshooting Index .......................... 11-10 Removal ....................................................... 11-293
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ................. 11-14 Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
System Description ........................................ 11-16 Installation ................................................... 11-295
How to Set Readiness Codes ........................ 11-54 Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation ..... 11-297
Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement ......... 11-299
PGM-FI System Fuel Filter Replacement ................................. 11-299
Component Location Index ........................... 11-57 Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit
DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-59 Replacement ............................................... 11-300
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting .......................... 11-184 Fuel Tank Replacement ................................. 11-301
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting ......................... 11-194 Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test ...................... 11-302
Injector Replacement ..................................... 11-197 Low Fuel Indicator Test .................................. 11-303
A/F Sensor Replacement ............................... 11-199
Secondary HO2S Replacement ..................... 11-200 Intake Air System
ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ........................... 11-201 Component Location Index ........................... 11-304
ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ........................... 11-201 DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-305
cardiagn.com
Knock Sensor Replacement .......................... 11-202 Throttle Body Test .......................................... 11-314
IAT Sensor Replacement ............................... 11-202 Throttle Body Cleaning .................................. 11-314
CKP Sensor Replacement .............................. 11-203 Air Cleaner Removal/Installation .................. 11-315
CMP Sensor Replacement ............................. 11-203 Air Cleaner Element
MAP Sensor Replacement ............................. 11-204 Inspection/Replacement ............................ 11-315
PCM Replacement .......................................... 11-205 Air Intake Duct Removal/Installation ............ 11-316
IMT Actuator Replacement ............................ 11-316
Electronic Throttle Control System Throttle Cable Adjustment ............................ 11-317
Component Location Index ........................... 11-207 Throttle Cable Removal/Installation ............. 11-317
DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-208 Throttle Body Removal/Installation .............. 11-319
APP Sensor Signal Inspection ....................... 11-248 Throttle Body Disassembly/Reassembly ..... 11-320
APP Sensor Replacement .............................. 11-249 Accelerator Pedal Replacement .................... 11-321
VTEC Catalytic Converter System

Component Location Index ........................... 11-250 Component Location Index ........................... 11-322
DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-251 DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-323
Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation ........... 11-325
(VTEC Solenoid Valve)
Replacement ............................................... 11-261 EGR System
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Component Location Index ........................... 11-327
(VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-328
Removal/Installation .................................. 11-261 EGR Valve Replacement ................................ 11-342
Idle Control System PCV System

Component Location Index ........................... 11-262 Component Location Index ........................... 11-343
DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-263 DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-344
A/C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting .............. 11-266 PCV Valve Inspection ..................................... 11-345
Alternator FR Signal Circuit PCV Valve Replacement ................................ 11-345
Troubleshooting ......................................... 11-267
PSP Switch Signal Circuit EVAP System
Troubleshooting ......................................... 11-268 Component Location Index ........................... 11-346
Brake Pedal Position Switch DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-347
Signal Circuit Troubleshooting ................. 11-270 EVAP Canister Replacement ......................... 11-373
Idle Speed Inspection ..................................... 11-272 FTP Sensor Replacement .............................. 11-374
PCM Idle Learn Procedure ............................. 11-273 EVAP Canister Purge Valve
Replacement ............................................... 11-374
Fuel Supply System EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
Component Location Index ........................... 11-274 Replacement ............................................... 11-375
DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-276
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting .............. 11-282
Fuel Pressure Relieving ................................. 11-286
Fuel Pressure Test .......................................... 11-288
Fuel Tank Draining ......................................... 11-289
Fuel Line Inspection ....................................... 11-290
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１１０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:49 61SJC020_110_0002
Fuel and Emissions Systems
Special Tools
07AAA-S0XA100 Fuel Sender Wrench 1
07AAJ-S6MA150 Fuel Pressure Gauge Attachment Set 1
07JAZ-001000B Vacuum/Pressure Gauge, 0−4 in.Hg 1
07NAJ-P07010A Pressure Gauge Adapter 1
07ZAJ-S5A0200 Oil Pressure Hose 1
-1 07406-0020201 A/T Pressure Hose 1
-2 07406-0070301 A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel 1
-3 07MAJ-PY4011A A/T Pressure Hose, 2,210 mm 1
-4 07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Hose, Adapter 1
07406-004000B Fuel Pressure Gauge 1
０１
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
０１
０１
０１
-1, -2, -3, -4

０１
11-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１１０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:50 61SJC020_110_0003
General Troubleshooting Information

Intermittent Failures 2. If the MIL stays on, connect the HDS to the data link
connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver’s side
The term ‘‘intermittent failure’’ means a system may of the dashboard.
have had a failure, but it checks OK now. If the ＊０１
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the dash does not
come on, check for poor connections or loose pins at all
connectors related to the circuit that you are
troubleshooting. If the MIL was on but then went out,
the original problem may have been intermittent.
Service Information
Some DTCs or symptoms can be caused by a
combination of PCM software and specific driving
habits. Periodically, new PCM software or new service
procedures may become available. Always check
online for the latest software or service information A
cardiagn.com
related to the DTCs or symptoms you are
troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Opens and Shorts 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If
it doesn’t, go to DLC Circuit Troubleshooting
‘‘Open’’ and ‘‘short’’ are common electrical terms. An (see page 11-194).
open is a break in a wire or at a connection. A short is
an accidental connection of a wire to ground or to 5. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it.
another wire. In simple electronics, this usually means Also check the freeze data and/or on-board
something won’t work at all. With complex electronics snapshot data, and download any data found. Then
(such as PCMs) this can sometimes mean something refer to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting, and
works, but not the way it’s supposed to. begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
How to Use the HDS (Honda Diagnostic NOTE:

System) • Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when
the first malfunction, misfire, or fuel trim
If the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) has come on malfunction was detected.
• The HDS can read the DTCs, freeze data,
1. Start the engine, and check the MIL (A). on-board snapshot, current data, and other
powertrain control module (PCM) data.
NOTE: If the ignition switch is turned ON (II), and • For specific operations, refer to the user’s
the engine is not started, the MIL stays on for manual that came with the HDS.
15−20 seconds (see page 11-54).
０１ 6. If no DTCs are found, go to MIL troubleshooting
(see page 11-184).
If the MIL did not stay on

If the MIL did not stay on but there is a driveability
problem, do the symptom troubleshooting.
If you can’t duplicate the DTC

Some of the troubleshooting requires you to reset the
PCM and try to duplicate the DTC. If the problem is
intermittent and you can’t duplicate the code, do not
continue through the procedure. To do so will only
A
result in confusion and possibly, a needlessly replaced
PCM.
(cont’d)
11-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１００００００００ＢＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:45:50 61SJC020_110_0004
General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

HDS Clear Command PCM Reset
The PCM stores various specific data to correct the 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is
system even if there is no electrical power such as stopped.
when the battery negative terminal or No. 8 FI ECU
(15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
failed parts should be cleared by using the ‘‘CLEAR
COMMAND’’ of the HDS, if parts are replaced. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait
30 seconds.
The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet
this purpose. They are DTC clear, PCM reset, and crank 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the
(CKP) pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all HDS from the DLC.
stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and
readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after 5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting.
The PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP)
freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and Pattern Learn
cardiagn.com
all specific data to correct the system except crank
(CKP) pattern. If the crank (CKP) pattern data in the PCM Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS)
was cleared, you must do the crank (CKP) pattern learn
procedure. The crank (CKP) pattern clear command 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC)
erases only crank (CKP) pattern data. This command is (A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard.
for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. ＊０２
Scan Tool Clear Command

If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands,
be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the
PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time
(crank (CKP) pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes,
freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs). After you
clear all commands, you then need to do these
procedures, in this order: PCM idle learn procedure
(see page 11-273); crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure;
test-drive to set readiness codes to complete (see page
11-54). A
DTC Clear 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If
stopped. it doesn’t, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
(see page 11-194).
4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait MENU with the HDS.
30 seconds.
5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS,
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the and follow the screen prompts.
HDS from the DLC.
11-4
07/05/09 16:45:50 61SJC020_110_0005
Learn Procedure (without the HDS) How to End a Troubleshooting Session

(required after any troubleshooting)
1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
radiator fan comes on.
2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate
(with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the
transmission in 2 position. 4. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate NOTE: The PCM is part of the immobilizer system.
(with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed If you replace the PCM, it will have a different
of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start,
transmission in 2 position. you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the
HDS.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 several times.
cardiagn.com
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait

30 seconds.
(cont’d)
11-5
07/05/09 16:45:51 61SJC020_110_0006

How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 4. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminals to
Connectors a commercially available digital multimeter (B),
and connect the other side of the patch cord
NOTE: terminals to a commercially available banana jack
• The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent)
system for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch (C).
is turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ０４
ignition switch OFF cancels this function.
Disconnecting the PCM during this function, without
jumping the SCS line first, can damage the PCM.
• PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A= □, A
B=△, C=○) embosed on them for identification.
2. Remove the cover (A). Disconnect the PCM

connectors (B), and probe the terminals from the
cardiagn.com
terminal side of the connectors. B
C
１９
A
5. Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal

test port from the terminal side. Do not force the
tips into the terminals.
• For accurate results, always use the pin

probe (male).
• To prevent damage to the connector
terminals, do not insert test equipment
probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as
they can damage the terminals. Damaged
terminals cause a poor connection and an
B incorrect measurement.
• Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.
3. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
PCM connector, use the terminal test port (A) above electrical connections.
the terminal you need to check.
０５
11-6
07/05/09 16:45:51 61SJC020_110_0007
Updating the PCM 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the
engine.
• Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC)
• Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation (A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard.
with HDS and CM update software ＊０３
• HDS pocket tester
• GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
update software
NOTE:
• Use this procedure when you have to update the PCM
during troubleshooting procedures.
• Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software
version downloaded from the iN (interactive network).
• Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in
the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper
cardiagn.com
battery (not a battery charger).
• Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. A
If there is a problem with the update, leave the
ignition switch ON. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If
• To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything it doesn’t, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, (see page 11-194). If you are returning from the
power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update. DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5 and
• To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM clean the throttle body after updating the PCM.
update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced.
• You cannot update a PCM with a program it already 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
has. It will only accept a new program.
• If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION
(HIM) because the HIM’s red (＃3) light came on or CHECK, and follow the screen prompts with the
was flashed during the update, leave the ignition HDS.
switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the
HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,
prevent PCM damage. continue this procedure.
6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the

update mode, and follow the screen prompts to
update the PCM.
(cont’d)
11-7
07/05/09 16:45:52 61SJC020_110_0008

7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect Substituting the PCM
the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the
procedure that you were doing. If the software in Special Tools Required
the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on • Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester
the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI • Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation
system or the A/T system, make sure you update with HDS and CM update software
both. • HDS pocket tester
• GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to update software
cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run
into a problem (programming takes over NOTE: Use this procedure when you have to substitute
15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures.
immobilizer light flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.)
during the update procedure, follow these steps to 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC)
minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: (A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard.
• Leave the ignition switch in the ‘‘ON (II)’’ position. ＊０４
• Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a
cardiagn.com
battery charger).
• Shut down the HDS.
• Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
• Reboot the HDS.
• Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the
update procedure again.
8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean

the throttle body (see page 11-314).

A
10. Do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure.
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM

and other vehicle systems. If it doesn’t, go to the
DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-194). If
you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting,
skip step 4 to 8, then clean the throttle body after
substituting the PCM (see page 11-314).
4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION

CHECK, and follow the screen prompts.
NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,

continue this procedure.
11-8
07/05/09 16:45:52 61SJC020_110_0009
7. Remove the cover (D). 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
２１
NOTE: DTC P0630 ‘‘VIN Not Programmed or
D
Mismatch’’ may be stored because the VIN has not
been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and
13. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS.
14. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest

F software.
15. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS.
A 16. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM

replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to
start the engine.
cardiagn.com
17. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
B 18. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean

C E the throttle body (see page 11-314).
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
8. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C.
20. Do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure.
NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols
(A=□, B=△, C=○) embosed on them for OBD Status
identification.
The OBD status shows the current system status of
9. Remove the bolts (E), then remove the PCM (F). each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is
used to see if the repair was successfully completed.
10. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are displayed
as:
11. Open the SCS with the HDS.
• PASSED: The on board diagnosis is successfully
finished.
• FAILED: The on board diagnosis has finished but
failed.
• EXECUTING: The vehicle is in enable criteria
conditions for the DTC and the on board diagnosis is
running.
• NOT COMPLETED: The on board diagnosis was
running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC.
• OUT OF CONDITION: The vehicle has stayed out of
the enable conditions for the DTC.
11-9
07/05/09 16:45:52 61SJC020_110_0010
DTC Troubleshooting Index

DTC Two Drive Cycle Detection Item MIL Note
(MIL indication 1) Detection
P0107 (3) ――― Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-59)
P0108 (3) ――― Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-61)
P0111 (10) ○ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-64)
P0112 (10) ――― Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-65)
P0113 (10) ――― Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-67)
P0116 (86) ○ Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance ON (see page 11-70)
Problem
P0117 (6) ――― Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-71)
P0118 (6) ――― Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-73)
P0122 (7) ――― Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-208)
P0123 (7) ――― Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-210)
P0125 (86) ○ Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow Response ON (see page 11-76)
P0128 (87) ○ Cooling System Malfunction ON (see page 11-77)
P0133 (157) ○ Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Circuit Slow Response ON (see page 11-79)
P0134 (151) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Heater System ON (see page 11-80)
Malfunction
P0135 (151) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Heater Circuit ON (see page 11-81)
Malfunction
P0137 (161) ――― Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, ON (see page 11-86)
Sensor 2)) Circuit Low Voltage
cardiagn.com
Sensor 2)) Circuit High Voltage
P0139 (161) ○ Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, ON (see page 11-91)
Sensor 2)) Circuit Slow Response
Sensor 2)) Heater Circuit Malfunction
P0153 (158) ○ Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) Circuit Slow ON (see page 11-79)
Response
P0154 (152) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) Heater System ON (see page 11-80)
Malfunction
P0155 (152) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) Heater Circuit ON (see page 11-81)
Malfunction
P0157 (162) ○ Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Bank 2, ON (see page 11-86)
Sensor 2)) Circuit Low Voltage
Sensor 2)) Circuit High Voltage
Sensor 2)) Circuit Slow Response
P0161 (164) ――― Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Bank 2, ON (see page 11-92)
Sensor 2)) Heater Circuit Malfunction
P0171 (153) ○ Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System Too Lean ON (see page 11-96)
P0172 (153) ○ Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System Too Rich ON (see page 11-96)
P0174 (154) ○ Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System Too Lean ON (see page 11-96)
P0175 (154) ○ Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System Too Rich ON (see page 11-96)
P0222 (7) ――― Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-213)
P0223 (7) ――― Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-215)
P0300 (77) and ○ Random Misfire Detected ON (see page 11-98)
some of
P0301 (71)
P0302 (72)
P0303 (73)
P0304 (74)
P0305 (75)
P0306 (76)
P0301 (71) ○ No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON (see page 11-101)
P0325 (23) ――― Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction ON (see page 11-110)
NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected in the HDS.
Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system, select the A/T
system, and check for automatic transmission DTCs.
1: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS.
11-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３００００００００ＧＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:52 61SJC020_110_0011

P0335 (4) ――― Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A No Signal ON (see page 11-113)
P0339 (4) ――― Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Intermittent Interruption ON (see page 11-116)
P0340 (9) ――― Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor No Signal ON (see page 11-117)
P0344 (9) ――― Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Intermittent Interruption ON (see page 11-120)
P0385 (54) ――― Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B No Signal ON (see page 11-113)
P0389 (54) ――― Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Intermittent Interruption ON (see page 11-116)
P0401 (80) ○ Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Insufficient Flow ON (see page 11-328)
P0404 (12) ○ Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit Range/Performance ON (see page 11-330)
Problem
P0406 (12) ――― Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Position Sensor Circuit High ON (see page 11-333)
Voltage
P0420 (165) ○ Rear Bank Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) ON (see page 11-323)
P0430 (166) ○ Front Bank Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 2) ON (see page 11-323)
P0443 (92) ――― Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Circuit Malfunction ON (see page 11-347)
P0451 (91) ○ Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-351)
P0452 (91) ――― Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-352)
P0453 (91) ――― Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-355)
P0455 (90) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Very Large Leak Detected ON (see page 11-358)
P0456 (90) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Very Small Leak Detected ON (see page 11-358)
P0457 (90) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detected/Fuel Fill Cap Loose ON (see page 11-361)
cardiagn.com
or Missing
P0461 (121) ――― Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Range/Performance OFF (see page 11-276)
Problem
P0462 (121) ――― Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage OFF (see page 11-277)
P0463 (121) ――― Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage OFF (see page 11-279)
P0496 (92) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System High Purge Flow ON (see page 11-363)
P0497 (90) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Low Purge Flow ON (see page 11-364)
P0498 (117) ――― Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Control Circuit ON (see page 11-367)
Low Voltage
P0499 (117) ――― Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Control Circuit ON (see page 11-370)
High Voltage
P0506 (14) ○ Idle Control System RPM Lower than Expected ON (see page 11-263)
P0507 (14) ○ Idle Control System RPM Higher than Expected ON (see page 11-265)
P0562 (34) ――― Charging System Low Voltage OFF (see page 11-121)
P0563 (34) ――― Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Unexpected OFF (see page 11-122)
Voltage
P0602 (196) ――― Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Programming Error OFF (see page 11-125)
P0603 (131) ――― Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Circuit Malfunction (Keep Alive ON (see page 11-125)
Memory (KAM) Error)
P0607 (131) ――― Lost Communication with Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) ON (see page 11-217)
P061F (132) ――― Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Malfunction ON (see page 11-218)
P0630 (139) ――― VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch ON (see page 11-126)
P0641 (133) ――― Sensor Reference Voltage A Malfunction ON (see page 11-127)
P0685 (135) ○ Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Control Circuit/Internal Circuit ON (see page 11-130)
Malfunction
P0700 (70) 2
――― Automatic Transmission (A/T) Control System Malfunction ON (see page 11-131)
P0700 (70) ――― Automatic Transmission (A/T) Control System Malfunction OFF (see page 11-131)
2: The D indicator and the MIL may come on at the same time.
(cont’d)
11-11
07/05/09 16:45:53 61SJC020_110_0012
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

P1077 (106) ○ Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Stuck in High RPM Position ON (see page 11-305)
P1078 (106) ○ Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Stuck in Low RPM Position ON (see page 11-309)
P1109 (13) ――― Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Out of Range High ON (see page 11-131)
P1116 (86) ○ Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Performance Problem ON (see page 11-132)
P1128 (5) ○ Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Lower Than Expected ON (see page 11-134)
P1129 (5) ○ Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher Than Expected ON (see page 11-135)
P1172 (157) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range ON (see page 11-137)
High
P1174 (158) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range ON (see page 11-137)
High
P1297 (20) ――― Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit Low Voltage OFF (see page 11-138)
P1298 (20) ――― Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit High Voltage OFF (see page 11-140)
P1454 (91) ○ Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-371)
P1549 (34) ――― Charging System High Voltage OFF (see page 11-142)
P1658 (40) ――― Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Control Relay ON Malfunction ON (see page 11-219)
P1659 (40) ――― Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Control Relay OFF Malfunction ON (see page 11-221)
P1683 (40) ――― Throttle Valve Default Position Spring Performance Problem ON (see page 11-226)
P1684 (40) ――― Throttle Valve Return Spring Performance Problem ON (see page 11-227)
P16BB (116) ――― Alternator B Terminal Circuit Low Voltage OFF (see page 11-143)
P16BC (116) ――― Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/IGP Circuit Low Voltage OFF (see page 11-144)
cardiagn.com
P2101 (40) ――― Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Malfunction ON (see page 11-228)
P2118 (40) ――― Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-230)
P2122 (37) ――― Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) ON (see page 11-232)
Circuit Low Voltage
P2123 (37) ――― Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) ON (see page 11-235)
Circuit High Voltage
P2127 (37) ――― Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position Sensor E) ON (see page 11-237)
Circuit Low Voltage
P2128 (37) ――― Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position Sensor E) ON (see page 11-240)
P2135 (7) ――― Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A/B Voltage Incorrect Correlation ON (see page 11-242)
P2138 (37) ――― Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A/B (Throttle Position Sensor ON (see page 11-244)
D/E) Incorrect Voltage Correlation
P2176 (40) ――― Throttle Actuator Control System Idle Position Not Learned ON (see page 11-246)
P2183 (192) ○ Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Range/Performance ON (see page 11-147)
Problem
P2184 (192) ――― Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-149)
P2185 (192) ――― Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-151)
P2195 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean ON (see page 11-154)
P2197 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean ON (see page 11-154)
P2227 (13) ○ Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-155)
P2228 (13) ――― Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-157)
P2229 (13) ――― Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-157)
P2237 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-158)
P2238 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-160)
P2240 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-158)
P2241 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage ON (see page 11-160)
P2243 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High ON (see page 11-162)
Voltage
P2245 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low ON (see page 11-164)
Voltage
P2247 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High ON (see page 11-162)
Voltage
P2249 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low ON (see page 11-164)
Voltage
11-12
07/05/09 16:45:53 61SJC020_110_0013

P2251 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) VS Circuit High ON (see page 11-166)
Voltage
P2252 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low ON (see page 11-168)
Voltage
P2254 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) VS Circuit High ON (see page 11-166)
Voltage
P2255 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low ON (see page 11-168)
Voltage
P2270 (161) ○ Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) (Bank 1, ON (see page 11-170)
Sensor 2) Circuit Signal Stuck Lean
P2271 (161) ○ Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) (Bank 1, ON (see page 11-170)
Sensor 2) Circuit Signal Stuck Rich
P2272 (162) ○ Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) (Bank 2, ON (see page 11-170)
P2273 (162) ○ Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) (Bank 2, ON (see page 11-170)
Sensor 2) Circuit Signal Stuck Rich
P2279 (109) ○ Intake Air System Leak ON (see page 11-344)
P2413 (12) ○ Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Malfunction ON (see page 11-335)
P2422 (117) ○ Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Close Malfunction ON (see page 11-371)
P2610 (132) ――― Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Power Off Timer Malfunction ON (see page 11-171)
cardiagn.com
P2627 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit Low ON (see page 11-172)
Voltage
P2628 (155) ――― Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit High ON (see page 11-174)
Voltage
P2630 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit Low ON (see page 11-172)
Voltage
P2631 (156) ――― Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit High ON (see page 11-174)
Voltage
P2646 (22) ――― Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch (VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) Circuit Low ON (see page 11-251)
Voltage
P2647 (22) ――― Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch (VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) Circuit High ON (see page 11-254)
Voltage
P2648 (21) ――― Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid (VTEC Solenoid Valve) Circuit Low ON (see page 11-257)
Voltage
P2649 (21) ――― Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid (VTEC Solenoid Valve) Circuit High ON (see page 11-259)
Voltage
P2A00 (157) ○ Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Circuit Range/ ON (see page 11-176)
Performance Problem
P2A03 (158) ○ Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1) Circuit Range/ ON (see page 11-176)
Performance Problem
U0073 (126) ――― F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF) OFF (see page 11-177)
U0114 (126) ――― F-CAN Malfunction (VTM-4 Control Unit-PCM) OFF (see page 11-180)
U0122 (126) ――― F-CAN Malfunction (VSA modulator-control unit-PCM) OFF (see page 11-182)
U0155 (126) ――― F-CAN Malfunction (Gauge Control Module-PCM) OFF (see page 11-177)
11-13
07/05/09 16:45:53 61SJC020_110_0014

When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check for a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) with the HDS. If there is no
DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the cause.

Engine will not start 1. Test the battery (see page 22-74). • Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Test the starter (see page 4-6). • No ignition spark
3. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288). • Intake air leaks
4. Troubleshoot the fuel pump circuit (see page 11-282). • Locked up engine
• Broken timing belt
• Contaminated fuel
Engine will not start Troubleshoot the MIL circuit (see page 11-184). • Low compression
(MIL comes on and stays on, • No ignition spark
or never comes on at all, no • Intake air leaks
DTCs set) • Locked up engine
• Broken timing belt
• Contaminated fuel
• No power to PCM
cardiagn.com
• No ground to PCM
• Shorted reference
voltage
MIL comes on and stays on, Troubleshoot the MIL circuit (see page 11-184).
or never comes on at all, no
DTCs set
Engine will not start Check the immobilizer system.
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set,
immobilizer indicator stays
on or flashes)
Engine starts but stalls Check the immobilizer system.
immediately
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set,
immobilizer indicator stays
on or flashes)
Engine is hard to start 1. Test the battery (see page 22-74). • Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288). • Intake air leaks
3. Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314). • Contaminated fuel
• Weak spark
• Restricted exhaust
Cold fast idle too low 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). Incorrect valve
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Check the idle speed (see page 11-272). adjustment
3. Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314).
Cold fast idle too high 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). Intake vacuum leaks
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Check the idle speed (see page 11-272).
3. Do the throttle position learning check (see page
11-314).
Idle speed fluctuates 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). Intake vacuum leaks
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Check the idle speed (see page 11-272).
3. Do the carbon accumulation check (see page 11-314).
After warming up, idle speed 1. Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit Incorrect valve
is below specification without (see page 11-267). adjustment
load 2. Do the carbon accumulation check (see page 11-314).
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set)
11-14
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:45:53 61SJC020_110_0015

After warming up, idle speed 1. Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit Intake vacuum leaks
is above specification without (see page 11-267).
load 2. Inspect the APP sensor (see page 11-248).
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set)
After warming up, idle speed 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). Power steering
drops when steering wheel is 2. Troubleshoot the PSP switch signal circuit (see page system problems
turning 11-268).
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 3. Do the carbon accumulation check (see page 11-314).
Low power Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288). • Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) • Incorrect camshaft
timing
• Incorrect engine oil
level
• Restricted exhaust
• Fuel contamination
Engine stalls 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). • Intake air leaks
cardiagn.com
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288). • Faulty harness and
3. Check the idle speed (see page 11-272). sensor
4. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position switch signal connections
circuit (see page 11-270). • Fuel contamination
Difficult to refuel 1. Check the fuel vent tube between the EVAP canister Malfunctioning gas
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) and the fuel tank. station filling nozzle.
2. Check the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube between
the fuel pipe and the fuel tank.
3. Inspect the fuel filler neck for restrictions.
4. Replace the fuel tank unit (see page 11-300).
5. Replace the fuel tank (see page 11-301).
Fuel overflows during 1. Replace the fuel tank unit (see page 11-300). Malfunctioning gas
refueling 2. Inspect the fuel filler neck for restrictions. station filling nozzle.
(No DTCs set) 3. Replace the fuel tank (see page 11-301).
HDS does not communicate Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-194).
with the PCM or the vehicle
11-15
07/05/09 16:45:54 61SJC020_110_0016
System Description
Electronic Control System
The functions of the fuel and emission control systems are managed by the powertrain control module (PCM).
Self-diagnosis
The PCM detects a failure of a signal from a sensor or from another control unit and stores a Temporary DTC or a DTC
in erasable memory (RAM). Depending on the failure, a DTC is stored in either the first or the second drive cycle. (DTC
P0457 turns on the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the third drive cycle). When a DTC is stored, the PCM turns
on the MIL by supplying ground to the MIL circuit.
• One Drive Cycle Detection Method

When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor or from another control unit, the PCM stores a DTC for the
failure and turns on the MIL immediately.
• Two Drive Cycle Detection Method

When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor or from another control unit in the first drive cycle, the PCM
stores a Temporary DTC for the failure. The MIL does not come on at this time. If the failure continues in the second
cardiagn.com
drive cycle, the PCM stores a DTC in erasable memory and turns on the MIL.
Fail-safe Function
When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor or from another control unit, the PCM ignores that signal and
substitutes a pre-programmed value that allows the engine to continue running. This causes a DTC to be stored and
the MIL to come on.
MIL Bulb Check and Readiness Code Condition

When the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the PCM sends a signal to the gauge control module for about 15 to
20 seconds to check the bulb condition. If any readiness codes are not set to complete, the MIL flashes five times. If all
readiness codes are set to complete, the MIL goes off.
Self Shut Down (SSD) Mode

After the ignition switch is turned OFF, the PCM stays on (up to 15 minutes). If the PCM connector is disconnected
during this time, the PCM may be damaged. To cancel this mode, disconnect the negative cable from the battery or
jump the SCS line with the HDS after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
11-16
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３００００００００ＣＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:54 61SJC020_110_0017
PCM Electrical Connections

０１
IGNITION COIL
RELAY (IG COIL)
ELD
P FUEL PUMP
PGM-FI MAIN
RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
A/C COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH RELAY
PGM-FI MAIN
RELAY 1 (FI MAIN)
RADIATOR
FAN RELAY
cardiagn.com
BATTERY
A/C CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
IG1
＋B
IG2
ST
To
FAN CONTROL IGNITION
RELAY SWITCH
IG1 HOT in ON (II)
UNDER-HOOD and START (III)
FUSE/RELAY BOX:
STARTER CUT
No. 22 BATTERY RELAY (ST CUT)
(120 A)
No. 8 FI ECU
(PCM) (15 A)
No. 23 ＋B IG MAIN
(50 A)
No. 17 OP1 (40 A)
No. 13 HORN, STOP
(20 A)
UNDER-DASH A B C D E F
FUSE/RELAY BOX:
No. 2 IG COIL (15 A) PCM
No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP A/F SENSOR
(15 A) B3 IGP IMOFPR A11 RELAY (LAF)
No. 18 IG ACG (15 A)
No. 30 IG HAC
PG1 B36
(A/C) (7.5 A) G H
No. 4 LAF
(A/F SENSOR) (15 A) B37 IG1 PG2 B1
No. 23 IGP (7.5 A)
MRLY A6
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX:
A23 ELD AFSHTCR A21
No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE
ACTUATOR CONTROL) ETCS CONTROL
(15 A) A14 ACC ETCSRLY A20 RELAY
A5 FANH PGMETCS C1
I
A4 FANL IG1ETCS C4
(cont’d)
11-17
07/05/09 16:45:55 61SJC020_110_0018
System Description (cont’d)

PCM Electrical Connections (cont’d)
０２
A MAP SENSOR
No. 1 INJECTOR VCC1 B18
B4 INJ1 MAP B30
SG1 B33
No. 2 INJECTOR
J K
B8 INJ2
VCC2 C13
No. 3 INJECTOR
B7 INJ3 SG2 C14
No. 4 INJECTOR L M
B6 INJ4
cardiagn.com
IAT SENSOR
No. 5 INJECTOR
IAT C26
B5 INJ5
No. 6 INJECTOR
ECT SENSOR 1
B9 INJ6 ECT1 C27
CMP SENSOR
N O KNOCK SENSOR
KS C42
B32 CMP
EGR VALVE
P POSITION SENSOR
EGRP C20
B24 CKPA
EGR C9 EGR VALVE
ECT SENSOR 2
B41 CKPB
ECT2 C36
VCC6 C12
CKP SENSOR IMTM B31

A/B
IMT＋ C43
IMT− C44
IMT
Q ACTUATOR
11-18
07/05/09 16:45:55 61SJC020_110_0019
０３
C G M H
VLBLB1 C10
VSB1 B13
EVAP CANISTER VCENTB1 B38

PURGE VALVE
IPB1 B28
C37 PCS
AFSHTCB1 C6 REAR A/F SENSOR
Q (BANK 1, SENSOR 1)
EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE
A10 VSV VLBLB2 C11
VSB2 B14
VCENTB2 B22
IPB2 B29
cardiagn.com
ALTERNATOR FRONT A/F SENSOR
AFSHTCB2 C8
(BANK 2, SENSOR 1)
B2 VBSOL
B42 ALTL SHO2SB1 B15
C41 ALTF SO2SHTCB1 C5
C38 ALTC REAR SECONDARY HO2S

D (BANK 1, SENSOR 2)
SHO2SB2 B16
To
SPARK
PLUG B26 IGPLS1 SO2SHTCB2 C7
ICM
FRONT SECONDARY HO2S
No. 1 IGNITION COIL (BANK 2, SENSOR 2)
SG6 C39
To
SPARK
PLUG B27 IGPLS2
ICM
P
No. 2 IGNITION COIL
To
SPARK B20 IGPLS3
PLUG ICM
LG2 B43
No. 3 IGNITION COIL
LG1 C40
To ROCKER ARM OIL
SPARK PRESSURE SWITCH
B21 IGPLS4 (VTEC OIL
PLUG ICM PRESSURE SWITCH)
No. 4 IGNITION COIL VTPSW B23
To
SPARK B10 IGPLS5
PLUG ICM
ROCKER ARM OIL
R CONTROL SOLENOID
No. 5 IGNITION COIL (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE)
To VTS C24
SPARK B11 IGPLS6
PLUG ICM
No. 6 IGNITION COIL
(cont’d)
11-19
07/05/09 16:45:56 61SJC020_110_0020

PCM Electrical Connections (cont’d)
０４
FTP SENSOR
A19 VCC7 B F
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
A33 FTP
A9 SG7 BKSW A8
BKSWNC A7
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE VSSOUT A29 To

VTM-4 CONTROL
UNIT
A36 CANH
A1 CANL
cardiagn.com
A13 D3SW
D3 SWITCH
To IMMOBILIZER
IMOCD A44 CONTROL
E UNIT-RECEIVER
To
NEP A28 VTM-4 CONTROL
A42 WEN UNIT
To IMMOBILIZER
A31 SCS LG3 A22 CONTROL
DATA LINK UNIT-RECEIVER
CONNECTOR
A43 K-LINE
PSP SWITCH
PSPSW A38
PDSW A37
R
A/C PRESSURE
TP SENSOR A/B SWITCH
B19 VCC5
B17 TPSA VCC3 A24

A
B12 TPSB APSA A17
B34 SG5 SG3 A34
C2 ETCSM＋ VCC4 A25 B
C3 ETCSM− APSB A18

THROTTLE
ACTUATOR APP SENSOR A/B
SG4 A35
THROTTLE
BODY
11-20
07/05/09 16:45:56 61SJC020_110_0021
０５
I N
ATFT C28
A12 ATPP
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C30 ATPR
SHA C25
P
C31 ATPN SHIFT SOLENOID
R
VALVE A
N C32 ATPD
SHB C23
D
C33 ATP2 SHIFT SOLENOID
2 VALVE B
1 C34 ATP1
SHC C18
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
C17 ATPFWD
LC B44
TCC SOLENOID
TRANSMISSION VALVE
cardiagn.com
RANGE SWITCH
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE SWITCH LSA C19
PRESSURE
CONTROL
C16 OP4SW SOLENOID
VALVE A
3RD CLUTCH LSB B25 A/T CLUTCH

TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCH CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE B
C15 OP3SW
LSC B35 A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE C
L O
NM B39
INPUT SHAFT
J K (MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
To A2 SLS
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID NC B40
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
PCM A (□) (44P) PCM B (△) (44P) PCM C (○) (44P)
TERMINAL LOCATIONS
(cont’d)
11-21
07/05/09 16:45:56 61SJC020_110_0022

Vacuum Hose Routing
０６
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING To BRAKE
(IMT) ACTUATOR BOOSTER
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
(EVAP) CANISTER
To CYLINDER PURGE VALVE
HEAD COVER
cardiagn.com
To EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER
To RADIATOR
FRONT OF VEHICLE
MANIFOLD
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
(MAP) SENSOR
11-22
07/05/09 16:45:57 61SJC020_110_0023
Vacuum Distribution
０６
22
25
15
12
26 24
14
13
23
17 ATMOSPHERE
11
16
cardiagn.com
10
8
27 ENGINE
COOLANT
18
9
1
6 7 2
19 20
4 21
3
FRONT AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 2 (BANK 2, SENSOR 1) AIR CLEANER
REAR AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 (BANK 1, SENSOR 1) EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE and
FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 POSITION SENSOR
(SECONDARY HO2S) (BANK 2, SENSOR 2) POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
REAR SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 FRONT WARM UP THREE WAY
(SECONDARY HO2S) (BANK 1, SENSOR 2) CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) (BANK 2)
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REAR WARM UP THREE WAY
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) (BANK 1)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 2 UNDER-FLOOR THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWC)
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE
KNOCK SENSOR EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER
THROTTLE BODY EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT
INJECTOR VALVE
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR
FUEL FILTER FUEL TANK VAPOR CONTROL VALVE
FUEL PUMP INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) VALVE
FUEL TANK
(cont’d)
11-23
07/05/09 16:45:57 61SJC020_110_0024

PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (□) (44P)
０８
NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V.
cardiagn.com
Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal
number
1 RED CANL (CAN Sends communication With ignition switch ON (II): about 2.5 V (pulses)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
LOW)
2 YEL/BLK SLS (SHIFT LOCK Drives shift lock solenoid With ignition switch ON (II), in the P position, brake
SOLENOID) pedal pressed, and accelerator released: about 0 V
4 GRN/YEL FANL (RADIATOR FAN Drives condenser fan relay With condenser fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) With condenser fan stopped: battery voltage
5 GRN FANH (RADIATOR FAN Drives radiator fan relay With radiator fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
6 RED/YEL MRLY (PGM-FI MAIN Drives PGM-FI main relay 1 With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
RELAY 1) (FI MAIN) With ignition switch OFF: battery voltage
Power source for DTC
memory
7 BRN/YEL BKSWNC (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal released: battery voltage
With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal
pressed: about 0 V
8 WHT/BLK BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal With brake pedal released: about 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal With brake pedal pressed: battery voltage
9 GRN/YEL SG7 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
10 LT GRN/ VSV (EVAPORATIVE Drives EVAP canister vent With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
RED EMISSION (EVAP) shut valve
CANISTER VENT SHUT
VALVE)
11 GRN/WHT IMOFPR (IMMOBILIZER Drives PGM-FI main relay 2 0 V for 2 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
FUEL PUMP RELAY) (FUEL PUMP) (II), then battery voltage
12 BLU/BLK ATPP (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In P position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH PARK) switch P position signal In any other position: battery voltage
13 GRN D3SW (D3 SWITCH) Detects D3 switch signal With D3 switch released: battery voltage
With D3 switch pressed: about 0 V
14 RED ACC (A/C COMPRESSOR Drives A/C compressor With compressor ON: about 0 V
CLUTCH RELAY) clutch relay With compressor OFF: battery voltage
17 ORN APSA (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor A signal With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal
PEDAL POSITION (APP) pressed: about 4.7 V
SENSOR A) With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal
released: about 0.5 V
18 YEL APSB (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor B signal With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal
PEDAL POSITION (APP) pressed: about 2.3 V
SENSOR B) With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal
released: about 0.25 V
19 YEL/BLU VCC7 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V
11-24
07/05/09 16:45:58 61SJC020_110_0025

０９
cardiagn.com
number
20 BRN ETCSRLY (ELECTRONIC Drives electronic throttle With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
THROTTLE CONTROL control system (ETCS)
SYSTEM (ETCS) CONTROL control relay
RELAY)
21 ORN AFSHTCR (AIR FUEL RATIO Drives A/F sensor relay With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
(A/F) SENSOR HEATER
CONTROL RELAY)
22 BRN/YEL LG3 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
23 BLU/BLK ELD (ELECTRICAL LOAD Detects ELD signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1−4.8 V
DETECTOR (ELD)) (depending on electrical load)
24 GRN VCC3 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V
25 WHT VCC4 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V
28 BLU NEP (ENGINE SPEED Outputs engine speed With engine running: pulses
PULSE) pulses
29 BLU/WHT VSSOUT (VEHICLE SPEED Sends vehicle speed sensor Depending on vehicle speed: pulses
SIGNAL OUTPUT) signal
31 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECK Detects service check signal With service check signal shorted using the HDS:
SIGNAL) about 0 V
With service check signal opened: about 5.0 V
(cont’d)
11-25
07/05/09 16:45:58 61SJC020_110_0026

１０
cardiagn.com
number
33 LT GRN FTP (FUEL TANK Detects FTP sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II) and fuel fill cap
PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR) removed: about 2.5 V
34 BLK SG3 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
35 RED SG4 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
36 WHT CANH (CAN Sends communication With ignition switch ON (II): about 2.5 V (pulses)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
HIGH)
37 RED/GRN PDSW (A/C PRESSURE Detects A/C pressure switch With A/C pressure switch ON: about 0 V
SWITCH) signal With A/C pressure switch OFF: battery voltage
38 BLU/YEL PSPSW (POWER STEERING Detects PSP switch signal At idle with steering wheel in straight ahead
PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH position: about 0 V
SIGNAL) At idle with steering wheel at full lock:
battery voltage
42 RED/WHT WEN (WRITE ENABLE Detects write enable signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
SIGNAL)
43 LT BLU K-LINE Sends and receives scan With ignition switch ON (II) and HDS disconnected:
tool signal about 10.0 V
44 RED/BLU IMOCD (IMMOBILIZER Detects immobilizer signal
CODE)
11-26
07/05/09 16:45:58 61SJC020_110_0027
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (△) (44P)

１１
cardiagn.com
number
1 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
circuit
2 BLK/YEL VBSOL (POWER SOURCE Power source for solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
FOR SOLENOID VALVES) valve
3 YEL/BLK IGP (POWER SOURCE) Power source for PCM With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
circuit
4 BRN INJ1 (No. 1 INJECTOR) Drives No. 1 injector At idle: duty controlled
5 BLK/RED INJ5 (No. 5 INJECTOR) Drives No. 5 injector With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
6 YEL INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR) Drives No. 4 injector
7 BLU INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR) Drives No. 3 injector
8 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 injector
9 WHT/BLU INJ6 (No. 6 INJECTOR) Drives No. 6 injector
10 BLK/RED IGPLS5 (No. 5 IGNITION Drives No. 5 ignition coil With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
COIL PULSE) With engine running: pulses
11 BRN/WHT IGPLS6 (No. 6 IGNITION Drives No. 6 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
12 RED/BLU TPSB (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor B signal With throttle fully open: about 4.1 V
POSITION (TP) SENSOR B) With throttle fully closed: about 1.7 V
13 BLU VSB1 (VS CELL＋ BANK 1) Detects rear A/F sensor With fully warmed up engine running:
(Bank 1, sensor 1) VS CELL about 3.4−4.8 V
signal
14 RED/BLU VSB2 (VS CELL＋ BANK 2) Detects front A/F sensor With fully warmed up engine running:
(Bank 2, sensor 1) VS CELL about 3.4−4.8 V
signal
15 GRN SHO2SB1 (REAR Detects rear secondary With throttle fully opened at idle and fully warmed
SECONDARY HEATED HO2S (Bank 1, sensor 2) up engine: about 0.6 V
OXYGEN SENSOR (REAR signal With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
SECONDARY HO2S)
BANK 1, SENSOR 2)
16 WHT SHO2SB2 (FRONT Detects front secondary With throttle fully opened at idle and fully warmed
SECONDARY HEATED HO2S (Bank 2, sensor 2) up engine: about 0.6 V
OXYGEN SENSOR (FRONT signal With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
SECONDARY HO2S)
BANK 2, SENSOR 2)
17 RED/BLK TPSA (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor A signal With throttle fully open: about 3.9 V
POSITION (TP) SENSOR A) With throttle fully closed: about 0.9 V
18 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V
(cont’d)
11-27
07/05/09 16:45:59 61SJC020_110_0028

１２
cardiagn.com
number
19 BLU VCC5 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V
20 WHT/BLU IGPLS3 (No. 3 IGNITION Drives No. 3 ignition coil With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
21 BRN IGPLS4 (No. 4 IGNITION Drives No. 4 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
22 RED/WHT VCENTB2 (VIRTUAL Reference voltage supply With fully warmed up engine at idle:
GROUND BANK 2) for front A/F sensor (Bank 2, about 3.4−4.8 V
sensor 1)
23 BLU/WHT VTPSW (ROCKER ARM OIL Detects rocker arm oil With engine at low speed: about 0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) (VTEC pressure switch (VTEC oil With engine at high speed: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) pressure switch) signal
24 BLU CKPA (CRANKSHAFT Detects CKP sensor A signal With engine running: pulses
POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR A)
25 BRN/WHT LSB (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure With ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve B
SOLENOID VALVE B)
26 YEL/GRN IGPLS1 (No. 1 IGNITION Drives No. 1 ignition coil With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
27 BLU/RED IGPLS2 (No. 2 IGNITION Drives No. 2 ignition coil With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
28 GRN IPB1 (IP CELL＋ BANK 1) Detects rear A/F sensor With engine running: about 2.0−5.6 V
(Bank 1, sensor 1) pump cell
29 GRN/RED IPB2 (IP CELL＋ BANK 2) Detects front A/F sensor With engine running: about 2.0−5.6 V
(Bank 2, sensor 1) pump cell
30 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLD Detects MAP sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 3.0 V
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE At idle: about 1.0 V (depending on engine speed)
(MAP) SENSOR)
31 WHT/BLK IMTM (INTAKE MANIFOLD Detects IMT valve position With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V
TUNING (IMT) VALVE With engine speed above 4,000 rpm: about 0 V
MONITOR)
32 YEL CMP (CAMSHAFT Detects CMP sensor signal With engine running: pulses
POSITION (CMP) SENSOR)
33 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
34 GRN SG5 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
35 GRN/RED LSC (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure With ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve C
SOLENOID VALVE C)
11-28
07/05/09 16:45:59 61SJC020_110_0029

１３
cardiagn.com
number
36 BLK PG1 (POWER GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
circuit
37 BLK/YEL IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
38 RED VCENTB1 (VIRTUAL Reference voltage supply With fully warmed up engine at idle:
GROUND BANK 1) for rear A/F sensor (Bank 1, about 3.4−3.8 V
sensor 1)
39 RED NM (INPUT SHAFT Detects input shaft With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V or about 5.0 V
(MAINSHAFT) SPEED (mainshaft) speed sensor With engine idling in N position:
SENSOR) signal about 2.5 V (pulses)
40 BLU NC (OUTPUT SHAFT Detects output shaft With ignition switch ON (II): pulses
(COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED (countershaft) speed sensor With vehicle moving: about 2.5 V (pulses)
SENSOR) signals
41 BLU/RED CKPB (CRANKSHAFT Detects CKP sensor B signal With engine running: pulses
POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR B)
42 WHT/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L Detects alternator L signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
SIGNAL) With engine running: battery voltage
circuit
44 YEL LC (TORQUE CONVERTER Drives TCC solenoid valve During lock-up condition: battery voltage
CLUTCH (TCC) SOLENOID) During no lock-up condition: about 0 V
(cont’d)
11-29
07/05/09 16:45:59 61SJC020_110_0030

PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (○) (44P)
１４
cardiagn.com
number
1 BLK PGMETCS (POWER Ground circuit for PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
GROUND ETCS) circuit
2 BLU ETCSM＋ (THROTTLE Drives throttle actuator With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
ACTUATOR ＋SIDE)
3 GRN ETCSM− (THROTTLE Ground for throttle actuator With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
ACTUATOR −SIDE)
4 YEL/GRN IG1ETCS (IGNITION Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
SIGNAL ETCS)
5 BLK/WHT SO2SHTCB1 (REAR Drives rear secondary With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
SECONDARY HEATED HO2S heater (Bank 1, With fully warmed up engine running:
OXYGEN SENSOR (REAR sensor 2) duty controlled
SECONDARY HO2S)
HEATER)
6 BLK/WHT AFSHTCB1 (REAR AIR FUEL Drives rear A/F sensor With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
RATIO (REAR A/F) SENSOR heater (Bank 1, sensor 1) With fully warmed up engine running:
HEATER CONTROL BANK 1, about 0 V or pulses
SENSOR 1)
7 GRN/RED SO2SHTCB2 (FRONT Drives front secondary With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
SECONDARY HEATED HO2S heater (Bank 2, With fully warmed up engine running:
OXYGEN SENSOR sensor 2) duty controlled
(SECONDARY HO2S)
HEATER)
8 GRN/WHT AFSHTCB2 (FRONT AIR Drives front A/F sensor With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
FUEL RATIO (FRONT A/F) heater (Bank 2, sensor 1) With fully warmed up engine running:
SENSOR HEATER about 0 V or pulses
CONTROL BANK 2,
SENSOR 1)
9 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST GAS Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: duty controlled
RECIRCULATION (EGR) With EGR not operating: about 0 V
VALVE)
10 WHT VLBLB1 (LABEL RESISTER Detects rear A/F sensor With engine running: about 0.4−4.6 V
BANK 1) (Bank 1, sensor 1) LABEL
signal
11 WHT/RED VLBLB2 (LABEL RESISTER Detects front A/F sensor With engine running: about 0.4−4.6 V
BANK 2) (Bank 2, sensor 1) LABEL
signal
15 BLU/WHT OP3SW (3RD CLUTCH Detects 3rd clutch With ignition switch ON (II):
TRANSMISSION FLUID transmission fluid pressure • Without 3rd clutch pressure: about 5.0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch input • With 3rd clutch pressure: about 0 V
11-30
07/05/09 16:46:40 61SJC020_110_0031

１５
cardiagn.com
number
16 BLU/YEL OP4SW (4TH CLUTCH Detects 4th clutch With ignition switch ON (II):
TRANSMISSION FLUID transmission fluid pressure • Without 4th clutch pressure: about 5.0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch input • With 4th clutch pressure: about 0 V
17 BLU/YEL ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In D and 2 positions: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH D/2 switch D, and 2 positions In any other position: battery voltage
POSITION) signal
18 GRN SHC (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid With engine running in 1 position, and D position (in
VALVE C) valve C 1st, 3rd, and 5th gears): battery voltage
With engine running in P, R, N, 2 positions, and
D position (in 2nd and 4th gears): about 0 V
19 RED LSA (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure With ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve A
SOLENOID VALVE A)
20 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST GAS Detects EGR valve position With engine running: about 1.2−3.0 V
RECIRCULATION (EGR) sensor signal (depending on EGR valve lift)
VALVE POSITION SENSOR)
23 GRN/WHT SHB (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid With engine running in P, R, N, 2 and 1 positions,
VALVE B) valve B and D position (in 1st, 2nd, or 3rd gears):
battery voltage
With engine running in D position (in 4th or 5th
gears): about 0 V
24 GRN/YEL VTS (VTEC SOLENOID Drives VTEC solenoid valve At idle: about 0 V
VALVE)
25 BLU/YEL SHA (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid With engine running in 2 and 1 positions, and
VALVE A) valve A D position (in 1st, 2nd, or 5th gears): battery voltage
With engine running in P, R, N positions, and
D position (in 3rd and 4th gears): about 0 V
26 RED/YEL IAT (INTAKE AIR Detects IAT sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1−4.0 V
TEMPERATURE (IAT) (about 1.8 V at normal operating temperature)
SENSOR)
27 RED/WHT ECT1 (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor 1 signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1−4.8 V
TEMPERATURE (ECT) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
SENSOR 1)
28 BLU/YEL ATFT (ATF TEMPERATURE Detects ATF temperature With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.2−4.0 V
SENSOR) signal (about 1.8 V at operating temperature)
(depending on ATF temperature)
30 WHT ATPR (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In R position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH R) switch R position signal In any position other than R position:
input battery voltage
31 RED/BLK ATPN (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In N position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH N) switch N position signal In any position other than N position:
32 YEL/GRN ATPD (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In D position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH D) switch D position signal In any position other than D position:
(cont’d)
11-31
07/05/09 16:46:40 61SJC020_110_0032

１６
cardiagn.com
number
33 BLU ATP2 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In 2 position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 2) switch 2 signal input In any position other than 2 position:
battery voltage
34 BRN ATP1 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In 1 position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 1) switch 1 signal input In any position other than 1 position:
battery voltage
36 GRN/RED ECT2 (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor 2 signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1−4.8 V
TEMPERATURE (ECT) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
SENSOR 2)
37 RED/YEL PCS (EVAPORATIVE Drives EVAP canister purge With engine running, engine coolant below 140 °F
EMISSION (EVAP) valve (60 °C): battery voltage
CANISTER PURGE VALVE) With engine running, engine coolant above 140 °F
(60 °C): duty controlled
38 WHT/GRN ALTC (ALTERNATOR Sends alternator control With fully warmed up engine running:
CONTROL) signal battery voltage (depending on electrical load)
circuit
41 WHT/RED ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR Detects alternator FR signal With engine running: about 0−5.0 V
SIGNAL) (depending on electrical load)
42 RED/BLU KS (KNOCK SENSOR) Detects knock sensor signal With engine knocking: pulses
43 WHT/BLU IMT＋ (INTAKE MANIFOLD Drives IMT actuator With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
TUNING (IMT) ACTUATOR
＋SIDE)
44 WHT/RED IMT− (INTAKE MANIFOLD Ground for IMT actuator With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
TUNING (IMT) ACTUATOR
−SIDE)
11-32
07/05/09 16:46:41 61SJC020_110_0033
PGM-FI System Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor

The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by
The programmed fuel injection (PGM-FI) system is a the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for
sequential multiport fuel injection system. fuel injection of each cylinder, as well as detecting
engine misfire.
Alternator Control ＊０８
The alternator signals the PCM during charging.
Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay

When the PCM receives a demand for cooling from the
A/C system, it delays the compressor from being
energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth CKP CKP
SENSOR A SENSOR B
transition to the A/C mode.
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor

The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. The
A/F sensor is installed upstream of the TWC, and sends
cardiagn.com
signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel CKP SENSOR SUBHARNESS
injection accordingly.
１７ Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 and 2
ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent
resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the
CERAMIC HOLDER engine coolant temperature increases.
２０
TERMINAL THERMISTOR
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor

The BARO sensor is inside the PCM. It converts
atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that is used
O-RING
by the PCM to modify the basic duration of the fuel
injection discharge.
Ignition Timing Control
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing
The CMP sensor input is used by the PCM to determine at various engine speeds and manifold absolute
ignition timing at start up (cranking) and when crank pressures. It also adjusts the timing according to engine
angle is abnormal. coolant temperature.
１８
TERMINAL Injector Timing and Duration
The PCM contains the memory for basic discharge
duration at various engine speeds and manifold
pressures. The basic discharge duration, after being
read out from the memory, is further modified by
signals sent from various sensors to obtain the final
discharge duration.
By monitoring long term fuel trim, the PCM detects long
term malfunctions in the fuel system and sets a
diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
MAGNET
(cont’d)
11-33
07/05/09 16:46:42 61SJC020_110_0034

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor To check if the readiness codes are set to complete,
The IAT sensor is a temperature dependent resistor turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the
(thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases engine. The MIL will come on for 15−20 seconds. If it
as the intake air temperature increases. then goes off, the readiness codes are complete. If it
２１ flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are not
O-RING
set to complete. To set each code, drive the vehicle or
run the engine as described in the procedures (see page
11-54).
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor

The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure
into electrical signals to the PCM.
２３
SENSOR UNIT
TERMINAL
cardiagn.com
THERMISTOR
Knock Sensor
The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to
minimize knock. TERMINAL
２２
TERMINAL
PIEZO CERAMIC
ELEMENT
O-RING
DIAPHRAGM
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor

This sensor detects countershaft speed.
５０
O-RING
MAGNET
TERMINAL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation

to Readiness Codes)
The vehicle has certain ‘‘readiness codes’’ that are part
of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems.
If the vehicle’s battery has been disconnected or gone
dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the PCM has
been reset, these codes are reset. In some states, part
of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are
set to complete. If all of them are not set to complete,
the vehicle may fail the test, or the test cannot be
finished.
11-34
07/05/09 16:46:42 61SJC020_110_0035
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor
exhaust gas downstream of the warm up three way varies the signal voltage to the PCM.
catalytic converter (WU-TWC), and sends signals to the ２５
APP SENSOR A/B
PCM. To stabilize its output, the sensor has an internal
heater. The PCM compares the HO2S output with the
A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency. The
secondary HO2S is on the WU-TWC.
２４
SENSOR
ZIRCONIA TERMINALS
ELEMENT
cardiagn.com
２６
BRUSH
HEATER
HEATER TERMINALS
Electronic Throttle Control System

The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic
throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to
see a functional layout of the system.
Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM

TERMINAL
controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle
LEVER
speed according to engine loads.
Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is Throttle Body

pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending The throttle body is a single-barrel side draft type. The
on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. lower portion of the throttle valve is heated by engine
coolant from the cylinder head to prevent icing of the
Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to throttle plate.
maintain the set speed when cruise control is operating. ２７
The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise THROTTLE VALVE
control actuator.
THROTTLE POSITION
(TP) SENSOR A/B and
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
(cont’d)
11-35
07/05/09 16:46:43 61SJC020_110_0036

Idle Control System Catalytic Converter System
When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the Warm Up/Three Way Catalytic Converter (WU-TWC)
transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the and Under-Floor Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
power steering load is high, or the alternator is The WU-TWC/TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon
charging, the PCM sends signals to the throttle actuator monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the
to maintain the correct idle speed. exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen (N2), and
water vapor.
Brake Pedal Position Switch
The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when WU-TWC
the brake pedal is pressed. ０７
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch

The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power
steering load is high. HOUSING
Fuel Supply System
cardiagn.com
WARM UP
Fuel Cutoff Control THREE WAY
During deceleration with the throttle valve closed, CATALYST
FRONT
current to the injectors is cut off to improve fuel (Bank 2)
economy at engine speeds over 950 rpm. Fuel cutoff
control also occurs when the engine speed exceeds
6,500 rpm, regardless of the position of the throttle
valve, to protect the engine from over-revving. When
the vehicle is stopped, the PCM cuts the fuel at engine
speeds over 5,000 rpm. Engine speed of fuel cut is WARM UP THREE WAY
lower on a cold engine. FRONT OF CATALYST REAR
VEHICLE (Bank 1)
Fuel Pump Control
When the ignition is turned on, the PCM grounds TWC
PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) which feeds current ０８
to the fuel pump for 2 seconds to pressurize the fuel HOUSING
system. With the engine running, the PCM grounds
PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and feeds current to
the fuel pump. When the engine is not running and the
ignition is on, the PCM cuts ground to PGM-FI main
relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) which cuts current to the fuel
pump.
PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2

PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) is energized whenever
the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to
the PCM, power to the injectors, and power for PGM-FI UNDER-FLOOR
main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL FRONT OF THREE WAY
VEHICLE CATALYST
PUMP) is energized to supply power to the fuel pump
for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II),
and when the engine is cranking or running.
11-36
07/05/09 16:46:44 61SJC020_110_0037
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control

System
Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout
of the system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout
of the system.
EGR Valve
The EGR valve lowers peak combustion temperatures EVAP Canister
and reduces oxides of nitrogen emissions (NOx) by The EVAP canister temporarily stores fuel vapor from
recirculating exhaust gas through the intake manifold the fuel tank until it can be purged from the EVAP
and into the combustion chambers. canister into the engine and burned.
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System EVAP Canister Purge Valve

When the engine coolant temperature is below 140 °F
The PCV valve prevents blow-by gasses from escaping (60 °C), the PCM turns off the EVAP canister purge valve
into the atmosphere by venting them into the intake which cuts vacuum to the EVAP canister.
manifold.
３０ Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
cardiagn.com
The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure
PCV VALVE into an electrical input to the PCM.
３１
SENSOR UNIT
TERMINAL
INTAKE MANIFOLD
BREATHER PIPE
O-RING
PCV VALVE
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
: BLOW-BY VAPOR
The EVAP canister vent shut valve is on the EVAP
: FRESH AIR
canister.
The EVAP canister vent shut valve controls the venting
of the EVAP canister.
３２
VALVE
TERMINAL
O-RING O-RING
(cont’d)
11-37
07/05/09 16:46:44 61SJC020_110_0038

Fuel Cap Warning Message To make the message go off (with the HDS)
The PCM detects a loose or missing fuel fill cap Procedure
under certain conditions, and alerts the driver
by showing the information in the odometer/ 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks.
outside temperature display. If the PCM detects a small
volume leak, the MIL may come on during the third 2. Clear the Temporary DTC with the HDS.
drive cycle, and store a DTC.
3. Verify there is no leak by doing the EVAP
First drive cycle FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with
During the first drive cycle after a cold start, the PCM the HDS.
alerts the driver to check the fuel fill cap by showing a
‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ (’06 model) or a ‘‘TIGHTEN FUEL To make the message go off (without the
CAP’’ (’07-08 models) message on the multi- HDS) (’06 model)
information display (A), and it stores Temporary DTC
P0457 ‘‘Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Procedure
Detected/Fuel Fill Cap Loose or Missing.’’ Tightening
cardiagn.com
the fuel cap does not make the message go off 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks.
immediately.
2. The message should go off after several days
’06 model normal driving.
０９
To make the message go off (without the
HDS) (’07-08 models)
Shows ’’CHECK FUEL CAP’’ in the
Procedure
information display and stores
Temporary DTC 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then turn the

ignition switch OFF.
3. Do step 2 two more times.
’07-08 models
１０
Shows ’’TIGHTEN FUEL CAP’’ in the

information display and stores
Temporary DTC
11-38
07/05/09 16:46:45 61SJC020_110_0039
Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram

The electronic throttle control system consists of the throttle actuator, throttle position (TP) sensor A/B, accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor A/B, the electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control relay, and the PCM.
３５
APP
SENSOR A From
GRN YEL/GRN ETCS CONTROL
ORN RELAY
APP BLK VARIOUS
SENSOR B SENSORS
WHT
THROTTLE
YEL BODY
RED
BLU
PCM GRN
BLK THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
cardiagn.com
BLU TP SENSOR A
RED/BLK
RED/BLU
TP SENSOR B
GRN
(cont’d)
11-39
07/05/09 16:46:45 61SJC020_110_0040

Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve System
Engine power is adjusted by opening and closing the intake manifold tuning (IMT) actuator. When the valve is closed,
there is high torque at low engine speed. When the valve is open, there is high torque at high engine speed.
The intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator contains a sensor that detects the IMT valve position and sends it to
the PCM.
３６
cardiagn.com
IMT VALVE
IMT ACTUATOR MAGNET
MOTOR
11-40
07/05/09 16:46:45 61SJC020_110_0041
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Diagram

The EGR system reduces oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions by recirculating exhaust gas through the EGR valve and
the intake manifold into the combustion chambers. The PCM memory contains the ideal EGR valve position for
various operating conditions.
The EGR valve position sensor detects the amount of EGR valve lift, and sends it to the PCM. The PCM then compares
it with the ideal lift in its memory (based on signals sent from other sensors). If there is any difference between the two,
the PCM cuts current to the EGR valve.
３７
YEL/BLU
EGR VALVE
POSITION GRN/YEL PCM VARIOUS
SENSOR SENSORS
cardiagn.com
WHT/BLK
BLK
BLK
EGR VALVE BLU/RED
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
(cont’d)
11-41
07/05/09 16:46:46 61SJC020_110_0042

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram
The EVAP controls minimize the amount of fuel vapor escaping to the atmosphere. Vapor from the fuel tank is
temporarily stored in the EVAP canister until it can be purged from the canister into the engine and burned.
• The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold.
The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP canister purge valve, which operates whenever engine coolant
temperature is above 140 °F (60 °C).
• During refueling, the fuel tank vapor control valve opens with the pressure in the fuel tank, and feeds the fuel vapor
to the EVAP canister.
３８
EVAP CANISTER
FILTER
FTP SENSOR
YEL/BLU
EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE LT GRN
cardiagn.com
GRN/YEL VARIOUS
PCM SENSORS
FUEL TANK VAPOR LT GRN/RED
CONTROL VALVE
FUEL FILL RED/YEL
CAP
WHT/BLK
BLK
ATMOSPHERE
From A/F SENSOR
EVAP RELAY (LAF)
EVAP CANISTER CANISTER
PURGE BLK/YEL No. 18 IG
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK VALVE ACG (15 A) FUSE
VAPOR (in the
RECIRCULATION under-dash fuse/
TUBE relay box)
11-42
07/05/09 16:46:46 61SJC020_110_0043
PCM Circuit Diagram

＊０１
PCM
B18 1
YEL/RED YEL/RED
VCC1 2
GRN/RED
3
GRN/WHT
B30
GRN/RED 12 MAP SENSOR
MAP 24P
B33 11
GRN/WHT JUNCTION
SG1 10 CONNECTOR
YEL/RED
A B
C27 1
RED/WHT RED/WHT
ECT1 2
GRN/YEL
ECT SENSOR 1
C26 1
RED/YEL RED/YEL
IAT 2
cardiagn.com
GRN/YEL
IAT SENSOR
19*1
C13 24*2
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU
VCC2 24P
16*1 JUNCTION
22*2 CONNECTOR
17*1
23*2
C20
WHT/BLK
EGRP
EGR VALVE
POSITION
SENSOR
3
YEL/BLU
1
WHT/BLK
2
GRN/YEL
C9 4
BLU/RED BLU/RED
EGR 6
BLK
YEL/
BLU EGR VALVE
C D
C36 1
GRN/RED GRN/RED
ECT2 2
GRN/YEL
ECT SENSOR 2
C14
GRN/YEL
SG2
E F G H
*1 : ’06 model
*2 : ’07-08 models
(cont’d)
11-43
07/05/09 16:46:47 61SJC020_110_0044

PCM Circuit Diagram (cont’d)
＊０２
TCC
SOLENOID
B44 3
VALVE
YEL YEL
LC
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
C25 4
BLU/YEL BLU/YEL
SHA
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B
C23 1
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
SHB
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
C18 2
GRN GRN
SHC
cardiagn.com
*2 *1
21 8
BLK BLK 24P
24P 24 9
BLK BLK JUNCTION
JUNCTION 22 7 CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR BLK BLK
20
BLK
G101
G101
C19 1
RED RED
LSA
2
BLK
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A
B25 1
BRN/WHT BRN/WHT
LSB
2
BLK
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B
B35 1
GRN/RED GRN/RED
LSC
2
BLK
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE C
C16 1
BLU/YEL BLU/YEL
OP4SW
4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
C15 1
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
OP3SW
E 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
C28 2
BLU/YEL BLU/YEL
ATFT 1
GRN/YEL
*1 : ’06 model ATF TEMPERATURE
*2 : ’07-08 models SENSOR
11-44
07/05/09 16:46:47 61SJC020_110_0045
１４
1
YEL/BLK
B4 2
BRN BRN
INJ1
No. 1 INJECTOR
1
YEL/BLK
B8 2
RED RED
INJ2
No. 2 INJECTOR
1
YEL/BLK
B7 2
BLU BLU
INJ3
No. 3 INJECTOR
1
YEL/BLK
B6 2
YEL YEL
INJ4
No. 4 INJECTOR
1
YEL/BLK
B5
cardiagn.com
2
BLK/RED BLK/RED
INJ5
No. 5 INJECTOR
1
YEL/BLK
B9 2
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
INJ6
No. 6 INJECTOR
1
2
3
4
5
24P
6 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B3 9
YEL/BLK
IGP 8
YEL/BLK
7
YEL/BLK
11
YEL/BLK
10
YEL/BLK
17
C101
YEL/
BLK
A B F C INPUT SHAFT
I J K L (MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
1
YEL/BLU
B39 2
RED RED
NM
3
GRN/YEL
1
YEL/RED
B40 2
BLU BLU
NC
3
GRN/WHT
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
(cont’d)
11-45
07/05/09 16:46:48 61SJC020_110_0046

１５
3
BLK/WHT
B26 1
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN To
IGPLS1 2 ICM SPARK
BLK PLUG
No. 1 IGNITION COIL
3
BLK/WHT
B27 1
BLU/RED BLU/RED To
IGPLS2 ICM SPARK
2
BLK PLUG
No. 2 IGNITION COIL
3
BLK/WHT
B20 1
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU To
IGPLS3 2 ICM SPARK
BLK PLUG
No. 3 IGNITION COIL
3
BLK/WHT
B21 1
BRN BRN To
cardiagn.com
IGPLS4 2 ICM SPARK
BLK PLUG
No. 4 IGNITION COIL
3
BLK/WHT
B10 1
BLK/RED BLK/RED To
IGPLS5 2 ICM SPARK
BLK PLUG
No. 5 IGNITION COIL
3
BLK/WHT
B11 1
BRN/WHT BRN/WHT To
IGPLS6 2 ICM SPARK
BLK PLUG
No. 6 IGNITION COIL
B1
BLK
PG2
BLK BLK
M
G101 G102
18
19
20
21 24P
22 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C205 C101 23
3 9 24
BLK/WHT BLK/WHT
C161
C42 1 1
RED/BLU RED/BLU RED/BLU
KS
KNOCK SENSOR
15
BRN/YEL
B43 16 24P
BRN/YEL BRN/YEL JUNCTION
LG2 14 CONNECTOR
BRN/YEL
17
BRN/YEL
13
BRN/YEL
G101
O P
11-46
07/05/09 16:46:48 61SJC020_110_0047
＊０３
C24 1
GRN/YEL GRN/YEL
VTS
ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID
(VTEC SOLENOID
VALVE)
B23 1
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
VTPSW 2
BRN/YEL
ROCKER ARM OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
(VTEC OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH)
17
BRN/YEL
C40 15
BRN/YEL BRN/YEL
LG1 14
BRN/YEL 24P
16 JUNCTION
C1 BRN/YEL CONNECTOR
BLK 13
PGMETCS BRN/YEL
*2 *1
cardiagn.com
18
BRN/YEL
BLK BLK
B36
BLK BLK
PG1
23
6*1
24P 19*2
JUNCTION D M K G101
CONNECTOR 7*1
20*2
8*1
21*2 3
YEL/BLK
B32 1
YEL YEL
CMP
2
BRN/YEL
CMP SENSOR
V
J I O
6 6
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
B24 5 5
BLU BLU BLU
CKPA
4 4
BRN/YEL BRN/YEL
3 3
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
B41 2 2
BLU/RED BLU/RED BLU/RED
CKPB
1 1
BRN/YEL BRN/YEL
C171 CKP SENSOR A/B
*1 : ’06 model
*2 : ’07-08 models
(cont’d)
11-47
07/05/09 16:46:49 61SJC020_110_0048

＊０４
C37 1
RED/YEL RED/YEL
PCS
2
BLK/YEL
EVAP CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
5*1 9*2
B2 4*1 8*2
BLK/YEL 24P
VBSOL 3*1 7*2 JUNCTION
1
2* 6* 2 CONNECTOR
C101
16
BLK/YEL
1
R BLK/YEL
B42 3
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
ALTL
cardiagn.com
C41 4
WHT/RED WHT/RED
ALTF
C38 2
WHT/GRN WHT/GRN
ALTC
Q G
ALTERNATOR
3
GRN/YEL
4
WHT
C6 6
BLK/WHT BLU
AFSHTCB1
C8 8
GRN/WHT RED
AFSHTCB2 7
C5 GRN
BLK/WHT 2
SO2SHTCB1
BLK/WHT
C7
GRN/RED 1
SO2SHTCB2 WHT/BLK
REAR A/F SENSOR

(BANK 1, SENSOR 1)
B13 3
BLU GRN/YEL
VSB1 4
C10 WHT/RED
WHT 6
VLBLB1 RED/BLU
B28 8
GRN
IPB1 RED/WHT
B38 7
RED GRN/RED
VCENTB1 2
B14 GRN/WHT
RED/BLU
VSB2 1
WHT/BLK
C11
WHT/RED
VLBLB2 H
B29 FRONT A/F SENSOR
GRN/RED (BANK 2, SENSOR 1)
IPB2
B15 1
GRN GRN
SHO2SB1 2
GRN/YEL
3
BLK/WHT
B22 4
RED/WHT WHT/BLK
VCENTB2
REAR SECONDARY HO2S
(BANK 1, SENSOR 2)
B16 1
WHT WHT
SHO2SB2 2
GRN/YEL
3
GRN/RED
C39 4
GRN/YEL WHT/BLK
SG6 C205 C101 20*1 1*2
FRONT SECONDARY HO2S
12 2 21*1 2*2 (BANK 2, SENSOR 2)
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
22*1 3*2 24P
JUNCTION
*1 : ’06 model 23*1 4*2 CONNECTOR
*2 : ’07-08 models 24*1 5*2
S T U
11-48
07/05/09 16:46:50 61SJC020_110_0049
＊０５
A24 5
GRN GRN
VCC3
A17 4
ORN ORN A
APSA
A34 6
BLK BLK
SG3
A25 1
WHT WHT
VCC4
A18 3
YEL YEL B
APSB
A35 2
RED RED
SG4
P APP SENSOR A/B
BRN/YEL TP SENSOR
B19 2
BLU BLU
VCC5
B17 1
RED/BLK RED/BLK
TPSA
B12 3
cardiagn.com
RED/BLU RED/BLU
TPSB
B34 4
GRN GRN
SG5
C2 6
BLU BLU
ETCSM＋
C3 5
GRN GRN
ETCSM− THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
THROTTLE BODY
B31
WHT/BLK
IMTM U
C12 1
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU
VCC6
3
WHT/BLK
2
GRN/YEL
C43 5
WHT/BLU WHT/BLU
IMT＋
C44 4
WHT/RED WHT/RED
IMT−
IMT
22P JUNCTION ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR
C205 9 10 20 21
A36 7 8
WHT WHT WHT
CANH
A1 8 1
RED RED RED
CANL
GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE
(cont’d)
11-49
07/05/09 16:46:50 61SJC020_110_0050

１９
24P JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
15 13 12 10 3 1
C101 10
BLU/WHT
A12 19 4
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK P
ATPP 3
WHT R
8
C30 RED/BLK N
WHT
ATPR 2
YEL/GRN D
7
C31 BLU 2
RED/BLK
ATPN 1
BRN 1
C32 9
YEL/GRN
cardiagn.com
ATPD BLU/YEL
5
BLK
C33 18
BLU TRANSMISSION RANGE
ATP2 C101
SWITCH
C34 BLU/
BRN WHT
ATP1
6 4 8 9
24
C204
24P JUNCTION BLU/

CONNECTOR WHT
C17
BLU/YEL
ATPFWD
W
A/C PRESSURE
SWITCH
A37 3
RED/GRN RED/GRN
PDSW 2
BLK
G202
C204 D3 SWITCH
A13 16 4
GRN GRN
D3SW 3
BLK
G401
A28 To
BLU VTM-4 CONTROL
NEP
UNIT
A44 To IMMOBILIZER
RED/BLU CONTROL
IMOCD UNIT-RECEIVER
11-50
07/05/09 16:46:51 61SJC020_110_0051
＊０６
A38 1
BLU/YEL BLU/YEL
PSPSW 2
BLK
PSP SWITCH
G202
C204
A2 17 6
YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
SLS
YEL/RED* 1
5
YEL*2
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
X
A29 To
BLU/WHT VTM-4 CONTROL
VSSOUT
UNIT
cardiagn.com
T
C201
A19 7 1
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU
VCC7 3 2
LT GRN
3
GRN/YEL
A33
LT GRN
FTP FTP SENSOR
A9 Y
GRN/YEL
SG7
A10 10 1
LT GRN/RED LT GRN/RED
VSV
4 2
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
Z EVAP
CANISTER VENT
SHUT VALVE
A22 To IMMOBILIZER
BRN/YEL CONTROL
LG3 UNIT-RECEIVER
22P
JUNCTION
A31 CONNECTOR
BRN
SCS 4 3 15 13
9
BRN
7
A43 LT BLU
LT BLU C204 12
K-LINE
RED/WHT DATA LINK
A42 11 16 CONNECTOR
RED/WHT WHT/GRN
WEN 4
BLK
5
BLK
AA AB AC AD AE
*1 : ’06 model G402

*2 : ’07-08 models
(cont’d)
11-51
07/05/09 16:46:51 61SJC020_110_0052

２１
BRAKE PEDAL
C205 POSITION SWITCH
A8 4 2
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK Brake pedal pressed: closed
BKSW 9 1 Brake pedal released: open
RED
3
BLK/YEL Brake pedal pressed: open
A7 2 4 Brake pedal released: closed
BRN/YEL BRN/YEL
BKSWNC
L
AF
YEL/BLK UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
C101
C4 10 17
YEL/GRN YEL/GRN
IG1ETCS
19
YEL/BLK
C205
ETCS CONTROL
11 RELAY
YEL/BLK
cardiagn.com
AG
1
WHT
1
GRN/WHT
9
RED
6
WHT/GRN
A20 10
BRN
ETCSRLY
AM
A14 15
RED
ACC 9
BLK/YEL
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RELAY
1
BLK/YEL
A23 3
BLU/BLK ELD
ELD 2
BLK
AH AI AJ AK G202
BATTERY
G1
BLK/
YEL A/C
A4 3 CONDENSER
GRN/YEL FAN RELAY
FANL 2 1 4
BLU/YEL
A5
GRN RADIATOR
FANH 3
GRN FAN RELAY
2 1 4
YEL
To
FAN YEL/
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX: CONTROL WHT AUXILIARY
No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE ACTUATOR RELAY UNDER-HOOD
CONTROL) (15 A) RELAY BOX
No. 23 ＋B IG MAIN (50 A)
No. 17 OP1 (40 A) AL
No. 13 HORN, STOP (20 A)
No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A)
No. 22 BATTERY (120 A)
11-52
07/05/09 16:46:52 61SJC020_110_0053
＊０７
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
AG S N
36
WHT/BLK
2
ORN
8
YEL/BLK
A/F SENSOR
RELAY (LAF)
C204
A21 18
ORN
AFSHTCR
A6 8 1
RED/YEL RED/YEL
MRLY
C101 C205 PGM-FI MAIN
10 RELAY 1
B37 1 38 (FI MAIN)
BLK/YEL BLK/GRN BLK/GRN
IG1
C204
A11 9 3
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
IMOFPR 31
BLK/WHT
32
AB AA W BLU/WHT
PGM-FI MAIN
cardiagn.com
RELAY 2
9 (FUEL PUMP)
BRN
11
LT BLU
AH AM AC AD AE AF X R
13 IGNITION COIL
LT BLU
14 RELAY
BRN (IG COIL)
10
WHT/GRN
36*1
YEL/RED* 1
44*2
YEL*2
29
BLK/YEL
2 STARTER
BARO GRN/WHT
1 CUT RELAY
SENSOR WHT (ST CUT)
(Built into the
PCM) AL AJ AI AK Z Y
1
BLK/YEL
8
GRN/YEL
2
BLK/YEL
10
WHT/GRN
7
BLK/YEL
16
YEL/WHT
UNDER-DASH 16
FUSE/RELAY BOX: GRN/YEL
13
No. 4 LAF (A/F SENSOR) (15 A) YEL/GRN
No. 23 IGP (7.5 A)
No. 2 IG COIL (15 A) *1 *2
No. 18 IG ACG (15 A) 4
No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A)
No. 30 IG HAC (A/C) (7.5 A) ACC
No. 32 ACC (7.5 A)*1 IG2 5
No. 21 IG1 METER (7.5 A)*2 ST 2
＋B
IG1 3
1
IGNITION SWITCH
IG1 HOT in ON (II)
and START (III)
5
YEL/GRN
4 P
*1 : ’06 model BLK
*2 : ’07-08 models
FUEL PUMP
G502
11-53
07/05/09 16:46:52 61SJC020_110_0054
How to Set Readiness Codes

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness
(In relation to Readiness Codes) Code
The vehicle has certain ‘‘readiness codes’’ that are part NOTE:
of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. • Do not turn the ignition switch off during the
If the vehicle’s battery has been disconnected or gone procedure.
dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the PCM has • All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is
been reset, these readiness codes are reset to disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the
incomplete. In some states, part of the emissions PCM is reset with the HDS.
testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. • Low ambient temperatures or excessive stop-and-go
If all of them are not set to complete, the vehicle may traffic may increase the drive time needed to switch
fail the emission test, or the test cannot be finished. the readiness code from incomplete to complete.
• The readiness code will not switch to complete until
To check if the readiness codes are set to complete, all the enable criteria are met.
turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the • If a fault in the secondary HO2S system caused the
engine. The MIL will come on for 15−20 seconds. If it MIL to come on, the readiness code cannot be set to
then goes off, the readiness codes are set to complete. complete until you correct the fault.
cardiagn.com
If it flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are
not set to complete. To set readiness codes from Enable Criteria
incomplete to complete, do the procedure for the
appropriate code. • ECT SENSOR 1 at 158 °F (70 °C) or more.
• IAT SENSOR at 20 °F ( −7 °C) or more.
To check the status of a specific DTC system, check the • Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) above 25 mph (40 km/h).
OBD status in the DTC MENU with the HDS (see page
11-9). This screen displays the code, the current data list Procedure
of the enable criteria, and the status of the readiness
testing. 1. Connect the HDS to the vehicle’s data link
connector (DLC), and bring up the READINESS
CODEs screen for Catalyst in the DTCs MENU.
2. Start the engine.
3. Test-drive the vehicle under stop-and-go conditions

with short periods of steady cruise. After about
5 miles (8 km), the readiness code should switch to
complete.
4. If the readiness code is still not set to complete,

check for a Temporary DTC with the HDS. If there is
no DTC, one or more of the enable criteria were
probably not met; repeat the procedure.
11-54
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９３９９０１ＢＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:46:52 61SJC020_110_0055
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Monitor and
System Monitor and Readiness Code Readiness Code
NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery NOTE:
is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the • Do not turn the ignition switch off during the
PCM is reset with the HDS. procedure.
• All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is
Enable Criteria disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the
PCM is reset with the HDS.
• Battery voltage is more than 10.5 V.
• Engine at idle. Enable Criteria
• ECT SENSOR 1 and 2 between 176 °F (80 °C) and
212 °F (100 °C). ECT SENSOR 1 at 140 °F (60 °C) or more.
• MAP SENSOR less than 46.6 kPa (14 in.Hg,
350 mmHg). Procedure
• VSS 0 mph (0 km/h).
• IAT SENSOR between 32 °F (0 °C) and 212 °F (100 °C). 1. Start the engine.
cardiagn.com
Procedure 2. Test-drive the vehicle under stop-and-go conditions
with short periods of steady cruise. During the
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. drive, decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for
5 seconds. After about 3.5 miles (5.6 km), the
2. Start the engine. readiness code should switch from incomplete to
complete.
3. Select EVAP TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with
the HDS, then select the FUNCTION TEST in the 3. Check the readiness codes screen for the AIR FUEL
EVAP TEST MENU. RATIO (A/F) SENSOR in the DTCs MENU with the
HDS.
• If the result is normal, readiness is complete.
• If the result is not normal, go to the next step. • If the screen shows complete, readiness is
complete.
4. Check for a Temporary DTC. If there is no DTC, one • If the screen shows not complete, go to the next
or more of the enable criteria were probably not step.
met; repeat the procedure.
4. Check for a Temporary DTC. If there is no DTC, the
enable criteria was probably not met. Select the
DATA LIST Menu. Check the ECT in the ALL DATA
LIST with the HDS. If the ECT is less than 140 °F
(60 °C), run the engine until it is more than 140 °F
(60 °C), then repeat the procedure.
(cont’d)
11-55
07/05/09 16:46:53 61SJC020_110_0056
How to Set Readiness Codes (cont’d)

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Heater Monitor EGR Monitor and Readiness Code
Readiness Code
NOTE:
NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery • Do not turn the ignition switch off during the
is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the procedure.
PCM is reset with the HDS. • All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is
disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the
Procedure PCM is reset with the HDS.
1. Start the engine, and let it idle for 1 minute. The Enable Criteria
readiness code should switch from incomplete to
complete. ECT SENSOR 1 at 176 °F (80 °C) or more.
2. If the readiness code is still not set to complete, Procedure

check for a Temporary DTC. If there is no DTC,
repeat the procedure. 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC.
cardiagn.com
Misfire Monitor and Readiness Code 2. Start the engine.
• This readiness code is always set to available 3. Drive at a steady speed with the transmission in
because misfiring is continuously monitored. D position, at 50−62 mph (80−100 km/h) or above
• Monitoring pauses, and the misfire counter resets, if for more than 10 seconds.
the vehicle is driven over a rough road.
• Monitoring also pauses, and the misfire counter 4. With the transmission in D position, decelerate
holds at its current value, if the throttle position from 62 mph (100 km/h) or above by completely
changes more than a predetermined value, or if releasing the throttle for at least 5 seconds. If the
driving conditions fall outside the range of any engine is stopped during this procedure, go to
related enable criteria. step 3 and do the procedure again.
Fuel System Monitor and Readiness Code 5. Check the OBD status screen for DTC P0401 in the
DTC’s MENU with the HDS.
• This readiness code is always set to available
because the fuel system is continuously monitored • If it is passed, readiness is complete.
during closed loop operation. • If it is not passed, go to step 3 and retest.
• Monitoring pauses when the catalytic converter,
EVAP control system, and A/F sensor monitors are
active.
• Monitoring also pauses when any related enable
criteria are not being met. Monitoring resumes when
the enable criteria is again being met.
Comprehensive Component Monitor and

Readiness Code
This readiness code is always set to available because
the comprehensive component monitor is continuously
running whenever the engine is cranking or running.
11-56
07/05/09 16:46:56 61SJC020_110_0057
PGM-FI System
＊０１
INJECTORS
ELECTRICAL LOAD MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE

DETECTOR (ELD) (MAP) SENSOR
cardiagn.com
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
(PCM)
General Troubleshooting Information,
page 11-3 OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
Update, page 11-7 SPEED SENSOR
Substitution, page 11-8 Replacement, page 14-205
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
CAMSHAFT POSITION (ECT) SENSOR 2
(CMP) SENSOR Replacement, page 11-201
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (IAT) SENSOR
(CKP) SENSOR Replacement, page 11-202
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR 1
KNOCK SENSOR
(cont’d)
11-57
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:46:58 61SJC020_110_0058
PGM-FI System

＊０２
FRONT AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) REAR AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F)
SENSOR SENSOR (BANK 1, SENSOR 1)
(BANK 2, SENSOR 1) Replacement, page 11-199
REAR SECONDARY
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S)
(BANK 1, SENSOR 2)
cardiagn.com
FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S)
(BANK 2, SENSOR 2)
＊０３
PGM-FI MAIN
RELAY 1 (FI MAIN)
PGM-FI MAIN
RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) General Troubleshooting Information,
SENSOR RELAY (LAF) page 11-3
Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-194
11-58
07/05/09 16:46:58 61SJC020_110_0059
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0107: MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Is there about 5 V ?
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data YES−Go to step 16.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO−Go to step 8.
2. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
HDS.
Is about 3 kPa ( 1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or
less indicated? 11. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B18 and MAP sensor 3P connector
YES−Go to step 3. terminal No. 1.
０２
MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals VCC1 (YEL/RED)
Wire side of
at the MAP sensor and the PCM. female terminals

PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) VCC1 (YEL/RED)
4. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector.
6. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the

HDS.

Is about 3 kPa ( 1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or
less indicated?
NO−Go to step 7.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
7. Measure voltage between MAP sensor 3P (B18) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 18.
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3.
０１
VCC1
(YEL/RED)
SG1
(GRN/WHT)
(cont’d)
11-59
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１０７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:46:58 61SJC020_110_0060
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d)

12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Is DT C P0107 indicated?
14. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM, then go
15. Check for continuity between MAP sensor 3P to step 1.
connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０３ NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
23. Reconnect all connectors.

MAP software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
(GRN/RED)
good PCM (see page 11-8).
cardiagn.com
25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Wire side of female terminals Is DT C P0107 indicated?
YES−Check for poor connections or loose

Is there continuity? terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. If the
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
(B30) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 18. substituted, go to step 1.
NO−Go to step 23. NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is

complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
17. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-204). indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
11-60
07/05/09 16:47:48 61SJC020_110_0061
DTC P0108: MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 8. Remove the jumper wire from the MAP sensor 3P
connector.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. Measure voltage between MAP sensor 3P
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3.
０２
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

VCC1
HDS. (YEL/RED)
Is about 160 kPa ( 47 .1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or SG1

4.49 V or more indicated? (GRN/WHT)
YES−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Wire side of female terminals
at the MAP sensor and the PCM.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is there about 5 V ?
4. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector. YES−Go to step 14.
5. Connect MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2 NO−Go to step 10.

and No. 3 with a jumper wire.
０１
MAP SG1 (GRN/WHT)

(GRN/RED)
JUMPER WIRE

HDS.
Is about 160 kPa ( 47 .1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or

4.49 V or more indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 18.
(cont’d)
11-61
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１０８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:48 61SJC020_110_0062
PGM-FI System

10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 15. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
12. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
13. Check for continuity between PCM connector 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B33 and MAP sensor 3P connector terminal B30 and MAP sensor 3P connector
terminal No. 3. terminal No. 2.
０３０４
MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
Wire side of Wire side of

female terminals female terminals
SG1 (GRN/WHT) MAP (GRN/RED)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) SG1 (GRN/WHT) PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) MAP (GRN/RED)
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals
Is there continuity? Is there continuity?
YES−Go to step 25. YES−Go to step 25.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
(B33) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 20. (B30) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 20.
11-62
07/05/09 16:47:49 61SJC020_110_0063
19. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-204).
Is DT C P0108 indicated?
cardiagn.com
to step 1.
NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other



terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. If the
(see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
substituted, go to step 1.
NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is

original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
11-63
07/05/09 16:47:49 61SJC020_110_0064
PGM-FI System

DTC P0111: IAT Sensor Circuit Range/ 12. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
Performance Problem HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does the IAT SENSOR change 58 °F ( 32 °C) or
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general more?
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
ECT sensor 1 and the IAT sensor. at the IAT sensor and the PCM.
Are the connections and terminals OK ? NO−Go to step 13.
YES−Go to step 2. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NO−Repair the connections or terminals, then go 14. Replace the IAT sensor (see page 11-202).
to step 15.
cardiagn.com
2. Remove the IAT sensor (see page 11-202).
3. Allow the IAT sensor to cool to ambient
temperature. 17. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
4. Note the ambient temperature. 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
5. Connect the IAT sensor to its 2P connector, but do Is DT C P0111 indicated?

not install it on the intake manifold.
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminals at the IAT sensor and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
7. Note the value of the IAT SENSOR quickly in the
DATA LIST with the HDS. NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
8. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
ambient temperature.
Does the value of the IAT SENSOR dif f er 5.4 °F

( 3 °C) or more?
NO−Go to step 9.
9. Disconnect the IAT sensor from the 2P connector.
10. Using a heat gun, blow hot air on the IAT sensor for
a few seconds. Do not apply the heat longer than a
few seconds or you will damage the sensor.
11. Connect the IAT sensor to its 2P connector, but do

not install it on the intake manifold.
11-64
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１１１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:49 61SJC020_110_0065
DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between IAT sensor 2P
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ０１
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
2. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the IAT (RED/YEL)
HDS.
Is about 356 °F ( 180 °C) or more, or 0.08 V or less

indicated?
YES−Go to step 3. Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there continuity?
at the IAT sensor and the PCM.
YES−Repair short in the wire between the IAT
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. sensor and the PCM (C26), then go to step 13.
4. Disconnect the IAT sensor 2P connector. NO−Go to step 18.
6. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the 12. Replace the IAT sensor (see page 11-202).
HDS.
indicated? 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES−Go to step 7. 15. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
NO−Go to step 11. 16. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
9. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the IAT sensor and the PCM, then go to
step 1.

(cont’d)
11-65
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１１２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:49 61SJC020_110_0066
PGM-FI System



terminals at the IAT sensor and the PCM. If the PCM
was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
cardiagn.com
11-66
07/05/09 16:47:49 61SJC020_110_0067
DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit High Voltage 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 9. Remove the jumper wire.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure voltage between IAT sensor 2P connector
terminal No. 1 and body ground.
2. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the ０２
HDS. IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
Is about −40 °F ( −40 °C) or less, or 4.92 V or

more indicated?
YES−Go to step 3. IAT (RED/YEL)
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the IAT sensor and the PCM.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Wire side of female terminals
4. Disconnect the IAT sensor 2P connector.

Is there about 5 V ?
5. Connect IAT sensor 2P connector terminals No. 1
and No. 2 with a jumper wire. YES−Go to step 12.
０１
IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR NO−Go to step 16.
IAT (RED/YEL) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
JUMPER WIRE
7. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the

HDS.

more indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 20.
(cont’d)
11-67
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１１３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:50 61SJC020_110_0068
PGM-FI System

14. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 18. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
terminal C14 and IAT sensor 2P connector terminal terminal C26 and IAT sensor 2P connector terminal
No. 2. No. 1.
０３０４
IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

SG2 (GRN/YEL) IAT (RED/YEL)
SG2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) IAT (RED/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
cardiagn.com
(C14) and the IAT sensor, then go to step 22. (C26) and the IAT sensor, then go to step 22.
11-68
07/05/09 16:47:50 61SJC020_110_0069
21. Replace the IAT sensor (see page 11-202).
cardiagn.com
terminals at the IAT sensor and the PCM, then go to
step 1.



terminals at the IAT sensor and the PCM. If the PCM

11-69
07/05/09 16:47:50 61SJC020_110_0070
PGM-FI System

DTC P0116: ECT Sensor 1 Range/ 10. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the
Performance Problem HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F ( 10 °C) or
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general more?
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM.
2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the
HDS. NO−Go to step 11.
Is about 17 6 °F ( 80 °C) or more, or 0.7 8 V or less 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
indicated?
12. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201).
YES−Go to step 6.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 3.
3. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST
with the HDS. 15. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 16. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Is DT C P0116 indicated?
5. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the YES−Check for poor connections or loose
HDS. terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F ( 10 °C) or
more? NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
NO−Go to step 11.
6. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST

with the HDS.
8. Open the hood, and let the engine cool for 3 hours.
11-70
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１１６ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:50 61SJC020_110_0071
DTC P0117: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between ECT sensor 1 2P
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR
2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the ECT1 (RED/WHT)
HDS.

indicated?
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between ECT
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. sensor 1 and the PCM (C27), then go to step 13.
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. NO−Go to step 18.
6. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the 12. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201).
HDS.
9. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM, then go to
step 1.

(cont’d)
11-71
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１１７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:50 61SJC020_110_0072
PGM-FI System



terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM. If the PCM
cardiagn.com
11-72
07/05/09 16:47:51 61SJC020_110_0073
DTC P0118: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit High 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Voltage
9. Remove the jumper wire.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
11. Measure voltage between ECT sensor 1 2P
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
０２
2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR
HDS.

more indicated?
ECT1 (RED/WHT)
YES−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. Is there about 5 V ?
5. Connect ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminals No. 1 YES−Go to step 12.

０１ NO−Go to step 16.
ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR
ECT1 (RED/WHT) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
JUMPER WIRE

HDS.

more indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 20.
(cont’d)
11-73
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１１８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:51 61SJC020_110_0074
PGM-FI System

terminal C14 and ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal C27 and ECT sensor 1 2P connector
０３０４
ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR

SG2 (GRN/YEL) ECT1 (RED/WHT)
SG2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) ECT1 (RED/WHT) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
cardiagn.com
(C14) and ECT sensor 1, then go to step 22. (C27) and ECT sensor 1, then go to step 22.
11-74
07/05/09 16:47:51 61SJC020_110_0075
cardiagn.com
step 1.




11-75
07/05/09 16:47:51 61SJC020_110_0076
PGM-FI System

DTC P0125: ECT Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Response
1. Start the engine, and let it idle for 5 minutes or
more. 13. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the 14. Allow the engine to cool to the ambient
HDS. temperature.
Is about 10 °F ( −12 °C) or less, or 4.45 V or more 15. Start the engine, and let it idle 20 minutes.
indicated?
YES−Go to step 9.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 3.
3. Allow the engine to cool to 104 °F (40 °C) or less. terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the
PCM, then go to step 1.
4. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT
SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO−Go to step 17.
5. Start the engine, and let it idle. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0125 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS.
6. Let the engine idle until ECT SENSOR 1 goes up
49 °F (27 °C) or more from the recorded Does the screen indicate PASSED?
temperature.
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
7. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 16,
with the HDS. go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
8. Compare ECT SENSOR 2 and the recorded NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
temperature. connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1,
ECT sensor 2, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
Did ECT SENSOR 2 change 17 °F ( 9.5 °C) or screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15.
more?

at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the PCM.
NO−Test the thermostat (see page 10-4). If the

thermostat is OK, go to step 9. If you replaced the
thermostat, go to step 11.
11-76
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１２５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:51 61SJC020_110_0077
DTC P0128: Cooling System Malfunction 12. Compare the recorded value of ECT SENSOR 2 and
the present value of ECT SENSOR 2.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Did temperature rise 17 °F ( 9.5 °C) or more?
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
NO−Test the thermostat (see page 10-4), then go
3. Turn the blower switch OFF. to step 13.
4. Turn the A/C switch OFF. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
5. Check the FAN CTRL in the DATA LIST with the 14. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
HDS.
15. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is
cardiagn.com
Is it OF F ? between 21 °F ( −6 °C) and 104 °F (40 °C).
YES−Go to step 6. 16. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
NO−Wait until the FAN CTRL is off, then go to step 17. Test-drive at a steady speed between 15−75 mph
6. (24−120 km/h) for 10 minutes.
6. Check the radiator fan operation. 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Does the radiator f an keep running? Is DT C P0128 indicated?
YES−Check for symptoms in the cooling system. If YES−Check for poor connections or loose
the cooling system is OK, go to step 20. terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the
PCM. then go to step 1.
NO−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 19.
104 °F (40 °C) or less. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0128 in the
8. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT
SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
9. Start the engine, and let it idle. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 18,
10. Let the engine idle until ECT SENSOR 1 goes up go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
49 °F (27 °C) or more from the recorded
temperature. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1,
11. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the ECT sensor 2, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
HDS. screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 17.
(cont’d)
11-77
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１２８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:51 61SJC020_110_0078
PGM-FI System


between 21 °F ( −6 °C) and 104 °F (40 °C).

radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
23. Test-drive at a steady speed between 15−75 mph

(24−120 km/h) for 10 minutes.
cardiagn.com
terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the
PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
good PCM (see page 11-8), then go to step 21. If the
PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO−Go to step 25.
25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0128 in the

Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is

go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor

connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1,
ECT sensor 2, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then
go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 21.
11-78
07/05/09 16:47:52 61SJC020_110_0079
DTC P0133: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Sensor 1) Circuit Slow Response
DTC P0153: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2,
Sensor 1) Circuit Slow Response 10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
NOTE: 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
any on-board snapshot, and review the general radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
• If DTC P0139 and/or P0159 is stored at the same time 12. Test-drive under these conditions:
as DTC P0133 and/or P0153 , troubleshoot DTC P0139
and/or P0159 first, then recheck for DTC P0133 and/ • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
or P0153 . above 176 °F (80 °C)
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the • Transmission in D position
front bank (Bank 2). • Drive the vehicle at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less for
5 minutes, then drive at a steady speed between
cardiagn.com
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 26−81 mph (41−130 km/h)
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at Is DT C P0133 and/ or P0153 indicated?
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM,
4. Test-drive under these conditions: then go to step 1.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) NO−Go to step 14.

above 176 °F (80 °C)
• Transmission in D position 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0133 and/or
• Drive the vehicle at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less for P0153 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
5 minutes, then drive at a steady speed between
26−81 mph (41−130 km/h) Does the screen indicate PASSED?
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0133 and/or YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
P0153 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13,
Does the screen indicate F AILED?
YES−Go to step 6. connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
(Sensor 1) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a
failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F CONDITION, go to step 12.
sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the screen
indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result
comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
CONDITION, go to step 3 and recheck.
7. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page

11-199).
11-79
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１３３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:52 61SJC020_110_0080
PGM-FI System

DTC P0134: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction
Is DT C P0134 and/ or P0154 indicated?
Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F
NOTE: sensor relay (LAF), the under-dash fuse/relay box,
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and and the PCM, then go to step 1.
any on-board snapshot, and review the general
• If DTC P2251, P2237, P2240 , and/or P2254 is stored
at the same time as DTC P0134 and/or P0154 , 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0134 and/or
troubleshoot DTC P2251, P2237, P2240 and/or P0154 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
P2254 first, then recheck for P0134 and/or P0154 .
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the Does the screen indicate PASSED?
front bank (Bank 2).
cardiagn.com
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 11,
3. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), the under-
dash fuse/relay box, and the PCM, then go to step
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep
idling until a result comes on.
YES−Go to step 5.

at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay
(LAF), the under-dash fuse/relay box, and the
PCM.

11-199).

11-80
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１３４ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:52 61SJC020_110_0081
DTC P0135: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 8. At the sensor side, measure resistance between A/F
Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 2.
DTC P0155: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2, ０１
Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Terminal side of male terminals
cardiagn.com
Is there 2.5 −3.2 at room temperature?
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 23.
YES−Go to step 5.
9. At the sensor side, check for continuity between
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this each terminal at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals connector and body ground.
at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay ０２
(LAF), the under-dash fuse/relay box, and the A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR
PCM.
6. Check these fuses:
• No. 17 OP1 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/

relay box
• No. 4 LAF (A/F SENSOR) (15 A) fuse in the under-
dash fuse/relay box
• No. 23 IGP (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/ Terminal side of male terminals
relay box
Are any of the above f uses blown? Is there continuity?
YES−Repair short in the wire between the A/F YES−Go to step 23.
sensors, A/F sensor relay (LAF), then replace the
blown fuse(s), and go to step 25. NO−Go to step 10.
NO−Go to step 7.
7. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector.
(cont’d)
11-81
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１３５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:53 61SJC020_110_0082
PGM-FI System

10. At the sensor side, check for continuity between 14. Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector
A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector terminals No. 1 terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire.
and No. 3, No. 1 and No. 4, No. 1 and No. 6, No. 1 ０５
and No. 7, and No. 1 and No. 8 individually. A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR
０３
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR AFSHTCB1 (BLK/WHT)
AFSHTCB2 (GRN/WHT)*
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of male terminals 15. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal C6 (C8) and body ground.
Is there continuity? ０６
YES−Go to step 23. AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2
(BLK/WHT) (GRN/WHT)*
NO−Go to step 11.

０４
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) Terminal side of female terminals
AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2
(BLK/WHT) (GRN/WHT)* Is there continuity?

(C6 (C8) ) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to
step 24.
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM

(C6 (C8) ) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to
step 24.
NO−Go to step 14.
11-82
07/05/09 16:47:53 61SJC020_110_0083
16. Remove the A/F sensor relay (LAF) (A) from the 18. Check for continuity between A/F sensor relay
under-dash fuse/relay box. (LAF) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０８０９
A/F SENSOR RELAY (LAF) 4P CONNECTOR
IG
cardiagn.com
A Is there continuity?
17. Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector YES−Go to step 19.

terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０７ NO−Repair open in the wire between the A/F
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR sensor (Sensor 1) and the A/F sensor relay (LAF),
then go to step 24.

IG (WHT/BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont’d)
11-83
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_110_0084
PGM-FI System

20. Connect A/F sensor relay (LAF) 4P connector 22. Test the A/F sensor relay (LAF) (see page 22-75).
１０ Is the A/ F sensor relay ( LAF ) OK ?
NO−Replace the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to

AFSHTCR
step 24.
JUMPER
WIRE 23. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page
11-199).
Terminal side of female terminals 25. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
cardiagn.com
terminal A21 and body ground. 27. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
１１
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.

sensor relay (LAF), the under-dash fuse/relay box,
and the PCM, then go to step 1.
AFSHTCR (ORN)
NO−Go to step 29.
29. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0135 and/or

Terminal side of female terminals P0155 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
Is there continuity? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Go to step 22. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
(A21) and the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to
step 24. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
(Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), the under-
dash fuse/relay box, and the PCM, then go to step
1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep
idling until a result comes on.
11-84
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_110_0085


sensor relay (LAF), the under-dash fuse/relay box,
and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If
the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 33.

P0155 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.


(Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), the under-
dash fuse/relay box, and the PCM. If the PCM was
updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go
to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,
keep idling until a result comes on.
11-85
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_110_0086
PGM-FI System

DTC P0137: Rear Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, 12. Check for continuity between secondary HO2S
Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body
ground.
DTC P0157: Front Secondary HO2S (Bank 2, ０１
Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
SHO2SB1 (GRN)
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and SHO2SB2 (WHT)*
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the Is there continuity?
4. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. (B15 (B16) ) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2),
then go to step 15.
Does the voltage stay at 0.29 V or less?
NO−Go to step 23.
YES−Go to step 5.
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 14. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see page
at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. 11-200).
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Reconnect all connectors.
6. Disconnect the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
connector.
8. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does the voltage stay at 0.29 V or less? 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 13.
11-86
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１３７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_110_0087
20. Test-drive under these conditions: 23. Reconnect all connectors.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
above 176 °F (80 °C) software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
• Transmission in D position good PCM (see page 11-8).
• Engine speed at 1,500 −3,000 rpm
• Drive 1 minute or more 25. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
Is DT C P0137 and/ or P0157 indicated? 26. Test-drive under these conditions:
YES−Check for poor connections or loose • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and above 176 °F (80 °C)
the PCM, then go to step 1. • Transmission in D position
NO−Go to step 22. • Drive 1 minute or more
cardiagn.com
22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0137 and/or 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 21, the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then go to step
24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
connections or loose terminals at the secondary NO−Go to step 28.
HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0137 and/or
a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF P0157 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
CONDITION, go to step 20.


connections or loose terminals at the secondary
HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If the PCM was
11-8), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted,
go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
COMPLETED, go to step 24.
11-87
07/05/09 16:47:55 61SJC020_110_0088
PGM-FI System

DTC P0138: Rear Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage
9. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
DTC P0158: Front Secondary HO2S (Bank 2,
Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage Does the voltage stay at 1.25 V or more?
NOTE: YES−Go to step 10.

any on-board snapshot, and review the general NO−Go to step 19.
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove the jumper wire from the secondary HO2S
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). (Sensor 2) 4P connector.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 12. Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector
cardiagn.com
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at ０２
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
SHO2SB1 (GRN)
4. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. SHO2SB2 (WHT)*
Does the voltage stay at 1.25 V or more?
YES−Go to step 5. JUMPER WIRE

at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. Wire side of female terminals

6. Disconnect the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P
connector. 14. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
7. Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector Does the voltage stay at 1.25 V or more?
terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
０１ YES−Go to step 15.
SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
(C14 (C39) ) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2),
JUMPER WIRE then go to step 21.
SHO2SB1 (GRN) SG2 (GRN/YEL)

SHO2SB2 (WHT)* SG6 (GRN/YEL)*
11-88
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１３８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:47:55 61SJC020_110_0089
15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Test-drive under these conditions:
16. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
above 176 °F (80 °C)
17. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). • Transmission in D position
18. Check for continuity between PCM connector • Drive 1 minute or more
terminal B15 (B16) and body ground.
０３ 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
SHO2SB1 SHO2SB2 Is DT C P0138 and/ or P0158 indicated?

(GRN) (WHT)*
terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and
the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO−Go to step 28.
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is there continuity? YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

YES−Go to step 29. go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
(B15 (B16) ) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), connections or loose terminals at the secondary
then go to step 21. HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until
19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
20. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see page
11-200).

(cont’d)
11-89
07/05/09 16:47:55 61SJC020_110_0090
PGM-FI System



32. Test-drive under these conditions:
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)

above 176 °F (80 °C)
• Transmission in D position
• Drive 1 minute or more
cardiagn.com

terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and
the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then go to step
32. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO−Go to step 34.



HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If the PCM was
11-90
07/05/09 16:48:47 61SJC020_110_0091
DTC P0139: Rear Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
Sensor 2) Slow Response 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
Sensor 2) Slow Response 12. Test-drive under these conditions:
NOTE: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and above 176 °F (80 °C)
any on-board snapshot, and review the general • Transmission in D position
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Vehicle speed between 35 −55 mph
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the (56−88 km/h)
front bank (Bank 2). • Drive 5 minutes or more
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is DT C P0139 and/ or P0159 indicated?
cardiagn.com
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at YES−Check for poor connections or loose
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. the PCM, then go to step 1.
4. Test-drive under these conditions: NO−Go to step 14.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0139 and/or
above 176 °F (80 °C) P0159 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
• Vehicle speed between 35 −55 mph Does the screen indicate PASSED?
(56−88 km/h)
• Drive 5 minutes or more YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0139 and/or go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
Does the screen indicate F AILED? connections or loose terminals at the secondary
YES−Go to step 6. the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until
a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent CONDITION, go to step 11.
failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for
poor connections or loose terminals at the
secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If the
screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a
result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF

11-200).
11-91
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１３９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:48 61SJC020_110_0092
PGM-FI System

DTC P0141: Rear Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, 8. At the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) side, measure
Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction resistance between secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P
DTC P0161: Front Secondary HO2S (Bank 2, ０１
Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Terminal side of male terminals
cardiagn.com
Is there 5.4−6.6 at room temperature?
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 22.
YES−Go to step 5.
9. Check for continuity between body ground and
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals No. 3 and No. 4 individually.
at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), the A/F sensor ０２
relay (LAF), the under-dash fuse/relay box, and the SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
PCM.
6. Check these fuses:
• No. 17 OP1 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/

relay box
• No. 4 LAF (A/F SENSOR) (15 A) fuse in the under-
dash fuse/relay box
• No. 23 IGP (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/ Terminal side of male terminals
relay box
Are any of the f uses blown? Is there continuity?
YES−Repair short in the wire between the A/F YES−Go to step 22.
sensors, A/F sensor relay (LAF) and the fuse, then
go to step 23. NO−Go to step 10.
NO−Go to step 7.
7. Disconnect the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P

connector.
11-92
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１４１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:48 61SJC020_110_0093
10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14. Check for continuity between PCM connector
11. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). ０５
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector SO2SHTCB1 SO2SHTCB2
terminal C5 (C7) and body ground. (BLK/WHT) (GRN/RED)*
０３
SO2SHTCB1 SO2SHTCB2
(BLK/WHT) (GRN/RED)*
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals YES−Go to step 15.
Is there continuity? NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM

(C5 (C7) ) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM go to step 23.
(C5 (C7) ) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then
go to step 23. 15. Remove the A/F sensor relay (LAF) (A) from the
under-dash fuse/relay box.
NO−Go to step 13. ０７
13. Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector

０４
SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
SHO2SHTCB1 (BLK/WHT)
SHO2SHTCB2 (GRN/RED)*
JUMPER WIRE
A
(cont’d)
11-93
07/05/09 16:48:49 61SJC020_110_0094
PGM-FI System

16. Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector 18. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
０６ 19. Connect A/F sensor relay (LAF) 4P connector
SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０９
IG (WHT/BLK)
AFSHTCR
JUMPER WIRE
JUMPER
WIRE
cardiagn.com
17. Check for continuity between A/F sensor relay
(LAF) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０８ 20. Check for continuity between PCM connector
A/F SENSOR RELAY (LAF) 4P CONNECTOR terminal A21 and body ground.
１０
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
IG
AFSHTCR (ORN)
Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 18. Is there continuity?
NO−Repair open in the wire between the YES−Go to step 21.

secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the A/F sensor
relay (LAF), then go to step 23. NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
(A21) and the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to
step 23.
11-94
07/05/09 16:48:49 61SJC020_110_0095
21. Test the A/F sensor relay (LAF) (see page 22-75). 29. Reconnect all connectors.
Is the A/ F sensor relay ( LAF ) OK ? 30. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
YES−Go to step 29. good PCM (see page 11-8).
NO−Replace the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to 31. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
step 23.
11-200). YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), the
23. Reconnect all connectors. A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the PCM. If the PCM
24. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 32.
27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. P0161 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
Is DT C P0141 and/ or P0161 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Check for poor connections or loose YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), the complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the PCM, then go to original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
step 1. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 31,
NO−Go to step 28.
28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0141 and/or connections or loose terminals at the secondary
P0161 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. HO2S (Sensor 2), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and
Does the screen indicate PASSED? known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If
the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 27, result comes on.

HO2S (Sensor 2), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and
the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates
NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes
on.
11-95
07/05/09 16:48:49 61SJC020_110_0096
PGM-FI System

DTC P0171: Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System 1. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288).
Too Lean
Is the f uel pressure OK ?
DTC P0172: Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System
Too Rich YES−If you are troubleshooting DTC P0171 or
P0174, go to step 2. If you are troubleshooting DTC
DTC P0174: Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System P0172 or P0175, check the valve clearances, and
Too Lean adjust if necessary. If the valve clearances are OK,
replace the injectors (see page 11-197), then go to
DTC P0175: Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System step 2.
Too Rich
NO−Check these items:
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and • If the pressure is too high, replace the fuel
any on-board snapshot, and review the general pressure regulator (see page 11-299), then go to
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). step 2.
• If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the • If the pressure is too low, check the fuel pump,
cardiagn.com
same time as DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, and/or the fuel pressure regulator, the fuel filter, and the
P0175, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then recheck for fuel lines for restrictions, then go to step 2.
P0171, P0172, P0174, and/or P0175.
P0107, P0108, P1128, P1129: Manifold absolute
pressure (MAP) sensor 3. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
P0133, P0153, P1172, P1174, P2195, P2197, P2237,
P2238, P2240, P2241, P2243, P2245, P2247, P2249, 4. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
P2251, P2252, P2254, P2255, P2627, P2628, P2630,
P2631, P2A00, P2A03: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
(Sensor 1) 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
P0134, P0135, P0154, P0155: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
(Sensor 1) heater
P0137, P0138, P0139, P0157, P0158, P0159, P2270, 6. Test-drive under these conditions:
P2271, P2272, P2273: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)
P0141, P0161: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) heater • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649: VTEC system above 158 °F (70 °C)
P0401, P0404, P0406, P2413: Exhaust gas • Transmission in D position
recirculation (EGR) system • Drive at a steady speed between 25 −55 mph
P2279: Intake air leakage (40−88 km/h) for 5 minutes, then drive at a
steady speed between 15−75 mph
(24−120 km/h) for 15 minutes.
NOTE: DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, and/or P0175 may

take up to 40 minutes of test driving to set. Use the
HDS to monitor the LT FUEL TRIM for 15 minutes of
driving under the freeze data conditions. If the
value stays within 10 % of 1.0 (0.0 %), there is no
problem at this time.
11-96
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１７１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:49 61SJC020_110_0097
Is DT C P017 1, P017 2, P017 4, or P017 5

indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.

8. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at

the PCM.
Are the connections and terminals OK ?
YES−Go to step 9.
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair the connections or terminals, then step
2.
9. Check the fuel quality.
Is the f uel quality OK ?
YES−Replace the injectors (see page 11-197), then

go to step 2.
NO−Drain the fuel tank (see page 11-289), replace

the fuel, then go to step 2.
11-97
07/05/09 16:48:50 61SJC020_110_0098
PGM-FI System

DTC P0300: Random Misfire and Any 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Combination of the Following:
DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected
3. Start the engine, and let it idle without load.
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302,
DTC P0303: No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 4. If
Special Tools Required the screen indicates EXECUTING, let it idle until a
• Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
cardiagn.com
• A/T low pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301 CONDITION, wait for several minutes, then recheck.
• A/T pressure hose 07406-0020201
• A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A 5. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
• A/T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
• Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5A0200 CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes
with the HDS.
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and Does CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3
any on-board snapshot, and review the general MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE,
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts?
• If the misfire is frequent enough to trigger detection
of increased emissions during two consecutive YES−Go to step 9.
driving cycles, the MIL will come on, and DTC P0300
(and some combination of P0301 through P0306) will NO−Go to step 6.
be stored.
• If the misfire is frequent enough to damage the 6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the
catalyst, the MIL will blink whenever the misfire range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
occurs, and DTC P0300 (and some combination of
P0301 through P0306) will be stored. When the • ENGINE SPEED
misfire stops, the MIL will remain on. • VSS
• Troubleshoot the following DTCs first, if any of them • REL TP SENSOR
were stored along with the random misfire DTC(s): • CLV (calculated load value)
• GEAR POSITION
P0107, P0108, P1128, P1129: Manifold absolute • ECT SENSOR 1
pressure (MAP) sensor
P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175: Fuel system
P0335, P0339, P0385, P0389: Crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor A/B
P0506, P0507: Idle control system
P0340, P0344: Camshaft position (CMP) sensor
P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649: VTEC system
P0401, P0404, P0406, P2413: Exhaust gas
recirculation (EGR) system
11-98
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３００ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:50 61SJC020_110_0099
7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, 13. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
with the HDS. CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes
with the HDS.
Does CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3
YES−Go to step 9. MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE,
and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts?
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until YES−Go to step 14.
CONDITION, go to step 6 and recheck. NO−Go to step 20.
8. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 14. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-288).
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes Is the f uel pressure OK ?
with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE, NO−
and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts? • If the pressure is too high, replace the fuel
pressure regulator (see page 11-299), then go to
YES−Go to step 9. step 20.
• If the pressure is too low, check the fuel pump,
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this the fuel feed lines, and the fuel filter. If they are
time. OK, replace the fuel pressure regulator (see page
11-299), then go to step 20.
10. Check the fuel quality.
Is the quality good?
NO−Drain the tank, and fill it with a known-good

fuel, then go to step 20.
11. Inspect the spark plugs (see page 4-22). If the spark
plugs are fouled or worn, replace them.
12. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the

range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
• REL TP SENSOR
• CLV (calculated load value)
• ECT SENSOR 1
• APP SENSOR
(cont’d)
11-99
07/05/09 16:48:50 61SJC020_110_0100
PGM-FI System

16. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC 20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
oil pressure switch) (A), and install the special tools
as shown, then install the rocker arm oil pressure 21. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) in the pressure
gauge adapter (B). 22. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS.
NOTE: Install the parts in the reverse order of 23. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
removal with a new O-ring.
＊０１ 24. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
07406-0020201 or
07MAJ-PY4011A and
07MAJ-PY40120 25. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the
A
22 N·m range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
07406-0070301
• REL TP SENSOR
cardiagn.com
• ECT SENSOR 1
• APP SENSOR

B
07NAJ-P07010A Is DT C P0300 and any combination of DT C P0301,
P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306
07ZAJ-S5A0200 indicated?
17. Reconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch YES−Check for poor connections or loose
(VTEC oil pressure switch) 2P connector. terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the NO−Go to step 27.
radiator fan comes on.
27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302,
19. Check the oil pressure at engine speeds of 1,000 P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU
and 2,000 rpm. Keep the measuring time as short with the HDS.
as possible (less than 1 minute) because the engine
is running without load. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is the oil pressure below 49 kPa ( 0.5 kgf / cm2 , YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
7 psi)? Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 26,
YES−Check for air in the fuel line, then go to step
20. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connection or loose terminals at the ignitions coil,
NO−Inspect the VTEC system (see page 6-7), then the injector, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
go to step 20. screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a
11-100
07/05/09 16:48:50 61SJC020_110_0101
DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected 6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the
• ENGINE SPEED
DTC P0303: No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected • VSS
• REL TP SENSOR
DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected • CLV (calculated load value)
• GEAR POSITION
DTC P0305: No. 5 Cylinder Misfire Detected • ECT SENSOR 1
DTC P0306: No. 6 Cylinder Misfire Detected 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302,
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data with the HDS.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Does the screen indicate F AILED?
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). YES−Go to step 9.
cardiagn.com
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 8. If
3. Start the engine, and let it idle without load for a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
2 minutes (in Park or neutral). CONDITION, go to step 6.
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, 8. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
with the HDS. CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 9. MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE,
and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts?
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until YES−Go to step 9.
CONDITION, wait for several minutes, and recheck. NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. Check the fuel and ignition system circuit
5. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 connectors for loose wires or poor connections.
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
with the HDS.
10. Exchange the ignition coil from the problem
Does CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3 cylinder with one from another cylinder.
MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE,
and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts? 11. Reconnect all connectors.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 6.
(cont’d)
11-101
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３０１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:50 61SJC020_110_0102
PGM-FI System

12. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 18. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the
range of these recorded freeze data parameters: range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
• ENGINE SPEED • ENGINE SPEED

• VSS • VSS
• REL TP SENSOR • REL TP SENSOR
• CLV (calculated load value) • CLV (calculated load value)
• GEAR POSITION • GEAR POSITION
• ECT SENSOR 1 • ECT SENSOR 1
13. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 19. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes
with the HDS. with the HDS.
Does CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3 Does CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3
MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE, MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE,
cardiagn.com
and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts? and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts?
NO−Intermittent failure due to poor contact at the NO−Intermittent failure due to spark plug fouling
ignition coil contactor (no misfire at this time). (no misfire at this time).
Make sure that the ignition coil connectors are
secure. 20. Determine which cylinder had the misfire.
14. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. Does the misf ire occur in the cylinder where the
ignition coil was moved?
Does the misf ire occur in the cylinder where the
ignition coil was moved? YES−Replace the faulty spark plug, then go to step
54.
YES−Replace the faulty ignition coil (see page
4-19), then go to step 54. NO−Go to step 21.
NO−Go to step 15. 21. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 22. Disconnect the ignition coil 3P connector from the
problem cylinder.
16. Exchange the spark plug from the problem cylinder
with the one from another cylinder. 23. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
11-102
07/05/09 16:48:51 61SJC020_110_0103
24. Measure voltage between ignition coil 3P 27. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
０１ 28. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR
29. Check for continuity between body ground and the
appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table).
IG
PROBLEM DTC PCM WIRE
(BLK/WHT) CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
No. 1 P0301 B26 YEL/GRN
No. 2 P0302 B27 BLU/RED
No. 3 P0303 B20 WHT/BLU
No. 4 P0304 B21 BRN
No. 5 P0305 B10 BLK/RED
Wire side of female terminals No. 6 P0306 B11 BRN/WHT
０３
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair open in the wire between the ignition

coil and the ignition coil relay, then go to step 54.
IGPLS1 (YEL/GRN)
25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. IGPLS3 (WHT/BLU)
IGPLS5 (BLK/RED)
26. Check for continuity between ignition coil 3P
０２
GND
(BLK)
IGPLS2 (BLU/RED)
IGPLS4 (BRN)
IGPLS6 (BRN/WHT)

NO−Repair open in the wire between the ignition and the ignition coil, then go to step 54.
coil, G101, and G102, then go to step 54.
NO−Go to step 30.
(cont’d)
11-103
07/05/09 16:48:51 61SJC020_110_0104
PGM-FI System

30. Check for continuity between appropriate ignition ＊０２
coil 3P connector terminal No. 1 and the
appropriate PCM connector terminal of the IGPLS
problem cylinder (see table).
PROBLEM DTC PCM WIRE

CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
No. 1 P0301 B26 YEL/GRN Wire side of female terminals
No. 2 P0302 B27 BLU/RED
No. 4 P0304 B21 BRN IGPLS6
No. 5 P0305 B10 BLK/RED (BRN/
WHT)
No. 6 P0306 B11 BRN/WHT
＊０１
IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR IGPLS4
(BRN)
IGPLS
IGPLS2 (BLU/RED)
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM and
IGPLS5
(BLK/RED) the ignition coil, then go to step 54.
IGPLS3
(WHT/BLU)
IGPLS1 (YEL/GRN)
11-104
07/05/09 16:48:52 61SJC020_110_0105
31. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3). 35. Disconnect the injector 2P connector from the
problem cylinder.
33. Measure voltage between body ground and the
appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table). 37. Measure voltage between injector 2P connector
PROBLEM DTC PCM WIRE ０７
CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
No. 1 P0301 B4 BRN
No. 2 P0302 B8 RED
No. 3 P0303 B7 BLU
No. 4 P0304 B6 YEL
No. 5 P0305 B5 BLK/RED IGP (YEL/BLK)
０６
cardiagn.com
INJ6 (WHT/BLU)
INJ1 (BRN) INJ2 (RED)
NO−Repair open in the wire between the injector

and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step
INJ4 (YEL) 51.
INJ5 (BLK/RED) INJ3 (BLU)
NO−Go to step 34.
(cont’d)
11-105
07/05/09 16:48:52 61SJC020_110_0106
PGM-FI System

39. Check for continuity between body ground and the 40. Connect appropriate injector 2P connector terminal
appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table). No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire (see table).
PROBLEM DTC PCM WIRE PROBLEM DTC WIRE

CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR CYLINDER COLOR
No. 1 P0301 B4 BRN No. 1 P0301 BRN
No. 2 P0302 B8 RED No. 2 P0302 RED
No. 3 P0303 B7 BLU No. 3 P0303 BLU
No. 4 P0304 B6 YEL No. 4 P0304 YEL
No. 5 P0305 B5 BLK/RED No. 5 P0305 BLK/RED
No. 6 P0306 B9 WHT/BLU No. 6 P0306 WHT/BLU
０８０９
INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
INJ6 (WHT/BLU)
INJ1 (BRN) INJ2 (RED)
cardiagn.com
INJ
JUMPER WIRE

INJ4 (YEL)
INJ5 (BLK/RED) INJ3 (BLU)

and the injector, then go to step 54.
NO−Go to step 40.
11-106
07/05/09 16:48:52 61SJC020_110_0107
41. Check for continuity between body ground and the 42. Measure resistance between injector 2P connector
appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table). terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
１１
PROBLEM DTC PCM WIRE INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
No. 1 P0301 B4 BRN
No. 2 P0302 B8 RED
No. 3 P0303 B7 BLU
No. 4 P0304 B6 YEL
No. 5 P0305 B5 BLK/RED INJ
IGP
１０
INJ6 (WHT/BLU)
INJ1 (BRN) INJ2 (RED) Terminal side of male terminals
cardiagn.com
Is there 10−13 ?
NO−Replace the injector (see page 11-197), then

go to step 54.
INJ4 (YEL) 43. Exchange the injector from the problem cylinder
INJ5 (BLK/RED) INJ3 (BLU) with the one from another cylinder. Also check the
injector fuel inlet screen for debris, and clean if
needed.
44. Reconnect all connectors, and install the intake

manifold (see page 9-5).
Terminal side of female terminals 46. Clear the DTCs with the HDS.
Is there continuity? 47. Start the engine, and let it idle without load for
2 minutes (in Park or neutral).
terminals at the injector and PGM-FI main relay 1
(FI MAIN), then go to step 42.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM and

the injector, then go to step 54.
(cont’d)
11-107
07/05/09 16:48:52 61SJC020_110_0108
PGM-FI System

48. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 53. Do the VTEC rocker arm test (see page 6-7).
Did the engine pass the test?
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS YES−Go to step 62.
• REL TP SENSOR
• CLV (calculated load value) NO−Repair the VTEC rocker arm, then go to step
• GEAR POSITION 54.
• ECT SENSOR 1
49. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or 55. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes
with the HDS. 56. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS.
Does CY L1 MISF IRE, CY L2 MISF IRE, CY L3 57. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
MISF IRE, CY L4 MISF IRE, CY L5 MISF IRE,
cardiagn.com
and/ or CY L6 MISF IRE show misf ire counts? 58. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
YES−Go to step 50. 59. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the
NO−Intermittent failure due to poor contact in the
injector connector (no misfire at this time). Check • ENGINE SPEED
for poor connections or loose terminals at the • VSS
injector. • REL TP SENSOR
50. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. • GEAR POSITION
• ECT SENSOR 1
Does the misf ire occur in the cylinder where the
injector was moved? 60. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
YES−Replace the faulty injector (see page 11-197), Is DT C P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, or
then go to step 54. P0306 indicated?
NO−Go to step 51. YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the
51. Turn the ignition switch OFF. PCM, then go to step 1.
52. Do an engine compression and a cylinder leakdown NO−Go to step 61.

test (see page 6-6).
Did the engine pass both tests?
NO−Repair the engine, then go to step 54.
11-108
07/05/09 16:48:53 61SJC020_110_0109
61. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, 66. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302,
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in the DTCs MENU
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 60, complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil,
the injector, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil,
result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF the injector, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
CONDITION, go to step 59. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then
cardiagn.com
62. Reconnect all connectors. 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving
until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT
63. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest OF CONDITION, go to step 65.
64. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the

• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
• REL TP SENSOR
• GEAR POSITION
• ECT SENSOR 1
Is DT C P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, or

P0306 indicated?

NO−Go to step 66.
11-109
07/05/09 16:48:53 61SJC020_110_0110
PGM-FI System

DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal C42 and body ground.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)

KS (RED/BLU)
4. Hold the engine speed at 3,000−4,000 rpm for at

least 10 seconds. Terminal side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is there continuity?
Is DT C P0325 indicated? YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM

(C42) and the knock sensor subharness, then go to
YES−Go to step 6. step 19.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this NO−Go to step 11.

at the knock sensor and the PCM. 11. Connect the knock sensor subharness 1P connector
terminal to body ground with a jumper wire.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. ０２
KNOCK SENSOR SUBHARNESS
7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 1P CONNECTOR
8. Disconnect the knock sensor subharness 1P

connector.
9. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). JUMPER WIRE KS (RED/BLU)
11-110
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３２５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:53 61SJC020_110_0111
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector 16. Check for an open in the knock sensor subharness.
０３ Is the harness OK ?
NO−Repair open in the knock sensor subharness,

then go to step 19.
17. Replace the knock sensor (see page 11-202).

KS (RED/BLU)
Terminal side of female terminals 20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? 21. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM 23. Hold the engine speed at 3,000−4,000 rpm for at
(C42) and the knock sensor subharness, then go to least 10 seconds.
step 19.
14. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector.
15. Check for continuity between the knock sensor terminals at the knock sensor and the PCM, then go
subharness 1P connector terminal and body to step 26.
ground.
０４ NO−Go to step 25.
KNOCK SENSOR SUBHARNESS
1P CONNECTOR 25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0325 in the
KS (RED/BLU) YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other


Wire side of female terminals connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor
and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen
indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23.
YES−Repair short in the knock sensor subharness,

then go to step 18.
NO−Go to step 16.
(cont’d)
11-111
07/05/09 16:48:54 61SJC020_110_0112
PGM-FI System


28. Hold the engine speed at 3,000−4,000 rpm for at

least 10 seconds.

cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 30.



connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil,
the injector, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
step 28.
11-112
07/05/09 16:48:54 61SJC020_110_0113
DTC P0335: CKP Sensor A No Signal 8. Measure voltage between CKP sensor A/B 6P
connector terminal No. 6 (No. 3) and body ground.
DTC P0385: CKP Sensor B No Signal ０１
CKP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to IGP (YEL/BLK)* IGP (YEL/BLK)
CKP sensor B.

cardiagn.com
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is there battery voltage?
Is DT C P0335 and/ or P0385 indicated? YES−Go to step 9.
YES−Go to step 5. NO−Repair open in the wire between CKP sensor

A/B and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this step 18.
at CKP sensor A/B and the PCM. 9. Measure voltage between CKP sensor A/B 6P
connector terminal No. 5 (No. 2) and body ground.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. ０２
CKP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
6. Disconnect CKP sensor A/B 6P connector (see page
11-203).

CKPB (BLU/RED)* CKPA (BLU)
NO−Go to step 11.
(cont’d)
11-113
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３３５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:54 61SJC020_110_0114
PGM-FI System

10. Measure voltage between CKP sensor A/B 6P 14. Check for continuity between PCM connector
connector terminals No. 4 (No. 1) and No. 6 terminal B24 (B41) and CKP sensor A/B 6P
(No. 3) . connector No. 5 (No. 2) .
０３０４
CKP SENSOR A/B CKPB (BLU/RED)
CKP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR 6P CONNECTOR
Wire side of female terminals CKPA (BLU)

LG (BRN/YEL) IGP (YEL/BLK)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) CKPA (BLU)

LG (BRN/YEL)* IGP (YEL/BLK)*
cardiagn.com
CKPB (BLU/RED)
Is there battery voltage? Terminal side of female terminals
NO−Repair open in the wire between CKP sensor YES−Go to step 15.
A/B and G101, then go to step 18.
11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (B24 (B41) ) and CKP sensor A/B, then go to
step 18.
11-114
07/05/09 16:48:54 61SJC020_110_0115
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
terminal (B24 (B41) ) and body ground.
＊０１ Is DT C P0335 and/ or P0385 indicated?
terminals at CKP sensor A/B and the PCM, then go
to step 1.

CKPA (BLU) indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
CKPB (BLU/RED)*

Terminal side of female terminals software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
cardiagn.com
(B24 (B41) ) and CKP sensor A/B, then go to Is DT C P0335 and/ or P0385 indicated?
step 18.
NO−Go to step 25. terminals at CKP sensor A/B and the PCM. If the
16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
17. Replace the CKP sensor (see page 11-203).
18. Reconnect all connectors. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
21. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS.
23. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
11-115
07/05/09 16:48:55 61SJC020_110_0116
PGM-FI System

DTC P0339: CKP Sensor A Intermittent 6. Check for damage to the CKP sensor A/B pulse
Interruption plate on the timing belt drive pulley (see page 6-25).
DTC P0389: CKP Sensor B Intermittent Is there damage?

Interruption
YES−Replace the CKP sensor A/B pulse plate/
NOTE: timing belt drive pulley (see page 6-25), then go to
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and step 9.
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to
CKP sensor B. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Replace CKP sensor A/B (see page 11-203).
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
cardiagn.com
3. Test-drive the vehicle for 10 minutes in the range of 10. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
these recorded freeze data parameters:
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS 12. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 13. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
Is DT C P0339 and/ or P0389 indicated? 14. Test-drive the vehicle for 10 minutes in the range of
YES−Go to step 5.
• ENGINE SPEED
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this • VSS
at CKP sensor A/B and the PCM. 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
5. Check for poor or loose connections at these Is DT C P0339 and/ or P0389 indicated?
connectors and terminals:
• CKP sensor A/B terminals at CKP sensor A/B and the PCM, then go
• PCM to step 1.
• Engine ground
• Body ground NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
Are the connections OK ? indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Reconnect the connectors or terminals, then

go to step 9.
11-116
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３３９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:55 61SJC020_110_0117
DTC P0340: CMP Sensor No Signal 9. Measure voltage between CMP sensor 3P
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ０２
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general CMP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

CMP (YEL)
Is DT C P0340 indicated? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 5.
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals YES−Go to step 10.
at the CMP sensor and the PCM.
NO−Go to step 11.
10. Measure voltage between CMP sensor 3P
6. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector. connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3.
０３
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). CMP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
8. Measure voltage between CMP sensor 3P

connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. IGP
(YEL/BLK)
０１
CMP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR LG
(BRN/YEL)
IGP
(YEL/BLK) Wire side of female terminals
Wire side of female terminals YES−Go to step 16.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the CMP

Is there battery voltage? sensor and G101, then go to step 18.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the CMP

sensor and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go
to step 18.
(cont’d)
11-117
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３４０ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:48:55 61SJC020_110_0118
PGM-FI System

11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Check for continuity between CMP sensor 3P
12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. ０５
CMP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

terminal B32 and CMP sensor 3P connector
terminal No. 1.
CMP (YEL)
０４
CMP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
Wire side of
female terminals
CMP (YEL)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) CMP (YEL)
cardiagn.com

(B32) and the CMP sensor, then go to step 18.
NO−Go to step 26.

17. Replace the CMP sensor (see page 11-203).
(B32) and the CMP sensor, then go to step 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
11-118
07/05/09 16:48:56 61SJC020_110_0119

terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM, then go
to step 1.


cardiagn.com

terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. If the

11-119
07/05/09 16:48:56 61SJC020_110_0120
PGM-FI System

DTC P0344: CMP Sensor Intermittent 6. Check for damage to the CMP sensor pulse
Interruption projection on the front camshaft pulley (see page
11-203).
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Is there damage?
YES−Replace the front camshaft pulley (see page
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6-11), then go to step 9.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO−Go to step 7.
3. Test-drive the vehicle for 10 minutes in the range of 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
8. Replace the CMP sensor (see page 11-203).
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
cardiagn.com
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 10. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
Is DT C P0344 indicated? 11. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 13. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
at the CMP sensor and the PCM. 14. Test-drive the vehicle for 10 minutes in the range of
5. Check for poor or loose connections at these
connectors and terminals: • ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
• CMP sensor
• PCM 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
• Engine ground
• Body ground Is DT C P0344 indicated?
Are the connections OK ? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM, then go
YES−Go to step 6. to step 1.
NO−Reconnect or repair the connectors or NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

terminals, then go to step 9. Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
11-120
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０３４４ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:54 61SJC020_110_0121
DTC P0562: Charging System Low Voltage 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NOTE: 8. Reset the PCM with the HDS.

any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
• If any high current load accessories are installed, this 10. Start the engine.
DTC can be set.
• If DTC P16BB and/or P16BC is stored at the same time 11. Check under these conditions:
as DTC P0562, troubleshoot DTC P16BB and/or P16BC
first, then recheck for DTC P0562. • A/C on
• Temperature control at maximum cool
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). • Blower fan at maximum speed
• Headlights on high beam
12. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or
3. Start the engine. neutral) for 1 minute.
cardiagn.com
4. Check under these conditions: 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
• A/C on Is DT C P0562 indicated?

• Blower fan at maximum speed YES−Check for poor connections or loose
• Headlights on high beam terminals at the alternator and the under-hood
fuse/relay box, then go to step 1.
neutral) for 1 minute. NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
YES−Replace the alternator (see page 4-34), then

go to step 7.

at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box,
and check the battery performance (see page
22-74).
11-121
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０５６２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:54 61SJC020_110_0122
PGM-FI System

DTC P0563: PCM Power Source Circuit 10. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal
Unexpected Voltage A6 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). MRLY (RED/YEL)
4. Wait 10 seconds.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Terminal side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is there battery voltage?
Is DT C P0563 indicated? YES−Go to step 13.
YES−Go to step 7. NO−Go to step 11.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 11. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A) from
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals the under-dash fuse/relay box.
at PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the No. 8 ０２
FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse in the under-hood A
fuse/relay box and the PCM.
11-122
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０５６３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:55 61SJC020_110_0123
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector 14. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
terminal A6 and body ground.
０３ 15. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) B3 and body ground.
０５
MRLY (RED/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
IGP (YEL/BLK)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM Is there battery voltage?
(A6) and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to
step 19. YES−Go to step 16.
NO−Go to step 18. NO−Go to step 26.
13. Reconnect PCM connector A (44P). 16. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A) from
the under-dash fuse/relay box.
０６
A
(cont’d)
11-123
07/05/09 16:49:55 61SJC020_110_0124
PGM-FI System

17. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
B3 and body ground.
０７ 23. Wait 10 seconds.
IGP (YEL/BLK)

terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the

Terminal side of female terminals Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short to power in the wire between
the PCM (B3) and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), 27. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
then go to step 19. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
NO−Go to step 18.
18. Replace PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A).
０８ Is DT C P0563 indicated?
A
terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the
good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM
was substituted, go to step 1.

11-124
07/05/09 16:49:55 61SJC020_110_0125
DTC P0602: PCM Programming Error DTC P0603: PCM Internal Circuit Malfunction
(Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error)
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data
any on-board snapshot, and review the general and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
• This DTC is indicated when a PCM update is not
completed. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
• Do not turn the ignition switch OFF while updating
the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch OFF before 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
completion, the PCM can be damaged.
1. Do the PCM update procedure (see page 11-7).
Are any T emporary DT Cs or DT Cs indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
YES−Replace the original PCM (see page 11-205). time.

NO−The update is complete. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
YES−If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-


11-125
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６０２ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６０３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:56 61SJC020_110_0126
PGM-FI System

DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed or 8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Mismatch
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and YES−Go to step 9.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
• This DTC is stored only when the PCM does not have time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
the VIN information of the vehicle. Use the HDS to indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s
input the missing VIN information. troubleshooting.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
2. Check the VIN with the HDS. good PCM (see page 11-8).
Does the HDS show the vehicle’s V IN? 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 5. Is DT C P0630 indicated?
NO−Go to step 3. YES−If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-

3. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. was substituted, go to step 1.
Does the screen show COMPLET E? NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
YES−Go to step 5. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
NO−Go to step 4. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
4. Check for DTCs with the HDS.
YES−Do the troubleshooting for P0603 (see page

11-125).
NO−Go to step 9.
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 5 seconds.
11-126
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６３０ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:56 61SJC020_110_0127
DTC P0641: Sensor Reference Voltage A 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Malfunction
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general YES−Go to step 14.
NO−Replace the APP sensor (see page 11-249),
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). then go to step 53.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 15. Disconnect the front A/F sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1)
8P connector.
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
at the PCM and these connectors:
• MAP sensor
• APP sensor YES−Go to step 19.
• Front/rear A/F sensor (Sensor 1)
• IMT actuator NO−Replace the front A/F sensor (Bank 2,
• EGR valve Sensor 1) (see page 11-199), then go to step 53.
• FTP sensor
• Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
• Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
20. Disconnect the rear A/F sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1)
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8P connector.
5. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector. 21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 22. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0641 indicated?
YES−Go to step 9. NO−Replace the rear A/F sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

(see page 11-199), then go to step 53.
NO−Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-204),
then go to step 53.
10. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector.
(cont’d)
11-127
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６４１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:56 61SJC020_110_0128
PGM-FI System

25. Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector. 40. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor 3P connector.
NO−Replace the IMT actuator (see page 11-316),
then go to step 53. NO−Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor (see page 14-205), then go to step 53.
cardiagn.com
30. Disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector.
45. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
31. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). sensor 3P connector.
32. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 46. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
33. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 47. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Is DT C P0641 indicated? 48. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 34. Is DT C P0641 indicated?
NO−Replace the EGR valve (see page 11-342), YES−Go to step 49.
then go to step 53.
NO−Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed
34. Turn the ignition switch OFF. sensor (see page 14-205), then go to step 53.
35. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector. 49. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
36. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 50. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
37. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 51. Disconnect PCM connectors A (44P), B (44P), and
C (44P).
NO−Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-374),

then go to step 53.
11-128
07/05/09 16:49:56 61SJC020_110_0129
52. Check for continuity between body ground and 53. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
PCM connector terminals A19, A25, B18, B19, C12,
and C13 individually. 54. Reconnect all connectors.
＊０１
PCM CONNECTORS
VCC7 (YEL/BLU)
A (44P) 56. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
VCC4 57. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
(WHT)

terminals at the PCM and these connectors:
cardiagn.com
VCC1 (YEL/RED) • MAP sensor
B (44P) • APP sensor
VCC5 • Front/rear A/F sensor (Sensor 1)
(BLU)
• IMT actuator
• EGR valve
• FTP sensor
• Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
• Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
After checking the above, go to step 1.

C (44P)
VCC6 (YEL/BLU) Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

(A19, A25, B18, B19, C12, or C13) and each sensor,
then go to step 53.
NO−Go to step 59.
(cont’d)
11-129
07/05/09 16:49:56 61SJC020_110_0130
PGM-FI System

59. Reconnect all connectors. DTC P0685: PCM Power Control Circuit/
Internal Circuit Malfunction
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- NOTE:
good PCM (see page 11-8). • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and
61. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
• If the problem does not return after clearing the DTC,
Is DT C P0641 indicated? or if this DTC is stored intermittently, check for loose
terminals at the IGP line connectors before you
YES−Check for poor connections or loose replace the PCM.
terminals at the PCM and these connectors:
• MAP sensor
• APP sensor 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
• Front/rear A/F sensor (Sensor 1)
• IMT actuator 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
• EGR valve
• FTP sensor Is DT C P0685 indicated?
• Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
• Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor YES−Go to step 4.
If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
substituted, go to step 1. indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s
troubleshooting.
complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the 4. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the good PCM (see page 11-8).


11-130
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６８５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:56 61SJC020_110_0131
DTC P0700: A/T Control System Malfunction DTC P1109: BARO Sensor Circuit Out of
Range High
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data
any on-board snapshot, and review the general and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
• This DTC is stored when there is a problem in the A/T
control system. Check for A/T DTCs with the HDS, and 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s
troubleshooting.



11-131
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７００ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１１０９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:57 61SJC020_110_0132
PGM-FI System

DTC P1116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Performance Problem
7. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6).
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 8. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201).
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 9. Allow ECT sensor 1 to cool to 77 °F (25 °C).
• If DTC P0111 is stored at the same time as DTC P1116,
troubleshoot DTC P0111 first, then recheck for DTC 10. Note the ambient temperature.
P1116.
11. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, but do
1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at not install it on the engine.
ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2.
Are the connections and terminals OK ?
13. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 quickly in the
YES−Go to step 2. DATA LIST with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to 14. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the
step 27. ambient temperature.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the value of ECT SENSOR 1 dif f er 5.4 °F
( 3 °C) or more?
YES−Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201), then
Are DT C P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same go to step 27.
time?
YES−Go to step 15. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
NO−Go to step 4.
15. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes.
4. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes.

HDS.
Is about 129 °F ( 54 °C) or less, or 1.54 V or more

indicated?

go to step 27.
NO−Go to step 6.
11-132
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１１１６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:57 61SJC020_110_0133
16. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the 25. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT
HDS. SENSOR 2 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is about 118 °F ( 48 °C) or less, or 1.7 5 V or more 26. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the
indicated? ambient temperature, and the value of ECT
SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature
YES−Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201), then individually.
go to step 27.
Does one of the sensors dif f er more than 5.4 °F
NO−Go to step 17. ( 3 °C) f rom the ambient temperature?
17. Let the engine idle 10 minutes. YES−Replace the sensor that differed more than
5.4 °F (3 °C) from the ambient temperature, then go
18. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the to step 27.
HDS.
Is about 131 °F ( 55 °C) or less, or 1.50 V or more time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
cardiagn.com
indicated? at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the PCM.
YES−Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-201), then 27. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
go to step 27.
NO−Go to step 19.
21. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201), and ECT
sensor 2 (see page 11-201). YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the
22. Allow the sensors to cool to 77 °F (25 °C). PCM, then go to step 1.
23. Note the ambient temperature. NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

24. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, and ECT indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do not install them
on the engine.
11-133
07/05/09 16:49:57 61SJC020_110_0134
PGM-FI System

DTC P1128: MAP Sensor Signal Lower Than 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Expected
9. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-204).
1. Inspect the air cleaner element (see page 11-315).
Is it OK ?
YES−Go to step 2. 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
NO−Clean or replace the air cleaner element
(see page 11-315). 14. Test-drive under these conditions:
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
cardiagn.com
above 158 °F (70 °C)
3. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the • Engine speed between 1,200 and 5,500 rpm
HDS. • Transmission in D position
• Vehicle speed accelerated from 16 −31 mph
Is there less than 54.1 kPa ( 16.0 in.Hg, 406 mmHg) (25−50 km/h) under half throttle
or 1.61 V held f or more than 5 seconds?
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 4.
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM, then go
to step 1.
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the NO−Go to step 16.
6. Test-drive under these conditions: DTCs MENU with the HDS.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) Does the screen indicate PASSED?
above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Engine speed between 1,200 and 5,500 rpm YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
• Transmission in D position Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 15,
• Vehicle speed accelerated from 16 −31 mph go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
(25−50 km/h) under half throttle
7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1128 in the connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor
DTCs MENU with the HDS. and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent

poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP
sensor and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT
COMPLETED, go to step 5 and recheck.
11-134
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１１２８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:57 61SJC020_110_0135
DTC P1129: MAP Sensor Signal Higher than 5. Test-drive under these conditions:
Expected
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data above 158 °F (70 °C)
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general • Engine speed between 1,400 and 6,500 rpm
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Transmission in D position
• Vehicle speed decelerated from more than
1. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts: 50 mph (80 km/h) with the throttle fully closed for
at least 5 seconds
• PCV valve
• PCV hose 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1129 in the
• EVAP canister purge valve DTCs MENU with the HDS.
• Throttle body
• Intake manifold Does the screen indicate F AILED?
• Brake booster hose
YES−Go to step 7.
Are there any vacuum leaks?
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair or replace the part(s) with vacuum failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for
leaks, then go to step 9. poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP
NO−Go to step 2. COMPLETED, go to step 5 and recheck.
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 8. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-204).
3. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
HDS.
Is there more than 36.9 kPa ( 11.0 in.Hg,
27 7 mmHg) or 1.14 V held f or more than 11. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
5 seconds?
YES−Go to step 7. 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
NO−Go to step 4.
(cont’d)
11-135
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１１２９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:57 61SJC020_110_0136
PGM-FI System


above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Engine speed between 1,400 and 6,500 rpm
• Vehicle speed decelerated from more than
50 mph (80 km/h) with the throttle fully closed for
at least 5 seconds

to step 1.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 15.



connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor
11-136
07/05/09 16:49:57 61SJC020_110_0137
DTC P1172: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High
Is DT C P117 2 and/ or P117 4 indicated?
Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High YES−Check for poor connections or loose
NOTE: then go to step 1.
any on-board snapshot, and review the general NO−Go to step 12.
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1172 and/or
front bank (Bank 2). P1174 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the screen indicate PASSED?
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
cardiagn.com
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1172 and/or P1174 (Sensor 1) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. screen indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF
CONDITION, keep idling until a result comes on.
YES−Go to step 5.

poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F
sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the screen

11-199).

11-137
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１１７２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:58 61SJC020_110_0138
PGM-FI System

DTC P1297: ELD Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
2. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is 7 2 A or more indicated?
ELD (BLU/BLK)
YES−Go to step 3.

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Terminal side of female terminals
at the ELD and the PCM.
cardiagn.com
4. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector. (A23) and the ELD, then go to step 13.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NO−Go to step 19.
6. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Is 7 2 A or more indicated? 12. Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page
22-72).
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 11.
18. Turn on the headlights.
11-138
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１２９７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:58 61SJC020_110_0139

terminals at the ELD unit and the PCM, then go to
step 1.


cardiagn.com
23. Turn on the headlights.

terminals at the ELD unit and the PCM. If the PCM
(see page 11-8), then go to step 22. If the PCM was

11-139
07/05/09 16:49:58 61SJC020_110_0140
PGM-FI System

DTC P1298: ELD Circuit High Voltage 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 9. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal A23 and ELD 3P connector terminal No. 3.
2. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST with the HDS. ０２
ELD 3P CONNECTOR
Is 0.2 A or less indicated? Wire side of
female terminals
YES−Go to step 3. ELD (BLU/BLK)
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) ELD (BLU/BLK)
at the ELD and the PCM.
cardiagn.com
4. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector.

6. Measure voltage between ELD 3P connector Is there continuity?

０１ YES−Go to step 11.
ELD 3P CONNECTOR
(A23) and the ELD, then go to step 13.
IG1 (BLK/YEL)
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the No. 18 IG

ACG (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box
and the ELD, then go to step 13.
11-140
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１２９８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:49:58 61SJC020_110_0141
11. Check for continuity between ELD 3P connector 18. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
terminal No. 2 and body ground. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
０３ good PCM (see page 11-8).
ELD 3P CONNECTOR
GND (BLK) YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the ELD unit and the PCM. If the PCM
Wire side of female terminals NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
NO−Repair open in the wire between the ELD and

G202, then go to step 13.
12. Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page

22-72).

terminals at the ELD unit and the PCM, then go to
step 1.

11-141
07/05/09 16:49:58 61SJC020_110_0142
PGM-FI System

DTC P1549: Charging System High Voltage 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
NOTE: Is DT C P1549 indicated?

any on-board snapshot, and review the general YES−Check for poor connections or loose
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). terminals at the alternator and the under-hood
• If a high voltage battery (24 V, etc.) is connected to fuse/relay box, then go to step 1.
the vehicle, this DTC can be stored.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
4. Check under these conditions:
cardiagn.com
• A/C off
• Headlights off

neutral) 1 minute.

go to step 7.

at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay
box.
• A/C off
• Headlights off

neutral) 1 minute.
11-142
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１５４９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:59 61SJC020_110_0143
DTC P16BB: Alternator B Terminal Circuit 8. Check for an open in the wire between the
Low Voltage alternator and under-hood fuse/relay box at the
starter subharness.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Is the harness OK ?
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). go to step 9.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO−Repair open in the wire between the
alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, then
3. Start the engine. go to step 9.
4. Check under these conditions: 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
• A/C on 10. Reset the PCM with the HDS.

cardiagn.com
• Blower fan at maximum speed 11. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
neutral) 1 minute. 13. Check under these conditions:
6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. • A/C on

Is DT C P16BB indicated? • Blower fan at maximum speed
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this neutral) 1 minute.
at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
and check the battery performance (see page
22-74). Is DT C P16BB indicated?
7. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at YES−Check for poor connections or loose
the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box terminals at the alternator and the under-hood
(＋B line). fuse/relay box, then go to step 1.
Are the connections and terminals OK ? NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

YES−Go to step 8. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
NO−Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to

step 9.
11-143
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１６ＢＢＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:59 61SJC020_110_0144
PGM-FI System

DTC P16BC: Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/ 11. Measure voltage between alternator 4P connector
IGP Circuit Low Voltage terminal No. 1 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
IG1
(BLK/YEL)
1. Check for poor connections at the alternator 4P
connector.
Are the connections OK ?
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Repair the connections, then go to step 18. Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
5. Check under these conditions: alternator (IG1 line) and the No. 18 IG ACG (15 A)
fuse in under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to step
• A/C on 18.
• Blower fan at maximum speed 12. Measure voltage between alternator 4P connector
• Headlights on high beam terminal No. 4 and body ground.
０２
6. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
neutral) 1 minute.

ALTF
Is DT C P16BC indicated? (WHT/RED)
YES−Go to step 8.

at the alternator. Wire side of female terminals

9. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.
10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). go to step 18.
NO−Go to step 13.
11-144
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１６ＢＣＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:59 61SJC020_110_0145
13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 18. Reconnect all connectors.
14. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
15. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 20. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
16. Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. 4 to 21. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
body ground with a jumper wire.
０３ 22. Start the engine.
ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
• A/C on
• Blower fan at maximum speed
ALTF • Headlights on high beam
(WHT/RED)
cardiagn.com
JUMPER WIRE 24. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or
neutral) 1 minute.
Wire side of female terminals 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is DT C P16BC indicated?
terminal C41 and body ground. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
０４ terminals at the alternator and the PCM, then go to
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) step 1.

ALTF
(WHT/RED)

(C41) and the alternator, then go to step 18.
(cont’d)
11-145
07/05/09 16:49:59 61SJC020_110_0146
PGM-FI System


• A/C on
• Blower fan at maximum speed

neutral) 1 minute.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P16BC indicated?

terminals at the alternator and the PCM. If the PCM

11-146
07/05/09 16:49:59 61SJC020_110_0147
DTC P2183: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Range/ 11. Connect ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do
Performance Problem not install it on the engine.
NOTE: 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

any on-board snapshot, and review the general 13. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 2 quickly in the
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). DATA LIST with the HDS.
troubleshoot DTC P0111 first, then recheck for DTC 14. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the
P2183. ambient temperature.
1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at Does ECT SENSOR 2 dif f er 5.4 °F ( 3 °C) or
ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2. more?
Are the connections and terminals OK ? YES−Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-201), then
go to step 27.
YES−Go to step 2.
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
step 27. at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the PCM.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes.
3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 16. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Are DT C P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same
time? Is about 118 °F ( 48 °C) or less, or 1.7 5 V or more
indicated?
NO−Go to step 4. go to step 27.
4. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes. NO−Go to step 17.
5. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the 17. Let the engine idle 10 minutes.
HDS.
Is about 131 °F ( 55 °C) or less, or 1.50 V or more HDS.
indicated?
Is about 131 °F ( 55 °C) or less, or 1.50 V or more
YES−Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-201), then indicated?
go to step 27.
NO−Go to step 6. go to step 27.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. NO−Go to step 19.
8. Remove ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-201).
9. Allow ECT sensor 2 to cool to ambient temperature.
10. Note the ambient temperature.
(cont’d)
11-147
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１８３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:00 61SJC020_110_0148
PGM-FI System

19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 27. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
20. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). 28. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
21. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-201), and ECT 29. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
sensor 2 (see page 11-201).
22. Allow the sensors to cool to ambient temperature.
23. Note the ambient temperature.
24. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, and ECT terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the
sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do not install them PCM, then go to step 1.
on the engine.
25. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
SENSOR 2 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
cardiagn.com
26. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the
ambient temperature, and the value of ECT
SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature
individually.
Does one of the sensor dif f er more than 5.4 °F

( 3 °C) f rom the ambient temperature?
YES−Replace the sensor that differed more than

5.4 °F (3 °C) from the ambient temperature, then go
to step 27.

11-148
07/05/09 16:50:00 61SJC020_110_0149
DTC P2184: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage 10. Check for continuity between ECT sensor 2 2P
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data ＊０１
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR

ECT2 (GRN/RED)
HDS.

indicated?
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between ECT
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. sensor 2 and the PCM (A21), then go to step 13.
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. NO−Go to step 18.
6. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the 12. Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-201).
HDS.
9. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). YES−Check for poor connections or loose

step 1.

(cont’d)
11-149
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１８４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:00 61SJC020_110_0150
PGM-FI System



cardiagn.com
11-150
07/05/09 16:51:05 61SJC020_110_0151
DTC P2185: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit High 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Voltage
9. Remove the jumper wire from the ECT sensor 2 2P
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data connector.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure voltage between ECT sensor 2 2P
2. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the ０２
HDS. ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR

more indicated?
YES−Go to step 3. ECT2 (GRN/RED)
cardiagn.com
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector.

5. Connect ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminals No. 1
and No. 2 with a jumper wire. YES−Go to step 12.
０１
ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR NO−Go to step 16.

ECT2 (GRN/RED) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
JUMPER WIRE

HDS.

more indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 20.
(cont’d)
11-151
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１８５ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:05 61SJC020_110_0152
PGM-FI System

terminal C14 and ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal C36 and ECT sensor 2 2P connector
０３０４
ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR

SG2 (GRN/YEL) ECT2 (GRN/RED)
SG2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
ECT2
(GRN/RED)
cardiagn.com
(C14) and ECT sensor 2, then go to step 22. (C36) and ECT sensor 2, then go to step 22.
17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-201).
18. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 22. Reconnect all connectors.
11-152
07/05/09 16:51:05 61SJC020_110_0153

step 1.


cardiagn.com


11-153
07/05/09 16:51:05 61SJC020_110_0154
PGM-FI System

DTC P2195: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean
7. Reinstall the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page
DTC P2197: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2, 11-199).
Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 9. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
front bank (Bank 2). 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
• If the vehicle was out of fuel and the engine stalled
before this DTC was stored, refuel, and clear the DTC Is DT C P2195 and/ or P2197 indicated?
with the HDS.
• If DTC P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107, or YES−Check for poor connections or loose
a combination of P2122 and P2127, P2122 and P2138 terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM,
cardiagn.com
or P2127 and P2138 is stored at the same time as DTC then go to step 1.
P2195 (P2197) , troubleshoot those DTCs first, then
recheck for DTC P2195 (P2197) . NO−Go to step 12.
1. Check the installation of the A/F sensor (Sensor 1). 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2195 and/or
Is the A/ F sensor loose or disconnected f rom the
exhaust pipe? Does the screen indicate PASSED?

NO−Go to step 2. go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor
3. Clear the DTC with the HDS. (Sensor 1) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling
4. Start the engine, then let it idle. until a result comes on.

then go to step 13.

at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If any
other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to
the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
11-154
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１９５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:06 61SJC020_110_0155
13. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest DTC P2227: BARO Sensor Circuit Range/
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- Performance Problem
NOTE:
14. Start the engine, then let it idle for 2 minutes. • Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and
15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
• If DTC P0107, P0108, P1128, and/or P1129 are stored
Is DT C P2195 and/ or P2197 indicated? at the same time as DTC P2227, troubleshoot those
DTCs first, then recheck for DTC P2227.
terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds.
If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
PCM (see page 11-8), then go to step 14. If the PCM 2. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with
was substituted, go to step 1. the HDS.
NO−Go to step 16. Is about 101 kPa ( 29.9 in.Hg, 7 60 mmHg), or about
cardiagn.com
2.9 V at sea level indicated?
P2197 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. YES−Go to step 3.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? NO−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. 3. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
(Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If 5. Test-drive under these conditions:
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling
until a result comes on. • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Throttle position between 14 degrees and
45 degrees for 2 seconds


time.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 7. If

the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
5.
(cont’d)
11-155
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２２７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:06 61SJC020_110_0156
PGM-FI System

7. Check the condition of the air cleaner element. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2227 in the
Is the air cleaner element OK ?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Replace the air cleaner element (see page complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
11-315). original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
8. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
good PCM (see page 11-8). NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the PCM. If the
9. Reset the PCM with the HDS. PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11.
cardiagn.com

above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Throttle position between 14 degrees and
45 degrees for 2 seconds

NO−Go to step 14.
11-156
07/05/09 16:51:06 61SJC020_110_0157
DTC P2228: BARO Sensor Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2229: BARO Sensor Circuit High
Voltage
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
2. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with
the HDS. 2. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with
the HDS.
Is about 53 kPa ( 15.6 in.Hg, 397 mmHg), or 1.58 V
or less indicated? Is about 160 kPa ( 47 .2 in.Hg, 1,200 mmHg), or
4.49 V , or more indicated?
YES−Go to step 3.
YES−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
time. NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time.
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- 3. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
good PCM (see page 11-8). software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
terminals at the PCM. If the PCM was updated, YES−Check for poor connections or loose
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then terminals at the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
recheck. If the PCM was substituted in step 3, go to substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then
step 1. recheck. If the PCM was substituted in step 3, go to
step 1.
complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
troubleshooting. indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s
troubleshooting.
11-157
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２２８ＦＡＡＴ３０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２２９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:06 61SJC020_110_0158
PGM-FI System

DTC P2237: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 9. Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector
Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage terminal No. 7 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０１
DTC P2240: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2, A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR
Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage
NOTE:
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). IPB1 (GRN)
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the IPB2 (GRN/RED)*
front bank (Bank 2). JUMPER WIRE

cardiagn.com
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the terminal B28 (B29) and body ground.
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes. ０２
YES−Go to step 5.

IPB1 (GRN) IPB2 (GRN/RED)*
at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.

(B28 (B29) ) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go
to step 15.
11-158
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２３７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:06 61SJC020_110_0159
11. Remove the jumper wire from the A/F sensor 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2237 and/or
(Sensor 1) 8P connector, then reconnect PCM P2240 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
connector B (44P).
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19,
13. Measure voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P
connector terminal No. 7 and body ground. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
０３ connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR (Sensor 1) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
until a result comes on.
cardiagn.com
IPB1 (GRN) 22. Reconnect all connectors.
IPB2 (GRN/RED)*
Is there about 0.2 V or less? Is DT C P2237 and/ or P2240 indicated?
YES−Go to step 21. YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.
NO−Go to step 14. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
14. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page substituted, go to step 1
11-199).
NO−Go to step 25.
16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). P2240 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
17. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
Is DT C P2237 and/ or P2240 indicated? go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
YES−Check for poor connections or loose NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM, connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
then go to step 1. (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO−Go to step 20. recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If
11-159
07/05/09 16:51:07 61SJC020_110_0160
PGM-FI System

DTC P2238: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 9. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage terminal B28 (B29) and body ground.
０１
Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage
NOTE:
IPB1 (GRN) IPB2 (GRN/RED)*
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Terminal side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at Is there continuity?
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes. YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. to step 14.
Is DT C P2238 and/ or P2241 indicated? NO−Go to step 10.
YES−Go to step 5. 10. Reconnect PCM connector B (44P).
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes.
11-160
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２３８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:07 61SJC020_110_0161
12. Measure voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2238 and/or
connector terminal No. 7 and body ground. P2241 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
０２
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR Does the screen indicate PASSED?

IPB1 (GRN) NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
IPB2 (GRN/RED)* connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
cardiagn.com
Is there about 0.2 V or less? 21. Reconnect all connectors.
YES−Go to step 20. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
NO−Go to step 13. good PCM (see page 11-8).
13. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
11-199).
15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.
16. Reset the PCM with the HDS. PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
NO−Go to step 24.
Is DT C P2238 and/ or P2241 indicated? P2241 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
YES−Check for poor connections or loose Does the screen indicate PASSED?
then go to step 1. YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
NO−Go to step 19. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other

(Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If
11-161
07/05/09 16:51:07 61SJC020_110_0162
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage terminal No. 8 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０１
Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage
NOTE:
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). VCENTB1 (RED)
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)*
front bank (Bank 2). JUMPER WIRE

cardiagn.com
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the terminal B38 (B22) and body ground.
Is DT C P2243 and/ or P2247 indicated? VCENTB2

(RED/WHT)*
YES−Go to step 5.

VCENTB1 (RED)

to step 15.
11-162
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２４３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:08 61SJC020_110_0163
11. Remove the jumper wire from the A/F sensor 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2243 and/or
(Sensor 1) 8P connector, then reconnect PCM P2247 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
connector B (44P).
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19,
connector terminal No. 8 and body ground. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
０３ connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR (Sensor 1) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
cardiagn.com
VCENTB1 (RED) 22. Reconnect all connectors.
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)*
Is there about 0.2 V or less? Is DT C P2243 and/ or P2247 indicated?
YES−Go to step 21. YES−Check for poor connections or loose

NO−Go to step 14. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
14. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page substituted, go to step 1.
11-199).
NO−Go to step 25.
16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). P2247 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
17. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
Is DT C P2243 and/ or P2247 indicated? go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
YES−Check for poor connections or loose NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM, connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
then go to step 1. (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO−Go to step 20. recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If
11-163
07/05/09 16:51:08 61SJC020_110_0164
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage terminal B38 (B22) and body ground.
０１
Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage
NOTE: VCENTB2
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and (RED/WHT)*
VCENTB1 (RED)
cardiagn.com
11-164
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２４５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:08 61SJC020_110_0165
０２

VCENTB1 (RED) NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
cardiagn.com
11-199).
NO−Go to step 24.

11-165
07/05/09 16:51:08 61SJC020_110_0166
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage terminal No. 6 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０１
Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage
NOTE:
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). VSB1 (BLU)
• If DTC P2251 and/or P2254 is stored at the same time VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
as DTC P0134 and/or P0154 , troubleshoot DTC P2251 JUMPER WIRE
and/or P2254 first, then recheck for P0134 and/or
P0154 .
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B13 (B14) and body ground.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. ０２
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes.
YES−Go to step 5.

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Terminal side of female terminals
7. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector. (B13 (B14) ) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go
to step 15.
11. Remove the jumper wire from the A/F sensor
(Sensor 1) 8P connector, then reconnect PCM
connector B (44P).
11-166
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２５１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:09 61SJC020_110_0167
12. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2251 and/or
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the P2254 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes.
connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
０３ Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19,
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.

VSB1 (BLU) until a result comes on.
VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
cardiagn.com
Is there about 0.2 V or less? good PCM (see page 11-8).
YES−Go to step 21. 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
NO−Go to step 14. If DT C P2251 and/ or P2254 indicated?
14. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor1) (see page 11-199). YES−Check for poor connections or loose
15. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). substituted, go to step 1.
17. Reset the PCM with the HDS. NO−Go to step 25.
18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). 25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2251 and/or
YES−Check for poor connections or loose complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM, original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
then go to step 1. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 24,
NO−Go to step 20.
11-167
07/05/09 16:51:09 61SJC020_110_0168
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage terminal B13 (B14) and body ground.
０１
Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
11-168
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２５２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:09 61SJC020_110_0169
０２

VSB1 (BLU) NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
VSB2 (RED/BLU)* connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
cardiagn.com
11-199).
NO−Go to step 24.

11-169
07/05/09 16:51:09 61SJC020_110_0170
PGM-FI System

DTC P2270: Rear Secondary HO2S (Bank 1, 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
DTC P2271: Rear Secondary HO2S (Bank 1,
Sensor 2) Circuit Signal Stuck Rich 10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
DTC P2272: Front Secondary HO2S (Bank 2, 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
Sensor 2) Circuit Signal Stuck Lean 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
Sensor 2) Circuit Signal Stuck Rich 12. Test-drive under these conditions:
NOTE: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and above 176 °F (80 °C)
any on-board snapshot, and review the general • Vehicle speed between 35 −55 mph
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). (56−88 km/h)
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the • Drive 1 minute or more
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P227 0, P227 1, P227 2 , and/ or P227 3
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. indicated?
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. the PCM, then go to step 1.
4. Test-drive under these conditions: NO−Go to step 14.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2270, P2271,
above 176 °F (80 °C) P2272 , and/or P2273 in the DTCs MENU with the
• Vehicle speed between 35 −55 mph HDS.
(56−88 km/h)
• Drive 1 minute or more Does the screen indicate PASSED?
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2270, P2271, YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
P2272 , and/or P2273 in the DTCs MENU with the Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13,
HDS. go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
Does the screen indicate F AILED? NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
YES−Go to step 6. HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for CONDITION, go to step 11.
poor connections or loose terminals at the
secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If the
screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a

11-200).
11-170
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:10 61SJC020_110_0171
DTC P2610: PCM Internal Power Off Timer

Malfunction
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s
troubleshooting.



11-171
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６１０ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:10 61SJC020_110_0172
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit Low Voltage terminal C10 (C11) and body ground.
０１
Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit Low Voltage
VLBLB1
NOTE: (WHT)
front bank (Bank 2). VLBLB2
(WHT/RED)*
cardiagn.com
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes. YES−Go to step 9.
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. NO−Go to step 17.
Is DT C P2627 and/ or P2630 indicated? 9. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P connector.
YES−Go to step 5. 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector

NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this ０２
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
VLBLB1
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (WHT)

VLBLB2
(WHT/RED)*

(C10 (C11) ) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go
to step 12.
NO−Go to step 11.
11-172
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６２７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:10 61SJC020_110_0173

11-199).

cardiagn.com
then go to step 1.




11-173
07/05/09 16:51:10 61SJC020_110_0174
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit High Voltage terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０１
Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit High Voltage
VLBLB1 (WHT)
NOTE: VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)*
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the JUMPER WIRE

cardiagn.com
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the terminal C10 (C11) and body ground.
VLBLB1
Is DT C P2628 and/ or P2631 indicated? (WHT)
YES−Go to step 5.

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals VLBLB2
(WHT/RED)*

(C10 (C11) ) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go
to step 15.
11-174
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６２８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:11 61SJC020_110_0175
11. Remove the jumper wire from the A/F sensor 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
(Sensor 1) 8P connector, then reconnect PCM
connector C (44P). Is DT C P2628 and/ or P2631 indicated?
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM,
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 2 minutes. then go to step 1.
13. Measure voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 8P NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
０３ indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 8P CONNECTOR
VLBLB1 (WHT)
VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)* 21. Reconnect all connectors.
cardiagn.com
Wire side of female terminals Is DT C P2628 and/ or P2631 indicated?

Is there about 5 V ? terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.
YES−Go to step 14. PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
NO−Go to step 20.
14. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
11-199). original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
15. Reconnect all connectors. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
11-175
07/05/09 16:51:11 61SJC020_110_0176
PGM-FI System

DTC P2A00: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance
Problem 7. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page
11-199).
DTC P2A03: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2,
Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Problem
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 11. Test-drive under these conditions:
front bank (Bank 2). • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
above 158 °F (70 °C)
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). • Transmission in D position
• Vehicle speed at 30 mph (48 km/h) or more, and
cardiagn.com
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. engine speed at 2,600 rpm or less
• Drive at an engine speed of 1,600 rpm.
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at Accelerate to full open throttle for 5 seconds,
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the then slow down with the throttle completely
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. closed.
4. Test-drive under these conditions: 12. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) Is DT C P2A00 and/ or P2A03 indicated?

above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Transmission in D position YES−Check for poor connections or loose
• Vehicle speed at 30 mph (48 km/h) or more, and terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM,
engine speed at 2,600 rpm or less then go to step 1.
• Drive at an engine speed of 1,600 rpm.
Accelerate to full open throttle for 5 seconds, NO−Go to step 13.
then slow down with the throttle completely
closed. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2A00 and/or
P2A03 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2A00 and/or
P2A03 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Does the screen indicate F AILED? YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

YES−Go to step 6. go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor
poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F (Sensor 1) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If it is EXECUTING, screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a
keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 3 and CONDITION, go to step 11.
recheck.
11-176
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２Ａ００ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:11 61SJC020_110_0177
DTC U0073: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF) 12. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector.
DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (Gauge 13. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit 22P connector.
Control Module-PCM)
14. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data connector.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 15. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminals A1 and A36 and body ground individually.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). ０１
CANL (RED)
3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Is DT C U007 3 and/ or U0155 indicated?
cardiagn.com
CANH (WHT)
YES−Go to step 4.

at the gauge control module, the VSA modulator- Terminal side of female terminals
control unit, the yaw rate/lateral acceleration
sensor, the steering angle sensor, the VTM-4 Is there continuity?
control unit, the TPMS control unit, and the PCM.
YES−Repair short in the wire between the gauge
4. Check for DTCs in the body electrical system DTCs control module, the VSA modulator-control unit,
menu with the HDS. the yaw rate/lateral acceleration sensor, the
steering angle sensor, the VTM-4 control unit, the
Is DT C B1168, B1169, and/ or B117 8 indicated? TPMS control unit, and the PCM (A36 (A1)), then go
to step 20.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 16.
NO−Do the gauge control module input test
(see page 22-122).
8. Remove the gauge control module (see page

22-263).
9. Disconnect the gauge control module 14P

connector.
10. Disconnect the yaw rate/lateral acceleration sensor

4P connector.
11. Disconnect the steering angle sensor 5P connector.
(cont’d)
11-177
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００Ｕ００７３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:51:11 61SJC020_110_0178
PGM-FI System

terminals A1 and A36. terminals A36 and these connector terminals:
０２
Connector Terminal
CANL (RED)
Gauge control module 14P No. 8 (WHT)
VSA modulator-control unit No. 33 (WHT)

46P
VTM-4 control unit 22P No. 11 (WHT)

CANH (WHT)
TPMS control unit 20P No. 19 (WHT)

Is there continuity between the PCM terminal and
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? each of the terminals in the chart?
YES−Repair short in the wire between PCM YES−Go to step 18.

connector terminals A1 (CANL line) and A36 (CANH
line), then go to step 20. NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
(A36) and the appropriate connector, then go to
NO−Go to step 17. step 20.

terminal A1 and these connector terminals:
Connector Terminal
Gauge control module 14P No. 1 (RED)
VSA modulator-control unit No. 12 (RED)

46P
VTM-4 control unit 22P No. 22 (RED)
TPMS control unit 20P No. 10 (RED)
Is there continuity between the PCM terminal and

each of the terminals in the chart?
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A1)

and the appropriate connector, then go to step 20.
11-178
07/05/09 16:51:11 61SJC020_110_0179
19. Referring to the chart below, select the row that 20. Reconnect all connectors.
most closely represents the combination of DTCs
retrieved from the PGM-FI, VSA, VTM-4, TPMS, and 21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Body Electrical systems. Then check the
connections at the control module indicated in the 22. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
last column. If all the connections are OK,
substitute the control module. After substituting the 23. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
control module, check for DTCs with the HDS.
PGM-FI VSA VTM-4 TPMS Body Control
Electrical module Is DT C U007 3 and/ or U0155 indicated?
U0073 86 41-1 85 B1168 Gauge
U0155 41-2 B1169 control YES−Check for poor connections or loose
B1178 module terminals at the gauge control module, the VSA
U0073 68 41-1 85 B1168 PCM modulator-control unit, the yaw rate/lateral
U0114 86 41-2 B1169 acceleration sensor, the steering angle sensor, the
U0122 B1178 VTM-4 control unit, the TPMS control unit, and the
cardiagn.com
U0155 PCM, then go to step 1.
U0073 68 41-1 85 B1168 VSA
U0122 86 41-2 B1170 modulator- NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
U0155 control Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
unit indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
U0073 68 41-1 85 B1168 VTM-4
U0114 86 41-2 control
U0155 unit
U0073 68 41-1 85 B1168 TPMS
U0155 86 41-2 B1173 control
unit
Are the DT Cs still indicated?
YES−Substitute the remaining control modules,

one at time, until the DTCs are no longer present,
then replace the control module that made the
DTCs go away. After replacing the faulty control
module, go to step 20.
NO−Replace the faulty control module, then go to

step 20.
11-179
07/05/09 16:51:12 61SJC020_110_0180
PGM-FI System

DTC U0114: F-CAN Malfunction (VTM-4 7. Check for continuity between VTM-4 control unit
Control Unit-PCM) 22P connector terminals No. 11 and No. 22 .
０１
NOTE: VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT 22P CONNECTOR
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). CANH
• If DTC U0073 is stored at the same time as DTC (WHT)
U0114, troubleshoot DTC U0073 first, then recheck
for DTC U0114.
CANL*
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). (RED)

MENU with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C U0114 indicated?
YES−Substitute a known-good VTM-4 control unit,
YES−Go to step 4. then go to step 15 and recheck. If no DTCs are
indicated, replace the original VTM-4 control unit,
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this then go to step 15.
at the gauge control module, the VTM-4 control unit, NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
and the PCM. control unit (No. 11 (No. 22) ) and the PCM (A36
(A1) ), then go to step 15.
4. Check for DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
: CANL line
Is T CS DT C 41 indicated?
8. Check for poor connections at the VTM-4 control
YES−Go to step 5. unit 22P connector and 12P connector.
NO−Go to step 8. Are the connections OK ?
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. YES−Go to step 9.
6. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit 22P connector. NO−Repair the connections, then go to step 15.
11-180
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００Ｕ０１１４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:01 61SJC020_110_0181
9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. ０４

VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT 22P CONNECTOR
10. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit 12P connector.

LG (BLK)
12. Measure voltage between VTM-4 control unit 12P

０２
＋B (RED/BLU) Is there continuity?
cardiagn.com
YES−Substitute a known-good VTM-4 control unit,
then go to step 15 and recheck. If no DTCs are
indicated, replace the original VTM-4 control unit,
Wire side of female terminals then go to step 15.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4

Is there battery voltage? control unit and body ground (G501), then go to
step 15.
NO−Check for a VTM-4 system DTC 44-1 (see page
15-30). If DTC 44-1 is indicated, troubleshoot and 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
repair as needed, then go to step 15. If DTC 44-1 is
not indicated, go to step 15. 17. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
14. Check for continuity between VTM-4 control unit 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the DTCs
12P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 12 and body MENU with the HDS.
ground, and between VTM-4 control unit 22P
connector terminal No. 10 and body ground Is DT C U0114 indicated?
individually.
０３ YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the gauge control module, the VTM-4
control unit, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
PG (BLK)
Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated, go to the
LG (BLK)
11-181
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_110_0182
PGM-FI System

DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (VSA 7. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-
Modulator-Control Unit-PCM) control unit 46P connector terminals No. 12 and
No. 33.
NOTE: ０１
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR
• If DTC U0073 is stored at the same time as DTC
U0122, troubleshoot DTC U0073 first, then recheck CANL* (RED)
for DTC U0122.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). CANH (WHT)
3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the DTCs Wire side of female terminals
MENU with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C U0122 indicated? Is there continuity?
YES−Go to step 4. YES−Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-

control unit, then go to step 15 and recheck. If no
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this DTCs are indicated, replace the original VSA
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals modulator-control unit, then go to step 15.
at the gauge assembly, the VSA modulator-control
unit, and the PCM. NO−Repair open in the wire between the VSA
modulator-control unit (No. 35 (No. 14) ) and the
4. Check for DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. PCM (A36 (A1) ), then go to step 15.
Is V SA DT C 86 indicated? : CANL line
YES−Go to step 5. 8. Check for a poor connection at the VSA modulator-

control unit 46P connector.
NO−Go to step 8.
Are the connections OK ?
YES−Go to step 9.
connector. NO−Repair the connection(s), then go to step 15.
11-182
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００Ｕ０１２２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_110_0183
9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-
control unit 46P connector terminals No. 43 and
10. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P No. 46 and body ground.
connector. ０３
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR
12. Measure voltage between VSA modulator-control

unit 46P connector terminal No. 40 and body
ground.
０２ GND (BLK) GND (BLK)
cardiagn.com
IG1 (GRN/WHT)
YES−Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-

control unit, then go to step 15 and recheck. If no
Wire side of female terminals DTCs are indicated, replace the original VSA
modulator-control unit, then go to step 15.
Is there battery voltage? NO−Repair open in the wire between the VSA
modulator-control unit and body ground (G302),
YES−Go to step 13. then go to step 15.
NO−Check the No. 31 VSA/ABS (7.5 A) fuse in the 15. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair connector.
open in the wire between the No. 31 VSA/ABS
(7.5 A) fuse and the VSA modulator-control unit, 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
then go to step 15.

MENU with the HDS.
Is DT C U0122 indicated?

terminals at the gauge assembly, the VSA
modulator-control unit, and the PCM, then go to
step 1.

11-183
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_110_0184
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic procedure (see page Are any T emporary DT Cs or DT Cs indicated?
22-244).
YES−Go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
Does the MIL indicator f lash?
NO−Go to step 11.
YES−Go to step 3.
11. Check the MIL in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
NO−Substitute a known-good gauge control
module, and recheck. If the MIL circuit is OK, Does it indicate ON?
replace the original gauge control module.
NO−Substitute a known-good gauge control
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the MIL. module, and recheck. If the MIL circuit is OK,
replace the original gauge control module.
cardiagn.com
Does the MIL stay of f ?
12. Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is a short indicated?
NO−Go to step 5.
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait 20 seconds, software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
and watch the MIL. good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
Does the MIL stay on or f lash more than 5 times? PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
NO−The MIL circuit is OK. 14. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P), then disconnect
the HDS.
8. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see page 11-3).
9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS.
Does the HDS communicate with the PCM?
NO−Go to ‘‘DLC Circuit Troubleshooting’’

(see page 11-194).
11-184
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９３９９０２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:03 61SJC020_110_0185
０１ Is DT C U007 3 and/ or U0155 indicated?
YES−Go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.

good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
SCS (BRN)
23. Inspect the No. 23 ＋B IG MAIN (50 A) fuse in the

Terminal side of female terminals under-hood fuse/relay box.
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? Is the f use OK ?
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM YES−Repair open in the wire between the No. 23
(A31) and the DLC. ＋B IG MAIN (50 A) fuse and the ignition switch.
If the wire is OK, go to step 24.
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- NO−Repair short in the wire between the No. 23
good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the ＋B IG MAIN (50 A) fuse and the under-hood
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 23 ＋B IG
PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205). MAIN (50 A) fuse.
17. Try to start the engine.
Does the engine start and idle smoothly?
NO−Go to step 22.
20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS.
Does the HDS communicate with the PCM?
NO−Go to ‘‘DLC Circuit Troubleshooting’’

(see page 11-194).
(cont’d)
11-185
07/05/09 16:52:03 61SJC020_110_0186
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)

24. Inspect the No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse in the 27. Check for continuity between body ground and
under-hood fuse/relay box. PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector
terminals No. 1 and No. 3 individually.
Is the f use OK ? ０３
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 (FI MAIN)
YES−Go to step 31. 4P CONNECTOR
NO−Go to step 25.
25. Remove the blown No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse ＋B

from the under-hood fuse/relay box. ＋B
26. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A) from

the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box.
０２
A
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between the No. 8 FI

ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 1
(FI MAIN). Also replace the No. 8 FI ECU (PCM)
(15 A) fuse.
NO−Go to step 28.
11-186
07/05/09 16:52:03 61SJC020_110_0187
28. Disconnect each of the components or connectors 30. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1
below, one at a time, and check for continuity (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body
between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P ground.
connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. ０５
• PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P CONNECTOR
• PCM connector B (44P)
• Each injector 2P connector
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor 3P connector
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor A/B 6P
connector IGP
• Electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control
relay
０４
4P CONNECTOR Terminal side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
IGP YES−Repair short in the wire between PGM-FI

main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and each item. Also replace
the No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse.
NO−Replace PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). Also

Terminal side of female terminals replace the No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse.
31. Inspect the No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse in the

Does continuity go away when one of the above under-dash fuse/relay box.
components is disconnected?
Is the f use OK ?
YES−Replace the component that made the short
to body ground go away when disconnected. If the YES−Go to step 44.
item is the PCM, update the PCM if it does not have
the latest software (see page 11-7), or substitute a NO−Go to step 32.
the symptom/indication goes away with a known- 32. Remove the blown No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A)
good PCM, replace the original PCM (see page fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
11-205). Also replace the No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A)
fuse. 33. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
NO−Go to step 29. 34. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
29. Disconnect the all connectors from these

components:
• PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)

• PCM connector B (44P)
• Injectors
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor A/B
• Electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control
relay
(cont’d)
11-187
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_110_0188
PGM-FI System

terminal B37 and body ground. terminal B37 and body ground.
０６０８
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
IG1 (BLK/YEL) IG1 (BLK/YEL)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 36. YES−Repair short in the wire between the No. 19
IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PCM (B37),
NO−Replace the No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse, between the No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and
and update the PCM if it does not have the latest PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP), or between the
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the
good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the immobilizer control unit-receiver. Also replace the
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse.
NO−Go to step 38.
36. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A)
from the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box. 38. Remove the rear seat (see page 20-117).
０７
39. Remove the access panel from the floor.
40. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector.
11-188
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_110_0189
41. Check for continuity between fuel pump 5P 43. Check for continuity between fuel pump 5P
connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.
０９１１
FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR
FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP

(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN)
Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between the fuel YES−Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
pump and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). Also Also replace the No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A)
replace the No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. fuse.
NO−Go to step 42. NO−Check the fuel pump, and replace it if

necessary (see page 11-300). Also replace the
42. Reinstall PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A). No. 19 IG FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse.
１０
45. Disconnect PCM connectors A (44P) and B (44P).
(cont’d)
11-189
07/05/09 16:52:05 61SJC020_110_0190
PGM-FI System

47. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal 50. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A) from
B37 and body ground. the under-dash fuse/relay box.
１２１４
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) A
IG1 (BLK/YEL)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 48. 51. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1
(FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 3 and body
NO−Repair open in the wire between the No. 19 IG ground.
FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PCM (B37). １５
48. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal 4P CONNECTOR
A6 and body ground.
１３
＋B
MRLY (RED/YEL)
Is there battery voltage? NO−Repair open in the wire between the No. 8
FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main
YES−Go to step 54. relay 1 (FI MAIN).
NO−Go to step 49.
11-190
07/05/09 16:52:06 61SJC020_110_0191
52. Connect PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P 56. Measure voltage between body ground and PCM
connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a connector terminal B3.
jumper wire. １８
１６ PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)

4P CONNECTOR IGP (YEL/BLK)
MRLY
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
terminal A6 and body ground. YES−Go to step 64.
１７
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) NO−Go to step 57.
MRLY (RED/YEL) 57. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
58. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A) from

１９
A
YES−Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN)

(see page 22-75). If the relay is OK, update the PCM
if it does not have the latest software (see page
11-7), or substitute a known-good PCM (see page
11-8), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes
away with a known-good PCM, replace the original
PCM (see page 11-205).
NO−Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main
relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the PCM (A6).
54. Reconnect PCM connector A (44P).
(cont’d)
11-191
07/05/09 16:52:06 61SJC020_110_0192
PGM-FI System

60. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 62. Connect PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P
(FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a
ground. jumper wire.
２０２１
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 (FI MAIN) PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 (FI MAIN)
4P CONNECTOR 4P CONNECTOR
＋B IGP
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
Is there battery voltage? 63. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B3 and body ground.
YES−Go to step 61. ２２
NO−Repair open in the wire between the No. 8
FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 1 IGP (YEL/BLK)
(FI MAIN).
YES−Replace PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN).

relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the PCM (B3).
11-192
07/05/09 16:52:07 61SJC020_110_0193
65. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. 67. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector.
66. Check for continuity between body ground and 68. Check for continuity between PCM connector
PCM connector terminals A22, B1, B36, B43, C1, terminal A24 and body ground.
and C40 individually. ２６
＊０１ PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
PCM CONNECTORS
A (44P)
VCC3
LG3 (BRN/YEL) (GRN)
cardiagn.com
B (44P) Terminal side of female terminals
PG2 (BLK)

(A24) and the APP sensor.

PG1 (BLK) LG2 (BRN/YEL) software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
C (44P)
PGMETCS (BLK)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
NO−Repair open in the wire(s) between the PCM

(A22, B1, B36, B43, C1, C40) and body ground
(G101).
11-193
07/05/09 16:52:07 61SJC020_110_0194
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting

NOTE: 3. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 5 and
• Make sure the HDS and the DLC cable of the HDS are No. 16.
normal. ０３
• If the PCM does not communicate with the HDS, do DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
this troubleshooting procedure.
• Check that MIL circuit is normal, then do this
troubleshooting.
GND (BLK)
1. Measure voltage between DLC terminal No. 16 and
body ground.
０１
＋B (WHT/GRN)

＋B (WHT/GRN)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 4.
Terminal side of female terminals NO−Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal
No. 5 and body ground (G402).
Is there battery voltage? 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES−Go to step 2. 5. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 5 and

No. 7.
NO−Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal ０４
No. 16 and the No. 8 FI ECU (PCM) (15 A) fuse in the DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
under-hood fuse/relay box.
2. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 4 and

No. 16. GND K-LINE
(BLK) (LT BLU)
０２
GND (BLK)
＋B (WHT/GRN)
Is there 8.5 V or more?
NO−Go to step 6.
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal
No. 4 and body ground (G402).
11-194
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９１９４６１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:08 61SJC020_110_0195
8. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 11. Check for continuity between PCM connector
9. Check for continuity between DLC terminal No. 7 ０７
and body ground. PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
０５
K-LINE (LT BLU)
K-LINE (LT BLU)

cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between good PCM (see page 11-8). then recheck. If the
DLC terminal No. 7 and the PCM (A43). After symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
repairing the wire, check for a DTC with the HDS, PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
and go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
NO−Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal
NO−Go to step 10. No. 7 and the PCM (A43). After repairing the wire,
check for a DTC with the HDS, and go to the
10. Connect DLC terminal No. 7 to body ground with a indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
jumper wire.
０６
K-LINE (LT BLU)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont’d)
11-195
07/05/09 16:52:08 61SJC020_110_0196
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)

16. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 5 and

No. 7.
０８
GND K-LINE
(BLK) (LT BLU)
cardiagn.com
YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest

NO−Repair short to power in the wire between

DLC terminal No. 7 and the PCM (A43). After
repairing the wire, check for Temporary DTCs or
DTCs with the HDS, and go to the indicated DTC’s
troubleshooting.
11-196
07/05/09 16:52:08 61SJC020_110_0197
Injector Replacement
1. Relieve fuel pressure (see page 11-286).
3. Disconnect the connectors from the injectors (A).

０１
cardiagn.com
C
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
E
A
4. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (B).
5. Remove the fuel rail mounting bolts (C) from the fuel rail (D).
6. Remove the injector clip (E) from the fuel rail.
7. Remove the injectors from the rails.
(cont’d)
11-197
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９３４５９５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:09 61SJC020_110_0198
PGM-FI System
Injector Replacement (cont’d)

8. Coat the new O-ring (A) with clean engine oil, and insert the injectors (B) into the fuel rail (C).
０２
C
cardiagn.com
E D
9. Install the injector clip (D).
10. Coat the new injector O-ring (E) with clean engine oil.
11. Install the injectors in the injector base.
12. Install the fuel rail mounting bolts.
13. Install the connectors on the injectors.
14. Connect the quick-connect fitting (see page 11-295).
15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not operate the starter. After the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds, the
fuel pressure in the fuel line rises. Repeat this two or three times, then check for fuel leakage.
16. Install the intake manifold.
11-198
07/05/09 16:52:09 61SJC020_110_0199
A/F Sensor Replacement

Special Tools Required Rear Bank (Bank 1)
O2 sensor socket wrench, Snap-on YA8875, SP Tools
93750, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the rear A/F sensor 8P connector (A),
then remove the rear A/F sensor (B).
Front Bank (Bank 2) ０２
1. Disconnect the front A/F sensor 8P connector (A), A

then remove the A/F sensor (B).
０１
B
44 N·m
B
44 N·m
cardiagn.com
A
2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal.
11-199
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９１２１５１ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:52:10 61SJC020_110_0200
PGM-FI System
Secondary HO2S Replacement

Special Tools Required Rear Bank (Bank 1)
O2 sensor socket wrench, Snap-on YA8875, SP Tools
93750, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the rear secondary HO2S 4P connector
(A), then remove the rear secondary HO2S (B).
Front Bank (Bank 2) ０２
A
1. Disconnect the front secondary HO2S 4P connector
(A), then remove the front secondary HO2S (B).
０１
A
B
44 N·m
B (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
44 N·m
cardiagn.com
11-200
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９３１３１２ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:52:10 61SJC020_110_0201
ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement

1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 1. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).
2. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1 on 2. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1 on
page 9-3). page 9-3).
3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A).
０１０１
B
18 N·m
C B
18 N·m
A (1.8 kgf·m,
13 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
C
4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B).
5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal

4. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with
with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with
11-201
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９２４７１１ＫＢＡＴ１０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４４２６１２４７１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:11 61SJC020_110_0202
PGM-FI System
Knock Sensor Replacement IAT Sensor Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-3). 1. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1 on
page 9-3).
2. Remove the injector rails and the base.
2. Disconnect the IAT sensor 2P connector (A).
3. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A), then ０１
B C
remove the knock sensor (B). 18 N·m
０１ (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft)
A
A
B
31 N·m
(3.2 kgf·m,
23 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the IAT sensor (B).

with a new O-ring (C).
11-202
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９３６３０１ＫＢＡＴ２０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９３４９０１ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:52:11 61SJC020_110_0203
CKP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement

1. Move the auto-tensioner to remove tension from 1. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-13).
the drive belt, then remove the belt (see page 4-31).
2. Remove the front camshaft pulley (CMP sensor
2. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-11). pulse plate) (A).
０１
B
3. Remove the upper and lower front covers from the
engine (see page 6-13).
4. Remove the CKP sensor (A) from the oil pump.

０１
C
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
A
9.8 N·m A
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
90 N·m (9.2 kgf·m, 67 lbf·ft)

Apply engine oil to the bolt threads.
3. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector (B), then

remove the back cover (C).
4. Remove the CMP sensor (A) from the back cover.
6. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn ＊０１
procedure (see page 11-4). 3.5 N·m
(0.35 kgf·m, 2.5 lbf·ft)

Install the timing belt (see page 6-16).

11-203
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９１７５２３ＫＢＡＴ２０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９１６０８１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:12 61SJC020_110_0204
PGM-FI System
MAP Sensor Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1 on
page 9-3).
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector (A).

０１
B
3.5 N·m
(0.35 kgf·m, 2.5 lbf·ft)
D
C
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the screw (B).
4. Remove the MAP sensor (C).

with a new O-ring (D).
11-204
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６９４０００１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:12 61SJC020_110_0205
PCM Replacement
Special Tools Required 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
• Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester
• Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION
with HDS and CM update software CHECK, and follow the screen prompts.
• GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,
update software continue with this procedure.
NOTE: 7. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU, then select READ

• Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software DATA and follow the screen prompts.
version.
• If you are replacing the PCM after substituting a NOTE:
known-good PCM, reinstall the original PCM, then do • Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life
this procedure. data from the original PCM so you can later
• During the procedure, if any READ DATA, WRITE download (WRITE) it into the new PCM.
DATA, or other data checks fail, note the failure, then • If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with
continue. this procedure.
cardiagn.com
1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard.
０１ 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
10. Remove the cover (D).

０２
D
F
A

A
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM
and other vehicle systems. If it doesn’t, go to the
DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-194). If
you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting,
skip steps 4 through 9, 16 through 18, 21, and 22,
then do this after replacing the PCM: B
C E
• Replace the engine oil (see page 8-6) and the 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
engine oil filter (see page 8-7).
• Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314). 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C.
4. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols
(A=□, B=△, C=○) embosed on them for
identification.
12. Remove the bolts (E), then remove the PCM (F).
(cont’d)
11-205
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３０００４７２０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:12 61SJC020_110_0206
PGM-FI System
PCM Replacement (cont’d)


been programmed into the PCM, ignore it, and
16. If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 7,

go to step 19. Otherwise, go to step 17.
17. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS.
18. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU, then select WRITE
cardiagn.com
DATA and follow the screen prompts.
NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED,

19. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS.
20. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM

replacement procedure in the HDS, it allows you to
start the engine.

the throttle body (see page 11-314), then go to step
22.
22. If the READ DATA failed in step 7 or the WRITE

DATA failed in step 18, replace the engine oil
(see page 8-6) and engine oil filter (see page 8-7),
then go to step 23.
23. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the PCM with the
HDS.

software (see page 11-7).
11-206
07/05/09 16:52:14 61SJC020_110_0207
＊０１
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE
CONTROL SYSTEM (ETCS)
CONTROL RELAY ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
Signal Inspection, page 11-248
cardiagn.com
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Update, page 11-7 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE
Substitution, page 11-8 (Contains THROTTLE ACTUATOR and
Replacement, page 11-205 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR)
11-207
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２４１０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:14 61SJC020_110_0208
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0122: TP Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage 9. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. TPSA (RED/BLK)
3. Check TP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the

HDS.
Is there about 0.3 V or less?

YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Is there continuity?
at the throttle body and the PCM. YES−Repair short in the wire between the throttle
body and the PCM (B17), then go to step 18.
NO−Go to step 23.
time? 10. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.
YES−Go to step 10. 11. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P

NO−Go to step 5. ０２
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR
6. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.
7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. VCC5 (BLU)
NO−Go to step 12.
11-208
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１２２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:52:15 61SJC020_110_0209
13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-319).
14. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). 18. Reconnect all connectors.
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
terminal B19 and throttle body 6P connector
terminal No. 2. 20. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
０３
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 21. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
Wire side of
female terminals 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
VCC5 (BLU)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) VCC5 (BLU)
cardiagn.com
terminals at the throttle body and the PCM, then go
to step 1.

YES−Reconnect all connectors, then go to step 23. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
NO−Repair open in the wire between the throttle
body and the PCM (B19), then go to step 18. 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.

terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. If the

11-209
07/05/09 16:52:15 61SJC020_110_0210

DTC P0123: TP Sensor A Circuit High Voltage 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 8. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). ０１
3. Check TP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the TPSA (RED/BLK)

HDS.
Is there about 4.8 V or more?
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
at the throttle body and the PCM. Is there about 5 V ?
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. YES−Go to step 18.
Are DT C P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same NO−Go to step 9.

time?
NO−Go to step 6.
11-210
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０１２３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:08 61SJC020_110_0211
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
terminal No. 1. 14. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.
０２
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 15. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
Wire side of
female terminals 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
TPSA (RED/BLK)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) TPSA (RED/BLK) terminal B34 and throttle body 6P connector
terminal No. 4.
０３
Wire side of
female terminals
SG5 (GRN)
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair open in the wire between the throttle SG5 (GRN)


(cont’d)
11-211
07/05/09 16:53:08 61SJC020_110_0212

19. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-319).
cardiagn.com
to step 1.




11-212
07/05/09 16:53:08 61SJC020_110_0213
DTC P0222: TP Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage 9. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. TPSB (RED/BLU)
3. Check TP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the

HDS.

YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Is there continuity?
at the throttle body and the PCM. YES−Repair short in the wire between the throttle
NO−Go to step 23.
time? 10. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P
YES−Go to step 10. ０１
NO−Go to step 5.
6. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. VCC5 (BLU)
NO−Go to step 11.
(cont’d)
11-213
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０２２２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:09 61SJC020_110_0214

12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-319).
13. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). 18. Reconnect all connectors.
14. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector 20. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
terminal No. 2. 21. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
０２
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Wire side of
female terminals Is DT C P0222 indicated?
VCC5 (BLU)
cardiagn.com
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) VCC5 (BLU) terminals at the throttle body and the PCM, then go
to step 1.


Is there continuity? software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
body and the PCM (B19), then go to step 18. Is DT C P0222 indicated?


11-214
07/05/09 16:53:09 61SJC020_110_0215
DTC P0223: TP Sensor B Circuit High Voltage 8. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. TPSB (RED/BLU)
3. Check TP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the

HDS.
Is there about 4.8 V or more?

YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Is there about 5 V ?
at the throttle body and the PCM. YES−Go to step 16.
Are DT C P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
time?
NO−Go to step 5.
(cont’d)
11-215
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０２２３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:09 61SJC020_110_0216

terminal B12 and throttle body 6P connector terminal B34 and throttle body 6P connector
０２０３
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR

TPSB SG5 (GRN)
(RED/BLU)
TPSB
(RED/BLU) PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
SG5 (GRN)
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair open in the wire between the throttle NO−Repair open in the wire between the throttle
body and the PCM (B12), then go to step 20. body and the PCM (B34), then go to step 20.
11-216
07/05/09 16:53:09 61SJC020_110_0217
18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. DTC P0607: Lost Communication with
Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS)
20. Reconnect all connectors. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
terminals at the throttle body and the PCM, then go NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
to step 1. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the throttle body and the PCM. If any other
NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
25. Reconnect all connectors. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is DT C P0223 indicated? terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. If the
YES−Check for poor connections or loose (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. If the substituted, go to step 1.
(see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
substituted, go to step 1. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
11-217
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６０７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:53:09 61SJC020_110_0218

DTC P061F: Electronic Throttle Control
System (ETCS) Malfunction
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P061F indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.

at the throttle body and the PCM. If any other

Is DT C P061F indicated?


11-218
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０６１ＦＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:53:10 61SJC020_110_0219
DTC P1658: Electronic Throttle Control 5. Test the ETCS control relay (see page 22-75).
System (ETCS) Control Relay ON Malfunction
Is the ET CS control relay OK ?
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Replace the ETCS control relay, then go to
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). step 13.
2. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with 6. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
the HDS.
Is the RELAY circuit OK ?
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this terminal A20 and body ground.
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals ０２
at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 3.
ETCSRLY
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (BRN)
4. Remove the ETCS control relay (A) from the under-

０１
A

(A20) and the ETCS control relay, then go to
step 13.
NO−Go to step 9.
(cont’d)
11-219
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１６５８ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:53:10 61SJC020_110_0220

9. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Reconnect all connectors.
11. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
C4 and body ground.
０３ 15. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN)

terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
the PCM (C4) and the ETCS control relay, then go to 19. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
step 12. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
NO−Go to step 18.

terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. If
the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good

11-220
07/05/09 16:53:11 61SJC020_110_0221
DTC P1659: Electronic Throttle Control 7. Test the ETCS control relay (see page 22-75).
System (ETCS) Control Relay OFF
Malfunction Is the ET CS control relay OK ?
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO−Replace the ETCS control relay, then go to
step 28.
9. Measure voltage between ETCS control relay 4P
3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. connector terminal No. 4 and body ground.
０２
Is DT C P1659 indicated? ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
IGP
at the ETCS control relay and the PCM.
5. Check the No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE ACTUATOR

CONTROL) (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay Terminal side of female terminals
box.
Is the f use OK ? Is there battery voltage?
NO−Go to step 20. NO−Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main
relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the ETCS control relay, then
6. Remove the ETCS control relay (A) from the under- go to step 27.
０１
A
(cont’d)
11-221
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１６５９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:53:11 61SJC020_110_0222

10. Measure voltage between ETCS control relay 4P 14. Connect ETCS control relay 4P connector terminal
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０３０４
ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR
＋B
IG1 ETCS
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
Is the battery voltage? 15. Check for continuity between PCM connector
YES−Go to step 11. ０５
NO−Repair open in the wire between the ETCS
control relay and the No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN)
ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box, then go to step 27.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C4)

and the ETCS control relay, then go to step 28.
11-222
07/05/09 16:53:12 61SJC020_110_0223
16. Remove the jumper wire. 20. Remove the blown No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE
ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) fuse in the under-
17. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). hood fuse/relay box.
18. Connect ETCS control relay 4P connector terminal 21. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire.
０６ 22. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR
ETCSRLY ０８
JUMPER WIRE IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN)
cardiagn.com

０７ Terminal side of female terminals
ETCSRLY YES−Go to step 24.

(BRN)
NO−Replace the No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE
ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) fuse, then go to
step 28.

(A20) and the ETCS control relay, then go to
step 28.
(cont’d)
11-223
07/05/09 16:53:12 61SJC020_110_0224

24. Remove the ETCS control relay (A) from the under- 25. Check for continuity between PCM connector
hood fuse/relay box. terminal C4 and body ground.
０９１０
A PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN)
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between the ETCS

control relay and the PCM (C4), then go to step 28.
NO−Go to step 26.
26. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P

１１
ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR
＋B
YES−Repair short in the wire between the No. 9

DBW (THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A)
fuse and the ETCS control relay, then go to step 28.
NO−Replace the No. 9 DBW (THROTTLE

ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) fuse, then go to
step 28.
11-224
07/05/09 16:53:12 61SJC020_110_0225

terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
cardiagn.com


terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. If

11-225
07/05/09 16:53:13 61SJC020_110_0226

DTC P1683: Throttle Valve Default Position 9. Push the throttle valve closed as shown.
Spring Performance Problem ０１
Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle

body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or
while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you
will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve
is activated.

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Release the throttle valve.
cardiagn.com
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the throttle valve return?
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at YES−Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314),
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the then go to step 12.
NO−Go to step 11.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds.
YES−Go to step 7.
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
at the throttle body and the PCM.
8. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle
body. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
to step 1.

11-226
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１６８３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:13 61SJC020_110_0227
DTC P1684: Throttle Valve Return Spring 9. Push the throttle valve open as shown.
Performance Problem ０１

is activated.

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Release the throttle valve.
cardiagn.com
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the throttle valve return?
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at YES−Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314),
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the then go to step 12.
NO−Go to step 11.
YES−Go to step 7.
body. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
to step 1.

11-227
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１６８４ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:13 61SJC020_110_0228

DTC P2101: Electronic Throttle Control 11. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with
System (ETCS) Malfunction the HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 12. Visually check the throttle valve operation.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NOTE: Be careful not to pinch your fingers during
the check.
Does the throttle valve operate smoothly?
YES−Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314),
3. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with then go to step 21 and recheck. If DTC P2101 is
the HDS. indicated, go to step 19.
Is DT C P2101 indicated? 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 7. 14. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.
NO−Go to step 5. 15. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
5. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 16. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
17. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5
• ENGINE SPEED and No. 6 with a jumper wire.
• VSS ０１
• APP SENSOR A THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR
ETCSM− (GRN) ETCSM＋ (BLU)
YES−Go to step 7.

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals JUMPER WIRE
at the throttle body and the PCM, then clean the
throttle body (see page 11-314). Wire side of female terminals

body.
11-228
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１０１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:13 61SJC020_110_0229
18. Check for continuity between PCM connector 24. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the
terminals C2 and C3. range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
０２
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) • ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
• APP SENSOR A
ETCSM＋ (BLU) ETCSM− (GRN)

terminals at the throttle body and the PCM, then
clean the throttle body (see page 11-314), and go to
step 1.
cardiagn.com
YES−Reconnect all connectors, then go to step 26.
NO−Repair open in the wires between the throttle
body and the PCM (C2, C3), then go to step 20. 27. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. good PCM (see page 11-8).
20. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-319). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is DT C P2101 indicated?
22. Reset the PCM with the HDS. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
23. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM

11-229
07/05/09 16:53:14 61SJC020_110_0230

DTC P2118: Throttle Actuator Current Range/ 4. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.
Performance Problem
5. At the throttle body side, measure resistance
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general and No. 6 with the throttle fully closed.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). ０２
3. Measure resistance between PCM connector

terminals C2 and C3.
ETCSM− ETCSM＋
０１
cardiagn.com
ETCSM＋ (BLU) ETCSM− (GRN) Terminal side of male terminals
Is there about 1.0 or less?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Repair short in the wires between the throttle

body and the PCM (C2, C3), then go to step 7.
Is there about 1.0 or less?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 15.
11-230
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１１８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:14 61SJC020_110_0231
13. Slowly press the accelerator pedal to the floor.

to step 1.
cardiagn.com



11-231
07/05/09 16:53:14 61SJC020_110_0232

DTC P2122: APP Sensor A (Throttle Position 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Sensor D) Circuit Low Voltage
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
10. Check for continuity between APP sensor A/B 6P
０２
2. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
HDS.
YES−Go to step 3. APSA (ORN)
cardiagn.com
at APP sensor A and the PCM.
4. Disconnect APP sensor A/B 6P connector.

YES−Repair short in the wire between APP
6. Measure voltage between APP sensor A/B 6P sensor A and the PCM (A17), then go to step 21.
APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
VCC3 (GRN) SG3 (BLK)
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 16.
11-232
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１２２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:14 61SJC020_110_0233
11. Check for continuity between PCM connector 12. Reconnect PCM connector A (44P).
terminal A17 and APP sensor A/B 6P connector
terminal No. 4. 13. Connect APP sensor A/B 6P connector terminals
０３ No. 4 and No. 5 with a jumper wire.
APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR ０４
Wire side of APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
female terminals
APSA (ORN)
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) APSA (ORN)

APSA (ORN) VCC3 (GRN)
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES−Go to step 12. 15. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
NO−Repair open in the wire between APP sensor
A and the PCM (A17), then go to step 21. Is there 0.2 V or less?
NO−Go to step 20.
(cont’d)
11-233
07/05/09 16:53:15 61SJC020_110_0234

18. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at APP sensor A and the PCM, then go to
19. Check for continuity between PCM connector step 1.
terminal No. 5. NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
０５ Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
Wire side of
female terminals 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
VCC3 (GRN)
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) VCC3 (GRN)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? terminals at APP sensor A and the PCM. If the PCM
YES−Go to step 27. (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
A and the PCM (A24), then go to step 21. NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
20. Replace the APP sensor (see page 11-249). original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
21. Reconnect all connectors. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
11-234
07/05/09 16:53:15 61SJC020_110_0235
DTC P2123: APP Sensor A (Throttle Position 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Sensor D) Circuit High Voltage
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminal A34 and APP sensor A/B 6P connector
terminal No. 6.
2. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the ０２
HDS. APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
Wire side of
Is there about 4.9 V or more? female terminals
SG3 (BLK)
YES−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
at APP sensor A and the PCM.

SG3
(BLK)
4. Disconnect the APP sensor A/B 6P connector.
6. Measure voltage between APP sensor A/B 6P
connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. YES−Go to step 18.
０１
APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR NO−Repair open in the wire between APP sensor
A and the PCM (A34), then go to step 13.
VCC3 (GRN) SG3 (BLK)
NO−Go to step 7.
(cont’d)
11-235
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１２３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:15 61SJC020_110_0236

12. Replace the APP sensor (see page 11-249).
cardiagn.com
terminals at APP sensor A and the PCM, then go to
step 1.



terminals at APP sensor A and the PCM. If the PCM

11-236
07/05/09 16:53:16 61SJC020_110_0237
DTC P2127: APP Sensor B (Throttle Position 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Sensor E) Circuit Low Voltage
10. Check for continuity between APP sensor A/B 6P
０２
2. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
HDS.
YES−Go to step 3. APSB (YEL)
cardiagn.com
at APP sensor B and the PCM.

YES−Repair short in the wire between APP sensor
6. Measure voltage between APP sensor A/B 6P B and the PCM (A18), then go to step 22.
VCC4 (WHT) SG4 (RED)
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 16.
(cont’d)
11-237
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１２７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:53:16 61SJC020_110_0238

11. Check for continuity between PCM connector 12. Reconnect PCM connector A (44P).
terminal No. 3. 13. Connect APP sensor A/B 6P connector terminals
０３ No. 1 and No. 3 with a jumper wire.
０４
Wire side of APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR
female terminals
APSB (YEL)
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) APSB (YEL)

VCC4 (WHT) APSB (YEL)
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES−Go to step 12. 15. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
B and the PCM (A18), then go to step 22. Is there about 0.2 V or less?
NO−Go to step 20.
11-238
07/05/09 16:53:16 61SJC020_110_0239
16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Replace the APP sensor (see page 11-249).
17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Reconnect all connectors.
18. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 22. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
19. Check for continuity between PCM connector 23. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
terminal No. 1. 24. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
０５
Wire side of
female terminals Is DT C P2127 indicated?
VCC4 (WHT)
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) terminals at APP sensor B and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
cardiagn.com
VCC4 indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
(WHT)

YES−Go to step 27. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
B and the PCM (A25), then go to step 22. 29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.

terminals at APP sensor B and the PCM. If the PCM

11-239
07/05/09 16:53:16 61SJC020_110_0240

DTC P2128: APP Sensor B (Throttle Position 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Sensor E) Circuit High Voltage
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminal A35 and APP sensor A/B 6P connector
terminal No. 2.
2. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the ０２
HDS.
Wire side of
Is there about 4.0 V or more? female terminals
SG4 (RED)
YES−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
at APP sensor B and the PCM.

SG4 (RED)
6. Measure voltage between APP sensor A/B 6P
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. YES−Go to step 18.
０１
APP SENSOR A/B 6P CONNECTOR NO−Repair open in the wire between APP
sensor B and the PCM (A35), then go to step 13.
VCC4 (WHT) SG4 (RED)
NO−Go to step 7.
11-240
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１２８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:20 61SJC020_110_0241
cardiagn.com
terminals at APP sensor B and the PCM, then go to
step 1.



terminals at APP sensor B and the PCM. If the PCM

11-241
07/05/09 16:56:20 61SJC020_110_0242

DTC P2135: TP Sensor A/B Voltage Incorrect 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Correlation

body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector
while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you terminals B12 and B17.
will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve ０１
is activated. PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
TPSB TPSA
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data (RED/BLU) (RED/BLK)
cardiagn.com
3. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with

the HDS. Terminal side of female terminals
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is there continuity?


body.
9. Visually check the throttle valve operation.
Does the valve temporarily move to the f ully

closed position?
NO−Go to step 10.
11-242
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１３５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:21 61SJC020_110_0243
14. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 23. Reconnect all connectors.
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
terminals B12 and B17. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
０２ good PCM (see page 11-8).
TPSB TPSA
(RED/BLU) (RED/BLK) Is DT C P2135 indicated?

cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
YES−Repair short in the wire between the TPSA
line and the TPSB line, then go to step 18.
NO−Go to step 16.

to step 1.

11-243
07/05/09 16:56:21 61SJC020_110_0244

DTC P2138: APP Sensor A/B (Throttle 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Position Sensor D/E) Incorrect Voltage terminals A17 and A18.
Correlation ０１
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). APSA (ORN) APSB (YEL)
2. Clear the DTC with HDS.
3. Press the accelerator pedal to the floor.

cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this terminals (A17, A18), then go to step 13.
at APP sensor A/B and the PCM. NO−Go to step 21.
5. Check APP SENSOR A and APP SENSOR B in the 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
DATA LIST with the HDS.
Are they the same voltage?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 11.
11-244
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１３８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:21 61SJC020_110_0245

terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM, then
clean the throttle body (see page 11-314), and go to
step 1.


cardiagn.com

terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. If the

11-245
07/05/09 16:56:21 61SJC020_110_0246

DTC P2176: Throttle Actuator Control System 10. Visually check the throttle valve operation while
Idle Position Not Learned doing the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU
with the HDS.
Does the throttle valve move to its f ully closed

Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle position?
while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you YES−Go to step 11.
is activated. NO−Go to step 12.
11. Check for sludge or carbon on the throttle valve.

NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and Is there sludge or carbon on the throttle valve?
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). YES−Clean the throttle body (see page 11-314),
• If DTC P2135 is stored at the same time as DTC P2176, then go to step 21.
cardiagn.com
troubleshoot DTC P2135 first, then recheck for DTC
P2176. NO−Go to step 18.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 13. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 15. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
10 seconds.
16. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5
5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. and No. 6 with a jumper wire.
０１
Is DT C P217 6 indicated? THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR
YES−Go to step 6.

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals ETCSM− (GRN) ETCSM＋ (BLU)
at the throttle body and the PCM, then clean the
throttle body (see page 11-314).
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. JUMPER WIRE
7. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle Wire side of female terminals
body.
11-246
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２１７６ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:22 61SJC020_110_0247
terminals C2 and C3.
０２ Is DT C P217 6 indicated?
ETCSM＋ (BLU) ETCSM− (GRN) to step 1.


Terminal side of female terminals software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P217 6 indicated?
NO−Repair open in the wires between the throttle
body and the PCM (C2, C3), then go to step 20. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
19. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-319). substituted, go to step 1.
20. Reconnect all connectors. NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
22. Reset the PCM with the HDS. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
25. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait

10 seconds.
11-247
07/05/09 16:56:22 61SJC020_110_0248
APP Sensor Signal Inspection

NOTE: 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed,
• This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with
closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor the HDS.
stores DTCs which are covered in other
troubleshooting procedure. • If it is below 2 %, the APP sensor is OK.
• Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS • If it is above 2 %, update the PCM if it does not
before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are have the latest software (see page 11-7), or
indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8),
procedure. then go to step 5.
• Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its
operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed,
pedal, the throttle cable, and the APP sensor then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with
individually. If you find a problem in one of them, the HDS.
replace the part(s) that caused the problem.
• If it is below 2 %, the APP sensor is OK.
1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) • If it is above 2 %, replace the APP sensor
(A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard. (see page 11-249), then go to step 1.
cardiagn.com
０１
3. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed,

then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with
the HDS.
• If it is below 2 %, the APP sensor is OK.

• If it is above 2 %, adjust the throttle cable
11-248
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２４１１２９４７ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:22 61SJC020_110_0249
APP Sensor Replacement

1. Remove the throttle cable (see page 11-317).
2. Disconnect the accelerator pedal position (APP)

sensor 6P connector (A).
０１
B
cardiagn.com
A
3. Remove the bolts (B) and the APP sensor (C).
11-249
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２４１１２９４７ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:56:24 61SJC020_110_0250
VTEC
＊０１
ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(VTEC OIL PRESSURE SWITCH)
cardiagn.com
Update, page 11-7 ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID
Substitution, page 11-8 (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE)
Replacement, page 11-205 Replacement, page 11-261
11-250
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０３０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:24 61SJC020_110_0251
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) Circuit Low
Voltage 6. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC oil pressure switch) 2P connector.
• Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
• A/T low pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301
• A/T pressure hose 07406-0020201 8. Check the VTEC PRES SW in the DATA LIST with
• A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A the HDS.
• A/T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
• Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5A0200 Is ON indicated?
1. Check the engine oil level. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
cardiagn.com
Is the level OK ? 10. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC
oil pressure switch) (A), install the special tools as
YES−Go to step 2. shown, then install the rocker arm oil pressure
switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) on the oil
NO−Adjust the engine oil to the proper level, then pressure gauge adapter (B).
go to step 20.
NOTE: Install the parts in the reverse order of
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). removal with a new O-ring.
＊０１
3. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 07406-0020201 or
07MAJ-PY4011A and
A 07MAJ-PY40120
4. Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with 22 N·m
the HDS. (2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
Is the result OK ?
07406-0070301

at the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil
pressure switch), the rocker arm oil control
solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve), and the PCM.
B
NO−Go to step 5. 07NAJ-P07010A
07ZAJ-S5A0200
12. Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with

the HDS.
(cont’d)
11-251
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６４６ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:24 61SJC020_110_0252
VTEC

13. Check the VTEC oil pressure. 19. Reconnect all connectors.
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 392 kPa 20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
( 4.0 kgf / cm2 , 56.9psi)?
YES−Replace the rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC oil pressure switch) (see page 11-261), then 22. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
go to step 19.
NO−Go to step 14. the HDS.
14. Check the engine oil pressure (see page 8-6). 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is the engine oil pressure OK ? Is DT C P2646 indicated?
YES−Replace the rocker arm oil control solenoid YES−Check for poor connections or loose
(VTEC solenoid valve) (see page 11-261), then go to terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure switch
cardiagn.com
step 19. (VTEC oil pressure switch) and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
NO−Repair the cause of the low oil pressure, and
replace the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC NO−Go to step 25.
solenoid valve) (see page 11-261), then go to step
19. 25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2646 in the
17. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 24,
terminal B23 and body ground. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
０２ connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) and the
PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.
VTPSW
(BLU/WHT)

(B23) and the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC
oil pressure switch), then go to step 19.
NO−Go to step 26.
11-252
07/05/09 16:56:25 61SJC020_110_0253


the HDS.

terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC oil pressure switch) and the PCM. If the PCM
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 30.



connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil
pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) and the
was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
on.
11-253
07/05/09 16:56:25 61SJC020_110_0254
VTEC

DTC P2647: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 8. At the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil
(VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) Circuit High pressure switch) side, check for continuity between
Voltage rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure
switch) 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). (VTEC OIL PRESSURE SWITCH) 2P CONNECTOR
1. Check the engine oil level.

VTPSW
Is the level OK ?
YES−Go to step 2.
GND
NO−Adjust the engine oil to the proper level, then
go to step 16.
cardiagn.com
3. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is there continuity?
4. Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with YES−Go to step 9.

the HDS.
NO−Replace the rocker arm oil pressure switch
Is the result OK ? (VTEC oil pressure switch) (see page 11-261), then
go to step 15.
pressure switch) and the PCM. 10. Measure voltage between rocker arm oil pressure
switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) 2P connector
NO−Go to step 5. terminal No. 1 and body ground.
０２
5. Check the result of step 4. ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(VTEC OIL PRESSURE SWITCH) 2P CONNECTOR
• VTEC Switch Failure
• VTEC Switch Open VTPSW
(BLU/WHT)
• VTEC Switch SIG Line Open
• VTEC Switch GND Line Open
Is the test result any of the above?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals Wire side of female terminals
pressure switch) and the PCM. If the connections
are OK, replace the rocker arm oil control solenoid Is there battery voltage?
(VTEC solenoid valve) (see page 11-261), then go to
step 15. YES−Repair open in the wire between the rocker
arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch)
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. and G101, then go to step 15.
7. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch NO−Go to step 11.
(VTEC oil pressure switch) 2P connector.
11-254
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６４７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:25 61SJC020_110_0255
11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2647 in the
14. Check for continuity between PCM connector Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19,
terminal B23 and rocker arm oil pressure switch go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
(VTEC oil pressure switch) 2P connector terminal
No. 1. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
０３ connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil
ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) and the
(VTEC OIL PRESSURE SWITCH) 2P CONNECTOR
VTPSW
(BLU/WHT)
cardiagn.com

VTPSW the HDS.
(BLU/WHT)
YES−Go to step 21. terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC oil pressure switch) and the PCM. If the PCM
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
(B23) and the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM was
oil pressure switch), then go to step 15. substituted, go to step 1.
15. Reconnect all connectors. NO−Go to step 25.

terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC oil pressure switch) and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
NO−Go to step 20.
(cont’d)
11-255
07/05/09 16:56:25 61SJC020_110_0256
VTEC



pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) and the
cardiagn.com
on.
11-256
07/05/09 16:56:26 61SJC020_110_0257
DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
(VTEC Solenoid Valve) Circuit Low Voltage
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. Check for continuity between PCM connector
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). terminal C24 and body ground.
０２
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)

VTS
3. Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with (GRN/YEL)
the HDS.
Is the result OK ?
cardiagn.com
at the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC
solenoid valve) and the PCM. Terminal side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 4. Is there continuity?
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM
(C24) and the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC
5. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid solenoid valve), then go to step 11.
(VTEC solenoid valve) 1P connector.
NO−Go to step 18.
6. At the solenoid side, measure resistance between
the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid 10. Replace the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC
valve) 1P connector terminal and the solenoid solenoid valve) (see page 11-261).
valve body.
０１ 11. Reconnect all connectors.
ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID
(VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) 1P CONNECTOR 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

the HDS.

Is there 14−30 at room temperature? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the rocker arm oil control solenoid
YES−Go to step 7. (VTEC solenoid valve) and the PCM, then go to step
1.
NO−Go to step 10.
NO−Go to step 17.
(cont’d)
11-257
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６４８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:26 61SJC020_110_0258
VTEC

17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2648 in the 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2648 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. DTCs MENU with the HDS.
control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) and the NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) and the
18. Reconnect all connectors. good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the PCM
cardiagn.com
19. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- on.

the HDS.

terminals at the rocker arm oil control solenoid
(VTEC solenoid valve) and the PCM. If the PCM was
to step 1.
NO−Go to step 22.
11-258
07/05/09 16:56:26 61SJC020_110_0259
DTC P2649: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
(VTEC Solenoid Valve) Circuit High Voltage
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). terminal C24 and the rocker arm oil control
solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) 1P connector
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminal.
０２
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) 1P CONNECTOR
Wire side of
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at female terminals
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the VTS (GRN/YEL)
cardiagn.com
VTS
YES−Go to step 5. (GRN/YEL)

at the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC
solenoid valve) and the PCM. Is there continuity?
6. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
(VTEC solenoid valve) 1P connector. (C24) and the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC
solenoid valve), then go to step 12.
7. At the solenoid side, measure resistance between
the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid
valve) 1P connector terminal and the solenoid
valve body.
０１
(VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) 1P CONNECTOR
Is there 14−30 at room temperature?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 11.

(cont’d)
11-259
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２６４９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:26 61SJC020_110_0260
VTEC

11. Replace the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC 19. Reconnect all connectors.
solenoid valve) (see page 11-261).
12. Reconnect all connectors. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
16. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at terminals at the rocker arm oil control solenoid
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the (VTEC solenoid valve) and the PCM. If the PCM was
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P2649 indicated? NO−Go to step 22.
YES−Check for poor connections or loose 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2649 in the
terminals at the rocker arm oil control solenoid DTCs MENU with the HDS.
(VTEC solenoid valve) and the PCM, then go to step
1. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NO−Go to step 18. YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is

18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2649 in the original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
DTCs MENU with the HDS. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 21,
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 17, control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) and the
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes
control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) and the on.
11-260
07/05/09 16:56:27 61SJC020_110_0261
Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch
(VTEC Solenoid Valve) (VTEC Oil Pressure Switch)
Replacement Removal/Installation
1. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid 1. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC solenoid valve) connector (A). (VTEC oil pressure switch) connector (A), then
０１ remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC
oil pressure switch) (B).
12 N·m ０１
(1.2 kgf·m, A
8.7 lbf·ft)
B
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
B (2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)

solenoid valve) (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal
11-261
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０３５１５１６ＫＢＡＴ２０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ１４６８０３５１５１８ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:29 61SJC020_110_0262
Idle Control System
＊０１
POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH
Signal Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-268
cardiagn.com
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
Update, page 11-7
Substitution, page 11-8
ALTERNATOR
FR Signal Circuit A/C COMPRESSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-267 Signal Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-266
＊０２

Signal Circuit Troubleshooting, page 11-270
11-262
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:29 61SJC020_110_0263
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower 8. Remove the intake air duct from the throttle body.
Than Expected
9. Check for dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data bore.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle
bore?
YES−If there is dirt or carbon, clean the throttle
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. body (see page 11-314). Also check for damage to
the air cleaner element (see page 11-315), then go
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at to step 13. If there is damage in the throttle bore, go
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the to step 12.
NO−Go to step 10.
4. Check for these conditions in the DATA LIST with
the HDS: 10. Recheck with different load conditions (turn on the
cardiagn.com
headlights, blower motor, or A/C; change the gear
• ECT SENSOR 1 above 158 °F (70 °C) position, etc.).
• IAT SENSOR above 32 °F (0 °C)
• Vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h) 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the
• ST FUEL TRIM between 0.73 and 1.47 DTCs MENU with the HDS.
• FSS is CLOSED
DTCs MENU with the HDS. YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check the A/C
YES−Go to step 6. system and/or power steering system, then go to
step 1 and recheck. If the screen indicates
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 8. If EXECUTING, let the engine idle until a result comes
the screen indicates EXECUTING, let the engine on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go
idle until a result comes on. If the screen indicates to step 10 and recheck.
OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 4 and recheck.
6. Remove the intake air duct from the throttle body.
7. Check for dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle

bore.
Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle

bore?
YES−If there is dirt or carbon, clean the throttle

body (see page 11-314). Also check for damage to
the air cleaner element (see page 11-315), then go
to step 13. If there is damage in the throttle bore, go
to step 12.
NO−Check the A/C system or power steering

system, then go to step 10.
(cont’d)
11-263
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０５０６ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:29 61SJC020_110_0264
Idle Control System


16. Check for these conditions in the DATA LIST with

the HDS:
• ECT SENSOR 1 above 158 °F (70 °C)

• IAT SENSOR above 32 °F (0 °C)
• Vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h)
• ST FUEL TRIM between 0.73 and 1.47
cardiagn.com
• FSS is CLOSED

NO−Go to step 18.



connections or loose terminals at the throttle body
indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF CONDITION,
11-264
07/05/09 16:56:29 61SJC020_110_0265
DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Than Expected
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the Is DT C P0507 indicated?
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. If the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
cardiagn.com
Does the screen indicate F AILED? substituted, go to step 1.
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the
failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen DTCs MENU with the HDS.
indicates EXECUTING, let the engine idle until a
result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF Does the screen indicate PASSED?
CONDITION, recheck with different load conditions
(electrical, A/C, gear position, etc.), then go to YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
step 3. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
5. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts: Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 10,
• PCV valve
• PCV hose NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
• EVAP canister purge valve connections or loose terminals at the throttle body
• Throttle body and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
• Intake manifold known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If
• Brake booster hose the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen
Are there any leaks? keep idling until a result comes on.
YES−Repair or replace the leaking part(s), then go

to step 6.
NO−Go to step 6.
11-265
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０５０７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:56:30 61SJC020_110_0266
Idle Control System
A/C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Start the engine. 13. Momentarily connect PCM connector terminal A14
to body ground with a jumper wire several times.
2. Turn the blower switch on. ０１
3. Turn the A/C switch on.
4. Check the A/C CLUTCH in the DATA LIST with the

HDS.
Does it indicate ON?
YES−Go to step 5. ACC (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
NO−Do the A/C pressure switch circuit
5. Check the A/C system.
cardiagn.com
Is there a clicking noise f rom the A/ C compressor
Does the A/ C system operate? clutch?
YES−The air conditioning system circuit is OK. YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
NO−Go to step 6. good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the A/C clutch relay and the PCM. If the
8. Activate the A/C CLUTCH in the INSPECTION connections are OK, check the A/C clutch relay
MENU with the HDS. (see page 22-75), repair open in the wire between
the PCM (A14) and the A/C clutch relay and the
Is there a clicking noise f rom the A/ C compressor other A/C systems.
clutch?
YES−Do the A/C system test (see page 21-77).
NO−Go to step 9.
11-266
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１１２１０１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:30 61SJC020_110_0267
Alternator FR Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Start the engine, and let it idle.
2. Monitor the ALTERNATOR in the DATA LIST with

the HDS.
3. Check if the indicated percentage varies when the

headlight switch is turned on.
Does the percentage vary?
YES−The alternator signal circuit is OK.
NO−Go to step 4.
4. Turn the headlight switch and ignition switch OFF.
cardiagn.com
6. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.
8. Check for continuity between body ground and

PCM connector terminal C41.
０１
ALTF (WHT/RED)

(C41) and the alternator.

11-267
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１１２９３１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:30 61SJC020_110_0268
Idle Control System
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P
2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. ０１
PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR
3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
PSPSW
(BLU/YEL)
Does it indicate ON?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 14.
4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position.

5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
cardiagn.com
Does it change to OF F ?
YES−The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. (A38) and the PSP switch.
NO−Go to step 6. NO−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
8. Start the engine. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector.
HDS.
16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1
Does it change to OF F ? and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine.
０２
YES−Replace the PSP switch. PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR
NO−Go to step 10.

PSPSW
10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (BLU/YEL)
JUMPER WIRE
GND (BLK)
11-268
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１４７０２２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:56:31 61SJC020_110_0269
17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the 23. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P
HDS. connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０４
Does it change to ON? PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR
YES−Replace the PSP switch.
NO−Go to step 18.

GND (BLK)
19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P

connector.
20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
terminal A38 and PSP switch 2P connector terminal YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
No. 1. software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
０３ good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If the
PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
Wire side of PCM, replace the original PCM (see page 11-205).
PSPSW female terminals
(BLU/YEL)
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PSP
switch and G202.
PSPSW (BLU/YEL)
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PSP

switch and the PCM (A38).
11-269
07/05/09 16:56:31 61SJC020_110_0270
Idle Control System
Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Check for continuity between PCM connector
2. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with ０１
the HDS. PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
Does it indicate OF F ? BKSW (WHT/BLK)
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Inspect the brake pedal position switch

(see page 19-6).
3. Press the brake pedal, and check the BRAKE

SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does it change to ON? Terminal side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
YES−The brake pedal position switch signal circuit Is there continuity?
(BKSW line) is OK.
NO−Go to step 4. (A8) and the No. 13 HORN, STOP (20 A) fuse.
Replace the No. 13 HORN, STOP (20 A) fuse.
NO−Go to step 9.
6. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch 4P

connector.
11-270
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１１４８０６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:12 61SJC020_110_0271
9. Connect brake pedal position switch 4P connector

０２
4P CONNECTOR
BKSW
(WHT/BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
０３
BKSW (WHT/BLK)
YES−Repair open in the wire between the brake

pedal position switch and the No. 13 HORN, STOP
(20 A) fuse. Inspect the brake pedal position switch
(see page 19-6).
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A8)

and the brake pedal position switch.
11-271
07/05/09 16:57:12 61SJC020_110_0272
Idle Control System
Idle Speed Inspection

NOTE: 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
• Before checking the idle speed, check these items: 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
– The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
reported on, and there are no DTCs.
– Ignition timing 4. Check the idle speed without load conditions:
– Spark plugs headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air
– Air cleaner conditioner off.
– PCV system
• Apply the parking brake. Idle speed should be:
730±50 rpm (in Park or neutral)
1. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP)
canister purge valve connector. 5. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric
load (A/C switch ON, temperature set to Max Cool,
2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) blower fan on High, and headlights on high beam).
(A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard.
０１ Idle speed should be:
730±50 rpm (in Park or neutral)
cardiagn.com
NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification,
do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
If the idle speed is still not within specification, go
to symptom troubleshooting.
6. Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve

connector.
11-272
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１０００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:12 61SJC020_110_0273
PCM Idle Learn Procedure

The idle learn procedure must be done so the PCM can
learn the engine idle characteristics.
Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of

these actions:
• Replace PCM.
• Reset PCM.
• Update PCM.
• Clean or replace the throttle body.
NOTE: Erasing DTCs with the HDS does not require you
to do the idle learn procedure.
Procedure
1. Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio, lights, etc.)
cardiagn.com
are off.

radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant
temperature reaches 194 °F (90 °C).
5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the

throttle fully closed.
NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include

its running time in the 5 minutes.
11-273
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６１４７２０１ＢＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:15 61SJC020_110_0274
Fuel Supply System
＊０１
FUEL TANK
Draining, page 11-289
FUEL TANK UNIT

Removal/Installation,
page 11-297
FUEL PUMP
Circuit Troubleshooting,
page 11-282
FUEL FEED LINE
cardiagn.com
FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
Test, page 11-302
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
FUEL RAIL Replacement, page 11-299
FUEL FILTER
FUEL FILL CAP
FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING

Precautions, page 11-292
Removal, page 11-293
FUEL VAPOR LINE
FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING

Precautions, page 11-292
Removal, page 11-293
11-274
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:17 61SJC020_110_0275
＊０２
cardiagn.com
Update, page 11-7
＊０３
PGM-FI MAIN
RELAY 1 (FI MAIN)
PGM-FI MAIN
RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
11-275
07/05/09 16:57:17 61SJC020_110_0276
Fuel Supply System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge
Sending Unit) Range/Performance Problem
NOTE:
• Because it requires 162 miles (260 km) of driving
without refueling to complete this diagnosis, this DTC
P0461 cannot be duplicated during this
troubleshooting.
1. Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-302).
Is the f uel gauge sending unit OK ?
cardiagn.com
terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the
gauge control module.
NO−Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see page

Are any T emporary DT Cs or DT Cs indicated?
YES−If DTC P0461 is indicated, check for poor

connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge
sending unit and the gauge control module, then
go to step 1. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
are indicated, go to the indicated DTC’s
troubleshooting.
NO−Troubleshooting is complete.
11-276
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４６１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:57:17 61SJC020_110_0277
DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge 14. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 5P
Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data FUEL TANK UNIT 5P CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). SIGNAL (YEL/BLK)
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds.

MENU with the HDS.
Is DT C P0462 indicated? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals YES−Repair short in the wire between the gauge
at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge control module (signal line) and the fuel gauge
sending unit. sending unit, then go to step 23.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. NO−Go to step 15.
5. Remove the rear seat (see page 20-117). 15. Reconnect the gauge control module 14P connector.
6. Remove the access panel from the floor. 16. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-297).
7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. 17. Connect the fuel tank unit 5P connector.
8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
9. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

MENU with the HDS.
YES−Replace the fuel gauge sending unit

NO−Go to step 11.

22-263).
13. Disconnect the gauge control module 14P

connector.
(cont’d)
11-277
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４６２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:57:17 61SJC020_110_0278
Fuel Supply System

20. Set the float (A) to the E position. 29. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
＊０１

A software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-

1.2 in. E
(30.1 mm)
21. Check the fuel gauge. YES−Check for poor connections or loose
cardiagn.com
Does the f uel gauge move to the empty position? gauge control module. If the PCM was updated,
YES−Go to step 33. recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
22-263), then go to step 22. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the

gauge control module, then go to step 1.

11-278
07/05/09 16:57:18 61SJC020_110_0279
DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge 9. Remove the gauge control module (see page
Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage 22-263).
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 10. Disconnect the gauge control module 14P
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general connector.
11. Check for continuity between gauge control
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). module 14P connector terminal No. 12 and body
ground.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. ０２
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 14P CONNECTOR
MENU with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 4. GND (BLK/WHT)
cardiagn.com
at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge
sending unit. Wire side of female terminals

5. Remove the rear seat (see page 20-117).
6. Remove the access panel from the floor.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the gauge
7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. control module (GND line) and the fuel gauge
sending unit, then go to step 24.
8. Connect fuel tank unit 5P connector terminal No. 1
to body ground with a jumper wire.
０１
FUEL TANK UNIT 5P CONNECTOR
GND
(BLK/WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont’d)
11-279
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４６３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:57:18 61SJC020_110_0280
Fuel Supply System

12. Connect fuel tank unit 5P connector terminal No. 2 14. Remove the jumper wire from the fuel tank unit 5P
to body ground with a jumper wire. connector.
０３
FUEL TANK UNIT 5P CONNECTOR 15. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-297).
16. Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-302).
SIGNAL (YEL/BLK) Is the f uel gauge sending unit OK ?
JUMPER WIRE YES−Go to step 17.
NO−Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see page

Wire side of female terminals 17. Connect the fuel tank unit 5P connector.
18. Reconnect the gauge control module 14P connector.
cardiagn.com
13. Check for continuity between gauge control
module 14P connector terminal No. 13 and body 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
ground.
０４ 20. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 14P CONNECTOR
21. Set the float (A) to the F position.
＊０１
A
SIGNAL (YEL/BLK)
F

9.6 in.
(243.3 mm)

control module (signal line) and the fuel gauge 22. Check the fuel gauge.
sending unit, then go to step 24.
Does the gauge move to the f ull position?

11-280
07/05/09 16:57:18 61SJC020_110_0281
cardiagn.com
gauge control module, then go to step 1.



gauge control module. If the PCM was updated,
recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.

11-281
07/05/09 16:57:19 61SJC020_110_0282
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting

If you suspect a problem with the fuel pump, check that 5. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2
the fuel pump actually runs; when it is on, you will hear (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and
some noise if you listen to the fuel fill port with the fuel body ground.
fill cap removed. The fuel pump should run for ０３
2 seconds when the ignition switch is first turned ON (II). PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
If the fuel pump does not make noise, check as follows: 4P CONNECTOR
2. Remove the left kick panel (see page 20-60), then

remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A) from IG1
０１
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−
• If needed, replace the No. 19 FUEL PUMP (15 A)
A fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
• If needed, replace the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
4. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2
(FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminal No. 3 and 7. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P
body ground. connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a
０２ jumper wire.
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
０４
4P CONNECTOR PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
4P CONNECTOR
IMOFPR
IGP
JUMPER WIRE

YES−Go to step 5.
NO−
• Replace PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN).
• If needed, replace the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
11-282
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８３０２ＦＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:57:19 61SJC020_110_0283
8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
9. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 14. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal
A11 and body ground.
10. Check for continuity between body ground and ０７
PCM connector terminal A11. PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
０５
IMOFPR
(GRN/WHT)
IMOFPR
(GRN/WHT)
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage?
Is there continuity? YES−Go to step 15.
YES−Go to step 11. NO−Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
NO−Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and the PCM (A11).
16. Reconnect PCM connector A (44P).
11. Reinstall PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
17. Exit the SCS mode with the HDS.
12. Connect PCM connector terminal A6 to body
ground with a jumper wire. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
０６
MRLY (RED/YEL)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont’d)
11-283
07/05/09 16:57:20 61SJC020_110_0284
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)

19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure 23. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure
voltage between under-dash fuse/relay box 39P voltage between fuel pump 5P connector terminal
connector terminal No. 3 and body ground within No. 5 and body ground within 2 seconds.
2 seconds. ０９
０８ FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX 39P CONNECTOR
IMOFPR
(GRN/WHT)
FUEL PUMP
(YEL/GRN)
cardiagn.com
YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- NO−Go to step 24.
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
25. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
NO−Go to step 20.
26. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P
20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper
wire.
21. Remove the rear seat-backs (see page 20-119). １０
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP)
22. Remove the access panel from the floor. 4P CONNECTOR
IG1
FUEL PUMP
JUMPER WIRE
11-284
07/05/09 16:57:20 61SJC020_110_0285
27. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure

voltage between fuel tank unit 5P connector
terminal No. 5 and body ground within 2 seconds.
０１
FUEL PUMP
(YEL/GRN)
cardiagn.com
YES−Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL

PUMP).

relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and the fuel tank unit 5P
connector.
29. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 5P

０２
GND (BLK)
YES−Replace the fuel pump.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the fuel tank

unit 5P connector and G502.
11-285
07/05/09 16:57:21 61SJC020_110_0286
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Relieving

Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve 9. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and
pressure from the system by stopping the fuel pump clean it if needed.
and then disconnecting the fuel tube/quick connect
fitting in the engine compartment. 10. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect
fitting (A).
With the HDS ０２
A
audio system and the navigation system (if
equipped).
2. Remove the fuel fill cap, and relieve the pressure in

the fuel tank.
4. From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS, select
cardiagn.com
Fuel Pump OFF, then start the engine, and let it idle
until it stalls.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the
connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the
NOTE: retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release
• Do not allow the engine to idle above 1,000 rpm them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector
or the PCM will continue to operate the fuel off.
pump.
• A DTC or a Temporary DTC may be set during NOTE:
this procedure. Check for DTCs, and clear them • Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other
as needed (see page 11-3). parts.
• Do not use tools.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. • If the connector does not move, keep the retainer
tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push
7. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. the connector until it comes off easily.
• Do not remove the retainer from the line; once
8. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). removed, the retainer must be replaced with a
０１ new one.
０３
A C
A
E
11-286
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４０００００ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:21 61SJC020_110_0287
12. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
it for dirt or damage (see step 4 on page 11-293).
5. Remove the fuel fill cap.
13. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, then
do this: 6. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery.
• Do the power window control unit reset 7. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A).
procedure (see page 22-209). ０５
• Enter the anti-theft codes for the radio and the
• Set the clock.
Without the HDS

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the A
equipped).
cardiagn.com
2. Remove the left kick panel (see page 20-60), then
remove PGM-Fl main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A) from
０４
8. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and
clean it if needed.
9. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect

fitting (A).
０６
A
3. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls.
NOTE: If any DTCs are stored, clear and ignore

them.
(cont’d)
11-287
07/05/09 16:57:22 61SJC020_110_0288
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Relieving (cont’d) Fuel Pressure Test

10. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the Special Tools Required
connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the • Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B
retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release • Fuel pressure gauge attachment set 07AAJ-S6MA150
them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector
off. 1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-286).
NOTE: 2. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting. Attach the fuel

• Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other pressure gauge set and the fuel pressure gauge.
parts. ０１
• Do not use tools.
• If the connector does not move, keep the retainer 07406-004000B
the connector until it comes off easily.
removed, the retainer must be replaced with a 07AAJ-S6MA150
new one.
０７
cardiagn.com
D
A 3. Start the engine, and let it idle.

E
• If the engine starts, go to step 5.
B • If the engine does not start, go to step 4.
4. Check to see if the fuel pump is running: listen to

11. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check the fuel filler port with the fuel fill cap removed.
it for dirt or damage (see step 4 on page 11-293). The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the
ignition switch is first turned on.
12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, then
do this: • If the pump runs, go to step 5.
• If the pump does not run, do the fuel pump circuit
• Power window control unit reset procedure troubleshooting (see page 11-282).
(see page 22-209).
• Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system 5. Read the fuel pressure gauge. The pressure should
and the navigation system (if equipped). be 390−440 kPa (4.0−4.5 kgf/cm2, 57−64 psi).
• Set the clock.
• If the pressure is OK, the test is complete.
• If the pressure is out of specification, replace the
fuel pressure regulator (see page 11-299) and the
fuel filter (see page 11-299), then recheck the fuel
pressure.
11-288
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４０００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:22 61SJC020_110_0289
Fuel Tank Draining

1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-297).
2. Using a hand pump, a hose, and a container

suitable for fuel, draw the fuel from the fuel tank.
3. Reinstall the fuel tank unit (see page 11-298).
cardiagn.com
11-289
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８５０１ＬＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:57:22 61SJC020_110_0290
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line Inspection

Check the fuel system lines and hoses for damage, leaks, and deterioration. Replace any damaged parts.
０１
cardiagn.com
Make sure the connections are
secure and the quick-connect
fitting covers are firmly locked in place.
11-290
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８００１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:23 61SJC020_110_0291
Check all clamps, and retighten if necessary.

０２
B
A
FUEL TANK UNIT LOCKNUT

Replace.
BASE GASKET
cardiagn.com
Replace.
To FUEL
RAIL
To EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
A: TOP B:
150 °
TOP
15 ° 15 °
150 ° Make sure the clamp is Make sure the clamp is

positioned as shown. positioned as shown.
C: 4.76 in. (119 mm)
TOP
11-291
07/05/09 16:57:24 61SJC020_110_0292
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions

The fuel line/quick-connect fittings (A), (B), (C), (D) ０３
connect the fuel rail (E) to the fuel feed hose (F), the fuel
feed hose to the fuel line (G), the fuel line (H) to the fuel D
tank unit (I) and the fuel vapor line (J) to the EVAP
canister (K). When removing or installing the fuel feed
hose, fuel tank unit, or fuel tank, it is necessary to
disconnect or connect the quick-connect fittings. D
Pay attention to the following:
J
• The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect
fittings are not heat-resistant; be careful not to
damage them during welding or other heat-
generating procedures.
• The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect K
fittings are not acid-proof; do not touch them with a
shop towel that was used for wiping battery A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be
electrolyte. Replace them if they come in contact with reconnected, but the retainer on the mating line cannot
cardiagn.com
electrolyte or something similar. be reused once it has been removed from the line.
• When connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed Replace the retainer when:
hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect fittings, be careful
not to bend or twist them excessively. Replace them • replacing the fuel rail.
if they are damaged. • replacing the fuel line.
０１ • replacing the fuel pump.
G A • replacing the fuel filter.
F • replacing the fuel gauge sending unit.
• replacing the EVAP purge line.
• replacing the EVAP canister.
• it has been removed from the line.
• it is damaged.
Location Manufacturer Retainer Line

E color diameter
A Tokai Blue green 0.31 in.
(8.0 mm)
B Tokai Orange 0.37 in.
A A (9.5 mm)
C Tokai Blue green 0.31 in.
０２ (8.0 mm)
I
D Tokai Orange 0.37 in.
(9.5 mm)
11-292
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８００１ＢＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:25 61SJC020_110_0293
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal

NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, 3. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect
read the ‘‘Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions’’ fitting. Hold the connector (A) with one hand, and
(see page 11-292). squeeze the retainer tabs (B) with the other hand to
release them from the locking tabs (C). Pull the
1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-286). connector off.
2. Check the fuel quick-connect fittings (A) for dirt, NOTE:

and clean them if needed. • Be careful not to damage the line (D) or other
０１ parts. Do not use tools.
A • If the connector does not move, keep the retainer
the connector until it comes off easily.
removed, the retainer must be replaced with a
new one.
０４
cardiagn.com
C
A A
B
０２
A
D
4. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or
damage.
• If it is dirty, clean it.

• If it is rusty or damaged, replace the fuel pump,
fuel filter, or fuel feed line.
A ０５
０３
A
A
(cont’d)
11-293
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８００１ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:25 61SJC020_110_0294
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal (cont’d)

5. To prevent damage and keep foreign matter out,
cover the disconnected connector and line ends
with plastic bags (A).
NOTE: The retainer cannot be reused once it has

been removed from the line.
Replace the retainer when:
• replacing the fuel rail.
• replacing the fuel feed line.
• replacing the fuel pump.
• replacing the fuel filter.
• replacing the fuel gauge sending unit.
• replacing the EVAP purge pipe.
• it has been removed from the line.
• it is damaged.
０６
cardiagn.com
A
11-294
07/05/09 16:57:26 61SJC020_110_0295
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation

NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, 3. Before connecting a new fuel tube/quick-connect
read the ‘‘Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions’’ fitting assembly (A), remove the old retainer from
(see page 11-292). the mating line.
０３
1. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or
damage, and clean it if needed.
０１
B A
cardiagn.com
０４
2. Insert a new retainer (A) into the connector (B) if the

retainer is damaged, or after:
• replacing the fuel rail.

• replacing the fuel feed line. A
• replacing the fuel pump.
• replacing the fuel filter.
• replacing the fuel gauge sending unit.
• replacing the EVAP purge pipe.
• removing the retainer from the line.
• Use the same manufacturer retainer and the
same size retainer when the replacing the ０５
A
retainer (see page 11-292).
０２
(cont’d)
11-295
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８００１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:27 61SJC020_110_0296
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont’d)

4. Align the quick-connect fittings with the line (A), 5. When you reconnect the connector with the old
and align the retainer locking tabs (B) with the retainer, make sure the connection is secure and
connector grooves (C). Then press the quick- the tabs (A) are firmly locked into place; check
connect fittings onto the line until both retainer tabs visually and also by pulling the connector (B).
lock with a clicking sound. When you replace the fuel line with a new one,
make sure you remove the ring pull (C) upwards
NOTE: If it is hard to connect, put a small amount of after you confirm the connection is secure.
new engine oil on the line end.
NOTE: Before you remove the ring pull, make sure
Connection with new retainer the fuel line connection is secure. If the connection
０１ is not secure, the ring pull could break when you try
to remove it.
C
Reconnection to existing retainer
B ０４
cardiagn.com
A
Reconnection to existing retainer A

０２
C
Connection to new fuel line
０５
C
Connection to new fuel line

０３
B
C
A
A
6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and
B turn the ignition switch ON (II) (but do not operate
the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about
2 seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat this
two or three times, and check that there is no
leakage in the fuel supply system.
11-296
07/05/09 16:57:28 61SJC020_110_0297
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation

Special Tools Required 6. Using the special tool, loosen the fuel tank unit
Fuel sender wrench 07AAA-S0XA100 locknut (A).
＊０２
07AAA-S0XA100
Removal
2. Remove the fuel fill cap.
3. Remove the rear seat-back (see page 20-119).
4. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor, then

disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector (B).
＊０１
A A
7. Remove the locknut (A), locknut plate (B), and the
cardiagn.com
fuel tank unit (C).
＊０３
B A
C
C
5. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (C) from the

fuel tank unit.
(cont’d)
11-297
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８５２１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:28 61SJC020_110_0298
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation (cont’d)

Installation 4. Using the special tool, tighten the new locknut (A)
with a new locknut plate (B).
1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the
fuel tank unit (B), then insert the fuel tank unit NOTE:
partially into the fuel tank. • After tightening, make sure the marks are still
aligned.
NOTE: • After installation, check the base gasket, visually
• Be careful not to damage the new base gasket. or by hand, to be sure it is not pinched.
• Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending ＊０６
unit. 07AAA-S0XA100
• Do not coat the base gasket with oil.
A
＊０４
B
cardiagn.com
A
93 N·m
5. Connect the fuel tank unit 5P connector, then

connect the quick-connect fitting.
2. Transfer the base gasket (A) from the fuel tank unit 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and
onto the fuel tank. turn the ignition switch ON (II) (but do not operate
＊０５ the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about
2 seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat this
two or three times, then check that there is no
leakage in the fuel supply system.
7. Install the access panel.
8. Install the rear seat-back (see page 20-119).
B 9. Install the fuel fill cap.
3. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and the fuel
tank unit, then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel
tank until it sits on the base gasket.
NOTE: To avoid a fuel leak, check the base gasket,

visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched.
11-298
07/05/09 16:57:29 61SJC020_110_0299
Fuel Pressure Regulator Fuel Filter Replacement

Replacement
The fuel filter should be replaced whenever the fuel
pressure drops below the specified value (see page
1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-297). 11-288), after making sure that the fuel pump and the
fuel pressure regulator are OK.
2. Remove the bracket (A).
０１ 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-297).
2. Remove the fuel filter set (A).

０１
B
D A
cardiagn.com
D
A D
D
3. Remove the clip (B). C
4. Remove the fuel pressure regulator (C).

with new O-rings (D).
NOTE: Coat the O-rings with clean engine oil. Do 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank
not use any other type of oil or fluid. unit:
Do not pinch the O-rings during installation.
• When connecting the wire harness, make sure
the connection is secure and the connectors (B)
are firmly locked into place.
• When installing the fuel gauge sending unit (C),
make sure the connection is secure and the
connector is firmly locked into place. Be careful
not to bend or twist it excessively.

with new O-rings (D). When installing the fuel tank
unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank
(see page 11-298).
NOTE: Coat the O-rings with clean engine oil.
11-299
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８２０１ＫＢＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２７６０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:57:29 61SJC020_110_0300
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement

1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-297).
2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A)

from the fuel tank unit (B).
＊０１
cardiagn.com
B
3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank.
• When connecting the wire harness, make sure

the connection is secure and the connectors (C) is
firmly locked into place.
• When installing the fuel gauge sending unit,
make sure the connection is secure and the
connector is firmly locked into place. Be careful
not to bend or twist it excessively.

When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks
on the unit and the fuel tank (see page 11-298).
11-300
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２７７０２ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:15 61SJC020_110_0301
Fuel Tank Replacement

1. Drain the fuel tank (see page 11-289).
2. Jack up the vehicle, and support it with jackstands.
3. Remove the exhaust pipe (see page 9-7).
4. Remove the propeller shaft (see page 16-40), and support it with jackstands.
5. Remove the fuel tank protector (A).

０１
cardiagn.com
C
B
64 N·m
D
9.8 N·m
A (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
6. Loosen the clamp (B), and disconnect the tube (C).
7. Open the clamp (D).
8. Disconnect the hoses (E). Slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as you pull to avoid damaging them.
9. Place a jack or other support under the tank (F).
10. Remove the strap bolts and the straps (G).
11. Remove the fuel tank.
11-301
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２８５０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:16 61SJC020_110_0302
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test

NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer 7. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 5P
to the Gauges Circuit Diagram (see page 22-247). connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with the
ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery
1. Check the No. 21 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under- voltage.
dash fuse/relay box before testing.
• If the voltage is OK, go to step 8.
2. Do the B-CAN system diagnosis Test Mode A • If the voltage is not as specified, check for:
troubleshooting (see page 22-99). – a short in the YEL/BLK wire to ground.
– an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK/WHT wire.
• If no problem is found, go to step 3. ０２
• If DTC B1175 (see page 22-260) is indicated, go to FUEL TANK UNIT 5P CONNECTOR
the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (YEL/BLK)
4. Remove the rear seat-back (see page 20-119).

(BLK/WHT)
cardiagn.com
5. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor.
０１
A Wire side of female terminals
9. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank

B
(see page 11-297).
10. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 5P

connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with the float
at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2
(HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions.
If you do not get the following readings, replace the
fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-300).
Float F 1/2 LOW E

6. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector (B). Position 9.6 in. 6.6 in. 2.9 in. 1.2 in.
(243.3 mm) (166.3 mm) (72.5 mm) (30.1 mm)
Resistance 19 to 209.4 to 509 to 770 to
( ) 21 219.4 618.4 790
０３
Terminal side of
male Terminals
1/2
LOW
11-302
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４２７７０２ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:16 61SJC020_110_0303
Low Fuel Indicator Test

11. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. 1. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic
12. Remove the No. 15 BACK UP (40 A) fuse from the
under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, • If the low fuel indicator flashes, go to step 2.
then reinstall it. • If the low fuel indicator does not flash, replace
the gauge control module (see page 22-263).
2. Do the B-CAN system diagnosis Test Mode A
14. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates troubleshooting (see page 22-99).
‘‘F’’ with the float at F.
• If any DTCs are indicated, do the indicated DTC’s
• If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate troubleshooting.
‘‘F’’ replace the gauge control module. • If no DTCs are indicated, go to step 3.
• If the gauge is OK, the test is complete.
3. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see page
NOTE: 11-302).
• The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the
cardiagn.com
bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch
is OFF, regardless of the fuel level.
• Remove the No. 15 BACK UP (40 A) fuse from the
under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds
after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it
may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to
indicate the correct fuel level.
11-303
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２６４３７６０１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:20 61SJC020_110_0304
Intake Air System

＊０１
THROTTLE CABLE
Adjustment, page 11-317
cardiagn.com
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
Update, page 11-7
Substitution, page 11-8 AIR CLEANER
Replacement, page 11-205 Removal/Installation,
page 11-315
Element Inspection/Replacement,
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING page 11-315
(IMT) ACTUATOR
Replacement, page 11-316 AIR INTAKE DUCT
THROTTLE BODY Removal/Installation, page 11-316
Test, page 11-314
Cleaning, page 11-314
Disassembly/Reassembly, page 11-320
＊０２
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
11-304
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:20 61SJC020_110_0305
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P1077: IMT Valve Stuck in High RPM 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Position terminal B31 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)

IMTM (WHT/BLK)
3. Start the engine, and let it idle.
4. Check the IMT VALVE CMD in the DATA LIST with

the HDS.
Is CLOSE indicated?
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 31. (B31) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 25.
5. Check the IMT VALVE SW in the DATA LIST with NO−Go to step 31.
the HDS.
Is OPEN indicated?
YES−Go to step 6.
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector
at the IMT actuator and the PCM. terminal C43 and body ground.
０２
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
7. Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector.
9. Check the IMT VALVE SW in the DATA LIST with

the HDS. IMT＋ (WHT/BLU)
Is CLOSE indicated?

NO−Go to step 10.
11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. (C43) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 25.
12. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). NO−Go to step 18.
(cont’d)
11-305
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１０７７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:58:21 61SJC020_110_0306
Intake Air System

18. Connect IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. 5 20. Check for continuity between PCM connector
to body ground with a jumper wire. terminal C44 and body ground.
０３０５
IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR
JUMPER IMT＋
WIRE (WHT/BLU)
IMT−
(WHT/RED)

cardiagn.com
19. Check for continuity between PCM connector Is there continuity?
０４ YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) (C44) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 25.
NO−Go to step 21.
21. Connect IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. 4

０６
IMT＋ (WHT/BLU) IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR

JUMPER IMT−
Is there continuity? WIRE (WHT/RED)
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM Wire side of female terminals
(C43) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 25.
11-306
07/05/09 16:58:21 61SJC020_110_0307
22. Check for continuity between PCM connector 28. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
０７ 29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.

terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM. If the
IMT− substituted, go to step 1.
(WHT/RED)
NO−Go to step 30.

Terminal side of female terminals DTCs MENU with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Go to step 23. YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is

NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
(C44) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 25. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 29,
23. Remove the IMT actuator (see page 11-316).
24. Move the IMT valve by hand. connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator
Does it move smoothly? known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then recheck. If
YES−Substitute a known-good IMT actuator indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
(see page 11-316), then go to step 25 and recheck. If result comes on.
DTC P1077 is not indicated, replace the IMT
actuator (see page 11-316), then go to step 25. If 31. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
DTC P1077 is indicated, go to step 31.
NO−Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1
on page 9-3), and repair the stuck valve. If 33. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
necessary, replace the intake manifold (see page software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known-
9-2), then go to step 25. good PCM (see page 11-8).
(cont’d)
11-307
07/05/09 16:58:21 61SJC020_110_0308
Intake Air System


NO−Go to step 35.

cardiagn.com

connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator
indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
result comes on.
11-308
07/05/09 16:58:22 61SJC020_110_0309
DTC P1078: IMT Valve Stuck in Low RPM 9. Measure voltage between IMT actuator 5P
Position connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). VCC6
(YEL/BLU)
3. Start the engine, and hold the engine speed above

4,000 rpm.
4. Check the IMT VALVE CMD in the DATA LIST with Wire side of female terminals
the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is OPEN indicated? Is there about 5 V ?
NO−Go to step 37. NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
5. Check the IMT VALVE SW in the DATA LIST with
the HDS. 10. Measure voltage between IMT actuator 5P
Is CLOSE indicated? ０２
YES−Go to step 6.
IMTM
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this (WHT/BLK)
at the IMT actuator and the PCM.
6. Let the engine idle, then turn the ignition switch

OFF.
7. Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector.

NO−Go to step 16.
(cont’d)
11-309
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１０７８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:58:22 61SJC020_110_0310
Intake Air System

11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Connect IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. 3
12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. ０５
IMTM
14. Connect IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. 2 (WHT/BLK)
０３
JUMPER WIRE
SG6
(GRN/YEL)
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
０６

０４
IMTM (WHT/BLK)
SG6 (GRN/YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
(B31) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 29.

11-310
07/05/09 16:58:23 61SJC020_110_0311
terminal C43 and body ground. terminal C43 and body ground.
０７０９
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
IMT＋ (WHT/BLU) IMT＋ (WHT/BLU)
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM YES−Go to step 24.
NO−Go to step 22. (C43) and the IMT actuator, then go to step 29.
22. Connect IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. 5 24. Check for continuity between PCM connector
to body ground with a jumper wire. terminal C44 and body ground.
０８１０
JUMPER IMT＋
WIRE (WHT/BLU)
IMT−
(WHT/RED)


NO−Go to step 25.
(cont’d)
11-311
07/05/09 16:58:23 61SJC020_110_0312
Intake Air System

25. Connect IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. 4 28. Move the IMT valve by hand.
１１ Does it move smoothly?
YES−Substitute a known-good IMT actuator
(see page 11-316), then go to step 29 and recheck. If
DTC P1078 is not indicated, replace the IMT
actuator (see page 11-316), then go to step 29. If
DTC P1078 is indicated, go to step 36.
JUMPER IMT−
WIRE (WHT/RED)
NO−Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1
on page 9-3), and repair the stuck valve. If
necessary, replace the intake manifold (see page
cardiagn.com
26. Check for continuity between PCM connector 30. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
１２ 31. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
33. Start the engine, and hold the engine speed at

4,000 rpm for 10 seconds, then let it idle.

IMT−
(WHT/RED) Is DT C P107 8 indicated?

terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM, then go
Terminal side of female terminals to step 1.
Is there continuity? NO−Go to step 35.

27. Remove the IMT actuator (see page 11-316).
11-312
07/05/09 16:58:23 61SJC020_110_0313
connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator
and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator
result comes on. and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
36. Reconnect all connectors. 38. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 38.
cardiagn.com
38. Start the engine, and hold the engine speed at

4,000 rpm for 10 seconds, then let it idle.

NO−Go to step 40.
11-313
07/05/09 16:58:24 61SJC020_110_0314
Intake Air System
Throttle Body Test Throttle Body Cleaning

Carbon Accumulation Check
NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle
reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or
1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve
(A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard. is activated.
０１
1. Check for damage to the air cleaner. If the air

cleaner is damaged, replace it (see page 11-315).
2. Remove the throttle body (see page 11-319).
3. Clean off the carbon from the throttle valve and

inside the throttle body with a paper towel soaked
in throttle plate and induction cleaner.
cardiagn.com
NOTE:
A • Remove the throttle body to clean it.
• Be careful not to pinch your fingers.
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at • To avoid removing the molybdenum coating, do
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the not clean the bearing area of the throttle shaft (A).
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. • Do not spray throttle plate and induction cleaner
directly on the throttle body.
3. Check the REL TP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with • Use Honda genuine throttle plate and induction
the HDS. The reading should be below 2.54 deg. If it cleaner.
is not, clean the throttle body (see page 11-314). ０１
Throttle Position Learning Check

NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been
reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
A
(A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard. A
０２
4. Install the throttle body (see page 11-319).
A 7. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
3. Do the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST. If

needed, clean the throttle body (see page 11-314).
11-314
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３５９４０１ＦＥＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３５９４０１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:24 61SJC020_110_0315
Air Cleaner Removal/Installation Air Cleaner Element Inspection/

Replacement
1. Remove the bolts (A).
０１
B 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A).
０１
A
B
A
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
C
3 N·m
2. Remove the air cleaner (B).
2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air
3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. cleaner housing (C).
3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or

clogging. If there is damage or clogging, replace
the air cleaner element.
NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air

cleaner element.
NOTE: If the maintenance minder indicated the air

cleaner element required replacement, check for other
items that may also be displayed in the maintenance
minder main items (see page 3-7) and the sub items
(see page 3-8) before resetting the maintenance minder.
11-315
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３１２６０１ＫＤＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３１２６０２ＭＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:25 61SJC020_110_0316
Intake Air System
Air Intake Duct Removal/ IMT Actuator Replacement

Installation
page 9-3).
1. Remove the air cleaner (see page 11-315).
2. Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector (A).
2. Remove air intake duct B (A). ０１
０１
A D
B
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
A
3. Remove the bolts (B) and the IMT actuator (C).

with a new O-ring (D).
3. Remove air intake duct A (A).

０２
11-316
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３３４９１０ＫＤＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３３４７９１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:26 61SJC020_110_0317
Throttle Cable Adjustment Throttle Cable Removal/Installation

1. Remove the throttle cable cover (A). 1. Remove the throttle cable cover (see page 11-317).
０１
A 2. Fully open the throttle valve, then remove the
throttle cable (A) from the throttle link (B).
０１
A
C
D
cardiagn.com
2. Check cable free play at the throttle linkage. Cable SILICONE GREASE
(P/N 08798-9002)
free play (A) should be 10−12 mm (3/8−1/2 in.).
０２
A C B 3. Remove the cable housing (C) from the cable
bracket (D).
4. Remove the throttle cable (A) from the accelerator

pedal (B).
０２
SILICONE GREASE
(P/N 08798-9002)
3. If the free play is not within spec (10−12 mm,

A
3/8−1/2 in.), loosen the locknut (B), turn the
adjusting nut (C) until the free play is as specified,
B
then retighten the locknut. B
4. With the cable properly adjusted, check the throttle

link to be sure it opens fully when you push the
accelerator pedal to the floor. Also check the
throttle link to be sure it returns to the idle position
whenever you release the accelerator pedal.
(cont’d)
11-317
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３５９４１１ＭＢＡＴ０２ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３５９４１１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:26 61SJC020_110_0318
Intake Air System
Throttle Cable Removal/Installation (cont’d)


7. Hold the cable, removing all slack from it.
8. Set the cable on the bracket (A).

Turn the adjusting nut (B) until its free play is 0 mm.
０３
There should be
no clearance. B
C
cardiagn.com
A
C
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
9. Position the adjusting nut on the other side of the

bracket, then tighten the locknut (C).
10. Check the throttle cable free play (see step 2 on

page 11-317).
11. With the cable properly adjusted, check the throttle

link to be sure it opens fully when you push the
accelerator pedal to the floor. Also check the
throttle link to be sure it returns whenever you
release the accelerator pedal.
11-318
07/05/09 16:58:27 61SJC020_110_0319
Throttle Body Removal/Installation
Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the
ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated.
NOTE: If you are replacing the throttle body, begin at step 1. If you are removing the throttle body temporarily, begin
at step 4.
1. Connect the HDS while the engine is stopped.
3. Do the TP LEARNING CHECK in the ETCS TEST.
4. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector (A).

０１
cardiagn.com
G A
F
D
E
22 N·m
5. Remove the intake air duct (B).
6. Disconnect the throttle body connector (C).
7. Disconnect and plug the water bypass hoses (D).
8. Remove the harness clip (E) and the throttle body (F).
9. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gasket (G).
NOTE:
• Do the PCM idle learn procedure after the throttle body has been replaced (see page 11-273).
• Refill the radiator with engine coolant (see page 10-6).
11-319
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３５９４０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:27 61SJC020_110_0320
Intake Air System
Throttle Body Disassembly/Reassembly
０１
3.5 N·m (0.35 kgf·m, 2.5 lbf·ft)
MAP SENSOR
cardiagn.com
O-RING
Replace.
THROTTLE BODY
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
11-320
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３５９４０１ＭＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:27 61SJC020_110_0321
Accelerator Pedal Replacement

1. Remove the throttle cable (A) from the accelerator
pedal (B).
０１
SILICONE GREASE
(P/N 08798-9002)
A
C
13 N·m
(1.3 kgf·m,
9.4 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
B
2. Remove the nuts (C) and the accelerator pedal.
11-321
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３３６３１２３８５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:29 61SJC020_110_0322
Catalytic Converter System

＊０１
cardiagn.com
UNDER-FLOOR THREE WAY
CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWC)
FRONT WARM UP THREE WAY REAR WARM UP THREE WAY

CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC)
(BANK 2) (BANK 1)
Removal/Installation, page 11-325 Removal/Installation, page 11-325
＊０２

Update, page 11-7
11-322
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３１６１０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:29 61SJC020_110_0323
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0420: Rear Bank Catalyst System 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0420 and/or
Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) P0430 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
DTC P0430: Front Bank Catalyst System Does the screen indicate EX ECUT ING?
Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 2)
YES−Go to step 6.
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and NO−Go to step 4 and recheck.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 6. Continue test driving until a result comes on.
• If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the
same time as DTC P0420 and/or P0430 , troubleshoot 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0420 and/or
those DTCs first, then recheck for DTC P0420 and/or P0430 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
P0430 .
P0137, P0138, P0157, P0158, P2270, P2271, P2272 , Does the screen indicate F AILED?
P2273 : Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)
P0141, P0161: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) heater YES−Go to step 8.
cardiagn.com
• Poor quality fuel can cause these DTCs.
• Information marked with an asterisk ( ) applies to the NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent
front bank (Bank 2). failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the 9. Replace the WU-TWC:
• For DTC P0420, replace the rear WU-TWC
4. Test-drive under these conditions: (Bank 1) (see page 11-326),
• For DTC P0430, replace the front WU-TWC
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) (Bank 2) (see page 11-325),
above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Transmission in D position 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
• Vehicle speed between 45 −75 mph
(72−120 km/h) for 5 minutes or more 11. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
• Maintain the vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h)
for 5 minutes or more with cruise control set 12. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
(cont’d)
11-323
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４２０ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:58:30 61SJC020_110_0324

13. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0420 and/or
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the P0430 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
14. Test-drive for about 10 minutes, continually
changing the vehicle speed. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
15. Check the CATA MONITOR CONDITION B1 (B2) in go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the condition OK ? connections or loose terminals at the secondary
YES−Go to step 16. the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until
NO−Go to step 13 and recheck. CONDITION, go to step 16.
cardiagn.com
above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 5 minutes
or more with cruise control set

Does the screen indicate EX ECUT ING?
NO−Go to step 16 and recheck.
18. Continue test driving until a result comes on.

terminals at the secondary HO2S (sensor 2) and the
NO−Go to step 20.
11-324
07/05/09 16:58:30 61SJC020_110_0325
Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation

FRONT
1. Remove the radiator and A/C condenser fan assemblies (see page 10-12).
2. Disconnect the front air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector and front secondary heated oxygen sensor
(secondary HO2S) connector.
3. Carefully remove the front WU-TWC.

０１
FRONT A/F SENSOR
(BANK 2, SENSOR 1)
44 N·m
SELF-LOCKING NUT
8 x 1.25 mm
cardiagn.com
31 N·m
Replace.
GASKET
Replace. FRONT SECONDARY
HO2S (BANK 2, SENSOR 2)
44 N·m
COVER
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
FRONT (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
COVER WU-TWC
4. Carefully install the front WU-TWC, and tighten the nuts in a crisscross pattern in two or three steps.
(cont’d)
11-325
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３１６１１６２０１ＫＤＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:58:30 61SJC020_110_0326
Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation (cont’d)

REAR
1. Remove exhaust pipe A (see page 9-7).
2. Remove the intermediate shaft (see page 16-19).
3. Disconnect the rear air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector and the rear secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary
HO2S) connector.
4. Remove the rear WU-TWC bracket, then remove the rear WU-TWC.
０２
REAR A/F SENSOR

(BANK 1, SENSOR 1)
44 N·m GASKET
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) Replace.
cardiagn.com
SELF-LOCKING NUT
8 x 1.25 mm
31 N·m
Replace.
COVER
COVER
6 x 1.0 mm REAR
12 N·m WU-TWC
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
REAR SECONDARY
HO2S (BANK 1, SENSOR 2)
44 N·m
5. Install the rear WU-TWC, and tighten the nuts in a crisscross pattern in two or three steps.
11-326
07/05/09 16:58:32 61SJC020_110_0327
EGR System
＊０１
cardiagn.com
Update, page 11-7
Substitution, page 11-8 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
11-327
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３５０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:58:32 61SJC020_110_0328
EGR System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0401: EGR Insufficient Flow 10. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 12. Test-drive under these conditions:
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1)
above 158 °F (70 °C)
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. • Transmission in D position
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at engine speed between 1,100 rpm and 3,000 rpm
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the • During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. fully closed) for 5 seconds
4. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is the result OK ?
YES−Go to step 5. terminals at the EGR valve and the PCM, then go to
step 15.
NO−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 14.
• Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) DTCs MENU with the HDS.
above 158 °F (70 °C)
• Transmission in D position Does the screen indicate PASSED?
engine speed between 1,100 rpm and 3,000 rpm YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
• During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13,
fully closed) for 5 seconds go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0401 in the NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
DTCs MENU with the HDS. connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve
Does the screen indicate F AILED? indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result
YES−Remove the intake manifold cover (see step CONDITION, go to step 12.
1 on page 9-3), clean the intake manifold, and EGR
ports with throttle plate and induction cleaner, then
go to step 9.

failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen
8. Replace the EGR valve (see page 11-342).
11-328
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４０１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:58:32 61SJC020_110_0329


above 158 °F (70 °C)
engine speed between 1,100 rpm and 3,000 rpm
• During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle
fully closed) for 5 seconds
cardiagn.com
terminals at the EGR valve and the PCM. If the PCM
NO−Go to step 18.



connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve
16. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the
11-329
07/05/09 16:58:33 61SJC020_110_0330
EGR System

DTC P0404: EGR Control Circuit Range/ 8. At the EGR valve side, measure resistance between
Performance Problem EGR valve 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3.
０２
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR

EGRP VCC2

4. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with
the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is there 100 k or more?
Is the result OK ?
time. Clean any carbon build-up on the EGR valve NO−Go to step 9.
with throttle plate and induction cleaner.
9. Check for continuity between EGR valve 6P
NO−Go to step 5. connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.
０３
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR
7. At the sensor side, measure resistance between

EGR valve 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
０１ PG1 (BLK)
EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR
SG2 Wire side of female terminals

EGRP
Terminal side of male terminals NO−Repair open in the wire between the EGR
valve and G101, then go to step 26.
Is there 100 k or more?
NO−Go to step 8.
11-330
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４０４ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:16 61SJC020_110_0331
10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 14. Remove the EGR valve (see page 11-342).
11. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 15. Clean the intake manifold EGR port and the
passage inside the EGR valve with throttle plate
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector and induction cleaner.
０４ 16. Install the EGR valve (see page 11-342).
EGR 17. Reconnect the EGR valve 6P connector.

(BLU/RED)
18. Reconnect PCM connector C (44P).
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of female terminals 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM the HDS.
(C9) and the EGR valve, then go to step 26.
Is the result OK ?
NO−Go to step 13.
terminal C9 and EGR valve 6P connector terminal NO−Go to step 24.
No. 4.
０５ 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Wire side of
female terminals
EGR (BLU/RED)
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) EGR (BLU/RED) 27. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

Terminal side of female terminals radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
Is there continuity? 31. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with
the HDS.

and the EGR valve, then go to step 26.
(cont’d)
11-331
07/05/09 16:59:16 61SJC020_110_0332
EGR System

32. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 37. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is DT C P0404 indicated? Is DT C P0404 indicated?
YES−Check for poor connections or loose YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the EGR valve and the PCM, then go to terminals at the EGR valve and the PCM. If the PCM
step 34. was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
NO−Go to step 33. substituted, go to step 1.
33. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0404 in the NO−Go to step 38.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? DTCs MENU with the HDS.
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Does the screen indicate PASSED?

cardiagn.com
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 37,
and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
CONDITION, go to step 30. connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve
34. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest known-good PCM (see page 11-8), then go to step
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- 35. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the
good PCM (see page 11-8). screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 35.


the HDS.
11-332
07/05/09 16:59:16 61SJC020_110_0333
DTC P0406: EGR Valve Position Sensor 9. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data terminal C14 and EGR valve 6P connector terminal
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general No. 2.
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). ０２
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). SG2 (GRN/YEL)
2. Check the EGR VLS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Wire side of
female terminals
Is 4.88 V or more indicated?
YES−Go to step 3. SG2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)

cardiagn.com
at the EGR valve and the PCM.

6. Measure voltage between EGR valve 6P connector
terminals No. 2 and No. 3. NO−Repair open in the wire between the EGR
０１ valve and the PCM (C14), then go to step 13.
SG2 (GRN/YEL) VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
Wire side of female terminals 16. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
NO−Go to step 7.
(cont’d)
11-333
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４０６ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:17 61SJC020_110_0334
EGR System


terminals at the EGR valve and the PCM, then go to
step 1.


cardiagn.com


11-334
07/05/09 16:59:17 61SJC020_110_0335
DTC P2413: EGR System Malfunction 11. Measure voltage between EGR valve 6P connector
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

4. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with Wire side of female terminals
the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Is the result OK ? Is there about 5 V ?
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this YES−Go to step 16.

at the EGR valve and the PCM. NO−Go to step 12.
NO−Go to step 5.
7. Check the EGR VLS in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is about 0 V indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 21.
(cont’d)
11-335
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２４１３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:17 61SJC020_110_0336
EGR System

terminal C13 and EGR valve 6P connector terminal terminal C20 and body ground.
No. 3. ０３
０２ PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
EGRP
Wire side of (WHT/BLK)
female terminals
cardiagn.com
VCC2 (YEL/BLU) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
Is there continuity? (C20) and the EGR valve, then go to step 44.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the EGR

valve and the PCM (C13), then go to step 44.
11-336
07/05/09 16:59:18 61SJC020_110_0337
20. Check for continuity between PCM connector 23. At the EGR valve side, measure resistance between
terminal C20 and EGR valve 6P connector terminal EGR valve 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
No. 1. ０５
０４ EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR
EGRP (WHT/BLK)
Wire side of
female terminals
EGRP SG2
EGRP
(WHT/BLK) PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity or resistance of 100 k or
more?
NO−Go to step 24.
(cont’d)
11-337
07/05/09 16:59:18 61SJC020_110_0338
EGR System

24. At the EGR valve side, measure resistance between 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector
EGR valve 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3. terminal C9 and body ground.
０６０７
EGR
(BLU/RED)
EGRP VCC2

cardiagn.com
Is there 100 k or more? Is there continuity?
YES−Go to step 43. YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM
NO−Go to step 25.
NO−Go to step 28.
11-338
07/05/09 16:59:18 61SJC020_110_0339
28. Check for continuity between PCM connector 29. Check for continuity between EGR valve 6P
terminal C9 and EGR valve 6P connector terminal connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.
No. 4. ０９
０８ EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR
Wire side of
female terminals
EGR (BLU/RED)
EGR (BLU/RED) PG1 (BLK)

cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? YES−Go to step 30.
YES−Go to step 29. NO−Repair open in the wire between the EGR
valve and G101, then go to step 44.
and the EGR valve, then go to step 44. 30. Reconnect PCM connector C (44P).
31. Connect the battery positive terminal to EGR valve

6P connector terminal No. 4 with a jumper wire.
１０
EGR PG1
(cont’d)
11-339
07/05/09 16:59:18 61SJC020_110_0340
EGR System

32. Start the engine and let it idle, then connect the 42. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
battery negative terminal to EGR valve 6P
connector terminal No. 6 with a jumper wire. 43. Replace the EGR valve (see page 11-342).
Does the engine stall or run rough? 44. Reconnect all connectors.
YES−Go to step 51. 45. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NO−Go to step 33. 46. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
34. Remove the EGR valve (see page 11-342). 48. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with
the HDS.
35. Clean the intake manifold EGR port at the passage
inside the EGR valve with throttle plate and 49. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
induction cleaner.
cardiagn.com
36. Install the EGR valve (see page 11-342).
37. Reconnect all connectors. terminals at the EGR valve and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
NO−Go to step 50.
40. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). DTCs MENU with the HDS.
41. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with Does the screen indicate PASSED?
the HDS.
Is the result OK ? Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 49,
NO−Go to step 42. connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve
11-340
07/05/09 16:59:19 61SJC020_110_0341


the HDS.

cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 56.



connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve
11-341
07/05/09 16:59:19 61SJC020_110_0342
EGR System
EGR Valve Replacement

page 9-3).
2. Disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector (A).

０１
B 22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
C
3. Remove the EGR valve (B).

with a new gasket (C).
5. Install the intake manifold cover (see step 10 on

page 9-6).
11-342
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３５２５４０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:59:20 61SJC020_110_0343
PCV System
＊０１
cardiagn.com
Update, page 11-7
Substitution, page 11-8 PCV VALVE
Replacement, page 11-205 Inspection, page 11-345
11-343
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３６０３０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:59:20 61SJC020_110_0344
PCV System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P2279: Intake Air System Leak 7. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
NOTE: Is DT C P227 9 indicated?

any on-board snapshot, and review the general YES−Check for vacuum leaks at the PCV valve, the
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). PCV hose, the purge (PCS) line, the throttle body,
• If DTC P0443 is stored at the same time as DTC P2279, the intake manifold, and the brake booster hose,
troubleshoot DTC P0443 first, then recheck for DTC then go to step 1.
P2279.
NO−Go to step 8.
1. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts:
• PCV valve DTCs MENU with the HDS.
• PCV hose
• Purge (PCS) line Does the screen indicate PASSED?
• Throttle body
• Intake manifold YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
cardiagn.com
• Brake booster hose Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 7,
Are the parts OK ?
YES−Go to step 2. the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling
NO−Repair or replace any damaged parts, then go
to step 4.

radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 1 minute.

YES−Check the camshaft timing (see page 6-16),

then go to step 4.

failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen
indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 2 and
recheck.

radiator fan comes on, then let it idle 1 minute.
11-344
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２２７９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:21 61SJC020_110_0345
PCV Valve Inspection PCV Valve Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1 on 1. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 1 on
page 9-3). page 9-3).
2. Check the PCV valve (A), hoses (B), and 2. Remove the bolt (A).
connections for leaks or restrictions.
０１ NOTE: Take care not to spill oil on the hot exhaust
B manifold.
０１
B
cardiagn.com
C
3. At idle, listen to the PCV valve (A) with a

B
stethoscope as you lightly pinch the PCV hose (B)
with your fingers or pliers several times. Each time
the hose is pinched, the valve should click.
A
If there is no clicking sound, check the PCV valve 12 N·m
grommet for cracks or damage. If the grommet is (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
OK, replace the PCV valve and recheck.
０２ 3. Remove the PCV valve (B).
NOTE:
• When installing a new PCV valve, make sure the
O-rings (C) are in place.
A • When installing a used PCV valve, use new
O-rings.
11-345
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３６０３４５８０１ＭＡＡＴ１０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３６０３４５８０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:59:24 61SJC020_110_0346
EVAP System
＊０１
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
cardiagn.com
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
Update, page 11-7
＊０２
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)

CANISTER FILTER
FUEL TANK PRESSURE

(FTP) SENSOR
(EVAP) CANISTER
(EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE
11-346
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:59:24 61SJC020_110_0347
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0443: Evap Canister Purge Valve Circuit 7. Start the engine, and let it idle.
Malfunction
Is there vacuum?
Vacuum pump/gauge, 0−30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A YES−Go to step 8.
or equivalent, commercially available
NO−Go to step 14.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
9. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). connector.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Check for continuity between EVAP canister purge
valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at ０２
3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
cardiagn.com
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 2P CONNECTOR
PCS (RED/YEL)
YES−Go to step 5.

at the EVAP canister purge valve and the PCM. Wire side of female terminals
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and allow the engine

to cool below 140 °F (60 °C). Is there continuity?
6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the purge YES−Go to step 11.
joint (B) in the engine compartment, and connect a
vacuum pump/gauge, 0−30 in.Hg, to the hose. NO−Go to step 23.
０１
A
(cont’d)
11-347
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４４３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:24 61SJC020_110_0348
EVAP System

11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 17. Measure voltage between EVAP canister purge
12. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). ０４
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
13. Check for continuity between EVAP canister purge 2P CONNECTOR
０３
2P CONNECTOR IG1 (BLK/YEL)
PCS (RED/YEL)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? NO−Repair open in the wire between the EVAP

canister purge valve and the No. 18 IG ACG (15 A)
YES−Repair short in the wire between the EVAP fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to
canister purge valve and the PCM (C37), then go to step 24.
step 24.
NO−Go to step 30.
15. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P
connector.
11-348
07/05/09 16:59:25 61SJC020_110_0349
21. Check for continuity between PCM connector 22. At the valve side, measure resistance between
terminal C37 and EVAP canister purge valve 2P EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminals
connector terminal No. 1. No. 1 and No. 2.
０５０６
2P CONNECTOR EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
2P CONNECTOR
PCS (RED/YEL)
Wire side of
female terminals

PCS (RED/YEL)
cardiagn.com
Is there about 33 at room temperature?
NO−Go to step 23.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the EVAP
canister purge valve and the PCM (C37), then go to 23. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see page
step 24. 11-374).

terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the
NO−Go to step 29.
(cont’d)
11-349
07/05/09 16:59:25 61SJC020_110_0350
EVAP System

connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister
purge valve and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister
until a result comes on. purge valve and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
30. Reconnect all connectors. recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If
cardiagn.com
31. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest until a result comes on.

terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the
NO−Go to step 32.
11-350
07/05/09 16:59:25 61SJC020_110_0351
DTC P0451: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/ 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Performance Problem
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and YES−Check for poor connections or loose
any on-board snapshot, and review the general terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM, then go
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). to step 1.
troubleshoot DTC P2422 first, then recheck for DTC NO−Go to step 12.
P0451.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). DTCs MENU with the HDS.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
3. Start the engine, and let it idle 1 minute. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
cardiagn.com
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0451 in the go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
Does the screen indicate F AILED? connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor
YES−Go to step 5. indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 10.

poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP
6. Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-374).
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (ll).
10. Start the engine, and let it idle 1 minute.
11-351
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４５１ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:25 61SJC020_110_0352
EVAP System

DTC P0452: FTP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 11. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Is about 7 .3 kPa ( 2.15 in.Hg, 54.7 mmHg), or
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4.90 V indicated?
4. Remove the fuel fill cap. YES−Go to step 24.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NO−Go to step 14.
6. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the 14. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector
cardiagn.com
HDS. terminal No. 1 and body ground.
０１
Is about −7 .3 kPa ( −2.16 in.Hg, −55 mmHg), or FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
0.3 V or less indicated?
NO−Go to step 7.
VCC7 (YEL/BLU)
7. Install the fuel fill cap.
9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0452 in the Wire side of female terminals
Does the screen indicate F AILED? Is there about 5 V ?
NO−If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent NO−Go to step 15.

11-352
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４５２ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:26 61SJC020_110_0353
17. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 22. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
18. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 to 23. Check for continuity between FTP sensor 3P
body ground with a jumper wire. connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０２０４
FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
VCC7 (YEL/BLU) FTP (LT GRN)
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
19. Check for continuity between PCM connector Is there continuity?

０３ YES−Repair short in the wire between the PCM
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) (A33) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 26.
VCC7 NO−Go to step 32.

(YEL/BLU)
25. Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-374).
Terminal side of female terminals 28. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
Is there continuity? 29. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).

(A19) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 26.
(cont’d)
11-353
07/05/09 16:59:26 61SJC020_110_0354
EVAP System

30. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0452 in the
terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM, then go YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
to step 1. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
NO−Go to step 31. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 34,
DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor
Does the screen indicate PASSED? and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 30, indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
cardiagn.com
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. result comes on.

result comes on.


terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM. If the
NO−Go to step 34.
11-354
07/05/09 16:59:26 61SJC020_110_0355
DTC P0453: FTP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 12. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

FTP SG7
(LT GRN) (GRN/YEL)
4. Remove the fuel fill cap. JUMPER WIRE
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Wire side of female terminals
6. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
cardiagn.com
HDS. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Is about 7 .3 kPa ( 2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V 14. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
or more indicated? HDS.
YES−Go to step 10. Is about 7 .3 kPa ( 2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V

or more indicated?
NO−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 26.
15. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector
9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0453 in the terminals No. 1 and No. 3.
DTCs MENU with the HDS. ０２
FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for VCC7 SG7
(YEL/BLU) (GRN/YEL)
11. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector.

NO−Go to step 16.
(cont’d)
11-355
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４５３ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:27 61SJC020_110_0356
EVAP System

18. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 23. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
19. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 3 to 24. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 to
body ground with a jumper wire. body ground with a jumper wire.
０３０５
FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
SG7 FTP
(GRN/YEL) (LT GRN)
cardiagn.com
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE
terminal A9 and body ground. terminal A33 and body ground.
０４０６
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
SG4
(GRN/YEL)
FTP (LT GRN)
NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A9) NO−Repair open in the wire between the PCM
and the FTP sensor, then go to step 28. (A33) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 28.
11-356
07/05/09 16:59:27 61SJC020_110_0357
27. Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-374). Is DT C P0453 indicated?
28. Reconnect all connectors. YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM. If the
29. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
30. Reset the PCM with the HDS. substituted, go to step 1.
31. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). NO−Go to step 36.
32. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. 37. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0453 in the
cardiagn.com
terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM, then go YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
to step 1. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
NO−Go to step 33. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 36,
DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
Does the screen indicate PASSED? and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 32, indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. result comes on.

result comes on.

11-357
07/05/09 16:59:27 61SJC020_110_0358
EVAP System

DTC P0455: EVAP System Very Large Leak 2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe
Detected mating surface (B). Verify that the fuel fill cap tether
cord (C) is not caught under the cap.
DTC P0456: EVAP System Very Small Leak ０１
Detected B
C
The fuel system is designed to allow specified
maximum vacuum and pressure conditions. Do not
deviate from the vacuum and pressure tests as
indicated in these procedures. Excessive pressure/
vacuum would damage the EVAP components or
cause eventual fuel tank failure.

• Vacuum pump/gauge, 0 −30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A
or equivalent, commercially available A
cardiagn.com
• Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0 −4 in.Hg, 07JAZ-001000B
Is the f uel f ill cap seal missing or damaged, is the
NOTE: f uel f ill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and under the cap?
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). YES−Replace the fuel fill cap or the fuel fill pipe,
• Fresh fuel has a higher volatility that will create then go to step 22.
greater pressure/vacuum. The optimum condition for
testing is less than a full tank of fresh fuel. If possible, NO−Go to step 3.
to assist in leak detection, add 1 gallon of fresh fuel to
the tank (as long as it will not fill the tank), just before 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
starting these procedures.
1. Check the fuel fill cap (the cap must say ‘‘Tighten to
click’’). It should turn 1/4 turn after it’s tight, then it 5. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION
clicks. MENU with the HDS.
Is the correct f uel f ill cap installed and properly Is the result OK ?
tightened?
YES−Go to step 2. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve, or
NO−Replace or tighten the cap, then go to step 22. the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the PCM.
NO−Go to step 6.
11-358
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４５５ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:28 61SJC020_110_0359
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Disconnect the vacuum hose (purge line) (A) from
the EVAP canister purge valve (B) in the engine
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). compartment, and connect a T-fitting (C) from the
vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/gauge,
8. Check for a poor connection or damage at the fuel 0−30 in.Hg, to the vacuum hose (A) as shown.
tank vapor recirculation tube. ０３
Is the tube OK ?
YES−Go to step 9.
NO− C
• Replace the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube,
then go to step 22.
• If necessary, replace the fuel tank (see page B
cardiagn.com
9. Disconnect the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube A
(A) from the EVAP canister (B), and plug the EVAP
canister port (C).
０２
C
11. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU

with the HDS.
12. Apply vacuum to the hose until the FTP reads

1.90 V (−0.59 in.Hg, −15.1 mmHg).
A
13. Monitor the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST for
1 minute with the HDS.
B Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

( 0.1 in.Hg, 0.5 mmHg)?
NO−Go to step 19.
(cont’d)
11-359
07/05/09 16:59:28 61SJC020_110_0360
EVAP System

14. Select EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU 19. Select EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU
15. Disconnect the fresh air hose (A) from the EVAP 20. Check these parts for looseness or damage:
canister vent shut valve (B), and plug the EVAP
canister vent shut valve port (C). • Fuel fill pipe
０４ • Fuel vapor return pipe
C A
Are the parts OK ?
YES−Check the fuel tank unit base gasket

(see page 11-297), and check the fuel tank, then go
to step 21.
B
NO−Repair or replace the damaged parts, then go
to step 21.
cardiagn.com
21. Reconnect all hoses and connectors.
16. Apply vacuum to the EVAP system until the FTP 23. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
reads 1.90 V (−0.59 in.Hg, −15.1 mmHg).
17. Monitor the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST for
1 minute with the HDS. 25. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION
MENU with the HDS.
Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V
( 0.1 in.Hg, 2.5 mmHg)? Is the result OK ?
NO−Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve, NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals
then go to step 21. at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve,
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the PCM,
18. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge then go to step 1.
line between the EVAP canister and the EVAP
canister purge valve. 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is the line OK ? Is DT C P0455 and/ or P0456 indicated?
YES−Replace these parts, then go to step 21: YES−Check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister
• FTP sensor O-ring purge valve, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and
• EVAP canister vent shut valve case and O-ring the PCM, then go to step 1.
• EVAP canister
NO−Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
hose, then go to step 21. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
11-360
07/05/09 16:59:53 61SJC020_110_0361
DTC P0457: EVAP System Leak Detected/Fuel 5. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION
Fill Cap Loose or Missing MENU with the HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is the result OK ?
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
1. Check the fuel fill cap (the cap must say ‘‘Tighten to at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut
click’’). It should turn 1/4 turn after it’s tight, then it valve, and the PCM.
clicks.
NO−Go to step 6.
Is the correct f uel f ill cap installed and properly
tightened? 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
YES−Go to step 2. 7. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve from the
EVAP canister (see page 11-375).
NO−Replace or tighten the cap, then go to step 19.
cardiagn.com
8. Connect the 2P connector to the EVAP canister vent
2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe shut valve.
mating surface (B). Verify that the fuel fill cap tether
cord (C) is not caught under the cap. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
０１
B 10. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU
with the HDS.
C
11. Check the EVAP canister vent shut valve (A)
operation.
０２
Is the f uel f ill cap seal missing or damaged, is the

f uel f ill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
under the cap?
YES−Replace the fuel fill cap or the fuel fill pipe,

then go to step 19.
Does the valve operate?
NO−Go to step 3.
YES−Check the routing of the EVAP canister vent
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). tube, then go to step 18.
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO−Go to step 12.
(cont’d)
11-361
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４５７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:53 61SJC020_110_0362
EVAP System

13. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve 22. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION
(see page 11-375). MENU with the HDS.
14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is the result OK ?
15. Reset the PCM with the HDS. YES−Go to step 23.
16. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273). NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut
17. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION valve, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
MENU with the HDS.
Is the result OK ?
cardiagn.com
NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent
at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut shut valve, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
valve, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
18. Reinstall the EVAP canister vent shut valve. Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
11-362
07/05/09 16:59:53 61SJC020_110_0363
DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is DT C P0496 indicated?
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). YES−Check for poor connections or loose
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). purge valve, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and
3. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
MENU with the HDS. indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
Is the result OK ?

cardiagn.com
at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve,
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the PCM.
NO−Go to step 4.
5. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see page

11-374).
9. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION

MENU with the HDS.
Is the result OK ?
NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals

then go to step 1.
11-363
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４９６ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:54 61SJC020_110_0364
EVAP System

DTC P0497: EVAP System Low Purge Flow 6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP
canister purge valve joint (B) in the engine
Special Tools Required compartment, and connect a T-fitting (C) from the
• Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0 −4 in.Hg, 07JAZ-001000B vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/gauge,
• Vacuum pump/gauge, 0 −30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A 0−30 in.Hg, to the vacuum hose as shown.
or equivalent, commercially available ０１

1. Check the fuel fill cap installation (The cap label C

must say ‘‘Tighten to click’’. The cap should tighten
1/4 turn after it is tight.).
Is the f uel f ill cap installed and properly

tightened?
cardiagn.com
A
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Properly install the fuel fill cap, then go to

B
step 24.

7. Select EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU
4. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS.
8. Slowly apply about 0.6 in.Hg (15 mmHg) of vacuum
Is the result OK ? to the hose.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Does it hold vacuum?

at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve, or YES−Replace the EVAP canister purge valve
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the PCM. (see page 11-374), then go to step 23.
5. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge

line between the intake manifold and the EVAP
canister purge valve.
Is the line OK ?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge

line, then go to step 24.
11-364
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４９７ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:54 61SJC020_110_0365
9. Reconnect the vacuum hose to the EVAP canister 13. Remove the FTP sensor with its connector
purge valve joint. connected (see page 11-374).
10. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the purge line (at 14. Connect a T-fitting (A) from the vacuum pump/
the EVAP canister side), and connect a T-fitting (A) gauge, 0−30 in.Hg, and the vacuum pump to the
from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/ FTP sensor (B) as shown.
gauge, 0−30 in.Hg, to the hose as shown. ０３
０２ 07JAZ-001000B
cardiagn.com
A
15. Check and record the FTP SENSOR reading in the

16. Slowly apply about 1.3 kPa (0.4 in.Hg, 10 mmHg) of

vacuum to the hose.
NOTE: To avoid FTP sensor damage, do not apply

A more than 1.3 kPa of vacuum.
11. Select EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU

with the HDS.
12. Slowly apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of

vacuum to the hose.
Does it hold vacuum?
YES−Check for a restricted EVAP canister purge

line between the EVAP canister purge valve and the
EVAP canister, then go to step 23.
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
11-365
07/05/09 16:59:55 61SJC020_110_0366
EVAP System

17. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the 21. Slowly apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of
HDS. vacuum to the hose.
Is the dif f erence more than 1.1 kPa ( 0.31 in.Hg, Does the hose hold vacuum?
8 mmHg) bef ore and af ter applying vacuum?
YES−Check for blockage at the EVAP canister port,
YES−Go to step 18. then go to step 23.
NO−Go to step 22. NO−Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve
18. Reconnect the vacuum hoses to the EVAP canister
purge line (EVAP canister side), and reinstall the 22. Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-374).
FTP sensor.
23. Reconnect all hoses.
19. Disconnect the vacuum hose (purge line) (A) from
the EVAP canister purge valve (B), and connect a 24. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge and the
cardiagn.com
vacuum pump/gauge, 0−30 in.Hg, to the hose as 25. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
shown.
０４ 26. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
27. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION

MENU with the HDS.
Is the result OK ?
C
B NO−Check for poor connections or loose terminals

A then go to step 1.

purge valve, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
with the HDS. NO−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
11-366
07/05/09 16:59:55 61SJC020_110_0367
DTC P0498: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 9. Measure voltage between EVAP canister vent shut
Control Circuit Low Voltage valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 2P CONNECTOR

IG1 (WHT/BLK)
YES−Go to step 6.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 4. Is there battery voltage?
4. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU YES−Go to step 10.

with the HDS.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the EVAP
5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. canister vent shut valve and the A/F sensor relay
(LAF), then go to step 18.
YES−Go to step 6.
11. At the valve side, measure resistance between
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ０２
PCM. EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE
2P CONNECTOR
7. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P

connector.
Is there about 25 −30 at room temperature?
NO−Go to step 17.
(cont’d)
11-367
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４９８ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:55 61SJC020_110_0368
EVAP System

12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 16. Check for continuity between PCM connector
13. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). ０５
VSV
０３ (LT GRN/RED)
VSV
(LT GRN/RED)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? NO−Repair open in the wire between the EVAP

canister vent shut valve and the PCM (A10), then go
YES−Repair short in the wire between the EVAP to step 18.
canister vent shut valve and the PCM (A10), then go
to step 18. 17. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve
(see page 11-375).
NO−Go to step 15.
15. Connect EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P
connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
０４
EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE
2P CONNECTOR
VSV (LT GRN/RED)
JUMPER WIRE
11-368
07/05/09 16:59:56 61SJC020_110_0369

with the HDS.

terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and
cardiagn.com


with the HDS.


11-369
07/05/09 16:59:56 61SJC020_110_0370
EVAP System

DTC P0499: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
Control Circuit High Voltage

with the HDS.
cardiagn.com

11-370
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０４９９ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:56 61SJC020_110_0371
DTC P1454: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/ 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Performance Problem
DTC P2422: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
Close Malfunction 12. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve from the
EVAP canister (see page 11-375).
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 13. Connect the 2P connector to the EVAP canister vent
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). shut valve.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 15. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU
with the HDS.
16. Check the EVAP canister vent shut valve (A)
4. Remove the fuel fill cap, and wait 1 minute. operation.
cardiagn.com
０１
HDS.
Is it between −0.67 and 0.67 kPa ( −0.2 and A

0.2 in.Hg, −5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V ?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 17.
8. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at Does the valve operate?
3,000 rpm without load (in Park on neutral) until the
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. YES−Check for a blockage in the EVAP canister,
canister filter, vent hoses, and drain joint, then
9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1454 in the install the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and go to
DTCs MENU with the HDS. step 23.
Does the screen indicate F AILED? NO−Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve

sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the
PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go
to step 8 and recheck.
(cont’d)
11-371
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９１４５４ＦＡＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:59:56 61SJC020_110_0372
EVAP System

17. Disconnect the air tube (A) from the FTP sensor (B). 21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
０２
A B 22. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Is it between −0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa ( −0.2 and

YES−Check for debris or clogging at the EVAP

canister and the FTP sensor port, then go to
step 23.
NO−Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-374),

then go to step 23.

cardiagn.com
HDS. 24. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
Is it between −0.67 and 0.67 kPa ( −0.2 and 25. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
YES−Check for a blockage in the FTP sensor air 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the
tube or vent, then go to step 23. radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
NO−Go to step 19. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is DT C P1454 and/ or P2422 indicated?
20. Remove the FTP sensor (A) from the EVAP canister YES−Check for poor connections or loose
with its connector connected (see page 11-374). terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent
０３ shut valve, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
A
NO−Go to step 28.



connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
11-372
07/05/09 16:59:57 61SJC020_110_0373
EVAP Canister Replacement

1. Remove the fuel tank guard (A). 5. Remove the EVAP canister bracket (A).
０１
NOTE: The canister filter remains on the bracket.
０３
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
A
22 N·m
2. Remove the hoses (A), the FTP sensor 3P connector 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal.
(B), and the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P
connector (C).
０１
A
C
A 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
F
D E
3. Remove the bolts (D) and clips (E).
4. Remove the EVAP canister assembly (F).
11-373
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３４２５２１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:59:58 61SJC020_110_0374
EVAP System
FTP Sensor Replacement EVAP Canister Purge Valve

Replacement
1. Disconnect the FTP sensor connector (A).
０１
C B A 1. Disconnect the hoses (A) and the EVAP canister
purge valve 2P connector (B).
０１
A
2. Remove the FTP sensor (B).
cardiagn.com
C
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
2. Remove the EVAP canister purge valve (C).
11-374
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３４２８５１１ＫＢＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３４２５２２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:59:58 61SJC020_110_0375
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Replacement

1. Remove the EVAP canister (see page 11-373).
2. Pry the lock tabs outward (A), then remove the

EVAP canister vent shut valve (B).
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the lock tabs.

０１
C
A
cardiagn.com
A

NOTE: Do not coat the O-ring with oil.
11-375
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ａ２０３２３４２５２１２ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0003
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is

required)
Honda dealer.
airbags may deploy.
cardiagn.com
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0001
Transaxle
Automatic Transmission .................................. 14-1

Rear Differential ................................................ 15-1
cardiagn.com
Driveline/Axle ................................................... 16-1
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１３００ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0002
cardiagn.com
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１３００ＺＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0004
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Link Replacement .................... 14-256
Special Tools ............................................... 14-2 Shift Lever Position Guide
General Troubleshooting Information ...... 14-4 Replacement ............................................ 14-259
DTC Troubleshooting Index ....................... 14-11 Shift Cable Replacement ............................ 14-261
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 14-13 Shift Cable Adjustment .............................. 14-265
Component Location Index ....................... 14-24 Transmission Disassembly ........................ 14-292
System Description .................................... 14-25 Transmission Reassembly ......................... 14-361
DTC Troubleshooting ................................. 14-77
Road Test ..................................................... 14-181 A/T Gear Position Indicator
Stall Speed Test .......................................... 14-183 Component Location Index ....................... 14-268
Pressure Test ............................................... 14-184 Circuit Diagram ........................................... 14-269
Shift Solenoid, Torque Converter Clutch D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting ........... 14-270
Solenoid Valve Test/Replacement ........ 14-188 Transmission Range Switch Test .............. 14-272
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Transmission Range Switch
Valve A Test ............................................. 14-192 Replacement ............................................ 14-273
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid D3 Switch Test/Replacement ..................... 14-276
Valve B Test ............................................. 14-195
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid A/T Interlock System
cardiagn.com
Valve A and B Replacement ................... 14-198 Component Location Index ....................... 14-280
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Circuit Diagram ........................................... 14-281
Valve C Shift Lock System Circuit
Test ........................................................... 14-200 Troubleshooting ...................................... 14-282
Replacement ............................................ 14-203 Key Interlock System Circuit
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Troubleshooting ...................................... 14-285
Replacement ............................................ 14-205 Key Interlock Solenoid Test ....................... 14-286
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Shift Lock Solenoid Test ............................ 14-286
Replacement ............................................ 14-205 Shift Lock Solenoid/Shift Lock Stop/
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Switch Replacement ............................... 14-206 Replacement ............................................ 14-287
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Park Pin Switch Test ................................... 14-289
Switch Replacement ............................... 14-207 Park Pin Switch Replacement .................... 14-290
ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement ... 14-208
ATF Level Check .......................................... 14-209 Transmission Housing
ATF Replacement ....................................... 14-210 Reverse Idler Gear
Transfer Assembly Fluid Replacement .... 14-211 Removal/Installation ............................... 14-298
Transfer Assembly Inspection ................... 14-212 Reverse Idler Gear
Transfer Assembly Removal ..................... 14-213 Disassembly/Inspection/Reassembly ... 14-298
Transfer Assembly Installation ................. 14-215 ATF Filter
Transfer Breather Hose Replacement ...... 14-217 Removal/Inspection/Installation ............ 14-299
Transmission Removal .............................. 14-218 Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap
Transmission Installation ........................... 14-229 Removal ................................................... 14-300
Drive Plate Removal and Installation ........ 14-238 Installation ............................................... 14-300
ATF Cooler Cleaning ................................... 14-239 Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap,
ATF Cooler Outlet Hose Replacement ...... 14-241 Feed Pipe Replacement .......................... 14-301
ATF Cooler Line and Hose Assembly Mainshaft Bearing
Replacement ............................................ 14-241 Removal ................................................... 14-302
ATF Cooler Replacement ........................... 14-242 Installation ............................................... 14-302
Shift Lever Removal ................................... 14-243 Intermediary Shaft Bearing
Shift Lever Installation ............................... 14-245 Replacement ............................................ 14-303
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly ...... 14-247 Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement .... 14-303
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Control Shaft Bearing Replacement ......... 14-304
Replacement ............................................ 14-248 Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement ......... 14-304
Shift Lever Knob Replacement .................. 14-253
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:07 61SJC020_140_0005
Valve Body A/T Differential

Valve Body Repair ...................................... 14-305 Component Location Index ....................... 14-373
Valve Body Valve Installation .................... 14-306 Backlash Inspection .................................... 14-373
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Differential Carrier, Final Driven Gear, and
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-307 Transfer Drive Gear Replacement ......... 14-374
ATF Pump Inspection ................................. 14-308 Carrier Bearing Replacement .................... 14-374
Secondary Valve Body Disassembly, Oil Seal Replacement ................................. 14-375
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-309 Carrier Bearing Outer Race
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Replacement ............................................ 14-376
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-310 Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection ........... 14-378
Accumulator Body Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-311 Transfer Output Shaft
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Component Location Index ....................... 14-381
Clutch Solenoid Valve Transfer Output Shaft Bearing
Removal and Installation ........................ 14-312 Replacement ............................................ 14-381
Oil Seal Replacement ................................. 14-382
Torque Converter Housing Transmission Housing Bearing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement ............................................ 14-383
cardiagn.com
Replacement ............................................ 14-313 Transfer Output Shaft Installation Height
Countershaft Bearing Replacement .......... 14-314 Inspection/Adjustment ........................... 14-384
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement ... 14-315
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Transfer Assembly
Replacement ............................................ 14-317 Inspection .................................................... 14-385
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement .... 14-318 Disassembly ................................................ 14-386
Transfer Hypoid Drive Gear Bearing
Shafts and Clutches Replacement ...........................................
............................................ 14-389
Mainshaft Disassembly, Transfer Output Shaft (Hypoid Gear)
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-319 Bearing Removal/Installation ............................... 14-390
Mainshaft 4th Gear Replacement ............. 14-320 Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing
Countershaft Disassembly ......................... 14-321 Outer Race Replacement .......................
........................ 14-391
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Transfer Cover Tapered Roller Bearing
Axial Clearance Inspection ..................... 14-323 Outer Race Removal/Installation .......... ........... 14-393
Countershaft Reassembly .......................... 14-325 Transfer Cover Oil Seal Replacement ...... ....... 14-394
Secondary Shaft Disassembly .................
.................. 14-327 Reassembly ................................................
................................................. 14-395
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection .............................. 14-330
1st Gear One-way Clutch Inspection ........ 14-332
1st Clutch Hub Replacement ..................... 14-333
Secondary Shaft Reassembly ................... 14-334
Secondary Shaft Installation Height
Inspection/Adjustment ........................... 14-337
Intermediary Shaft Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-339
Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear
Removal ................................................... 14-340
Installation ............................................... 14-340
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection .............................. 14-341
Intermediary Shaft Installation Height
Inspection/Adjustment ........................... 14-343
Clutch Disassembly .................................... 14-344
Clutch Inspection ........................................ 14-349
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference
Inspection ................................................ 14-350
Clutch Clearance Inspection ...................... 14-351
Clutch Reassembly ..................................... 14-356
07/05/09 16:27:09 61SJC020_140_0006
Special Tools
07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 Mainshaft Holder 1
07GAD-PG40100 or 07GAD-PG40101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07GAD-SD40101 Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 1
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly 1
07HAD-SG00100 Attachment, 83 mm 1
07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07JAD-SH30100 Attachment, 65 mm 1
07LAD-PW50601 Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 1
07LAE-PX40100 Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment 2
07MAD-PR90100 Attachment, 45 x 55 mm 1
07MAF-SP0011A Tapered Bearing Race Installer 1
07MAF-SP0013A Installer Shaft 1
07MAJ-PY4011A A/T Pressure Hose, 2,210 mm 4
07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Hose Adapter 4
07NAD-PX40100 Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 1
07XAA-002010A Wrench, 40 x 42 mm 1
cardiagn.com
07XAB-0010101 Companion Flange Holder 1
07ZAE-PRP0100 Clutch Compressor Attachment 1
070AJ-0020101 Preload Inspection Tool 1
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 A/T Clutch Pressure Gauge Set/Panel 1
: 07HAE-PL50101 may be used to substitute one of these tools.
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
14-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:10 61SJC020_140_0007

07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Adjustable Bearing Puller, 25−40 mm 1
07741-0010201 Sliding Hammer Weight 1
07746-0010200 Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 1
07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 1
07746-0010400 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 1
07746-0010600 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 1
07746-0010800 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 1
07746-0030100 Driver, 40 mm I.D. 1
07746-0030300 Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
07936-1660101 Bearing Remover Shaft Set, 12 mm 1
07936-3710100 Bearing Remover Shaft Handle 1
07936-GE00100 Bearing Remover Shaft, 10 mm 1
cardiagn.com
07936-GE00200 Bearing Remover Head, 10 mm 1
07947-6340500 Driver Attachment 1
: Must be used with commercially available 3/8 ’’-16 slide hammer.
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
14-3
07/05/09 16:27:11 61SJC020_140_0008

How to Check for DTCs with the Honda If the D indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
Diagnostic System (HDS) has been reported on, or if a driveability problem is
suspected, do this:
When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses an
abnormality in the input or output system, the D 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user’s
indicator (A) in the gauge control module (B) will manual for specific instructions.)
usually blink.
０７ 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select A/T
B
system, and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on
the HDS screen.
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the

PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page
11-194).
3. Record the freeze data and on-board snapshots for

all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs.
cardiagn.com
4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the
fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except for DTC P0700, which means there is one or
more A/T DTCs, and no problems were detected in
A
the fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
When the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) is connected 5. Clear the DTC and data.
to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located behind the
driver’s dashboard lower cover, it will indicate the 6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
diagnostic trouble code (DTC) when the ignition switch same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
is turned ON (II) and the appropriate menu is selected. data, and then recheck for a DTC. If the A/T DTC
０７ returns, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
If the DTC does not return, there was an
intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
Symptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC

Troubleshooting
Some symptoms will not trigger diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs) or cause the D indicator to blink. If the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) was reported ON or
the D indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If the
vehicle has an abnormal symptom, and there are no
DTCs stored, do the symptom troubleshooting. Check
the list of probable cause(s) for the symptom, in the
sequence listed, until you find the problem.
A
14-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１００００００００ＢＢＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:27:11 61SJC020_140_0009
How to Check for DTCs with the SCS Mode If the D indicator and the MIL come on at the same time,
(retrieving the flash codes) or if a driveability problem is suspected, do this:
NOTE: The preferred method is to use the HDS to 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user’s
retrieve the P-code. manual for specific instructions.)
When the PCM senses an abnormality in the input or 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select SCS mode,
output system, the D indicator (A) in the gauge control then observe the D indicator in the gauge control
module (B) will usually blink. module. Codes 1 through 9 are indicated by
０９ individual short blinks. Code 10 and above are
B
indicated by a series of long and short blinks. One
long blink equals 10 short blinks. Add the long and
short blinks together to determine the code.
１１
Example: DTC 1-1
Short blink (once)
cardiagn.com
ON
OFF
Example: DTC 15-5
Long blink Short blinks (five)

A
ON
When the D indicator has been reported on, connect the OFF
10 ＋ 5 = 15
HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver’s
dashboard lower cover. Turn the ignition switch to
ON (II), select SCS mode, then the D indicator will 3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs.
indicate flash the DTC.
０８ 4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the
fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except DTC 70 which means there is one or more
A/T DTCs, and no problems were detected in the
fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
5. Clear the DTC and data.
6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, and then recheck for DTC. If the A/T DTC
returns, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
If the DTC does not return, there was an
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
(cont’d)
14-5
07/05/09 16:27:12 61SJC020_140_0010

How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 5. Connect one end of the patch cords (A) to a
Connectors commercially available digital multimeter (B), and
connect the other patch cord terminals to
NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP commercially available banana jacks (Pomona
system for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C).
turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ０４
ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting
the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS
line first, can damage the PCM.
A
2. Remove the PCM cover (A). Disconnect the PCM

connectors (B), and probe the terminals from the
terminal side of the connectors.
１９
A B
C
cardiagn.com
6. Gently slide the pin probe (male) at the connector
terminals from the terminal side. Do not force the
tips into the terminals.
• For accurate results, always use the pin

probe (male).
• To prevent damage to the connector
terminals, do not insert test equipment
probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as
B they can damage the terminals. Damaged
terminals cause a poor connection and an
3. Check the connector terminal diameter, and select incorrect measurement.
the suitable pin probe (male). • Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.
Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
4. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is made at the electrical connections.
PCM connector, use the measurement hole (A)
above the terminal you need to check.
０５
14-6
07/05/09 16:27:12 61SJC020_140_0011
Clear A/T DTCs Procedure How to End a Troubleshooting Session

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting.
driver’s dashboard lower cover.
０３ NOTE: Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is
stopped.
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for

30 seconds.
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and

disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
cardiagn.com
5. Start the engine in P or N, and warm it to normal
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
6. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the

A
vehicle for several minutes at speeds over 30 mph
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (50 km/h) or under the same conditions as those
indicated by the freeze date.
3. Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen.
OBD Status
The OBD status shows the current system status of
each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is
used to see if the technician’s repair was successfully
completed. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC
are displayed as:
• PASSED: The on-board diagnosis is successfully

finished.
• FAILED: The on-board diagnosis has finished but
failed.
• NOT COMPLETED: The on-board diagnosis was
running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC.
(cont’d)
14-7
07/05/09 16:27:13 61SJC020_140_0012

Updating the PCM 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start
the engine.
• Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the
• Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation driver’s dashboard lower cover.
with HDS and CM update software ０４
• GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
update software
NOTE:
• Use this procedure when you have to update the PCM
during troubleshooting procedure.
• Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software
version.
• Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in
the vehicle is fully changed.
cardiagn.com
• Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) during the
update. If there is a problem with the update, leave
the ignition switch to ON (II).
• To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything
electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C,
A
power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update.
• To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If
update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. it doesn’t, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
• You cannot update a PCM with a program it already (see page 11-194). If you are returning from the
has. It will only accept a new program. DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 to 5 and
• High temperature in the engine compartment might clean the throttle body after updating the PCM
cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If (see page 11-314).
the engine has been running before this procedure,
open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
• If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module
(HIM) because the HIM’s red (＃3) lamp came on or 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION
was flashed during the update, leave the ignition CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts.
switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the
HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,
prevent the PCM damage. continue this procedure.
6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the CM

update, and follow the screen prompts to update
the PCM.
14-8
07/05/09 16:27:13 61SJC020_140_0013
7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect Substituting the PCM
the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the
procedure that you were doing. If the software in Special Tools Required
the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on • Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester
the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI • Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation
system or the A/T system, make sure you update with HDS and CM update software
both. • HDS pocket tester
• GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to update software
cool the PCM, follow the instructions on screen. If
you run into a problem during the update NOTE: Use this procedure when you have to substitute
procedure, (programming takes over 15 minutes, a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedure.
status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer light
flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.), follow these steps 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the
to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: driver’s dashboard lower cover.
• Leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position. ０１
• Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a
cardiagn.com
battery charger).
• Shut down the HDS.
• Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
• Reboot the HDS.
• Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the
update procedure again.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If

it doesn’t, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
(see page 11-194). If you are returning from DLC
circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 to 10, and
clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM
(see page 11-314).
5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION

CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts.
NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,

continue to the end of this procedure.
(cont’d)
14-9
07/05/09 16:27:13 61SJC020_140_0014

7. Remove the PCM cover (D). 11. Open the SCS with the HDS.
２１
D

been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and
F
software.
A 15. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS.
16. Enter the immobilizer code using the PCM
cardiagn.com
replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you
to start the engine.
B 17. Reset the PCM with the HDS.

C E
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 18. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean
8. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C.
NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols
(A=□, B=○, C=△) embossed on them for 20. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
identification.
9. Remove the bolts (E), and remove the PCM (F).
10. Install a known-good PCM in the reverse order of

removal.
14-10
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0015

NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page
14-4).
(1)
DTC D MIL Detection Item Page
Indicator
(2)
P0705 (5-2) Blinks ON Short in Transmission Range Switch Circuit (see page 14-77)
(Multiple Shift-position Input)
P0706 (6-2) (2) OFF ON Open in Transmission Range Switch Circuit (see page 14-86)
P0711 (28-5) (2) Blinks OFF Problem in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit (see page 14-90)
P0712 (28-3) (2) Blinks OFF Short in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit (see page 14-91)
P0713 (28-4) (2) Blinks OFF Open in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit (see page 14-93)
P0716 (15-5) (2) Blinks ON Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (see page 14-96)
Circuit
(2)
P0717 (15-3) Blinks ON Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (see page 14-96)
Circuit (No Signal Input)
(2)
P0718 (15-6) Blinks ON Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Intermittent (see page 14-102)
cardiagn.com
Failure
(2)
P0721 (9-5) Blinks ON Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed (see page 14-105)
Sensor Circuit
(2)
P0722 (9-3) Blinks ON Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed (see page 14-105)
Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input)
(2)
P0723 (9-6) Blinks ON Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (see page 14-111)
Intermittent Failure
P0731 (64-1) Blinks OFF Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-114)
Circuit (1st gear incorrect ratio)
P0732 (64-2) Blinks OFF Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-116)
Circuit (2nd gear incorrect ratio)
P0733 (64-3) Blinks OFF Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-118)
Circuit (3rd gear incorrect ratio)
P0734 (64-4) Blinks OFF Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-119)
Circuit (4th gear incorrect ratio)
P0735 (64-5) Blinks OFF Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-120)
Circuit (5th gear incorrect ratio)
P0741 (40-3) OFF ON Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Stuck (see page 14-121)
OFF
P0746 (76-3) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck (see page 14-122)
OFF
P0747 (76-4) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck (see page 14-122)
ON
P0751 (70-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF (see page 14-124)
P0752 (70-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON (see page 14-124)
P0756 (71-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF (see page 14-125)
P0757 (71-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON (see page 14-125)
P0761 (72-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF (see page 14-126)
P0762 (72-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON (see page 14-126)
NOTE:
(1): The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the SCS mode. The first number(s)
before the - (hyphen) is the flash code the D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected
to the HDS, and in the SCS mode.
(2): This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
(cont’d)
14-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＧＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0016
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page
14-4).
(1)
DTC D MIL Detection Item Page
Indicator
P0776 (77-3) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck (see page 14-127)
OFF
P0777 (77-4) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck (see page 14-127)
ON
P0780 (45-1) Blinks ON Problem in Shift Control System (see page 14-128)
(2)
P0847 (26-3) Blinks OFF Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-129)
Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck ON
(2)
P0848 (26-4) Blinks OFF Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-131)
Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck OFF
cardiagn.com
P0872 (27-3) Blinks OFF Short in 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-134)
Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck ON
P0873 (27-4) Blinks OFF Open in 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-136)
Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck OFF
(2)
P0962 (16-3) Blinks ON Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid (see page 14-139)
Valve A Circuit
(2)
Valve A
(2)
Valve B Circuit
(2)
Valve B
(2)
Valve C Circuit
(2)
Valve C
P0973 (7-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit (see page 14-157)
P0974 (7-4) (2) Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit (see page 14-160)
P0976 (8-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit (see page 14-163)
P0977 (8-4) (2) Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit (see page 14-166)
P0979 (22-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit (see page 14-169)
P0980 (22-4) (2) Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit (see page 14-172)
P2769 (1-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve (see page 14-175)
Circuit
(2)
P2770 (1-4) Blinks ON Open in Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve (see page 14-178)
Circuit
NOTE:
(1): The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the SCS mode. The first number(s)
before the - (hyphen) is the flash code the D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected
to the HDS, and in the SCS mode.
(2): This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
14-12
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0017

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes
When you turn the • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC
ignition switch to • Gauge control module defective (see page 11-3).
ON (II), the D • PCM defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge
indicator comes on control module by using the gauge control
and stays on in all module self-diagnostic function (see page
shift lever 22-245).
positions, or it
never comes on at
all
A/T gear position • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC
indicator does not • Gauge control module defective (see page 11-3).
come on while the • PCM defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge
shift lever is in that • Transmission range switch control module by using the gauge control
position defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
22-245).
• Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
cardiagn.com
14-272).
Transmission still A problem in the D3 switch circuit • Check the D3 switch circuit (see page 14-270).
shifts into 4th or • Check the D3 switch (see page 14-276).
5th gear in D even
though the D3
switch is pushed
Shift lever cannot • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Inspect the APP sensor signal (see page 11-248).
be moved from P circuit • Troubleshoot the shift lock system circuit
while you are • Accelerator pedal position sensor (see page 14-282).
pressing on the defective • Test the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-286).
brake pedal • Brake pedal position switch circuit • Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
• Brake pedal position switch 14-272).
defective
• Shift lock solenoid defective
• Shift lock solenoid control circuit
• Shift lock mechanism defective
• Throttle body defective
• Transmission range switch ATP P
switch stuck OFF
• Transmission range switch ATP P
switch line opened
Ignition switch A problem in the key interlock system Check the interlock system - key interlock system
cannot be moved of the interlock system circuit (see page 14-285).
from ACC (I) to
LOCK (0) (key is
pushed in, shift
lever in P)
When you turn the • Gauge control module defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge
ignition switch to • PCM defective control module by using the gauge control
ON (II), the D3 • F-CAN circuit defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
indicator comes on 22-245).
and stays on in all • Check for a short or an open in F-CAN wires
shift lever between PCM and gauge control module.
positions, or it
never comes on at
all
(cont’d)
14-13
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0018

When you turn the • Gauge control module defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge control
ignition switch to • PCM defective module by using the gauge control module self-
ON (II), the A/T • F-CAN circuit defective diagnostic function (see page 22-245).
TEMP indicator • Check for a short or an open in F-CAN wires between
comes on and PCM and gauge control module.
stays on or never
comes on at all
Engine runs, but 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler lines
vehicle does not 2. Shift cable broken or out of for leakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean
move in any gear adjustment the ATF cooler lines.
3. Connection between shift • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
cable and transmission or transmission control lever.
body worn • Improper alignment of the ATF pump and the torque
4. ATF pump worn or binding converter housing may cause the ATF pump seizure.
5. Regulator valve stuck or The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking
spring worn noise or a high pitched squeak.
cardiagn.com
6. ATF strainer clogged • Check the line pressure.
7. Mainshaft worn or • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the strainer is
damaged clogged, find the damaged components that caused
8. Final gears worn or the debris.
damaged • Inspect the differential pinion gears for wear. If the
9. Park mechanism defective differential pinion gears are worn, replace the
10. Transmission-to-engine differential assembly, replace the ATF strainer,
assembly error thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean the
11. Axle disengaged cooler and lines. Replace the torque converter.
• Be careful not to damage the torque converter
housing when replacing the main ball bearing. You
may also damage the ATF pump when you torque
down the main valve body. This will result in the ATF
pump seizure.
• Install the main seal flush with the torque converter
housing. If you push it into the torque converter
housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid
return passage and result in damage.
Vehicle moves in R, 1. 1st accumulator defective • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
but not in D, 2, or 1 2. Idler gears worn or • Inspect the secondary shaft and 1st/1st-hold clutch
damaged assembly for wear and damage.
3. 1st clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve,
and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and
damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch
end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of
tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear
and damage, and inspect the clutch wave-plate
height. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
replace them as a set. If the wave-plate height is out
of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If they are OK,
adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate.
14-14
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0019

Vehicle moves in 2 1. 1st gear one-way clutch • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
and R, but not in D defective • Inspect the secondary shaft and 1st/1st-hold clutch
or 1 2. 1st gears worn or damaged assembly for wear and damage.
3. 1st clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and
the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage, and
inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs and
plates are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. If
the wave-plate height is out of tolerance, replace the
wave-plate. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the
clutch end-plate.
Vehicle moves in D, 1. 1st-hold accumulator • Check the 1st-hold clutch pressure.
2, and R, but not in defective • Inspect the secondary shaft and 1st/1st-hold clutch
1 2. 1st-hold clutch defective assembly for wear and damage.
cardiagn.com
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
Inspect the clearance between the 1st-hold clutch plate
and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance,
inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage,
and inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
If the wave-plate height is out of tolerance, replace the
wave-plate.
Vehicle moves in D, 1. 2nd accumulator defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
1, and R, but not in 2. 2nd clutch defective • Inspect the secondary shaft and 2nd clutch assembly
2 for wear and damage.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and
the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage, and
inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs and
plates are worn or damaged, replace the discs and
plates as a set. If the wave-plate height is out of
tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates
are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate.
(cont’d)
14-15
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0020

Vehicle moves in D, 1. Shift fork shaft stuck • Check the line pressure and 5th clutch pressure.
2, and 1, but not in 2. Modulator valve defective • Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift
R (or moves 3. Reverse CPC valve defective fork shaft.
forward in R) 4. 5th accumulator defective • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF
5. 5th clutch defective strainer is clogged with particles of steel or
6. Reverse gears worn or damaged aluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATF
pump is OK, find the damaged components that
caused the debris. If no cause for the
contamination is found, replace the torque
converter.
• Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers,
and inspect the engagement teeth chamfers of
the countershaft 5th gear and reverse gear.
Replace the reverse gears and the reverse
selector if they are worn or damaged. If the
transmission makes clicking, grinding, or
cardiagn.com
whirring noises, also replace the mainshaft 5th
gear, reverse idler gear, and countershaft 5th
gear.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
discs and plates for wear and damage, and
inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
the clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler
flares when 2. Shift cable broken or out of lines for leakage and loose connections. If
starting off in D adjustment necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
and R 3. ATF pump worn or binding • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
4. Regulator valve stuck or spring the transmission control lever.
worn • Check the line pressure.
5. ATF strainer clogged • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the strainer is
6. Torque converter check valve clogged, find the damaged components that
defective caused the debris.
• Improper alignment of the ATF pump and the
torque converter housing may cause the ATF
pump seizure. The symptom is mostly an
rpm-ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
housing when replacing the main ball bearing.
You may also damage the ATF pump when you
torque down the main valve body. This will result
in the ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the
proper tools.
14-16
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0021

Poor acceleration; 1. One-way check ball defective • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
flares when 2. 1st clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
starting off in D valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
and R; stall speed wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
high in D, 2, and 1 the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as
a set. If the wave-plate height is out of tolerance,
replace the wave-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. 2nd accumulator defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
flares when 2. 2nd clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
starting off in D valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
and R; stall speed wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
cardiagn.com
high in 2 the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares when 2. Shift cable broken or out of connectors.
starting off in D adjustment • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
and R; stall speed 3. Reverse CPC valve defective valve seizure.
high in R 4. 5th accumulator defective • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
5. 5th clutch defective the transmission control lever.
• Check the 5th clutch pressure.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
(cont’d)
14-17
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0022

Poor acceleration; 1. Torque converter clutch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares when solenoid valve defective connectors.
starting off in D 2. Torque converter one-way • Inspect the O-ring, and check the solenoid valve
and R; stall speed clutch defective seizure.
low 3. Engine output low • Replace torque converter.
4. Torque converter clutch piston • Check for a stuck lock-up valve in the valve body.
defective
5. Lock-up shift valve defective
Engine idle 1. Low ATF level • Set the idle rpm in gear to the specified idle
vibration 2. Torque converter clutch speed. If still no good, adjust the engine and
solenoid valve defective transmission mounts.
3. Drive plate defective or • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler
transmission misassembled lines for leakage and loose connections. If
4. Engine output low necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
5. Torque converter clutch piston • Improper alignment of the ATF pump and the
defective torque converter housing may cause the ATF
cardiagn.com
6. ATF pump worn or binding pump seizure. The symptom is mostly an
7. Lock-up shift valve defective rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched
squeak.
housing when replacing the main ball bearing.
You may also damage the ATF pump when you
torque down the main valve body. This will result
in the ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the
proper tools.
Vehicle moves in N 1. Excessive ATF • Check the ATF level, and drain the ATF if it is
2. Foreign material in separator overfilled.
plate orifice • Check all clutch pressures.
3. Relief valve defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
4. Lubrication control valve valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
5. 1st-hold clutch defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
6. 1st clutch defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
7. 2nd clutch defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
8. 3rd clutch defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
9. 4th clutch defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
10. 5th clutch defective discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
11. Clutch end plate clearance is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
incorrect discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
12. Needle bearing seized, worn, or the clutch end-plate.
damaged
13. Thrust washer seized, worn, or
damaged
14-18
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0023

Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
shifting from N to 2. A/T clutch pressure control connectors.
D, or excessive solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
shock when 3. A/T clutch pressure control valve for seizure.
shifting solenoid valve B defective • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
4. A/T clutch pressure control valve body gasket and the ATF feed pipes for
solenoid valve C defective wear and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure
5. Shift cable broken or out of control solenoid valve is stuck, inspect the CPC
adjustment valves.
6. Connection between shift cable • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
and transmission or body worn the transmission control lever.
7. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
sensor defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
8. Output shaft (countershaft) valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
speed sensor defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
9. ATF temperature sensor the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
cardiagn.com
defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
10. CPC valve C defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
11. Foreign material in separator inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
plate orifice and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as
12. Shift valve C defective a set. If the wave-plate height is out of tolerance,
13. Shift valve E defective replace the wave-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
14. Servo control valve defective clearance with the clutch end-plate.
15. 1st accumulator defective
16. 1st check ball stuck
17. One-way check ball defective
18. 1st clutch defective
Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
shifting from N to 2. A/T clutch pressure control connectors.
R, or excessive solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
shock when 3. A/T clutch pressure control valve for seizure.
shifting solenoid valve B defective • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
4. A/T clutch pressure control valve body gasket and ATF feed pipes for wear
solenoid valve C defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control
5. Shift cable broken or out of solenoid valve is stuck, inspect the CPC valves.
adjustment • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
6. Connection between shift cable the transmission control lever.
and transmission or body worn • Check the 5th clutch pressure.
7. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
sensor defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
8. Output shaft (countershaft) wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
speed sensor defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
9. ATF temperature sensor clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
10. Shift fork shaft stuck inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
11. CPC valve C defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
12. Reverse CPC valve defective discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
13. Foreign material in separator is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
plate orifice discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
14. Shift valve E defective the clutch end-plate.
15. 5th accumulator defective
16. 5th clutch defective
(cont’d)
14-19
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0024

Transmission does 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
not shift sensor defective connectors.
2. Output shaft (countershaft) speed • Check the line pressure.
sensor defective
3. Modulator valve defective
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve B defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in D; 2. Shift valve B defective connectors.
starts off in 5th • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve B defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in 2; 2. Shift valve B defective connectors.
starts off in 4th • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve A defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in D; 2. Shift valve A defective connectors.
starts off in 3rd • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
cardiagn.com
valve for seizure.
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve A defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in 2; 2. Shift valve A defective connectors.
starts off in 1st • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Excessive shock or 1. A/T clutch pressure control • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares on all solenoid valve A defective connectors.
upshifts and 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
downshifts solenoid valve B defective valve body gasket and the ATF feed pipes for
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed wear and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure
sensor defective control solenoid valve is stuck, inspect the CPC
4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed valves.
sensor defective • Inspect the sensor O-rings.
5. ATF temperature sensor defective
6. CPC valve A defective
7. Foreign material in separator
plate orifice
Excessive shock or 1. Foreign material in separator • Check the 1st and 2nd clutch pressures.
flares on 1-2 plate orifice • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
upshift or 2-1 2. 2nd accumulator defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
downshift 3. 2nd check ball stuck wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
4. 2nd clutch defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
14-20
07/05/09 16:27:16 61SJC020_140_0025

Excessive shock or 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares on 2-3 2. A/T clutch pressure control connectors.
upshift or 3-2 solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the O-rings, and check the shift solenoid
downshift 3. A/T clutch pressure control valve for seizure.
solenoid valve B defective • Check for clogged orifice in the transmission
4. 3rd clutch transmission fluid fluid pressure switch connector. If the orifice is
pressure switch defective clogged, remove it and clean the connector.
5. CPC valve B defective • Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures.
6. Foreign material in separator • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
plate orifice valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
7. Shift valve C defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
8. 2nd accumulator defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
9. 3rd accumulator defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
10. 2nd check ball stuck discs and plates for wear and damage, and
11. 2nd clutch defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
12. 3rd clutch defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
cardiagn.com
solenoid valve B defective • Check for clogged orifice in the transmission
4. 4th clutch transmission fluid fluid pressure switch connector. If the orifice is
pressure switch defective clogged, remove it and clean the connector.
5. CPC valve B defective • Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.
6. Foreign material in separator • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
plate orifice valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
7. Shift valve C defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
8. 3rd accumulator defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
9. 4th accumulator defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
10. 3rd clutch defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
11. 4th clutch defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
(cont’d)
14-21
07/05/09 16:27:16 61SJC020_140_0026

solenoid valve B defective • Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressures.
4. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
solenoid valve C defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
5. CPC valve B defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
6. CPC valve C defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
7. Foreign material in separator clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
plate orifice discs and plates for wear and damage, and
8. Shift valve C defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
9. Shift valve E defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
10. Kick-down valve or kick-down discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
short valve defective is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
11. 4th accumulator defective discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
cardiagn.com
12. 5th accumulator defective the clutch end-plate.
Noise from 1. ATF pump worn or binding Improper alignment of the ATF pump and torque
transmission in all 2. Idler gears worn or damaged converter housing may cause the ATF pump
shift lever 3. Thrust washer seized, worn, or seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related
positions damaged ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
Vehicle does not Torque converter one-way clutch Replace the torque converter.
accelerate above defective
31 mph (50 km/h)
Vibration in all Drive plate defective or transmission Check the stall speed.
shift lever misassembled
positions
Shift lever does 1. Transmission range switch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
not operate defective or out of adjustment connectors.
smoothly 2. Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch. If the
adjustment transmission range switch is faulty, replace it. If
3. Connection between shift cable the transmission range switch is out of
and transmission or body worn adjustment, adjust it and the shift cable.
• Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
the transmission control lever.
Transmission does 1. Shift cable broken or out of • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
not shift into P adjustment the transmission control lever.
2. Connection between shift cable • Check the park pawl, control shaft, and park lever
and transmission or body worn link for wear and damage. Check if the control
3. Park mechanism defective shaft lever pin is disengaged from the manual
valve guide.
14-22
07/05/09 16:27:16 61SJC020_140_0027

Torque converter 1. Torque converter clutch solenoid • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
clutch does not valve defective connectors.
disengage 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
solenoid valve C defective valve C body gasket for wear and damage. If A/T
3. Torque converter clutch piston clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is stuck,
defective inspect the CPC valves.
5. Lock-up control valve defective
6. Lock-up timing valve defective
operate smoothly 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
3. Torque converter clutch piston clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is stuck,
defective inspect the CPC valves.
4. Torque converter check valve • Center all engine mounts.
cardiagn.com
defective
7. Lock-up timing valve defective
engage 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is stuck,
sensor defective inspect the CPC valves.
4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor defective
5. Torque converter clutch piston
defective
6. Torque converter check valve
defective
A/T gear position 1. Transmission range switch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
indicator does not defective or out of adjustment connectors.
indicate shift lever 2. Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch. If the
positions adjustment transmission range switch is faulty, replace it. If
3. Connection between shift cable the transmission range switch is out of
and transmission or body worn adjustment, adjust it and the shift cable.
• Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
the transmission control lever.
Speedometer and Output shaft (countershaft) speed Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
odometer do not sensor defective connectors.
work
Engine does not VTEC rocker arms defective Check the engine rocker arms.
rev to high rpm,
and the
transmission
upshifts at low rpm
(engine at normal
operating
temperature)
14-23
07/05/09 16:27:20 61SJC020_140_0028

＊０１
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
PARK PIN SWITCH
D3 SWITCH
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR (DLC)
cardiagn.com
＊０２
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
Test, page 14-200
SOLENOID HARNESS 4TH CLUTCH

CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION FLUID
POWERTRAIN PRESSURE SWITCH
CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Replacement,
page 14-207
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
Test, page 14-192
Replacement,
page 14-198
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE B
Test, page 14-195
Replacement,
page 14-198
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
Test/Replacement,
page 14-188
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
Test/Replacement,
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) page 14-188
SPEED SENSOR
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION TORQUE CONVERTER
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CLUTCH SOLENOID
Replacement, page 14-206 VALVE
Test/Replacement,
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) TRANSMISSION page 14-188
SPEED SENSOR RANGE SWITCH
Replacement, page 14-205 SHIFT SOLENOID
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR VALVE B
Replacement, page 14-208 Test/Replacement, page 14-188
14-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:20 61SJC020_140_0029
System Description
General Operation
The automatic transmission is a combination of a three-element torque converter and a four-shaft electronically
controlled unit which provides five forward and one in reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.
Torque Converter, Shafts, Gears, and Clutches

The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single unit. The converter housing (pump)
is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns as the engine turns. Around the outside of the torque converter is a
ring gear which meshes with the starter pinion when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assembly
serves as a flywheel, transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft. The transmission has four parallel shafts; the
mainshaft, the countershaft, the secondary shaft, and the intermediary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine
crankshaft. The mainshaft includes the 4th and 5th clutches, and gears for 3rd, 4th, 5th and reverse (reverse gear is
integral with 5th gear). The countershaft includes gears for the final drive, 2nd, idler, 1st, 4th, 5th, and reverse (the final
drive gear is integral with the countershaft). The secondary shaft includes the 1st, 1st-hold, and 2nd clutches, and
gears for park, 2nd, idler, and 1st. The intermediary shaft includes the 3rd clutch, and gears for 3rd and 4th. The
countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft reverse gear can be locked to the countershaft at its left end, providing 5th
gear or reverse, depending with which way the selector is moved. The gears on the mainshaft, secondary shaft, and
cardiagn.com
intermediary shaft are in constant mesh with those on the countershaft. When certain conditions of gears in the
transmission are engaged by the clutches, power is transmitted through the mainshaft, and/or to the secondary shaft,
intermediary shaft, then to the countershaft to provide drive.
Electronic Control
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and seven solenoid valves.
Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located in
the engine compartment.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the secondary valve body, the regulator valve body, and the
accumulator body. They are bolted to the torque converter housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve,
the modulator valve, the torque converter check valve, shift valves A, B, D, and E, CPC valve C, the cooler check valve,
the relief valve, the lock-up shift valve, the lock-up timing valve, the lubrication control valve, the lubrication check
valve, and the ATF pump gears. The secondary valve body contains shift valve C, CPC valves A and B, the reverse CPC
valve, the servo control valve, and the kick-down valve. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the
lock-up control valve, and the 3rd accumulator. The accumulator body contains the 1st, 1st-hold, 2nd, 4th, and 5th
accumulators, shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and the torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Fluid from the
regulator passes through the manual valve to the various control valves. All the clutches receive fluid from the internal
hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control Mechanism

To shift gears, the PCM controls shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and automatic transaxle (A/T) clutch pressure
control solenoid valves A and B, while receiving input signals from various sensors and switches located throughout
the vehicle. The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port to send hydraulic pressure
to the clutches. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B control the CPC valves A and B to shift
smoothly between lower gear and higher gear. This pressurizes a line to one of the clutches, engaging the clutch and
its corresponding gear.
(cont’d)
14-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:20 61SJC020_140_0030

General Operation (cont’d)
Lock-up Mechanism
The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and D position D3 driving mode (2nd and
3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque
converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the
same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing of the lock-up
mechanism. When the torque converter clutch solenoid valve activates, modulator pressure changes to switch lock-up
on and off. The lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve control the range of lock-up according to A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve C. The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is located on the accumulator body in
the transmission, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is mounted on the transmission housing. They are
all controlled by the PCM.
Gear Selection
The shift lever has six positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D: DRIVE 1st through 5th gear ranges, and 1st
through 3rd gear ranges with D3 driving mode, 2: 2nd gear, and 1: 1st gear.
cardiagn.com
Position Description
P: PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with park gear on secondary shaft. All clutches are
released.
R: REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 5th clutch locked.
N: NEUTRAL All clutches are released.
D: DRIVE General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then 5th, depending on
(1st through 5th) vehicle speed and accelerator pedal position. Downshifts through 4th, 3rd, 2nd, and 1st on
deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gear.
D: DRIVE with D3 Used for rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving; up-hill and down-hill
driving mode driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd, depending on vehicle speed and
(1st through 3rd) accelerator pedal position.
Downshifts through 2nd to 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd
and 3rd gear.
2: SECOND Used for engine braking or better traction starting off on loose or slippery surfaces; stays in
2nd gear; does not shift up or down.
1: FIRST Used for engine braking; stays in 1st gear; does not shift up.
Starting is possible only in the P and N positions because of a slide-type neutral-safety switch.
Automatic Transaxle (A/T) Gear Position Indicator

The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which shift lever position has been selected.
Transfer Mechanism
The transfer mechanism consists of the transfer drive gear on the differential, the transfer output shaft in the
transmission, the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear), the transfer shaft, the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear), and the
companion flange. The transfer mechanism assembly is on the rear side of the transmission, beside the differential.
The transfer drive gear on the differential drives the transfer output shaft in the transmission. The transfer output shaft
in the transmission is connected to the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) by splines. Power is transmitted from the
transfer drive gear on the differential to the rear differential via the transfer and the propeller shaft.
14-26
07/05/09 16:27:55 61SJC020_140_0031
Clutches
The five-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission
gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction
discs and steel plates together, locking them so they do not slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch
pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases
the friction discs and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin
independently on its shaft, transmitting no power.
1st Clutch
The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the left end of the secondary shaft. The 1st clutch is
supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft.
1st-hold Clutch
The 1st-hold clutch engages/disengages 1st-hold in 1 position, and is located in the 1st clutch drum. The 1st-hold
clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft.
cardiagn.com
2nd Clutch
The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the right end of the secondary shaft. The 2nd clutch is
supplied hydraulic pressure through the secondary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
3rd Clutch
The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the end of the intermediary shaft. The 3rd clutch is
supplied hydraulic pressure through the intermediary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
4th Clutch
The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 4th clutch is joined
back-to-back to the 5th clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure through the mainshaft by a circuit
connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
5th Clutch
The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The
5th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 5th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure through the mainshaft
by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
One-way Clutch
The one-way clutch is positioned between the 1st clutch hub and the secondary shaft 1st gear. The secondary shaft 1st
gear is splined to the 1st-hold clutch hub, with the 1st-hold clutch hub splined to the secondary shaft. The secondary
shaft 1st gear provides the outer race surface, and the 1st clutch hub provides the inner race surface. The one-way
clutch locks when power is transmitted from the secondary shaft 1st gear to the countershaft 1st gear. The 1st clutch
and gears remain engaged in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gear ranges in D or 2.
However, the one-way clutch disengages when the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, or 5th clutches and gears are applied in D or 2. This is
because the increased rotational speed of the gears on the secondary shaft causes the one-way clutch to free-wheel
with the 1st clutch still engaged.
14-27
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:27:55 61SJC020_140_0032

Power Flow
Gear Operation
Gears on the mainshaft:
• 4th gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
• 5th gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
• Reverse gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
• 3rd gear is splined with the mainshaft and rotates with the mainshaft.
Gears on the countershaft:

• Final gear is integral with the countershaft.
• 1st gear, 2nd gear, and 4th gear are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with the countershaft.
• 5th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 5th gear and reverse
gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so 5th gear and reverse
gear engage with the countershaft.
• Idler gear is located over the 2nd gear, and rotates freely from the countershaft.
cardiagn.com
Gears on the secondary shaft:
• 1st gear is engaged/disengaged with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch. 1st gear is engaged with the secondary
shaft by the one-way clutch and the 1st-hold clutch when decelerating for engine braking.
• 2nd gear is engaged/disengaged with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch.
• Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary shaft.
• Park gear is integral with the 2nd gear.
Gears on the intermediary shaft:

• 3rd gear is engaged/disengaged with the intermediary shaft by the 3rd clutch.
• 4th gear is splined with the intermediary shaft.
14-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:27:56 61SJC020_140_0033
Transmission Cutaway View

０１
REVERSE IDLER GEAR INTERMEDIARY
SHAFT 4TH GEAR
REVERSE IDLER 5TH CLUTCH INTERMEDIARY
GEAR SHAFT SHAFT 3RD GEAR
4TH CLUTCH 3RD CLUTCH
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT
MAINSHAFT
5TH GEAR
RING GEAR
MAINSHAFT TORQUE CONVERTER

REVERSE GEAR
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
MAINSHAFT
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR
cardiagn.com
COUNTERSHAFT COUNTERSHAFT 2ND GEAR
5TH GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT IDLER GEAR
DRIVE PLATE
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB FINAL DRIVE GEAR
REVERSE SELECTOR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
2ND CLUTCH
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH PARK GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
SECONDARY SHAFT IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT 2ND GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
COMPANION
FLANGE
(cont’d)
14-29
07/05/09 16:27:57 61SJC020_140_0034

Power Flow (cont’d)
P Position
Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is
locked by the park pawl interlocking the park gear.
N Position
Engine power transmitted from the mainshaft drives the mainshaft 3rd gear, the intermediary shaft 3rd gear, but
hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. In this position, the
position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shifted from D or R:
• When shifted from D, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 5th gear and the reverse selector hub, and
the 5th gear engages with the countershaft.
• When shifted from R, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse selector hub,
and the reverse gear engages with the countershaft.
０２
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 3RD GEAR
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
PARK GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
14-30
07/05/09 16:27:57 61SJC020_140_0035
1 Position (Acceleration)
In the 1 position under an acceleration, hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch and the 1st-hold clutch. The
power flow when accelerating is as follows:
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the
secondary shaft by the one-way clutch.
• The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the secondary shaft via the countershaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear.
• The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st-hold clutch, and the 1st-hold clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st
gear with the secondary shaft.
• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear and the transfer drive gear.
• The transfer output shaft drives the transfer hypoid drive gear/shaft and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
０３
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT (HYPOID GEAR)
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-31
07/05/09 16:27:57 61SJC020_140_0036

1 Position (Deceleration)
The power flow in the 1 position when decelerating is as follows:
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch and the 1st-hold clutch.
• Rolling resistance from the road surface goes through the front wheels to the final driven gear, then to the
countershaft idler gear.
• The one-way clutch disengages because the application of torque is reversed.
• The force conveyed to the secondary shaft idler gear turns the mainshaft 3rd gear via the countershaft idler gear. As
a result, engine braking can be obtained with 1st gear.
０４
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
MAINSHAFT
cardiagn.com
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
14-32
07/05/09 16:27:58 61SJC020_140_0037
D Position
In D, the optimum gear is automatically selected from the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears (in D); 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
gears (in D in the D3 driving mode) according to conditions such as the balance between the throttle opening (engine
loading) and vehicle speed.
In 1st gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the
secondary shaft by the one-way clutch.
• The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
０５
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-33
07/05/09 16:27:58 61SJC020_140_0038

In 2nd gear and 2 Position
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with the
secondary shaft.
• The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 2nd gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
power from 1st gear is cut off at the one-way clutch.
０６
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
TORQUE CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
2ND CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
2ND GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
14-34
07/05/09 16:27:59 61SJC020_140_0039
In 3rd gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the intermediary shaft 3rd gear with the
intermediary shaft.
• The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the intermediary shaft 4th gear via the intermediary shaft 3rd gear and the 3rd clutch.
• The intermediary shaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft via the mainshaft 4th gear.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 3rd gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
０７
3RD CLUTCH
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 3RD GEAR INTERMEDIARY SHAFT
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 4TH GEAR
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR

TORQUE CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR

4TH GEAR
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-35
07/05/09 16:27:59 61SJC020_140_0040

In 4th gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 4th gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
０８
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
4TH CLUTCH TORQUE CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
14-36
07/05/09 16:28:00 61SJC020_140_0041
In 5th gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 5th gear when
the shift lever is in a forward range (D, 2, and 1).
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear, which drives the reverse selector hub and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 5th gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
０９
5TH CLUTCH
MAINSHAFT 5TH GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
REVERSE SELECTOR
HUB
SECONDARY SHAFT
REVERSE SELECTOR
COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-37
07/05/09 16:28:00 61SJC020_140_0042

R Position
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear
when the shift lever is in R.
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear.
• The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector which drives the reverse selector hub.
• The rotation direction of the countershaft is changed by the reverse idler gear.
１０
REVERSE IDLER GEAR 5TH CLUTCH
MAINSHAFT TORQUE CONVERTER

REVERSE GEAR
cardiagn.com
MAINSHAFT
REVERSE SELECTOR
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT SECONDARY SHAFT

REVERSE GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
14-38
07/05/09 16:28:01 61SJC020_140_0043

Functional Diagram
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shifting
and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions.
The PCM receives input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and outputs
signals for the engine control system and A/T control system. The A/T control system includes shift control, grade
logic control, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control. The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves and the A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shifting transmission gears and lock-up torque converter clutch.
＊０４
PCM
Engine RPM Signal
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal (DBW)
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor Signal PGM-FI
cardiagn.com
Control System
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
Service Check Signal

A/T Control System Shift Solenoid Valve A
VTM-4 Control Unit
Signal Shift Control Shift Solenoid Valve B
VSA Modulator-control Grade Logic Shift Solenoid Valve C

Unit Signal Control
Cruise Control Automatic
Downshift Request Five-speeds
Signal and
Transmission Reverse
Range Switch
Signal A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A
Clutch Pressure A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Control Solenoid Valve B
A/T Clutch Pressure
D3 Switch Signal Control Solenoid Valve C
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up

Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve
Speed Sensor Signal ON/OFF
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Lock-up

Speed Sensor Signal Self-diagnosis/ Conditions
Fail-safe Function Vehicle Speed Signal
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Communication and Data Link Connector
Pressure Switch Signal Output Function
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal
Shift Lock Control Shift Lock Solenoid
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal
A/T Gear Position Indicator
D Indicator
Indicator Control D3 Indicator
A/T TEMP Indicator
(cont’d)
14-39
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６０００００ＣＡＡＴ０３
07/05/09 16:28:01 61SJC020_140_0044

Electronic Control System (cont’d)
Shift Control
The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from the sensors and the
switches, and it actuates shift solenoid valves A, B, and C to control shifting transmission gear.
The shift solenoid valves use ON-CLOSE/OFF-OPEN type; the shift solenoid valve closes the port of shift solenoid
valve pressure while the shift solenoid valve is turned ON by the PCM, and opens the port when the shift solenoid
valve is OFF.
The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, and C are shown in the table.
Position Gear Position Shift Solenoid Valves

A B C
D Shifting from the N position OFF ON OFF
Stays in 1st ON ON ON
Shifting gears between 1st and 2nd ON ON ON
cardiagn.com
Stays in 2nd ON ON OFF
Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd OFF ON OFF
Stays in 3rd OFF ON ON
Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th OFF OFF ON
Stays in 4th OFF OFF OFF
Shifting gears between 4th and 5th ON OFF OFF
Stays in 5th ON OFF ON
2 2nd ON ON OFF
1 1st ON ON ON
N Neutral OFF ON OFF
R Shifting from the P and N positions OFF ON ON
Stays in reverse OFF ON OFF
Reverse inhibit control ON ON ON
P Park OFF ON OFF
14-40
07/05/09 16:28:01 61SJC020_140_0045
D position D3 Driving Mode Control

This automatic transmission is equipped with the D3 driving mode in D. The D position has two modes; general
driving mode (shifts gears automatically 1st through 5th), and the D3 driving mode (shifts gears automatically 1st
through 3rd). The transmission switches the mode when the D3 switch on the end of the shift lever knob is pressed
with the transmission in D.
０４
D3 SWITCH
SHIFT LEVER KNOB
cardiagn.com
When the transmission is switched into the D3 driving mode, the D3 indicator next to the D indicator in the gauge
assembly comes on. In the D3 driving mode, the D3 driving mode is cancelled by pressing the D3 switch, and the D3
indicator goes off. Also, the D3 driving mode is cancelled when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When the
shift lever is moved out of D in the D3 driving mode, the D3 indicator goes off, but the transmission returns to the D3
driving mode when the shift lever is returned to D, and the D3 indicator comes on again.
０５
GAUGE ASSEMBLY
D3 INDICATOR
D INDICATOR
A/T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR
(cont’d)
14-41
07/05/09 16:28:02 61SJC020_140_0046

Shift Control - Grade Logic Control
The grade logic control system is used to control shifting in D. The PCM compares actual driving conditions with
programmed driving conditions, based on the input from the throttle position sensor, the engine coolant temperature
sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position switch signal, and the shift lever position signal, to
control shifting while the vehicle is ascending or descending a slope.
＊０５
PCM
Engine RPM Signal

Engine RPM Control
Transmission Range
Switch Signal and Shift Position
D3 Switch Signal Control
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Fail-safe Control
Signal Actual
Driving
Throttle Position Shift
Sensor Signal (DBW) Position
cardiagn.com
Read of ATF
Temperature
Output Shaft Comparison Shift Solenoid Valve A
(Countershaft) with Shift Solenoid Valve B
Speed Sensor Signal Master Target of Signals
Shifting Position Shift Solenoid Valve C
Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Correction of Data
Speed Sensor Signal Selection of
Shifting Mode
ATF Temperature Grade Logic Control
Sensor Signal
Calculation of
Barometric Pressure Gradient
Sensor Signal
Engine Coolant
Temperature Correction of Engine
Sensor Signal Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal Data
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal
Correction of Cruise
Control Signal Data
VSA Modulator-control by Downshift
Unit Signal Request Signal
14-42
07/05/09 16:28:02 61SJC020_140_0047
Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control

When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in the D position, the system extends the engagement
area of 2nd gear, 3rd gear, and 4th gear to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd
gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more
power when needed.
NOTE: Shift commands stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th
and 5th gears, enable the PCM to automatically select the most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient.
＊０１
ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule
100 %
1ST 2ND 2ND 3RD 3RD 4TH
Throttle opening
4TH 5TH
: FLAT ROAD MODE
: GRADUAL ASCENDING MODE

50
: MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE
cardiagn.com
: STEEP ASCENDING MODE
: HEAVY STEEP ASCENDING MODE
0
Vehicle speed
Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in the D position, the shift-up speed from 4th to 5th
gear, 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd (when the throttle is closed) becomes faster than the set speed for flat road
driving to extend the 4th gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear driving areas. This, in combination with engine braking from the
deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending. There are three descending modes
with different 4th gear driving areas, 3rd gear driving areas and 2nd gear driving areas according to the magnitude of
a gradient stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 5th or 4th gear and you are decelerating while applying the brakes
on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to a lower gear. When you accelerate, the transmission will then return
to a higher gear.
＊０２
DESCENDING MODE: Downshift Schedule
100 %
1ST 2ND 2ND 3RD 3RD 4TH 4TH 5TH
Throttle opening
: FLAT ROAD MODE
: GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE

50
: MEDIUM DESCENDING MODE
: STEEP DESCENDING MODE
0
Vehicle speed
Deceleration Control
When the vehicle goes around a corner and needs to decelerate first and then accelerate, the PCM sets the data for
deceleration control to reduce the number of times the transmission shifts. When the vehicle is decelerating from
speeds above 27 mph (43 km/h), the PCM shifts the transmission from 5th or 4th to 2nd earlier than normal to cope
with upcoming acceleration.
(cont’d)
14-43
07/05/09 16:28:02 61SJC020_140_0048

Clutch Pressure Control
The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to control the clutch pressure. When shifting
between lower and higher gears, the clutch pressure regulated by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B,
and C engages and disengages the clutch smoothly.
The PCM receives input signals from the various sensors and switches, processes the data, and outputs current to A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C.
＊０６
PCM
Input Shaft
(Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal Actual
Driving
Shift
Output Shaft Position
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Decision of
Accelerator Pedal Shifting Mode
cardiagn.com
Position Sensor
Signal
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal (DBW)
Master Target of Current A/T Clutch Pressure
Controlling Current Feedback Control Solenoid
Valves A, B, and C
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
Correction of Data
Engine RPM Signal
Correction of Engine
Barometric Pressure Torque Signal Data
Sensor Signal
3rd Clutch Correction of

Transmission Fluid Hydraulic Pressure
Pressure Switch Signal Application Timing
4th Clutch
Transmission Fluid Correction of Engine
Pressure Switch Signal Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal Data
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal Correction of ATF
Temperature Sensor
ATF Temperature Data
Sensor Signal
14-44
07/05/09 16:28:03 61SJC020_140_0049
Lock-up Control
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve and lock-up
ON and OFF. The PCM actuates the torque converter clutch solenoid valve and the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve ON, the condition of the lock-up starts. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C regulates and
applies the hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve to control the amount of lock-up.
The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in the D position D3 driving mode (2nd
and 3rd).
＊０７
PCM
Engine Coolant Engine Coolant

Temperature Temperature Control
Sensor Signal
Shifting Position
Control
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal Gradient Control
cardiagn.com
by Magnitude
Transmission Range
Switch Signal Fail-safe Control
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Signal Actual
Driving
Shift
Throttle Position Position
Sensor Signal (DBW)
Lock-up Control
Torque Converter
Output Shaft Clutch Solenoid Valve
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal Master Target
Driving Shift of Controlling
Position Lock-up ON/OFF Control
Current
Information Lock-up Condition
Input Shaft Control
(Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Current A/T Clutch Pressure

Engine RPM Signal Feedback Control Solenoid
Valve C
ATF Temperature Correction of Lock-up Condition

ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal Sensor Data Learning Control
(cont’d)
14-45
07/05/09 16:28:04 61SJC020_140_0050

PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections
＊０３
*1 : ’06 model
*2 : ’07-08 models
IGNITION SWITCH PCM
BATTERY
BAT IG1 B37 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
IG1 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
C19
ACC B2 LS A
VB SOL
IG1 HOT in ON (II) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
and START (III) SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
*1 *2 B25
ACC HOT in SOLENOID LS B
ACC (I) and ON (II) A2
SLS A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
B35
BRAKE PEDAL LS C
POSITION SWITCH
A8
BK SW SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
C25
BRAKE LIGHTS SH A
SHIFT SOLENOID
A31 VALVE B
SCS C23
DATA LINK CONNECTOR A43 SH B
K−LINE SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
cardiagn.com
C18
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE SH C
TORQUE CONVERTER
A36 CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
B44
D3 A/T TEMP CAN H LC
F−CAN
Transceiver
A1
Warning Indicator Driver CAN L
B18
VCC1
B40 OUTPUT SHAFT
NC (COUNTERSHAFT)
CPU B33 SPEED SENSOR
SG1
MANIFOLD
Shift Position Indicator Driver Dimming B30 ABSOLUTE
Transmission Range
Cancel Switch/F Circuit MAP PRESSURE (MAP)
Circuit SENSOR
P R N D 2 1
C13
VCC2
B39 INPUT SHAFT
NM (MAINSHAFT)
C14 SPEED SENSOR
P A12 SG2
ATP P
C28
TRANSMISSION R C30 ATFT ATF
RANGE SWITCH ATP R TEMPERATURE
N C31 SENSOR
ATP N
D C32
ATP D
2 C33
ATP 2 C9
EGR
1 C34 EGR VALVE
ATP 1 POSITION
C17 SENSOR
ATP FWD C20
EGRP
D3 SWITCH
A13
D3 SW
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
C15 FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
B36 OP3SW
PG1
B1
PG2 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
C40 C16 FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
LG1 OP4SW
B43
LG2
PCM Connector Harness Terminal Locations
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)
14-46
07/05/09 16:28:04 61SJC020_140_0051
PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs

１２
A □ (44P) B △ (44P) C ○ (44P)
cardiagn.com
PCM CONNECTOR A □ (44P)
Terminal Wire color Signal Description Measuring conditions/Terminal voltage
number
A1 RED CAN L Sends communication signal With ignition switch to ON (II): About 2.5 V
(pulses)
A2 YEL/BLK SLS Drives shift lock solenoid With ignition switch to ON (II), in P, brake
pedal pressed, and accelerator released:
About 0 V
A8 WHT/BLK BK SW Brake pedal position switch Brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage
signal input Brake pedal released: About 0 V
A12 BLU/BLK ATP P Transmission range switch P In P: About 0 V
position signal input In other than P: Battery voltage
A13 GRN D3 SW D3 switch signal input With D3 switch released: Battery voltage
With D3 switch pressed: About 0 V
A17 ORN APSA Detects accelerator pedal With ignition switch to ON (II) and
position sensor A signal accelerator pedal pressed: About 4.65 V
With ignition switch to ON (II) and
accelerator pedal released: About 0.5 V
A18 YEL APSB Detects accelerator pedal With ignition switch to ON (II) and
position sensor B signal accelerator pedal pressed: About 2.325 V
With ignition switch to ON (II) and
accelerator pedal released: About 0.25 V
A24 GRN VCC3 Power supply for sensors With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
With ignition switch to LOCK (0): About 0 V
A25 WHT VCC4 Power supply for sensors With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
A31 BRN SCS Detects service check signal With the SCS shorted with the HDS: About
0V
With the SCS open: About 5.0 V
A34 BLK SG3 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A35 RED SG4 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A36 WHT CAN H Communication signal With ignition switch to ON (II): About 2.5 V
outputs (pulses)
A43 LT BLU K-LINE Communication line PCM-to- With ignition switch to ON (II) and HDS
DLC disconnected: About 10.0 V
(cont’d)
14-47
07/05/09 16:28:05 61SJC020_140_0052

PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (cont’d)
１３
A □ (44P) B △ (44P) C ○ (44P)
cardiagn.com
PCM CONNECTOR B △ (44P)
number
B1 BLK PG2 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B2 BLK/YEL VB SOL Power supply circuit for With ignition switch to ON (II): Battery
solenoid valves voltage
B18 YEL/RED VCC1 Power supply circuit With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
B25 BRN/WHT LS B A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch to ON (II): Duty
solenoid valve B control controlled
B30 GRN/RED MAP Detects manifold absolute With ignition switch to ON (II): About 3.0 V
pressure sensor signal At idle: About 1.0 V depending on engine
speed
B33 GRN/WHT SG1 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B35 GRN/RED LS C A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch to ON (II): Duty
solenoid valve C control controlled
B36 BLK PG1 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B37 BLK/YEL IG1 Power supply circuit With ignition switch to ON (II): Battery
voltage
B39 RED NM Input shaft (mainshaft) speed With ignition switch to ON (II): About 0 V or
sensor signal input about 5.0 V
With engine at idle in N: About 2.5 V
(pulses)
B40 BLU NC Output shaft (countershaft) With ignition switch to ON (II): About 0 V or
speed sensor signal input about 5.0 V
With vehicle moving: About 2.5 V (pulses)
B43 BRN/YEL LG2 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B44 YEL LC Torque converter clutch During lock-up condition: Battery voltage
solenoid valve control During no lock-up condition: About 0 V
14-48
07/05/09 16:28:05 61SJC020_140_0053
PCM CONNECTOR C ○ (44P)

number
C9 BLU/RED EGR Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: Duty controlled
With EGR not operation: About 0 V
C13 YEL/BLU VCC2 Power supply for sensors With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
C14 GRN/YEL SG2 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
C15 BLU/WHT OP3SW 3rd clutch transmission fluid With ignition switch to ON (II):
pressure switch signal input • Without 3rd clutch pressure: About 5.0 V
• With 3rd clutch pressure: About 0 V
C16 BLU/YEL OP4SW 4th clutch transmission fluid With ignition switch to ON (II):
pressure switch signal input • Without 4th clutch pressure: About 5.0 V
• With 4th clutch pressure: About 0 V
C17 BLU/YEL ATP FWD Transmission range switch D In D and 2: About 0 V
and 2 positions signal input In any other positions: Battery voltage
C18 GRN SH C Shift solenoid valve C control With the engine running in 1, and D in 1st,
cardiagn.com
3rd, and 5th gears: Battery voltage
In P, R, N, 2, and D in 2nd gear: About 0 V
C19 RED LS A A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch to ON (II): Duty
solenoid valve A control controlled
C20 WHT/BLK EGRP Detects EGR valve position With engine running: About 1.2−3.0 V
sensor signal depending on EGR valve lift
C23 GRN/WHT SH B Shift solenoid valve B control With the engine running in P, R, N, 2, and
1, and D in 1st, 2nd, and 3rd gears: Battery
voltage
In D in 4th and 5th gears: About 0 V
C25 BLU/YEL SH A Shift solenoid valve A control With the engine running in 2 and 1, and D
in 1st, 2nd, and 5th gears: Battery voltage
In P, R, N, and D in 3rd and 4th gears:
About 0 V
C28 BLU/YEL ATFT ATF temperature sensor With ignition switch to ON (II): About 0.2−
signal input 4.0 V (About 1.8 V at normal operating
temperature)
C30 WHT ATP R Transmission range switch R In R: About 0 V
position input In other than R: Battery voltage
C31 RED/BLK ATP N Transmission range switch N In N: About 0 V
position input In other than N: Battery voltage
C32 YEL/GRN ATP D Transmission range switch D In D: About 0 V
position input In other than D: Battery voltage
C33 BLU ATP 2 Transmission range switch 2 In 2: About 0 V
position input In other than 2: Battery voltage
C34 BRN ATP 1 Transmission range switch 1 In 1: About 0 V
position input In other than 1: Battery voltage
C40 BRN/YEL LG1 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
14-49
07/05/09 16:28:05 61SJC020_140_0054

Hydraulic Controls
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, the secondary valve body, and the
accumulator body. The ATF pump is driven by splines on the end of the torque converter which is attached to the
engine. Fluid flows through the regulator valve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the
manual valve, directing pressure to each of the clutches. Shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and the torque converter
clutch solenoid valve are mounted on the accumulator body. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C
are mounted on the transmission housing.
＊０１
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B

ACCUMULATOR BODY
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
cardiagn.com
SOLENOID VALVE
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

REGULATOR VALVE BODY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
SECONDARY VALVE BODY
MAIN VALVE BODY
14-50
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０８０００００ＣＡＡＴ０４
07/05/09 16:28:06 61SJC020_140_0055
Main Valve Body

The main valve body contains the manual valve, the modulator valve, the torque converter check valve, shift valve A,
shift valve B, shift valve D, shift valve E, CPC valve C, the cooler check valve, the relief valve, the lock-up shift valve,
the lock-up timing valve, the lubrication control valve, the lubrication check valve, and the ATF pump gears. The
primary function of the main valve body is to switch fluid pressure on and off to control hydraulic pressure going to
the hydraulic control system.
０２
LOCK-UP TIMING VALVE
COOLER CHECK VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CHECK VALVE
MANUAL VALVE
LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
SHIFT VALVE D
SHIFT VALVE B
SHIFT VALVE A
cardiagn.com
LUBRICATION
CONTORL VALVE
RELIEF VALVE MODULATOR VALVE
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
SHIFT VALVE E MAIN VALVE BODY
CPC VALVE C
Regulator Valve Body

The regulator valve body is located on the main valve body. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the
lock-up control valve, the servo valve, and the 3rd accumulator.
０３
LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE BODY
SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFT
(cont’d)
14-51
07/05/09 16:28:06 61SJC020_140_0056

Hydraulic Controls (cont’d)
Regulator Valve
The regulator valve maintains constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while
also furnishing fluid to the lubricating system and torque converter. Fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and B’.
Fluid entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the regulator
valve to the spring side, and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter and
the relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator valve returns under
spring force. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through B, the position of the regulator valve changes,
and the amount of fluid from B’ through the torque converter changes. This operation is continued, maintaining the
line pressure.
０４
From ATF PUMP
To TORQUE CONVERTER To LUBRICATION
VALVE VALVE SPRING

ORIFICE
cardiagn.com
A B’ B
REGULATOR VALVE
Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are regulated by the regulator valve using the stator torque
reaction. The stator shaft is splined to the stator in the torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring
cap. When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (torque converter range), the stator torque reaction acts on the stator
shaft, and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. The
stator reaction spring compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is regulated by
the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.
０５
TORQUE CONVERTER
STATOR SHAFT
REGULATOR VALVE STATOR
STATOR SHAFT ARM
REGULATOR SPRING CAP
14-52
07/05/09 16:28:07 61SJC020_140_0057
Secondary Valve Body

The secondary valve body is on the main valve body. The secondary valve body contains shift valve C, CPC valve A,
CPC valve B, the reverse CPC valve, the servo control valve, the kick-down valve, and the kick-down short valve.
０６
REVERSE CPC VALVE
SECONDARY VALVE BODY
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
SHIFT VALVE C
CPC VALVE A
KICK-DOWN VALVE
cardiagn.com
KICK-DOWN SHORT VALVE
CPC VALVE B
Accumulator Body
The accumulator body is on the secondary valve body, and contains the 1st, 1st-hold, 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators.
The 3rd accumulator is in the regulator valve body.
０７
3RD ACCUMULATOR
5TH ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR BODY
4TH ACCUMULATOR 1ST ACCUMULATOR
2ND ACCUMULATOR
14-53
07/05/09 16:28:07 61SJC020_140_0058

Hydraulic Flow
Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF
strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure
that’s regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torque converter
through the lock-up shift valve and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter check valve
prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF, and the shift solenoid valves control shift solenoid pressure
to the shift valves. Applying shift solenoid pressure to the shift valves moves the position of the shift valve, and
switches the port of hydraulic pressure. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B.
The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B regulate the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid pressure
and apply the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid pressure to CPC valves A and B.
When shifting gears, the clutches are engaged by pressure from the CPC pressure mode. The PCM controls one of the
shift solenoid valves to move the position of the shift valve. This movement switches the port of the CPC and line
pressure. Line pressure is then applied to the clutch, and the CPC pressure is intercepted. Engaging the clutch with line
pressure happens when shifting is completed.
cardiagn.com
Hydraulic pressure at the ports:
Port No. Hydraulic Pressure Port No. Hydraulic Pressure Port No. Hydraulic Pressure
1 LINE 5N CPC A or LINE 56 LS A
2 LINE 5D CPC B or LINE 57 LS B
3 LINE 5G CPC B or LINE 58 LS C
3’ REVERSE CPC or LINE 5K CPC B or LINE 90 TORQUE CONVERTER
3’’ REVERSE CPC or LINE 6 MODULATE 90’ TORQUE CONVERTER
4 LINE SA SH A 91 TORQUE CONVERTER
4’ LINE SB SH B 91’ TORQUE CONVERTER
4’’ LINE SC SH C 92 TORQUE CONVERTER
4A CPC A LA LC A 93 ATF COOLER
4B CPC B 9 LINE 94 TORQUE CONVERTER
4C CPC C 10 1ST CLUTCH 95 LUBRICATION
5B CPC A 15 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 95’ LUBRICATION
5C CPC B 20 2ND CLUTCH 96 TORQUE CONVERTER
5H CPC B 25 LINE 97 TORQUE CONVERTER
5J CPC B 30 3RD CLUTCH 99 SUCTION
5A CPC A or LINE 40 4TH CLUTCH X DRAIN
5E CPC A or LINE 50 5TH CLUTCH HX HIGH POSITION DRAIN
5F CPC A or LINE 51 5TH CLUTCH hX HIGH POSITION DRAIN
5M CPC A or LINE 55 CPC C or LINE AX AIR DRAIN
NOTE:
• CPC: Clutch Pressure Control pressure
• SH: Shift Solenoid pressure
• LS A: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid A pressure
• LS B: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid B pressure
• LS C: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid C pressure
• LC: Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid pressure
14-54
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０８０００００ＣＡＡＴ０５
07/05/09 16:28:08 61SJC020_140_0059
N Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and the positions of the shift
valves are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A is turned OFF, and shift valve A moves to the left side.
• Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, and shift valve B stays on the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and shift valve C stays on the left side.
Line pressure (1) passes through the manual valve and becomes line pressure (25). Line pressure (25) stops at shift
valve D. Line pressure (1) also flows to the modulator valve and becomes modulator pressure (6). Modulator pressure
(6) flows to the shift solenoid valves, A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B, and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C. Under this condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
NOTE: When used, ‘‘left’’ or ‘‘right’’ indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.
０８
1ST/1ST-HOLD 2ND 3RD 5TH 4TH
1ST CLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR CLUTCH 3RD
ACCUMULATOR
TORQUE ACCUMULATOR 4TH
CONVERTER ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
cardiagn.com
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
10 40 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
X 58 h6X 5H h7X 5J 4A 25 PRESSURE SWITCH
50
SB
1ST ACCUMULATOR SHIFT VALVE B
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
90 5F 5E 5D A9X 50X 9 KICK-DOWN VALVE X 4 56 SHIFT
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
CONVERTER SHIFT 5D SA
CLUTCH 5F 5E 50X 5G 5J 5H VALVE C 10 5C 4A SC
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
LOCK-UP A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
TIMING VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
94 LOCK-UP 4C SA 4C HX AX
LA 91’ 91 SHIFT VALVE
6
55 4 X 1 X 58 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
X CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
90’ 93 96 58 97 2 X CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
X 95 LUBRICATION VALVE 1
LOCK-UP CONTROL MODULATOR VALVE
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
TORQUE CONVERTER X X
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
SECONDARY SHAFT 10 3’ X 57 SC 4’’ 4’X
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT 3’’ REVERSE
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
REGULATOR LUBRICATION
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-55
07/05/09 16:28:10 61SJC020_140_0060

Hydraulic Flow (cont’d)
D Position: 1st gear shifting from the N position
When shifting to D from N, the condition of the shift solenoid valves remain the same as in N. The manual valve
moves to D and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to shift valve C and CPC valve B. Line pressure (4) flows
to the 1st clutch via shift valve C. Line pressure (1) becomes CPC C pressure (4C) at CPC valve C, then goes to the 1st
accumulator back side. Line pressure (4) also becomes CPC B pressure (4B) at the CPC B valve. CPC B pressure goes to
the 3rd clutch, via shift valves C, B, and A, and the 3rd clutch is engaged. The 1st clutch is engaged gently when
shifting to D from N.
０９
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
15
cardiagn.com
10 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-56
07/05/09 16:28:44 61SJC020_140_0061
D Position: Driving in 1st gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valves A and C ON, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON. SH A pressure (SA) in the
right side of shift valves A and E is released, and shift valves A and E are moved to the right side. SH C pressure (SC) in
the right side of shift valve C is released, and modulator pressure (6) is applied to the left side of shift valve C. Shift
valve C is moved to the right side. These valve movements release CPC C pressure (4C) from the back of the 1st
accumulator and the 3rd clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged securely.
１０
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
cardiagn.com
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-57
07/05/09 16:28:45 61SJC020_140_0062

D Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B. LS B pressure (57) in the right side of CPC valve B is released, and LS A pressure (56) is applied to the right
side of CPC valve A. Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and CPC A pressure passes
through shift valves C, A, and B, to become 2nd clutch pressure. The 2nd clutch is engaged with CPC pressure, and the
1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１１
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
cardiagn.com
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-58
07/05/09 16:28:47 61SJC020_140_0063
D Position: Driving in 2nd gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, and shift solenoid valves A and B remain ON. Shift solenoid valve C is
turned OFF, and SH C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Then shift valve C is moved to the left
side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure. The 2nd clutch pressure is changed to line pressure mode,
and the 2nd clutch is engaged securely. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-
way clutch.
１２
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
cardiagn.com
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-59
07/05/09 16:28:49 61SJC020_140_0064

D Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF. The PCM also
controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to apply LS B pressure (57) to CPC valve B. Shift solenoid valve B
stays ON, and shift solenoid valve C remains OFF. Shift solenoid valve A is turned OFF, and SH A pressure (SA) is
applied to the right side of shift valves A and E. Then shift valves A and E are moved to the left side to switch the port
of line pressure and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and becomes CPC B
pressure (4B) at CPC valve B. CPC B pressure (4B) becomes 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A via shift valves C
and B, and flows to the 3rd clutch. The 2nd clutch pressure is changed to CPC pressure mode by switching the position
of shift valve A. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１３
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
cardiagn.com
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-60
07/05/09 16:28:50 61SJC020_140_0065
D Position: Driving in 3rd gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to release LS A
pressure (56) in CPC valve A. Shift solenoid valve A remains OFF, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON. Releasing LS
A pressure (56) in CPC valve A releases CPC A pressure in the 2nd clutch pressure circuit. Shift solenoid valve C is
turned ON, and SH C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Then shift valve C is moved to the right
side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure. The 3rd clutch pressure is changed to line pressure mode,
and the 3rd clutch is engaged securely. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-
way clutch.
１４
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
cardiagn.com
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-61
07/05/09 16:28:52 61SJC020_140_0066

D Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve B OFF. The PCM also
controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to apply LS A pressure (56) to CPC valve A. Shift solenoid valve A
remains OFF, and shift solenoid valve C remains ON. Shift solenoid valve B is turned OFF, and SH B pressure (SB) is
applied to the right side of shift valve B. Then shift valve B is moved to the left side to switch the port of line pressure
and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and becomes CPC B pressure (4B)
at CPC valve B. CPC A pressure (4A) becomes 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve D via shift valves C, A, and B, and
flows to the 4th clutch. The 3rd clutch pressure is changed to CPC pressure mode by switching the position of shift
valve B. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１５
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
cardiagn.com
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-62
07/05/09 16:28:54 61SJC020_140_0067
D Position: Driving in 4th gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, and controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to release LS B
pressure (57) in CPC valve B. Shift solenoid valves A and B remain OFF. Releasing LS B pressure (57) in CPC valve B
releases CPC B pressure in the 3rd clutch pressure circuit. Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and SH C pressure (SC)
is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Then shift valve C is moved to the left side to switch the port of line pressure
and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve D via shift
valves C, A, and B, and flows to the 4th clutch. The 4th clutch pressure is changed to line pressure mode by switching
the position of shift valve C, and the 4th clutch is engaged securely. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is
transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１６
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
15
cardiagn.com
10 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-63
07/05/09 16:28:55 61SJC020_140_0068

D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON. The PCM also
controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to apply LS B pressure (57) to CPC valve B. Shift solenoid valves
B and C remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve A is turn ON, and SH A pressure (SA) in the right side of shift valves A and E
is released. Then shift valves A and E are moved to the left side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure.
Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and becomes CPC B pressure (4B) at CPC valve B. CPC
B pressure (4B) becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at shift valve C, and flows to the 5th clutch via shift valves B and A
and the manual valve. The 4th clutch pressure is changed to CPC pressure mode by switching the position of shift
valve A. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１７
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
cardiagn.com
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-64
07/05/09 16:28:57 61SJC020_140_0069
D Position: Driving in 5th gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to release LS A
pressure (56) in CPC valve A. Shift solenoid valve A remains ON, and shift solenoid valve B remains OFF. Releasing LS
A pressure (56) in CPC valve A releases CPC A pressure in the 4th clutch pressure circuit. Shift solenoid valve C is
turned ON, and SH C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Then shift valve C is moved to the right
side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 5th clutch
pressure (50) at the manual valve, via shift valves C, B, and A, and flows to the 5th clutch. The 5th clutch pressure is
changed to line pressure mode by switching the position of shift valve C. The 5th clutch is engaged securely, and the
1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１８
1ST/1ST-HOLD 2ND 3RD
1ST CLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH 5TH 4TH
ACCUMULATOR CLUTCH 3RD CLUTCH CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
15
cardiagn.com
10 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-65
07/05/09 16:28:59 61SJC020_140_0070

2 Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B. The conditions of
the shift solenoid valves and the position of the shift valves are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A is turned ON, and shift valve A is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, and shift valve B is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and shift valve C is in the left side.
The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to apply LS A pressure (56) to CPC valve A. Line
pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve B, via shift valves C and A. 2nd
clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No
power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１９
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
cardiagn.com
CONVERTER 4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
58 h6X 5H h7X 5J 4A 25 PRESSURE SWITCH
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
94 LOCK-UP 4C 4C HX AX
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-66
07/05/09 16:29:00 61SJC020_140_0071
1 Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B. The conditions of
the shift solenoid valves and the position of the shift valves are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A is turned ON, and shift valve A is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, and shift valve B is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve C is turned ON, and shift valve C moves to the right side by modulator pressure (6).
The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to apply LS B pressure (57) to CPC valve B. Line
pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve C. 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied
to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged. Line pressure (4) also flows to CPC valve B, and becomes CPC B
pressure (4B). CPC B pressure (4B) becomes 1st-hold clutch pressure (15) at shift valve D, via shift valves C, B, and A.
1st-hold clutch pressure (15) is applied to the 1st-hold clutch, and the 1st-hold clutch is engaged.
２０
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
cardiagn.com
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-67
07/05/09 16:29:02 61SJC020_140_0072

R Position: Shifting to the R position from the P or N position
Line pressure (1) becomes line pressure (3) at the manual valve, and flows to the reverse CPC valve. Line pressure (3)
is regulated by the reverse CPC valve and becomes reverse CPC pressure (3’). Reverse CPC pressure (3’) pushes the
servo valve to the reverse position, passes through the servo valve, and flows to the manual valve. Reverse CPC
pressure (3’’) becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at the manual valve. 5th clutch pressure (50) is applied to 5th clutch,
and 5th clutch is engaged with reverse CPC pressure.
２１
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
cardiagn.com
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-68
07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_140_0073
R Position: Driving in reverse gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF. Shift solenoid valve A remains OFF, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON.
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and SH C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the reverse CPC valve. Then
the reverse CPC valve moves to the left side, creating full line pressure. Line pressure to the 5th clutch is the same as
when shifting to the R position, and 5th clutch pressure increases. The 5th clutch is engaged with line pressure mode.
Reverse Inhibitor Control

When the R position is selected while the vehicle is moving forward at speeds over 6 mph (10 km/h), the PCM turns
shift solenoid valves A and C ON, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON. The reverse CPC valve is moved to right side
and covers the port to stop the line pressure (3’) to the servo valve. The line pressure (3’) is not applied to the servo
valve, and the 5th clutch pressure (50) is not applied to the 5th clutch, as a result, power is not transmitted to the
reverse direction.
２２
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
cardiagn.com
CONVERTER 4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-69
07/05/09 16:29:05 61SJC020_140_0074

P Position
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF by the PCM, and SH C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the reverse CPC
valve. Then the reverse CPC valve is moved to the left side to uncover the port leading line pressure (3) to the servo
valve. Line pressure (3’) passes through the servo valve and flows to the manual valve. Line pressure (3’’) is
intercepted at the manual valve, and is not applied to the clutches.
２３
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
cardiagn.com
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-70
07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_140_0075
Lock-up System
The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in D (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and D in the D3 driving
mode (2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage,
causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the
mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes
the timing and amount of the lock-up mechanism. When torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned on by the
PCM, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve pressure switches the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, the lock-up control valve, and lock-up timing valve control the amount of
lock-up.
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up ON (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off, and
fluid entering from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutch
piston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover;
the torque converter clutch lock-up is ON, and the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine.
０１
cardiagn.com
Power flow TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH PISTON
DAMPER SPRING
The power flows by way of:
TURBINE
Engine
↓
Drive plate
↓ TORQUE CONVERTER To ATF cooler
Torque converter cover COVER
INLET OUTLET
↓
Torque converter clutch piston
↓
Damper spring
↓
Turbine
↓
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passes
through the torque converter and goes out from the chambers between the turbine and the stator, and between the
pump and the stator. As a result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter cover, and
the torque converter clutch lock-up is released; the torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.
０２
Power flow TURBINE PUMP
The power flows by way of: STATOR

Engine
↓
Drive plate TORQUE CONVERTER
COVER To ATF cooler
↓
Torque converter cover INLET
↓
Pump
↓
Turbine
↓
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
(cont’d)
14-71
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４００００００ＣＡＡＴ０６
07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_140_0076

Lock-up System (cont’d)
No Lock-up
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned OFF by the PCM. The lock-up shift valve receives LC pressure (LA)
on the left side, and modulator pressure (6) on the right side. The lock-up shift valve is in the right side to uncover the
port leading torque converter pressure (92) to the left side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (92)
becomes torque converter pressure (94), and enters into the left side of the torque converter to disengage the torque
converter clutch. The torque converter clutch is OFF.
０３
TORQUE
CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
91
90
94
TORQUE CONVERTER 6
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE
X LA
90 91 X
90’ 91’ 58
LOCK-UP X
TIMING VALVE
94 LOCK-UP
96 92 93 X 6 MODULATOR PRESSURE (6)

95
90’ 96 58 97
X 90 92
X LOCK-UP
CONTROL
90 VALVE
AX AX
93 FINAL GEAR
MAINSHAFT
X
TORQUE X HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE SECONDARY SHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT
X REGULATOR 95’
93
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE 92
99 95
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
ATF COOLER FILTER ATF PUMP
14-72
07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_140_0077
Partial Lock-up
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned ON by
the PCM to release LC pressure (LA) in the left cavity of the lock-up shift valve. Modulator pressure (6) is applied to the
right side of the lock-up shift valve, then the lock-up shift valve is moved in the left side to switch the port leading
torque converter pressure to the right side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (91) is applied to the
right side of the torque converter to engage the lock-up clutch. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve C, and LS C pressure (58) is applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve. When LS
C pressure (58) is lower, torque converter pressure (91) from the lock-up timing valve is lower. The torque converter
clutch is engaged partially. LS C pressure (58) increases, and the lock-up timing valve is moved to the left side to
uncover the port leading torque converter pressure to high. The torque converter clutch is then engaged securely.
Under this condition, the torque converter clutch is engaged by pressure from the right side of the torque converter;
this condition is partial lock-up.
０４
TORQUE
CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
91
90
94
TORQUE CONVERTER 6
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE
X LA
90 91 X
90’ 91’ 58
LOCK-UP X
TIMING VALVE
94 LOCK-UP

95 LS C PRESSURE (58)
90’ 96 58 97
X 90 92
X LOCK-UP
CONTROL
90 VALVE
AX AX
93 FINAL GEAR
MAINSHAFT
X
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT
X REGULATOR 95’
93
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE 92
99 95
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
(cont’d)
14-73
07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_140_0078

Lock-up System (cont’d)
Full Lock-up
When the vehicle speed further increases, the PCM controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C to increase
LS C pressure (58). The LS C pressure (58) is applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve, and
moves them to the left side. Under this condition, torque converter back pressure is released fully, causing the torque
converter clutch to be fully engaged.
０５
TORQUE
CONVERTER
cardiagn.com
91
90
94
TORQUE CONVERTER 6
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE
X LA
90 91 X
90’ 91’ 58
LOCK-UP X
TIMING VALVE
94 LOCK-UP

95 LS C PRESSURE (58)
90’ 96 58 97
X 90 92
X LOCK-UP
CONTROL
90 VALVE
AX AX
93 FINAL GEAR
MAINSHAFT
X
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT
X REGULATOR 95’
93
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE 92
99 95
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
14-74
07/05/09 16:29:09 61SJC020_140_0079
Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System

＊０１
*1 : ’06 model
*2 : ’07-08 models
UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
IGNITION SWITCH
No.21 (7.5 A) *2
BATTERY IG1 A6 N44 A20
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A) YEL
G1 BAT A5 No.19 (15 A) DIMMING
X38
CANCEL
ACC No.18 (15 A) CIRCUIT
IG1 HOT in ON (II) D1
No.13 (20 A) BLK/GRN
and START (III) *1 P
ACC HOT in No.32 (7.5 A)
N36 R
ACC (I) and ON (II)
N SHIFT
BLK/YEL BLK/GRN POSITION
RED D INDICATOR
DRIVER
SHIFT LOCK POWERTRAIN To 12 V 2
SOLENOID CONTROL 1
5 1 MODULE (PCM) VB SOL B2
YEL/RED* BLK/YEL
RED To 5 V D3
YEL*2 WARNING
IG1 B37 A/T INDICATOR
BLK/YEL TEMP DRIVER
6 A2 SLS CPU
BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
CAN H A36 B8
WHT WHT
F−CAN
D3 CAN L A1 B1 TRANSCEIVER
RED RED
SWITCH
cardiagn.com
4 A13 D3 SW C6
WHT GRN GRN BLU/BLK
C4
WHT
C5 TRANSMISSION
3 RED/BLK
WHT BLK C7 RANGE SWITCH
YEL/GRN I/F CIRCUIT
C9
BLU
C8
BRAKE BRN
PEDAL G401
POSITION C10
SWITCH A8 BK SW BLK
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK A10
BLK
MICU G401
G402
A31 SCS BRN
BRN STARTER
DATA LINK BLU CUT
CONNECTOR YEL/GRN RELAY
(DLC) A43 K−LINE RED/BLK BLU/WHT
LT BLU
WHT
ATP FWD C17

BLU/YEL
ATP 1 C34
BRN
ATP 2 C33
BLU
B43 LG2 ATP D C32
BRN/YEL YEL/GRN
ATP N C31
RED/BLK
ATP R C30
C40 LG1 WHT
BRN/YEL ATP P A12
BLU/BLK BLK
B36 PG1 BLU/BLK BLU/WHT

BLK
4 3 8 2 7 1 9 10 5 G101
G102
B1 PG2 FWD ST E
BLK N D
R 2
P 1
G101
G102
PCM Connector Harness Terminal Locations TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

(cont’d)
14-75
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＥＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:29:10 61SJC020_140_0080

Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System (cont’d)
＊０２
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
To 12 V SHIFT SOLENOID
To 5 V
VALVE A
1 B18 VCC1 SH A C25 4

YEL/RED YEL/RED BLU/YEL RED
OUTPUT SHAFT 2 B40 NC
(COUNTERSHAFT) BLU
SPEED SENSOR SHIFT SOLENOID
3 B33 SG1 VALVE B
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
SH B C23 1
GRN/WHT ORN
1
YEL/RED SHIFT SOLENOID
MAP 2 B30 MAP VALVE C
SENSOR GRN/RED
3
GRN/WHT SH C C18 2
GRN GRN
TORQUE CONVERTER
1 C13 VCC2 CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU
LC
cardiagn.com
INPUT SHAFT 2 B39 NM B44 3
(MAINSHAFT) RED YEL YEL
SPEED SENSOR 3 C14 SG2
GRN/YEL GRN/YEL
2 C28 ATFT
ATF BLU/YEL
TEMPERATURE LS A C19 1
SENSOR 1 RED A/T CLUTCH
GRN/YEL PRESSURE
CONTROL
2 SOLENOID
BLK VALVE A
3
YEL/BLU
4 C9 EGR LS B B25 1 A/T CLUTCH
BLU/RED BRN/WHT
EGR VALVE 2 PRESSURE
POSITION GRN/YEL CONTROL
SENSOR 1 C20 EGRP 2 SOLENOID
WHT/BLK BLK VALVE B
6
BLK LS C B35 1 A/T CLUTCH

GRN/RED
PRESSURE
CONTROL
2 SOLENOID
BLK VALVE C
G101
G102
G101
G102
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
OP3SW C15
BLU/WHT
4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

OP4SW C16
BLU/YEL
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

14-76
07/05/09 16:29:10 61SJC020_140_0081
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0705: Short in Transmission Range 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
8. Measure the voltage between transmission range
NOTE: switch connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5.
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and ０１
any on-board snapshot, and review General TRANSMISSION RANGE
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). SWITCH CONNECTOR
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
ATP P (BLU/BLK) PG1 (BLK)
3. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever

through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
each position.
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs Is there battery voltage?
MENU with the HDS.
NO−Go to step 9.
time. Check for an intermittent short in the wire
between the transmission range switch and the
PCM.

the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 3 and recheck.
6. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page

14-272).
Is the switch OK ?
YES−Disconnect the switch connector, then go to

step 7.
NO−Go to step 44.
(cont’d)
14-77
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７０５ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:29:10 61SJC020_140_0082

9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Check for continuity between transmission range
switch connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.
10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. ０３
TRANSMISSION RANGE
11. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). SWITCH CONNECTOR
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector PG1 (BLK)

０２
ATP P (BLU/BLK)
cardiagn.com

NO−Repair an open in the wire between
transmission range switch connector terminal
Is there continuity? No. 5 and ground (G101, G102), or repair poor
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 45.
YES−Repair a short to body ground in the wire
between PCM connector terminal A12 and the
transmission range switch, then go to step 45.
NO−Go to step 13.
14-78
07/05/09 16:29:11 61SJC020_140_0083
14. Measure the voltage between transmission range 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
switch connector terminals No. 3 and No. 5.
０４ 16. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH CONNECTOR 17. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).

ATP R (WHT) PG1 (BLK) terminal C30 and body ground.
０５
ATP R (WHT)
cardiagn.com

NO−Go to step 15.

between PCM connector terminal C30 and the
NO−Go to step 51.
(cont’d)
14-79
07/05/09 16:29:11 61SJC020_140_0084

０６ 21. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE
PG1 (BLK) 23. Check for continuity between PCM connector

０７
ATP N (RED/BLK)
ATP N (RED/BLK)
cardiagn.com

NO−Go to step 20.

NO−Go to step 51.
14-80
07/05/09 16:29:11 61SJC020_140_0085
０８ 26. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

ATP D (YEL/GRN) PG1 (BLK) terminal C32 and body ground.
０９
ATP D (YEL/GRN)
cardiagn.com

NO−Go to step 25.

NO−Go to step 51.
(cont’d)
14-81
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0086

１０ 31. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

１１
ATP 2 (BLU)
ATP 2 (BLU)
cardiagn.com

NO−Go to step 30.
YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between

PCM connector terminal C33 and the transmission
range switch, then go to step 45.
NO−Go to step 51.
14-82
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0087
１２ 36. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

ATP 1 (BRN) PG1 (BLK) terminal C34 and body ground.
１３
ATP 1 (BRN)
cardiagn.com

NO−Go to step 35.

NO−Go to step 51.
(cont’d)
14-83
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0088

１４ 41. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

１５
ATP FWD (BLU/YEL) ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)
cardiagn.com

NO−Go to step 40.

NO−Go to step 51.
14-84
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0089
44. Replace the transmission range switch (see page 51. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
14-273). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
46. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in
each position.
through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in Is DT C P07 05 indicated?
each position.
49. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the transmission range switch and the
Is DT C P07 05 indicated? good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 52. If the
cardiagn.com
terminals at the transmission range switch and the NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0705 is not
PCM, then go to step 1. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
are indicated, go to step 54.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0705 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are 54. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs
indicated, go to step 50. MENU with the HDS.
50. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs Does the screen indicate PASSED?
MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 49, 53, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the transmission
connections or loose terminals at the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 48. go to step 52. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
step 52.
14-85
07/05/09 16:29:13 61SJC020_140_0090

DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 8. Adjust the shift cable (see page 14-265).
Switch Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
any on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 11. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow
transmission. down and stop the wheels.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
test-drive in step 11.
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is supported
securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs
to rotate freely. MENU with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
3. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the Does the screen indicate PASSED?
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D until the
vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
down and stop the wheels. time. Check for an intermittent short in the wire
between the transmission range switch and the
4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the PCM.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
MENU with the HDS. 11.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 14. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 15. Move the shift lever into D, and verify the ATP FWD
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals and ATP D inputs with the HDS in the A/T data list.
at the transmission range switch and the PCM.
Are AT P F W D and AT P D ON?
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to YES−Go to step 16.
step 3 and recheck.
NO−Go to step 22.
16. Shift to 2, and verify the ATP FWD and ATP 2 inputs
7. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page with the HDS in the A/T data list.
14-272).
Are AT P F W D and AT P 2 ON?
Is the switch OK ?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 22.
NO−Go to step 29.
14-86
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７０６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:02 61SJC020_140_0091
18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
19. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the 26. Measure the voltage between transmission range
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D until the switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 9.
vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow ０２
down and stop the wheels. TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
test-drive in step 21. PG1 (BLK)
21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs

MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
at the transmission range switch and the PCM.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 22. If Is there voltage?

step 19 and recheck. YES−Go to step 27.
22. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO−Repair an open in the wire between the
transmission range switch and PCM connector
23. Disconnect the transmission range switch terminal C17, then go to step 30.
connector.
27. Measure the voltage between transmission range
24. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 2 and No. 5.
switch connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. ０３
０１ TRANSMISSION RANGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
SWITCH CONNECTOR
PG1 (BLK) ATP D (YEL/GRN) PG1 (BLK)

Is there voltage?
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM connector
transmission range switch and ground (G101, terminal C32, then go to step 30.
G102), or repair poor ground (G101, G102), then go
to step 30.
(cont’d)
14-87
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0092

28. Measure the voltage between transmission range 29. Replace the transmission range switch (see page
switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 7. 14-273).
０４
TRANSMISSION RANGE 30. Reconnect all connectors.
SWITCH CONNECTOR
PG1 (BLK)
33. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely

supported, and allow all four wheels to rotate freely.
ATP 2 (BLU)
34. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
Wire side of female terminals vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow
down and stop the wheels.
cardiagn.com
Is there voltage? 35. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the
transmission range switch and PCM connector Is DT C P07 06 indicated?
terminal C33, then go to step 30.
terminals at the transmission range switch and the

indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
indicated, go to step 37.

MENU with the HDS.

Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 36,

connections or loose terminals at the transmission
range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
14-88
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0093


securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels
to rotate freely.

VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow
down and stop the wheels.
cardiagn.com

terminals at the transmission range switch and the

indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs

MENU with the HDS.

Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
42, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.

connections or loose terminals at the transmission
range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
step 39.
14-89
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0094

DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature 4. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST
Sensor Circuit with the HDS.
NOTE: Does the AT F temperature read about the same as

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and the ECT SENSOR?
any on-board snapshot, and review General YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−Go to step 5.
transmission.
5. Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see page
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST 14-208).
with the HDS.
Does the AT F temperature exceed the ambient air
temperature? 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
cardiagn.com
YES−Record the ATF temperature. Leave the 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
engine off for at least 30 minutes, then go to step 2.
9. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal
NO−Record the ATF temperature. Test the stall operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
speed RPM (see page 14-183) three times. Go to
step 2 after stall speed testing. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and allow the
engine coolant temperature to cool to the ambient
2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST air temperature.
with the HDS.
Did the AT F temperature change? operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
Wait for at least 20 seconds, then drive the vehicle
YES−Leave the engine off for at least 30 minutes, at speeds over 19 mph (31 km/h) for at least
then go to step 3. 5 minutes.
NO−Replace the ATF temperature sensor 12. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
3. Check the ECT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the YES−Check for poor connections or loose
HDS. terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the
Does the ECT SENSOR read about the same as NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0711 is not
the ambient air temperature? indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Leave the engine off until the ECT sensor MENU with the HDS.
equals the ambient-air temperature, then go to
step 4. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals at the ATF
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
9.
14-90
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0095
DTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor 7. Check for continuity between ATF temperature
Circuit sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: ATF TEMPERATURE
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and SENSOR CONNECTOR
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
transmission. ATFT (BLU/YEL)
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA

LIST with the HDS.
Is the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or Wire side of female terminals

less?
cardiagn.com
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
time. Check for an intermittent short in the ATFT PCM connector terminal C28 and the ATF
wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the temperature sensor connector No. 2 terminal, then
PCM. go to step 9.
2. Disconnect the ATF temperature sensor connector NO−Go to step 13.

at the transmission end cover.
3. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage with the

HDS.
Is the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or

less?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 8.
(cont’d)
14-91
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0096

8. Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see page 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
14-208). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
16. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least
10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20 seconds.
12. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least Is DT C P07 12 indicated?
20 seconds.
13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the
Is DT C P07 12 indicated? good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 16. If the
cardiagn.com
terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0712 is not
PCM, then go to step 1. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
NO−Go to step 14.
14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0712 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS.
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 13, original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at the ATF NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. connections or loose terminals at the ATF
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was
12. updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
14-92
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0097
DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature Sensor 6. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA
Circuit LIST with the HDS.
NOTE: Does the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage exceed

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 4.93 V ?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES−Go to step 7.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−Go to step 22.
transmission.
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA
LIST with the HDS. 8. Remove the jumper wire from the shift solenoid
harness connector.
Does the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage exceed
4.93 V ? 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 2. 10. Measure the voltage between ATF temperature
sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this ０１
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals ATF TEMPERATURE
at the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. SENSOR CONNECTOR
3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.

ATFT (BLU/YEL)
4. Connect ATF temperature sensor connector
terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
０１
ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals
SG2 (GRN/YEL) ATFT (BLU/YEL) YES−Go to step 16.
NO−Go to step 11.

JUMPER WIRE
5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 13. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
(cont’d)
14-93
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0098

14. Check for continuity between PCM connector 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
terminal C28 and ATF temperature sensor
connector terminal No. 2. 18. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
＊０１
ATF TEMPERATURE PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) 19. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
SENSOR CONNECTOR
terminal C14 and ATF temperature sensor
＊０２
ATFT PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) ATF TEMPERATURE
(BLU/YEL) SENSOR CONNECTOR
ATFT (BLU/YEL)
SG2
(GRN/YEL)
Wire side of Terminal side of SG2
female terminals female terminals (GRN/YEL)
cardiagn.com

Terminal side of Wire side of
NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal C28 and the ATF temperature
sensor connector, then go to step 23. Is there continuity?
15. Connect PCM connector C (44P). YES−Go to step 29.
16. Check for continuity ATF temperature sensor NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. connector terminal C28 and the ATF temperature
０２ sensor connector, then go to step 23.
ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CONNECTOR
SG2 (GRN/YEL)
NO−Go to step 17.
14-94
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0099
21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 29. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
22. Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see page good PCM (see page 14-9).
14-208).
30. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least
23. Reconnect all connectors. 20 seconds.
24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 31. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
25. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is DT C P07 13 indicated?
26. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least YES−Check for poor connections or loose
20 seconds. terminals at the transmission range switch and the
27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 30. If the
cardiagn.com
YES−Check for poor connections or loose indicated, or another Temporary DTCs are
terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the indicated, go to step 32.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0713 is not MENU with the HDS.
indicated, go to step 28. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0713 in the DTCs YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
MENU with the HDS. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 31,
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
27, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. connections or loose terminals at the transmission
range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
connection or loose terminals at the ATF go to step 30. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step step 30.
26.
14-95
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0100

DTC P0716: Problem in Input Shaft 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal 8. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P), C (44P).
Input)
9. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
NOTE: sensor connector.
any on-board snapshot, and review General 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). terminals B1, B36, B43, and C40 and body ground
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem individually.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the ０１
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
PG2 (BLK)
B (44P) C (44P)
cardiagn.com
2. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor installation (see page 14-205).

securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels PG1 (BLK) LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
to rotate freely.

VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the Terminal side of female terminals
vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting. Is there continuity?
Slow down and stop the wheels.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO−Repair an open in the wires between PCM
connector terminals B1, B36, B43, C40, and ground
Does the screen indicate PASSED? (G101, G102), or repair a poor ground (G101, G102),
then go to step 37.
time. Check for loose or poor connections at the
PCM and input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
connectors.

step 4 and recheck.
14-96
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:05 61SJC020_140_0101
11. Connect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P). 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
13. Measure the voltage between input shaft 16. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1
and body ground. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal C13 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
sensor connector terminal No. 1.
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR ＊０１
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC2 (YEL/BLU) VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

VCC2
(YEL/BLU)
cardiagn.com

Is there about 5 V ? female terminals female terminals
NO−Go to step 14. YES−Go to step 18.

connector terminal C13 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 37.
(cont’d)
14-97
07/05/09 16:30:05 61SJC020_140_0102

VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
22. Check for continuity between input shaft
and body ground.
０５
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
NM (RED)
cardiagn.com

PCM connector terminal C13 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 37. Wire side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 44.


PCM connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
step 37.
NO−Go to step 23.
14-98
07/05/09 16:30:05 61SJC020_140_0103
23. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 25. Connect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
24. Check for continuity between PCM connector 26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
terminal C14 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor connector terminal No. 3. 27. Measure the voltage between input shaft
＊０２ (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminals
INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) No. 2 and No. 3.
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR ０７
CONNECTOR
SG2
(GRN/YEL)
SG2 (GRN/YEL)
NM (RED) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
cardiagn.com
Wire side of Terminal side of
YES−Go to step 25. Is there about 5 V ?
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the input YES−Go to step 32.
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector and PCM
connector terminal C14, then go to step 37. NO−Go to step 28.
(cont’d)
14-99
07/05/09 16:30:06 61SJC020_140_0104

28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 32. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
connector.
31. Check for continuity between PCM connector VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the
terminal B39 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
sensor connector terminal No. 2. 10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting,
＊０３ then slow down and stop the wheels.
INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
CONNECTOR DTCs MENU with the HDS.
NM (RED) YES−Go to step 36.
cardiagn.com
NM (RED) NO−Go to step 44.


connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
14-100
07/05/09 16:30:06 61SJC020_140_0105
36. Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 44. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
(see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
38. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels
to rotate freely.
40. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is supported VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels vehicle speed reaches 12 mph (20 km/h), for at
to rotate freely. least 10 seconds when the transmission is not
shifting, then slow down and stop the wheels.
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the 47. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
vehicle speed reaches 12 mph (20 km/h), for at
least 10 seconds when the transmission is not Is DT C P07 16 or P07 17 indicated?
cardiagn.com
shifting, then slow down and stop the wheels.
42. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
Is DT C P07 16 or P07 17 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
YES−Check for poor connections or loose 1.
terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−Go to step 48.
NO−Go to step 43. 48. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 42, Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 47, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the input shaft connections or loose terminals at the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM
step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
to step 41. (see page 14-9), then go to step 46. If the PCM was
substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
14-101
07/05/09 16:30:06 61SJC020_140_0106

DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed 8. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph
Sensor Intermittent Failure (20 km/h) in D through all five gears.
NOTE: 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and test-drive in step 8.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem MENU with the HDS.
transmission. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES−The problem has been corrected.
2. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 11. If
(20 km/h) in D through all five gears. the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 8 and recheck.
cardiagn.com
test-drive in step 2. 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this sensor connector.
at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the 15. Check for continuity between input shaft
PCM. (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If ０１
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
step 2 and recheck. SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

sensor connector, and inspect the connector and NM (RED)
the connector terminals to be sure they are making
good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK ?

YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Repair the connector terminals, then go to Is there continuity?

step 7.
7. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor PCM connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
connector. (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
step 24.
NO−Go to step 16.
14-102
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１８ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0107
16. Connect PCM connector B (44P). 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
18. Measure the voltage between input shaft 21. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
and body ground. 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal B39 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
NM (RED)
NM (RED)
cardiagn.com
NM (RED)


connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
(cont’d)
14-103
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0108

23. Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 31. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
(see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
32. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph
25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (20 km/h) in D through all five gears.
(20 km/h) in D through all five gears. 34. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the Is DT C P07 18 indicated?
29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P07 18 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0718 is not
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0718 is not are indicated, go to step 35.
indicated, go to step 30. 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals at the input shaft connections or loose terminals at the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM
step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
to step 27. (see page 14-9), then go to step 32. If the PCM was
14-104
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0109
DTC P0721: Problem in Output Shaft 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No 8. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P), C (44P).
Signal Input)
9. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
NOTE: sensor connector.
any on-board snapshot, and review General 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). terminals B1, B36, B43, and C40 and body ground
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem individually.
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
PG2 (BLK)
B (44P) C (44P)
cardiagn.com
2. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor installation (see page 14-205).

securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels PG1 (BLK) LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
to rotate freely.

VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the Terminal side of female terminals
10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting. Is there continuity?
Slow down and stop the wheels.
DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO−Repair an open in the wires between PCM
connector terminals B1, B36, B43, C40, and ground
Does the screen indicate PASSED? (G101, G102), or repair poor ground (G101, G102),
then go to step 36.
time. Check for loose or poor connections at the
PCM and the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connectors.

step 4 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-105
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７２１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0110

11. Connect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P). 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
13. Measure the voltage between output shaft 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
No. 1 and body ground. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal B18 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC1 (YEL/RED) VCC1 (YEL/RED)

VCC1
(YEL/RED)
cardiagn.com


connector terminal B18 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.
14-106
07/05/09 16:30:08 61SJC020_140_0111
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
22. Check for continuity between output shaft
No. 2 and body ground.
０５
NC (BLU)
cardiagn.com

PCM connector terminal B18 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36. Wire side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 43.


(countershaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
step 36.
NO−Go to step 23.
(cont’d)
14-107
07/05/09 16:30:08 61SJC020_140_0112

23. Check for continuity between PCM connector 24. Connect PCM connector B (44P).
terminal B33 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector terminal No. 3. 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
＊０２
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT) 26. Measure the voltage between output shaft
SPEED SENSOR (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminals
CONNECTOR No. 2 and No. 3.
０７
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
NC (BLU) SG1
(GRN/WHT)
cardiagn.com
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the output Is there about 5 V ?

shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector and
PCM connector terminal B33, then go to step 36. YES−Go to step 31.
NO−Go to step 27.
14-108
07/05/09 16:30:08 61SJC020_140_0113
27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 31. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector.
30. Check for continuity between PCM connector VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the
terminal B40 and output shaft (countershaft) speed vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
sensor connector terminal No. 2. 10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting.
＊０３ Slow down and stop the wheels.
OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the
CONNECTOR DTCs MENU with the HDS.
NC (BLU) YES−Go to step 43.
cardiagn.com
NC (BLU) NO−Go to step 35.


(cont’d)
14-109
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0114

35. Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed 43. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
sensor (see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
37. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels
to rotate freely.
39. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is supported VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the
securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
to rotate freely. 10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting,
then slow down and stop the wheels.
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the 46. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting, Is DT C P07 21 or P07 22 indicated?
cardiagn.com
then slow down and stop the wheels.
41. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
Is DT C P07 21 or P07 22 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−Go to step 47.
NO−Go to step 42. 47. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals at the output shaft connections or loose terminals at the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
go to step 40. (see page 14-9), then go to step 45. If the PCM was
14-110
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0115
DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 8. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in D
Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure through all five gears under the same conditions as
those indicated by the freeze data. Slow down and
NOTE: stop the wheels.
any on-board snapshot, and review General 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). test-drive in step 8.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs
transmission. MENU with the HDS.
1. Record all freeze data, and clear the DTC with the Does the screen indicate PASSED?
HDS.
YES−The problem has been corrected.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in D
through all five gears under the same conditions as NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 11. If
those indicated by the freeze data. Slow down and the screen indicates NOT COMPLETE, return to step
cardiagn.com
stop the wheels. 8 and recheck.
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
MENU with the HDS. 13. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 14. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector.
time. Check for poor connections and loose 15. Check for continuity between output shaft
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
sensor and the PCM. No. 2 and body ground.
０１
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
step 2 and recheck.
6. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed NC (BLU)

sensor connector, and inspect the connector and
the connector terminals to be sure they are making
good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK ? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Repair the connector terminals, then go to
step 7. YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
7. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed (countershaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
sensor connector. step 24.
NO−Go to step 16.
(cont’d)
14-111
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７２３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0116

16. Connect PCM connector B (44P). 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
18. Measure the voltage between output shaft 21. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
No. 2 and body ground. 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal B40 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
NC (BLU)
NC (BLU)
cardiagn.com
NC (BLU)


14-112
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0117
23. Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed 31. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
sensor (see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (20 km/h) in D through all five gears.
(20 km/h) in D through all five gears. 34. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the Is DT C P07 23 indicated?
29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
cardiagn.com
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0723 is not
MENU with the HDS.
connections or loose terminals at the output shaft connections or loose terminals at the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
go to step 27. (see page 14-9), then go to step 32. If the PCM was
14-113
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0118

DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st 6. Test stall speed in the 1 position (see page 14-183).
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st gear incorrect
ratio) Is the stall speed within the service limits?
and any on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). NO−Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these
valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating transmission.
temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 8. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least
12 seconds.
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-210) through a
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
excessive clutch material. test-drive in step 8.
cardiagn.com
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0731 in the DTCs
clutch material? MENU with the HDS.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
then go to step 4. time.
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-184). NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 1st
clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step
Is the line pressure within the service limits? 11. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve,

or replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
5. Measure the 1st clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 1st clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Shift valves B and C are stuck. Repair these

transmission, then go to step 11.
14-114
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:10 61SJC020_140_0119
14. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least

12 seconds.
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com

MENU with the HDS.

NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step

step 14.
14-115
07/05/09 16:30:10 61SJC020_140_0120

DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd 6. Test stall speed in the 2 position (see page 14-183).
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd gear incorrect
ratio) Is the stall speed within the service limits?
and any on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). NO−Shift valve C is stuck. Repair shift valve C and
the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission,
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating then go to step 11.
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 8. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D for at least
12 seconds.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
excessive clutch material. test-drive in step 8.
cardiagn.com
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0732 in the DTCs
clutch material? MENU with the HDS.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
then go to step 4. time.
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-184). NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 2nd
clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step
Is the line pressure within the service limits? 11. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
YES−Go to step 5.

or replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
5. Measure the 2nd clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Shift valves A and B are stuck. Repair these

transmission, then go to step 11.
14-116
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0121
14. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D for at least

12 seconds.
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com

MENU with the HDS.


step 14.
14-117
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0122

DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd gear incorrect MENU with the HDS.
ratio)
and any on-board snapshot, and review General YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 3rd
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step
10. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the to step 7 and recheck.
proper level, and check for fluid leaks.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 11. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
excessive clutch material.
cardiagn.com
12. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D for at least
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 12 seconds.
clutch material?
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 10. test-drive in step 12.
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
then go to step 4.
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-184).
YES−Go to step 4.
Is the line pressure within the service limit?
YES−Go to step 5. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
or replace the transmission, then go to step 10. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
5. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 3rd clutch pressure within service limit?
YES−Go to step 6. Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 14,
NO−Shift valves A, B, and C are stuck. Repair the
shift valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
transmission, then go to step 10. 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 12.
7. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D for at least

12 seconds.

14-118
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0123
DTC P0734: Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th gear incorrect MENU with the HDS.
ratio)
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 4th
cardiagn.com
12. Test-drive the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least
clutch material?
then go to step 4.
YES−Go to step 4.
MENU with the HDS.
5. Measure the 4th clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 4th clutch pressure within the service limit?
NO−Shift valves A, B, C, and D are stuck. Repair
the shift valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
the transmission, then go to step 10. 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 12.

12 seconds.

14-119
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0124

DTC P0735: Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th gear incorrect MENU with the HDS.
ratio)
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 5th
cardiagn.com
clutch material?
then go to step 4.
YES−Go to step 4.
MENU with the HDS.
5. Measure the 5th clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 5th clutch pressure within the service limit?
NO−Shift valves A, B, C, and D are stuck. Repair
the shift valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
the transmission, then go to step 10. 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 12.

12 seconds.

14-120
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３５ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0125
DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch 8. Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 22 seconds.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
and any on-board snapshot, and review General test-drive in step 8.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating MENU with the HDS.
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time.
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-210) through a NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or faulty torque converter clutch mechanism, torque
excessive clutch material. converter clutch hydraulic circuit, lock-up shift
valve, or lock-up control valve, or replace the
cardiagn.com
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive transmission, then go to step 11. If the screen
clutch material? indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 8 and
recheck.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210),
then go to step 4. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 13. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
5. Select LOCKUP SOLENOID TEST in 14. Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and check that the 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 22 seconds.
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
operates with the HDS. 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
Do you hear clicking?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid
valve (see page 14-188), then go to step 11. YES−Go to step 4.
6. Run the engine until the engine coolant indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
temperature reaches 176 °F (80 °C). indicated, go to step 17.
7. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL (LINEAR) 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0741 in the DTCs
SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, MENU with the HDS.
and test A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is the system OK ? YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

YES−Go to step 8. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
for the test result. Go to step 11 if any part is step 14.
replaced.
14-121
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７４１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0126

DTC P0746: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 9. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL (LINEAR)
Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU,
and test A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control SOLENOID VALVE A with the HDS.
Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
Does the screen indicate NORMAL?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, retest
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating the HDS.
NO−Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the test result, but if the tester has not determined the
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. cause of the failure, go to step 10. If any part is
replaced, go to step 11.
cardiagn.com
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
excessive clutch material. A (see page 14-192).
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
clutch material? work properly?
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. YES−Repair the hydraulic system related to shift
valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), step 11.
then go to step 4.
NO−Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. valve A (see page 14-198), then go to step 11.
5. Test-drive the vehicle in D through all five gears.



time.

step 5 and recheck.
14-122
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７４６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0127
Is DT C P07 46 or P07 47 indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
cardiagn.com
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0746 or P0747 is
not indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are



step 14.
14-123
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0128

DTC P0751: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0751 or P0752 in the
DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair shift
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to
step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the return to step 6 and recheck.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
cardiagn.com
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material? 12. Test-drive the vehicle in D through all five gears.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 9. 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
then go to step 4. 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is DT C P07 51 or P07 52 indicated?
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS YES−Go to step 4.

TEST MENU, and check that SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A operates with the HDS. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0751 or P0752 is
Is a clicking sound heard? indicated, go to step 15.
YES−Go to step 6. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0751 or P0752 is the
NO−Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page
14-198), then go to step 9. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
6. Test-drive the vehicle in D through all five gears. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
step 12.
14-124
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７５１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0129
DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 or P0757 in the
DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to
cardiagn.com
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS YES−Go to step 4.

VALVE B operates with the HDS. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0756 or P0757 is
YES−Go to step 6. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 or P0757 in the
NO−Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page
step 12.
14-125
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７５６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0130

DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 or P0762 in the
DTC P0762: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve C, or replace the transmission, then go to
cardiagn.com
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS YES−Go to step 4.

VALVE C operates with the HDS. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0761 or P0762 is
YES−Go to step 6. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 or P0762 in the
NO−Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page
step 12.
14-126
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７６１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0131
DTC P0776: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 6. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF B (see page 14-195).
DTC P0777: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON work properly?
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data YES−Repair the hydraulic system related to shift
and any on-board snapshot, and review General valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). step 7.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve B (see page 14-198), then go to step 7.
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the 7. Reconnect all connectors.
cardiagn.com
clutch material? 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
then go to step 4. Is DT C P07 7 6 or P07 7 7 indicated?
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES−Go to step 4.
5. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL (LINEAR) NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0776 or P0777 is
SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, not indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
and test A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL indicated, go to step 13.
SOLENOID VALVE B with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate NORMAL? DTCs MENU with the HDS.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Does the screen indicate PASSED?
time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, retest
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
the HDS. Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 12,
NO−Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS
for the test result, but if the HDS has not NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
determined the cause of the failure, go to step 6. If 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
any part is replaced, go to step 7. step 10.
14-127
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７７６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0132

DTC P0780: Problem in Shift Control System 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
and any on-board snapshot, and review General 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0780 in the DTCs
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). MENU with the HDS.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating Does the screen indicate PASSED?
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the time.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair shift
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-210) through a valve D, or replace the transmission, then go to
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or step 13. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,
excessive clutch material. return to step 1 and recheck.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
cardiagn.com
clutch material?
then go to step 4. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
test-drive in step 5. YES−Go to step 8.
7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0780 in the DTCs NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0780 is not
MENU with the HDS. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this MENU with the HDS.
time.
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
step 5 and recheck. Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 17,
9. Run the engine until the engine coolant 5. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
temperature reaches 176 °F (80 °C). step 15.
14-128
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７８０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0133
DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 7. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
ON pressure switch connector.
NOTE: 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

any on-board snapshot, and review General 9. Check the 3RD PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). the HDS in the A/T data list.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the Is the 3RD PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ?
transmission.
NO−Go to step 10.
2. Check the 3RD PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with
the HDS in the A/T data list when not in 3rd gear. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
cardiagn.com
Is the 3RD PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ? 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 3. 12. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
NO−Go to step 6. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector

3. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal ０１
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
4. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving OP3SW (BLU/WHT)

mode for at least 2 seconds, then release the D3
driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and drive
in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. Slow down and
stop the wheels.

MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Terminal side of female terminals

time. Check the OP3SW (BLU/WHT) wire for an Is there continuity?
intermittent short to ground between the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C15 and the 3rd clutch
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 6. If transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 15.
step 3 and recheck.
NO−Go to step 22.
(cont’d)
14-129
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８４７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0134

14. Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
switch (see page 14-206). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 24. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving
18. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and drive
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. Slow down and
stop the wheels.
19. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving
mode for at least 2 seconds, then release the D3 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. Slow down and Is DT C P0847 indicated?
stop the wheels.
cardiagn.com
20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was
Is DT C P0847 indicated? updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
YES−Check for poor connections or loose go to step 1.
terminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0847 is not
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTC s were indicated on step 20, Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
COMPLETED, go to step 18. PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 23. If the PCM
14-130
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0135
DTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission 8. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch pressure switch connector.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
OFF 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
NOTE: 10. Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and transmission fluid pressure switch connector
any on-board snapshot, and review General terminal and body ground.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). ０１
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR
transmission.
2. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal OP3SW (BLU/WHT)

cardiagn.com
mode, and verify with the HDS in the A/T data list
that the SHIFT MAP NUMBER indicates 3rd. Wire side of female terminals
4. Check the 3RD PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with

the HDS in the A/T data list. Is there about 5 V ?
Is the 3RD PRESSURE SW IT CH ON? YES−Go to step 15.
NO−Go to step 7.

stop the wheels.

MENU with the HDS.

at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
and the PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-131
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８４８ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0136

11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
switch (see page 14-206).
terminal C15 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid 18. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
pressure switch connector terminal.
＊０１ 19. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) 3RD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR 20. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving
OP3SW
(BLU/WHT) driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and drive
stop the wheels.
cardiagn.com
female terminals female terminals YES−Check for poor connections or loose
Is there continuity? pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
YES−Go to step 23. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0848 is not

NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM indicated, go to step 22.
connector terminal C15 and the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0848 in the DTCs
16. MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
14-132
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0137



stop the wheels.
cardiagn.com
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 24. If the PCM
14-133
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0138

DTC P0872: Short in 4th Clutch Transmission 9. Check the 4TH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL in the
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch DATA LIST with the HDS.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON Is the 4T H PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ?
NOTE: YES−Go to step 14.

any on-board snapshot, and review General NO−Go to step 10.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
transmission. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 12. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
2. Check the 4TH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector
the HDS in the A/T data list when not in 4th gear. terminal C16 and body ground.
cardiagn.com
０１
Is the 4T H PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ? PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
YES−Go to step 3. OP4SW (BLU/YEL)
NO−Go to step 6.

4. Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least

2 seconds, and drive in 5th gear for at least
2 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. Terminal side of female terminals

MENU with the HDS. Is there continuity?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C16 and the 4th clutch
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
time. Check the OP4SW (BLU/YEL) wire for an 15.
intermittent short to ground between the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. NO−Go to step 22.

step 3 and recheck.
7. Disconnect the 4th clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch connector.
14-134
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８７２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0139
14. Replace the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
switch (see page 14-207). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 24. Driver the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least
2 seconds, and drive in 5th gear for at least
18. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal 2 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
25. Check for Temporary DTC or DTCs with the HDS.
2 seconds, and drive in 5th gear for at least Is DT C P087 2 indicated?
2 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P087 2 indicated? updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
YES−Check for poor connections or loose go to step 1.
terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0872 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTC or DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 20, Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 25,
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
14-135
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0140

DTC P0873: Open in 4th Clutch Transmission 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 8. Disconnect the 4th clutch transmission fluid
OFF pressure switch connector.
NOTE: 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

any on-board snapshot, and review General 10. Measure the voltage between the 4th clutch
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). transmission fluid pressure switch connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminal and body ground.
transmission. 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR

cardiagn.com
OP4SW (BLU/YEL)
2 seconds, then drive in 5th gear for at least
2 seconds.
4. Check the 4TH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL in the Wire side of female terminals
Is the 4T H PRESSURE SW IT CH ON? Is there about 5 V ?

2 seconds.

MENU with the HDS.

at the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
and the PCM.
NO−If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,

return to step 5 and recheck.
14-136
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８７３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0141
11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Replace the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure
terminal C16 and 4th clutch transmission fluid 18. Clear the DTC with HDS.
pressure switch connector terminal.
＊０１ 19. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) 4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR 20. Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least
OP4SW
(BLU/YEL) 2 seconds.
OP4SW
(BLU/YEL) 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
cardiagn.com

Terminal side of Wire side of terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
female terminals female terminals pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
Is there continuity? NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0873 is not

YES−Go to step 23. indicated, go to step 22.
NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0873 in the DTCs
connector terminal C16 and the 4th clutch MENU with the HDS.
transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
16. Does the screen indicate PASSED?


connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-137
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0142



2 seconds.

terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
cardiagn.com
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
14-138
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0143
DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0962 in the DTCs
Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit MENU with the HDS.
NOTE: Does the screen indicate PASSED?

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the the PCM.
transmission.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 4 and recheck.
2. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second.
3. Check that DTC P0962 recurs.
8. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P0962 indicated? valve A connector.
YES−Go to step 7. 9. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch

pressure control solenoid valve A connector
NO−Go to step 4. terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.
5. Command A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL Terminal side of male terminals

SOLENOID VALVE A at 1.0 A in CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL
MENU with the HDS. Is there 3−10 ?
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
14-139
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0144

10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2
and body ground. 12. Measure the voltage between A/T clutch pressure
０２ control solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL and No. 2.
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR ０３
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
GND (BLK)
LS A (RED) GND (BLK)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 11. Is there battery voltage?
NO−Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch YES−Go to step 20.
pressure control solenoid valve A and ground
(G101, G102) (see page 22-18), or repair poor NO−Repair open or short in the wire between PCM
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 14. connector terminal C19 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A, then go to step 14.
14-140
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0145
13. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
valve A (see page 14-198). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
Is DT C P0962 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
terminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
cardiagn.com
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0962 is not
MENU with the HDS.
connections or loose terminals at A/T clutch connections or loose terminals at A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
14-141
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0146

Control Solenoid Valve A MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and
transmission.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step
4 and recheck.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P0963 indicated? valve A connector.

pressure control solenoid valve A connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
A with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE A at 0.2 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 11.
14-142
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0147
10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2 valve A (see page 14-198).
and body ground.
０２ 12. Reconnect all connectors.
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

GND (BLK)
Wire side of female terminals YES−Check for poor connections or loose

cardiagn.com
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO−Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and ground 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0963 in the DTCs
(G101, G102) (see page 22-18), or repair poor MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-143
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0148


1.
cardiagn.com

MENU with the HDS.


pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
14-144
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0149
Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P0966 indicated? valve B connector.

pressure control solenoid valve B connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
B with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE B at 1.0 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
14-145
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:17 61SJC020_140_0150

control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2
０２ control solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR ０３
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
GND (BLK)
LS B (BRN/WHT) GND (BLK)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 11. Is there voltage?
pressure control solenoid valve B and ground
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 14. connector terminal B25 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B, then go to step 14.
14-146
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0151
13. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
B (see page 14-198). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
Is DT C P0966 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
cardiagn.com
valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0966 is not
MENU with the HDS.
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If
14-147
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0152

Control Solenoid Valve B MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P0967 indicated? valve B connector.

pressure control solenoid valve B connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
B with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE B at 0.2 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 11.
14-148
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0153
10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2 B (see page 14-198).
and body ground.
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

GND (BLK)

cardiagn.com
valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
pressure control solenoid valve B and ground 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0967 in the DTCs


pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-149
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0154


valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
1.
cardiagn.com

MENU with the HDS.


pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If
14-150
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0155
Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P097 0 indicated? valve C connector.

pressure control solenoid valve C connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
C with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE C at 1.0 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
14-151
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0156

control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2
０２ control solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR ＊０１
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
GND (BLK)
LS C (GRN/RED) GND (BLK)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 11. Is there voltage?
pressure control solenoid valve C and ground
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 14. connector terminal B35 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C, then go to step 14.
14-152
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0157
13. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
valve C (see page 14-203). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
cardiagn.com
valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0970 is not
MENU with the HDS.
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If
14-153
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0158

Control Solenoid Valve C MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P097 1 indicated? valve C connector.

pressure control solenoid valve C connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
C with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE C at 0.2 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 11.
14-154
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0159
10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2 valve C (see page 14-203).
and body ground.
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

GND (BLK)

cardiagn.com
valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
pressure control solenoid valve C and ground 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0971 in the DTCs


pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-155
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0160


valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
1.
cardiagn.com

MENU with the HDS.


pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If
14-156
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0161
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 11. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 12. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals C25 and C40 or B43.
transmission. PCM CONNECTORS
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. B (44P) C (44P)
2. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second.

1 second.
cardiagn.com
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
SH A (BLU/YEL)
Is DT C P097 3 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 9.
Is there less than 12 ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NO−Go to step 14.
with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

time. Check for an intermittent short to ground in
the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the
PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-157
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0162

13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. Replace shift solenoid valve A or the shift solenoid
harness (see page 14-188).
terminals C25 and C40 or B43. 17. Reconnect all connectors.
０２
PCM CONNECTORS 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
B (44P) C (44P) 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

1 second.
SH A (BLU/YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals Is DT C P097 3 indicated?
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C25 and the shift solenoid NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0973 is not
harness connector, then go to step 17. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
NO−Go to step 15.
15. Inspect shift solenoid valve A and the shift solenoid MENU with the HDS.
Is shif t solenoid valve A and the harness OK ?
NO−Go to step 16.
connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
14-158
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0163


1 second.

terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
cardiagn.com


MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the shift solenoid
step 26.
14-159
07/05/09 16:32:13 61SJC020_140_0164

DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.
cardiagn.com
SH A (BLU/YEL)
YES−Go to step 9.
Is there 12−25 ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NO−Go to step 13.
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

at shift solenoid valve A, the shift solenoid harness
connector, and the PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
14-160
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:13 61SJC020_140_0165
13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 15. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see page
14-188).
terminal C25 and shift solenoid harness connector 16. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
terminal No. 4. harness connector terminal No. 4 and the shift
＊０１ solenoid valve A connector terminal.
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR ＊０２
SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE A CONNECTOR
SH A
(BLU/YEL)
SH A
(BLU/YEL)
SH A (RED)
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of Wire side of Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals male terminals female terminals
YES−Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page
NO−Repair open in the wire between PCM 14-188), then go to step 17.
connector terminal C25 and the shift solenoid
harness connector, then go to step 17. NO−Replace the shift solenoid harness (see page
(cont’d)
14-161
07/05/09 16:32:13 61SJC020_140_0166

17. Reconnect all connectors. 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). good PCM (see page 14-9).
19. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 25. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second.
20. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least than 26. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least
1 second. 1 second.
21. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
1 second.
Is DT C P097 4 indicated? terminals at shift solenoid valve A, the shift
solenoid harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was
YES−Check for poor connections or loose updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
cardiagn.com
terminals at shift solenoid valve A, the shift 14-9), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted,
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. go to step 1.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0974 is not NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0974 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
indicated, go to step 23. are indicated, go to step 28.
23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS. MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 22, complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 27, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
valve A, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM, NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
COMPLETED, go to step 20. valve A, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-162
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0167
DTC P0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs
Circuit MENU with the HDS.

Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check for an intermittent short to ground in
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the PCM.
transmission.
step 5 and recheck.
3. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th
gear in D, then drive the vehicle in 4th gear for at 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
least 1 second.
11. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
12. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
Is DT C P097 6 indicated? terminals C23 and C40 or B43.
０１
YES−Go to step 9. PCM CONNECTORS
NO−Go to step 5. B (44P) C (44P)
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS

TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard? LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) SH B

(GRN/
WHT)
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.
6. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. Is there less than 12 ?
7. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th YES−Go to step 13.
gear in D, then drive the vehicle in 4th gear for at
least 1 second. NO−Go to step 24.
(cont’d)
14-163
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0168

13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. Replace shift solenoid valve B or the shift solenoid
０２

LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) SH B least 1 second.
(GRN/
WHT)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at shift solenoid valve B, the shift
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
PCM connector terminal C23 and the shift solenoid
harness connector, then go to step 17. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0976 is not
NO−Go to step 15. indicated, go to step 23.
15. Inspect shift solenoid valve B and the shift solenoid 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs
harness (see page 14-188). MENU with the HDS.
Is shif t solenoid valve B and the harness OK ? Does the screen indicate PASSED?

NO−Go to step 16. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.

valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
14-164
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0169


least 1 second.

cardiagn.com
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-165
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0170

DTC P0977: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs
Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at shift solenoid valve B, the shift solenoid harness
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the connector, and the PCM.
transmission.
step 5 and recheck.
gear in D, then drive the vehicle in 4th gear for at 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
least 1 second.
Is DT C P097 7 indicated? terminals C23 and C40 or B43.
０１
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS

TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard? LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) SH B

(GRN/
WHT)
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 9.
6. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. Is there 12−25 ?
7. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th YES−Go to step 24.
least 1 second. NO−Go to step 13.
14-166
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0171
14-188).
＊０１ solenoid valve B connector terminal.
VALVE B CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
SH B (GRN/WHT)
SH B (GRN/WHT)
SH B (ORN)
cardiagn.com
Terminal side of Wire side of Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminals female terminals female terminals male terminals
YES−Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page
(cont’d)
14-167
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0172

20. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. 26. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th
21. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th least 1 second.
least 1 second. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P097 7 indicated?
Is DT C P097 7 indicated? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

YES−Check for poor connections or loose solenoid harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was
cardiagn.com
terminals at shift solenoid valve B, the shift updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. 14-9), then go to step 26. If the PCM was substituted,
go to step 1.
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0977 is not
indicated, go to step 23. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
MENU with the HDS. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 22, YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid 27, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
COMPLETED, go to step 21. connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-168
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0173
DTC P0979: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SH C (GRN)

B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C NO−Go to step 24.
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

time. Check for an intermittent short to ground in
the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the
PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-169
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0174

13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. Replace shift solenoid valve C or the shift solenoid
０２
SH C (GRN) 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.

Terminal side of female terminals Is DT C P097 9 indicated?
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
PCM connector terminal C18 and the shift solenoid NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0979 is not
harness connector, then go to step 17. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
NO−Go to step 15.
15. Inspect shift solenoid valve C and the shift solenoid MENU with the HDS.
Is shif t solenoid valve C and the harness OK ?
NO−Go to step 16.
valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
14-170
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0175


1 second.

terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift
cardiagn.com
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-171
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0176

DTC P0980: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SH C (GRN)

B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.
cardiagn.com
Is DT C P0980 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 9.
Is there 12−25 ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C NO−Go to step 13.
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

at shift solenoid valve C, the shift solenoid harness
connector and the PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
14-172
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９８０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0177
14-188).
＊０１ solenoid valve C connector terminal.
VALVE C CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
SH C (GRN)
SH C (GRN)
SH C (GRN)
cardiagn.com
YES−Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page
(cont’d)
14-173
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0178

20. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. 26. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least
1 second.
1 second. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0980 indicated?
Is DT C P0980 indicated? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift
YES−Check for poor connections or loose solenoid harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was
terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
cardiagn.com
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. 14-9), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted,
go to step 1.
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0980 is not
indicated, go to step 23. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
MENU with the HDS. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0980 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 22, YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. complete. If the PCM was substitute, replace the
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid 27, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
COMPLETED, go to step 20. connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-174
07/05/09 16:32:17 61SJC020_140_0179
DTC P2769: Short in Torque Converter Clutch 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2769 in the DTCs
Solenoid Valve Circuit MENU with the HDS.

Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check LC (YEL) wire for an intermittent short
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem to ground between torque converter clutch
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the solenoid valve and the PCM.
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
2. Start the engine in P, and warm it up to normal
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
1 second.
Is DT C P27 69 indicated? terminals B44 and B43 or C40.
０１
4. Select LOCKUP SOLENOID TEST in

MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE with the
HDS.
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LC (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
YES−Go to step 5. Terminal side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 7.
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). YES−Go to step 11.
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least NO−Go to step 21.
1 second.
(cont’d)
14-175
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２７６９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:17 61SJC020_140_0180

11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 14. Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve
or the shift solenoid harness (see page 14-188).
terminals B44 and B43 or C40. 15. Reconnect all connectors.
０２

37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LC (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) 1 second.

cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the torque converter clutch solenoid
YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
PCM connector terminal B44 and the shift solenoid then go to step 1.
harness connector, then go to step 15.
NO−Go to step 13. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
13. Inspect the torque converter clutch solenoid valve
and the shift solenoid harness (see page 14-188). 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2769 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Are torque converter clutch solenoid valve and the
harness OK ? Does the screen indicate PASSED?

NO−Go to step 14. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.

connections or loose terminals at the torque
converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid
harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
14-176
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0181


1 second.

valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
cardiagn.com


MENU with the HDS.


converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid
harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
step 22.
14-177
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0182

DTC P2770: Open in Torque Converter Clutch 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2770 in the DTCs
Solenoid Valve Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, the
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the shift solenoid harness connector, and the PCM.
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
1 second.
Is DT C P27 7 0 indicated? terminals B44 and B43 or C40.
０１
4. Select LOCKUP SOLENOID TEST in

MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE with the
HDS.
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LC (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
Does the screen indicated NORMAL?
YES−Go to step 5. Terminal side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 7.
Is there 12−25 ?
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). YES−Go to step 21.
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least NO−Go to step 11.
1 second.
14-178
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２７７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0183
11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 13. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector
(see page 14-188).
terminal B44 and shift solenoid harness connector 14. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
terminal No. 3. harness connector terminal No. 3 and the torque
＊０１ converter clutch solenoid valve connector terminal.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) SHIFT SOLENOID
TORQUE CONVERTER SHIFT SOLENOID
CLUTCH SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR
VALVE CONNECTOR
LC (YEL)
LC (YEL) LC (YEL)
cardiagn.com
YES−Replace torque converter clutch solenoid
NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM valve (see page 14-188), then go to step 15.
connector terminal B44 and the shift solenoid
(cont’d)
14-179
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0184

17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 22. Start the engine in P, and warm it up to normal
18. Start the engine in P, and warm it up to normal Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least
Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 1 second.
1 second. 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P27 7 0 indicated?
Is DT C P27 7 0 indicated? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

YES−Check for poor connections or loose valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
cardiagn.com
terminals at the torque converter clutch solenoid the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM, PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 22. If the PCM
then go to step 1. was substituted, go to step 1.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P2770 is not NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P2770 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
indicated, go to step 20. are indicated, go to step 24.
20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2770 in the DTCs 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2770 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS. MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 19, complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 23, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the connections or loose terminals at the torque
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid
harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
step 22.
14-180
07/05/09 16:33:00 61SJC020_140_0185
Road Test
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating 6. Prepare the HDS to take a HIGH SPEED SNAPSHOT
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). (Refer to the HDS user’s guide for more details if
needed):
2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rear
wheels. • Select High Speed icon.
• Select these parameters:
3. Start the engine, then shift to D while pressing the – VSS veh speed
brake pedal. Press the accelerator pedal, and – Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed
release it suddenly. The engine should not stall. – Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed (rpm)
– RPM engine speed
4. Repeat step 3 in all shift lever positions. – Relative TP Sensor
– APP Sensor A
5. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T – ATF Temp sensor
Mode Menu. – Battery voltage
– Shift control
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the – Brake Switch
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page • Set the Trigger Type to Parameter.
cardiagn.com
11-194). • Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A
０１ above 1.0 V.
• Set the recording time to 60 seconds.
• Set the Trigger point to −30 seconds.
7. Find a suitable level road. When you are ready to

do the test, press OK on the HDS.
8. Monitor the HDS, and accelerate quickly until the

APP Sensor B reads 1.0 V. Maintain a steady
throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear,
then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.
9. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded,

A or increase the recording time setting as necessary,
and repeat step 8.
10. Adjust the Parameter setting to 2.5 V. Retest-drive

the vehicle. While monitoring the HDS accelerate
quickly until the APP Sensor B reads 2.5 V.
Maintain a steady throttle until the transmission
shifts to 5th gear (or reasonable speed), then slow
the vehicle and come to a stop.
11. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded,

or increase the recording time setting as necessary,
and repeat step 10.
12. Accelerate quickly until the accelerator pedal is to

the floor. Maintain a steady pedal until the
transmission shifts to 3rd gear, then slow to a stop,
and save the snapshot.
(cont’d)
14-181
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:00 61SJC020_140_0186
Road Test (cont’d)

13. Review each snapshot individually, and compare 14. Drive the vehicle in 4th or 5th gear in D, then shift
the Shift control, Accelerator pedal position sensor to 2. The vehicle should immediately begin to slow
B voltage, and VSS veh speed to the table below. down from engine braking.
Upshift: D Position 15. Shift to 1, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and
Accelerator pedal position sensor voltage: check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage.
0.75 V Upshifts should not occur in this position.
1st→2nd 12−13 mph (19−21 km/h)
2nd→3rd 19−21 mph (31−33 km/h) 16. Shift to 2, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and
3rd→4th 25−29 mph (40−46 km/h) check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage.
4th→5th 45−49 mph (72−78 km/h) Upshifts and downshifts should not occur in this
Lock-up ON 47−50 mph (76−80 km/h) position.
Accelerator pedal position sensor voltage:
2.5 V 17. Shift to R, accelerate from a stop at full throttle
1st→2nd 29−32 mph (47−51 km/h) momentarily, and check for abnormal noise and
2nd→3rd 50−54 mph (80−86 km/h) clutch slippage.
3rd→4th 76−80 mph (121−127 km/h)
cardiagn.com
4th→5th 94−98 mph (151−157 km/h) 18. Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16 degrees),
Lock-up ON 102−106 mph (164−170 km/h) apply the brake, and shift into P. Release the brake;
Fully-opened throttle the vehicle should not move.
4.5 V NOTE: Always use the parking brake to hold the
1st→2nd 36−40 mph (58−64 km/h) vehicle when stopped on an incline in gear.
2nd→3rd 64−68 mph (102−108 km/h) Depending on the grade of the incline, the vehicle
3rd→4th 100−104 mph (160−166 km/h) could roll backwards if the brake is released.
Downshift: D Position
0.75 V
Lock-up OFF 44−48 mph (70−77 km/h)
5th→4th 39−41 mph (62−66 km/h)
4th→3rd 18−21 mph (29−33 km/h)
2nd→1st 9−11 mph (14−18 km/h)
2.5 V
Lock-up OFF 90−94 mph (145−151 km/h)
5th→4th 73−76 mph (118−122 km/h)
4th→3rd 53−56 mph (86−90 km/h)
3rd→2nd 25−29 mph (40−46 km/h)
2nd→1st 9−11 mph (14−18 km/h)
Fully-opened throttle
4.5 V
4th→3rd 89−93 mph (142−148 km/h)
3rd→2nd 58−62 mph (93−99 km/h)
2nd→1st 32−34 mph (51−55 km/h)
14-182
07/05/09 16:33:00 61SJC020_140_0187
Stall Speed Test

1. Apply the parking brake, and block all four wheels. 7. If any of the stall speeds are out of the service limit,
problems and probable causes are listed in the
2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T table.
data list.
０１ Problem Probable causes
Stall speed rpm high • Low fluid level
in D, 2, 1, and R • ATF pump output
low
• Clogged ATF strainer
• Regulator valve stuck
• Slipping clutch
Stall speed rpm high • Slippage of 1st clutch
in 1 • Slippage of 1st gear
one-way clutch
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 2nd clutch
in 2
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 5th clutch
cardiagn.com
A in R
Stall speed rpm low • Engine output low
3. Make sure the A/C switch OFF. in D, 2, 1, and R • Engine throttle valve
closed
4. After the engine has warmed up to normal • Torque converter
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), one-way clutch
shift to the 2 position. slipping
5. Firmly press the brake pedal, then fully press the

accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds, and note
engine speed. Do not move the shift lever while
raising engine speed.
6. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test in

D, 1, and R.
NOTE:
• Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds
at a time.
• Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic
purposes only.
• Stall speed tests should be the same in D, 2, 1,
and R.
• Do not test stall speed with the A/T pressure
gauges installed.
Stall Speed rpm

Specification: 1,950 rpm
Service Limit: 1,800−2,100 rpm
14-183
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４００００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:01 61SJC020_140_0188
Pressure Test
Special Tools Required 6. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the line pressure
• A/T clutch pressure gauge set inspection port (A). Do not allow dust or other
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 foreign particles to enter the hole while connecting
• A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A the gauge.
• A/T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 ０２
A/T OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE SET W/PANEL
1. Before testing, make sure the transmission fluid is 07406-0020400 or
filled to the proper level. 07406-0020401
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is

securely supported.
3. Allow the all four wheels to rotate freely. A/T PRESSURE A/T PRESSURE
HOSE, 2,210 mm HOSE ADAPTER
07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120
4. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179). (4 required) (4 required)
5. Warm up the engine (the radiator fan comes on).
cardiagn.com
Turn off the engine, and connect the HDS to the
DLC (A).
０１
０３
A
7. Start the engine, and run it at 2,000 rpm in P or N.
8. Measure the line pressure at the line pressure

inspection hole (A).
NOTE: Higher pressure may be indicated if

measurements are made in shift lever positions
other than P or N.
Pressure Fluid Pressure

Standard Service Limit
Line (A) 950−1,010 kPa 900 kPa
(9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.2 kgf/cm2,
140−146 psi) 130 psi)
14-184
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０８０００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:01 61SJC020_140_0189
9. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil 13. Start the engine in P.
pressure gauge from the line pressure inspection
port. 14. Shift into 1, and measure the 1st clutch pressure at
the 1st clutch pressure inspection port (B) and the
10. Install the sealing bolt to the line pressure 1st-hold clutch pressure at the 1st-hold clutch
inspection port with the new sealing washer, and pressure inspection port (C) while holding the
tighten the bolts to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft). Do engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
not reuse the old sealing washer.
15. Up shift to 2 by pushing the shift lever, and
11. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 1st clutch measure the 2nd clutch pressure at the 2nd clutch
pressure inspection hole (B) and the 1st-hold clutch pressure inspection hole (D) while holding the
pressure inspection hole (C). engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
０４
Pressure Fluid Pressure
B
1st clutch 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
C (B) (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.1 kgf/cm2,
cardiagn.com
2nd clutch 140−146 psi) 130 psi)
(D)
1st-hold 800−880 kPa 760 kPa
clutch (C) (8.2−9.0 kgf/cm2, (7.7 kgf/cm2,
120−130 psi) 110 psi)
16. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil

pressure gauges from the 1st clutch pressure, 1st-
hold clutch pressure, and 2nd clutch pressure
inspection ports.
12. Remove the intake manifold cover and intake air
duct, and connect the oil pressure gauge to the 2nd 17. Install the sealing bolts in the 1st clutch pressure,
clutch pressure inspection port (D). Then 1st-clutch hold clutch pressure, and 2nd clutch
temporarily install the intake air duct. pressure inspection ports with the new sealing
０５ washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m,
D 13 lbf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing washers.
(cont’d)
14-185
07/05/09 16:33:02 61SJC020_140_0190
Pressure Test (cont’d)

18. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 3rd clutch 23. Release the accelerator pedal; the engine speed
pressure inspection port (E) and the 5th clutch decreases to 1,000 rpm with the transmission in
pressure inspection port (G). 2nd gear.
０６
E
24. Press the accelerator pedal very slowly so that the
engine speed increases to 2,000 rpm on 5 seconds,
then hold the accelerator; the transmission shifts
into 3rd gear. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure at
G the 3rd clutch pressure inspection port (E) while
holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
25. Release the D3 driving mode by pressing the D3

switch; the transmission shifts into 4th gear, then
5th gear. Measure the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th
clutch pressure inspection port (F) and the 5th
clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure
inspection hole (G) while holding the engine speed
cardiagn.com
at 2,000 rpm.
19. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 4th clutch Pressure Fluid Pressure
pressure inspection port (F). Standard Service Limit
０７ 3rd clutch 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
(E) (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.1 kgf/cm2,
4th clutch 140−146 psi) 130 psi)
(F)
5th clutch
(G)
26. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply the

brake pedal to stop the wheels from rotating.
27. Shift to R, then release the brake pedal. Raise the

engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and measure the 5th
clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure
inspection port (G).
F Pressure Fluid Pressure

20. Start the engine with the transmission in P while 5th clutch 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
pressing the brake pedal. (G) in R (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.1 kgf/cm2,
140−146 psi) 130 psi)
21. Shift to D, and select the D3 driving mode by
pressing the D3 switch. Release the brake pedal; 28. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil
the transmission is in 1st gear. pressure gauges from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch
pressure inspection ports.
22. Press the accelerator pedal to increase the engine
speed to 2,500 rpm; the transmission shifts into 29. Install the sealing bolts in the 3rd, 4th, and 5th
2nd gear. clutch pressure inspection ports with the new
sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m
(1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing
washers.
14-186
07/05/09 16:33:02 61SJC020_140_0191
30. If any of the pressures are out of the service limit,

problems and probable causes are listed in the
table.
Problem Probable causes

No or low line • Torque converter
pressure • ATF pump
• Regulator valve
• Torque converter
check valve
• Low fluid level
• Clogged ATF strainer
No or low 1st clutch • 1st clutch
pressure • O-rings
No or low 2nd clutch • 2nd clutch
No or low 3rd clutch • 3rd clutch
cardiagn.com
No or low 4th clutch • 4th clutch
No or low 5th clutch • 5th clutch
No or low 5th clutch • Servo valve
pressure in the R • 5th clutch
position • O-rings
No or low 1st-hold • 1st-hold clutch
clutch pressure • O-rings
31. Install the intake air duct and the intake manifold
cover.
32. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179).
14-187
07/05/09 16:33:02 61SJC020_140_0192
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Test/

Replacement
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 10. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket
０１ (A).
０２
6 x 1.0 mm A
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
2. Select Shift Solenoid A, B, C, and Lockup Solenoid E
Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
C
3. Check that shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and the
torque converter clutch solenoid valve operate with
the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.

• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 4.
11. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control
4. The solenoid test is finished if the tests are OK. If no pin (C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from
sound is heard, remove the solenoid valve, and test the control lever (E).
the solenoid valve.

equipped).

7. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and

remove the battery and the battery tray.
8. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air

duct, the resonator, and the air cleaner housing.
9. Remove the battery base and the battery base

bracket.
14-188
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６５９５４８ＦＨＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:03 61SJC020_140_0193
12. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 15. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
０３ valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), and gasket (D).
B ０４
C
D
D
E
A, B
cardiagn.com
A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
16. Replace the gasket and O-rings (E) with new ones
13. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness when installing A/T clutch pressure control
cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch solenoid valves A and B.
transmission fluid pressure switch connector (D),
then remove the harness cover from the bracket. 17. Remove the solenoid valve cover (A), dowel pins
(B), and gasket (C).
14. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid ０５
valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure C
control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
harness connector, the transmission range switch
connector, the ATF temperature sensor connector, B
the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
18. Replace the gasket with a new one when installing

the solenoid cover.
(cont’d)
14-189
07/05/09 16:33:03 61SJC020_140_0194
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Test/

Replacement (cont’d)
19. Disconnect shift solenoid valve A connector (A), 22. Remove the solenoid harness, and install a new
shift solenoid valve B connector (B), shift solenoid O-ring (A) on the solenoid harness connector (B),
valve C connector (C), and torque converter clutch and install the connector in the transmission
solenoid valve connector (D). housing.
０６０７
C 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m A
cardiagn.com
D
20. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve 23. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the
between the connector terminal and body ground. solenoid valves.
０８
Standard: 12−25
• Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is out E

of standard.
• If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
21.
21. Reconnect the positive cable to the battery, then D

connect the negative cable to each solenoid valve
E
terminal individually.
• If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 22 and

C
replace the solenoid harness.
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 23 and
replace the shift solenoid valve. A
B 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
24. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve)

(E) on each reused solenoid valves.
NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new

O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the
O-rings provided on it.
14-190
07/05/09 16:33:04 61SJC020_140_0195
25. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by 32. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure A and B.
the mounting bracket contacts the accumulator
body. 33. Install the harness cover on the cover bracket, and
secure it with the bolt.
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve connector to
install the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the 34. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or
solenoid valve body. repair if necessary, then connect the connectors
securely. Install the harness clamp on the bracket.
26. Install torque converter clutch solenoid valve (D)
(black connector) by holding the solenoid valve 35. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the insert the control pin into the control lever hole
accumulator body. through the shift cable end, and secure the control
pin with the spring clip/washer.
27. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure 36. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of torque
cardiagn.com
converter clutch solenoid valve. 37. Install the battery base bracket and the battery base.
NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve C before 38. Install the air cleaner housing, the resonator, the
installing the torque converter clutch solenoid intake air duct, and the intake manifold cover.
valve. If shift solenoid valve C is installed before
installing the torque converter clutch solenoid 39. Install the battery tray, the battery, and the battery
valve, it may damage to hydraulic control system. hold-down bracket, then reconnect the battery
cables.
28. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure 40. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and
the mounting bracket contacts the accumulator the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock
body. (on vehicles without navigation).
29. Connect the harness terminals to the solenoid: 41. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
(see page 22-209).
• RED wire connector to shift solenoid A
• ORN wire connector to shift solenoid B
• GRN wire connector to shift solenoid C
• YEL wire connector to the torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
30. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins,

and a new gasket.
31. Install the new solenoid valve body gasket on the

solenoid valve cover, and install the ATF pipes with
the filter end in the transmission housing. Install
new O-rings over the ATF pipes.
14-191
07/05/09 16:33:04 61SJC020_140_0196
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
０１ valve A connector.
０２
2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A
cardiagn.com
in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A

with the HDS.
• If the valve tests OK, the test is complete.

Disconnect the HDS. 10. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the A resistance at the connector terminals.
instructions on the HDS.
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does Standard: 3−10
not determine the cause, go to step 4.
• If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T
4. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
audio system and the navigation system (if (see page 14-198).
equipped). • If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
11.
then disconnect the positive cable. 11. Connect the negative battery terminal to solenoid
valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect the
6. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and positive battery terminal to connector terminal
remove the battery and the battery tray. No. 1.
7. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air • If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
duct, the resonator, and the air cleaner housing. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
parts.
8. Remove the battery base and the battery base • If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 12.
bracket.
14-192
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:05 61SJC020_140_0197
12. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket 16. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
(A). valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure
０３ control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
connector, the ATF temperature sensor connector,
6 x 1.0 mm the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
A
9.8 N·m connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
17. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

D
valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), gasket (D), and
O-rings (E).
０５
D
B
E
cardiagn.com
C
A, B
13. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and control pin

(C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from the
control lever (E).
C
14. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
０４ (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
C 18. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for
contamination.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
15. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness
cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch
then remove the harness cover from the bracket.
(cont’d)
14-193
07/05/09 16:33:05 61SJC020_140_0198
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test (cont’d)

19. Connect the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch 26. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
pressure control solenoid valve A connector insert the control pin into the control lever hole
terminal No. 2, and connect the positive battery through the shift cable end, and secure the control
terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure pin with the spring clip/washer.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves.
０６ 27. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
28. Install the battery base bracket and the battery base.
29. Install the air cleaner housing, the resonator, the

intake air duct, and the intake manifold cover.
30. Install the battery tray, the battery, and the battery
hold-down bracket, then reconnect the battery
cables.
cardiagn.com
A (on vehicles without navigation).
20. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check 32. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve (see page 22-209).
body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves
sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B.
21. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of

the solenoid valve body and the solenoid valve
cover.
22. Install a new solenoid valve body gasket on the

23. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves

A and B.
24. Install the harness cover on the cover bracket, and

25. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or

repair if necessary, then connect the connectors
14-194
07/05/09 16:33:05 61SJC020_140_0199
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test

０７ valve B connector.
０８
2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid B
cardiagn.com
in Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

with the HDS.

Disconnect the HDS.
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the
instructions on the HDS. 10. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does B resistance at the connector terminals.
not determine the cause, go to step 4.
Standard: 3−10
audio system and the navigation system (if • If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T
equipped). clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
(see page 14-198).
5. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, • If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
then disconnect the positive cable. 11.
6. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and 11. Connect the negative battery terminal to solenoid
remove the battery and the battery tray. valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect the
positive battery terminal to connector terminal
7. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air No. 1.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
8. Remove the battery base and the battery base Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
bracket. parts.
(cont’d)
14-195
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:33:06 61SJC020_140_0200
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test (cont’d)

12. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket 16. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
(A). valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure
０９ control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
6 x 1.0 mm the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
A
9.8 N·m connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

D
valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), gasket (D), and
O-rings (E).
１１
D
B
E
cardiagn.com
C
A, B

control lever (E).
C
14. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
１０ (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
C 18. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for
contamination.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-196
07/05/09 16:33:06 61SJC020_140_0201
19. Connect the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch 26. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
pressure control solenoid valve B connector insert the control pin into the control lever hole
terminal No. 2, and connect the positive battery through the shift cable end, and secure the control
terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure pin with the spring clip/washer.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.
１２ 27. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.

hold-down bracket, then connect the battery cables.
cardiagn.com
B
20. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check (see page 22-209).
valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B.

the solenoid valve body and solenoid valve cover.
22. Install a new solenoid valve body gasket on the


A and B.


14-197
07/05/09 16:33:07 61SJC020_140_0202
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A and B Replacement

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 8. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A).
audio system and the navigation system (if ０２
equipped). B
C

remove the battery and the battery tray. D

5. Remove the battery base and the battery base E

bracket.
F
6. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket
cardiagn.com
(A). A
０１
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm A
9.8 N·m 9. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch
D
valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
B
E the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
C connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

control lever (E).
14-198
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:07 61SJC020_140_0203
11. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 17. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), gasket (D), and insert the control pin into the control lever hole
O-rings (E). through the shift cable end, and secure the control
０３ pin with the spring clip/washer.
D 18. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
E 20. Install the air cleaner housing, the resonator, the

A, B
hold-down bracket, then reconnect the battery
cables.
cardiagn.com
C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 23. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
(see page 22-209).
12. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve for dust and dirt, and clean
the passage if necessary.
13. Install the new solenoid valve body gasket on the


A and B.


14-199
07/05/09 16:33:07 61SJC020_140_0204
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test

１３ valve C connector.
１４
2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C
cardiagn.com
in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C

with the HDS. 6. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C resistance at the connector terminals.
Disconnect the HDS. Standard: 3−10
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the
instructions on the HDS. • If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
not determine the cause, go to step 4. (see page 14-203).
• If the resistance is within the standard, go to
4. Remove the intake manifold cover and the intake step 7.
air duct.
7. Connect the negative battery terminal to solenoid
valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect the
positive battery terminal to connector terminal
No. 1.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.

Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
parts.
14-200
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:08 61SJC020_140_0205
8. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 11. Connect the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch
valve C. pressure control solenoid valve C connector
＊０１ terminal No. 2, and connect the positive battery
terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves.
１６
B C
A
A D
cardiagn.com
E
12. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check

the valve movement at the fluid passage in valve
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
9. Remove the ATF joint pipes (A), the O-rings (B), the C.
ATF pipe (D), and the gasket (E).
10. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for the solenoid valve body and the transmission
contamination. housing.
(cont’d)
14-201
07/05/09 16:33:08 61SJC020_140_0206
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test (cont’d)

14. Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe (A) with the 16. Install a new gasket (A) on the transmission
filter end into its mounting hole (B). housing, and install the 8 x 34.5 mm ATF joint pipe
１７ (B) with the filter end in the transmission housing
A and 8 x 25.2 mm ATF pipe (D).
１９
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
C
D
B
cardiagn.com
15. Check the height (A) of the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint A
pipe (B) between the top (C) of the pipe and the
solenoid valve body mounting surface (D). The
height is about 7 mm (0.3 in.). If the height is over
7 mm (0.3 in.), push the pipe until it bottoms in the
accumulator body.
１８
B
C
17. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
A
D 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C.
cover.
14-202
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0207
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold cover and the intake 6. Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe (A) with the
air duct. filter end into its mounting hole (B).
０５
2. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid A
valve C connector.

valve C.
＊０１ B
B C
cardiagn.com
7. Check the height (A) of the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint
A solenoid valve body mounting surface (D). The
A D height is about 7 mm (0.3 in.). If the height is over
E accumulator body.
０６
B
C
A
D
4. Remove the ATF joint pipes (A), the O-rings (B), the
ATF pipe (D), and the gasket (E).

the solenoid valve body and the transmission
housing.
(cont’d)
14-203
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0208
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Replacement (cont’d)

8. Install the new gasket (A) on the transmission
housing, and install the 8 x 34.5 mm ATF joint pipe
(B) with the filter end in the transmission housing
and 8 x 25.2 mm ATF pipe (D).
０７
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
C
D
B
cardiagn.com
A
9. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
10. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C.
cover.
14-204
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0209
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed

Sensor Replacement Sensor Replacement
1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179). 1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179).
2. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector, and remove the input shaft sensor connector, and remove the output shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor (A). (countershaft) speed sensor (A).
０１０１
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
A A
B B
3. Install the new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new output shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the
housing. transmission housing.
4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then
connect the connector securely. connect the connector securely.
5. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179). 5. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179).
14-205
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６３４６１５ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６４３８２１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0210
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179).
2. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch connector, and remove the 3rd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A).
０１
cardiagn.com
A
B 20 N·m
3. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

particles inside the connector.
4. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten
the switch.
5. Connect the connector securely.
14-206
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１０１１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:45 61SJC020_140_0211
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold cover and the intake 5. Remove the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure
air duct. switch (A).
０３
2. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A).
０１
B
C
cardiagn.com
A
A 20 N·m
6 x 1.0 mm 6. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
particles inside the connector.
cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch 7. Install a new 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure
transmission fluid pressure switch connector (D), switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten
then remove the harness cover from the bracket. the switch.
4. Remove the bolts securing the harness cover (A) 8. Secure the harness cover and harness cover/clamp
and the harness cover/clamp bracket (B). bracket with the bolts, and install the harness
０２ clamp on the bracket.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 9. Install the harness cover on the cover bracket, and
A
10. Connect the connector securely.
6 x 1.0 mm cover.
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
14-207
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１０１２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_140_0212
ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement

1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179).
2. Drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) (see

3. Disconnect the ATF temperature sensor connector

(A), then remove the connector from the connector
bracket (B).
０１
B
D
cardiagn.com
C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
E F (1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the harness clamp (C) from its bracket (D).
5. Remove the ATF temperature sensor.
6. Install a new O-ring (E) on the new ATF

temperature sensor (F).
7. Install the ATF temperature sensor connector to the

connector bracket, then connect the connector
securely.
8. Install the harness clamp on its bracket.
9. Refill the transmission with the ATF (see step 5 on

page 14-210).
14-208
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１３０４１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_140_0213
ATF Level Check

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid
leaks at the transmission, hose and line joints, and
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating cooler lines. If a problem is found, fix it before
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). filling the transmission. If the level is above the
upper mark, drain the ATF to proper level (see step
2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the 3 on page 14-210).
engine off.
7. If necessary fill the transmission with the
NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60−90 seconds recommended fluid through the filler hole (A) to the
after turning the engine off. upper mark on the dipstick. Always use Honda
ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from the a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.
dipstick tube, and wipe it with a clean cloth. ０３
０１
B
24 x 1.5 mm
44 N·m
cardiagn.com
C
A A
8. Install the ATF filler bolt (B) and a new sealing

4. Insert the dipstick into the tube. washer (C).
5. Remove the dipstick (A) and check the fluid level. It

should be between the upper mark (B) and the
lower mark (C).
＊０１
A
B
14-209
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３００１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_140_0214
ATF Replacement
NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 5. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid
through the filler hole (A) to the upper mark on the
1. Bring the transmission up to normal operating dipstick. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 Automatic
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF
can affect shift quality.
2. Park the vehicle on level ground.
Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity:
3. Remove the ATF filler bolt and the drain plug (A), 3.1 L (3.3 US qt) at change
and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 8.1 L (8.6 US qt) at overhaul (’06 model)
8.0 L (8.4 US qt) at overhaul (’07-08 models)
NOTE: If a cooler cleaning is done, refer to ATF ０２
Cooler Cleaning (see page 14-239).
０１
A B
18 x 1.5 mm 24 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m 44 N·m
B
C
cardiagn.com
A
6. Install the ATF filler bolt (B) and a new sealing

washer (C).
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer

(B).
14-210
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３００１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_140_0215
Transfer Assembly Fluid Replacement

1. Bring the transmission up to normal operating 5. Remove the filler plug (A) and the sealing washer
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). (B).
０２
A
2. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn the 24 x 1.5 mm
engine off. 44 N·m
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the transfer
B
fluid (hypoid gear oil).
０１
cardiagn.com
C
A
20 x 1.5 mm 6. Refill the transfer assembly with the recommended
44 N·m fluid (hypoid gear oil) through the filler hole (C)
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) until the fluid flows out. Use a SAE 90 or SAE
80W-90 viscosity hypoid gear oil, API classified GL4
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer or GL5 only.
(B).
Viscosity
SAE 90: Above 0 °F ( −18 °C)
SAE 80W-90: Below 0 °F ( −18 °C)
Transfer Fluid (Hypoid Gear Oil) Capacity:

0.43 L (0.45 US qt) at fluid change
7. Install the filler plug and a new sealing washer.
14-211
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７４５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_140_0216
Transfer Assembly Inspection

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 7. If the backlash is out of standard, remove the
supported securely (see page 1-10). transfer assembly, and adjust the transfer gear
backlash (see page 14-395).
2. Shift the transmission into the N position.
8. Check for fluid leaks between the mating faces of
3. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller the transfer assembly and the transmission.
shaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C).
０１ 9. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly,
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m (7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft) remove the transfer cover, and replace the O-ring.
10. Check for fluid leaks between the transfer

B companion flange and the transfer oil seal.
11. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly

from the transmission, and replace the transfer oil
seal and O-ring on the transfer output shaft (hypoid
gear). If an oil seal and O-ring replacement is
cardiagn.com
required, you will need to check and adjust the
transfer gear tooth contact, transfer gear backlash,
the tapered roller bearing starting torque, and the
A total starting torque (see page 14-395). Do not
replace the oil seal with the transfer assembly on
the transmission.
C
4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer

companion flange.
5. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion

flange (B); position dial indicator tip (C) on the
direct extension of the bolt hole center (D).
０２
B D C
6. Measure the transfer gear backlash.
Standard: 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.)
14-212
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＭＡＡＴ５０
07/05/09 16:33:48 61SJC020_140_0217
Transfer Assembly Removal

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 6. Remove exhaust pipe A and its mount (B).
supported securely (see page 1-10). ０３
2. Shift the transmission into the N position.
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic

transmission fluid (ATF).
０１
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m
B
cardiagn.com
A
7. Remove the bolt securing the transfer breather

hose bracket (A), and disconnect the breather hose
(B) from the breather pipe (C) on the transfer
assembly.
０４
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer B

(B). A

０２
(cont’d)
14-213
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:48 61SJC020_140_0218
Transfer Assembly Removal (cont’d)

8. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller
０５
B
cardiagn.com
companion flange.
10. Remove the transfer assembly from the

transmission.
０６
14-214
07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_140_0219
Transfer Assembly Installation

1. Clean the areas where the transfer assembly 4. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer
contacts the transmission with solvent or companion flange (B) by aligning the reference
carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. mark (C).
Then apply transmission fluid to the contact area. ０２
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m
2. Install the dowel pin (A) in the transmission. (7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft)
０１
A A
10 x 1.25 mm
51 N·m
cardiagn.com
C
B B
5. Secure the transfer breather hose bracket (A) on

the transfer assembly with the bolt, and install the
breather hose (B) over the breather pipe (C) with
the dot (D) on the hose facing out.
０３
6 x 1.0 mm
C 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
3. Insert the one 10 x 1.25 mm bolt (length: 105 mm) B

(B) in the rear upper of the transfer housing, then D A
install the transfer assembly (C) on the
transmission.
(cont’d)
14-215
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＫＣＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_140_0220
Transfer Assembly Installation (cont’d)

6. Install exhaust pipe A with the new self-locking
nuts, its mount (B), and new gaskets (C) (D).
＊０１
B 10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A (5.5 kgf·m,
40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
cardiagn.com
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
D Replace.
8 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m 33 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m, (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft)
16 lbf·ft) Replace.
7. Install the front subframe stiffener with new

mounting bolts.
０５
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
8. Refill the transfer assembly with transfer fluid

(hypoid gear oil), if necessary (see page 14-211).
9. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 on page

14-210).
14-216
07/05/09 16:33:50 61SJC020_140_0221
Transfer Breather Hose Replacement

1. Remove the transfer breather (A) from the throttle 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is
cable bracket (B), and disconnect the breather hose supported securely (see page 1-10).
(C) from the breather.
０１ 6. Remove the breather hose (A) from the hose clamp
B (B), and disconnect the hose from the transfer
breather pipe (C) on the transfer assembly.
A
０３
B A
E
C
cardiagn.com
D
2. Remove the transfer breather hose clamp (D) from

the heater hose (E), and remove the clamp from the C
breather hose.
3. Remove the breather hose (upper) (A) from the

hose clamp (B). 7. Install the breather hose over the transfer breather
０２ pipe with the dot (D) on the hose facing out, and
B install the hose in the clamp at the dot (E) on the
hose with facing out.
A
8. Install the hose joint in the lower hose.
9. Install the upper hose over the hose joint by

aligning the upper hose dot with the lower hose dot.
D
10. Install the upper hose in the clamp at the dot on the
upper hose with facing out.
11. Install the transfer breather hose clamp at the

C covering hose, and install the clamp on the heater
hose, centering the heater hose dot in the clamp
opening.
4. Separate the breather hoses upper and lower (C), 12. Install the upper hose end over the breather pipe
and remove the hose joint (D). with the dot on the hose facing up, and install the
If the only upper hose is replaced, remove the breather on the throttle cable bracket.
upper hose from the hose joint, and go to step 9.
14-217
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７２５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:50 61SJC020_140_0222
Transmission Removal
Special Tools Required 11. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 transmission fluid (ATF).
• Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 ＊０２
A
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 18 x 1.5 mm
• Front subframe adapter VSB02BMDXSB0 49 N·m
These special tools are available through the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. B
NOTE:
surfaces.
• Special tool Reds engine support hanger
AAR-T-12566 must be used with the side engine
mount installed.

cardiagn.com
equipped).
2. Secure the hood in the wide open position (position

the support rod in the lower hole).
3. Set the wheels in the straight ahead position, and

lock the steering wheel. 12. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer
(B).
4. Drain the power steering system fluid from the
reservoir (see page 17-12). 13. Disconnect the steering joint (see page 17-24).
5. Make sure the ignition switch is LOCK (0). 14. Remove the power steering pump outlet line (A)
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, from the power steering pump, and remove the
then disconnect the positive cable. hose clamp bolt (B).
＊０１
6. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and B A


bracket.
9. Remove the front bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).
10. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is

supported securely (see page 1-10). Remove the
splash shield (see page 20-179).
14-218
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:51 61SJC020_140_0223
15. Remove the transmission breather hose (A) from 18. Remove the dipstick, then remove the starter and
the breather pipe (B) at the transmission housing. gasket.
０３０５
cardiagn.com
A
16. Disconnect the solenoid harness connector (A). (A).
０４０６
B B
D
D B
E
C
C C
D A
17. Remove the starter cables (B) from the starter, and
remove the harness clamps (C) from the clamp
brackets (D). 20. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control
pin (C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from
the control lever (E).
(cont’d)
14-219
07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_140_0224
Transmission Removal (cont’d)

21. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 26. Disconnect the transmission range switch
０７ connector (A), and remove the harness clamp (B)
B from the clamp bracket (C).
C ０９
D
F
A
cardiagn.com
A
22. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness B

then remove the harness cover from the bracket. 27. Remove the transmission ground cable (D).
23. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 28. Remove the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF
valve A connector (E) and the A/T clutch pressure cooler lines (B). Turn the ends of the cooler hoses
control solenoid valve B connector (F). up to prevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the
cooler hoses and lines.
24. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid １０
valve C connector (A).
０８
B
B
A
C 29. Check for any signs of leakage at the hose joints.
25. Remove the bolts securing the harness cover (B)

and harness cover/clamp bracket (C).
14-220
07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_140_0225
30. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 32. Remove the connector bracket from the engine
sensor connector (A), the output shaft front cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to
(countershaft) speed sensor connector (B), the ATF attach the engine hanger balancer bar front arm.
temperature sensor connector (C), and the 3rd １３
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
(D).
１１
B
A
cardiagn.com
D
33. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the engine

rear cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to
attach the engine hanger balancer bar rear arm.
１４
31. Remove the transfer breather (A) from the throttle

cable bracket (B), and remove the transfer breather
hose clamp (C) from the heater hose (D).
１２
B
(cont’d)
14-221
07/05/09 16:33:53 61SJC020_140_0226

34. Remove the service caps (A) for the front damper 37. Remove the front mount nut.
flange nuts from the cowl cover (B). Position the １６
engine hanger adapters (VSB02C000024) with the
‘‘FRONT’’ mark facing forward over the damper
flange nuts.
４０
VSB02C000024
A A
cardiagn.com
１７
35. Install the engine balance bar (VSB02C000019);

attach the front arm (A) to the front cylinder head
with a spacer and the 10 mm bolt, and attach the
rear arm (B) to the rear cylinder head with the
8 mm bolt.
４１
AAR-T-12566
VSB02C000019 C
A
B
36. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to

the vehicle, and attach the hook to slotted hold in
the engine balance bar. Tighten the wing nut (C) by
hand, and to lift and support the engine.
14-222
07/05/09 16:33:54 61SJC020_140_0227
39. Remove exhaust pipe A and its mount (B). 43. Remove the bolt securing the transfer breather
１８ hose bracket (A), and disconnect the breather hose
(B) from the breather pipe (C) on the transfer
assembly.
２０
B
A
B C
cardiagn.com
A
44. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller
40. Remove the lock pins (A) and the castle nuts (B), ２１
and separate the lower arms (C) from the knuckles B
(D) (see page 18-12).
１９
F G
E
A C
B J 45. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer

I companion flange.
41. Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (E) in the top of the ball

joint pin (F), and remove the nuts (G), then separate
the stabilizer link (H).
42. Remove the cotter pins (I) and nuts (J), and
separate the tie-rod end ball joints (K) from the
knuckles (see step 9 on page 18-15).
(cont’d)
14-223
07/05/09 16:33:55 61SJC020_140_0228

46. Remove the transfer assembly from the 48. Disconnect the power steering pressure switch
transmission. connector.
２２２４
cardiagn.com
49. Remove the power steering fluid hose (A) from the
hose clamp (B) at the right front of the subframe.
２５
B
47. Remove the torque converter cover (A), and

remove the drive plate bolts (B) (8) while rotating
the crankshaft pulley.
２３
B A
C
50. Loosen the hose clamp bolt, then disconnect the

power steering fluid hose from the fluid line (C).
14-224
07/05/09 16:33:55 61SJC020_140_0229
51. Remove the four transmission lower mount nuts 53. Remove the three rear mount bracket bolts (A).
(A). ２８
２６
cardiagn.com
A
A
52. Make reference marks (A) on the body across the
marks (B) on the edge of the front subframe (C). 54. Loosen the four bolts (A) holding the adjustable
２７ arms (B) of the front subframe adapter
C (EQS02BMDXSB0) to its center plate.
NOTE: The adapter is designed to be used the

Honda transmission jack (model number
A LSL-W93714) or powertrain lift (model number
OTC-1585), both available through the Honda Tool
and Equipment Program. It will also work with
most commercially available transmission jacks.
A ２９
EQS02BMDXSB0
B B
(cont’d)
14-225
07/05/09 16:33:56 61SJC020_140_0230

55. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on 58. Remove the six bolts securing the stiffeners (A) and
the corner of the jack base, then attach the adapter the four bolts securing the front subframe (B), and
to the jack base with the bolts (A) that came with lower the front subframe.
the jack. Tighten the bolts securely. ３１
３０
cardiagn.com
A
EQS02BMDXB0
B
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A
56. Raise the jack to the vehicle height, then attach the 59. Remove the transmission lower mounts.
adapter to the front subframe using the subframe ３２
stiffener mounting bolts (B) and bolt holes.
57. For ’07-08 models: Remove both retainers securing

the rear mounting bolts of the front subframe.
０１
14-226
07/05/09 16:33:57 61SJC020_140_0231
60. Remove the driveshafts from the differential and 63. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.
the intermediate shaft. Coat all precision machined ３５
surfaces with clean engine oil, then put plastic bags
over the driveshaft ends.
＊０４
cardiagn.com
64. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.
61. Remove the exhaust manifold bracket (A) and the ３６
heat shield (B).
０３
C
A
62. Remove the intermediate shaft (C). Coat all

precision machined surfaces with clean engine oil,
then put the plastic bags over the intermediate
shaft ends.
(cont’d)
14-227
07/05/09 16:33:57 61SJC020_140_0232

65. Remove the front mount bracket (A). 71. Remove the torque converter and the dowel pins.
３７３９
cardiagn.com
72. Inspect the drive plate, and replace if it’s damaged.
66. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolt
(B) using a socket 22 mm in length.
67. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.

３８
68. Lower the transmission by loosening the wing nut

of the engine support hanger, and tilt the engine
just enough for the transmission end to clear the
side frame.
69. Place a jack under the transmission.
70. Slide the transmission away from the engine to

remove it from the vehicle.
14-228
07/05/09 16:33:58 61SJC020_140_0233
Transmission Installation
Special Tools Required 5. Place the transmission on the jack, and raise it to
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 engine level.
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 6. Attach the transmission to the engine, and install
• Front subframe adapter VSB02BMDXSB0 the transmission housing mounting bolts.
These special tools are available through the Honda ０３
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857.
NOTE:
surfaces.
• Special tool Reds engine support hanger
AAR-T-12566 must be used with the side engine
mount installed.
1. Clean the ATF cooler (see page 14-239).
cardiagn.com
2. Install the torque converter (A) on the mainshaft (B)
０１ 12 x 1.25 mm
C 64 N·m
D (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
7. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts.

０４
A
E
3. Install the 14 mm dowel pin (D) and the 10 mm

dowel pin (E) in the torque converter housing.
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
4. Install the transmission lower mounts. (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
０２
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
(cont’d)
14-229
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:59 61SJC020_140_0234
Transmission Installation (cont’d)

8. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts. 11. Install a new set ring (A) on the intermediate shaft
０５ (B), and install the intermediate shaft in the
differential. While installing the intermediate shaft
in the differential, be sure not to allow dust or other
foreign particles to enter the transmission.
０７
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) D
cardiagn.com
9. Install the transmission housing mounting bolt (A).
０６
10 x 1.25 mm A
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m, B
A 40 lbf·ft)
12 x 1.25 mm Replace. 8 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m B 22 N·m
(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) (2.2 kgf·m, 10 x 1.25 mm C
16 lbf·ft) 39 N·m
(4.0 kgf·m,
29 lbf·ft) 8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m
12. Install the exhaust manifold bracket (C) and the

heat shield (D).
13. Install a new set ring on the left driveshaft, then

install the left driveshaft in the differential
(see page 16-17). While installing the driveshaft in
10. Install the front mount bracket (B) with new the differential, be sure not to allow dust or other
mounting bolts. foreign particles to enter the transmission. Install
the right driveshaft over the intermediate shaft.
NOTE: Turn the right and left steering knuckle fully

outward, and slide the driveshafts into the
differential and over the intermediate shaft until
you feel the set ring engage.
14-230
07/05/09 16:34:00 61SJC020_140_0235
14. Support the front subframe (A) with the front 18. For ’07-08 models: Install both bolt retainers (A) on
subframe adapter (EQS02BMDXB0) and a jack, and both rear mounting bolts (B) of the front subframe
lift it up to the body. (C).
０８０１
10 x 1.25 mm C
38 N·m
EQS02BMDXB0 (3.9 kgf·m,
28 lbf·ft)
A
F
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m
(7.5 kgf·m,
54 lbf·ft) B
E
E
cardiagn.com
A
B B 10 x 1.25 mm
C 38 N·m
D C B (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
D
14 x 1.5 mm 12 x 1.25 mm
103 N·m 117 N·m 19. Install the rear mount bracket bolts.
(10.5 kgf·m, (11.9 kgf·m,
75.9 lbf·ft) １０
86 lbf·ft)
Replace.
15. Loosely install new subframe mounting bolts (B),

rear stiffeners (C) and mounting bolts (D), and front
stiffeners (E) and mounting bolts (F).
16. Align all reference marks (A) on the front subframe

(B) with the body, then tighten the bolts on the front
subframe to the specified torque.
０９
B
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
A (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
17. Remove the jack and the front subframe adapter.
(cont’d)
14-231
07/05/09 16:34:00 61SJC020_140_0236

20. Install the transmission lower mount nuts. 23. Connect the power steering fluid hose (A) to the
１１ line (B), and secure the hose with its hose clamp (C).
１３
D
C
A
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
cardiagn.com
21. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate (A) 24. Secure the hose with the hose clamp (D).
with eight bolts (B). Rotate the crankshaft pulley as
necessary to tighten the bolt to 1/2 of the specified 25. Connect the power steering pressure switch
torque, then to the final torque, in a crisscross connector.
pattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that the １４
crankshaft rotates freely.
１２
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
22. Install the torque converter cover (C).
14-232
07/05/09 16:34:01 61SJC020_140_0237
26. Install the dowel pin (A) in the transmission. 29. Install the ball joints on each lower arm (A) to each
１５ knuckle (B) with new castle nuts (C), and secure the
A castle nuts with the lock pins (D).
＊０１
F E
12 x 1.25 mm
H 78 N·m
I
10 x 1.25 mm G
51 N·m
B
D J
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m,
cardiagn.com
40 lbf·ft)
C
14 x 2.0 mm
93 N·m K
(9.5 kgf·m,
C 69 lbf·ft)
Replace. B
27. Insert the one 10 x 1.25 mm bolt (length: 105 mm) A

(B) in the rear upper of the transfer housing, then
install the transfer assembly (C) on the 30. Install the nuts (E) to the ball joint pins (F) on each
transmission. stabilizer link (G). Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (H) in
the top of the ball joint pins, and tighten the nuts to
28. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer the specified torque.
companion flange (B) by aligning the reference
mark (C). 31. Install the tie-rod end ball joints (I) to each knuckle
１６ with the nuts (J) and new cotter pins (K).
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m
(7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft) 32. Secure the transfer breather hose bracket (A) on
the transfer assembly with the bolt, and install the
A breather hose (B) over the breather pipe (C) with
the dot (D) on the hose facing out.
１８
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
D A
C
B
(cont’d)
14-233
07/05/09 16:34:02 61SJC020_140_0238

33. Install exhaust pipe A with the new self-locking 35. Install a new front mount nut, and tighten it.
nuts, its mount (B), and new gaskets (C) (D). ２１
＊０２ 10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
Replace.
B 10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A (5.5 kgf·m,
40 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m 36. Remove the engine support hanger, the engine
D Replace. hanger adapters, and the engine balance bar.
8 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m 33 N·m 37. Install the connector bracket on the engine front
(2.2 kgf·m, (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) cylinder head.
16 lbf·ft) Replace.
２２
34. Install the front subframe stiffener with new

mounting bolts.
２０
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
(4.5 kgf·m,
33 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
14-234
07/05/09 16:34:03 61SJC020_140_0239
38. Install the harness clamp brackets on the engine 40. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
rear cylinder head. connector (A), the output shaft (countershaft) speed
２３ sensor connector (B), the ATF temperature sensor
connector (C), and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch connector (D). Do not allow water,
fluid, oil, dust, or other foreign particles to enter
any of the connectors.
２５
B
A
cardiagn.com
D
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m
39. Install the transfer breather (A) on the throttle cable

bracket (B). Install the transfer breather hose clamp
(C) on the heater hose (D), centering the heater 41. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF cooler
hose dot (E) in the clamp opening. lines (B), and secure the hoses with the clips (C)
２４ (see page 14-241).
B ２６
B C A
A
A
E
D
C
B
C
(cont’d)
14-235
07/05/09 16:34:03 61SJC020_140_0240

42. Connect the transmission range switch connector 46. Install the harness cover (A) on the harness cover/
(A), and install the harness clamp (B) on the clamp clamp bracket (B), and secure it with the bolt.
bracket (C). ２９
２７ D
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D
C
E
C
F
cardiagn.com
A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
47. Connect the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure

B switch connector (C), and install the harness clamp
(D) on the bracket. Connect the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A connector (E), and the A/T
43. Install the transmission ground cable (D). clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector
(F).
44. Secure the harness cover (A) and the harness cover
/clamp bracket (B) with the bolts. 48. Attach the shift cable end (A) to the control lever (B),
２８ then insert the control pin (C) into the control lever
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m hole through the shift cable end, and secure the
(1.2 kgf·m, control pin with the spring clip/washer (D).
8.7 lbf·ft) ３０
A
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm E
9.8 N·m
12 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
A
C
B
D
B
45. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid C
valve C connector (C).
49. Secure the shift cable bracket (E) with the nuts.
14-236
07/05/09 16:38:52 61SJC020_140_0241
50. Install the starter (A) and a new gasket (B) (see page 53. Install the transmission breather hose (A) over the
4-10). Install the mounting bolt (C) through the breather pipe (B) at the transmission housing, and
harness clamp bracket hole (D), and into the lower install the hose in the clamp (C) at the dot (D) on the
mounting bolt thread hole (E). hose with facing out.
３１３３
10 x 1.25 mm A
44 N·m B C
cardiagn.com
A
D
54. Install the power steering pump outlet line (A) with
E a new O-ring (B) to the pump, and secure the hose
clamp (C) with the bolt.
51. Install the starter cables (A), and install the harness ３４
6 x 1.0 mm
clamps (B) on the clamp brackets (C). 6 x 1.0 mm 11 N·m (1.1 kgf·m, 8.0 lbf·ft)
３２ 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
A
C
B
A
A
9 N·m
(0.9 kgf·m, 55. Connect the steering joint (see page 17-26).
B 6.5 lbf·ft)
C D B
56. Refill the power steering fluid reservoir with fluid to
52. Connect the solenoid harness connector (D). the upper level line.
57. Refill the transmission with the ATF (see step 5 on

page 14-210).

(cont’d)
14-237
07/05/09 16:38:53 61SJC020_140_0242
Transmission Installation (cont’d) Drive Plate Removal and

Installation
1. Remove the transmission assembly (see page
61. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179). 14-218).
62. Install the service caps on the cowl cover. 2. Remove the drive plate (A) and the washer (B) from
the engine crankshaft.
63. Set the parking brake, run the engine at fast idle, ０１
A
and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock
several times to bleed air from the system. Recheck
the fluid level, and refill if necessary.
64. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift
the transmission through all positions three times.
Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear position B
indicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.
cardiagn.com
65. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment
(see page 18-5).
66. Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm it

up to normal operating temperature (the radiator
fan comes on).
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m,
67. Turn off the engine, and check the ATF level (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)
(see page 14-209).
3. Install the drive plate and the washer on the engine
68. Do the road test (see page 14-181). crankshaft, and tighten the eight bolts in a
crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock 4. Install the transmission assembly (see page 14-229).

(see page 22-209).
14-238
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４２２２５１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:53 61SJC020_140_0243
ATF Cooler Cleaning

Special Tools Required 2. Plug the cooler cleaner into a 110 V grounded
• ATF cooler cleaner GHTTTCF6H electrical outlet.
• Magnetic nonbypass spin-on filter GTHGNBP2
These special tools are available through the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. Make sure the outlet has no other appliances
(light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords)
Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler
automatic transmission, you must thoroughly clean the cleaner into an extension cord or drop light;
ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to you could damage the unit.
do so could cause a repeat automatic transmission ０２
failure.
The cleaning procedure involves heated ATF-Z1

delivered under high pressure (100 psi). Check the
security of all hoses and connections. Always wear
safety glasses or a face shield, along with gloves and RED HOSE
protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on
cardiagn.com
BLUE HOSE
your skin, rinse with water immediately.
110 V
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET
• Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result AIR PURGE SHOP
VALVE AIR LINE
in burns and other serious injuries.
• Always wear eye protection and protective 3. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON; the green
clothing, and follow this procedure. indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Wait
1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating
1. Check the fluid in the cooler cleaner tank. (The fluid temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use
level should be 4.5 inches from the top of the filler when the temperature gauge reads 140 ° to 150 °F.)
neck.) Adjust the level if needed; do not overfill.
Use only Honda ATF-Z1; do not use any additives. NOTE: If the red indicator above the HEAT toggle
０１ switch comes on, the fluid level in the tank is too
FILTER/BREATHER low for the tank heater to work (see step 1 of this
TUBE
TANK procedure).
FILLER
NECK 4. Select the appropriate pair of fittings, and attach
them to the radiator, to the hoses, or to the banjo
bolts for flow through the ATF cooler cleaner.
TO HOSE
０３
TO BANJO BOLT
4.5 inches
TO RADIATOR
VEHICLE
COOLER CLEANER
(cont’d)
14-239
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:55 61SJC020_140_0244
ATF Cooler Cleaning (cont’d)

5. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the 11. Now connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line.
line that normally goes to the external filter on the
transmission). 12. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the
pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running,
6. Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. open and close the air purge valve periodically.
Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the
7. Connect a shop air hose (regulated to 100 to 5-minute cleaning period, leave the air purge valve
125 psi) to the air purge valve. open.
NOTE: While the pump is running with the air

The quick-connect fitting has a one-way purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming
check valve to keep ATF from entering your from the filler/breather tube vents.
shop’s air system. Do not remove or replace
the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with 13. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR
the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if toggle switch to OFF. Leave the air purge valve
your coupler is not compatible. open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines and
hoses of residual ATF, then close the valve.
cardiagn.com
8. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON; the green
indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Let the 14. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF
pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, cooler lines.
open and close the air purge valve periodically to
cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. 15. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other.
Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the
5-minute cleaning period, leave the air purge valve 16. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve.
open. Disconnect and stow the coupler if used.
NOTE: While the pump is running with the air 17. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF
purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming cooler inlet and outlet lines.
from the filler/breather tube vents.
０４ 18. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet.
Tool Maintenance
Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner

working properly:
• Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters
OPEN once a year or when you notice a restriction in the
ATF flow.
• Check the level and condition of the fluid in the tank
before each use.
• Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty.
CLOSED ０５
FILLER CAP
9. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR

toggle switch to OFF; the green indicator goes off.
Leave the air purge valve open for at least
15 seconds to purge the lines and hoses of residual
ATF, then close the valve.
HEATER
10. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF
cooler. Now connect the red hose to the cooler inlet TANK
line. MAGNETIC NONBYPASS
SPIN-ON FILTER
14-240
07/05/09 16:38:55 61SJC020_140_0245
ATF Cooler Outlet Hose ATF Cooler Line and Hose Assembly
Replacement Replacement
1. Remove the ATF cooler outlet hose (A) from the 1. Disconnect the ATF cooler hose (A) from the ATF
hose clamp (B), then disconnect the hose ends cooler line (B).
from the ATF cooler lines. ＊０１
０１ G
A B L O
D
G
E
C
F B
F
N 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
L H
A M
E
K
K
C
J J
D I
H
I
2. Disconnect the ATF cooler hose (C) from the ATF
2. Slide the ATF cooler outlet hose with the yellow cooler line (D).
paint end (C) over the ATF cooler line (D) on the
transmission until the hose end contacts with the 3. Loosen the bolt (E) securing the cooler line bracket,
bulge (E). and remove the bolt (F) securing the cooler line
bracket.
3. Secure the hose with the clip (F) at 6−8 mm
(0.2−0.3 in.) (G) from the hose end. 4. Remove the cooler hose clamp (G) from the clamp
bracket.
4. Slide the hose end (H) over the cooler line (I) on the
ATF cooler under the radiator until the hose end 5. Install a new ATF cooler line and hose assembly (H).
contacts the bend in the line.
6. Slide the hose end (I) over the cooler line on the
5. Secure the hose with the clip (J) at 2−4 mm ATF cooler under the radiator until the hose end
(0.1−0.2 in.) (K) from the hose end. contacts the bend in the line.
6. Install the hose in the clamp at the mark (L). 7. Secure the hose with the clip (J) at 2−4 mm
(0.1−0.2 in.) (K) from the hose end.
8. Slide the ATF cooler hose over the ATF cooler line
until the hose end contacts with the bulge (L).
9. Secure the hose with the clip (M) at 6−8 mm

(0.2−0.3 in.) (N) from the hose end.
10. Install the cooler hose clamp at the mark (O), then
install the clamp on the clamp bracket.
14-241
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１２ＫＢＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１２ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:38:56 61SJC020_140_0246
ATF Cooler Replacement

1. Remove the front bulkhead cover (see page 20-171). 6. Slide the cooler hoses (A) over the ATF cooler lines
(B) until the hose ends (C) contact with the bulge
2. Remove the front bumper (see page 20-132). (D), and secure the hoses with the clips (E) at
6−8 mm (0.2−0.3 in.) (F) from the hose end.
3. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF ０２
cooler lines.
０１
B
cardiagn.com
H
B G
C
F
D
C
6 x 1.0 mm E
1.0 N·m A
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
A 7. Make sure that the hose clamp (G) is installed at the
mark (H).
4. Remove the splash shield (B), and remove the ATF
cooler and cooler hoses assembly (C). 8. Install the splash shield on the bulkhead bracket.
5. Install a new ATF cooler and cooler hoses assembly. 9. Install the bumper (see page 20-132).
14-242
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:57 61SJC020_140_0247
Shift Lever Removal

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover 6. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
(see page 20-83). end holder (B).
０２
2. Remove the steering column covers (see page
17-24), and lower the steering column.
B
3. Shift the transmission into the R position.
4. Slide the lock tab (A) on the shift cable end holder
(B) toward the shift cable socket holder.
０１
D
C A
cardiagn.com
7. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a
quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be
in the opening (D) of the socket holder bracket (E).
A Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
from the socket holder bracket. Do not remove the
shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and
damper (G).
B ０３
5. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it D
from the shift cable end and the shift cable end
holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a
screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end
holder. F
E G
(cont’d)
14-243
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８２ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:58 61SJC020_140_0248
Shift Lever Removal (cont’d)

8. Disconnect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park
pin switch connector (A).
０４
C
cardiagn.com
D
9. Remove the connector clamp and the harness

clamp (B) from the bracket (C) on the steering
column.
10. Disconnect the 7P connector (D) from the

immobilizer control unit-receiver.
11. Cover the area around the opening in the

dashboard with tape to prevent damage to the
dashboard.
12. Remove the shift lever mounting bolts, and remove

the shift lever assembly.
14-244
07/05/09 16:38:59 61SJC020_140_0249
Shift Lever Installation

1. Install the shift lever assembly (A) on the steering 5. If necessary, push the shift cable (A) until it stops,
column. then release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so
０１ that the shift position is in R. Do not hold the shift
E
cable guide (B) and the damper (C) to adjust the
shift cable.
０３
C
D
B
B
cardiagn.com
A
A
7. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm

8 x 1.25 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on
2. Connect the 7P connector (B) to the immobilizer the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured
control unit-receiver. in R.
０４
3. Connect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin C
switch connector (C), and install the harness clamp
(D) and connector clamp on the bracket (E).
4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that

the R position indicator comes on.
０２
B
A
(cont’d)
14-245
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８２ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:59 61SJC020_140_0250
Shift Lever Installation (cont’d)

8. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to 10. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift
place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the cable end and shift cable end holder, then slide the
opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it stops
the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then to lock the joint (C).
slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a ０７
quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the A
projection (H) to secure the shift cable. Do not
install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable C
guide (I) and the damper (J).
０５ B
cardiagn.com
C
A
11. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed
H to hold the shift lever.
E J
G
B 12. Move the shift lever to each position, and check
that the A/T gear position indicator follows the
9. Install the shift cable end (A) in the shift cable end
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder 13. Install the steering column covers (see page 17-26).
free of grease.
０６ 14. Install the driver’s dashboard lower cover
(see page 20-83).
14-246
07/05/09 16:39:00 61SJC020_140_0251
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly

Apply silicon grease to movable joints.
＊０１
D3 SWITCH/
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
PARK PIN SWITCH
CONNECTOR SHIFT LEVER
HARNESS KNOB RING
CLAMP
CONNECTOR
CLAMP
HARNESS
CLAMP
cardiagn.com
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
PLUNGER SPRING D3 SWITCH

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PLUNGER
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE PIN
RELEASE PIN SPRING D3 SWITCH
HARNESS
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE
SHIFT LEVER KNOB
PARK PIN SWITCH
SCREW
3 N·m SHIFT LEVER
(0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft) LINK BUSHING
Apply non-hardening
thread lock sealant.
SHIFT LEVER LINK

SHIFT LOCK STOP/
STOP CUSHION WASHER
ASSEMBLY
SHIFT LEVER SHIFT LEVER
POSITION GUIDE BRACKET
SELF-LOCKING NUTS HARNESS
6 x 1.0 mm CLAMP
9.8 N·m SELF-LOCKING NUTS
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 6 x 1.0 mm
Replace. 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
Replace.
14-247
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８２ＭＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:02 61SJC020_140_0252
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B),
and shift lock release (C).
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever ０３
bracket, and remove the harnesses from the B
harness clamps. A
3. Pry up the lock covers (A) of the D3 switch/shift lock

solenoid/park pin switch connector (B).
C
０１
cardiagn.com
7. Remove the shift lock the solenoid (A), the solenoid
D plunger (B), and the plunger spring (C) while prying
up the solenoid lock (D).
０４
A D
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by A

pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a
thin blade screwdriver (D). Remove all six terminals,
and replace the connector.
5. Remove the self-locking nut (A) securing the shift

lever link (B) and washer (C), and remove the shift
lever link. Do not drop and lose the shift lever link
bushing (D). A
０２
C
A
6 x 1.0 mm 8. Remove the shift lock the stop and the stop cushion
C 9.8 N·m assembly (E).
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
B
D
14-248
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８４ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:03 61SJC020_140_0253
9. Remove the park pin switch (A). 11. Pry off the shift lever knob ring (A), and remove it.
０５０７
3 N·m
(0.3 kgf·m,
2 lbf·ft)
A
cardiagn.com
10. Remove the self-locking nuts, and remove the shift
lever position guide (A) from the shift lever bracket.
０６
12. Unlatch the D3 switch harness clamp on the shift
lever bracket, pry out the D3 switch (B), and pull it
A from the knob.
13. Remove the D3 switch harness terminals by prying

the lock tabs up with a thin blade screwdriver.
０８
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
Replace.
(cont’d)
14-249
07/05/09 16:39:04 61SJC020_140_0254
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont’d)

14. Pull the D3 switch harness wires gently from shift 22. Pull the wire from the shift lever end, and pull the
lever bracket side, and remove the harness wires D3 switch harness terminals out of the shift lever
and tube. Remove the D3 switch harness clamp (A). end.
０９１１
cardiagn.com
23. Remove the wire and tape.
15. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
24. Install the D3 switch harness terminals in the D3
16. Replace the shift lever bracket. switch. Either harness terminal can be installed in
either cavity.
17. Install the shift lever knob on a new shift lever. １２
18. Apply silicone grease to the opening detent of the

shift lever position guide, and install the shift lever
position guide with new self-locking nuts on the
shift lever bracket.
19. Shift the shift lever into P.
20. Insert a wire into the shift lever end, pass it through
the shift lever, then pull the wire out.
21. Wrap the D3 switch terminals with tape, and tie a

string around the switch terminals.
１０
14-250
07/05/09 16:39:05 61SJC020_140_0255
25. Install the D3 switch (A) in the shift lever knob (B). 34. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever link bushing,
１３ and install the bushing in the shift lever link.
35. Install the shift lever link with installing the shift
lever pin into the shift lever link bushing.
36. Apply silicone grease to seating area of the washer

on the shift lever link, and install the washer and
C the new self-locking nut.
A 37. Install the RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness
terminal (B) in the No. 6 cavity.
B １４
D
cardiagn.com
26. Install the shift lever knob ring (C).
B
27. Insert the D3 switch harness wires (connector side) C A
through the shift lever into the hole behind the shift
lock solenoid.
28. Install the park pin switch by aligning the tab with
the positioning hole on the shift lever position
guide. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to E
the screw, then secure the park pin switch with the
screw.
29. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever Terminal side of male terminals
bracket, and install the shift lock stop over the pin.
38. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (WHT) (C) in
30. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and the the No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. Either D3 switch
plunger spring in the shift lock solenoid. harness terminal can be installed in the No. 3 and
No. 4 cavities.
31. Apply silicone grease to the tip of the shift lock stop,
and install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the 39. Install the park pin switch harness terminals (BLK)
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip (D) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either park pin
of the shift lock stop. switch harness terminal can be installed in the
No. 1 and No. 2 cavities.
32. Apply silicone grease to the shift lock release pin
and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring, 40. Make sure that all six terminals lock securely, then
and pin. install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
33. Apply silicone grease to the sliding areas between

the shift lever link and the shift lever bracket.
(cont’d)
14-251
07/05/09 16:39:05 61SJC020_140_0256
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont’d)

41. Install the D3 switch harness clamp (A), then install
the harness (B) in the clamp at the mark (C).
１５
cardiagn.com
42. Route the harnesses (A) through the guides (B).
１６
B
D
C
E A B
43. Align the marks (C) on each harness, and tie the
harness together into bundle with a new harness
clamp (D) over the marks.
44. Tie the harness together into bundle with a new

harness clamp, then install the harness clamp (E)
on the shift lever bracket.
45. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-245).
14-252
07/05/09 16:39:06 61SJC020_140_0257
Shift Lever Knob Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 7. Remove the D3 switch harness terminals by prying
the lock tabs up with a thin blade screwdriver.
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever ０３
bracket, and remove the harnesses from the
harness clamps.

０１
cardiagn.com
D
A 8. Pull the D3 switch harness wires (A) from shift lever

bracket side, and remove the harness wires. Leave
the harness tube (B) and remove only the wires.
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by ０４
pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a
5. Pry off the shift lever knob ring (A), and remove it.
０２
B
B

from the knob.
(cont’d)
14-253
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８７ＫＢＡＴ７７
07/05/09 16:39:06 61SJC020_140_0258
Shift Lever Knob Replacement (cont’d)

9. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever. 12. Pull the old tube out of the shift lever knob side to
０５ install the D3 switch harness wires.
０７
10. Install a new shift lever knob on the shift lever.
cardiagn.com
13. Remove the old harness tube from the D3 switch
11. Insert the new D3 switch harness wires (A) in the harness terminals.
original harness tube (B), then tie a string (C)
around the tube to secure the terminals in the tube. 14. Install the D3 switch harness terminals in the new
０６ D3 switch. Either harness terminal can be installed
in either cavity.
０８
B
A C
14-254
07/05/09 16:39:08 61SJC020_140_0259
15. Install the D3 switch (A) in the shift lever knob (B). 20. Make sure that all six terminals lock securely, then
０９ install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
21. Install the D3 switch harness (A) in the harness

clamp (B) at the mark (C).
１１
C
A
A C
cardiagn.com
16. Install the new shift lever knob ring (C).
17. Install the RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock 22. Route the harnesses (A) through the guides (B).
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness １２
terminal (B) in the No. 6 cavity. B
１０
D
B
C A
D
C
E A B
E clamp (D) over the marks.

Terminal side of male terminals on the shift lever bracket.
18. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (WHT) (C) in 25. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-245).
the No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. Either D3 switch
harness terminal can be installed in the No. 3 and 26. Check that the D3 switch operates.
No. 4 cavities.
19. Install the park pin switch harness terminals (BLK)

(D) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either park pin
switch harness terminal can be installed in the
14-255
07/05/09 16:39:09 61SJC020_140_0260
Shift Lever Link Replacement

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover 6. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a
(see page 20-83). quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be
2. Shift the transmission into the R position. Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
from the socket holder bracket. Do not remove the
3. Slide the lock tab (A) on the shift cable end holder shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and
(B) toward the shift cable socket holder. damper (G).
０１０３
D
C
D
cardiagn.com
C
A
A
E G
B
B

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it 7. Remove the self-locking nut (A) securing the shift
from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder. lever link (B) and washer (C), and remove the shift
Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it lever link. Do not drop and lose the shift lever link
may damage the shift cable end holder. bushing (D).
０４
5. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
end holder (B).
０２
A
6 x 1.0 mm
C 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
B
D
8. Apply silicone grease to the sliding areas between

the shift lever link and shift lever bracket.
14-256
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２７９ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:09 61SJC020_140_0261
9. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever link bushing, 13. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to
and install the bushing in the new shift lever link. place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the
opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align
10. Install a new shift lever link with installing the shift the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then
lever pin into the shift lever link bushing. slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a
quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the
11. Apply silicone grease to seating area of the washer projection (H) to secure the shift cable. Do not
on the shift lever link, and install the washer and install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable
the new self-locking nut. guide (I) and damper (J).
０６
12. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm
(0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on
the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured D
in R.
０５
C I
cardiagn.com
C
H
E J
G
B
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder
free of grease.
B
０７
A
(cont’d)
14-257
07/05/09 16:39:10 61SJC020_140_0262
Shift Lever Link Replacement (cont’d)

15. Install a new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift
cable end and shift cable end holder, then slide the
lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it stops
to lock the joint (C).
０８
A
cardiagn.com
to hold the shift lever.
17. Move the shift lever to each position, and verify

18. Install the driver’s dashboard lower cover

(see page 20-83).
14-258
07/05/09 16:39:11 61SJC020_140_0263
Shift Lever Position Guide Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 5. Remove the park pin switch (A).
０３
2. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B),
and the shift lock release (C).
０１
B
A
3 N·m
(0.3 kgf·m,
2 lbf·ft)
A
cardiagn.com
6. Remove the self-locking nuts, and remove the shift
lever position guide (A) from the shift lever bracket.
3. Remove the shift lock solenoid (A), the solenoid ０４
plunger (B), and the plunger spring (C) while prying
up the solenoid lock (D).
０２ A
D
A 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
C Replace.
B 7. Apply silicone grease to the opening detent of the

shift lever position guide, and install the new shift
E lever position guide with new self-locking nuts on
the shift lever bracket.
4. Remove the shift lock stop and the stop cushion

assembly (E).
(cont’d)
14-259
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２７８ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:39:11 61SJC020_140_0264
Shift Lever Position Guide Replacement (cont’d)

8. Install the park pin switch by aligning the tab with
the positioning hole on the shift lever position
guide. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to
screw.
9. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever

10. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and the

plunger spring in the shift lock solenoid.
and install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip
of the shift lock stop.
cardiagn.com
and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring,
and pin.
14-260
07/05/09 16:39:12 61SJC020_140_0265
Shift Cable Replacement

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 7. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
supported securely (see page 1-10). end holder (B).
０２
2. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover
(see page 20-83).
B
4. Shift the transmission into the R position.
０１ A
D
cardiagn.com
Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
from the socket holder bracket.
０３
A
D
B

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it
from the shift cable end and the shift cable end C
screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end A
holder.
E
B

equipped).


(cont’d)
14-261
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:12 61SJC020_140_0266
Shift Cable Replacement (cont’d)

12. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air 17. Remove the shift cable grommet (B), and pull out
duct, the resonator, and the air cleaner housing. the shift cable.
13. Remove the battery base and the battery base 18. Insert a new shift cable through the grommet hole,
bracket. and install the grommet in its hole. Do not bend the
shift cable excessively.
(A). 19. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
０４
20. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
insert the control pin into the control lever hole
6 x 1.0 mm through the shift cable end, and secure the control
A
9.8 N·m pin with the spring clip/washer.
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
21. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts on the
transmission housing.
D
cardiagn.com
22. Verify that the transmission is in the R position at
the control lever on the transmission range switch.
B
E
15. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control


(A).
０５
B
6 x 1.0 mm A
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-262
07/05/09 16:39:13 61SJC020_140_0267
23. If necessary, push the shift cable (A) until it stops, 25. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to
then release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the
that the shift position is in R. Do not hold the shift opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align
cable guide (B) and the damper (C) to adjust the the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then
shift cable. slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a
０７ quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the
install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable
０９
C
D
B
I
cardiagn.com
A C
F
24. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm A
(0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on H
E J
the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured G
in the R position. B
０８
C
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder
free of grease.
１０
A
B
A
(cont’d)
14-263
07/05/09 16:39:14 61SJC020_140_0268
Shift Cable Replacement (cont’d)

27. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift 38. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and
cable end and shift cable end holder, then slide the the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock
lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it stops (on vehicles without navigation).
to lock the joint (C).
１１ 39. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
A (see page 22-209).
cardiagn.com
to hold the shift lever.

32. Move the shift lever to each position, and check

33. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and allow all the wheels
to rotate freely.
34. Start the engine, and check the shift lever operation
in all gears.
35. Push the shift lock release, and verify that the shift
lever releases.
36. Install the steering column covers (see page 17-26).

(see page 20-83).
14-264
07/05/09 16:39:15 61SJC020_140_0269
Shift Cable Adjustment

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover 6. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
(see page 20-83). end holder (B).
０２
B
3. Shift the transmission into R.
０１
D
C A
cardiagn.com
Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
A from the socket holder bracket. Do not remove the
shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and
the damper (G).
B ０３

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it D
from the shift cable end and the shift cable end
screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end
holder. F
E G
(cont’d)
14-265
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８１ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:16 61SJC020_140_0270
Shift Cable Adjustment (cont’d)

8. Push the shift cable (A) until it stops, then release it. 11. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm
Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
position is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (B) the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on
and the damper (C) to adjust the shift cable. the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured
０４ in R.
０６
C
cardiagn.com
9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that
the R position indicator comes on.
０５
B
A
14-266
07/05/09 16:39:57 61SJC020_140_0271
12. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to 14. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift
place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the cable end and the shift cable end holder, then slide
opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align the lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it
the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then stops to lock the joint (C).
slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a ０９
quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the A
install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable C
０７ B
cardiagn.com
C
A
H to hold the shift lever.
E J
G
B 16. Move the shift lever to each position, and check
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder 17. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and allow all the wheels
free of grease. to rotate freely.
０８
18. Start the engine, and check the shift lever operation
in all gears.
B
19. Install the steering column covers (see page 17-26).

(see page 20-83).
14-267
07/05/09 16:39:59 61SJC020_140_0272

＊０１
A/T TEMP INDICATOR
Gauges
Self-diagnostic function,
page 22-244 A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
D3 INDICATOR
Gauges Self-diagnostic function,
page 22-244
cardiagn.com
D3 SWITCH
DATA LINK Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-270
CONNECTOR (DLC) Test/Replacement, page 14-276
＊０２
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

Test, page 14-272
14-268
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:00 61SJC020_140_0273
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
IGNITION SWITCH UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
BATTERY
No.22 (120 A) No.23 (50 A) BAT IG1 A6 No.21 (7.5 A)
G1 N44 A20
YEL
No.19 (15 A) DIMMING
X38
CANCEL
IG1 HOT in ON (II) No.18 (15 A) CIRCUIT
and START (III) D1
BLK/GRN
P
R
N SHIFT
BLK/YEL BLK/GRN POSITION
D INDICATOR
DRIVER
POWERTRAIN To 12 V 2
CONTROL 1
MODULE (PCM) VB SOL B2
BLK/YEL
To 5 V D3
WARNING
D3 INDICATOR
SWITCH IG1 B37 A/T
BLK/YEL DRIVER
4 A13 D3 SW TEMP
CPU
WHT GRN GRN
CAN H A36 B8
WHT WHT
F−CAN
3 CAN L A1 B1 TRANSCEIVER
RED RED
WHT BLK
C6
BLU/BLK
C4
cardiagn.com
WHT
G401 C5 TRANSMISSION
RED/BLK
C7 RANGE SWITCH
YEL/GRN I/F CIRCUIT
C9
BLU
C8
BRN
A31 SCS C10

BRN BLK
DATA LINK A10
CONNECTOR BLK
(DLC) A43 K−LINE
LT BLU
G401
G402
BRN STARTER
BLU CUT
YEL/GRN RELAY
RED/BLK BLU/WHT
WHT
ATP FWD C17

BLU/YEL
ATP 1 C34
BRN
ATP 2 C33
BLU
B43 LG2 ATP D C32
BRN/YEL YEL/GRN
ATP N C31
RED/BLK
ATP R C30
C40 LG1 WHT
BRN/YEL ATP P A12
BLU/BLK BLK
B36 PG1 BLU/BLK BLU/WHT

BLK
4 3 8 2 7 1 9 10 5 G101
G102
B1 PG2 FWD ST E
BLK N D
R 2
P 1
G101
G102
PCM Connector Harness Terminal Locations TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

14-269
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７０００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:00 61SJC020_140_0274
D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
2. Remove the shift lever, and disconnect the D3 5. Shift to D.

switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin switch connector
(see page 14-243). 6. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminal No. 4
3. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock and body ground.
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 3 ０２
and No. 4 while pressing the D3 switch and when D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
the switch is released. PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
０１
D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
D3 SW (GRN)
cardiagn.com
GND D3 SW
Terminal side of male terminals Is there battery voltage?
YES−Repair an open in the wire between D3

Is there continuity while pressing the D3 switch, switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin switch connector
and no continuity when the switch is released? terminal No. 3 and ground (G401), or repair poor
ground (G401).
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 7.
NO−Replace the D3 switch (see page 14-276).
14-270
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２４２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:00 61SJC020_140_0275
7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock
8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. and PCM connector terminal A13.
０４
9. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID/PARK PIN
10. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock SWITCH CONNECTOR
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminal No. 4 D3 SW (GRN)
and body ground.
０３
D3 SW (GRN)

D3 SW (GRN)
cardiagn.com
YES−Check for loose terminal fit in the PCM

Wire side of female terminals connectors. If necessary, substitute a known-good
PCM (see page 14-9) and recheck.
Is there continuity? NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal A13 and the D3 switch/shift lock
YES−Repair a short in the wire between PCM solenoid/park pin switch connector.
connector terminal A13 and the D3 switch/shift lock
solenoid/park pin switch connector.
NO−Go to step 11.
14-271
07/05/09 16:40:01 61SJC020_140_0276
Transmission Range Switch Test

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 7. Check for continuity between terminals at the
audio system and the navigation system (if switch connector. There should be continuity
equipped). between the terminals in the following table for
each switch position.
then disconnect the positive cable. Transmission Range Switch Connector
０２
3. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and Connector Terminal/Signal
Position
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air ATP ATP
1 D R P GND - 2 N FWD NP
P
5. Remove the battery base. R
6. Disconnect the transmission range switch N

connector.
D
cardiagn.com
０１
2
8. The transmission range switch test is finished if the

test results are OK.
If there is no continuity between any terminals,
check the transmission range switch installation. If
the switch installation is OK, replace the switch
(see page 14-273).
14-272
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７５９８１１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:01 61SJC020_140_0277
Transmission Range Switch Replacement

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 9. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (A) on the
audio system and the navigation system (if control lever (B), and remove the nut (C), the lock
equipped). washer, the spring washer (D), and the control
lever.
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, ０２
G
3. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and E
remove the battery and the battery tray. H
B

bracket.
6. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket F
cardiagn.com
(A).
０１
D
A
C
6 x 1.0 mm A
9.8 N·m 10. Pry the lock tabs of the lock washer (E) on the
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) transmission range switch (F), hold the selector
control shaft (G) with a 6.0 mm wrench, and loosen
the locknut (H).
D
11. Remove the locknut and lock washer, then remove
the transmission range switch (two bolts).
12. Set the new transmission range switch (A) to the N

position. The transmission range switch clicks in
B
E the N position, and the control shaft hole (B) aligns
with the N position line (C).
C ０３
7. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control C

8. Disconnect the transmission range switch

connector.
(cont’d)
14-273
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７５９８１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:02 61SJC020_140_0278
Transmission Range Switch Replacement (cont’d)

13. With a 6.0 mm wrench, turn the control shaft fully 15. Install the new lock washer (A) over the selector
counterclockwise (view from shaft end) to P. Turn control shaft (B) while aligning the projection (C) of
the control shaft back two click-stopped position so the lock washer with the N positioning line (D) on
that the shift position is in N. the transmission range switch (E), and install the
＊０１ locknut (F).
０６
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
F
14. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
over the selector control shaft (B), and install the 8.7 lbf·ft)
D
bolts loosely.
０５
C
A B
16. Push the locknut against the transmission housing

to seat the transmission range switch into the
control shaft, and tighten the locknut to 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) while holding the control shaft
with a 6.0 mm wrench, then bend the lock tabs
against the locknut.
０７
17. Tighten the bolts to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

securing the transmission range switch.
14-274
07/05/09 16:40:02 61SJC020_140_0279
18. Install the control lever (A), the spring washer (B), 28. Check that the back-up lights come on when the
the lock washer (C), and the locknut (D) on the shift lever is in the R position.
selector control shaft (E).
０８ 29. Raise the vehicle on a lift, allow all four wheels to
rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the
shift lever operation.

(see page 22-209).
A
B
cardiagn.com
D
12 N·m C
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
19. Tighten the locknut to the specified torque, then

bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the
locknut.
20. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
insert the control pin into the control lever hole
through the shift cable end, and secure the control
pin with the spring clip/washer.
21. Secure the shift cable bracket.

repair if necessary, then connect the connector
securely.

26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift

lever through all positions, and check the
transmission range switch synchronization with the
A/T gear position indicator.
27. Check that the engine will start in the P and N

positions, and will not start in any other shift lever
position.
14-275
07/05/09 16:40:03 61SJC020_140_0280
D3 Switch Test/Replacement
1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Pry up the lock covers (A) of the D3 switch/shift lock
2. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock ０２
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 3
and No. 4 while pressing the D3 switch and when
A
the switch is released.
０１
B
C
GND D3 SW
cardiagn.com
D
7. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by
pushing the lock tab up in the connector using a
3. There should be continuity while pressing the D3 thin blade screwdriver (D). Remove all six terminals,
switch, and there should be no continuity when the and replace the connector.
D3 switch is released.
8. Pry off the shift lever knob ring (A), and remove it.
4. If the D3 switch tests OK, install the shift lever ０３
assembly (see page 14-245).
If the switch is faulty, go to step 5, and replace the
D3 switch.
5. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever

harness clamps. A

from the knob.
14-276
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２４１ＦＨＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:03 61SJC020_140_0281
10. Remove the D3 switch harness terminals by prying 12. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
the lock tabs up with a thin blade screwdriver. ０６
０４
13. Install a new shift lever knob on the shift lever.
cardiagn.com
14. Insert the new D3 switch harness wires (A) in the
original harness tube (B), then tie a string (C)
around the tube to secure the terminals in the tube.
11. Pull the D3 switch harness wires (A) from shift lever ０７
bracket side, and remove the harness wires. Leave
the harness tube (B) and remove only the wires.
０５
C B
A
(cont’d)
14-277
07/05/09 16:40:04 61SJC020_140_0282
D3 Switch Test/Replacement (cont’d)

15. Pull the old tube out of the shift lever knob side to 18. Install the D3 switch (A) in the shift lever knob (B).
install the D3 switch harness wires. １０
０８
cardiagn.com
16. Remove the old harness tube from the D3 switch
harness terminals.
17. Install the D3 switch harness terminals in the new 19. Install the new shift lever knob ring (C).
D3 switch. Either harness terminal can be installed
in either cavity. 20. Install the RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock
０９ solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness
terminal (B) in the No. 6 cavity.
１１
D
B
C A
21. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (WHT) (C) in

harness terminal can be installed in the No. 3 and
No. 4 cavities.

14-278
07/05/09 16:40:04 61SJC020_140_0283
23. Make sure that all six terminals lock securely, then
install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
24. Install the D3 switch harness (A) in the harness

clamp (B) at the mark (C).
１２
cardiagn.com
25. Route the harnesses (A) through the guides (B).
１３
B
E D
C
A B
clamp (D) over the marks.

on the shift lever bracket.
29. Check that the D3 switch operates.
14-279
07/05/09 16:40:06 61SJC020_140_0284
A/T Interlock System
＊０１
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
Shift Lock System Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 14-282
Test, page 14-286
PARK PIN SWITCH

Key Interlock System Circuit
Test, page 14-289
cardiagn.com
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY DATA LINK
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
Key Interlock System Circuit (DLC)
Test, page 14-286
14-280
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:07 61SJC020_140_0285
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
*1 : ’06 model
No.13 (20 A) *2 : ’07-08 models
D9
UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
No.21 (7.5 A) *2
BATTERY IG1 A6 N44
No.22 (120 A) No.23 (50 A)
G1 BAT A5 No.19 (15 A)
X38
ACC No.18 (15 A)
IG1 HOT in ON (II) D1
BLK/GRN RED
and START (III) *1
YEL/RED ACC HOT in No.32 (7.5 A)
N36
ACC (I) and ON (II) YEL/RED YEL/RED
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID BLK/YEL BLK/GRN
5 YEL/RED*1
RED
YEL*2
BRAKE
POWERTRAIN PEDAL
CONTROL POSITION
6 A2 SLS MODULE (PCM)
BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK SWITCH
To 12 V
PARK PIN
SWITCH VB SOL B2
BLK/YEL
1
BLK BLK
IG1 B37
BLK/YEL WHT/BLK
To 5 V
2
BLK YEL/BLU
cardiagn.com
G401 SCS A31
BRN
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
K−LINE A43 (DLC)
5 A24 VCC3 LT BLU
GRN
4 A17 APSA
ORN
6 A34 SG3
ACCELERATOR BLK
PEDAL BK SW A8
POSITION WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
SENSOR 1 A25 VCC4
WHT
3 A18 APSB
YEL
2 A35 SG4 ATP FWD C17
RED BLU/YEL
ATP 1 C34
BRN
B43 LG2 ATP 2 C33
BRN/YEL BLU
ATP D C32 STARTER
YEL/GRN CUT
ATP N C31 RELAY
C40 LG1 RED/BLK
BRN/YEL ATP R C30
WHT
ATP P A12
B36 PG1
BLK
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK BLU/WHT BLK G101
B1 PG2 G102
BLK 4 3 8 2 7 1 9 10 5
FWD ST E
N D
R 2
G101 P 1
G102 P2 MULTIPLEX
P−PIN SW INTEGRATED
CONTROL
UNIT (MICU)
4
YEL/RED
KEY P16
INTERLOCK ATP P TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
SOLENOID 3 P15
WHT/GRN KEY SOL
1 P13 N13
RED/WHT IG KEY SW BK SW WHT/BLK
IGNITION
KEY
SWITCH
2
BLK
G401
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

14-281
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４０００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:08 61SJC020_140_0286
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 9. Shift the shift lever into P, and press the brake
pedal. Do not press the accelerator.
2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the
Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift 10. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock
lock solenoid operates with the HDS. solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 5
and No. 6 while pressing the brake pedal.
Does the shif t lock solenoid work properly? ０２
YES−Go to step 16. PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
NO−Go to step 3.

ACC (YEL/RED)*1 SLS (YEL/BLK)
4. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover IG1 (YEL)*2
(see page 20-83).
cardiagn.com
17-24), and lower the steering column. Wire side of female terminals

pin switch connector. Is there battery voltage?
7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). YES−Go to step 11.
8. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock NO−Go to step 12.

and body ground. 1: ’06 model
０１ 2: ’07-08 models
ACC (YEL/RED)*1
IG1 (YEL)*2
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Check for a blown No. 32 (7.5 A) 1 No. 21

(7.5 A) 2 fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If
the fuse is OK, repair an open or a short in the wire
between the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin
switch connector and the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
1: ’06 model
2: ’07-08 models
14-282
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４５５２０１ＦＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:40:08 61SJC020_140_0287
11. Release the brake pedal, and measure the voltage 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin
switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. The 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
shift lever must be in P.
０３ 14. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR 15. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal A2 and D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park
pin switch connector terminal No. 6.
０４
D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
ACC (YEL/RED)*1 SLS (YEL/BLK) SOLENOID/PARK PIN
IG1 (YEL)*2 SWITCH CONNECTOR
SLS (YEL/BLK)
cardiagn.com
SLS (YEL/BLK)
YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between female terminals female terminals
PCM connector terminal A2 and the D3 switch/shift
lock solenoid/park pin switch connector.
NO−Check the shift lock mechanism. If the
mechanism is OK, replace the shift lock solenoid YES−Substitute a known-good PCM (see page
(see page 14-287). 14-9) and recheck.
1: ’06 model NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM

2: ’07-08 models connector terminal A2 and the D3 switch/shift lock
solenoid/park pin switch connector.
(cont’d)
14-283
07/05/09 16:40:08 61SJC020_140_0288
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)

16. Press the brake pedal. 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Are the brake lights ON? ＊０２
YES−Go to step 17. BK SW (WHT/BLK)
NO−Repair faulty brake light circuit.
20. Measure the voltage between PCM connector

terminal A8 and body ground while pressing the Terminal side of female terminals
brake pedal and when the brake pedal is released.
cardiagn.com
＊０１ Is there continuity?
BK SW (WHT/BLK) YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between

PCM connector terminal A8 and the brake pedal
position switch.

connector terminal A8 and the brake pedal position
switch.
22. Connect PCM connector A (44P).
23. Connect the HDS to the DLC.

Is there battery voltage while the brake pedal is
pressed, and no voltage when the pedal is 25. Check the engine speed and the accelerator pedal
released? position in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 22. Is the engine speed at a normal idle, APSA about
0.5 V , and APSB about 0.25 V ?
NO−Go to step 21.
NO−Substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9)

and recheck.
26. Check the throttle cable adjustment (see page

11-317).
Is the throttle cable adjusted properly?
YES−Check the throttle body (see page 11-314).
NO−Adjust the throttle cable (see page 11-317).
14-284
07/05/09 16:40:09 61SJC020_140_0289
Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 8. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock
SRS component locations (see page 24-14) and the solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 1
precautions and procedures (see page 24-16) before and No. 2 while the shift lever is in the P position,
doing repairs or service. and when the shift lever is out of the P position.
０２
1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). The shift lever D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
must be in the P position. PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector.
3. Check if the ignition switch can be turned to the P-PIN SW

GND (YEL/BLU)
LOCK (0) position.
Can the ignition switch be turned the LOCK ( 0)

position?
YES−Go to step 4. Terminal side of male terminals
cardiagn.com
NO−Replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock
assembly (see page 17-28). Is there continuity when the shif t lever is in any
position other than P, and no continuity when the
4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or ON (II), and shif t lever is in P?
shift to N.
YES−Check for an open in the wire between the
5. Measure the voltage between steering lock multiplex integrated control unit and the D3 switch/
assembly connector terminal No. 4 and body shift lock solenoid/park pin switch connector. If the
ground. wire is OK, substitute a known-good multiplex
＊０１ integrated control unit, then recheck.
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
NO−Replace the park pin switch (see page 14-290).
ACC (YEL/RED)
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Check for a blown No. 32 (7.5 A) fuse in the

under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair
an open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/
relay box and the steering lock assembly
connector.
6. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I), and shift to P.
7. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243).
14-285
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４３６０２１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:09 61SJC020_140_0290
Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Lock Solenoid Test

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A).
SRS component locations (see page 24-14) and the ０１
precautions and procedures (see page 24-16) before
doing repairs or service.
1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover

(see page 20-83).
2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector.
3. Insert the ignition key in the key cylinder, then turn

the ignition key to ACC (I).
4. Connect the battery positive terminal to steering

lock assembly connector terminal No. 4, and A
connect the battery negative terminal to steering
lock assembly connector terminal No. 3 using 2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the
cardiagn.com
jumper wires. Make sure that the ignition key Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift
cannot be turned to LOCK (0) position. Release the lock solenoid operates with the HDS.
battery terminals, and make sure that the key can
be turned to LOCK (0) position and removed from 3. Check that the shift lever can be moved out of P
the cylinder. with Shift Lock Solenoid: ON. Move the shift lever
＊０１ back in the P position, and make sure it locks with
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR Shift Lock Solenoid: OFF.
4. Check that the shift lock releases when the shift

lock release is pushed, and check that it locks when
the shift lock release is released.
5. If the shift lock solenoid works improperly, do the

shift lock system troubleshooting (see page 14-282).
5. If the key interlock solenoid works improperly,

replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock
assembly (see page 17-28).
14-286
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４３６００１ＦＥＡＴ１０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４５５１０１ＦＥＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:40:10 61SJC020_140_0291
Shift Lock Solenoid/Shift Lock Stop/Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Remove the shift lock solenoid (A), the solenoid
plunger (B), and the plunger spring (C) while prying
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever up the solenoid lock (D).
bracket, and remove the harnesses from the D
０３
harness clamps.

０１
A
A
C
A
cardiagn.com
C
A E
D
7. If replacing the shift lock stop or the shift lock stop
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by cushion, remove the shift lock stop and the shift
pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a lock stop cushion assembly (E), and replace them
thin blade screwdriver (D). Remove all six terminals, as a set.
NOTE: The new shift lock stop comes with the new
5. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B), shift lock stop cushion.
０２ 8. Replace the shift lock solenoid.
C
B
9. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever
A
10. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and plunger

spring in the shift lock solenoid.
and install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip
of the shift lock stop.

and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring,
and pin.
(cont’d)
14-287
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４５５１０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:10 61SJC020_140_0292
Shift Lock Solenoid/Shift Lock Stop/Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

(cont’d)
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness ０５
０４
D
B
C A E D
C
A B
cardiagn.com
harness together into bundle with new harness
19. Tie the harness together into bundle with new

No. 4 cavities.

install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
14-288
07/05/09 16:40:10 61SJC020_140_0293
Park Pin Switch Test

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243).

pin switch connector.
０１
P-PIN SW
GND (YEL/BLU)
cardiagn.com
3. Move the shift lever into P, then check for
continuity between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/
park pin switch connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 2. There should be no continuity.
4. Move the shift lever out of P, and check for

continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
There should be continuity.
5. If the park pin switch is faulty, replace it (see page

14-290).
14-289
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４４５４０１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:11 61SJC020_140_0294
Park Pin Switch Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Remove the park pin switch (A).
０３
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever
harness clamps.

０１
B
A
3 N·m
C (0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
7. Install a new park pin switch by aligning the tab
with the positioning hole on the shift lever position
guide. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to
A screw.
D
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring,
pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a and pin.
5. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B),

０２
C
B
A
14-290
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４４５４０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:11 61SJC020_140_0295
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness ０５
０４
D
B
C A E D
C
A B
cardiagn.com

No. 4 cavities.

install the lock covers (E) in place securely.
14-291
07/05/09 16:40:12 61SJC020_140_0296
Transmission Disassembly
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100
1. Remove the ATF dipstick (A) and the dipstick tube (B).
０１
W W
Q
Y
X X C
Y
I
J
R Z
N
K
S L
D
AA
U
V
O
cardiagn.com
M
T P E
H G
2. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B (C) (six bolts), the ATF feed pipes (D) (three), the
O-rings (three), and the gasket.
3. Remove the solenoid valve cover (E) (seven bolts), the dowel pins (two), and the gasket.
4. Disconnect the solenoid valve connectors, then remove the solenoid harness connector (F).
5. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (G) (four bolts), the ATF feed pipes (H) (three), the O-rings
(two), and the gasket.
14-292
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:13 61SJC020_140_0297
6. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (I) on the control 16. Cut the lock tab (A) of the mainshaft locknut (B)
lever (J), and remove the nut, the lock washer, the using a chisel (C).
spring washer, and the control lever.
NOTE: Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the
7. Pry the lock tabs of the lock washer (K) on the transmission.
transmission range switch (L), hold the selector ０３
control shaft (M) with a 6.0 mm wrench, and loosen
C
the locknut (N).
8. Remove the locknut and the lock washer, then A

remove the transmission range switch (two bolts).
9. Remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed

sensor (O) and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor (P).
10. Remove the ATF temperature sensor connector
cardiagn.com
from the connector bracket (Q) and the harness
clamp from clamp bracket, then remove the ATF B
temperature sensor (R).
17. Remove the locknut (A) from the mainshaft (B).
11. Remove the end cover (S) (three bolts), the snap ０４
ring cap (T) (two bolts), the sealing plug (U), and A
the washer (V).
C
12. Remove the line bolts (W), the ATF cooler lines (X),
and the sealing washers (Y). B
13. Remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch (Z) and the sealing washer.
14. Remove the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch (AA) and the sealing washer.
15. Slip the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft.

０２
18. Pry the lock washer (C), and remove it.
07GAB-PF50101 or
07GAB-PF50100
(cont’d)
14-293
07/05/09 16:40:14 61SJC020_140_0298
Transmission Disassembly (cont’d)

19. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (10 x 1.25 mm) (A) (23 bolts), the 12 x 1.25 mm bolt (B), the
transmission hanger (C), and the ground terminal bracket (D).
０５
A
Q
E
D
B
L R
cardiagn.com
F
S Y
V I U
N
M
P
W
F T
14-294
07/05/09 16:40:14 61SJC020_140_0299
20. While expanding the snap ring of the countershaft 27. Remove the park pawl stop (M), the park pawl (N),
with snap ring pliers, lift the transmission housing the pawl spring (O), and the pawl shaft (P).
(E).
＊０１ 28. Remove the mainshaft (Q), the countershaft (R), the
shift fork, and the secondary shaft (S) together, and
remove the needle bearing (T) from the torque
converter housing.
E ０８
R Q
K
cardiagn.com
21. Release the pliers, and remove the transmission
housing, the two dowel pins (F), and the gasket (G).
22. Remove the ATF feed pipes (H) (four) from the
accumulator body.
23. Remove the ATF feed pipes (I) (two) from the
torque converter housing.
24. Remove the mainshaft holder from the mainshaft.
25. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (J) on the shift
fork (K), then remove the bolt (L) and the lock
T
washer.
26. Unhook the detent spring from the detent spring 29. Remove the selector control shaft and the park
arm. lever link (U).
０７
30. Remove the baffle plate (V).
31. Remove the differential assembly (W).
32. Remove the transfer output shaft (X).
33. Remove the intermediary shaft (Y).
(cont’d)
14-295
07/05/09 16:40:15 61SJC020_140_0300
Transmission Disassembly (cont’d)

34. Remove the ATF strainer (A) (one bolt).
０９
A
K
AA
BB
L
D
M
cardiagn.com
C
N
B R
Q
P
U O
S
F
G T
I
J
W X
H
V
35. Remove the accumulator body (B) (11 bolts), the dowel pins (two), the detent spring arm (C), the arm shaft (D), and
the separator plate (E).
14-296
07/05/09 16:40:52 61SJC020_140_0301
36. Remove the ATF feed pipe (F) from the main valve 47. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B)
body. thoroughly with compressed air, then check that it
is good condition and that inlet opening is not
37. Remove the secondary valve body (G) (one bolt), clogged.
the dowel pins (two), and the separator plate (H). １０
Do not let the check balls (I) (three) and the choke
(J) fall out.
38. Remove the regulator valve body (K) (eight bolts),

the stator shaft (L), the stator shaft stop (M), the
dowel pins (two), and the separator plate (N).
39. Remove the main valve body (O) (8 mm: three bolts,
6 mm: seven bolts). Do not let the cooler check
valve (ball) (P), spring (Q), and the lubrication check
valve (R) fall out.
B
cardiagn.com
40. Remove the torque converter check valve (S) and A
the valve spring (T).
48. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF through
41. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (U), then the inlet opening, and replace if it is clogged or
remove the ATF pump drive gear (V) and the driven damaged.
gear (W).
42. Remove the dowel pins (two) and the main

separator plate (X).
43. Remove the ATF passage pipe (Y).
44. Remove the ATF magnet (Z), clean it, then reinstall.
45. Remove the O-ring (AA) from the ATF strainer, and
replace the new O-ring when reassembling the
transmission.
46. Remove the O-ring (BB) from the stator shaft, and
replace the new O-ring when reassembling the
transmission.
14-297
07/05/09 16:40:53 61SJC020_140_0302
Transmission Housing
Reverse Idler Gear Removal/ Reverse Idler Gear Disassembly/

Installation Inspection/Reassembly
1. Remove the reverse idler gear assembly (A) from 1. Remove the snap ring (A), then remove the thrust
the transmission housing. washer (B), reverse idler gear (C), needle bearings
０１ (D), and thrust washer (E) from the reverse idler
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m gear shaft/holder (F).
(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft) ０１
A
A
B
cardiagn.com
E
2. Install the reverse idler gear assembly with the two 2. Inspect the reverse idler gear and gear shaft for
dowel pins (B) in the transmission housing. excessive wear and damage.
3. Inspect the needle bearings for galling and rough

movement.
4. Install the thrust washer and needle bearings over

the gear shaft.
5. Install the reverse idler gear in the direction shown.
6. Install the thrust washer, then install the snap ring

to secure the idler gear.
14-298
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１２２７１ＫＤＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１２２７１ＭＥＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:53 61SJC020_140_0303
ATF Filter Removal/Inspection/Installation

1. Remove the three 6.0 mm bolts securing the ATF
filter cover (A) and the ATF pipe (B).
０１
F
6 x 1.0 mm E
12 N·m 6 x 1.0 mm
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) B 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
2. Remove the ATF pipe from the ATF filter cover, and
remove the ATF filter (C) from the cover.
3. Clean the ATF filter, then check that it is in good

condition, and is not clogged. Replace the ATF filter
if it is clogged or damaged.
4. Install the ATF filter with the new O-ring (D) in the
filter cover, and install the ATF pipe in the cover,
then install them in the transmission housing.
5. Secure the ATF filter cover with the two bolts (E),
then secure the ATF pipe with the bolt (F).
14-299
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１５ＫＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:53 61SJC020_140_0304
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap
1. Cover the tip of the 1st-hold clutch ATF feed pipe 1. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF feed pipe cap
with a shop rag. (B).
０１
B
2. Apply air pressure to the ATF feed pipe hole of the
1st-hold clutch pressure circuit, and remove the
ATF feed pipe cap from the transmission housing. A
０１
cardiagn.com
2. Install the ATF feed pipe cap in the transmission
housing. Do not pinch the O-ring.
14-300
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１３０１６ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１３０１６ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:54 61SJC020_140_0305
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap, Feed Pipe Replacement

1. Remove the ATF feed pipe cap from the
transmission housing (see page 14-300).
2. Remove the snap ring (A) from the feed pipe cap
(B), then remove the feed pipe guide (C), the
O-rings (D) (E), and the 1st clutch ATF feed pipe (F).
００
A
C
D
F
H
cardiagn.com
G
3. Replace the 1st clutch ATF feed pipe or the 1st-hold

clutch ATF feed pipe/ATF feed pipe cap assembly.
The 1st-hold clutch ATF feed pipe/ATF feed pipe
cap is not available separately.
4. Install the new O-ring (D) over the 1st clutch ATF
feed pipe, then install the feed pipe over the 1st-
hold clutch ATF feed pipe (G) while aligning the
feed pipe tabs (H) with the guide in the cap.
5. Install the new O-ring (E) in the cap and feed pipe
guide, then secure the guide with the snap ring.
14-301
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１３０１６ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:54 61SJC020_140_0306
Mainshaft Bearing Removal Mainshaft Bearing Installation

• Driver 07749-0010000 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 • Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
1. To remove the mainshaft bearing, expand the snap 1. Install the bearing (A) in the direction shown.
ring with snap ring pliers, then push the bearing ０１
out. Do not remove the snap ring unless it’s 07749-0010000
necessary to clean the groove in the housing.
０１ A
07749-0010000
07NAD-PX40100
cardiagn.com
07NAD-PX40100
2. Expand the snap ring with snap ring pliers, and

insert the bearing part-way into the housing.
3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into

the housing until the snap ring snaps in place
around it.
4. After installing the bearing, check that the snap ring

(A) is seated in the bearing and housing groove,
and that the ring end gap (B) is 0−7 mm (0−0.28 in.).
０２
B
14-302
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９５１１ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９５１１ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:55 61SJC020_140_0307
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Park Lever Shaft Bearing


• Bearing remover shaft set, 20 mm 07936-3710600 • Bearing remover shaft, 10 mm 07936-GE00100
• Bearing remover shaft handle 07936-3710100 • Bearing remover head, 10 mm 07936-GE00200
• Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201 • Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201
• Driver 07749-0010000 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 07746-0010200 • Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the intermediary shaft bearing from the 1. Remove the park lever shaft bearing from the
transmission housing with the bearing remover transmission housing with the bearing remover
shaft set (20 mm), sliding hammer weight, and head (10 mm), bearing remover shaft (10 mm), and
bearing remover shaft handle. sliding hammer weight.
０１０１
07936-3710100
07741-0010201
cardiagn.com
07741-0010201
07936-GE00100
07936-GE00200
07936-3710600
2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the 2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the
transmission housing with the driver and transmission housing with the driver and
attachment (37 x 40 mm). attachment (22 x 24 mm).
０２０２
07749-0010000
07749-0010000
07746-0010200
07746-0010800
14-303
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１４３ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００４５０１１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:56 61SJC020_140_0308
Selector Control Shaft Bearing Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal


• Bearing remover shaft, 10 mm 07936-GE00100 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Bearing remover head, 10 mm 07936-GE00200 • Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
• Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201
• Driver 07749-0010000 1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.
• Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 ０１
1. Remove the control shaft bearing from the

transmission housing with the bearing remover
head (10 mm), bearing remover shaft (10 mm), and
sliding hammer weight.
０１
07741-0010201
cardiagn.com
07936-GE00100
2. Install the new oil seal in the transmission housing

07936-GE00200 with the driver and attachment (22 x 24 mm).
０２
07749-0010000
2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the

transmission housing with the driver and
attachment (22 x 24 mm). 07746-0010800
０２
07749-0010000
07746-0010800
14-304
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４１７２５４ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４１７２５６ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:56 61SJC020_140_0309
Valve Body
Valve Body Repair

NOTE: Valve body repair is only necessary if one or 6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It
more of the valves in a valve body do not slide should drop to the bottom of the bore under its
smoothly in their bores. Use this procedure to free the own weight. If not, repeat steps 4 and 5, then retest.
valves. If the valve still sticks, replace the valve body.
０２
1. Soak a sheet of ＃600 abrasive paper in ATF for
about 30 minutes.
2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve

drops out of its bore. It may be necessary to use a
small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful
not to scratch the bore with the screwdriver.
3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF-
soaked ＃600 paper to polish off any burrs that are
on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and
dry it with compressed air.
cardiagn.com
4. Roll up half of the ATF-soaked ＃600 paper and
insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve. Twist
the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits the bore
tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the paper
as you push it in and out. 7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and the
valve body with solvent. Dry all parts with
NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and doesn’t compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a
require much polishing to remove any burrs. lubricant.
０１
5. Remove the ＃600 paper. Thoroughly wash the

entire valve body in solvent, then dry it with
compressed air.
14-305
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１３９３０１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:56 61SJC020_140_0310
Valve Body
Valve Body Valve Installation

1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly.
2. Install the valves and springs in the sequence

shown for the main valve body (see page 14-307),
the secondary valve body (see page 14-309), the
regulator valve body (see page 14-310), and the
accumulator body (see page 14-311). Refer to the
following valve cap illustrations, and install each
valve cap so the end shown facing up will be facing
the outside of the valve body, then secure the valve
cap with the valve cap clip.
０１
cardiagn.com
3. Install the valve (A) and the valve spring (B) in the
valve body. Push the valve spring in with a
screwdriver, then install the spring seat (C).
＊０１
C
A
B
14-306
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１３９３０１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:57 61SJC020_140_0311
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blow out all passages.
2. Do not use a magnet to remove the cooler check valve, it may magnetize the check valve (ball).
3. Inspect the main valve body for scoring and damage.
4. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-305).
5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.
6. Replace the filter with a new one, and install it and the lubrication check valve in the direction shown.
０１
TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP
CHECK VALVE TIMING VALVE
SHIFT VALVE D
C MANUAL
COOLER CHECK VALVE
VALVE (BALL) A B SHIFT VALVE B
D
E
cardiagn.com
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE F
LOCK-UP L
SHIFT VALVE
SHIFT
VALVE A
K
J G
MODULATOR VALVE
I
FILTER
LUBRICATION MAIN VALVE BODY

CONTROL VALVE
RELIEF H
VALVE
SHIFT VALVE E CPC VALVE C
VALVE SPRING SPECIFICATIONS

Valve Springs Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coils
A Cooler check valve spring 0.6 (0.024) 5.8 (0.228) 14.5 (0.571) 6.8
B Torque converter check valve spring 1.1 (0.043) 8.6 (0.339) 35.0 (1.378) 12.6
C Lock-up timing valve spring 0.65 (0.026) 6.6 (0.260) 34.8 (1.370) 15.6
D Shift valve D spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 32.2 (1.268) 13.4
E Shift valve B spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
F Shift valve A spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
G Modulator valve spring 1.6 (0.063) 10.4 (0.409) 33.5 (1.319) 9.8
H CPC valve C spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
I Shift valve E spring 0.8 (0.031) 7.1 (0.280) 49.0 (1.929) 17.2
J Relief valve spring 1.1 (0.043) 8.6 (0.339) 32.1 (1.264) 11.2
K Lubrication control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 7.7 (0.303) 28.8 (1.134) 10.4
L Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 (0.035) 7.6 (0.299) 63.0 (2.480) 22.4
14-307
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１３９３０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:57 61SJC020_140_0312
Valve Body
ATF Pump Inspection

1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), the driven gear 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive
(B), and the ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the gear (A) and the driven gear (B).
main valve body (D). Lubricate all parts with ATF,
and install the ATF pump driven gear with its ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance
grooved and chamfered side facing up. Standard (New):
０１ ATF Pump Drive Gear:
C 0.210−0.265 mm (0.0083−0.00104 in.)
ATF Pump Driven Gear:
0.070−0.125 mm (0.0028−0.0050 in.)
B ０２
cardiagn.com
D
3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure

the thrust clearance between the ATF pump driven
gear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight edge
(C) and a feeler gauge (D).
ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)

Clearance:
０３
C
14-308
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１１３０２１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:57 61SJC020_140_0313
Secondary Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

2. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the check balls.
3. Inspect the secondary valve body for scoring and damage.
6. Install the 1st accumulator choke in the direction shown.

０１
SERVO CONTROL
REVERSE CPC VALVE VALVE
A B
SHIFT VALVE C
C
cardiagn.com
CPC VALVE A
CHECK BALLS D
SECONDARY
VALVE BODY
F
E
CPC VALVE B
CHECK BALL KICK-DOWN VALVE
KICK-DOWN
1ST ACCUMULATOR CHOKE SHORT VALVE

A Reverse CPC valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
B Servo control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7 (1.406) 17.2
C Shift valve C spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
D CPC valve A spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
E Kick-down valve spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
F CPC valve B spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
14-309
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１５４２３１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:58 61SJC020_140_0314
Valve Body
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

2. Inspect the regulator valve body for scoring and damage.
3. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The regulator spring cap is spring loaded.
Once the stop bolt is removed, release the spring cap slowly so it does not pop out.
6. Align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the stop bolt hole, then press the spring cap into the valve body,
and tighten the stop bolt.
7. Install the servo valve with the new O-ring, and the 3rd accumulator piston with the new O-ring.
＊０１
ACCUMULATOR COVER 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
cardiagn.com
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
VALVE SLEEVE
3RD ACCUMULATOR PISTON O-RING VALVE CAP
Replace.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
VALVE CAP CLIP
B
LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE
SERVO VALVE/ C
SHIFT FORK SHAFT
D
O-RING
Replace. REGULATOR SPRING CAP

A 3rd accumulator spring 3.1 (0.122) 19.6 (0.772) 41.4 (1.630) 5.5
B Lock-up control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 42.9 (1.689) 14.2
0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 44.3 (1.744) 25.5
C Regulator valve spring B 1.4 (0.055) 8.8 (0.346) 44.0 (1.732) 12.0
D Regulator valve spring A 1.85 (0.073) 14.7 (0.579) 86.9 (3.421) 16.2
E Stator reaction spring 5.5 (0.217) 37.4 (1.472) 30.3 (1.193) 2.1
14-310
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１５０７０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:58 61SJC020_140_0315
Accumulator Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

2. Inspect the accumulator body for scoring and damage.
4. Replace the O-rings with new ones.

０１
SNAP RING
SPRING CAP
A
B
O-RING 4TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON
Replace.
cardiagn.com
SPRING SEAT ACCUMULATOR BODY
1ST-HOLD ACCUMULATOR PISTON
G
C
O-RING E
Replace.
D
5TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON O-RING

Replace.
1ST ACCUMULATOR PISTON

O-RING
Replace. O-RING
Replace. O-RING
SNAP RING 2ND Replace.
ACCUMULATOR
PISTON SNAP RING SNAP RING

A 1st-hold accumulator spring 2.0 (0.079) 13.1 (0.516) 42.9 (1.689) 9.8
B 4th accumulator spring 3.0 (0.118) 19.6 (0.772) 45.3 (1.783) 6.4
C 1st accumulator spring A 2.2 (0.087) 17.7 (0.697) 77.6 (3.055) 12.1
D 1st accumulator spring B 2.0 (0.079) 11.1 (0.437) 49.0 (1.929) 10.0
E 2nd accumulator spring 3.1 (0.122) 19.6 (0.772) 53.4 (2.102) 7.5
F 5th accumulator spring A 2.2 (0.087) 16.4 (0.646) 75.7 (2.980) 14.2
G 5th accumulator spring B 2.0 (0.079) 10.0 (0.394) 45.5 (1.791) 11.6
14-311
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１１２５０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:59 61SJC020_140_0316
Valve Body
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Removal and
Installation
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve connector to 5. Install shift solenoid valve C by holding the shift
remove and install the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
the solenoid valve body. bracket contacts to the bracket of torque converter
clutch solenoid valve.
1. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the
solenoid valves by holding the solenoid valve NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve C before
bodies. installing the torque converter clutch solenoid
valve (D). If solenoid valve C is installed before
2. Install the new O-rings (E) on each solenoid valves. torque converter clutch solenoid valve, it may
damage to hydraulic control system.
NOTE: The new solenoid valve comes with new
O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the 6. Install shift solenoid valve B by holding the shift
O-rings provided on it. solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
０１ bracket contacts to the accumulator body.
6 x 1.0 mm
B 12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
D
A
3. Install shift solenoid valve A by holding the shift

solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
bracket contacts to the accumulator body.
4. Install the torque converter clutch solenoid valve by

holding the solenoid valve body; be sure to install
mounting bracket contacts to the accumulator body.
14-312
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６５４８０１ＫＤＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:40:59 61SJC020_140_0317
Torque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new oil seal flush to the housing with the
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm driver and attachment (72 x 75 mm).
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A ０３
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal with the

adjustable bearing puller and a commercially
available 3/8 ’’-16 slide hammer (A).
０１
A
07746-0010600 07749-0010000
cardiagn.com
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in

the housing with the driver and attachment
(62 x 68 mm).
０２
07746-0010500 07749-0010000
14-313
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９５２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:00 61SJC020_140_0318
Countershaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the bearing (A) in the housing with the driver
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm and attachment (78 x 80 mm); install bearing outer
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A race notch-cut (B) to a depth (C) of 0−0.03 mm
• Driver 07749-0010000 (0−0.001 in.) below the housing surface (D).
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 ０３
07749-0010000
1. Remove the countershaft bearing from the torque
converter housing with the adjustable bearing
puller and a commercially available 3/8 ’’-16 slide
hammer (A).
０１
A
B A
C
cardiagn.com
07NAD-PX40100
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the ATF guide plate (A) into the housing,

then install the new bearing (B) in the direction
shown.
０２
B
14-314
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９１７４２４ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:01 61SJC020_140_0319
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Remove the ATF guide collar from the torque
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm converter housing.
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A ０３
• Bearing remover shaft set, 30 mm 07936-8890300
• Bearing remover shaft handle 07936-3710100
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 07746-0010200
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A)

and bearing set plate (B).
０１
A
cardiagn.com
4. Remove the 29 x 39 x 9.5 mm secondary shaft
bearing from the torque converter housing with the
bearing remover shaft set (30 mm), bearing
remover shaft handle, and sliding hammer weight.
＊０２
07741-0010201
2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing from the 07936-3710100

torque converter housing with the adjustable
bearing puller (25−40 mm), and a commercially
＊０１
07936-8890300
07736-A01000B
07736-A01000A
(cont’d)
14-315
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３５４２０２ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:01 61SJC020_140_0320
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement (cont’d)

5. Install the 29 x 39 x 9.5 mm bearing into the torque 7. Install the bearing in the direction shown in the
converter housing with the driver and attachment housing with the driver and attachment
(37 x 40 mm). (62 x 68 mm).
０５０７
07749-0010000
07749-0010000
07746-0010500
07746-0010200
cardiagn.com
6. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF guide collar
(B), then install the guide collar in the torque
converter housing. 8. Check that the bearing groove aligns with the set
０６ plate mounting surface, then install the set plate (A)
B
by aligning it with the bearing groove.
０８
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
9. Install the new lock washer (B) and bolt, then bend
the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
14-316
07/05/09 16:41:02 61SJC020_140_0321
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Drive the bearing into the housing with the driver
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm and attachment (52 x 55 mm).
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A ０３
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
07749-0010000
1. Remove the intermediary shaft bearing from the
torque converter housing with the adjustable
bearing puller (25−40 mm), and a commercially 07746-0010400
０１
cardiagn.com
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the ATF guide plate (A), then install the new
bearing (B) in the housing.
０２
B
14-317
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４３５１４５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:02 61SJC020_140_0322
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement

• Bearing remover shaft set, 12 mm 07936-1660101
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the park lever shaft bearing from the

torque converter housing with the bearing remover
shaft set (12 mm), and sliding hammer weight.
０３
07741-0010201
cardiagn.com
07936-1660101
2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the

housing with the driver and attachment
(22 x 24 mm).
０４
07746-0010800
07749-0010000
14-318
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００４５０１１ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:41:03 61SJC020_140_0323
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Remove the thrust needle bearing (A), the 2. Inspect the condition of the sealing rings (I). If the
mainshaft 5th gear (B), the needle bearing (C), the sealing rings are worn, distorted, or damaged,
thrust needle bearing (D), the mainshaft 5th gear remove the set ring (J) and the needles bearing (K),
collar (E), the 4th/5th clutch (F), and the O-rings (G) and replace the sealing rings with new ones.
from the mainshaft (H).
０１ 3. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and needle
A bearing for wear and rough movement.
4. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage.

B
5. Inspect the 4th gear for wear and damage, and

inspect the 4th gear bearing for wear and rough
C rotation.
D 6. Replace the mainshaft 4th gear (L) if the 4th gear is

worn or damaged, or the bearing is worn or
E damaged.
cardiagn.com
7. Check the shaft bearing surfaces for scoring and
excessive wear.
F
8. Lubricate all parts with ATF during reassembly.
9. Wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring

damage, install the new O-rings on the mainshaft,
then remove the tape.
G
10. Install the 4th/5th clutch.
L 11. Install the mainshaft 5th gear collar, the thrust

needle bearing, the needle bearing, the mainshaft
5th gear, and the thrust needle bearing.
K
J
14-319
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２０００００ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:03 61SJC020_140_0324
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft 4th Gear Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Slide the new mainshaft 4th gear (A) over the
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 mainshaft (B), then press it into place with the
driver (40 mm I.D.), and the press.
1. Remove the mainshaft 4th gear (A) with a press. ０２
Place a shaft protector (B) between the press and
mainshaft (C) to prevent damaging the mainshaft.
07746-0030100
＊０１
A
A
cardiagn.com
B
14-320
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９４１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:04 61SJC020_140_0325
Countershaft Disassembly
Exploded View
＊０１
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads
CONICAL
SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
NEEDLE BEARING
REVERSE GEAR
REVERSE
SELECTOR
BALL BEARING
REVERSE GEAR COLLAR
5TH GEAR
cardiagn.com
REVERSE SELECTOR HUB THRUST WASHER,
35 x 47 x 6 mm
SNAP RING
NEEDLE BEARING
COTTERS, 42.2 mm
WASHER, 50.8 mm
COTTER RETAINER Selective part
COLLAR, 50.8 mm
4TH GEAR
1ST GEAR
WASHER, 61 mm
Selective part
IDENTIFYING THRUST NEEDLE

LETTER BEARING
(A, B, or C) IDLER GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
2ND GEAR COTTERS, 40.5 mm

COUNTERSHAFT
(cont’d)
14-321
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:04 61SJC020_140_0326
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Disassembly (cont’d)

NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the 3. Place the countershaft 5th gear (A) on press bases
following procedure. (B), and place a shaft protector (C) between the
countershaft (D) and a press to prevent damaging
1. Cut the lock tab (A) of the countershaft locknut (B) the countershaft.
using a chisel (C). ＊０２
C
NOTE: Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the E
countershaft. D
０２
C
cardiagn.com
B
B 4. Press the countershaft out of the press-fitted

bearing (E) and the press-fitted reverse selector
2. Hold the countershaft with a wrench and a vise hub, and remove the countershaft while holding
securely, loosen the locknut, and remove it. The the underside of the countershaft. The countershaft
locknut has left-hand threads. falls down when pressing the countershaft out of
０３ the press-fitted reverse selector hub. Some reverse
selector hubs are not press-fitted, and the
countershaft falls down when pressing the
countershaft out of press-fitted bearing.
5. Remove the remaining parts from the countershaft.
6. Inspect the bearing for galling and rough

movement.

excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
excessive wear and damage.
NOTE: If the countershaft is worn or damaged,

replace the countershaft with the same letter (A, B,
or C) for identification as the identifying letter on
the final driven gear.
8. Check the idler gear axial clearance and the 4th

gear axial clearance (see page 14-323).
14-322
07/05/09 16:41:05 61SJC020_140_0327
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

1. Install the 40.5 mm cotters (A), 2nd gear (B), thrust 3. Set the dial indicator (A) on the idler gear (B).
needle bearing (C), needle bearing (D), idler gear ０３
(E), thrust needle bearing (F), 61 mm washer (G),
1st gear (H), 4th gear (I), 50.8 mm collar (J),
50.8 mm washer (K), 42.2 mm cotters (L), cotter
retainer (M), and snap ring (N) on the countershaft
B A
(O). Install the 40.5 mm cotters, idler gear, 1st gear,
and 4th gear in the direction shown.
０１
N
M
L
K
J
I
4. Measure the idler gear axial clearance in at least
cardiagn.com
three places while moving the idler gear. Use the
G average as the actual clearance.
F
H
Standard: 0.005−0.040 mm (0.0002−0.0016 in.)
０４
D E
C
2. Insert a feeler gauge blade (A) as thick as possible

between the 50.8 mm collar (B) and 50.8 mm 5. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
washer (C). 61 mm washer and measure its thickness.
０２
B C
(cont’d)
14-323
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９１７４４１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:05 61SJC020_140_0328
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont’d)
6. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the 8. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
clearance. 50.8 mm washer and measure its thickness.
WASHER, 61 mm 9. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the

No. Part Number Thickness clearance.
A 90582-RJF-T00 1.525 mm (0.0600 in.)
B 90583-RJF-T00 1.505 mm (0.0593 in.) WASHER, 50.8 mm
C 90584-RJF-T00 1.485 mm (0.0585 in.) No. Part Number Thickness
D 90585-RJF-T00 1.465 mm (0.0577 in.) A 90519-RJF-T00 1.91 mm (0.0752 in.)
E 90586-RJF-T00 1.445 mm (0.0569 in.) B 90520-RJF-T00 1.93 mm (0.0760 in.)
F 90587-RJF-T00 1.425 mm (0.0561 in.) C 90521-RJF-T00 1.95 mm (0.0768 in.)
G 90588-RJF-T00 1.405 mm (0.0553 in.) D 90522-RJF-T00 1.97 mm (0.0776 in.)
E 90523-RJF-T00 1.99 mm (0.0783 in.)
7. Measure the clearance between the 50.8 mm collar F 90524-RJF-T00 2.01 mm (0.0791 in.)
(A) and the 50.8 mm washer (B) with a feeler gauge G 90525-RJF-T00 2.03 mm (0.0799 in.)
(C) in at least three places. Use the average as the H 90526-RJF-T00 2.05 mm (0.0807 in.)
actual clearance. I 90527-RJF-T00 2.07 mm (0.0815 in.)
cardiagn.com
J 90528-RJF-T00 2.09 mm (0.0823 in.)
Standard: 0.005−0.040 mm (0.0002−0.0016 in.) K 90529-RJF-T00 2.11 mm (0.0831 in.)
０５ L 90530-RJF-T00 2.13 mm (0.0839 in.)
A B M 90531-RJF-T00 2.15 mm (0.0846 in.)
N 90532-RJF-T00 2.17 mm (0.0854 in.)
O 90533-RJF-T00 2.19 mm (0.0862 in.)
P 90534-RJF-T00 2.21 mm (0.0870 in.)
Q 90535-RJF-T00 2.23 mm (0.0878 in.)
R 90536-RJF-T00 2.25 mm (0.0886 in.)
S 90537-RJF-T00 2.27 mm (0.0894 in.)
T 90538-RJF-T00 2.29 mm (0.0902 in.)
U 90539-RJF-T00 2.31 mm (0.0909 in.)
C V 90540-RJF-T00 2.33 mm (0.0917 in.)
W 90541-RJF-T00 2.35 mm (0.0925 in.)
X 90542-RJF-T00 2.37 mm (0.0933 in.)
Y 90543-RJF-T00 2.39 mm (0.0941 in.)
Z 90544-RJF-T00 2.41 mm (0.0949 in.)
０６ AA 90545-RJF-T00 2.43 mm (0.0957 in.)
AB 90546-RJF-T00 2.45 mm (0.0965 in.)
A B
14-324
07/05/09 16:41:06 61SJC020_140_0329
Countershaft Reassembly
Special Tools Required 4. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over the
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 countershaft (B), then press it into place with the
driver (40 mm I.D.) and a press.
1. Verify that the identifying letter (A, B, or C) on the
top of the countershaft (D) matches the letter on the NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-
final driven gear. The identifying letters should be fitted, and can be installed without using the driver
same. (40 mm I.D.), and a press.
０１０２
U
T
S 07746-0030100
R
Q
P
O
A
cardiagn.com
N
B
M
K L
J
I
H
G 5. Install the reverse selector, the reverse gear collar,

E the needle bearing, and the reverse gear over the
F reverse selector hub.
A, B, or C
2. Install the 40.5 mm cotters (E), 2nd gear (F), thrust

needle bearing (G), needle bearing (H), idler gear (I),
thrust needle bearing (J), 61 mm washer (K), 1st
gear (L), 4th gear (M), 50.8 mm collar (N), 50.8 mm
washer (O), 42.2 mm cotters (P), cotter retainer (Q),
and snap ring (R) on the countershaft. Install the
40.5 mm cotters, idler gear, 1st gear, and 4th gear
in the direction shown.
3. Install the 35 x 47 x 6 mm thrust washer (S) in the

direction shown, then install the needle bearing (T)
and the 5th gear (U).
(cont’d)
14-325
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:07 61SJC020_140_0330
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Reassembly (cont’d)

6. Install the ball bearing (A) over the countershaft, 8. Hold the countershaft securely with a wrench and a
then press it into place with the driver (40 mm I.D.), vise, and tighten the locknut to 167 N·m
and the press. (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft).
０３
NOTE:
07746-0030100
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact wrench.
• The locknut has left-hand threads.
０５
cardiagn.com
7. Install the conical spring washer (A) in the direction
shown, and install the new locknut (B).
０４
B
9. Stake the locknut into its shaft in depth (A) of
0.7−1.3 mm (0.03−0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch
A (B).
０６
14-326
07/05/09 16:41:44 61SJC020_140_0331
Secondary Shaft Disassembly

Exploded View
＊０２
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
178 N·m (18.2 kgf·m, 132 lbf·ft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE BALL BEARING
BEARING SPLINED
WASHER
1ST GEAR COLLAR IDLER GEAR

1ST/1ST-HOLD
THRUST CLUTCH
NEEDLE BEARING
cardiagn.com
WASHER, 52 mm
2ND GEAR/ Selective part
PARK GEAR
O-RINGS
NEEDLE BEARINGS Replace.
THRUST NEEDLE THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING BEARING
SPLINED 1ST-HOLD
WASHER CLUTCH HUB
O-RINGS 1ST
Replace. CLUTCH HUB
2ND CLUTCH 1ST GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT
SNAP RING, 32 mm
SEALING RINGS, 29 mm
(cont’d)
14-327
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:44 61SJC020_140_0332
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Disassembly (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 4. Place the idler gear (A) on press bases (B), and
Wrench, 40 x 42 mm 07XAA-002010A place a shaft protector (C) between the secondary
shaft (D) and a press to prevent damaging the
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the secondary shaft.
following procedure. ０４
C
1. Cut the lock tab (A) of the secondary shaft locknut
(B) using a chisel (C). D
E
NOTE: Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the

secondary shaft.
０２
C
cardiagn.com
A
B
5. Press the secondary shaft out of the press-fitted

B bearing (E), and remove the secondary shaft while
holding the underside of the secondary shaft. The
2. Place a V-block (A) on the back of a vise (B), and secondary shaft falls down when pressing the
clamp the wrench (40 x 42 mm), in the vise jaws (C). secondary shaft out of the press-fitted bearing.
＊０１
6. Remove the 1st/1st-hold clutch, 52 mm washer,
D thrust needle bearing, 1st gear assembly, needle
bearing, 1st gear collar, thrust needle bearing, and
idler gear.
7. Remove the 32 mm snap ring, and remove the 2nd

clutch, splined washer, thrust needle bearing,
needle bearing, 2nd gear/park gear, and thrust
needle bearing.
A
B
C 07XAA-002010A
3. Place the secondary shaft on the block, and attach

the 1st clutch guide (D) to the wrench (40 x 42 mm).
Loosen the locknut, and remove it. Remove any
burrs from the splines on the shaft and the spline,
the washer.
14-328
07/05/09 16:41:45 61SJC020_140_0333
8. Inspect the bearings for galling and rough

movement.
NOTE: The needle bearing (A) on the 1st gear collar

should have only two cavities with no rollers (B);
this is function in its normal.
０５
A
cardiagn.com
B

excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
excessive wear and damage.
10. Check the 1st gear axial clearance (see page

14-330), 1st gear one-way clutch (see page 14-332),
and secondary shaft installation height (see page
14-337).
14-329
07/05/09 16:41:45 61SJC020_140_0334
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 2. Install the ball bearing (A) over the 1st/1st-hold
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 clutch guide with the driver (40 mm I.D.),
• Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 attachment (30 mm I.D.), and a press.
０２
1. Install the idler gear (A), thrust needle bearing (B),
1st gear collar (C), needle bearing (D), 1st gear 07746-0030100
assembly (E), thrust needle bearing (F), 52 mm
washer (G), and 1st/1st-hold clutch (H) on the
secondary shaft (I). Install the idler gear and 52 mm
washer in the direction shown. Do not install the
O-rings during inspection.
０１ A 07746-0030300
B
H
cardiagn.com
G
F
3. Install the splined washer with the marked side up
over the ball bearing in the same manner as
E installing the ball bearing with the driver
(40 mm I.D.), attachment (30 mm I.D.), and the
press.
D
4. Install the old locknut and tighten it to 29 N·m
(3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft).
C
5. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 1st clutch hub (B).
B A ０３
I
B
14-330
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３５４１７１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:45 61SJC020_140_0335
6. Measure the 1st gear axial clearance in at least 8. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the
three places while moving the 1st gear. Use the clearance.
average as the actual clearance.
WASHER, 52 mm (’06 model)
Standard: 0.100−0.130 mm (0.004−0.05 in.) No. Part Number Thickness
０４ A 90502-RDK-010 2.705 mm (0.107 in.)
B 90503-RDK-010 2.680 mm (0.106 in.)
C 90504-RDK-010 2.655 mm (0.105 in.)
D 90505-RDK-010 2.630 mm (0.104 in.)
E 90506-RDK-010 2.605 mm (0.103 in.)
F 90507-RDK-010 2.580 mm (0.102 in.)
G 90508-RDK-010 2.555 mm (0.101 in.)
H 90509-RDK-010 2.530 mm (0.100 in.)
I 90510-RDK-010 2.505 mm (0.099 in.)
J 90511-RDK-010 2.480 mm (0.098 in.)
K 90512-RDK-000 2.455 mm (0.097 in.)
L 90513-RDK-000 2.430 mm (0.096 in.)
cardiagn.com
M 90514-RDK-000 2.405 mm (0.095 in.)
WASHER, 52 mm (’07-08 models)

No. Part Number Thickness
7. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the A 90502-RJF-T00 2.705 mm (0.107 in.)
washer and measure its height difference. B 90503-RJF-T00 2.680 mm (0.106 in.)
０５ C 90504-RJF-T00 2.655 mm (0.105 in.)
D 90505-RJF-T00 2.630 mm (0.104 in.)
E 90506-RJF-T00 2.605 mm (0.103 in.)
F 90507-RJF-T00 2.580 mm (0.102 in.)
G 90508-RJF-T00 2.555 mm (0.101 in.)
H 90509-RJF-T00 2.530 mm (0.100 in.)
I 90510-RJF-T00 2.505 mm (0.099 in.)
J 90511-RJF-T00 2.480 mm (0.098 in.)
K 90512-RJF-T00 2.455 mm (0.097 in.)
L 90513-RJF-T00 2.430 mm (0.096 in.)
M 90514-RJF-T00 2.405 mm (0.095 in.)
14-331
07/05/09 16:41:46 61SJC020_140_0336
Shafts and Clutches
1st Gear One-way Clutch Inspection

1. Hold the 1st-hold clutch hub (A), and turn the 1st
gear (B) in the direction shown to be sure it turns
freely. Also make sure the 1st gear locks in the
opposite direction.
０１
A
cardiagn.com
2. If any problem occurs on the 1st gear one-way
clutch, replace the 1st clutch hub (C). The 1st gear
one-way clutch is not available separately from the
1st clutch hub.
3. Also check the 1st gear and the 1st-hold clutch hub
for wear and damage. If the 1st gear and 1st-hold
clutch hub are worn or damaged, replace the
damaged part, refer to 1st Clutch Hub Replacement
(see page 14-333).
14-332
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１０５０１ＭＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:41:46 61SJC020_140_0337
1st Clutch Hub Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new 1st clutch hub (A) over the 1st gear
• Driver 07749-0010000 (B), and install the 1st-hold clutch hub (C) in the 1st
• Driver attachment 07947-6340500 gear.
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07GAD-SD40101
NOTE: If the 1st gear and the 1st-hold clutch hub
1. Remove the 1st-hold clutch hub (A) from the 1st are replaced, use the 1st gear and the 1st-hold
gear (B) with the driver, driver attachment, and a clutch hub with the same identifying letters (A or B).
press. ０２
０１
07749-0010000
C
A
07947-6340500
cardiagn.com
A or B
A or B
4. Install the 1st-hold clutch hub (A) in the 1st gear (B)
with the driver, attachment (78 x 80 mm), and the
press.
０３
07749-0010000
A
2. Remove the 1st clutch hub (C) from the 1st gear.
07GAD-SD40101
A
14-333
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１０６０１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:41:47 61SJC020_140_0338
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Reassembly

Special Tools Required 4. Install the idler gear (A) in the direction shown, the
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 thrust needle bearing (B), the 1st gear collar (C), the
• Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 needle bearing (D), the 1st gear assembly (E), the
• Wrench, 40 x 42 mm 07XAA-002010A thrust needle bearing (F), and the 52 mm washer
(G) in the direction shown on the secondary shaft
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), the needle (H).
bearings (B), the 2nd gear/park gear (C), the thrust
needle bearing (D), and the splined washer (E) in NOTE: It is normal for the needle bearing (D) to have
the direction shown on the secondary shaft (F). two cavities (I) without rollers.
０１
０２
cardiagn.com
F
F
A
E
C
B
E D
C
D
B I
H
H
2. Wrap the shaft splines with tape, and install new

O-rings (G) in the 2nd clutch O-ring grooves, then
remove the tape.
NOTE: To prevent damage to the O-rings, be sure 5. Wrap the shaft splines with tape, and install new
to install the O-rings after installing the splined O-rings (J) in the 1st/1st-hold clutch O-ring grooves,
washer. then remove the tape.
3. Install the 2nd clutch (H) on the secondary shaft, NOTE: To prevent damage to the O-rings, be sure
and secure the 2nd clutch with the snap ring (I). to install the O-rings after installing the 1st gear
collar and the 52 mm washer.
6. Install the 1st/1st-hold clutch (K).
14-334
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３０００００ＬＤＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:41:47 61SJC020_140_0339
7. Install the ball bearing (A) over the 1st/1st-hold 9. Install the new locknut (A).
clutch guide (B) with the driver (40 mm I.D.), ＊０１
A
attachment (30 mm I.D.), and a press.
０３
07746-0030100
A 07746-0030300
B
10. Place a V-block (A) on a vise (B), and put the
cardiagn.com
secondary shaft (C) on the V-block and vise.
０６
07XAA-002010A
8. Install the new splined washer (A) with the marked C

A
side (B) up over the ball bearing with the driver
(40 mm I.D.), attachment (30 mm I.D.), and the
press.
０４
07746-0030100
A
D
07746-0030300 B
11. Attach the wrench (40 x 42 mm), onto the top of the
1st clutch guide, and secure the wrench
B
(40 x 42 mm), with the vise to hold the secondary
shaft. Tighten the locknut to 178 N·m (18.2 kgf·m,
132 lbf·ft) with the torque wrench (D).
NOTE:
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact wrench.
• The locknut has left-hand threads.
(cont’d)
14-335
07/05/09 16:41:48 61SJC020_140_0340
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Reassembly (cont’d)

12. Stake the locknut into the shaft to a depth (A) of
0.7−1.3 mm (0.03−0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch
(B).
０７
cardiagn.com
14-336
07/05/09 16:41:48 61SJC020_140_0341
Secondary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment

1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A) in the torque 2. Install the new gasket (A) on the torque converter
converter housing (B) in the direction shown, and housing.
install the secondary shaft assembly (C). ０２
０１
C
cardiagn.com
A
C
A
Secondary Shaft Cutaway View

０３
B
D
3. Measure the height (B) of the secondary shaft

installation between the surface (C) of the gasket
and the top of the ball bearing outer race (D), then
note the measurement.
(cont’d)
14-337
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３０００００ＭＫＡＴ００
07/05/10 14:03:26 61SJC020_140_0342
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment (cont’d)

4. Remove the 65 mm thrust shim (A) from the 6. Select the 65 mm thrust shim from the following
transmission housing, and measure its thickness. table.
０４
THRUST SHIM, 65 mm
A No. Part Number Thickness
0A 90460-RDK-000 0.80 mm (0.031 in.)
A 90461-RDK-010 0.84 mm (0.033 in.)
B 90462-RDK-010 0.88 mm (0.035 in.)
C 90463-RDK-010 0.92 mm (0.036 in.)
D 90464-RDK-010 0.96 mm (0.038 in.)
E 90465-RDK-010 1.00 mm (0.039 in.)
F 90466-RDK-010 1.04 mm (0.041 in.)
G 90467-RDK-010 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)
H 90468-RDK-010 1.12 mm (0.044 in.)
I 90469-RDK-010 1.16 mm (0.046 in.)
J 90470-RDK-010 1.20 mm (0.047 in.)
K 90471-RDK-010 1.24 mm (0.049 in.)
cardiagn.com
L 90472-RDK-010 1.28 mm (0.050 in.)
M 90473-RDK-010 1.32 mm (0.052 in.)
N 90474-RDK-010 1.36 mm (0.054 in.)
5. Calculate the thickness of the 65 mm thrust shim O 90475-RDK-010 1.40 mm (0.055 in.)
using the formula. P 90476-RDK-010 1.44 mm (0.057 in.)
Q 90477-RDK-010 1.48 mm (0.058 in.)
Formula: R 90478-RDK-010 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)
65 mm Thrust Shim Thickness S 90479-RDK-010 1.56 mm (0.061 in.)
= Secondary Shaft Installation Height Standard T 90480-RDK-010 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)
− Measurement U 90481-RDK-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in.)
V 90482-RDK-000 1.68 mm (0.066 in.)
Secondary Shaft Installation Height W 90483-RDK-000 1.72 mm (0.068 in.)
Standard: X 90484-RDK-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
228.04−228.13 mm (8.9779−8.9815 in.) Y 90485-RDK-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
Z 90486-RDK-000 1.84 mm (0.072 in.)
AA 90487-RDK-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
AB 90488-RDK-000 1.92 mm (0.076 in.)
AC 90489-RDK-000 1.96 mm (0.077 in.)
AD 90490-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
AE 90491-RDK-000 2.04 mm (0.080 in.)
AF 90492-RDK-000 2.08 mm (0.082 in.)
AG 90493-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
AH 90494-RDK-000 2.16 mm (0.085 in.)
AI 90495-RDK-000 2.20 mm (0.087 in.)
AJ 90496-RDK-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
AK 90497-RDK-000 2.28 mm (0.090 in.)
AL 90498-RDK-000 2.32 mm (0.091 in.)
7. Install the thrust shim in the transmission housing.
14-338
07/05/09 16:41:49 61SJC020_140_0343
Intermediary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Remove the 26.5 mm washer, the snap ring, the 4. Check the shaft bearing surfaces for scoring and
cotter retainer, and the cotters from the third shaft. excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
＊０１ excessive wear and damage.
WASHER, 26.5 mm
Selective part
SNAP RING
5. Check the sealing rings for excessive wear and
COTTERS,
19.8 mm COTTER RETAINER damage.
6. Check the 3rd gear axial clearance (see page

4TH GEAR 14-341), and the intermediary shaft installation
height (see page 14-343).
THRUST NEEDLE 7. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines
BEARING
with tape to prevent damage to the O-rings.
3RD GEAR
8. Lubricate all parts with ATF, and reassemble the
shaft and gears.
NEEDLE BEARING
cardiagn.com
9. Install the press-fitted 4th gear with the driver
THRUST NEEDLE (40 mm I.D.) and a press (see page 14-340) in the
BEARING direction shown.
SPLING WASHER,
53 mm
Selective part
3RD CLUTCH
O-RINGS
Replace.
INTERMEDIARY
SHAFT
SEALING RINGS,
35 mm
2. Remove the intermediary shaft 4th gear using a

press (see page 14-340), and disassemble the shaft
and gears.
3. Inspect the bearings for galling and rough

movement.
14-339
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４０００００ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:50 61SJC020_140_0344
Shafts and Clutches
Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear

1. Place the 4th gear (A) on the press bases (B), and Special Tools Required
place a shaft protector (C) between the Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
intermediary shaft (D) and a press to prevent
damaging the intermediary shaft. 1. Wrap the shaft splines with tape, and install new
０１ O-rings in the 3rd clutch O-ring grooves, then
C
remove the tape.
D 2. Install the 3rd clutch, 53 mm splined washer, the

thrust needle bearing, the needle bearing, the 3rd
A gear, the thrust needle bearing on the intermediary
shaft.
3. Install the 4th gear (A) with the driver (40 mm I.D.),
and a press.
０２
cardiagn.com
B 07746-0030100
2. Press the intermediary shaft out of the press-fitted

4th gear, and remove the intermediary shaft while
holding the underside the intermediary shaft. The A
intermediary shaft falls down when pressing the
intermediary shaft out of the press-fitted gear.
3. Remove the remaining parts from the intermediary

shaft.
4. Install the 19.8 mm cotters, cotter retainer, and

snap ring.
5. Install the 26.5 mm washer on the top of the

intermediary shaft.
14-340
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１３１ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１３１ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:41:50 61SJC020_140_0345
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required ０２
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Install the 3rd clutch (A), the 53 mm splined washer

(B), the thrust needle bearing (C), the needle
bearing (D), the 3rd gear (E), and the thrust needle 07746-0030100
bearing (F) on the Intermediary shaft (G). Do not
install the O-rings during inspection.
０１
K
J H
I
cardiagn.com
E
2. Install the 4th gear (H) with the driver (40 mm I.D.),
D and a press.
C
B 3. Install the cotters (I), the cotter retainer (J), and the
snap ring (K).
A 4. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 3rd gear (B).

０３
A
(cont’d)
14-341
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１２１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:50 61SJC020_140_0346
Shafts and Clutches
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

5. Measure the 3rd gear axial clearance in at least
three places while moving the 3rd gear. Use the
average as the actual clearance.
Standard: 0.005−0.045 mm (0.0002−0.0018 in.)

０４
cardiagn.com
6. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the
splined washer and measure its thickness.
7. Select and install a new splined washer, then

recheck the clearance.
SPLINED WASHER, 53 mm
No. Part Number Thickness
A 90546-RDK-000 3.995 mm (0.1573 in.)
B 90547-RDK-000 4.015 mm (0.1581 in.)
C 90548-RDK-000 4.035 mm (0.1589 in.)
D 90549-RDK-000 4.055 mm (0.1596 in.)
E 90550-RDK-000 4.075 mm (0.1604 in.)
F 90551-RDK-000 4.095 mm (0.1612 in.)
G 90552-RDK-000 4.115 mm (0.1620 in.)
H 90553-RDK-000 4.135 mm (0.1628 in.)
I 90554-RDK-000 4.155 mm (0.1636 in.)
J 90555-RDK-000 4.175 mm (0.1644 in.)
K 90556-RDK-000 4.195 mm (0.1652 in.)
L 90557-RDK-000 4.215 mm (0.1659 in.)
M 90558-RDK-000 4.235 mm (0.1667 in.)
N 90559-RDK-000 4.255 mm (0.1675 in.)
14-342
07/05/09 16:41:51 61SJC020_140_0347
Intermediary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment

1. Install the intermediary shaft (A) in the torque 4. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
converter housing, and install the 26.5 mm washer 26.5 mm washer and measure its thickness.
(B) on the intermediary shaft.
5. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the
Intermediary Shaft Installation Height installation height.
Standard:
137.285−137.385 mm (5.40491−5.40885 in.) WASHER, 26.5 mm
０１ No. Part Number Thickness
B A 90564-RDK-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
A B 90565-RDK-000 1.13 mm (0.044 in.)
C 90566-RDK-000 1.21 mm (0.048 in.)
D 90567-RDK-000 1.29 mm (0.051 in.)
E 90568-RDK-000 1.37 mm (0.054 in.)
F 90569-RDK-000 1.45 mm (0.057 in.)
G 90570-RDK-000 1.53 mm (0.060 in.)
H 90571-RDK-000 1.61 mm (0.063 in.)
I 90572-RDK-000 1.69 mm (0.067 in.)
cardiagn.com
F J 90573-RDK-000 1.77 mm (0.070 in.)
K 90574-RDK-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
D L 90575-RDK-000 1.93 mm (0.076 in.)
M 90576-RDK-000 2.01 mm (0.079 in.)
N 90577-RDK-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
E
Intermediary Shaft Cutaway View

０２
F
2. Install the new gasket (C) on the torque converter

housing.
3. Measure the height (D) of the intermediary shaft

installation between the surface (E) of the gasket
and the surface of the 26.5 mm washer (F).
14-343
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４０００００ＭＫＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:51 61SJC020_140_0348
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly
Special Tools Required 2. Remove the 1st clutch end-plate (A), the 1st clutch
• Clutch spring compressor attachment discs (B) (5), the 1st clutch wave-plates (C) (5), the
07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101 disc spring (D), the 1st-hold clutch plate B (E), the
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly 1st-hold clutch discs (F) (3), the 1st-hold clutch
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A wave-plates (G) (2), and the 1st-hold clutch flat-
plate (H) from the 1st/1st-hold clutch drum (I).
1. Remove the snap ring (A), with a screwdriver (B). ０２
０１ D E
B
A
A
F
C
cardiagn.com
G
3. Make reference marks on the clutch wave-plates.
14-344
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１００１１ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:53 61SJC020_140_0349
4. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs 8. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs
(B) (7), the clutch wave-plates (C) (3), and the clutch (B) (5), the clutch wave-plates (C) (2), the clutch flat-
flat-plates (D) (4) from the 2nd clutch drum (E). plates (D) (3), and the disc spring (E) from the 4th
０３ clutch drum (F).
A
０５
A
B
B
C E
C
C
C
D
D
F
D
cardiagn.com
D
D
E D
D
10. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs

(B) (5), the clutch wave-plates (C) (2), the clutch flat-
5. Make reference marks on the clutch wave-plates. plates (D) (3), and the disc spring (E) from the 5th
clutch drum (F).
6. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs ０６
A
(B) (5), the clutch wave-plates (C) (2), the clutch flat-
plates (D) (3), and the disc spring (E) from the 3rd
clutch drum (F). B
E
０４
A C
B C
E C
D
C
F D
D
D
F D

D
(cont’d)
14-345
07/05/09 16:41:53 61SJC020_140_0350
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

12. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment 14. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer
０７ that is unsupported by the return spring, the
07LAE-PX40100 retainer may be damaged.
０９
cardiagn.com
07LAE-PX40100 or
07HAE-PL50101 15. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on
the spring retainer (B) of the 3rd and 5th clutches so
07GAE-PG40200 or the special tool works on the clutch return spring
07GAE-PG4020A (C).
１０
13. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment
(A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring
retainer (B) on the 1st, 2nd, and 4th clutches.
０８
A
14-346
07/05/09 16:41:54 61SJC020_140_0351
16. If either end of the clutch spring compressor 18. Remove the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.
attachment is not set over the clutch return spring １３
end (A), the retainer may be damaged.
１１
A
19. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment
cardiagn.com
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly.
17. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can
be removed. 20. Remove the snap ring (A), the spring retainer (B),
１２ and the return spring (C).
１４
A
B
(cont’d)
14-347
07/05/09 16:41:54 61SJC020_140_0352
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

21. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum, and apply 23. Remove the 1st-hold clutch piston (A) from the 1st
air pressure to the fluid passage to remove the clutch piston (B), and remove the O-rings from the
piston. Place a finger tip on the other passage while 1st-hold clutch piston.
applying air pressure. １７
A
１５
cardiagn.com
24. Remove the clutch piston, and remove the O-rings
from the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pistons.
１８
22. Remove the 1st/1st-hold clutch piston (A) from the

clutch drum (B), and remove the O-rings from the
1st clutch piston.
１６
A
14-348
07/05/09 16:41:54 61SJC020_140_0353
Clutch Inspection
1. Inspect the clutch pistons and the clutch piston 6. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replace
check valves (A). them as a set. If the clutch discs are replaced,
０１ inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate
A and the top disc.
7. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored,

replace the damaged plate with a new plate, and
inspect the other wave-plates for a phase
difference. If the clutch plate is replaced, inspect
the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the
top disc.
8. If the clutch end plate is worn, damaged, or

discolored, inspect the clearance between the
clutch end-plate and the top disc, then replace the
clutch end plate.
cardiagn.com
2. If the clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged,
replace the clutch piston.
3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
4. If the spring retainer is worn or damaged, replace it.
5. Inspect the clutch discs, clutch plates, and clutch

end plate for wear, damage, and discoloration.
Clutch Discs
Standard Thickness: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
Clutch Flat-plates and Clutch Wave-plates

Standard Thickness
1st Clutch: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
1st-hold Clutch: 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
3rd Clutch: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
4th Clutch: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
5th Clutch: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
14-349
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１００１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:55 61SJC020_140_0354
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference Inspection

1. Place the clutch wave-plate (A) on a surface plate, 5. Rotate the wave-plate of the 1st, 1st-hold, 2nd, 4th,
and set a dial indicator (B) on the wave-plate. and 5th clutches about 60-degrees, and the 3rd
＊０１ clutch wave-plate about 54-degrees or 72-degrees.
The dial indicator should be at the bottom of a
phase difference (F and G), and zero the dial
B indicator.
E
6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops

(H and I) of the wave-plate by following steps 3 thru
5.
C I
7. If the two values of the three measurements are
within the standard, the wave-plate is OK. If the two
D G values of the three measurements are out of the
standard, replace the wave-plate.
F H
cardiagn.com
A
2. Find the bottom (C) of a phase difference of the

wave-plate, zero the dial indicator and make a
reference mark on the bottom of the wave-plate.
3. Rotate the clutch wave-plate of the 1st, 1st-hold,

2nd, 4th, and 5th clutches about 60-degrees apart
from the bottom while holding the wave-plate by
its circumference, and rotate the 3rd clutch wave-
plate about 72-degrees or 54-degrees apart from
the bottom while holding the wave-plate by its
circumference. The dial indicator should be at the
top (D) of a phase difference. Do not rotate the
wave-plate while holding its surface, always rotate
it by holding its circumference.
4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads the

phase difference (E) of the wave-plate between the
bottom and top.
Standard Phase Difference

1st Clutch: 0.17−0.30 mm (0.007−0.012 in.)
1st-hold Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
2nd Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
3rd Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
5th Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
14-350
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２１２２３１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:55 61SJC020_140_0355
Clutch Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 3. Install the 1st-hold clutch flat-plate (A), alternately
Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 install the clutch discs (B) (3) and the 1st-hold clutch
wave-plates (C) (2), then install the 1st-hold clutch
1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and the end plate B (D) with the flat side down in the direction
plate for wear and damage (see page 14-349), and shown.
inspect the clutch wave-plate phase difference ０２
(see page 14-350), if necessary.
D
2. Install the 1st-hold clutch piston in the 1st clutch
piston, and install 1st/1st-hold clutch piston (A) in
C
the 1st/1st-hold clutch drum (B). Do not install the
O-rings on the clutch pistons during inspection.
０１ C
A
cardiagn.com
A
4. Measure the clearance between 1st-hold clutch

plate B and the top disc with a feeler gauge (A)
B while pressing the 1st-hold clutch plate B down.
Take measurements in at least three places, and
use the average as the actual clearance.
1st-hold Clutch Plate B-to-Top Disc Clearance

Service Limit: 0.6−1.0 mm (0.024−0.039 in.)
０３
A
5. If the clearance is out of standard, replace the 1st-

hold clutch plates and discs as a set, and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-351
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２１２２１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:57 61SJC020_140_0356
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

6. Install the disc spring (A) on the 1st-hold clutch 8. Starting with the 2nd clutch flat-plate, alternately
plate B in the direction shown. Starting with the 1st install the flat-plates (A) (4) and discs (B) (4), and
clutch wave-plate, alternately install the wave- alternately install the wave-plates (C) (3) and discs
plates (B) (5) and discs (C) (5) in the 1st clutch drum (B) (3). Install the clutch end-plate (D) with the flat
(D), then install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the top disc.
side down. ０６
０４ D
E
B
C
B
A C
B
C
cardiagn.com
D
A
B
C
A
B B
A
7. Install the clutch pistons in the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and B
5th clutch drums. Do not install the O-rings on the A
clutch pistons during inspection.
０５
9. Install the disc spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B)
in the direction shown. Starting with the 3rd clutch
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3)
and discs (D) (3), and alternately install the wave-
plates (E) (2) and discs (D) (2). Install the clutch end-
plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
０７
F
D
A E
D
E
B C
D
C
D
C
14-352
07/05/09 16:41:57 61SJC020_140_0357
10. Install the disc spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B) 12. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure
in the direction shown. Starting with the 4th clutch the clutch end-plate.
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3) １０
０８
F
D
A
E
D
D
C
B D
cardiagn.com
C 13. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch-end-plate (B).
１１
D A
C
11. Install the disc spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum (B)
in the direction shown. Starting with the 5th clutch
C
plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc. B
０９
F
D
A E
D
E
14. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch end-plate
lifted up to the snap ring (C).
D
C
B
D
C
D
C
(cont’d)
14-353
07/05/09 16:41:58 61SJC020_140_0358
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

15. Release the clutch end-plate to lower the clutch- 18. If the clearance is out of the service limit, select a
end-plate, then put the clutch compressor new clutch-end-plate from the following table.
attachment on the end-plate (A). １３
１２
C
B
07ZAE-PRP0100
A
E
cardiagn.com
D 1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES
Plate Part Number Thickness
No.
1 22551-RDK-003 3.1 mm (0.122 in.)
16. Press the special tool down with 150−160 N 2 22552-RDK-003 3.2 mm (0.126 in.)
(15−16 kgf, 33−35 lbf) (B) using a force gauge, and 3 22553-RDK-003 3.3 mm (0.130 in.)
read the dial indicator (C). 4 22554-RDK-003 3.4 mm (0.134 in.)
5 22555-RDK-003 3.5 mm (0.138 in.)
17. The dial indicator reads the clearance (D) between 6 22556-RDK-003 3.6 mm (0.142 in.)
the clutch end-plate and top disc (E). Take 7 22557-RDK-003 3.7 mm (0.146 in.)
measurements in at least three places, and use the 8 22558-RDK-003 3.8 mm (0.150 in.)
average as the actual clearance. 9 22559-RDK-003 3.9 mm (0.154 in.)
Clearance between Clutch End-Plate and Top 2ND CLUTCH END-PLATES

Disc Plate Part Number Thickness
Service Limit: No.
1st Clutch: 1.15−1.35 mm (0.045−0.053 in.) 1 22561-RDK-003 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.05−1.25 mm (0.041−0.049 in.) 2 22562-RDK-003 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
3rd Clutch: 0.8−1.0 mm (0.031−0.039 in.) 3 22563-RDK-003 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.75−0.95 mm (0.030−0.037 in.) 4 22564-RDK-003 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
5th Clutch: 0.75−0.95 mm (0.030−0.037 in.) 5 22565-RDK-003 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
6 22566-RDK-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
7 22567-RDK-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22568-RDK-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22569-RDK-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
14-354
07/05/09 16:41:58 61SJC020_140_0359
3RD CLUTCH END-PLATES

No.
1 22591-RDK-A01 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
2 22592-RDK-A01 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
3 22593-RDK-A01 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
4 22594-RDK-A01 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
5 22595-RDK-A01 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
6 22596-RDK-A01 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
7 22597-RDK-A01 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22598-RDK-A01 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22599-RDK-A01 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END-PLATES

No.
1 22571-RJB-003 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
cardiagn.com
2 22572-RJB-003 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
3 22573-RJB-003 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
4 22574-RJB-003 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
5 22575-RJB-003 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
6 22576-RJB-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
7 22577-RJB-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22578-RJB-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22579-RJB-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
19. Install the new clutch end-plate, and recheck the

clearance. If the thickest clutch end-plate is
installed, but the clearance is still over the service
limit, replace the clutch discs and plates.
14-355
07/05/09 16:41:58 61SJC020_140_0360
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly
Special Tools Required 3. Install the new O-rings (A) on the 1st clutch piston
• Clutch spring compressor attachment (B), and install the 1st/1st-hold clutch piston in the
07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101 1st/1st-hold clutch drum (C) while applying
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly pressure and rotating to ensure proper seating. Do
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A not pinch the O-rings.
０２
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a
minimum of 30 minutes.
B
2. Install the new O-rings (A) on the 1st-hold clutch

piston (B), and install the 1st-hold clutch piston in
the 1st clutch piston (C). A
A
０１
cardiagn.com
A
A
4. Install the O-rings (A) on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th
clutch piston (B).
０３
B
C
A
A
5. Install the clutch pistons in the clutch drums (C)

while applying pressure and rotating to ensure
proper seating. Do not pinch the O-ring.
14-356
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１００１１ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:31 61SJC020_140_0361
6. Install the return spring (A) and the spring retainer 8. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment
(B), and position the snap ring (C) on the spring (A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring
retainer. retainer (B) on the 1st, 2nd, and 4th clutches.
０４０６
C
B
A
A
cardiagn.com
9. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer
that is unsupported by the return spring, the
7. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment retainer may be damaged.
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. ０７
０５
07LAE-PX40100
07LAE-PX40100 or
07HAE-PL50101
07GAE-PG40200 or
07GAE-PG4020A
(cont’d)
14-357
07/05/09 16:42:32 61SJC020_140_0362
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

10. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on 12. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can
the spring retainer (B) of the 3rd and 5th clutches so be installed.
the clutch spring compressor attachment works on １０
the clutch return spring (C).
０８
cardiagn.com
C 13. Install the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.
１１
11. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
attachment is not set over the clutch return spring
end (A), the retainer may be damaged.
０９
14. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment

A and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly.
14-358
07/05/09 16:42:33 61SJC020_140_0363
15. Install the 1st-hold clutch flat-plate (A), alternately 17. Starting with the 2nd clutch flat-plate, alternately
install the clutch discs (B) (3) and the 1st-hold clutch install the flat-plates (A) (4) and discs (B) (4) in the
wave-plates (C) (2) in the 1st/1st-hold clutch drum 2nd clutch drum (C), and alternately install the
(D), then install the 1st-hold clutch plate B (E) with wave-plates (D) (3) and discs (B) (3). Install the
the flat side down in the direction shown. clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the
＊０１ top disc.
F E
１３
E
B
D
I B
D
B
B D
C
cardiagn.com
B B
C
A
B
B
A C
A
B
H
A
G B
A
D
16. Install the disc spring (F) on the 1st-hold clutch

plate B in the direction shown. Starting with the 1st 18. Install the disc spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B)
clutch wave-plate, alternately install the wave- in the direction shown. Starting with the 3rd clutch
plates (G) (5) and discs (H) (5), then install the flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3)
clutch end-plate (I) with the flat side down on the and discs (D) (3), and alternately install the wave-
top disc. plates (E) (2) and discs (D) (2). Install the clutch end-
１４
F
D
A E
D
E
B C
D
C
D
C
(cont’d)
14-359
07/05/09 16:42:34 61SJC020_140_0364
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

19. Install the disc spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B) 21. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure
in the direction shown. Starting with the 4th clutch the clutch end-plate.
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3) １７
１５
F
D
A
E
D
E
D
C
D
cardiagn.com
B
C
D
C
20. Install the disc spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum (B)
in the direction shown. Starting with the 5th clutch
１６
F
D
A
E
D
E
B C
D
C
D
C
14-360
07/05/09 16:42:35 61SJC020_140_0365
Transmission Reassembly
Exploded View
＊０２
Bolt Tightening Torque:
6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) ATF STRAINER
8 x 1.25 mm: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm, One Bolt
6 x 1.0 mm, Eight Bolts
6 x 1.0 mm, REGULATOR

11 Bolts O-RING VALVE BODY
Replace.
STATOR O-RING
SHAFT STOP Replace.
cardiagn.com
DETENT STATOR SHAFT
ACCUMULATOR ARM SHAFT REGULATOR
BODY SEPARATOR PLATE
DETENT
ARM 6 x 1.0 mm, Seven Bolts
8 x 1.25 mm, Three Bolts
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
VALVE LUBRICATION
SPRING CHECK VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
SEPARATOR PLATE COOLER
CHECK
VALVE
6 x 1.0 mm,
One Bolt ATF PUMP DRIVEN MAIN VALVE BODY
GEAR SHAFT
ATF FEED PIPES,
8 x 62 mm
TORQUE
CHECK BALLS, CONVERTER
Three Balls CHECK VALVE
SECONDARY
VALVE BODY VALVE
SPRING ATF PUMP
1ST ACCUMULATOR ATF PUMP DRIVE GEAR
CHOKE DRIVEN GEAR
MAIN SEPARATOR
PLATE
SECONDARY ATF MAGNET
SEPARATOR PLATE DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
6 x 1.0 mm, One Bolt

ATF PASSAGE PIPE TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
(cont’d)
14-361
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:35 61SJC020_140_0366
Transmission Reassembly (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 5. If the ATF pump drive gear and ATF pump driven
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 gear shaft do not move smoothly, loosen the main
valve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump driven
1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specified
installed in the torque converter housing. Clean torques, then recheck. Failure to align the ATF
and install the ATF magnet, if necessary. pump driven gear shaft correctly will result in a
seized ATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven
2. Install the main separator plate and the two dowel gear shaft.
pins on the torque converter housing. Then install
the ATF pump drive gear (A), driven gear (B), and 6. Install the lubrication check valve, cooler check
the ATF pump driven gear shaft (C). Install the ATF valve and cooler check valve spring in the main
pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered valve body. Install the lubrication check valve in the
side facing down. direction shown in the exploded view.
０２
C 7. Install the secondary separator plate and the two
dowel pins on the main valve body, and install the
B
secondary valve body (one bolt).
cardiagn.com
8. Install the three check balls and choke in the
secondary valve body.
9. Install the accumulator separator plate and the two

dowel pins on the secondary valve body.
A 10. Position the detent arm on the accumulator

separator plate, and install the detent arm shaft into
the detent arm through the separator plates to the
main valve body.
3. Install the torque converter check valve spring and
the valve in the torque converter housing. 11. Install the 8 x 62 mm ATF feed pipe in the main
valve body, and install the accumulator body
4. Install the main valve body (seven 6 mm bolt and (11 bolts).
three 8 mm bolts). Make sure the ATF pump drive
gear (A) rotates smoothly in the normal operating 12. Install the regulator separator plate and the two
direction, and the ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) dowel pins on the main valve body.
moves smoothly in the axial and normal operating
direction. 13. Install the new O-ring on the stator shaft, and install
０３ the stator shaft and the regulator valve body (eight
bolts).
14. Install the stator shaft stop in the main valve body.
15. Install the new O-ring on the ATF strainer, and

install the ATF strainer with the one bolt. Install the
baffle plate with the one bolt through the ATF bolt
hole in step 20.
C 16. Install the ATF passage pipe (one bolt) in the torque
converter housing.
A
14-362
07/05/09 16:42:36 61SJC020_140_0367
17. Install the intermediary shaft (A) into the main 23. Install the needle bearing (A) on the secondary
valve body, and install the 26.5 mm washer (B) on shaft roller bearing in the torque converter housing.
the top of the intermediary shaft. ０５
E D
０４ C
6 x 1.0 mm G
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
A
F
F
E
D
B
C
cardiagn.com
18. Install the transfer output shaft (C) in the torque
converter housing, and install the thrust shim (D)
on the top of the transfer output shaft.
A
19. Install the differential assembly (E) in the torque 24. Turn the shift fork shaft (B) so the large chamfered
converter housing. hole is facing the fork bolt hole of the shift fork.
20. Install the baffle plate (F), and make sure if the 25. Engage the shift fork (C) with the reverse selector
differential is clear of the baffle plate. on the countershaft, and join the mainshaft (D),
countershaft (E), and the secondary shaft (F), then
21. Install the selector control shaft and the park lever install them in the torque converter housing and
link (G). shift fork on the shift fork shaft.
22. Assemble the mainshaft, the countershaft, and the

secondary shaft.
(cont’d)
14-363
07/05/09 16:42:37 61SJC020_140_0368

26. Secure the shift fork (A) to the shift fork shaft with 28. Align the control lever pin with the manual valve
the lock bolt and a new lock washer (B), then bend guide.
the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. ０８
０６
A
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, 10 lbf·ft) 29. Hook the detent arm spring to the detent arm.
０９
27. Install the park pawl shaft (A), the pawl spring (B),
the park pawl (C), and the park pawl stop (D).
０７
14-364
07/05/09 16:42:38 61SJC020_140_0369
30. Install the 8 x 85 mm ATF feed pipe (A), the 32. Install the two dowel pins (A) and the new gasket
8 x 151.5 mm pipes (B), and the 8 x 40 mm pipe (C) (B) on the torque converter housing (C).
in the accumulator body. １２
１０
A
B
cardiagn.com
B
31. Install the 8 x 57.6 mm ATF feed pipe (A) and the
10 x 123 mm pipe (B) in the torque converter
housing.
１１
C
B
33. Place the transmission housing (D) on the torque

converter housing.
(cont’d)
14-365
07/05/09 16:42:39 61SJC020_140_0370

34. Wrap the screwdriver tip with tape to prevent 36. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts
damage to the reverse idler gear teeth. Engage the (10 x 1.25 mm) (23 bolts) along with the
reverse idler gear with reverse gears by rotating transmission hanger (A) and the transmission
the idler gear using the screwdriver. ground terminal bracket (B).
１３＊０３
C
10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft)
A Two Bolts
D
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
B
cardiagn.com
35. While expanding the snap ring of the countershaft
bearing with snap ring pliers, install the
transmission housing onto the bearing part-way. 10 x 1.25 mm
Then release the snap ring pliers, and push down 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
on the housing until it bottoms and the snap ring 21 Bolts
snaps into place in the transmission housing snap
ring groove. 37. Tighten the 21 bolts to 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
１４ in two or more steps in crisscross pattern.
38. Tighten the two bolts (C) to 39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m,

29 lbf·ft). Keep the bolts free of grease or oil.
39. Install and tighten the 12 x 1.25 mm bolt (D) to

64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft).
14-366
07/05/09 16:42:39 61SJC020_140_0371
40. Install the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft. 43. Install the new locknut and tighten it to 176 N·m
１６ (18.2 kgf·m, 132 lbf·ft), then stake the locknut into
its shaft in depth (A) of 0.7−1.3 mm (0.03−0.05 in.)
using a 3.5 mm punch (B).
１８
A
07GAB-PF50101 or
07GAB-PF50100 B
41. Install the new lock washer (A) with the marked
cardiagn.com
side (B) up over the mainshaft (C), and apply the
surface of the lock washer and old locknut (D) with
ATF.
１７ 44. Install the end cover (A), the dowel pin (B), and a
A
new O-ring (C).
１９
F 8 x 1.25 mm
D 49 N·m 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
G
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m A
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
C
B
D
C
E
42. Install the old locknut, and tighten it to seat the lock
washer to 178 N·m (18.2 kgf·m, 132 lbf·ft), then
remove the old locknut.
45. Install the snap ring cap (D) with a new O-ring (E).
46. Apply thread lock sealant to the threads of the

sealing plug (F), and install the sealing plug and a
new sealing washer (G).
(cont’d)
14-367
07/05/09 16:42:40 61SJC020_140_0372

47. Install a new O-ring (E) on the solenoid harness 51. Install the solenoid valve cover (A) with the two
connector (F). dowel pins (B) and a new gasket (C), and secure it
２０ with the seven bolts.
6 x 1.0 mm
ORN 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) ２１
6 x 1.0 mm
F 12 N·m
YEL (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
B A
D
RED B
GRN
C
B
A
cardiagn.com
C
48. Route the solenoid harness through the

transmission housing, and install the solenoid
harness connector.
52. Place a new gasket (A) on the solenoid valve cover,
49. Connect the harness terminals to the solenoid: then install the 8 x 102.8 mm ATF feed pipe (B) and
the 8 x 55.3 mm pipes (C) with the filter end in the
• GRN wire connector to shift solenoid valve C. transmission housing.
• YEL wire connector to the torque converter clutch ２２
6 x 1.0 mm
solenoid valve (D). 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
• RED wire connector to shift solenoid valve A.
• ORN wire connector to shift solenoid valve B. E
50. Secure the solenoid harness connector with the

bolt on the transmission housing. D D
C B
53. Install new O-rings (D) over the ATF feed pipes, and
install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B (E).
14-368
07/05/09 16:42:41 61SJC020_140_0373
54. Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe (A) with the 56. Install a new gasket (A) on the transmission
filter end into its mounting hole (B). housing, and install the 8 x 36 mm ATF joint pipe
２３ (B) with the filter end in the transmission housing
B
and the 8 x 25.2 mm ATF pipe (D).
２５
B
A
cardiagn.com
55. Check the height (A) of the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint E
solenoid valve body mounting surface (D). The
6 x 1.0 mm
height is about 7 mm (0.3 in.) If the height is over 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
accumulator body. 57. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
２４
58. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C.
B 59. With a 6.0 mm wrench, turn the control shaft fully

counterclockwise (view from shaft end) to P. Turn
the control shaft back two click-stopped position so
D A that the shift position is in N.
C ＊０１
(cont’d)
14-369
07/05/09 16:42:41 61SJC020_140_0374

60. Set the transmission range switch (A) to the N 63. Push the locknut against the transmission housing
position. The transmission range switch clicks in to seat the range switch into the selector control
the N position, and the selector control shaft hole shaft, and tighten the locknut to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m,
(B) aligns with the N positioning line (C). 8.7 lbf·ft) while holding the selector control shaft
２７ with a 6 mm wrench, then bend the lock tabs
against the locknut.
A
２９
C
D
cardiagn.com
61. Install the transmission range switch gently over
the selector control shaft (D), and install the bolts 64. Tighten the transmission range switch mounting
loosely. bolts to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
62. Install the new lock washer (A) over the selector 65. Install the control lever (A), the spring washer (B),
control shaft (B) by aligning the projection (C) of the the lock washer (C), and the locknut (D) on the
lock washer with the N positioning line (D) on the selector control shaft (E).
transmission range switch (E), and install the ３０
locknut (F). D
6 x 1.0 mm
２８ C 12 N·m
F
12 N·m B
E (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
D
C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-370
07/05/09 16:42:42 61SJC020_140_0375
66. Install a new O-ring (A) on the input shaft 69. Install the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
(mainshaft) speed sensor (B), and install the input switch (A) with a new sealing washer (B). Tighten
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. the switch by gripping the metal part.
３１＊０５
G 6 x 1.0 mm
6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m
C 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D E
28 N·m
F
H
D
I
C
J
A
G
D
B C
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
67. Install a new O-ring (C) on the output shaft A

20 N·m
(countershaft) speed sensor (D), and install the (2.0 kgf·m,
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor. 14 lbf·ft)
B
68. Install the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch (A) with a new sealing washer (B). Tighten 70. Install the ATF cooler lines (C) with the new sealing
the switch by gripping the metal part. washers (D) and the line bolts (E).
３２
A 71. Install the connector bracket (F), and secure the
20 N·m
(2.0 kgf·m, 14 lbf·ft) ATF line with the 6.0 mm bolts (G) on the
transmission housing. Tighten the bolt to 12 N·m
B (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
72. Install the ATF temperature sensor (H) with the new
O-ring (I). Install the harness clamp (J) on the clamp
bracket, and install the connector on the connector
bracket.
(cont’d)
14-371
07/05/09 16:42:42 61SJC020_140_0376

73. Install the ATF dipstick guide pipe (A) with a new
O-ring (B).
３４
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
cardiagn.com
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
74. Install the ATF dipstick (C) in the guide pipe.
14-372
07/05/09 16:42:45 61SJC020_140_0377
A/T Differential
Component Location Index Backlash Inspection

＊０１ 1. Remove the final driven gear and transfer drive
THRUST SHIM, 85 mm gear from the differential carrier.
Preload Inspection, page 14-378
BEARING OUTER RACE 2. Install both axles into the differential assembly (A),
and place the axles on V-blocks (B).
SPACER
CARRIER BEARING
０１
D
IDENTIFYING LETTER A
(A, B, or C)
cardiagn.com
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR B
Replacement,
page 14-374
3. Measure the backlash of the pinion gears (C) with a
dial indicator (D).
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER Standard (New): 0.05−0.15 mm (0.002−0.006 in.)

Backlash Inspection,
page 14-373
Replacement, page 14-374 4. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the
differential carrier.
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR 5. Install the final driven gear and transfer drive gear
Replacement, page 14-374 on the differential carrier (see page 14-374).
CARRIER BEARING
BEARING OUTER RACE
SPACER
14-373
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６０００００ＤＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６４１ＭＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:45 61SJC020_140_0378
A/T Differential
Differential Carrier, Final Driven Carrier Bearing Replacement

Gear, and Transfer Drive Gear
Replacement Special Tools Required
Attachment, 45 x 55 mm 07MAD-PR90100
NOTE: Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload NOTE:

whenever the differential carrier is replaced. • The bearing and outer race should be replaced as a
set.
1. Remove the final driven gear (A) and the transfer • Inspect and adjust the bearing preload whenever the
driven gear (B) from the differential carrier (C). bearing is replaced.
• Check the bearing for wear and rough rotation. If the
NOTE: The final driven gear bolts (D) have left-hand bearing is OK, removal is not necessary.
threads.
０１ 1. Remove the carrier bearing (A) with a commercially
D A, B, or C
101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft) available bearing puller (B), bearing separator (C),
14 Bolts and stepper adapter (D).
０１
B
C
cardiagn.com
A
C
A
2. Install the new carrier bearing with the attachment

(45 x 55 mm), and a press.
B
NOTE:
• Press the bearing on until it bottoms.
2. Install the final driven gear on the differential • Use the small end of the attachment (45 x
carrier in the direction shown. Use the final driven 55 mm), to install the bearings.
gear matching the identifying letter (A, B, or C) with • Press the bearing on securely so there is no
the letter marked on the top of the countershaft. clearance between the bearing and the carrier.
０２
3. Install the bolts through the differential carrier to
the transfer driven gear. 07MAD-PR90100
4. Tighten the bolts to 101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft)

in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
14-374
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６２１ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６１１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:46 61SJC020_140_0379
Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install a new oil seal flush into the transmission
• Driver 07749-0010000 housing with the driver and oil seal driver
• Oil seal driver attachment attachment.
07GAD-PG40100 or 07GAD-PG40101 ０３
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101
1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.

０１
07749-0010000
cardiagn.com
07GAD-PG40100 or
07GAD-PG40101
4. Install a new oil seal into the torque converter

housing with the driver and oil seal driver
2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter attachment.
housing. ０４
０２
07749-0010000
07JAD-PH80101
14-375
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:47 61SJC020_140_0380
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 85 mm thrust shim (A), the spacer (B),
• Driver 07749-0010000 and the outer race (C) in the transmission housing
• Attachment, 83 mm 07HAD-SG00100 (D).
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 ０２
C D
NOTE:
• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the B
outer race is replaced.
A
• Do not use shim(s) on the torque converter housing
side.
• Adjust the preload after replacing the bearing and the
outer race.
• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the spacer (B),

and the 85 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
cardiagn.com
about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (E). Do not
heat the housing more than 212 °F (100 °C).
０１ 3. With the driver and attachment (83 mm), drive the
E outer race securely in the housing so there is no
clearance between the outer race, spacer, shim,
and housing.
０３
C
B 07749-0010000 07HAD-SG00100
14-376
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:47 61SJC020_140_0381
4. Remove the plate (A), and remove the bearing

outer race (B) and the spacer (C) from the torque
converter housing (D).
０４
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
D
5. Install a spacer and a new outer race in the torque

converter housing.
6. Drive the bearing outer race securely in the

housing with the driver and attachment (78 x
80 mm).
０５
07749-0010000 07NAD-PX40100
7. Install the plate over the outer race in the torque

converter housing.
14-377
07/05/09 16:42:48 61SJC020_140_0382
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection

Special Tools Required 4. Install the 85 mm thrust shim (A) in the
• Driver 07749-0010000 transmission housing (B). If you replace the 85 mm
• Attachment, 83 mm 07HAD-SG00100 thrust shim with a new one, use the same thickness
• Preload inspection tool 070AJ-0020101 shim as the old one.
＊０２
D B
NOTE: If the transmission housing, torque converter
housing, differential carrier, tapered roller bearing,
bearing outer race, or thrust shim were replaced, the C
bearing preload must be adjusted.
A
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the spacer (B),

and the 85 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (E). Do not
heat the housing more than 212 °F (100 °C).
NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room
cardiagn.com
temperature before adjusting the bearing preload.
０１
E
5. Install the spacer (C), and the bearing outer race (D)
in the transmission housing.
6. Drive the outer race securely in the housing with

the driver and attachment (83 mm) so there is no
clearance between the outer race, spacer, shim,
and housing.
０３
C
B
2. Replace the tapered roller bearing when the outer

race is to be replaced. 07749-0010000 07HAD-SG00100
3. Do not use a shim on the torque converter housing

side.
14-378
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:49 61SJC020_140_0383
7. Install the differential assembly (A) in the torque 9. Rotate the differential assembly in both directions
converter housing (B), and install the gasket (C) and to seat the bearings.
the two dowel pins (D) on the housing.
＊０１ 10. Measure the starting torque of the differential
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) assembly with the preload inspection tool, a torque
wrench (A), and a socket (B). Measure the starting
E
torque at normal room temperature in both
G directions.
Standard
F New bearings:
3.9−5.1 N·m (40−52 kgf·cm, 35−45 lbf·in.)
Reused bearings:
3.6−4.8 N·m (37−49 kgf·cm, 32−43 lbf·in.)
０５
A
10 x 1.25 mm
cardiagn.com
39 N·m
(4.0 kgf·m,
12 x 1.25 mm 29 lbf·ft)
64 N·m Two Bolts
(6.5 kgf·m,
47 lbf·ft)
D B
A
C
070AJ-0020101
11. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the

B
thrust shim and measure its thickness.
8. Install the transmission housing (E), and install the

mounting bolts (24 bolts) with the transmission
hanger (F) and the ground terminal bracket (G),
then tighten the bolts.
(cont’d)
14-379
07/05/09 16:42:49 61SJC020_140_0384
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont’d)

12. Select a new thrust shim. To increase the starting THRUST SHIM, 85 mm (cont’d)
torque, increase thickness of the thrust shim. To No. Part Number Thickness
decrease the starting torque, decrease the AA 41466-RGR-000 2.000 mm (0.0787 in.)
thickness of the thrust shim. AB 41467-RGR-000 2.025 mm (0.0797 in.)
Changing the shim to the next size will increase or AC 41468-RGR-000 2.050 mm (0.0807 in.)
decrease the starting torque about 0.5−0.6 N·m AD 41469-RGR-000 2.075 mm (0.0817 in.)
(5−6 kgf·cm, 5−5 lbf·in.). AE 41470-RGR-000 2.100 mm (0.0827 in.)
AF 41471-RGR-000 2.125 mm (0.0837 in.)
THRUST SHIM, 85 mm AG 41472-RGR-000 2.150 mm (0.0846 in.)
No. Part Number Thickness AH 41473-RGR-000 2.175 mm (0.0856 in.)
A 41440-RGR-000 1.350 mm (0.0531 in.) AI 41474-RGR-000 2.200 mm (0.0866 in.)
B 41441-RGR-000 1.375 mm (0.0541 in.) AJ 41475-RGR-000 2.225 mm (0.0876 in.)
C 41442-RGR-000 1.400 mm (0.0551 in.) AK 41476-RGR-000 2.250 mm (0.0886 in.)
D 41443-RGR-000 1.425 mm (0.0561 in.) AL 41477-RGR-000 2.275 mm (0.0896 in.)
E 41444-RGR-000 1.450 mm (0.0571 in.) AM 41478-RGR-000 2.300 mm (0.0906 in.)
F 41445-RGR-000 1.475 mm (0.0581 in.) AN 41479-RGR-000 2.325 mm (0.0915 in.)
G 41446-RGR-000 1.500 mm (0.0591 in.) AO 41480-RGR-000 2.350 mm (0.0925 in.)
cardiagn.com
H 41447-RGR-000 1.525 mm (0.0600 in.)
I 41448-RGR-000 1.550 mm (0.0610 in.) 13. Install the new thrust shim, then recheck the
J 41449-RGR-000 1.575 mm (0.0620 in.) starting torque.
K 41450-RGR-000 1.600 mm (0.0630 in.)
L 41451-RGR-000 1.625 mm (0.0640 in.)
M 41452-RGR-000 1.650 mm (0.0650 in.)
N 41453-RGR-000 1.675 mm (0.0659 in.)
O 41454-RGR-000 1.700 mm (0.0669 in.)
P 41455-RGR-000 1.725 mm (0.0679 in.)
Q 41456-RGR-000 1.750 mm (0.0689 in.)
R 41457-RGR-000 1.775 mm (0.0699 in.)
S 41458-RGR-000 1.800 mm (0.0709 in.)
T 41459-RGR-000 1.825 mm (0.0719 in.)
U 41460-RGR-000 1.850 mm (0.0728 in.)
V 41461-RGR-000 1.875 mm (0.0738 in.)
W 41462-RGR-000 1.900 mm (0.0748 in.)
X 41463-RGR-000 1.925 mm (0.0758 in.)
Y 41464-RGR-000 1.950 mm (0.0768 in.)
Z 41465-RGR-000 1.975 mm (0.0778 in.)
(cont’d)
14-380
07/05/09 16:42:50 61SJC020_140_0385
Transfer Output Shaft
Component Location Index Transfer Output Shaft Bearing

Replacement
＊０１
THRUST SHIM, 28.5 mm
Adjust Installation Height,
page 14-384 Special Tools Required
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Remove the transfer output shaft bearing (A) with a

commercially available puller (B), bearing
separator (C), and shaft protector (D). Place a shaft
protector between the transfer output shaft and a
puller to prevent damaging the shaft.
TRANSFER ０１
OUTPUT SHAFT
B
C
TRANSFER OUTPUT
SHAFT BEARING
cardiagn.com
2. Install the new bearing on the transfer output shaft

with the driver (40 mm I.D.) and a press.
０２
07746-0030100
14-381
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７３ＤＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７３ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:50 61SJC020_140_0386
Oil Seal Replacement

• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 65 mm 07JAD-SH30100
1. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter

housing.
０１
cardiagn.com
2. Install the new oil seal flush to the torque converter
housing with the driver and attachment (65 mm).
０２
07749-0010000
07JAD-SH30100
14-382
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５４３８６１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:51 61SJC020_140_0387
Transmission Housing Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the new bearing in the housing in the
• Driver 07749-0010000 direction shown.
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 ０２
1. Remove the transfer output shaft bearing (A) from

the transmission housing (B) by heating the
housing to about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (C).
Do not heat the housing more than 212 °F (100 °C).
０１
cardiagn.com
3. Drive the new bearing until it bottoms in the
housing with the driver and attachment
(72 x 75 mm).
０３
07749-0010000
07749-0010600
14-383
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７４ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:42:51 61SJC020_140_0388
Transfer Output Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment

NOTE: If the transfer output shaft, transfer output shaft 4. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
bearing, transfer output shaft transmission housing 28.5 mm thrust shim and measure its thickness.
bearing, transmission housing, or torque converter
housing were replaced, adjust the transfer output shaft 5. Select and install a new thrust shim, then recheck
installation height with the 28.5 mm thrust shim. the installation height.
1. Install the transfer output shaft (A) in the torque THRUST SHIM, 28.5 mm
converter housing, and install the 28.5 mm thrust No. Part Number Thickness
shim (B) on the top of the shaft. If you replace the A 29031-RDK-000 1.82 mm (0.0717 in.)
28.5 mm thrust shim with a new one, use the same B 29032-RDK-000 1.84 mm (0.0724 in.)
thickness shim as the old one. C 29033-RDK-000 1.86 mm (0.0732 in.)
D 29034-RDK-000 1.88 mm (0.0740 in.)
Standard: 46.31−46.35 mm (1.823−1.825 in.) E 29035-RDK-000 1.90 mm (0.0748 in.)
＊０１ F 29036-RDK-000 1.92 mm (0.0756 in.)
B
G 29037-RDK-000 1.94 mm (0.0764 in.)
H 29038-RDK-000 1.96 mm (0.0772 in.)
A
I 29039-RDK-000 1.98 mm (0.0780 in.)
cardiagn.com
J 29040-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.0787 in.)
E K 29041-RDK-000 2.02 mm (0.0795 in.)
D L 29042-RDK-000 2.04 mm (0.0803 in.)
F
M 29043-RDK-000 2.06 mm (0.0811 in.)
N 29044-RDK-000 2.08 mm (0.0819 in.)
O 29045-RDK-000 2.10 mm (0.0827 in.)
P 29046-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.0835 in.)
Q 29047-RDK-000 2.14 mm (0.0843 in.)
R 29048-RDK-000 2.16 mm (0.0850 in.)
C S 29049-RDK-000 2.18 mm (0.0858 in.)
T 29050-RDK-000 2.20 mm (0.0866 in.)
U 29051-RDK-000 2.22 mm (0.0874 in.)
Transfer Output Shaft Cutaway View V 29052-RDK-000 2.24 mm (0.0882 in.)
０２ W 29053-RDK-000 2.26 mm (0.0890 in.)
X 29054-RDK-000 2.28 mm (0.0898 in.)
E Y 29055-RDK-000 2.30 mm (0.0906 in.)
Z 29056-RDK-000 2.32 mm (0.0913 in.)
D AA 29057-RDK-000 2.34 mm (0.0921 in.)
2. Install a new gasket (C) on the torque converter

housing.
3. Measure the height (D) of the transfer output shaft

installation between the surface (E) of the gasket
and the top (F) of the 28.5 mm thrust shim in at
least three places. Use the average as the actual
height.
14-384
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７２ＭＫＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:51 61SJC020_140_0389
Transfer Assembly
Inspection
NOTE: To prevent damage to the transfer housing, Total Starting Torque Measurement
always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between
the transfer housing and a vise. 3. Rotate the transfer companion flange several times
to seat the tapered roller bearings.
Transfer Gear Backlash Measurement
4. Measure the staring torque at the companion
1. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion flange (A) using a torque wrench (B) and a socket
flange (B); position the dial indicator tip (C) on the (C).
direct extension of the bolt hole canter (D).
０３ Standard: 3.20−4.16 N·m
B D C
(32.6−42.4 kgf·cm, 28.3−36.8 lbf·in.)
０４
cardiagn.com
A
2. Measure the transfer gear backlash.
Standard: 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.)
5. If the measurements are out of standard,

disassemble the transfer assembly and repair it.
14-385
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:52 61SJC020_140_0390
Transfer Assembly
Disassembly
Exploded View
０１
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m
TRANSFER COVER
O-RING
Replace.
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

OUTER RACE
THRUST SHIM, 80 mm
Selective part
TRANSFER HYPOID DRIVE GEAR/
cardiagn.com
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER TAPERED ROLLER

SPACER BEARING
TAPERED ROLLER Replace.
BEARING
THRUST SHIM, 25 mm
Selective part
TRANSFER OUTPUT
SHAFT (HYPOID GEAR)
TAPERED ROLLER
BEARING
THRUST SHIM, 40 mm
Selective part
OUTER RACE TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
OUTER RACE
COMPANION FLANGE THRUST WASHERS
TAPERED ROLLER
BEARING
CONICAL SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
TRANSFER HOUSING

OUTER RACE
OIL SEAL
O-RING Replace.
Replace.
BACK-UP RING
LOCKNUT
22 x 1.25 mm
108−294 N·m (11.0−30.0 kgf·m, 75.6−217 lbf·ft)
Depending on transfer output shaft
(hypoid gear) starting torque value.
14-386
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:10 61SJC020_140_0391
Special Tools Required 5. Cut the lock tab on the locknut using a chisel.
Companion flange holder 07XAB-0020100 ０３
1. Remove the transfer cover (A) from the transfer

housing (B).
０２
C
6. Secure the transfer housing in a bench vise with
cardiagn.com
soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent
D
materials between the transfer housing and the
vise.
E 7. Install the companion flange holder on the

companion flange, then loosen the locknut.
０４
07XAB-0020100
2. Remove the transfer hypoid drive gear/shaft

assembly (C), the 25 mm thrust shim (D), and the
tapered roller bearing (E).
3. Remove the O-ring (F) from the cover.
4. Drain the transfer fluid (hypoid gear oil) from the

transfer housing.
8. Remove the companion flange holder.
(cont’d)
14-387
07/05/09 16:43:11 61SJC020_140_0392
Transfer Assembly
Disassembly (cont’d)
9. Remove the locknut (A), the conical spring washer 11. Remove the oil seal (A) and the tapered roller
(B), the back-up ring (C), the O-ring (D), and the bearing (B) from the transfer housing.
companion flange (E) from the transfer output shaft ０７
(hypoid gear) (F). A
０５
B
F
E
D
C
cardiagn.com
A
B
10. Remove the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (A)

from the transfer housing (B), then remove the
thrust washers (C) and the transfer spacer (D) from
the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
０６
D
C
14-388
07/05/09 16:43:11 61SJC020_140_0393
Transfer Hypoid Drive Gear Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install a new bearing on the transfer hypoid drive
• Driver 07749-0010000 gear with the driver, attachment (42 x 47 mm),
• Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 attachment (40 x 50 mm), and the press.
• Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAD-PW50601 ０２
07749-0010000
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the
transfer hypoid drive gear (B) with the driver,
attachment (42 x 47 mm), the bearing separator (C)
and the press. 07746-0010300
０１
07LAD-PW50601
07749-0010000
C 07746-0010300
cardiagn.com
A
14-389
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７５２ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:43:12 61SJC020_140_0394
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Output Shaft (Hypoid Gear) Bearing Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 40 mm thrust shim (A) over the transfer
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 output shaft (hypoid gear).
０２
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the 07746-0030100
transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (B) with a
bearing separator (C) and a press. Place a shaft
protector (D) between the transfer output shaft and
the press to prevent damaging the shaft.
０１
cardiagn.com
A
3. Install the tapered roller bearing over the transfer

output shaft (hypoid gear) with the driver (40 mm
B I.D.), and the press.
A
14-390
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７３ＫＤＡＴ１０
07/05/10 14:03:32 61SJC020_140_0395
Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Remove the 58 mm bearing outer race (A) from the
• Driver 07749-0010000 transfer housing (B) by heating the housing to
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (C). Remove
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101 the 52 mm and the 75 mm outer races by heating, if
• Tapered bearing race installer A 07MAF-SP0011A they are press-fitted. Do not heat the housing more
• Installer shaft 07MAF-SP0013A than 212 °F (100 °C).
０２
C
NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one whenever
the outer race is replaced.
B
1. Remove the 52 mm bearing outer race (A) and the

75 mm outer race (B) from the transfer housing (C).
NOTE: Some bearing outer races (52 mm and

75 mm) are press-fitted in the housing, and these
races are removed by heating the housing.
０１
cardiagn.com
C
3. Install the 52 mm bearing outer race (A) until it

bottoms in the transfer housing with the driver and
B
attachment (52 x 55 mm).
０３
07749-0010000
07746-0010400
(cont’d)
14-391
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_140_0396
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement (cont’d)

4. Install the 75 mm bearing outer race (A) and the
58 mm outer race (B) in the transfer housing (C), set
the oil seal driver attachment and tapered bearing
race installer A attachments over the races, and
install the installer shaft through the attachments.
０４
07MAF-SP0011A
07MAF-SP0013A
cardiagn.com
B
07JAD-PH80101
07MAF-SP0013A
5. Tighten the installer shaft nut (D) to install the races

(A) (B) into the transfer housing (C) securely.
０５
C A D
B
07JAD-PH80101 07MAF-SP0011A
07MAF-SP0013A
14-392
07/05/10 14:03:38 61SJC020_140_0397
Transfer Cover Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 80 mm trust shim (A) and the bearing
• Driver 07749-0010000 outer race (B) in the transfer cover (C).
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 ０２
B
NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one whenever
the outer race is replaced.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A) and the 80 mm A

thrust shim (B) from the transfer cover (C). If the
bearing outer race is press-fitted, remove the outer
race by heating the cover to about 212 °F (100 °C)
with a heat gun (D). Do not heat the cover more
than 212 °F (100 °C).
０１
D
cardiagn.com
C
3. Drive the outer race securely in the cover with the

driver and attachment (78 x 80 mm), so there is no
C
clearance between the outer race, thrust shim, and
cover.
０３
07749-0010000
B
07NAD-PX40100
14-393
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７４１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_140_0398
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Cover Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the new oil seal (A) in the transfer cover (B)
• Driver 07749-0010000 to a height (C) of 0−1 mm (0−0.04 in.) above the
• Attachment, 65 mm 07JAD-SH30100 cover surface with the driver and attachment
(65 mm).
1. Remove the oil seal from the transfer cover. ０２
０１
07749-001000
07JAD-SH30100
cardiagn.com
B
14-394
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:14 61SJC020_140_0399
Reassembly
Special Tools Required ０２
EXAMPLE:
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
C: EXISTING 40 mm X: REPLACEMENT 40 mm
• Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 THRUST SHIM THRUST SHIM
• Driver 07749-0010000 Thickness: C=1.05 mm Thickness: X=？？ mm
• Oil seal driver attachment 07GAD-PG40100 or
07GAD-PG40101 B
A
• Companion flange holder 07XAB-0020100
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
NOTE:
• While reassembling the transfer assembly:
– Check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact. A: EXISTING TRANSFER B: REPLACEMENT
– Measure and adjust the transfer gear backlash. OUTPUT SHAFT TRANSFER
– Check and adjust the tapered roller bearing starting (HYPOID GEAR) OUTPUT SHAFT
Number: A=＋2 (HYPOID GEAR)
torque. Number: B=−1
A B
• Coat all parts with ATF during reassembly. X= − ＋C
100 100
• Replace the tapered roller bearing and the bearing 2 −1
cardiagn.com
outer race as a set if either part is replaced. = − ＋1.05
100 100
• Replace the transfer hypoid drive gear and the =0.02＋0.01＋1.05=1.08 (mm)
transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) as a set if either Select No. M 40 mm thrust shim of 1.08 mm (0.043 in.).
part is replaced.
THRUST SHIM, 40 mm
1. Select the 40 mm thrust shim if the transfer output Shim Part Number Thickness
shaft (hypoid gear) is replaced. Calculate the No.
thickness of the 40 mm thrust shim using the A 29361-RDK-000 0.72 mm (0.028 in.)
formula below, and select the shim from the B 29362-RDK-000 0.75 mm (0.030 in.)
following table. C 29363-RDK-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.)
０１ D 29364-RDK-000 0.81 mm (0.032 in.)
E 29365-RDK-000 0.84 mm (0.033 in.)
A B F 29366-RDK-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.)
FORMULA: − ＋C = X
100 100 G 29367-RDK-000 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
A: Number on the existing transfer output H 29368-RDK-000 0.93 mm (0.037 in.)
shaft (hypoid gear) I 29369-RDK-000 0.96 mm (0.038 in.)
B: Number on the replacement transfer output J 29370-RDK-000 0.99 mm (0.039 in.)
shaft (hypoid gear) K 29371-RDK-000 1.02 mm (0.040 in.)
C: Thickness of the existing 40 mm thrust shim
L 29372-RDK-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
X: Thickness needed for the replacement 40 mm
thrust shim M 29373-RDK-000 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)
N 29374-RDK-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.)
NOTE: The number on the transfer output O 29375-RDK-000 1.14 mm (0.045 in.)
shaft (hypoid gear) is shown in 1/100 mm.
2. Select the 40 mm thrust shim if the tapered roller

bearing on the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) is
replaced. Measure the thickness of the replacement
bearing and the existing bearing, and calculate the
difference of the bearing thickness. Adjust the
thickness of the existing 40 mm thrust shim by the
amount of difference in bearing thickness, and
select the replacement 40 mm thrust shim.
(cont’d)
14-395
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_140_0400
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont’d)
3. Install the 40 mm thrust shim (A) on the transfer 6. Install the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (A) in
output shaft (hypoid gear) (B), then install the the transfer housing (B). Do not install the thrust
tapered roller bearing (C) with the driver (40 mm I.D.) washers and transfer spacer on the transfer output
and a press. shaft.
０３０５
07746-0030100
A
cardiagn.com
A
B
4. Place the tapered roller bearing on the bearing 7. Install the companion flange (A), the conical spring
outer race of the companion flange side of the washer (B) in the direction shown, and the locknut
transfer housing. (C) on the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (D).
Do not install the O-ring and back-up ring on the
5. Install a new oil seal on the transfer housing with transfer output shaft.
the driver, oil seal driver attachment, and the press. ０６
０４
A
07749-0010000
C
07GAD-PG40100 or
07GAD-PG40101
14-396
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_140_0401
8. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) 10. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer
with soft jaws, then install the companion flange hypoid drive gear teeth lightly and evenly.
holder on the companion flange. To prevent
damage to the transfer housing, always use soft 11. Install the tapered roller bearing (A), the 25 mm
jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer thrust shim (B), and the transfer hypoid drive gear/
housing and the vise. shaft assembly (C) in the transfer housing (D).
０８
8 x 1.25 mm
9. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting 26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)
torque of the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) so
the starting torque is within 1.15−1.71 N·m (11.7−
17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.).
NOTE: Do not stake the locknut in this step. E
Starting Torque:
1.15−1.71 N·m C
(11.7−17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.)
cardiagn.com
０７
A
B
07XAB-0020100
A
B
12. Install the transfer cover (E) and the bolts, and
tighten the bolts. Do not install the O-ring on the
transfer cover.
(cont’d)
14-397
07/05/09 16:43:16 61SJC020_140_0402
Transfer Assembly
13. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat 17. If the measurement of the backlash is out of the
the tapered roller bearings. standard, adjust the transfer gear backlash with the
40 mm thrust shim and recheck. Do not use more
14. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion than two 40 mm thrust shims to adjust the transfer
flange (B); position dial indicator tip (C) on the gear backlash.
direct extension of the bolt hole center (D).
＊０１ 18. If the transfer gear tooth contact is incorrect, adjust
B D C
the transfer gear tooth contact with the 25 mm or
A 40 mm thrust shim. Do not use more than two
shims of each thrust shim to adjust the tooth
contact.
• Toe Contact
Use a thinner 40 mm thrust shim to move the
transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) away from the
transfer hypoid drive gear. Because this
movement causes the transfer gear backlash to
cardiagn.com
change, move the transfer hypoid drive gear
toward the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) to
adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows:
– Reduce the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim.
15. Measure the transfer gear backlash. – Increase the thickness of the 80 mm thrust
shim by amount of reduce thickness of the
Standard: 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.) 25 mm thrust shim.
• Heel Contact
16. Remove the transfer cover, the transfer hypoid Use a thicker 40 mm thrust shim to move the
drive gear/shaft assembly, and check the transfer transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) toward the
hypoid drive gear tooth contact pattern. transfer hypoid drive gear. Because this
１０ movement causes the transfer backlash to
CORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN
change, move the transfer hypoid drive gear
away from the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear)
to adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows:
– Increase the thickness of the 25 mm thrust
shim.
INCORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN – Reduce the thickness of the 80 mm thrust shim
by the amount of increase thickness of the
25 mm thrust shim.
TOE CONTACT
• Flank Contact
Use a thicker 25 mm thrust shim to move the
transfer hypoid drive gear away from the transfer
output shaft (hypoid gear).
Flank contact must be adjusted within the limits
HEEL CONTACT of the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash
exceeds the limits, adjust as described under
Heel Contact.
• Face Contact
Use a thinner 25 mm thrust shim to move the
FLANK CONTACT transfer hypoid drive gear toward the transfer
output shaft (hypoid gear).
Face contact must be adjusted within the limits of
the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash
exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Toe
Contact.
FACE CONTACT
14-398
07/05/09 16:43:16 61SJC020_140_0403
THRUST SHIM, 25 mm 20. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
Shim Part Number Thickness with soft jaws, then install the companion flange
No. holder on the companion flange. To prevent
1.70 29411-P1C-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) damage to the transfer housing, always use soft
1.73 29412-P1C-000 1.73 mm (0.068 in.) jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer
1.76 29413-P1C-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.) housing and the vise.
1.79 29414-P1C-000 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) ＊０２
1.82 29415-P1C-000 1.82 mm (0.072 in.) A 07XAB-0020100
1.85 29416-P1C-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
1.88 29417-P1C-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
1.91 29418-P1C-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)
B
1.94 29419-P1C-000 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
1.97 29420-P1C-000 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)
2.00 29421-P1C-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
2.03 29422-P1C-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)
2.06 29423-P1C-000 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)
2.09 29424-P1C-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
cardiagn.com
2.12 29425-P1C-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
2.15 29426-P1C-000 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)
2.18 29427-P1C-000 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)
2.21 29428-P1C-000 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)
2.24 29429-P1C-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
19. Remove the transfer cover (A), transfer hypoid

drive gear/shaft assembly (B), 25 mm thrust shim 21. Remove the locknut (A), the conical spring washer
(C), and tapered roller bearing (D) from the transfer (B), and the companion flange (C) from the transfer
housing (E) after adjusting the transfer gear output shaft (hypoid gear) (D).
backlash or transfer gear tooth contact. １３
１１
C
A
A
B
C
D
D
E
B
22. Remove the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear)

from the transfer housing.
(cont’d)
14-399
07/05/09 16:43:17 61SJC020_140_0404
Transfer Assembly
23. Install the two thrust washers (A) and a new 26. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
transfer spacer (B) on the transfer output shaft with soft jaws, then install the companion flange
(hypoid gear) (C) in the direction shown, and install holder on the companion flange. To prevent
them in the transfer housing (D). damage to the transfer housing, always use soft
１４ jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer
B housing and the vise.
１６
A
07XAB-0020100
cardiagn.com
27. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting
torque of the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) so
the starting torque is within 1.15−1.71 N·m (11.7−
24. Coat the threads of the locknut and transfer output 17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.).
shaft (hypoid gear) with ATF.
Tightening Torque:
25. Install the companion flange (A), a new O-ring (B), 108−294 N·m
back-up ring (C), a new conical spring washer (D), (11.0−30.0 kgf·m, 79.6−217 lbf·ft)
and a new locknut (E) on the transfer output shaft Starting Torque:
(hypoid gear) (F). Install the conical spring washer 1.15−1.71 N·m
in the direction shown. (11.7−17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.)
１５
NOTE:
• Rotate the companion flange several times to
seat the tapered roller bearings, then measure
A
the starting torque.
• If the starting torque exceeds 1.71 N·m
B
(17.4 kgf·cm, 15.1 lbf·in), replace the transfer
C
spacer and reassemble the parts. Do not adjust
E the torque with the locknut loose.
• If the tightening torque exceeds 294 N·m
(30.0 kgf·m, 217 lbf·ft), replace the transfer spacer
and reassemble the parts.
F 28. Remove the companion flange holder.
14-400
07/05/09 16:43:17 61SJC020_140_0405
29. Stake the locknut to a depth (A) of 0.7−1.2 mm 32. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
(0.03−0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch (B). with soft jaws, then install the companion flange
１７ holder on the companion flange. To prevent
damage to the transfer housing, always use soft
jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer
housing and the vise.
１９
A
C
A
B
B E
cardiagn.com
D
30. Install the tapered roller bearing (A), the 25 mm
thrust shim (B), and the transfer hypoid drive gear/
shaft assembly (C) in the transfer housing (D).
１８
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)
33. Rotate the transfer companion flange (C) several
times to seat the tapered roller bearings.
34. Measure the starting torque at the companion

E flange using a torque wrench (D) and a socket (E).
Total Starting Torque:

C 3.20−4.16 N·m
(32.6−42.4 kgf·cm, 28.3−36.8 lbf·in.)
31. Temporarily install the transfer cover (E) without

the O-ring. Install and tighten the bolts.
(cont’d)
14-401
07/05/09 16:43:18 61SJC020_140_0406
Transfer Assembly
35. Remove the transfer cover. 37. Measure the thickness of removed 80 mm thrust
shim, and select a new 80 mm shim.
36. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
bearing outer race (A) and the 80 mm thrust shim THRUST SHIM, 80 mm
(B) from the transfer cover (C). If the bearing outer Shim Part Number Thickness
race is press-fitted, remove the bearing outer race No.
by heating the cover to about 212 °F (100 °C) with a A 41401-RDK-000 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)
heat gun (D). Do not heat the cover more than B 41402-RDK-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)
212 °F (100 °C). C 41403-RDK-000 1.58 mm (0.062 in.)
D 41404-RDK-000 1.61 mm (0.063 in.)
If the measurement is within the standard, go to E 41405-RDK-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in.)
step 41. F 41406-RDK-000 1.67 mm (0.066 in.)
２０ G 41407-RDK-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)
D H 41408-RDK-000 1.73 mm (0.068 in.)
I 41409-RDK-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
J 41410-RDK-000 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)
K 41411-RDK-000 1.82 mm (0.072 in.)
cardiagn.com
L 41412-RDK-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
M 41413-RDK-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
N 41414-RDK-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)
O 41415-RDK-000 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
P 41416-RDK-000 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)
Q 41417-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
R 41418-RDK-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)
S 41419-RDK-000 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)
T 41420-RDK-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
C U 41421-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
V 41422-RDK-000 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)
W 41423-RDK-000 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)
X 41424-RDK-000 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)
Y 41425-RDK-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
Z 41426-RDK-000 2.27 mm (0.089 in.)
B
AA 41427-RDK-000 2.30 mm (0.091 in.)
AB 41428-RDK-000 2.33 mm (0.092 in.)
A
AC 41429-RDK-000 2.36 mm (0.093 in.)
AD 41430-RDK-000 2.39 mm (0.094 in.)
AE 41431-RDK-000 2.42 mm (0.095 in.)
AF 41432-RDK-000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.)
AG 41433-RDK-000 2.48 mm (0.098 in.)
AH 41434-RDK-000 2.51 mm (0.099 in.)
AI 41435-RDK-000 2.54 mm (0.100 in.)
AJ 41436-RDK-000 2.57 mm (0.101 in.)
AK 41437-RDK-000 2.60 mm (0.102 in.)
AL 41438-RDK-000 2.63 mm (0.104 in.)
AM 41439-RDK-000 2.66 mm (0.105 in.)
14-402
07/05/09 16:43:18 61SJC020_140_0407
38. Install the 80 mm trust shim (A) and bearing outer 41. Install a new O-ring (A) on the transfer cover (B),
race (B) in the transfer cover (C). If you heated the then install the cover on the transfer housing (C).
cover, let it cool to room temperature before ２３
installing the thrust shim. 8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)
２１
B
A
B
cardiagn.com
C
39. Drive the outer race securely in the cover with the
driver and attachment (78 x 80 mm), so there is no
clearance between the outer race, thrust shim, and
cover.
２２ 42. Remove the filler plug (A), then refill the transfer
with transfer fluid (hypoid gear oil) through the
filler hole. Use an SAE 90 or SAE 80W−90 viscosity
07749-0010000 hypoid gear oil, API classified GL4 or GL5 only.
Viscosity
SAE 90: Above 0 °F ( −18 °C)
SAE 80W−90: Below 0 °F ( −18 °C)
Hypoid Gear Oil Capacity: 0.45 L (0.48 US qt)

２４
07NAD-PX40100
40. After replacing the 80 mm thrust shim, recheck and B

make sure that the total starting torque is within the
specification.
A
24 x 1.5 mm
44 N·m
43. Install the filler plug with a new sealing washer (B).
14-403
07/05/09 16:43:09 61SJC020_150_0001
Rear Differential
Rear Differential
Special Tools ................................................................. 15-2
General Troubleshooting Information ....................... 15-4
cardiagn.com
DTC Troubleshooting Index ........................................ 15-10
System Description ...................................................... 15-12
Circuit Diagram ............................................................. 15-18
DTC Troubleshooting ................................................... 15-20
Symptom Troubleshooting ......................................... 15-41
Rear Differential Fluid
Inspection and Replacement ................................... 15-47
Rear Differential Function Test .................................... 15-48
Rear Differential Fluid Temperature Sensor
Replacement ............................................................. 15-49
VTM-4 LOCK Switch Test/Replacement ..................... 15-49
VTM-4 Control Unit Replacement ............................... 15-50
VTM-4 Relay Replacement .......................................... 15-50
Rear Differential Breather, Line, and Hose
Replacement ............................................................. 15-51
Rear Differential Mount Replacement ........................ 15-52
Rear Differential Removal ............................................ 15-53
Backlash Inspection ...................................................... 15-55
Rear Differential Installation ........................................ 15-56
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１５０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:09 61SJC020_150_0002
Rear Differential
Special Tools
07SAZ-001000A Backprobe Set 2
07AAD-S9VA000 Driveshaft Remover 1
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
15-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１５０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:11 61SJC020_150_0003
＊０１
VTM-4 LOCK
INDICATOR
VTM-4 LOCK SWITCH

Test, page 15-49
VTM-4 INDICATOR
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT
REAR DIFFERENTIAL BREATHER LINE
cardiagn.com
VTM-4 RELAY
Test, page 22-75
REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY

Removal, page 15-53
15-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:11 61SJC020_150_0004
Rear Differential

VTM-4 Indicator
The VTM-4 indicator comes on under certain conditions even if the 4WD system is working normally. Here are some
examples:
• When you use high-powered wireless equipment such as a CB or Ham radio in the vehicle.
• When you keep spinning the front wheels while the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, snow, etc.
• When the battery voltage suddenly drops below 8 volts or rises above 16 volts.
After the VTM-4 indicator comes on, it stays on until you turn the ignition switch off.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

• The VTM-4 control unit can memorize up to seven different DTCs. The system displays the DTCs by blinking the
VTM-4 indicator. Multiple DTCs are displayed in the order they occured, beginning with the most recent.
• If the same DTC is detected more than once, the most recent DTC is written over the earlier one. Therefore, when the
same problem is detected more than once, it is memorized as a single DTC.
cardiagn.com
• The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM (non-volatile memory). Therefore, the memorized DTCs are not cleared
when the battery is disconnected or the VTM-4 control unit is disconnected.
• If there is a problem in the central processing unit (CPU) of the VTM-4 control unit, the VTM-4 indicator comes on,
but no DTC is memorized.
Self-diagnosis
When a problem is detected by self-diagnosis, the system does the following:
• Turns the VTM-4 indicator on.

• Memorizes the DTC.
• Stops 4WD control and puts the vehicle back in 2WD (FWD).
• Reduces engine torque to suit the driving conditions when the abnormality was detected.
15-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＢＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:12 61SJC020_150_0005
Initialization of the VTM-4 Control Unit Manual Initialization
Whenever the VTM-4 control unit is replaced, it must be 1. Start the engine (the VTM-4 indicator comes on,
initialized to make the 4WD system function. and the VTM-4 LOCK switch indicator is off).
There are two methods used to initialize the VTM-4
control unit. The recommended method is to use the 2. Apply the brakes, and move the shift lever to either
Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) with the appropriate R, 1, or 2, then push the VTM-4 LOCK switch (the
software plugged into the data link connector (DLC). VTM-4 indicator stays on, and the VTM-4 LOCK
switch indicator is on). The 4WD system is now in
The other method is to initialize the VTM-4 control unit lock mode.
manually.
Initialization with the HDS
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (the VTM-4 indicator
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to and the VTM-4 LOCK indicator both come on for
the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind 4 seconds, then go off). The VTM-4 control unit is
the driver’s dashboard lower cover). initialized.
cardiagn.com
０１＊０１
ON
OFF 4 sec
VTM-4
INDICATOR
ON
OFF 4 sec
VTM-4 LOCK
INDICATOR
Engine VTM-4 LOCK Engine IG switch

start switch push stop ON (II)
2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the VTM-4

control unit. If it doesn’t go to the DLC circuit
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and follow the

prompts on the HDS screen.
NOTE: See the HDS user’s manual for specific

instruction.
(cont’d)
15-5
07/05/09 16:43:12 61SJC020_150_0006
Rear Differential

How to Check for DTCs 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and follow the
prompts on the HDS to display the DTC(s) on the
When the VTM-4 control unit senses an abnormality in screen. After determining the DTC(s), refer to the
the input or output systems, the VTM-4 indicator in the DTC Troubleshooting.
gauge control module will usually come on, and the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), the D5 indicator, and/ NOTE: See the HDS user’s manual for specific
or the VSA indicator may also come on. instruction.
There are two methods used to check for DTCs. The
recommended method is to use the HDS with the 4. If there are fuel and emissions DTCs, A/T DTCs, or
appropriate software plugged into the data link VSA DTCs at the same time, troubleshoot the fuel
connector (DLC). and emissions DTCs first, then A/T DTCs second,
then VSA third, and then VTM-4 last.
The other method is to connect the service check signal
(SCS) circuit with the HDS. When the data link 5. After recording the DTCs, clear all DTCs.
connector (DLC) is connected to the HDS, the VTM-4
indicator will blink the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 4WD
when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and the SCS mode, and check for DTCs. If the DTC returns, refer
cardiagn.com
circuit is connected to body ground. to the DTC Troubleshooting. If the DTC does not
return, there was an intermittent problem within
HDS Method the circuit. Make sure all connectors and terminals
in the circuit are tight.
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to
the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind Service Check Signal Circuit (SCS) Method
the driver’s dashboard lower cover).
０３ 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. Shift to P, then
turn off the engine.
2. Release the parking brake pedal.

the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind
０４

control unit. If it doesn’t go to the DLC circuit
4. Short the SCS circuit to body ground with the HDS.
15-6
07/05/09 16:43:12 61SJC020_150_0007
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and observe the How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the VTM-4
VTM-4 indicator. Control Unit
NOTE: Codes above 10 are indicated by a series of Special Tools Required
long and short blinks. One long blink equals 10 Backprobe set 07SAZ-001000A (two required)
short blinks. Add the long and short blinks together
to determine the code. After determining the code, 1. Remove the right side kick panel (see page 20-60)
refer to the DTC Troubleshooting. to gain access tothe VTM-4 control unit.
０５
2. Inspect the circuit on the VTM-4 control unit
according to the DTC Troubleshooting using the
special tools and a digital multimeter or an analog
Long blinks Short blinks circuit tester.
(2) (4) 3. Connect the backprobe adapters (A) to the stacking

patch cords (B), and connect the cords to the
OFF multimeter or an analog circuit tester (C). Using the
cardiagn.com
See DTC 24 wire insulator as a guide for the contoured-tip of
the backprobe adapter, gently slide the tip into the
connector from the wire side until it comes in
contact with the terminal end of the wires.
０６
6. Record all the DTC(s), then refer to the DTC

Troubleshooting to determine the meaning of each
DTC.
7. Clear the DTCs from the VTM-4 control unit C

memory.
8. If the MIL, D5 indicator, or the VSA indicator all

come on at the same time, troubleshoot the cause
for the MIL first, then A/T DTCs second, then VSA
third, and then VTM-4 last.
9. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 4WD

mode, and check for DTCs.
If the DTC returns, refer to the DTC Troubleshooting.
A B
If the DTC does not return, there was an 07SAZ-001000A 07SAZ-001000A
all connectors and terminals in the circuit are tight.
(cont’d)
15-7
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_150_0008
Rear Differential

How to Clear the VTM-4 Control Unit Service Check Signal Circuit (SCS) Method
Memory
1. Park the vehicle on level ground. Shift to P, then
There are two methods used to clear DTCs from the turn off the engine.
VTM-4 control unit memory. The recommended
method is to use the HDS with the appropriate software 2. Release the parking brake pedal.
plugged into the data link connector (DLC).
The other method is to connect the service check signal the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind
(SCS) connector with the HDS, and manually clear the the driver’s dashboard lower cover).
memory. ０８
HDS method

the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind
cardiagn.com
０７
4. Short the SCS circuit to body ground with the HDS.
6. The VTM-4 indicator comes on and stays on for

4 seconds. Press and hold the VTM-4 LOCK swtich
A
while the VTM-4 indicator is on.
control unit. If it doesn’t go to the DLC circuit 7. When the VTM-4 indicator goes off, release the
troubleshooting (see page 11-194). VTM-4 LOCK switch.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and follow the 8. The VTM-4 indicator comes on and stays on for
prompts on the HDS screen to clear the DTC(s). 4 seconds. Press and hold the VTM-4 LOCK switch
while the VTM-4 indicator is on.
NOTE: See the HDS user’s manual for specific
instruction.
15-8
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_150_0009
9. When the VTM-4 indicator goes off, release the How to End a Troubleshooting Session
VTM-4 LOCK switch. The VTM-4 indicator will blink (required after any troubleshooting)
twice quickly to confirm that the DTCs have been
cleared from the VTM-4 control unit memory. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: If the VTM-4 indicator does not blink twice 2. Clear the DTCs from the VTM-4 control unit
quickly, the memory has not been cleared. Turn the memory.
ignition switch OFF, then repeat steps 5 through 9.
＊０２ 3. Disconnect the HDS from the data link connector
(DLC).
IG switch ON (II)
IGNITION
SWITCH
ON 4. Verify that the problem has been repaired; test-
OFF
PARKING BRAKE ON drive the vehicle for several minutes in 4WD mode.
SWITCH
OFF
PGM TESTER ON
CONNECT
OFF 0.3 sec
VTM-4 ON
INDICATOR
OFF
VTM-4 LOCK 4 sec 4 sec 0.3 sec 0.3 sec
ON
INDICATOR
cardiagn.com
OFF
VTM-4 LOCK VTM-4 LOCK

switch pushed switch pushed
VTM-4 LOCK VTM-4 LOCK
switch released switch released
10. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the

HDS from the data link connector (DLC).
15-9
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_150_0010
Rear Differential

DTC VTM-4 Detection Item Possible Cause Page
Indicator
21-1 ON Left-front wheel sensor • Sensor is defective (see page 15-20)
22-1 ON Right-front wheel sensor • Open or short in the wire harness
23-1 ON Left-rear wheel sensor • VTM-4 control unit is defective (see page 15-22)
24-1 ON Right-rear wheel sensor • VSA modulator-control unit is defective
26-1 ON VSA modulator-control unit or wire • Open or short in the wire harness from the (see page 15-24)
harness VTM-4 control unit to VSA modulator
• VSA modulator-control unit is defective
37-1 ON Engine RPM signal circuit • Open or short in the wire harness (see page 15-25)
38-1 ON • VTM-4 control unit or PCM is defective
41-1 ON CAN communication (PCM/VSA system) • Open or short in the wire harness from the (see page 15-27)
VTM-4 control unit to PCM/VSA
• VTM-4 control unit or PCM is defective or
VSA modulator-control unit is defective
42-1 ON Differential oil temperature sensor • Sensor is defective (see page 15-29)
43-1 ON • Open or short in the wire harness
• VTM-4 control unit is defective
44-1 ON VTM-4 relay • Relay is defective (see page 15-30)
• Open or short in the wire harness
51-1 ON Left clutch electromagnetic coil • Electromagnetic coil is defective (see page 15-32)
cardiagn.com
53-1 ON • VTM-4 control unit is defective
54-1 ON
55-1 ON Right clutch electromagnetic coil • Electromagnetic coil is defective (see page 15-34)
57-1 ON • VTM-4 control unit is defective
58-1 ON
59-1 ON Right/left clutch electromagnetic coil • Low battery voltage (see page 15-37)
power supply • Fault in the charging system
73-1 ON MAP (manifold absolute pressure) • Fault in the PCM system/MAP (manifold (see page 15-37)
sensor or PCM absolute pressure) sensor is defective
76-1 ON Rear differential clutch warning system • Sensor is defective (see page 15-38)
• VSA modulator-control unit is defective
77-1 ON PCM • PCM is defective (see page 15-40)
78-1 ON VTM-4 control unit • VTM-4 control unit is defective (see page 15-40)
41-2 ON CAN communication (PCM/VSA system) • Open or short in the wire harness from (see page 15-27)
VTM-4 control unit to PCM (or VSA)
42-2 ON Differential oil temperature sensor • Sensor is defective (see page 15-29)
21-2 ON Left-front wheel sensor • Sensor is defective (see page 15-20)
22-2 ON Right-front wheel sensor • Open or short in the wire harness
23-2 ON Left-rear wheel sensor • VTM-4 control unit is defective (see page 15-22)
24-2 ON Right-rear wheel sensor • VSA modulator-control unit is defective
53-2 ON Left or Right clutch electromagnetic coil • Electromagnetic coil is defective (see page 15-32)
• Open or short in the wire harness (see page 15-34)
: DTCs are indicated by the VTM-4 indicator when the data link connector (DLC) is connected to the HDS.
15-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＧＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_150_0011
Symptom Diagnostic Procedure Also check for
The VTM-4 indicator Symptom troubleshooting (see page 15-41).

comes on, but no DTCs
are stored in any system:
VTM-4, VSA, or PCM
The VTM-4 indicator does Symptom troubleshooting (see page 15-42).

not come on
The VTM-4 LOCK Symptom troubleshooting (see page 15-43).

indicator does not come
on when the VTM-4 LOCK
switch is pressed
cardiagn.com
indicator comes on when
the ignition switch is
turned ON (II) and does
not go off

indicator does not come
on for about 4 seconds
when the ignition switch
is turned ON (II)
Noise and judder when 1. Drain and refill the rear differential with new VTM-4 fluid
turning at full lock (see page 15-47).
2. Do the Differential Function Test (see page 15-48).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
4. Drain the rear differential, then install new drain plug
washers, and refill with new VTM-4 fluid (see page 15-47).
Clunk noise and then a Normal clutch engagement at throttle opening

bump when backing and
turning
15-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:14 61SJC020_150_0012
Rear Differential
System Description
This vehicle is equipped with a rear differential system called the variable torque management 4WD (VTM-4) system.
The VTM-4 control unit controls the current flowing through electromagnetic coils to engage and disengage the right
and left clutches in the rear differential assembly.
The operation of the VTM-4 system consists of the following functions:
• Vehicle acceleration torque control (VATC)

• Limited slip differential (LSD)
• Lock control
These functions automatically combine to distribute driving torque between the front and rear wheels when the
vehicle is being accelerated or when wheels are slipping. When the vehicle speed is about 18 mph (30 km/h) or below,
and the transmission is in R, 2, or 1, the system will manually engage the rear differential clutches when the VTM-4
LOCK switch is pressed. By design, in lock mode, the torque is reduced gradually at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h) to
minimize the load on the 4WD system.
The VTM-4 control unit has a fail-safe function, a self-diagnosis function, and a provision to communicate with the
HDS.
cardiagn.com
＊０１
VTM-4 SYSTEM
VTM-4
VTM-4 CONTROL
LOCK UNIT
SWITCH
Oil temperature
sensor signal
Right wheel
control current
Left wheel
VSA control current
MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT
PCM
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY
15-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＣＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:14 61SJC020_150_0013
• VATC Control
The torque to be delivered to the rear wheels is calculated based on the acceleration of the vehicle calculated in the
VTM-4 control unit.
０２
Amount of control
N·m (kgf·m)
0
Deceleration Acceleration
Acceleration of vehicle
(calculation from driving torque)
cardiagn.com
• LSD Control
The torque to be delivered to the rear wheels is calculated based on the differences in speed and acceleration
between the front and rear wheels.
０３
Amount of control
N·m (kgf·m)
0
Front wheel Front wheel
rotation small rotation large
Rotation difference between

front wheel and rear wheel
• LOCK Control
Rear differential clutch lock control is done by pushing the VTM-4 LOCK switch manually when the shift lever is in
R, 1, or 2.
０４
100
Amount of control
(%)
Velocity of vehicle
(mph)
(cont’d)
15-13
07/05/09 16:43:14 61SJC020_150_0014
Rear Differential

VTM-4 Control Unit Electrical Connections
＊０２
VTM−4 CONTROL UNIT REAR DIFFERENTIAL
VTM−4 RELAY
BATTERY
B7 B3
PWR RCOH
RIGHT CLUTCH
A4 ELECTROMAGNETIC
FSR COIL
B4
IGNITION SWITCH RCOL
IG1 A1 B1
IG1 LCOH
LEFT CLUTCH
ELECTROMAGNETIC
IG1 HOT in ON (II) and COIL
START (III) B2
LCOL
cardiagn.com
A13
TOL
DIFFERENTIAL
OIL
TEMPERATURE
A9 SENSOR
FLP A15
TOH
A7
VSA FRP
MODULATOR−
CONTROL GAUGE CONTROL
UNIT A5 MODULE
RLP
A14
A3 WARN1
RRP
VTM−4 INDICATOR
B11
WARN2
A11
CANH
VTM−4LOCK SWITCH
POWERTRAIN A8
CONTROL A22 LOCKSW
CANL
MODULE
(PCM)
A12
NEP A16
LOCKL
VTM−4 LOCK INDICATOR
A20
SCS
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR B5
PG
A18
K−LINE
A16 A10
PARBRK LG1
B12
LG2
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
15-14
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_150_0015
VTM-4 Control Unit Inputs and Outputs

The VTM-4 control unit terminal voltage and measuring conditions for the 4WD control system are shown.
NOTE: Measure voltage with the connectors connected.

０６
VTM-4 Control Unit Connector Terminal Locations
B (12P) A (22P)
cardiagn.com
Terminal Wire color Terminal sign Description Measurement
number (Terminal name) Conditions Voltage
A1 YEL IG1 (Ignition 1) Power supply for Ignition switch Battery voltage
activating the system ON (II)
A3 GRY/RED RRP (Rear right Detect right-rear wheel Turn wheel at 1 There should be 0−
pulse) sensor signal rotation/second about 5 V repeatedly.
(A digital voltmeter
reads about 2.5 V when
the wheel is turning
faster.)
A4 ORN/GRN FSR (Fail-safe Drives VTM-4 relay Ignition switch Battery voltage
relay) ON (II)
Engine running Less than 1 V
A5 GRY/YEL RLP (Rear left Detects left-rear wheel Turn wheel at 1 There should be 0−
faster.)
A6 GRN/ORN PARBRK (Parking Detects parking brake Parking brake on Less than 2 V
brake) signal Parking brake off Battery voltage
A7 LT GRN FRP (Front right Detects right-front Turn wheel at 1 There should be 0−
pulse) wheel sensor signal rotation/second about 5 V repeatedly.
faster.)
A8 BRN/WHT LOCKSW (LOCK Detects VTM-4 LOCK Ignition switch Less than 1 V
switch) switch signal ON (II)
VTM-4 LOCK mode Battery voltage
A9 WHT/RED FLP (Front left Detects left-front wheel Turn wheel at 1 There should be 0−
faster.)
(cont’d)
15-15
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_150_0016
Rear Differential

VTM-4 Control Unit Inputs and Outputs
The VTM-4 control unit terminal voltage and measuring conditions for the 4WD control system are shown.
NOTE: Measure voltage with the connectors connected.

０７
VTM-4 Control Unit Connector Terminal Locations
B (12P) A (22P)
cardiagn.com
A10 BLK LG1 (Logic ground) Ground Less than 0.5 V
A11 WHT CANH CAN communication Ignition switch About 2.5 V (pulses)
(CAN signal ON (II)
communication
signal high)
A12 BLU NEP Detects engine Ignition switch Above 8 V
(Engine revolution) revolution signal ON (II)
Engine running at 5−8 V
1,000 rpm
A13 BLK TOL Detects differential oil Check at normal 1−3.6 V
(Temperature oil temperature sensor temperature with
low) signal the ignition switch
ON (II)
A14 RED/WHT WARN1 (Warning Drives VTM-4 indicator VTM-4 indicator on Less than 4 V
1) VTM-4 indicator off Battery voltage
A15 WHT TOH Power supply for Check at normal 4−5 V
(Temperature oil differential oil temperature with
high) temperature sensor the ignition switch
ON (II)
A16 YEL/BLK LOCKL (Lock lamp) Drives VTM-4 LOCK VTM-4 LOCK Less than 4 V
indicator indicator on
VTM-4 LOCK Battery voltage
indicator off
A18 LT BLU K-LINE Communication signal Ignition switch About 9.0 V
to HDS ON (II) (Not
connected to HDS)
A20 BRN SCS Detects service check SCS circuit shorted Less than 2 V
(Service check connector signal SCS circuit opened About 5 V
signal)
A22 RED CANL CAN communication Ignition switch About 2.5 V (pulses)
(CAN signal ON (II)
communication
signal low)
15-16
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_150_0017

B1 BLK/RED LCOH (Left coil Drives left clutch Ignition switch Less than 1 V
high) electromagnetic coil ON (II)
(positive) Engine running Less than 1 V
VTM-4 LOCK mode Above 3 V
B2 BLK/WHT LCOL (Left coil Drives left clutch Ignition switch Less than 1 V
low) electromagnetic coil ON (II)
(negative) Engine running Less than 1 V
VTM-4 LOCK mode Less than 1 V
B3 BRN RCOH (Right coil Drives right clutch Ignition switch Less than 1 V
high) electromagnetic coil ON (II)
(positive) Engine running Less than 1 V
VTM-4 LOCK mode Above 3 V
B4 GRN RCOL (Right coil Drives right clutch Ignition switch Less than 1 V
low) electromagnetic coil ON (II)
(negative) Engine running Less than 1 V
cardiagn.com
VTM-4 LOCK mode Less than 1 V
B5 BLK PG (Power ground) Ground Less than 0.5 V
B7 RED/BLU PWR (Power) Power supply for 10 seconds after Less than 3 V
VTM-4 control unit ignition switch
ON (II)
Engine running Battery voltage
VTM-4 LOCK mode Battery voltage
B11 RED/WHT WARN2 (Warning Drives VTM-4 indicator VTM-4 indicator on Less than 4 V
2) VTM-4 indicator off Battery voltage
B12 BLK LG2 (Logic ground) Ground Less than 0.5 V
15-17
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_150_0018
Rear Differential
Circuit Diagram
＊９０
BATTERY
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A) G1 BAT A6 No.18 (15 A) D1

No.4 AUXILIALY
IG1 (20 A) UNDER−HOOD
No.21 (7.5 A) N44 FUSE BOX
IG1 HOT in ON (II) and
START (III) UNDER−DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX A YEL BLK/YEL WHT/RED
YEL 5 1
VTM−4
RELAY
cardiagn.com
3 2
YEL ORN/GRN RED/BLU
A1 A4 B7
IG1 FSR PWR
VTM−4 CONTROL UNIT
WARN1 WARN2 LOCKH LOCKSW

A14 B11 A16 A8 TAILLIGHT
RELAY
RED/WHT RED/WHT YEL/BLK BRN/WHT

RED/BLK
5 1 3
RED/WHT
INDICATOR LIGHT
C3
VTM−4 VTM−4 LOCK SWITCH 2 4

INDICATOR
YEL RED
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE A
DASH LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROLLER
(In the gauge
control module)
15-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:16 61SJC020_150_0019
＊９０
REAR DIFFERENTIAL : Shielding

LEFT CLUTCH RIGHT CLUTCH DIFFERENTIAL OIL
ELECTROMAGNETIC ELECTROMAGNETIC TEMPERATURE
COIL COIL SENSOR
MULTIPLEX
INTEGRATED
CONTROL
UNIT (MICU)
BLK/RED BLK/WHT BRN GRN WHT BLK BRN/BLK GRN/ORN
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
9 7 GRN/ORN
1 2 6 3 2 5 4
BLK GRN/ORN
BLK/RED BLK/WHT BRN GRN WHT BLK
cardiagn.com
BRN LT BLU PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
G601
B1 B2 B3 B4 A15 A13 A20 A18 A6
LCOH LCOL RCOH RCOL TOH TOL SCS K−LINE PARBRK
VTM−4
CONTROL
UNIT
NEP CANL CANH RRP RLP FRP FLP PG LG LG

A12 A22 A11 A3 A5 A7 A9 B5 A10 B12
RED WHT
BLU GRY/RED GRY/YEL LT GRN WHT/RED BLK BLK BRN/YEL
RED WHT RED WHT
A28 A1 A36 12 37 5 7 28 26
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM) VSA MODULATOR−CONTROL UNIT
G501
15-19
07/05/09 16:43:16 61SJC020_150_0020
Rear Differential
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 21-1, 21-2, 22-1, 22-2: Front Wheel 9. Measure voltage between the No. 7 and No. 9
Sensors terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A
(22P) and body ground while rotating the
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general appropriate wheel (1 rotation/second).
DTC Appropriate Terminal
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 21 (Left-front) A9
22 (Right-front) A7
2. Clear the DTC (see page 15-8). ０１
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P)
3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the
HDS.
Is DT C 21-1, 21-2, and/ or 21-2 indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.
FRP (LT GRN) FLP (WHT/RED)
cardiagn.com
time.
4. Check for DTCs in the VSA system with the HDS. Wire side of female terminals
Are there any V SA DT Cs indicated?

Is there about 2 V to 3 V ?
YES−Go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 10.
6. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securely
supported. 11. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A
(22P) and the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
7. Spin the rear wheels by hand, and check for rear connector.
brake drag.
Are the rear brakes dragging?
YES−Repair cause of rear brake drag, and retest.
NO−Go to step 8.
15-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１２１１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:51 61SJC020_150_0021
12. Check for continuity between the terminals No. 7 15. Check for continuity between the VSA modulator-
and No. 9 of VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) control unit 46P connector terminals and body
and body ground. ground.
０２
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) Appropriate Appropriate Terminal
wheel VSA modulator-control unit
Right-front 28
Left-front 26
０４
FRP (LT GRN) FLP (WHT/RED)
FLP (WHT/RED) FRP (LT GRN)

cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between Wire side of female terminals
the VTM-4 control unit (A7 and/or A9) and the VSA
modulator-control unit.
NO−Go to step 13.
13. Connect the terminals No. 7 and No. 9 of VTM-4
control unit connector A (22P) to body ground with NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
the jumper wires. control unit (A7 and/or A9) and the VSA modulator-
０３ control unit.
the VTM-4 control unit and the VSA modulator-
control unit connectors. If the connections are OK,
replace the VTM-4 control unit, then go to step 17.
FRP (LT GRN) FLP (WHT/RED) HDS.
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE
Is DT Cs 21-1, 21-2, and/ or 22-2 indicated?
Wire side of female terminals YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit

(see page 19-94).
14. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P NO−The system is OK at this time.
connector.
15-21
07/05/09 16:43:51 61SJC020_150_0022
Rear Differential

DTC 23-1, 23-2, 24-1, 24-2: Rear Wheel 10. Measure voltage between the No. 3 and No. 5
Sensors terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 23 (Left-rear) A5
24 (Right-rear) A3
3. Start the engine, shift the transmission into D. Test-
drive the vehicle at speeds over 25 mph (40 km/h),
while keeping the engine speed below 2,500 rpm
for at least 30 seconds.
NOTE: Be careful not to overheat the rear

differential clutch system. RRP (GRY/RED) RLP (GRY/YEL)
cardiagn.com
4. Check for DTSs with the HDS.
Is DT Cs 23-1, 23-2, 24-1, and/ or 24-2 indicated? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 5.
Is there about 2 V to 3 V ?
time. YES−Go to step 18.
5. Check for DTCs in the VSA system with the HDS. NO−Go to step 11.
Are there any V SA DT Cs indicated? 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
YES−Go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 12. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A
(22P) and the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
NO−Go to step 6. connector.

supported.
8. Spin the rear wheels by hand, and check for rear

brake drag.
NO−Go to step 9.
15-22
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１２３１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:51 61SJC020_150_0023
13. Check for continuity between the same terminal of 16. Check for continuity between the VSA modulator-
VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body control unit 46P connector terminals and body
ground. ground.
０２
wheel VSA modulator-control unit
Right-rear 5
Left-rear 7
０４
RRP (GRY/RED) RLP (GRY/YEL)
RLP (GRY/YEL) RRP (GRY/RED)
cardiagn.com
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between Wire side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 14.
14. Connect the terminals No. 3 and No. 5 of VTM-4
control unit connector A (22P) to body ground with NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
the jumper wires. control unit (A3 and/or A5) and the VSA modulator-
０３ control unit.
17. Check for poor connection or loose terminals at the
VTM-4 control unit and the VSA modulator-control
unit connectors. If the connections are OK, replace
the VTM-4 control unit, then go to step 18.

RRP (GRY/RED) RLP (GRY/YEL) drive the vehicle at speeds over 25 mph (40 km/h),
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE while keeping the engine speed below 2,500 rpm
Wire side of female terminals NOTE: Be careful not to overheat the rear
differential clutch system.
15. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P 19. Check for DTCs with the HDS.
connector.
Is DT Cs 23-1, 23-2, 24-1, and/ or 24-2 indicated?
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit

(see page 19-94).
NO−The system is OK at this time.
15-23
07/05/09 16:43:52 61SJC020_150_0024
Rear Differential

DTC 26-1: VSA Modulator-Control Unit or 8. Measure voltage between the No. 3, No. 5, No. 7,
Wire Harness and No. 9 terminals of the VTM-4 control unit
connector A (22P) and body ground while rotating
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general the appropriate wheel one rotation a second.
Appropriate wheel Appropriate Terminal
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Left-front A9
Right-front A7
2. Clear the DTC (see page 15-8). Left-rear A5
Right-rear A3
3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the ０１
HDS. VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P)
Is DT C 26-1 indicated? RRP (GRY/RED) FLP (WHT/RED)
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
RLP FRP
time. (GRY/YEL) (LT GRN)
4. Check for DTCs in the VSA system with the HDS.
Are there any V SA DT Cs indicated? Wire side of female terminals

Are all f our readings about 2 V to 3 V ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. terminals at the VTM-4 control unit. If the
connections are OK, replace the VTM-4 control unit
6. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securely (see page 15-50).
supported.
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). between the VTM-4 control unit and the VSA
modulator-control unit. If the connections are OK,
replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see page
19-94).
15-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１２６１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:52 61SJC020_150_0025
DTC 37-1, 38-1: Engine RPM Signal Circuit Condition Voltage

Ignition switch ON (II) Above 8 V
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general Engine speed at 1,000 rpm 5−8 V
Is the voltage correct?
2. Clear the DTC (see page 15-8).
NO−Go to step 9.
3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTSs with the
HDS. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Is DT Cs 37 -1 and/ or 38-1 indicated? 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 4. 11. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
cardiagn.com
time.
13. Measure voltage between the No. 12 terminal of
4. Check for DTC’s in the PGM-FI DTCs indicated the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body
ground.
Are there any PGM-F I DT Cs indicated? ０２
NO−Go to step 5.

NEP (BLU)
6. Disconnect VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P).
8. Measure voltage between the No. 12 terminal of Wire side of female terminals
the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body
ground with the engine running.
０１ Is there voltage?
the VTM-4 control unit (A12) and the PCM (A28).
NO−Go to step 14.
NEP (BLU) 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(cont’d)
15-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１３７１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:52 61SJC020_150_0026
Rear Differential

15. Check for continuity between the No. 12 terminal of 17. Check for continuity between the No. 28 terminal of
the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body the PCM connector A (44P) and body ground.
ground. ０２
０３ PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
NEP (BLU)
NEP (BLU)
cardiagn.com
the VTM-4 control unit (A12), and the PCM (A28). NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
control unit (A12), and the PCM (A28).
NO−Go to step 16.
16. Connect the No. 12 terminal of the VTM-4 control the VTM-4 control unit, and the PCM connectors. If
unit connector A (22P) to body ground with a the connections are OK, replace the VTM-4 control
jumper wire. unit, then go to step 19.
０１
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) 19. Test-drive the vehicle, and watch the VTM-4
indicator.
Is DT Cs 37 -1 and/ or 38-1 indicated?
YES−Replace the PCM (see page 11-205).

NEP (BLU)
JUMPER WIRE NO−The system is OK at this time.
15-26
07/05/09 16:43:53 61SJC020_150_0027
DTC 41-1, 41-2: CAN Communication (PCM/ 9. Check for continuity between the VTM-4 control
VSA System) unit connector A (22P) terminal No. 11 and PCM
connector A (44P) terminal No. 44, and between the
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) terminal
troubleshooting information (see page 15-4). No. 11 and VSA modulator-control unit 46P
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). ０１
3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the CANH (WHT) Wire side of female terminals
HDS.
CANH (WHT) CANH (WHT)
Is DT Cs 41-1 and/ or 41-2 indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Wire side of female terminals
time.
4. Check for a PCM/VSA system DTCs.
Is there a DT Cs?
YES−Troubleshoot the indicated PCM/VSA

DTCs.
NO−Go to step 6. CANH (WHT)
5. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A Wire side of female terminals
(44P), and VSA modulator-control unit 46P
connector. Is there continuity?
7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
control unit (A11) and the PCM (A44), the VSA
8. Disconnect the PCM connector A (44P). modulator-control unit.
(cont’d)
15-27
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１４１１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:53 61SJC020_150_0028
Rear Differential

10. Check for continuity between the VTM-4 control
unit connector A (22P) terminal No. 22 and PCM
connector A (44P) terminal No. 9, and between the
VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) terminal
No. 22 and VSA modulator-control unit 46P
０２
CANL (RED)
cardiagn.com
CANL (RED)
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) CANL (RED)

terminals at the VTM-4 control unit, PCM, VSA
modulator-control unit connectors. If the
(see page 15-50).

control unit (A22) and the PCM (A9), the VSA
15-28
07/05/09 16:43:53 61SJC020_150_0029
DTC 42-1, 42-2, 43-1: Differential Oil 9. Measure voltage between the No. 13 and No. 15
Temperature Sensor terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A
(22P) and body ground.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general ０２
troubleshooting information (see page 15-4). VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P)
3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with in TOL (BLK) TOH (WHT)
the HDS.
Is DT Cs 42-1, 42-2, and/ or 43-1 indicated?
cardiagn.com
time. Is there voltage?
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. YES−Repair short to power in the wire between
the VTM-4 control unit (A13 or A15) and the
5. Remove the wire harness cover from the rear differential oil temperature sensor.
differential (see page 15-49).
NO−Go to step 10.
6. Disconnect the 2P connector from the differential
oil temperature sensor, then measure resistance 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the
differential oil temperature sensor. 11. Check for continuity between the No. 13 and No. 15
０１ terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A
DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR (22P) and body ground.
０３

TOL (BLK) TOH (WHT)
Oil temperature Resistance
32 °F (0 °C) 5.82 k to 7.26 k
86 °F (30 °C) 1.53 k to 1.83 k
212 °F (100 °C) 148 to 162
284 °F (140 °C) 52 to 61 Wire side of female terminals
Is the resistance correct?

YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Replace the differential oil temperature the VTM-4 control unit (A13 or A15) and the
sensor (see page 15-49). differential oil temperature sensor.
7. Disconnect VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P). NO−Go to step 12.

(cont’d)
15-29
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１４２１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:54 61SJC020_150_0030
Rear Differential

12. Connect the differential oil temperature sensor 2P DTC 44-1: VTM-4 Relay
connector terminals to body ground with jumper
wires. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general
０２ troubleshooting information (see page 15-4).
DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

JUMPER WIRE
HDS.
Is DT C 44-1 indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.
Terminal side of female terminals NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
cardiagn.com
time.
13. Check for continuity between the No. 13 and No. 15
terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A 4. Measure voltage between the No. 4 terminal of the
(22P) and body ground. VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body
０３ ground, and between the No. 7 terminal of the
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) VTM-4 control unit connector B (12P) and body
ground with the ignition switch ON (II), and with the
engine started.
０１
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTORS
TOL (BLK) TOH (WHT)

FSR (ORN/GRN)
A (22P) B (12P)
PWR (RED/BLU)

YES−Check for poor connections or loose Condition B7 (PWR) A4 (FSR)

terminals at the VTM-4 control unit and the Ignition switch Less than 3 V Battery
differential oil temperature sensor connectors. If ON (II) voltage
the connections are OK, replace the VTM-4 control Engine start Battery Less than 1 V
unit (see page 15-50). voltage
NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4 Is the voltage correct?
control unit (A13 or A15) and the differential oil
temperature sensor. YES−Go to step 16.
NO−Go to step 5.
15-30
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１４４１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:54 61SJC020_150_0031
6. Remove the VTM-4 relay, and test it (see page 12. Measure voltage between the No. 4 terminal of the
22-75). VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body
ground, and between the No. 7 terminal of the
Is the V T M-4 relay OK ? VTM-4 control unit connector B (12P) and body
ground.
YES−Go to step 7. ０３
NO−Replace the VTM-4 relay (see page 15-50).
FSR (ORN/GRN)
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) with the VTM-4 A (22P) B (12P)
relay removed.
PWR (RED/BLU)
8. Measure voltage between the No. 1 and No. 5
terminals of the VTM-4 relay 5P connector and
body ground.
０１
VTM-4 RELAY 5P CONNECTOR
cardiagn.com
BLK/YEL
the VTM-4 control unit (A4 or B7) and the VTM-4
WHT/RED relay.
NO−Go to step 12.

14. Check for continuity between the No. 4 terminal of
Is there battery voltage? grond, and between the No. 7 terminal of the
VTM-4 control unit connector B (12P) and body
YES−Go to step 9. ground.
０４
NO−Check for blown No. 4 (20 A) fuse in the VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTORS
auxiliary fuse box or No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the
driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuses are FSR (ORN/GRN)
OK, repair open in the wire between the auxiliary A (22P) B (12P)
fuse box or the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box
and the VTM-4 relay.
PWR (RED/BLU)
10. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A Wire side of female terminals
(22P) and connector B (12P).
11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is there continuity?

the VTM-4 control unit (A4 or B7) and the VTM-4
relay.
NO−Go to step 15.
(cont’d)
15-31
07/05/09 16:43:54 61SJC020_150_0032
Rear Differential

15. Check for continuity between the No. 4 terminal of DTC 51-1, 52-1, 53-1, 53-2, 54-1: Left Clutch
the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and the Electromagnetic Coil
No. 3 terminal of the VTM-4 relay, and between the
No. 7 terminal of the VTM-4 control unit connector NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general
B (12P) and the No. 2 terminal of the VTM-4 relay. troubleshooting information (see page 15-4).
０２
VTM-4 RELAY CONNECTOR (5P)
RED/BLU 3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the
ORN/GRN
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT HDS.
CONNECTOR A (22P) CONNECTOR B (12P)
FSR (ORN/GRN) PWR (RED/BLU) Is DT Cs 51-1, 52-1, 53-2, and/ or 54-1 indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? time.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the A4 or B7 5. Disconnect the left clutch electromagnetic coil 2P
terminals of the VTM-4 control unit and the VTM-4 connector on the differential.
relay.
6. Measure resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2
16. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at terminals of the left clutch electromagnetic coil 2P
the VTM-4 control unit and the VTM-4 relay connector.
connectors. If the connections are OK, go to step ０１
17. LEFT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL
2P CONNECTOR
HDS.
Is DT C 44-1 indicated?
YES−Replace the VTM-4 control unit (see page

15-50).

Is there 1 to 3 ?
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Replace the rear differential assembly.
15-32
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１５１１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:55 61SJC020_150_0033
7. Measure resistance between the No. 1 terminal of 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
the left clutch electromagnetic coil and differential
carrier assembly. 12. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2
０２ terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector B
LEFT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL (12P) and body ground.
2P CONNECTOR ０４
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P)
LCOH LCOL
(BLK/RED) (BLK/WHT)
cardiagn.com
Is there about 50 M or more?
NO−Replace the rear differential assembly. YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
the VTM-4 control unit (B1 or B2) and the left clutch
8. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector B electromagnetic coil.
(12P).
NO−Go to step 13.

terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector B
０３
LCOH LCOL
(BLK/RED) (BLK/WHT)

the VTM-4 control unit (B1 or B2) and the left clutch
electromagnetic coil.
NO−Go to step 11.
(cont’d)
15-33
07/05/09 16:43:55 61SJC020_150_0034
Rear Differential

13. Connect a jumper wire between the No. 1 and No. 2 DTC 53-2, 55-1, 56-1, 57-1, 58-1: Right Clutch
terminals of the left clutch electromagnetic coil 2P Electromagnetic Coil
connector.
０３ NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general
LEFT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL troubleshooting information (see page 15-4).
2P CONNECTOR
BLK/WHT BLK/RED 3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the
HDS.
JUMPER WIRE
Is DT Cs 53-2, 55-1, 56-1, 57 -1, and/ or 58-1
indicated?
YES−Go to step 4.
cardiagn.com
14. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector B time.
(12P).
０４ 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
5. Disconnect the right clutch electromagnetic coil/
differential oil temperature sensor 6P connector on
the differential.
LCOH LCOL
(BLK/RED) (BLK/WHT) 6. Measure resistance between the No. 3 and No. 6
terminals of the right clutch electromagnetic coil/
differential oil temperature sensor 6P connector.
０１
RIGHT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL/
DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Wire side of female terminals 6P CONNECTOR
GRN
YES−Do the Rear Differential Function Test BRN

(see page 15-48). If the rear differential is normal,
replace the VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-50).
NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4 Terminal side of male terminals
control unit (B1 or B2) and the left clutch
Is there 1 to 3 ?
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Replace the rear differential assembly.
15-34
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１５３２ＦＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:43:55 61SJC020_150_0035
7. Measure resistance between the No. 3 terminal of 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
the right clutch electromagnetic coil/differential oil
temperature sensor 6P connector and the 12. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 4
differential carrier assembly. terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector B
０２ (12P) and body ground.
RIGHT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL/ ０４
6P CONNECTOR VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P)
GRN RCOH (BRN) RCOL (GRN)
cardiagn.com
Is there 50 M or more?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Replace the rear differential assembly. the VTM-4 control unit (B3 or B4) and the right
clutch electromagnetic coil.
8. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector B
(12P). NO−Go to step 13.

terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector B
０３
RCOH (BRN) RCOL (GRN)

the VTM-4 control unit (B3 or B4) and the right
clutch electromagnetic coil.
NO−Go to step 11.

(cont’d)
15-35
07/05/09 16:43:56 61SJC020_150_0036
Rear Differential

13. Connect a jumper between the No. 3 and No. 6
terminals of the right clutch electromagnetic coil/
differential oil temperature sensor 6P connector.
０３
RIGHT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL/
6P CONNECTOR
GRN
JUMPER WIRE
BRN
cardiagn.com
14. Check the for continuity between the No. 3 and
No. 4 terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector
B (12P).
０４
RCOH RCOL
(BRN) (GRN)
YES−Do the Rear Differential Function Test

(see page 15-48). If the rear differential is normal,

control unit (B3 or B4) and the right clutch
15-36
07/05/09 16:43:56 61SJC020_150_0037
DTC 59-1: Right/Left Clutch Electromagnetic DTC 73-1: MAP (Manifold Absolute Pressure)
Coil Power Supply Sensor or PCM
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general
2. Clear the DTC (see page 15-8). 2. Clear the DTC (see page 15-8).
3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the 3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the
HDS. HDS.
Is DT C 59-1 indicated? Is DT C 7 3-1 indicated?
cardiagn.com
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. time.
4. Check the battery. 4. Check for DTCs in the PGM-FI system with the HDS.
Is the specif ied battery installed, and is it f ully Are there any PGM-F I DT Cs indicated?
charged?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Replace or charge the battery. at the VTM-4 control unit and the PCM connectors.
If the connections are OK, replace the VTM-4
5. Watch the charging system indicator. control unit (see page 15-50).
Does the charging system indicator come on with

the ignition switch ON ( II), and go of f with the
engine started?

terminals at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If
the connections are OK, replace the VTM-4 control
unit (see page 15-50).
NO−Check the charging system.
15-37
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１５９１ＦＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１７３１ＦＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:43:56 61SJC020_150_0038
Rear Differential

DTC 76-1: Rear Differential Clutch Warning 10. Measure voltage between the No. 3 and No. 5
System terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A
Appropriate wheel Appropriate Terminal
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Left-rear A5
Right-rear A3

differential clutch system. RRP (GRY/RED) RLP (GRY/YEL)
cardiagn.com
Is DT C 7 6-1 indicated? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 5.
Is there about 2 to 3 V ?
time. YES−Go to step 18.
5. Check for DTCs in the VSA system with the HDS. NO−Go to step 11.
Are there any V SA DT Cs indicated? 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
YES−Check the VSA system for DTCs (see page 12. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit and the VSA
19-39). modulator-control unit connectors.
NO−Go to step 6.

supported.
8. Spin the rear wheels by hand, and check for rear

brake drag.
NO−Go to step 9.
15-38
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１７６１ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:43:56 61SJC020_150_0039
13. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 5 15. Check for continuity between the VSA modulator-
terminals of VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) control unit 46P connector terminals and body
and body ground. ground.
０２
wheel VTM-4 VSA
control unit modulator-
control unit
Right-rear A3 5
Left-rear A5 7
０４
RLP (GRY/YEL) RRP (GRY/RED)
cardiagn.com

modulator-control unit. Wire side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 14.

14. Connect the No. 3 and No. 5 terminals of VTM-4
control unit connector A (22P) to body ground with YES−Go to step 16.
the jumper wires.
０３ NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) control unit (A3 and/or A5) and the VSA modulator-
control unit.

the VTM-4 control unit and the VSA modulator-
control unit connectors. If the connections are OK,
replace the VTM-4 control unit, then go to step 17.
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE 17. Start the engine, shift the transmission into D. Test-
Wire side of female terminals for at least 30 seconds.

differential clutch system.
Is DT C 7 6-1 indicated?

(see page 19-94).
15-39
07/05/09 16:43:57 61SJC020_150_0040
Rear Differential

DTC 77-1: PCM DTC 78-1: VTM-4 Control Unit
NOTE: NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, review the general
• Before you troubleshoot, review the general troubleshooting information (see page 15-4).
• Check the fuel and emissions system DTCs. If there is 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
a DTC, troubleshoot the indicated DTC first, then
troubleshoot DTC 77. 2. Clear the DTC (see page 15-8).
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Test-drive the vehicle, and check for DTCs with the
HDS.
Is DT C 7 8-1 indicated?
HDS. YES−Go to step 4.
Is DT C 7 7 -1 indicated? NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
cardiagn.com
time.
YES−Go to step 4.
4. Check the battery.
time. Is the specif ied battery installed, and is it f ully
charged?
software (see page 11-7), or substitute a known- YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Replace or charge the battery.
HDS. 5. Watch the charging system indicator.
Is DT C 7 7 -1 indicated? Does the charging system indicator come on with

the ignition switch ON ( II), and go of f with the
YES−Check for loose terminal fit in the VTM-4 engine started?
control unit. If it is normal, replace the VTM-4
control unit (see page 15-50). YES−Go to step 6.
NO−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is NO−Check the charging system.
original PCM (see page 11-205). 6. Check for installation of any aftermarket CB or Ham
radios which may cause an RF signal interference.
Is there an af termarket radio installed?
YES−Disconnect the aftermarket radio, and

retest.

at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If the
(see page 15-50).
15-40
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１７７１ＦＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０２０００８１７８１ＦＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:44:22 61SJC020_150_0041
The VTM-4 indicator comes on, but no DTCs 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
are stored in any system: VTM-4, VSA, or
PCM 6. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit and the gauge
control module connectors.
1. Check the No. 21 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver’s under-
dash fuse/relay box. 7. Check for continuity between the No. 14 terminal of
the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P), and the
Is the f use OK ? No. 11 terminal of the VTM-4 control unit connector
B (12P) to body ground.
YES−Go to step 2. ０２
NO−Replace the fuse, and recheck.
2. Reinitialize the VTM-4 control unit, and watch the A (22P) B (12P)
VTM-4 indicator (see page 15-5).
Does the V T M-4 indicator come on and stay on?

WARN 1 WARN 2
cardiagn.com
(RED/WHT) (RED/WHT)
YES−Go to step 3.

4. Measure voltage between the No. 1 and No. 10 Is there continuity?

terminals of the VTM-4 control unit connector A
(22P), and the No. 1 terminal of the VTM-4 control YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
unit connector A (22P) and the No. 12 terminal of the VTM-4 control unit (A14 or B11) and the gauge
the VTM-4 control unit connector B (12P). control module.
０１
NO−Go to step 8.
8. Reconnect the gauge control module connectors.

LG (BLK)
IG 1 (YEL) 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
B (12P)
A (22P)
10. Watch the VTM-4 indicator.
LG (BLK) Does the V T M-4 indicator come on?
YES−Replace the gauge control module (see page

Wire side of female terminals 22-263).

Is there battery voltage? at the VTM-4 connectors. If the connections are OK,
YES−Go to step 5.

control unit (A1) and the driver’s under-dash fuse/
relay box, or repair open in the wire between the
VTM-4 control unit (A10 or B12) and body ground,
or check the poor ground (G501).
15-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＦＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:44:22 61SJC020_150_0042
Rear Differential
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont’d)

The VTM-4 indicator does not come on 8. Connect the No. 3 terminal of the gauge control
module connector C (20P) to body ground with a
1. Do the gauge control module self-diagnosis jumper wire.
function (see page 22-244). ０２
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR C (20P)
Is the gauge control module OK ?
RED/WHT
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to the gauge control module input test

(see page 22-244) and check for an open or short in
JUMPER WIRE
the power and ground.
2. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connectors A

(22P) and B (12P).
3. Connect the No. 14 terminal of the VTM-4 control
cardiagn.com
unit connector A (22P) and No. 11 terminal of the
VTM-4 control unit connector B (12P) to body 9. Check for continuity between the No. 14 terminal of
ground with jumper wires. the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and body
０１ ground, and the No. 11 terminal of the VTM-4
control unit connector B (12P) and body ground.
０３
A (22P) B (12P) VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTORS
A (22P) B (12P)
WARN 1 WARN 2
(RED/WHT) (RED/WHT)
WARN 1 WARN 2
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE (RED/WHT) (RED/WHT)

5. Watch the VTM-4 indicator. Is there continuity?
Does the V T M-4 indicator come on? YES−Substitute a known-good gauge control
module and recheck. If the symptom/indication
YES−Check for poor connections or loose goes away with the known-good gauge control
terminals at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If module, replace the original gauge control module
the connections are OK, replace the VTM-4 control (see page 22-263).
NO−Go to step 6. control module (C3) and the VTM-4 control unit.
7. Disconnect gauge control module connector A

(30P).
15-42
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＦＡＡＴ０３
07/05/09 16:44:22 61SJC020_150_0043
The VTM-4 LOCK indicator does not come on 9. Connect a voltmeter between the A8 terminal of the
when the VTM-4 LOCK switch is pressed VTM-4 control unit and body ground.
０３
NOTE: The VTM-4 LOCK indicator will only come on VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P)
when the engine is running and the transmission is in
R, 1, or 2 before the VTM-4 LOCK switch is pressed.
LOCKSW (BRN/WHT)
1. Check the No. 21 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver’s under-
dash fuse/relay box.
Is the f use OK ?
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Replace the fuse, and recheck. Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
Is there battery voltage when the V T M-4 LOCK
3. Watch the VTM-4 LOCK indicator. switch is pressed?
Does the V T M-4 LOCK indicator come on, and YES−Check for poor connections or loose
does it go of f about 4 seconds later? terminals at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If
YES−Go to step 4. unit (see page 15-50).
4. Start the engine, and move the shift lever to R, 1, 10. Test the VTM-4 LOCK switch (see page 15-49).
and 2, then watch the VTM-4 LOCK indicator.
Is the V T M-4 LOCK switch OK ?
Does the V T M-4 LOCK indicator come on when
the V T M-4 LOCK switch is pressed? YES−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
LOCK switch and the VTM-4 control unit (see page
YES−The system is OK at this time. 15-50).
NO−Go to step 5. NO−Replace the VTM-4 LOCK switch.
5. Check for an A/T system DTC.
Is there a DT C?
YES−Troubleshoot the A/T system indicated

DTC.
NO−Go to step 6.
7. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A

(22P).
(cont’d)
15-43
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＦＡＡＴ０４
07/05/09 16:44:23 61SJC020_150_0044
Rear Differential

11. Connect the No. 16 terminal of the VTM-4 control 16. Check the continuity between the No. 16 terminal
unit connector A (22P) to body ground with a of the VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) and
jumper wire. body ground.
０４０２
VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P)
LOCKH (YEL/BLK) LOCKH (YEL/BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
cardiagn.com
12. Watch the VTM-4 LOCK indicator. Is there continuity?
Does the V T M-4 LOCK indicator come on? YES−Go to step 17.
YES−Check for poor connections or loose NO−Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4
terminals at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If control unit (A16) and the VTM-4 LOCK switch.
unit (see page 15-50). 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NO−Go to step 13. 18. Measure voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the
VTM-4 LOCK switch 6P connector and body ground.
13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. ＊０２
VTM-4 LOCK SWITCH 6P CONNECTOR
14. Remove the VTM-4 LOCK switch.
15. Connect the No. 5 terminal of the VTM-4 LOCK

switch 6P connector to body ground with a jumper
wire. YEL
＊０１
YEL/BLK
JUMPER WIRE
YES−Replace the VTM-4 LOCK indicator bulb.
Wire side of female terminals NO−Repair open in the wire between the No. 2
terminal of the VTM-4 LOCK switch 6P connector
and the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box.
15-44
07/05/09 16:44:23 61SJC020_150_0045
The VTM-4 LOCK indicator comes on when

the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and does
not go off
1. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A
(22P).
3. Watch the VTM-4 LOCK indicator.
Does the V T M-4 LOCK indicator come on?
YES−Go to step 4.

at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If the
cardiagn.com
(see page 15-50).
5. Disconnect the VTM-4 LOCK switch 6P connector.
6. Check for continuity between the No. 16 terminal of

ground.
０３
LOCKH
(YEL/BLK)

the VTM-4 control unit (A16) and the VTM-4 LOCK
switch.
NO−Replace the VTM-4 LOCK switch (see page

15-49).
15-45
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＦＡＡＴ０５
07/05/09 16:44:23 61SJC020_150_0046
Rear Differential

The VTM-4 LOCK indicator does not come on 8. Check for continuity between the No. 16 terminal of
for about 4 seconds when the ignition switch the VTM-4 conntrol unit connector A (22P) and
is turned ON (II) body ground.
０４
1. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connector A VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P)
(22P).
3. Connect the No. 16 terminal of the VTM-4 control

unit connector A (22P) to body ground with a LOCKH (YEL/BLK)
jumper wire.
０７
cardiagn.com
LOCKH
(YEL/BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
YES−Go to step 9.
control unit (A16) and the VTM-4 LOCK switch.
4. Watch the VTM-4 LOCK indicator.
Does the V T M-4 LOCK indicator come on?
10. Measure voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the
YES−Check for poor connections or loose VTM-4 LOCK switch 6P connector and body ground.
terminals at the VTM-4 control unit connectors. If ＊０２
the connections are OK, replace the VTM-4 control VTM-4 LOCK SWITCH 6P CONNECTOR
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. YEL
6. Remove the VTM-4 LOCK switch.
7. Connect the No. 5 terminal of the VTM-4 LOCK

switch 6P connector to body ground with a jumper
wire. Wire side of female terminals
＊０１
YES−Replace the VTM-4 LOCK indicator bulb.

YEL/BLK
JUMPER WIRE
terminal of the VTM-4 LOCK switch 6P connector
and the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box.
15-46
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１００００００ＦＡＡＴ０６
07/05/09 16:44:24 61SJC020_150_0047
Rear Differential Fluid Inspection and Replacement

1. With the vehicle on level ground, inspect the 5. Clean the drain plug, then reinstall with a new
differential fluid with the ignition switch OFF. washer, and refill the differential with the
recommended fluid to the proper level.
2. Remove the oil filler plug (A) and sealing washer
(B), then check the condition of the fluid, and make Fluid capacity:
sure the fluid is at the proper level (C). 2.64 L (2.79 US.qt) at fluid change
０１
C B A A
47 N·m Recommended fluid:
(4.8 kgf·m, VTM-4 Differential Fluid (P/N 0822-9003)
35 lbf·ft)
6. Reinstall the oil filler plug with a new washer.
D
B 47 N·m
(4.8 kgf·m,
35 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
3. The fluid level must be up to the fill hole. If it is
below the hole, add the recommended fluid until it
runs out, then reinstall the oil filler plug with a new
sealing washer.
4. If the differential fluid is dirty, remove the drain

plug (D) and sealing washer (B), then drain the fluid.
15-47
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３０００１９６３５ＭＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:44:24 61SJC020_150_0048
Rear Differential
Rear Differential Function Test

NOTE: Before doing the Differential Function Test, the following conditions must be present.
• No DTCs detected
• Engine is OFF
• The VTM-4 control unit must be initialized
1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC).
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the VTM-4 control unit. If it doesn’t go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
(see page 11-194).
4. Confirm that the temperature of the differential oil is between 68 °F (20 °C) and 140 °F (60 °C) with the HDS.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF with the shift lever in P.
6. Raise the vehicle so all four wheels are off the ground, and make sure the vehicle is securely supported (see page
cardiagn.com
1-10).
7. Remove the rear wheels (see page 18-28).
8. Release the parking brake.
9. Turn the iginition switch ON (II).
10. Select MISCELLANEOUS TEST, then select the LEFT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL TEST with the HDS, and
follow the screen prompts. If the results are NORMAL, the left clutch is OK, go to step 11. If the results are
ABNORMAL, replace the rear differential.
11. Select MISCELLANEOUS TEST, then select the RIGHT CLUTCH ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL TEST with the HDS,
and follow the screen prompts. If the results are NORMAL, the right clutch is OK. If the results are ABNORMAL,
replace the rear differential.
15-48
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３００００００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:44:24 61SJC020_150_0049
Rear Differential Fluid Temperature VTM-4 LOCK Switch Test/

Sensor Replacement Replacement
1. Remove the wire harness cover (A), then 1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-81).
disconnect the differential oil temperature sensor
2P connector (B). 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the VTM-4
０１ LOCK switch (B), then remove the VTM-4 LOCK
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) switch.
０１
A
cardiagn.com
B
C
18 N·m D
(1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft) B
2. Remove the differential oil temperature sensor (C).
3. Install the differential oil temperature sensor in the

C
reverse order of removal, with a new O-ring (D).

switch position according to the table.
＊０１
Terminal
1 2 3 4 5
Position
Release the switch
Press the switch
4. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace

the bulbs (C) or the VTM-4 LOCK switch.
15-49
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１０１９６３８ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１０６３５２１ＦＨＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:44:25 61SJC020_150_0050
Rear Differential
VTM-4 Control Unit Replacement VTM-4 Relay Replacement

NOTE: The VTM-4 control unit must be initialized 1. Remove the instrument side panel (A) and the
(see page 15-5) after replacement, otherwise the 4WD screw (B).
system will not function. ０１
D
1. Remove the right side kick panel (see page 20-60).
2. Remove the three bolts (A) from the VTM-4 control

unit (B).
０１
A
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
C
B
cardiagn.com
2. Remove the instrument under panel (C) and the
connectors (D).
3. Remove the VTM-4 relay (A).

０２
B
3. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit connectors.
4. Install the VTM-4 control unit in the reverse order of

removal. A
4. Install the VTM-4 relay in the reverse order of

removal.
15-50
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１０６３５０１ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３８１０６３５３１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:44:25 61SJC020_150_0051
Rear Differential Breather, Line, and Hose Replacement

1. Remove the left side bed panel (see page 20-162).
2. Remove the bed floor panel (see page 20-163).
3. Remove the breather (A) and the line (C), then remove the hoses (B, D, F).
０１
A
B
cardiagn.com
F
WHITE MARK D
110 mm (4.33 in.)
4. Connect and install the breather (A) and the hose (B).
5. Clamp the line (C) into place, then connect it to the upper hose (B).
6. Connect the breather joint (E) to the line (C) with the short hose (D).
7. Connect the joint to the lower hose (F), then connect the hose to the differential.
8. Make sure that all the hoses are properly routed, clipped into place, and not pinched.
15-51
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３０００１９５９５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:44:25 61SJC020_150_0052
Rear Differential
Rear Differential Mount Replacement
０１
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
MOUNT B RUBBER
INSULATER
Press.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
MOUNT C RUBBER
INSULATER
Press.
cardiagn.com
REAR SUBFRAME
15-52
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３０００１９６２５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:44:26 61SJC020_150_0053
Rear Differential Removal

Exploded View
＊０１
A
cardiagn.com
B
A
B
A: 27 N·m (2.8 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)

B: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
REAR DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER REAR DIFFERENTIAL CABLE DRAIN PLUG

ASSEMBLY BRACKET C 47 N·m (4.8 kgf·m, 35 lbf·ft)
REAR DIFFERENTIAL MOUNT A REAR DIFFERENTIAL CABLE REAR DIFFERENTIAL HARNESS
RUBBER INSULATER BRACKET F BRACKET B
SET RING DIFFERENTIAL OIL TEMPERATURE
Replace. SENSOR
THRUST WASHER O-RING
Replace. Replace.
HALF SHAFT OUTER SEAL FILLER PLUG
Replace. 47 N·m (4.8 kgf·m, 35 lbf·ft)
REAR DIFFERENTIAL HARNESS SEALING WASHER
BRACKET A Replace.
(cont’d)
15-53
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３００００００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:44:26 61SJC020_150_0054
Rear Differential
Rear Differential Removal (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 6. Lower the rear differential a little on the
Driveshaft remover 07AAD-S9VA000 transmission jack.
０３
A
1. Drain the differential fluid (see page 15-47).
2. Make a reference mark across the propeller shaft,

the transfer, and the rear differential, then remove
the propeller shaft (see page 16-40).
3. Remove the rear driveshaft (see page 16-24).
4. Place a transmission jack under the rear differential

(A).
０２
D
C B
cardiagn.com
D
7. Disconnect the breather hose (B) from the rear

differential.
A 8. Lower the rear differential on the transmission jack.
5. Disconnect the 6P (B) and 2P (C) connectors, then

remove the mounting bolts (D) and washer (E).
15-54
07/05/09 16:44:27 61SJC020_150_0055
Backlash Inspection
Connecting battery voltage to either the right or left

clutch electromagnetic coils for more than
3 minutes will damage the rear differential.
1. Install the left rear driveshaft, then connect the

battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the left clutch
electromagnetic coil 2P connector (A) and ground
to the No. 2 terminal.
０１
cardiagn.com
B
C
2. Check the backlash of the companion flange (B)

with a dial indicator (C).
Standard: 1.23−2.38 mm (0.048−0.094 in.)
3. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the rear

differential.
15-55
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３００００００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:44:27 61SJC020_150_0056
Rear Differential
Rear Differential Installation

1. Raise the rear differential a little on the 4. Install the rear driveshaft (see page 16-36).
transmission jack, then connect the breather tube
(A) to the rear differential. 5. Install the new rear differential (A) onto the
０１ propeller shaft (B), by aligning the reference mark
A
(C). Make sure you use new mounting bolts.
０３
B A
cardiagn.com
C
Yellow reference marks
6. Attach the propeller shaft to the transfer and the

rear differential by aligning the reference marks
(see page 16-41).
7. Refill the differential with recommended fluid

(see page 15-47).
2. Raise the rear differential to the mounting level,
then install the mounting bolts (A) and washer (B).
０２
A
14 x 1.5 mm
85 N·m (8.7 kgf·m, 63 lbf·ft)
D
C
A
14 x 1.5 mm
85 N·m
(8.7 kgf·m,
63 lbf·ft)
B
A
10 x 1.25 mm
55 N·m (5.6 kgf·m, 41 lbf·ft)
3. Connect the 6P (C) and 2P (D) connectors.
15-56
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ４４３００００００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:15 61SJC020_160_0001
Driveline/Axle
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools ................................................................. 16-2
Driveshaft Inspection ................................................... 16-4
cardiagn.com
Front Driveshaft Removal ............................................ 16-4
Front Driveshaft Disassembly ..................................... 16-6
Front Driveshaft Reassembly ...................................... 16-10
Front Driveshaft Installation ........................................ 16-17
Intermediate Shaft Removal ........................................ 16-19
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly ................................. 16-19
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly .................................. 16-21
Intermediate Shaft Installation .................................... 16-24
Rear Driveshaft Removal ............................................. 16-24
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly ...................................... 16-27
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly ....................................... 16-30
Rear Driveshaft Installation ......................................... 16-36
Propeller Shaft Inspection ........................................... 16-39
Propeller Shaft Removal .............................................. 16-40
Propeller Shaft Installation .......................................... 16-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１６０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:16 61SJC020_160_0002
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools
071AF-S3VA100 Ball Joint Thread Protector, 14 mm 1
07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07LAF-SM40300 Support Base Attachment 1
07MAC-SL0A202 Ball Joint Remover, 28 mm 1
07XAC-001020A Threaded Adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 1
07XAC-001030A Threaded Adapter, 26 x 1.5 mm 1
07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
07947-4630100 Fork Seal Driver, 39.2 x 49.5 x 15 mm 1
07965-SD90100 Support Base 1
07AAD-S9VA000 Driveshaft Remover 1
０１
０１
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
16-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１６０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:20 61SJC020_160_0003
＊０１
cardiagn.com
REAR DRIVESHAFT
Removal, page 16-24
Disassembly, page 16-27
Reassembly, page 16-30
PROPELLER SHAFT
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT Removal, page 16-40
Removal, page 16-19 Installation, page 16-41
FRONT DRIVESHAFT
Removal, page 16-4
16-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２６６５０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:20 61SJC020_160_0004
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Inspection Front Driveshaft Removal

1. Check the inboard boot (A) and the outboard boot Special Tools Required
(B) on the driveshaft (C) for cracks, damage, leaking Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA100
grease, and loose boot bands (D). If any damage is
found, replace the boot and boot bands. 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with
０１ safety stands in the proper locations (see page
A
1-10).
E
B
C E 2. Remove the wheel nuts and front wheels.
０１
cardiagn.com
D
2. Turn the driveshaft by hand, and make sure the A

splines (E) and joint are not excessively loose.
3. Make sure the driveshaft is not twisted, bent, or B

cracked; if it is, replace it.
3. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B),
then remove, and discard the nut.
4. If you need to remove the left driveshaft, drain the

transmission fluid (see step 3 on page 14-210). It is
not necessary to drain the transmission fluid when
the right driveshaft is removed.
16-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２２６６０００００ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２２６６０００００ＫＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:45:21 61SJC020_160_0005
5. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower arm ball 8. Pry (left driveshaft)/tap (right driveshaft) the
joint castle nut (B), and remove the nut (see page inboard joint (A), and remove the driveshaft from
18-14). the differential case or bearing support as an
assembly. Do not pull on the driveshaft (B); the
NOTE: inboard joint may come apart. Pull the driveshaft
• To avoid damaging the ball joint, install the ball straight out to avoid damaging the differential oil
joint thread protector onto the threads of the ball seal or the intermediate shaft outer seal.
joint.
• Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when Left driveshaft:
installing the remover. ０４
A
０２
A B
cardiagn.com
B
Right driveshaft:
C ０５
A
6. Separate the ball joint from the lower arm (C) with
the special tool (see step 1 on page 18-12).
7. Pull the knuckle outward, and remove the

driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub
using a plastic hammer.
０３
16-5
07/05/09 16:45:21 61SJC020_160_0006
Driveline/Axle
Front Driveshaft Disassembly

Special Tools Required Double loop type
• Threaded adapter, 26 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001030A ０３
• Slide hammer, 5/8’’ x 18 UNF, commercially available
D
Inboard Joint Side C
1. Remove the set ring from the inboard joint (left

driveshaft).
０１
3. Make a mark (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint
cardiagn.com
(C) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves
in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard joint
on the shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the
rollers when separating them from the inboard
joint.
０４
C
2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage
the boot. A
B
• If the boot band is a locking tab type (A), pry up
the locking tab (B) with a screwdriver, and lift up
the end of the band.
• If the boot band is a double loop type (C), lift up
the band end (D), and push it into the clip (E).
Locking tab type

０２
A D
A
16-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２２６６０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:21 61SJC020_160_0007
4. Make a mark (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (C) to Locking tab type
identify the locations of the rollers on the spider, ０７
then remove the rollers.
０５
B
A
C
E
D A
9. Remove the inboard boot and boot band (B). Be
cardiagn.com
careful not to damage the boot.
5. Remove the snap ring (D).
10. Remove the vinyl tape.
6. Mark the spider and driveshaft (E) to identify the
position of the spider on the shaft.
7. Remove the spider.
8. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape

(A) to prevent damage to the boot.
Double loop type

０６
(cont’d)
16-7
07/05/09 16:45:22 61SJC020_160_0008
Driveline/Axle
Front Driveshaft Disassembly (cont’d)

Outboard Joint Side 3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and
the outboard joint inner race.
1. Remove the boot bands (A). Lift up the three tabs
(B) with a screwdriver. Be careful not to damage 4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same
the boot. position of the outboard joint end (C).
０８１０
B B
A
cardiagn.com
2. Slide the outboard boot (A) partially to the inboard
joint side. Be careful not to damage the boot. 5. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise.
０９１１
A
07XAC-001030A
A B
6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the special

tool and a commercially available 5/8’’ x 18 UNF
slide hammer (B).
16-8
07/05/09 16:45:22 61SJC020_160_0009
7. Remove the driveshaft from the vise.
8. Remove the circlip from the driveshaft.

１２
cardiagn.com
9. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape
(A) to prevent damage to the boot.
１３
10. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to

damage the boot.
16-9
07/05/09 16:45:22 61SJC020_160_0010
Driveline/Axle
Front Driveshaft Reassembly

Exploded View
０１
INBOARD JOINT
(Left driveshaft)
ROLLER
SNAP
RING
SPIDER
DOUBLE LOOP BANDS

SET RING Replace.
Replace. (Boot band replacement only.)
cardiagn.com
LOCKING TAB BAND
Replace.
(Right driveshaft) Use the grease included

in the inboard boot set.
INBOARD BOOT
Use the grease included

CIRCLIP
Replace.
DRIVESHAFT
OUTBOARD BOOT
in the outboard boot set.
EAR CLAMP BANDS

Replace.
OUTBOARD JOINT
16-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２２６６０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:23 61SJC020_160_0011
Special Tools Required 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning
• Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent, commercially the marks (B) on the spider and the end of the
available driveshaft.
• Boot band pliers, Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent, ０４
C
commercially available
B
this procedure. A
Inboard Joint Side

1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent
damage to the inboard boot.
Double loop type

０２
cardiagn.com
A 4. Fit the snap ring (C) into the driveshaft groove.
Always rotate the snap ring in its groove to make
sure it is fully seated.
5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with their high
shoulders facing outward, and note these items:
• Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on

Locking tab type the spider by aligning the marks (C).
０３ • Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the
rollers from falling off.
０５
B C
A A
2. Install the inboard boot and boot band (B) on the

driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful
not to damage the inboard boot.
(cont’d)
16-11
07/05/09 16:45:23 61SJC020_160_0012
Driveline/Axle
Front Driveshaft Reassembly (cont’d)

6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease 8. Install the boot bands.
included in the new driveshaft set.
• For the double loop type, go to step 9.
Grease quantity (Boot band replacement only.)
’06 model • For the locking tab type, go to step 18.
Inboard joint: 210−230 g (7.4−8.1 oz)
’07−08 models 9. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the
Inboard joint: 190−210 g (6.7−7.4 oz) inboard joint, then install the new double loop band
０６ (A) onto the boot (B).
NOTE: Pass the end of the new double loop band

Use the grease included through the clip (C) twice in the direction of the
forward rotation of the driveshaft.
０１
Front A
cardiagn.com
7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft, and note
these items:
B
• Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by
aligning the marks (A) on the inboard joint and
the rollers.
• Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint points up 10. Pull up the slack in the band by hand.
to prevent it from falling off.
０７ 11. Mark a position (A) on the band 10−14 mm
(0.4−0.6 in.) from the clip (B).
０２
A B
16-12
07/05/09 16:45:24 61SJC020_160_0013
12. Thread the free end of the band through the nose 15. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess
section of a commercially available boot band tool free end of the band to leave a 5−10 mm
KD-3191 or equivalent (A), and into the slot on the (0.2−0.4 in.) tail protruding from the clip.
winding mandrel (B). ０５
０３
A
cardiagn.com
16. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a
hammer.
NOTE:
• Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with
13. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot anything, and the band does not move.
band tool, and tighten the band until the marked • Remove any grease remaining on the
spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip. surrounding surfaces.
０６
14. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of A
the band 90 degrees to the clip. Center-punch (A)
the clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the
clip.
０４
90 degrees
17. Repeat steps 9 through 16 for the band on the other

end of the boot, then go to step 20.
(cont’d)
16-13
07/05/09 16:45:24 61SJC020_160_0014
Driveline/Axle

18. Install a new locking tab type boot band on the Outboard Joint Side
inboard joint side of the inboard boot. Fold down
the locking tabs. 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent
１４ damage to the outboard boot.
１６
cardiagn.com
B
19. Lightly tap on the doubled-over portions to secure
them in place.
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and the
20. Install a new set ring (left driveshaft). outboard boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be
１５ careful not to damage the boot.
3. Install the new circlip in the driveshaft groove (A).

１７
A
16-14
07/05/09 16:45:25 61SJC020_160_0015
4. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the outboard joint (B) 6. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) with the
until the circlip (C) is closed. outboard joint end (B).
１８２０
A
B A
Push
cardiagn.com
7. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the joint grease
Push included in the new joint boot set.
Grease quantity
5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the Outboard joint: 155−175 g (5.5−6.2 oz)
driveshaft and joint, and tap them from about ２１
10 cm (4 in.) onto a hard surface. Do not use a
hammer as excessive force may damage the
driveshaft. Be careful not to damage the threaded
section (A) of the outboard joint.
１９
A A
10 cm
(4 in.)
(cont’d)
16-15
07/05/09 16:45:25 61SJC020_160_0016
Driveline/Axle

8. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to these 10. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with
measurements, then adjust the boots to halfway commercially available boot band pliers
between full compression and full extension. Make Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent (B).
sure the ends of the boots seat in the grooves of the ２４
driveshaft and joint. This prevents a vacuum or too
much air in the boot, preventing it from
compressing or extending property.
２２
Left driveshaft: 578.4−583.4 mm (22.77−22.97 in.)
Right driveshaft: 576.7−581.7 mm (22.70−22.90 in.)
cardiagn.com
A
11. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion

of the band. If the clearance is not within the
standard, close the ear portion of the band tighter.
9. Fit the boot (A) ends onto the driveshaft (B) and the ２５
outboard joint (C). 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) MAX.
２３
A
4.0 mm (0.16 in.) MAX.
12. Repeat steps 10 and 11 for the band on the other

B end of the boot.
A
16-16
07/05/09 16:45:26 61SJC020_160_0017
Front Driveshaft Installation

1. Install a new set ring in the set ring groove of the 3. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the
driveshaft (left driveshaft). differential thoroughly with solvent or brake
０１ cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Insert the
inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the
differential (B) or intermediate shaft (C) until the set
ring (D) locks into the groove (E).
０３
E
A
D
B
A
cardiagn.com
D
2. Apply 2.0−3.0 g (0.07−0.10 oz) of grease to the
whole splined surface (A) of the right driveshaft.
After applying grease, remove the grease from the
splined grooves at intervals of 2−3 splines and
from the set ring groove (B) so that air can bleed
from the intermediate shaft.
C
０２
A E
4. Install the outboard joint (A) into the front hub (B).
０４
B
A
(cont’d)
16-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２２６６０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:26 61SJC020_160_0018
Driveline/Axle
Front Driveshaft Installation (cont’d)

5. Install the knuckle (A) onto the lower arm (B). Be 7. Install a new spindle nut (A), then tighten the nut.
careful not to damage the ball joint boot (C). Wipe After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut
off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball shoulder (B) against the driveshaft.
joint. Torque the new castle nut (D) to the lower ０６
torque specification, then tighten it only far enough 14 x 1.5 mm
127 N·m
to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not (13.0 kgf·m,
align the nut by loosening it. 94 lbf·ft)
NOTE: Make sure the ball joint boot is not damaged

or cracked.
０５
D
14 x 2.0 mm E
93 N·m
(9.5 kgf·m,
69 lbf·ft)
B
cardiagn.com
26 x 1.5 mm
328 N·m
(33.5 kgf·m, 242 lbf·ft)
8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the

front wheel, then install the front wheel with the
wheel nuts.
A 9. Turn the front wheel by hand, and make sure there

is no interference between the driveshaft and
C surrounding parts.
B
6. Install the new lock pin (E) into the pin hole as 10. Tighten the flange bolts and the self-locking nut
shown. with the vehicle’s weight on the damper.
11. Refill the transmission with recommended fluid

12. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if

necessary (see page 18-5).
16-18
07/05/09 16:45:27 61SJC020_160_0019
Intermediate Shaft Removal Intermediate Shaft Disassembly

1. Drain the transmission fluid (see step 3 on page Special Tools Required
14-210). • Driver 07749-0010000
• Support base attachment 07LAF-SM40300
2. Remove the right driveshaft (see step 8 on page • Support base 07965-SD90100
16-5). • Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300
3. Remove the subframe stiffener (see step 38 on 1. Remove the heat shield.
page 14-222). ０１
4. Remove the exhaust pipe A (see step 39 on page

14-223).
5. Remove the exhaust pipe bracket (A).

０１
cardiagn.com
2. Remove the intermediate shaft outer seal (A) from
the bearing support (B).
０２
A
6. Remove the flange bolt (A), and two dowel bolts (B). B
０２
D
C
B
3. Remove the set ring (C) and external snap ring (D).
7. Remove the intermediate shaft (C) from the

differential. Hold the intermediate shaft horizontally
until it is clear of the differential to prevent damage
to the differential oil seal.
(cont’d)
16-19
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２３６５０００００ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２３６５０００００ＬＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:45:27 61SJC020_160_0020
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly (cont’d)

4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the 6. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the
intermediate shaft bearing (B) using the special bearing support (B) using the special tools and a
tools and a press. Be careful not to damage the press.
metal rings (C) on the intermediate shaft during ０５
disassembly. PRESS
０３ 07749-0010000
PRESS 07746-0010300
B B
A
07965-SD90100
C 07LAF-SM40300
07LAF-SM40300
cardiagn.com
07965-SD90100
5. Remove the internal snap ring.

０４
16-20
07/05/09 16:45:47 61SJC020_160_0021
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly

Exploded View
０１
DOWEL BOLTS FLANGE BOLTS
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT RING 10 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m 39 N·m
cardiagn.com
EXTERNAL SNAP RING
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
BEARING SUPPORT RING
INTERNAL SNAP RING
INTERMEDIATE
SHAFT BEARING
Replace.
BEARING SUPPORT SET RING

Replace.
OUTER SEAL
Replace.
Pack the interior of the outer seal.
(cont’d)
16-21
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２３６５０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:48 61SJC020_160_0022
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) into the shaft
• Driver 07749-0010000 bearing (B) using the special tool and a press.
• Support base attachment 07LAF-SM40300 ０４
• Support base 07965-SD90100 PRESS
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101
• Fork seal driver, 39.2 x 49.5 x 15 mm 07947-4630100

A
this procedure.
1. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry

them with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber
parts with solvent.
2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the

bearing support (B) using the special tools and a
press. B
cardiagn.com
０２
PRESS
07749-0010000
07JAD-PH80101
07947-4630100
A
5. Install, then seat the external snap ring (A) in the
groove of the intermediate shaft (B).
3. Install, then seat the internal snap ring in the ０５
groove of the bearing support.
０３
16-22
07/05/09 16:45:48 61SJC020_160_0023
6. Install the outer seal (A) into the bearing support (B) 8. Install the set ring.
using the special tools and a press. ０８
０６
PRESS
07947-4630100
Pack the interior

of the outer seal.
B 07LAF-SM40300
07965-SD90100
cardiagn.com
7. Install the heat shield onto the bearing support.
０７
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
16-23
07/05/09 16:45:49 61SJC020_160_0024
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Installation Rear Driveshaft Removal

1. Use solvent or brake cleaner to thoroughly clean Special Tools Required
the areas where the intermediate shaft (A) contacts • Driveshaft remover 07AAD-S9VA000
the transmission (differential) and dry with • Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202
compressed air. Insert the intermediate shaft
assembly into the differential. Hold the 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
intermediate shaft horizontally to prevent damage safety stands in the proper locations (see page
to the differential oil seal. 1-10).
０１
B
39 N·m 2. Drain the differential fluid (see page 15-47).
(4.0 kgf·m,
29 lbf·ft) 3. Remove the wheel nuts and rear wheels.
０１
cardiagn.com
C
39 N·m
(4.0 kgf·m,
D A 29 lbf·ft)
2. Install the flange bolt (B), two dowel bolts (C), and
A
exhaust pipe bracket (D).
3. Install the exhaust pipe A (see step 33 on page

14-234).
4. Install the subframe stiffener (see step 34 on page

14-234). 4. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B),
then remove and discard the nut.
5. Install the right driveshaft (see page 16-17).
5. Remove the VSA rear wheel sensor (A).
6. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid ０２
16-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２３６５０００００ＫＣＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２６６５０００００ＫＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:45:49 61SJC020_160_0025
6. Remove the lock pin (A) from the upper arm ball 9. Remove the flange bolt (A) and separate the
joint castle nut (B), and remove the nut (see page knuckle from the lower arm B.
18-34). ０５
０１
07MAC-SL0A202
B
B
cardiagn.com
A
10. Pull the knuckle outward, and disconnect the rear
driveshaft outboard joint from the rear wheel hub
7. Separate the ball joint from the upper arm (C) with using a plastic hammer.
the special tool (see page 18-11). ０６
8. Remove the special self-locking nut (B), washer and

frange bolt (C), then remove the lower arm A.
０４
C
B
A
(cont’d)
16-25
07/05/09 16:45:50 61SJC020_160_0026
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Removal (cont’d)

11. Using the special tool, pry out the inboard joint (A)
from the differential (B).
NOTE: This is a prying tool; do not strike it with a

hammer.
０７
A
cardiagn.com
07AAD-S9VA000
12. Remove the rear driveshaft.
NOTE: When removing the outboard joint, the

knuckle is supported with a floor jack. Make sure
not to over extend the brake hose.
０８
16-26
07/05/09 16:45:50 61SJC020_160_0027
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly

Special Tools Required 2. Remove the circlip (A).
Threaded adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001020A ０３
B
Inboard Joint Side
1. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage
the boot.
• If the boot band is a locking tab type (A), pry up

E
D C A
Locking tab type
０１
A 3. Make a mark (B) on the bearing retainer (C) and
cardiagn.com
inboard joint (D) to identify the locations of ball
bearings and grooves in the inboard joint. Then
remove the inboard joint on the shop towel (E). Be
careful not to drop the ball bearings when
separating them from the inboard joint.
4. Remove the snap ring (A).

B ０４
F
C
D
E
Double loop type

０２
D
C 5. Make a mark (B) on the bearing retainer (C), the
bearing race (D), and driveshaft (E) to identify the
position of the bearing retainer and the bearing
race on the shaft.
6. Remove the bearing race and the steel ball

E bearings (F).
(cont’d)
16-27
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２６６５０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:51 61SJC020_160_0028
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly (cont’d)

7. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft (A) with vinyl Outboard Joint Side
tape (B) to prevent damage to the boot.
０５ 1. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage
A
the boot.
D • If the boot band is a locking tab type (A), pry up

B
Locking tab type

０６
A
C
cardiagn.com
8. Remove the inboard boot (C) and locking tab type
boot band (D). Be careful not to damage the boot.

B
Double loop type

０７
D
C
16-28
07/05/09 16:45:51 61SJC020_160_0029
2. Slide the outboard boot (A) to the inboard joint side. 5. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise.
Be careful not to damage the boot. １０
０８ 07XAC-001020A
A
A B
6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the special
cardiagn.com
3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and tool and a commercially available 5/8’’ x 18 UNF
the outboard joint inner race. slide hammer (B).
4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same 7. Remove the driveshaft from the vise.
position of the outboard joint end (C).
０９ 8. Remove the circlip from the driveshaft.
B
１１
A
16-29
07/05/09 16:45:51 61SJC020_160_0030
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly

Exploded View
０１
DOUBLE LOOP BANDS
Replace.
Use the grease included (Boot band replacement only.)
INBOARD JOINT
BEARING RETAINER
LOCKING TAB BANDS

SNAP RING Replace.
BEARING RACE
cardiagn.com
STEEL BALL
CIRCLIP
Replace.
INBOARD BOOT
DRIVESHAFT

CIRCLIP
Replace.
DOUBLE LOOP BANDS
Replace.
(Boot band replacement only.)
OUTBOARD BOOT

OUTBOARD JOINT
LOCKING TAB BANDS

Replace.
16-30
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２６６５０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:52 61SJC020_160_0031
Special Tools Required 3. Install the steel balls (A) and the bearing retainer
Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent, (B) onto the bearing race (C) by aligning the marks
commercially available (D) on the bearing retainer and the bearing race.
０４
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during A
this procedure.
B
Inboard Joint Side C
E
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent
damage to the inboard boot.
Double loop type F

０２ D
cardiagn.com
4. Install the bearing onto the driveshaft (E) by
aligning the marks on the bearing and the
A driveshaft.
5. Install the snap ring (F).
6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease

included in the new driveshaft set.
Grease quantity
Locking tab type Inboard joint: 130−140 g (4.6−4.9 oz)
０３０５

B
2. Install the inboard boot and boot band (B) on the

not to damage the inboard boot.
(cont’d)
16-31
07/05/09 16:45:52 61SJC020_160_0032
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly (cont’d)

7. Install the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by 10. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the
aligning the marks (A) on the inboard joint and inboard joint, then install the new double loop band
driveshaft. (A) onto the boot (B).
０６
NOTE: Pass the end of the new double loop band
A
through the clip (C) twice in the direction of the
forward rotation of the driveshaft.
０１
A
Front
C
cardiagn.com
8. Install the circlip (B).
B
9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the figure as
shown, then adjust the boots to halfway between
full compression and full extension. Make sure the 11. Pull up the slack in the band by hand.
ends of the boots seat in the grooves of the
driveshaft and joint. 12. Mark a position (A) on the band 10−14 mm
(0.4−0.6 in.) from the clip (B).
Left driveshaft: 614.5−619.5 mm (24.19−24.38 in.) ０９
Right driveshaft: 643.5−648.5 mm (25.33−25.53 in.) B
０７
A
16-32
07/05/09 16:45:53 61SJC020_160_0033
13. Thread the free end of the band through the nose 16. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess
section of the commercially available boot band free end of the band to leave 5−10 mm (0.2−0.4 in.)
tool KD-3191 or equivalent (A), and into the slot on from the clip.
the winding mandrel (B). １２
１０
A
C
cardiagn.com
17. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a
hammer.
14. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot
band tool, and tighten the band until the marked NOTE:
spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip. • Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with
anything, and the band does not move.
15. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of • Remove any grease remaining on the
the band 90 degrees to the clip. Center-punch the surrounding surfaces.
clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip. １３
A
１１
90 degrees
18. Install the boot band on the other end of the boot,
and repeat steps 10 through 17.
(cont’d)
16-33
07/05/09 16:45:53 61SJC020_160_0034
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly (cont’d)

19. Install a new locking tab type boot band on the Outboard Joint Side
inboard joint side of the inboard boot. Fold down
the locking tabs. 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent
１４ damage to the outboard boot.
Double loop type

１５
cardiagn.com
them in place.
Locking tab type

１６
2. Install the outboard boot and boot bands (B) on the

not to damage the outboard boot.
16-34
07/05/09 16:45:54 61SJC020_160_0035
3. Install the new circlip in the driveshaft groove (A). 5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the
１７ driveshaft and joint, and tap them from about
10 cm (4 in.) onto a hard surface. Do not use a
A
hammer as excessive force may damage the
driveshaft. Be careful not to damage the threaded
section (A) of the outboard joint.
１９
4. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the outboard joint (B)
cardiagn.com
until the circlip (C) is closed.
１８ A
A
10 cm
(4 in.)
6. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) with the

Push outboard joint end (B).
２０
A
Push
B
(cont’d)
16-35
07/05/09 16:45:54 61SJC020_160_0036
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly Rear Driveshaft Installation

(cont’d)
NOTE: Before starting installation, make sure the
mating surfaces of the joint and the splined section are
7. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the joint grease free from dirt or dust.
included in the new joint boot set.
1. Apply 1.5−2.0 g (0.05−0.07 oz) of grease to the
Grease quantity whole splined surface (A). After applying grease,
Outboard joint: 70−80 g (2.5−2.8 oz) remove the grease from the splined grooves at
２１ intervals of 2−3 splines and from the set ring
groove (B) so that air can bleed from the differential.
０１
B
A
cardiagn.com
A
8. Install a new locking tab type boot band on the 2. Seat a new set ring in the set ring groove of the
outboard joint side of the outboard boot. Fold down differential.
the locking tabs.
２２ 3. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the
differential thoroughly with solvent or brake
cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Insert the
inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the
differential (B) until the set ring (C) locks in the
groove (D).
０２
A

them in place.
D C B
10. Install a double loop type boot band on the front
driveshaft side of inboard boot (see step 9 on page
16-12).
16-36
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１６２６６５０００００ＫＣＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:45:55 61SJC020_160_0037
4. Install the outboard joint into the rear hub. 6. Install the lower arm A then install the flange bolt
(A) and special self-locking nut (B).
NOTE: When installing the outboard joint support, ０５
C
the knuckle with a floor jack. Make sure not to over 14 x 1.5 mm
extend the brake hose. 93 N·m (9.5 kgf·m, 69 lbf·ft)
０３
cardiagn.com
B
A 14 x 1.5 mm
101 N·m
(10.3 kgf·m, 74 lbf·ft)
7. Install the upper arm (A). Be careful not to damage

the ball joint boot (B). Wipe off the grease before
tighten the nut at the ball joint.
5. Install the flange bolt (A) onto lower arm (B). ０６
A
０４
B
C
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A
16 x 1.5 mm
142 N·m (14.5 kgf·m, 105 lbf·ft) 8. Torque the new castle nut (C) to the lower torque
specification, then tighten it only far enough to
align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not
align the nut by loosening it.
NOTE: Make sure the ball joint boot is not damaged

or cracked.
(cont’d)
16-37
07/05/09 16:45:55 61SJC020_160_0038
Driveline/Axle
Rear Driveshaft Installation (cont’d)

9. Install the VSA rear wheel sensor (A). 11. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the
０７ rear wheel, then install the rear wheel with the
6 x 1.0 mm wheel nuts.
9.3 N·m
(0.95 kgf·m, 6.9 lbf·ft)
12. Turn the rear wheel by hand, and make sure there
is no interference between the driveshaft and
A surrounding parts.
13. Refill the differential with recommended fluid

(see page 15-47).
14. Check the rear wheel alignment, and adjust it if

cardiagn.com
10. Install a new spindle nut (A), then tighten the nut.
After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut
shoulder (B) against the driveshaft.
０８
A
24 x 1.5 mm
245 N·m (25.0 kgf·m, 181 lbf·ft)
14 x 1.5 mm
127 N·m
B (13.0 kgf·m, 94 lbf·ft)
16-38
07/05/09 16:45:56 61SJC020_160_0039
Propeller Shaft Inspection

Universal Joint and Boots Propeller Shaft Runout
1. Shift the transmission to the N position. 6. Install a dial indicator with its needle on the center
of No. 1 propeller shaft or No. 2 propeller shaft.
2. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with
safety stands in the proper locations (see page 7. Turn the other propeller shaft slowly and check the
1-10). runout. Repeat this procedure for the other
propeller shaft.
3. Check the center support bearing (A) for excessive ０２
No. 1 Propeller Shaft Runout
play or rattle. If the center support has excessive
play or rattle, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
０１
cardiagn.com
A ０３
No. 2 Propeller Shaft Runout
4. Check the universal joint boots for damage and
deterioration. If the boots are damaged or
deteriorated, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
5. Check the universal joints for excessive play or

rattle. If the universal joints have excessive play or
rattle, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
8. If the runout on either propeller shaft exceeds the

service limit, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
16-39
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ００００００４７１５１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:45:56 61SJC020_160_0040
Driveline/Axle
Propeller Shaft Removal

1. Raise the vehicle off the ground, and support it with 4. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller
safety stands in the proper locations (see page shaft (B) and transfer companion flange (C).
1-10). ０３
2. Remove the No. 1 propeller shaft protector.

０１
A C
cardiagn.com
assembly.
3. Remove the No. 2 propeller shaft protector. 6. Remove the center support bearing mounting bolts.
０２０４
16-40
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ００００００４７１５１ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:46:01 61SJC020_160_0041
Propeller Shaft Installation

7. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller 1. If you are installing a new propeller shaft, go to
shaft (B) and rear differential companion flange (C). step 2.
０５ If you reinstalling the original propeller shaft, go to
step 3.
2. Install the new propeller shaft (A) onto the rear

differential (B), by aligning the reference mark (C)
on the new propeller shaft with the factory
reference mark (D) on the companion flange (E). Do
not use the marks you made on the companion
from the removal procedure. If there are no factory
B marks on the companion flange, go to step 4.
０１
D B
A
cardiagn.com
A C
8. Separate the propeller shaft from the rear

differential, then remove the propeller shaft.
C
E
3. Reinstall the propeller shaft (A) to the rear

differential (B) by aligning the reference marks (C)
you made during the removal procedure.
０２
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m (7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft)
4. Attach the propeller shaft to the rear differential

with new mounting bolts. Tighten the bolt to the
specified torque.
(cont’d)
16-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ００００００４７１５１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:46:01 61SJC020_160_0042
Driveline/Axle
Propeller Shaft Installation (cont’d)

5. Install the center support bearing mounting bolts. 7. Install the No. 2 propeller shaft protector.
Make sure you use new bolts. ０５
０３
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
8. Install the No. 1 propeller shaft protector.
cardiagn.com
０６
10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft)
6. Install the propeller shaft (A) onto the transfer

companion flange (B) by aligning the reference
mark (C). Make sure you use new mounting bolts.
０４
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m (7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft)
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
9. If you installed a new propeller shaft, test drive the

vehicle at 55 mph (88 kph) and check for noise or
vibration.
A
• If there is no noise or vibration, the repair is
complete.
• If there is a noise or vibration, go to step 10.
C B
10. Remove the mounting bolts from the propeller
shaft at the rear differential companion flange.
Note the current alignment of the propeller shaft to
rear differential companion flange.
11. Rotate the propeller shaft 180 degrees from its

current alignment with the rear differential
companion flange.
12. Install new mounting bolts and tighten them to the

specified torque.
16-42
07/05/09 16:47:46 61SJC020_170_0001
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If steering maintenance required)

Honda dealer.
cardiagn.com
airbags may deploy.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１７０２ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:47 61SJC020_170_0002
Steering
Power Steering
Special Tools ................................................................. 17-2
Steering Wheel Rotational Play Check ....................... 17-7
Power Assist Check ...................................................... 17-7
Steering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection ................. 17-8
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001 ........... 17-9
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A
or T/N 07406-001A101 .............................................. 17-10
cardiagn.com
Fluid Leakage Inspection ............................................. 17-11
Fluid Replacement ........................................................ 17-12
Power Steering Hose, Line, and
Pressure Switch Replacement ................................. 17-13
Pump Replacement ...................................................... 17-14
Pump Overhaul ............................................................. 17-15
Steering Wheel Removal ............................................. 17-21
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly ................ 17-22
Steering Wheel Installation ......................................... 17-23
Steering Column Removal and Installation ............... 17-24
Steering Column Inspection ........................................ 17-27
Steering Lock Replacement ......................................... 17-28
Rack Guide Adjustment ............................................... 17-29
Steering Gearbox Removal ......................................... 17-30
Steering Gearbox Overhaul ......................................... 17-37
Steering Gearbox Installation ..................................... 17-52
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement .......................... 17-57
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement ...................... 17-58
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１７０２ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:48 61SJC020_170_0003
Power Steering
Special Tools
07GAF-PH70100 Pilot Collar 1
07MAA-SL00100 Locknut Wrench, 40 mm 1
07NAG-SR3090A Valve Seal Ring Sizing Tool 1
07RAK-S040122 P/S Joint Adapter (Hose) 1
07TAF-SZ50100 Cylinder End Seal Remover Attachment 1
07VAK-P8A011A P/S Joint Adapter (Pump) 1
07VAK-P8A012B P/S Joint Adapter Plate (Pump) 1
07ZAB-S5A0100 Pulley Holder 1
07ZAG-S3VA100 Piston Seal Ring Guide 1
07ZAG-S3VA200 Piston Seal Ring Sizing Tool 1
07406-0010001, 07406-001000A , P/S Pressure Gauge 1
or 07406-001A101
07746-0010100 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
07946-1870100 Attachment, 28 x 30 mm 1
cardiagn.com
07965-SA50500 Front Hub Disassembly Tool 1
07974-SA5020A or 07974-SA50200 Sleeve Seal Ring Sizing Tool 1
07974-SA50800 Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide 1
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
17-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１７０２ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:53 61SJC020_170_0004
＊０１
POWER STEERING FLUID RESERVOIR
Fluid Leakage Inspection, page 17-11
Fluid Replacement, page 17-12
Hose, Line, and Pressure Switch Replacement, page 17-13 DRIVER’S AIRBAG
Replacement,
page 24-174
POWER STEERING PUMP
Drive Belt Inspection, page 4-31
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001,
page 17-9
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A
or 07406-001A101 page 17-10
cardiagn.com
Pump Replacement, page 17-14
Pump Overhaul, page 17-15 STEERING WHEEL
Steering Wheel Removal,
page 17-21
Steering Wheel
Disassembly/Reassembly,
page 17-22
Steering Wheel Installation,
page 17-23
STEERING COLUMN
Steering Column Removal and Installation,
page 17-24
Steering Column Inspection
page 17-27
Steering Lock Replacement,
page 17-28
POWER STEERING GEARBOX

Rack Guide Adjustment, page 17-29
Removal, page 17-30
Overhaul, page 17-37
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement, page 17-57
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement, page 17-58
17-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ０００００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:53 61SJC020_170_0005
Power Steering

Find the symptom in the chart below, and do the related procedures in the order listed until you find the cause.
Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for:
Hard steering Troubleshoot the system (see page 17-6). • Modified
suspension
• Damaged
suspension
• Tire sizes, tire
varieties, and air
pressure
Assist (excessively Check the rack guide adjustment (see page 17-29). Front wheel
light steering at high alignment
speed) (see page 18-5)
Shock or vibration 1. Check the rack guide adjustment (see page 17-29).
when the steering 2. Check the drive belt for slippage (see page 4-31).
wheel is turned to 3. Check the power steering pump fluid pressure with T/N 07406-
full lock 0010001 (see page 17-9), T/N 07406-001000A, or T/N 07406-
001A101 (see page 17-10).
cardiagn.com
4. Overhaul the steering gearbox (see page 17-37).
Steering wheel will 1. Check cylinder lines for deformation.
not return smoothly 2. Check the ball joints for binding.
3. Check wheel alignment (see page 18-5).
Uneven or rough 1. Check the rack guide adjustment (see page 17-29).
steering 2. Check the drive belt (see page 4-31).
3. Check for low or erratic engine idle speed (see page 11-273).
4. Check for air in the power steering system due to air entering
inlet side of pump.
5. Check for low fluid level in the power steering reservoir due to
possible leaks in system.
Steering wheel kicks 1. Check the drive belt (see page 4-31).
back during wide 2. Check the power steering pump fluid pressure with T/N 07406-
turns 0010001 (see page 17-9), T/N 07406-001000A, or T/N 07406-
001A101 (see page 17-10).
Humming noise from 1. Check when the noise occurs: Pump pressure
the power steering • If the noise is heard 2−3 minutes after starting the engine in
system cold weather, this is normal.
• If the noise is heard when the wheel is turned with the vehicle
stopped, this is normal due to the fluid pulsation.
2. Check for the high-pressure hose touching the subframe or body.
3. Check for automatic transmission converter noise.
4. Check for air bubbles in the power steering fluid, leak on inlet
side of pump.
5. Check for particle contamination of fluid and restricted filter in
the reservoir.
Power steering rack 1. Check for loose steering components (tie-rod and ball joints).
rattle or chattering Tighten or replace as necessary.
2. Check the steering column shaft for wobbling. If the steering
column wobbles, replace the steering column assembly
(see page 17-24).
3. Check the rack guide adjustment (see page 17-29).
4. Check the power steering pump pulley:
• If the pulley is loose, tighten it (see step 34 on page 17-20).
• If the pump shaft is loose, replace the pump (see page 17-14).
17-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ０００００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:47:53 61SJC020_170_0006
Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for:

Hissing from the • Check the fluid level. If low, fill the reservoir to the proper level Air in the power
power steering and check for leaks. steering fluid
system/foaming fluid • Check the reservoir for leaks.
• Check for crushed inlet hose or loose hose clamp allowing air into
the suction side of the system.
• Check the power steering pump shaft oil seal for leaks.
Noise from the • Compare the pump noise at normal operating temperature to • Power steering
power steering pump another like vehicle (pump noise for 2−3 minutes after starting pump pressure
the engine in cold weather is normal). • Air in the power
• Remove and inspect the pump for wear and damage (see page steering fluid
17-15).
Squeaking from the Check the drive belt (see page 4-31).
power steering pump
Fluid leaks from the • Fluid leaks from the top of the valve body unit. Overhaul the valve
steering gearbox body unit (see page 17-37).
• Fluid leaks from the driver’s side boot. Replace the valve oil seal
cardiagn.com
on the pinion shaft. Replace the cylinder end seal on the gearbox
side.
• Fluid leaks from the passenger’s side boot. Replace the cylinder
end seal on the cylinder side.
• Fluid leaks from pinion shaft near the lower steering joint bolt.
Overhaul the valve body unit (see page 17-37).
• Fluid leaks from the steering damping valve covers on the valve
body unit. Replace the valve housing.
Fluid leaks from the • Fluid leaks from the cylinder line connections (flare nuts). Tighten
power steering line the connection and retest (see page 17-13).
• Fluid leaks from a damaged cylinder lines. Replace the cylinder
line (see page 17-13).
• Fluid leaks from the pump outlet hose or return line fitting on the
valve body unit (flare nuts). Tighten the fitting and retest. If it still
leaks, replace the hose, the line, or valve body unit as necessary.
Fluid leaks from the • Fluid leaks from the front oil seal. Replace the front oil seal.
power steering pump • Fluid leaks from the power steering pump housing. Replace the
leaking O-rings or seals (see page 17-15), and if necessary replace
the power steering pump (see page 17-14).
Fluid leaks from the • Fluid leaks from around the reservoir cap because fluid level is too
power steering high. Drain the reservoir to the proper level. If the fluid is aerated
reservoir check for an air leak on the inlet side of pump.
• Fluid leaks from reservoir. Check for the reservoir for cracks and
replace as necessary.
Fluid leaks from the • Check the fitting for loose bolts. If the bolts are tight, replace the
power steering pump fitting O-ring.
outlet hose • Fluid leaks at the swagged joint. Replace the outlet hose.
(high-pressure)
Fluid leaks from the Check the hose for damage, deterioration, or improper assembly.
power steering pump Replace or repair as necessary.
inlet hose
(low-pressure)
17-5
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_170_0007
Power Steering
Hard Steering 7. Adjust the rack guide (see page 17-29), and retest.
1. Check the power assist (see page 17-7). Is the steering OK ?
Is the initial turning load more than 29 N ( 3.0 kgf , YES−Repair is completed.
6.6 lbf )? NO−Faulty steering gearbox.
YES−Go to step 2. 8. Check for feed and return lines between the pump
NO−Power assist is OK. and the steering gearbox for clogging and
deformation.
2. Connect the P/S joint adapter (pump), P/S joint
adapter (hose), and P/S pressure gauge T/N 07406- Are the lines clogged or def ormed?
0010001 (see page 17-9), T/N 07406-001000A, or
T/N 07406-001A101 (see page 17-10) to the pump. YES−Repair or replace the lines.
NO−Faulty valve body unit.
3. Measure steady-state fluid pressure from the pump
at idle. 9. Disassemble the pump (see page 17-16).
cardiagn.com
Is the pressure 1,47 0 kPa ( 15 kgf / cm2 , 213 psi) or 10. Check the flow control valve for smooth movement
less? and leaks (see step 11 on page 17-17).
YES−Go to step 4. Is the f low control valve OK ?

NO−Go to step 8.
YES−Faulty pump assembly.
4. Measure the pump relief pressure at idle. NO−Faulty flow control valve.
Is the pressure 8,850−9,350 kPa ( 90−95 kgf / cm2 , 11. Check the cylinder lines A and B for deformation
1,280−1,350 psi) or more? (see page 17-13).
YES−Go to step 5. Is the A or B line def ormed?

NO−Go to step 9.
YES−Replace the line.
5. With a spring scale, measure the power assist in NO−Go to step 12.
both directions, to the left and to the right.
12. Check for a bent rack shaft or misadjusted rack
Are the two measurements within 5.0 N ( 0.51 kgf , guide (too tight).
1.12 lbf ) of each other?
Is the rack shaf t bent or the rack guide adjusted
YES−Go to step 6. too tight?
NO−Go to step 11.
YES−Replace the rack shaft or readjust the rack
6. Measure the fluid pressure with both pressure guide.
gauge valves open (if so equipped), while turning NO−Faulty valve body unit.
the steering wheel fully to the left and fully to the
right.
Is the pressure 8,850−9,350 kPa ( 90−95 kgf / cm2 ,

1,280−1,350 psi) or more?
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Faulty steering gearbox.
17-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ０００００００００００ＦＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_170_0008
Steering Wheel Rotational Play Power Assist Check

Check
NOTE: This test should be done with original equipment
tires and wheels at the correct tire pressure.
1. Turn the front wheels to the straight ahead position.
1. Check the power steering fluid level (see page
2. Measure how far you can turn the steering wheel 17-12).
left and right without moving the front wheels.
2. Start the engine, let it idle, and turn the steering
• If the play is within the limit, the steering gearbox wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm up
and linkages are OK. the fluid.
• If the play exceeds the limit, adjust the rack guide
(see page 17-29). If the play is still excessive after 3. Attach a commercially available spring scale to the
rack guide adjustment, inspect the steering steering wheel. With the engine idling and the
linkage and steering gearbox (see page 17-8). vehicle on a clean, dry floor, pull the scale as
shown and read it as soon as the tires begin to turn.
Rotational play: 0−10 mm (0−0.39 in.)
０１ • If the scale reads no more than the specification,
the steering gearbox and pump are OK.
cardiagn.com
• If the scale reads more than the specification,
troubleshoot the steering system (see page 17-6).
Initial turning load: 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbf)

０１
17-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１６１ＭＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ０００００００００００ＭＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:47:54 61SJC020_170_0009
Power Steering
Steering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection
０１
STEERING COLUMN
Inspect for loose
mounting hardware.
BOOT
cardiagn.com
Inspect for damage
and deterioration.
DUST SEAL
Inspect for damage
and deterioration.
STEERING JOINTS
Check for a loose joint bolt, or
faulty movement.
TIE-ROD LOCKNUT
Check for loose locknut.
STEERING GEARBOX
Inspect for loose mounting hardware. BALL JOINT BOOT
GEARBOX MOUNT CUSHION Inspect for damage
TIE-ROD END BALL JOINT and deterioration.
Inspect for deterioration. Inspect for faulty movement
and damage.
17-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１３１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:55 61SJC020_170_0010
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001

Special Tools Required 5. Fully open the shut-off valve (A).
• P/S joint adapter (pump) 07VAK-P8A011A ０２
• P/S joint adapter plate (pump) 07VAK-P8A012B
• P/S joint adapter (hose) 07RAK-S040122
• P/S pressure gauge 07406-0010001
Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine B A

whether the trouble is in the pump or steering gearbox.

17-12).
2. Disconnect the pump outlet hose (A) from the

pump outlet with care so as not to spill the power
steering fluid on the frame and other parts, then
install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on the pump
outlet (B) with the P/S joint outlet plate.
cardiagn.com
０１
6 x 1.0 mm
07406-0010001 11 N·m
(1.1 kgf·m, 6. Fully open the pressure control valve (B).
8.0 lbf·ft)
7. Start the engine and let it idle.
A
07RAK-S040122
8. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several
times to warm the fluid to operating temperature.
B 9. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the

07VAK-P8A011A
engine is idling. If the pump is in good condition,
6 x 1.0 mm the gauge should read no more than 1,470 kPa
11 N·m (15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi).
(1.1 kgf·m,
8.0 lbf·ft) If it reads high, check for:
07VAK-P8A012B • Clogged or deformed feed or return line between

the pump and steering gearbox.
• Clogged valve body unit.
3. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S
pressure gauge, then connect the pump outlet hose 10. Close the shut-off valve, then close the pressure
to the P/S joint adapter (hose). control valve gradually until the pressure gauge
needle is stable. Read the pressure.
4. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint
adapter (pump).
Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more
than 5 seconds or the pump could be
damaged by over-heating.
11. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the

pump is in good condition, the gauge should read
at least 8,850−9,350 kPa (90−95 kgf/cm2,
1,280−1,350 psi). A low reading means pump
output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace
the pump.
17-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００４７０３１ＦＥＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:47:55 61SJC020_170_0011
Power Steering
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101

Special Tools Required 5. Open the shut-off valve (A) fully.
• P/S joint adapter (pump) 07VAK-P8A011A ０４
• P/S joint adapter plate (pump) 07VAK-P8A012B A
• P/S joint adapter (hose) 07RAK-S040122
• P/S pressure gauge 07406-001000A or 07406-001A101
Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine

whether the trouble is in the pump or steering gearbox.

17-12).
2. Disconnect the pump outlet hose (A) from the

pump outlet with care so as not to spill the power
steering fluid on the frame and other parts, then
install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on the pump
outlet (B) with the P/S joint outlet plate.
cardiagn.com
＊０１
07RAK-S040122 6 x 1.0 mm
07406-001000A 11 N·m
or 07406-001A101 (1.1 kgf·m, 6. Start the engine and let it idle.
8.0 lbf·ft)
A
7. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several
times to warm the fluid to operating temperature.
8. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the

engine is idling. If the pump is in good condition,
B
07VAK-P8A011A
the gauge should read no more than 1,470 kPa
(15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi).
6 x 1.0 mm If it reads high, check for:
11 N·m
(1.1 kgf·m,
8.0 lbf·ft) • Clogged or deformed feed or return line between
the pump and gearbox.
07VAK-P8A012B • Clogged valve body unit.
9. Let the engine idle, and gradually close the shut-off

3. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S valve and immediately read the pressure.
pressure gauge, then connect the pump outlet hose
to the P/S joint adapter (hose).
Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more
4. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint than 5 seconds or the pump could be
adapter (pump). damaged by over-heating.
10. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the

pump is in good condition, the gauge should read
at least 8,850−9,350 kPa (90−95 kgf/cm2,
1,280−1,350 psi). A low reading means pump
output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace
the pump.
17-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００４７０３１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:56 61SJC020_170_0012
Fluid Leakage Inspection
０２
PUMP ASSEMBLY
Check for leaks at the pump seal,
inlet and outlet fittings.
GEARBOX and VALVE BODY UNIT
Check for leaks at the mating surface
and flare nut connections.
cardiagn.com
HOSES and LINES
Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, interference and twisting.
Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting and leakage.
Check for leaks at hose and line joints, and connections.
17-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ０００００００００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:56 61SJC020_170_0013
Power Steering
Fluid Replacement
Check the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, and add the 1. Pull the cover (A) up, raise the reservoir, then
recommended fluid as necessary. Always use Honda disconnect the return hose (B) to drain the reservoir.
Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power Take care not to spill the fluid on the body and parts.
steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause Wipe off any spilled fluid at once.
increased wear and poor steering in cold weather.
NOTE: Inspect the reservoir screen for any debris. If
NOTE: If the fluid is contaminated, the screen in the the reservoir screen is clogged, replace the
reservoir may be partially blocked. Replace the reservoir.
reservoir if necessary. ０２
C
SYSTEM CAPACITY: A
1.15 L (1.22 US. qt) at disassembly
RESERVOIR CAPACITY:
0.34 L (0.36 US. qt)
０１
cardiagn.com
B
D
2. Connect a hose (C) of suitable diameter to the

disconnected return hose, and put the hose end in a
suitable container.
A
3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the
steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times.
When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off
the engine. Discard the fluid.
4. Reinstall the return hose on the reservoir.
5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (D).
6. Start the engine and run it at fast idle, then turn the
steering from lock-to-lock several times to bleed air
from the system.
7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary.

Do not fill the reservoir beyond the upper level line.
8. If the fluid is contaminated, dark, or discolored,

repeat the procedure as necessary.
17-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００４７００１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:56 61SJC020_170_0014
Power Steering Hose, Line, and Pressure Switch Replacement

Note these items during installation:
• Connect each hose to the corresponding line securely until it contacts the stop on the line. Install the clamp or
adjustable clamp at the specified distance from the hose end as shown.
• Check all clamps for deterioration or deformation; replace the clamps with new ones if necessary.
• Add the recommended power steering fluid to the specified level on the reservoir and check for leaks.
０１
ADJUSTABLE HOSE CLAMP (A) HOSE CLAMP (B)
2.5−5.5 mm
(0.10−0.22 in.)
cardiagn.com
2.5−5.5 mm 2.0−3.0 mm
(0.10−0.22 in.) (0.08−0.12 in.)
PRESSURE HOSE POWER STEERING

6 x 1.0 mm PRESSURE SWITCH
11 N·m 10 x 1.25 mm
(1.1 kgf·m, 8.0 lbf·ft) 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
INLET LINE
PUMP INLET HOSE 16 x 1.5 mm
42 N·m (4.3 kgf·m, 31 lbf·ft)
A
B
RETURN HOSE
CYLINDER LINE
B 17 N·m
A
A A
A CYLINDER LINES
26 N·m
RETURN LINE
RETURN LINE
16 x 1.5 mm
28 N·m (2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)
17-13
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００４７０１１ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:47:57 61SJC020_170_0015
Power Steering
Pump Replacement
1. Place a suitable container under the vehicle. 10. Tighten the pump mounting bolts to the specified
torque.
2. Drain the power steering fluid from the reservoir
(see page 17-12). 11. Install the drive belt (A).
3. Remove the engine cover. Note these items during belt installation:
• Make sure that the belt is properly positioned on
4. Remove the drive belt (A) from the pump pulley the pulleys (B).
(see page 4-31). • Do not get power steering fluid or grease on the
０１ auto-tensioner, alternator, A/C compressor, and
6 x 1.0 mm
11 N·m drive belt or pulley faces. Clean off any fluid or
(1.1 kgf·m, grease before installation.
F 8.0 lbf·ft)
０２
C
A
D
A
cardiagn.com
B
E
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
12. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (see page
5. Cover the auto-tensioner, alternator, and A/C 17-12).
compressor with several shop towels to protect
them from spilled power steering fluid. Disconnect
the pump inlet hose (B) and pump outlet hose (C)
from the pump (D), and plug them. Take care not to
spill the fluid on the body or parts. Wipe off any
spilled fluid at once. Do not turn the steering wheel
with the pump removed.
6. Remove the pump mounting bolts (E).
7. Cover the opening of the pump with a piece of tape

to prevent foreign material from entering the pump.
8. Connect the pump inlet hose and pump outlet hose

onto the new pump with new O-ring (F).
9. Loosely install the pump in the pump bracket with

the mounting bolts, then tighten the pump fittings
securely.
17-14
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００４７０３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:57 61SJC020_170_0016
Pump Overhaul
Exploded View
０１
Replace the pump as an assembly if the parts indicated with asterisk (*) are worn or damaged.
4.5 mm ROLL PIN 8 x 1.25 mm

20 N·m
*OUTER SIDE PLATE
*CAM RING
* VANES
(10 plates)
*PUMP COVER
*SIDE PLATE
5 mm ROLL PIN
cardiagn.com
PUMP COVER
SEAL
Replace.
*SNAP RING
*ROTOR
*SUBVALVE
15.2 x 2.4 mm
O-RING
Replace.
*PUMP HOUSING
51 x 2.4 mm O-RING
Replace.
13 x 1.9 mm O-RING
Replace.
DRIVESHAFT
PULLEY INLET JOINT
PUMP SEAL 6 x 1.0 mm

Replace. 11 N·m
(1.1 kgf·m,
8.0 lbf·ft)
*FLOW CONTROL VALVE

BALL BEARING
*SPRING
40 mm SNAP RING
16.7 x 1.8 mm O-RING

PULLEY NUT Replace.
64 N·m
(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) * FLOW CONTROL VALVE CAP
49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft)
(cont’d)
17-15
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００４７０３１ＬＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:47:58 61SJC020_170_0017
Power Steering
Pump Overhaul (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 4. Remove the inlet joint and O-ring.
• Attachment, 28 x 30 mm 07946-1870100
• Driver 07749-0010000 5. Loosen the flow control valve cap with a hex
• Pulley holder 07ZAB-S5A0100 wrench, and remove it and the O-ring, the flow
control valve and spring.
Disassembly
6. Remove the pump cover and pump cover seal.
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the
following procedure. 7. Remove the outer side plate, cam ring, rotor, vanes,
side plate and O-rings.
1. Drain the fluid from the pump (see page 17-12).
8. Remove the snap ring, then remove the subvalve
2. Remove the power steering pump (see page 17-14). from the pump housing.
3. Hold the power steering pump (A) in a vise with 9. Remove the snap ring, then remove the pump
soft jaws (B), then hold the pulley (C) with the driveshaft by tapping the shaft end with a plastic
pulley holder (D), and remove the pulley nut (E) and hammer.
cardiagn.com
pulley. Be careful not to damage the pump housing
with the jaws of the vise. 10. Remove the seal from the pump housing.
０２
D
07ZAB-S5A0100 E
17-16
07/05/09 16:47:58 61SJC020_170_0018
Inspection 14. Attach a hose (A) to the end of the flow control
valve (B) as shown. Then submerge the flow
11. Check the flow control valve for wear, burrs, and control valve in a container of power steering fluid
other damage to the edges of the grooves in the or solvent (C), and blow in the hose.
valve.
０３ • If air bubbles leak through the valve at less than
98 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2, 14.2 psi), replace the pump
as an assembly. The flow control valve is not
available separately.
• If the flow control valve is OK, set it aside for
reassembly later.
０５
A
C
cardiagn.com
12. Inspect the bore of the flow control valve on the
B
pump housing for scratches and wear.
13. Slip the flow control valve back in the pump

housing, and check that it moves in and out
smoothly. If OK, go to step 14; if not, replace the
pump as an assembly. The flow control valve (A) is 15. Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race
not available separately. slowly. If you feel any play (axial or radial) or
０４ roughness, remove the faulty ball bearing (A) and
install a new one (B).
０６
B
16. Inspect each part shown with an asterisk in the

Exploded View. If any of them are worn or
damaged, replace the pump as an assembly.
(cont’d)
17-17
07/05/09 16:47:58 61SJC020_170_0019
Power Steering

Reassembly 18. Install the new pump seal (A) (with its grooved side
facing in) into the pump housing (B) by hand first,
17. Align the pin (A) of the subvalve (B) with the oil then drive it in using the special tools until there is
passage (C) in the pump housing, and push the no step at the top of the pump seal, and the seal is
subvalve into place, then install the snap ring (D). fully seated in the pump housing.
０７０８
07749-0010000
C
07946-1870100 A
cardiagn.com
B
19. Position the pump driveshaft (A) in the pump

housing, then press it in with the appropriate size
socket wrench (B) as shown.
０９
B C
20. Install the 40 mm snap ring (C) with its beveled

edge facing out.
17-18
07/05/09 16:47:59 61SJC020_170_0020
21. Coat the new pump cover seal (A) with power 24. Install the rotor (A) to the pump cover (B) with its
steering fluid, and install it into the groove in the ‘‘•’’ mark (C) facing up.
pump cover (B). １２
１０ D A
C
C
A B
D B
cardiagn.com
22. Install the outer side plate (C) over the two roll pins 25. Set the 10 vanes (D) in the grooves in the rotor.
(D) with its arrow marks stamped (E) facing down. Make sure that the round ends (E) of the vanes are
in contact with the sliding surface of the cam ring.
23. Set the cam ring (A) over the two roll pins with the
‘‘•’’ marks (B) facing down. 26. Coat the new 15.2 mm O-ring (A) with power
１１ steering fluid, and install it into the groove in the
side plate (B).
A
１３
A
B
B
E
E
27. Install the side plate on the cam ring (C) by aligning
the roll pin set holes (D) in the side plate with the
roll pins (E).
(cont’d)
17-19
07/05/09 16:48:32 61SJC020_170_0021
Power Steering

28. Coat the new 51 mm O-ring (A) with power steering 32. Coat the new 13 mm O-ring (A) with power steering
fluid, and position it in the bottom of the pump fluid, and install it on the inlet joint (B). Install the
housing. inlet joint on the pump housing.
１４１６
8 x 1.25 mm
20 N·m
11 N·m
(1.1 kgf·m, 8.0 lbf·ft)
A
cardiagn.com
29. Install the pump cover assembly (B) in the pump 33. Install the pulley (A), then loosely install the pulley
housing. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque nut (B). Hold the steering pump in a vise with soft
alternating in two or more steps. jaws. Be careful not to damage the pump housing
with the jaws of the vise.
30. Coat the flow control valve (A) with power steering １７
07ZAB-S5A0100 B
fluid, then install it and the spring (B) in the pump 64 N·m
housing. A (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
１５
A
C B
D
49N·m
(5.0 kgf·m
36 lbf·ft)
34. Hold the pulley with the pulley holder, and tighten
the pulley nut to the specified torque.
35. Check that the pump turns smoothly by turning the

31. Coat the new 16.7 mm O-ring (C) with power pulley by hand. If it turns hard, loosen the four
steering fluid, and install it on the flow control flange bolts on the cover, then retighten them in
valve cap (D), then install the cap on the pump same manner as in step 29. Turn the pump again
housing. Tighten it to the specified torque. by hand.
17-20
07/05/09 16:48:33 61SJC020_170_0022
Steering Wheel Removal

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 5. Install a commercially available steering wheel
SRS component locations (see page 24-14) and the puller (A) on the steering wheel (B). Free the
precautions and procedures (see page 24-16) before steering wheel from the steering column shaft by
doing repairs or service. turning the pressure bolt (C) of the puller.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the Note these items when removing the steering
audio system and the navigation system (If wheel:
equipped). • Do not tap on the steering wheel or the steering
column shaft when removing the steering wheel.
2. Align the front wheels straight ahead, then remove • If you thread the puller bolts (D) into the wheel
the driver’s airbag from the steering wheel hub more than five threads, the bolts will hit the
(see page 24-174). cable reel and damage it. To prevent this, install
a pair of jam nuts five threads up on each puller
3. Disconnect the cable reel subharness connector (A). bolt.
０１０２
C
A
B
cardiagn.com
D
B
4. Loosen the steering wheel nut (B).
6. Remove the steering wheel puller, then remove the
steering wheel nut and steering wheel from the
steering column.
０３
17-21
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１６１ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:33 61SJC020_170_0023
Power Steering
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly
０１
CABLE REEL DAMPER
SUBHARNESS
AUDIO REMOTE
SWITCH
STEERING WHEEL
STEERING WHEEL
REAR COVER
cardiagn.com
VOICE CONTROL
SWITCH
(with Navi)
STEERING WHEEL TRIM
CRUISE CONTROL ACCESS PANEL

SET/DECEL,
RESUME/ACCEL, HOOK PLATE
CANCEL SWITCH
17-22
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１６１ＭＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:34 61SJC020_170_0024
Steering Wheel Installation

1. Before installing the steering wheel, make sure the 3. Install the steering wheel nut (A) and tighten it to
front wheels are aligned straight ahead, then center the specified torque. Connect the cable reel
the cable reel (A). Do this by first rotating the cable subharness connector (B). Make sure the wire
reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it harness is routed and fastened properly.
counterclockwise about three full turns. The arrow ０３
A
mark (B) on the cable reel label should point 49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft)
straight up.
０１
B B
A
cardiagn.com
2. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal 4. Install the driver’s airbag, and confirm that the
canceling sleeve (B) as shown. Install the steering system is operating properly (see page 24-174).
wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure
the steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of 5. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery and do
the cable reel and tabs of the turn signal canceling the following items:
sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering
column shaft when installing the steering wheel. • Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator
０２ should come on for about 6 seconds and then go
C off.
A • Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system
and the navigation system (If equipped).
B
• Set the clock (or vehicles without navigation).
• Verify cruise control, audio remote, voice control
and turn signal switch operation.
• Make sure the steering wheel is centered.
17-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１６１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:34 61SJC020_170_0025
Power Steering
Steering Column Removal and Installation

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 5. Set the column shaft (A) in the neutral position by
SRS component locations (see page 24-14) and the pulling up the steering column to the uppermost
precautions and procedures (see page 24-16) before position, then lower it 8 mm (0.31 in.). Tighten the
doing repairs or service. lock lever (B).
０２
FULL STROKE: 34 mm (1.3 in.)
Removal
8 mm (0.31 in.) MAXIMUM UPPER
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the POSITION
audio system and the navigation system (If
equipped).
3. Remove the driver’s airbag assembly and the

steering wheel (see page 17-21).
4. Remove the steering joint cover A. A
cardiagn.com
NEUTRAL
０１ POSITION
A
MAXIMUM LOWER B
POSITION
17-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:34 61SJC020_170_0026
6. Remove the column covers (A).

０３
A
B
22 N·m
cardiagn.com
D
A
16 N·m
F
22 N·m
7. Move the shift lever (B) to the N position, and remove the shift cable from the column (see page 14-261), then set it
aside.
8. Remove the combination switch assembly (C) from the steering column shaft by removing the three mounting
screws, and disconnecting the connectors.
9. Disconnect the ignition switch connector and disconnect the harness clips.
10. Disconnect the immobilizer receiver unit, the park pin switch, and the shift lock solenoid.
11. Disconnect the steering joint (D), and remove it from the column shaft.
12. Remove the steering column (E) by removing the attaching nuts and bolts.
13. Remove the center guide (F) (if equipped) from the top of the pinion shaft, and discard it. The center guide is for
factory assembly use only.
(cont’d)
17-25
07/05/09 16:48:35 61SJC020_170_0027
Power Steering
Steering Column Removal and Installation (cont’d)

Installation 5. Align the bolt hole (A) on the steering joint with the
groove (B) around the pinion shaft then loosely
1. Install the steering column in the reverse order of install the lower joint bolt (C).
removal, and note these items: ０５
• Take care not to let the sliding plates fall out of

position during column installation.
• Make sure the wires are not caught or pinched by
any parts.
2. Center the steering rack within its stroke.

D
22 N·m
3. Insert the upper end of the steering joint onto the (2.2 kgf·m, A
16 lbf·ft) B
steering shaft (A) (line up the bolt hole (B) with the
flat portion (C) on the shaft), and loosely install the C
upper joint bolt. 22 N·m
０４
cardiagn.com
A 6. Pull on the steering joint to make sure that the
steering joint is fully seated, then tighten the lower
joint bolt to the specified torque.
C
B 7. Tighten the upper joint bolt (D) to the specified

torque.
8. Install the steering joint cover A.

０６
A
FRONT
28 ° ±20 °
4. Slip the lower end of the steering joint onto the 9. Install the steering wheel (see page 17-23).
pinion shaft taking care to align the gap (D) within
the angle. 10. Reconnect the negative battery cable to the battery,
and do these tasks:
• Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator

should come on for about 6 seconds and then go
off.
• Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system
and the navigation system (if equipped).
• Set the clock (or vehicles without navigation).
• Make sure the horn and turn signal switches
work properly.
• Make sure the steering wheel switches work
properly.
• Make sure the steering wheel is centered.
17-26
07/05/09 16:48:35 61SJC020_170_0028
Steering Column Inspection

Inspection
• Check the steering column ball bearing (A) and the steering joint bearings (B) for play and proper movement. If any
bearing is noisy or has excessive play, replace the steering column as an assembly.
• Check the retaining collar (C) for damage. If it is damaged, replace the steering column as an assembly.
• Check the absorbing plates (D), absorbing plate guides (E) and sliding capsules (F) for distortion or breakage. If there
is distortion or breakage, replace the steering column as an assembly. The sliding capsule is attached to the column
bracket with the plastic injections (G).
０１
D F
E
C
B A
cardiagn.com
G
F
(cont’d)
17-27
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１０１ＭＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:48:36 61SJC020_170_0029
Power Steering
Steering Column Inspection Steering Lock Replacement

(cont’d)
1. Remove the steering column (see page 17-24).
Lock lever inspection/adjustment 2. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243).
1. Move the lock lever (A) from the loose position to 3. Center-punch each of the two shear bolts, and drill
the lock position three to five times. With the lock their heads off with a 5 mm (3/16 in.) drill bit. Be
lever in the loose position measure the lock lever careful not to damage the switch body when
preload 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the end of the lock removing the shear bolts.
lever. ０１
Preload: 70−90 N (7−9 kgf, 15−20 lbf)

０２
cardiagn.com
B
4. Remove the shear bolts from the switch body.
10 mm (0.39 in.)
A C
5. Install the switch body without the key inserted.
2. If the measurement is out of the specification, 6. Loosely tighten the new shear bolts.
adjust the preload using the following procedures.
7. Insert the ignition key, and check for proper
• Loosen the lock lever, and set the steering operation of the steering wheel lock and that the
column in the neutral position (see step 5 on ignition key turns freely.
page 17-24).
• Remove the 6 mm lock bolt (B), and remove the 8. Tighten the shear bolts (A) until the hex heads (B)
stop (C). twist off.
• Adjust the preload by turning the lock bolt (D) left ０２
or right. A
• Pull up the lock lever to the uppermost position,
and install the stop. Be careful not to loosen the
lock lever when installing the stop or tightening
the 6 mm lock bolt. Check the preload again. If
the measurement is still out of specification,
repeat the above procedures to adjust.
9. Rewrite the new immobilizer control unit-receiver

with the HDS, and make sure the immobilizer
system works properly.
17-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１４１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:48:36 61SJC020_170_0030
Rack Guide Adjustment

Special Tools Required 4. Tighten the rack guide screw (A) to 25 N·m
Locknut wrench, 40 mm 07MAA-SL00100 (2.5 kgf·m, 18 lbf·ft), then loosen it.
０３
1. Set the wheels in the straight ahead position. 20 ° max.
2. Loosen the rack guide screw locknut (A) with the

locknut wrench, then remove the rack guide screw
(B).
０１
07MAA-SL00100
B
25 N·m
(2.5 kgf·m,
A 18 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
5. Retighten the rack guide screw to 3.9 N·m
(0.4 kgf·m, 4 lbf·ft), then back it off to the specified
angle.
Specified return angle: 20 ° max.
B 6. Hold the rack guide screw stationary with a wrench,

and tighten the locknut by hand until it’s fully
seated.
3. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw
(A), and apply new sealant (Three Bond 1215 or 7. Install the locknut wrench on the locknut (B), and
Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads (B). hold the rack guide screw stationary with a wrench.
Loosely install the rack guide screw on the steering Tighten the locknut an additional 30 ° with the
gearbox. special tool.
NOTE: If the time within 5 minutes has passed after 8. Check for unusual steering effort through the
applying the sealant, remove the old sealant and complete turning range.
residue, then reapply new sealant.
０２ 9. Check the steering wheel rotational play (see page
17-7) and the power assist (see page 17-7).
17-29
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１５１ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:36 61SJC020_170_0031
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal

Special Tools Required 9. Remove the steering joint bolts, disconnect the
• Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 steering joint by moving the steering joint (A)
• Front subframe adapter EQS02BMDXSB0 toward the column.
• Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 ０２
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds
AAR-T-12566
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 A
Available through the American Honda Tool and
Equipment program, 1-888-424-6857.
Note these items during removal:

• Using solvent and a brush, wash any oil and dirt off
the valve body unit, it’s lines, and the end of the
gearbox. Blow dry with compressed air.
• Be sure to remove the steering wheel before
disconnecting the steering joint. Damage to the cable
cardiagn.com
reel can occur.
• Lower the front subframe from the body and remove
the steering gearbox through the gap produced by
lowering the front subframe.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 10. Remove the center guide (A) (if equipped), and
audio system and the navigation system (if discard it. The center guide is for factory assembly
equipped). use only.
０３
A
2. Drain the power steering fluid (see page 17-12).
4. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety

stands in the proper locations (see page 1-10).
6. Remove the driver’s airbag (see page 24-174).
7. Remove the steering wheel (see page 17-21).
8. Remove steering joint cover A.

０１
A
17-30
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１１１ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:37 61SJC020_170_0032
11. Disconnect the pump outlet hose (A) from the 13. Remove the service caps for damper flange nuts,
power steering pump, and remove the clamp (B). and place the engine support hanger stands
０４ (VSB02C000024) over the flange nuts (see step 55
A on page 5-8).
14. Install the engine balancer bar (VSB02C000019);

with the spacer and the 10 mm bolt, and attach the
rear arm (B) to the rear cylinder head with the
8 mm bolt.
B ０１
VSB02C000024
C
VSB02C000024
AAR-T-12566
cardiagn.com
12. Remove the 10 mm flange bolts (A) on the engine
side mount bracket (B).
０５
B
A
A VSB02C000019
B
15. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the 12 mm nut (B),
and loosen the nut.
０６
B 07MAC-SL0A102
A
16. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and knuckle using the
ball joint remover (see page 18-11).
(cont’d)
17-31
07/05/09 16:48:38 61SJC020_170_0033
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal (cont’d)

17. Remove the front subframe stiffener (A). 19. Disconnect the power steering pressure (PSP)
０７ switch connector (A).
０９
A
18. Remove the three self-locking nuts, and disconnect
cardiagn.com
the under-floor three way catalytic converter (TWC)
(A) from the muffler (B) (see page 9-7). 20. Remove the propeller shaft protector (A).
０８１０
A
B
17-32
07/05/09 16:48:38 61SJC020_170_0034
21. Remove the splash shield (A) (see page 20-179). 24. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on
１１ the corner of the jack base, then attach the front
subframe adapter (A) to the jack base with the bolts
(B) that came with the jack. Tighten all bolts
securely.
０３
22. Attach the special tool to the front subframe and
cardiagn.com
the transmission jack (model number LSL-W9371)
or the powertrain lift (model number OTC-1585), C A
then tighten the special tool screw. 10 x 1.25 mm EQS02BMDXSB0
54 N·m
23. Loosen the four bolts (A) holding the adjustable 25. Raise the jack to vehicle height, then attach the
arms (B) of the front subframe adapter to its center front subframe adapter to the front subframe using
plate. the subframe stiffener mounting bolts (C) and bolt
０２ holes.
EQS02BMDXSB0
26. Remove the four 12 mm flange bolts (A) from the

B front suspension subframe front brackets (B).
１３
B
A
30 mm (1 3/16 in.)
27. Loosen the two 14 mm flange bolts (C) on the front

suspension subframe so they are about 30 mm
(1 3/16 in.) from the mounting surface. Do not
loosen the 14 mm flange bolts more than
necessary.
(cont’d)
17-33
07/05/09 16:48:39 61SJC020_170_0035
Power Steering

28. Support the front subframe securely by raising the 31. Remove the P/S line mounting brackets (A) from
transmission jack. the front subframe and gearbox mounting bracket.
For ’07-08 models: Remove the 10 mm flange bolts, １６
nuts, and the subframe bolt retainers (A).
０４
B
A
A
cardiagn.com
A 32. Loosen the adjustable hose clamp (A) and
disconnect the return hose (B).
１７
29. Remove the two 12 mm flange bolts, 14 mm A
B
special bolts and front subframe rear brackets (B)
on the right and left of the vehicle.
30. Lower the transmission jack slowly until the front

subframe has dropped about 50 mm (1 15/16 in.).
１５
50 mm (1 15/16 in.)
17-34
07/05/09 16:48:39 61SJC020_170_0036
33. Remove the two 10 mm flange bolts from the right 35. Lower the transmission jack slowly until the front
side of the steering gearbox, then remove the subframe has dropped 100 mm (3 15/16 in.) total.
mounting bracket (A) and cushion (B). ２０
１８
Total: 100 mm
(3 15/16 in.)
cardiagn.com
36. Remove the gearbox stiffener bracket (A) from the
B left side of the front subframe.
２１
A
34. Remove the two 10 mm flange bolts from the left
side of the gearbox.
１９
(cont’d)
17-35
07/05/09 16:48:40 61SJC020_170_0037
Power Steering

37. Loosen the 16 mm flare nut (A), and disconnect the 39. Remove the pinion shaft grommet (A) from the
feed line (B). frame.
２２２４
A
A B
cardiagn.com
38. Slide the steering gearbox (A) between the body
and front subframe toward the left, and remove the
steering gearbox. 40. After removing the steering gearbox, make sure
２３ that no power steering fluid gets on the gearbox
A mount cushions, gearbox housing, surface of the
front subframe and stiffener. Wipe off any spilled
fluid at once.
17-36
07/05/09 16:48:40 61SJC020_170_0038
Steering Gearbox Overhaul

Exploded View
０１
VALVE HOUSING
FLANGE BOLT
20 N·m
CYLINDER LINE A
SNAP RING
Replace.
VALVE OIL SEAL SLEEVE
Replace.
ROLLER BEARING SLEEVE SEAL RINGS

Replace.
cardiagn.com
VALVE SEAL RING
Replace.
O-RING
Replace.
VALVE OIL SEAL

FLARE NUTS CYLINDER LINE B Replace.
26 N·m
(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft) WAVE WASHER
FLARE NUTS
17 N·m PINION SHAFT
O-RING
Replace.
LOCKNUT
CYLINDER END SEAL
Replace. RACK GUIDE SCREW
GEARBOX HOUSING
O-RING SPRING
Replace. RACK GUIDE
CYLINDER END
93 N·m
PISTON SEAL RING

Replace.
STEERING RACK
CYLINDER END SEAL BACKUP RING

Replace. Replace.
(cont’d)
17-37
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１１１ＬＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:41 61SJC020_170_0039
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 3. Unbend the lock washer.
• Cylinder end seal remover attachment ０３
07TAF-SZ50100
• Pilot collar 07GAF-PH70100
• Valve seal ring sizing tool 07NAG-SR3090A
• Ball joint boot clip guide 07974-SA50800
• Sleeve seal ring sizing tool 07974-SA5020A or
07974-SA50200
• Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Piston seal ring guide 07ZAG-S3VA100
• Piston seal ring sizing tool 07ZAG-S3VA200
• Pincers Oetiker 1098 or equivalent, commercially
available
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during 4. Hold the flat surface sections (A) of the steering
this procedure. rack (B) with a wrench, and unscrew both rack ends
cardiagn.com
(C) with another wrench. Be careful not to damage
Removal the rack surface with the wrench. Remove the lock
washer (D) and stop rubber (E).
1. Remove the steering gearbox (see page 17-30). ０４
Disassembly
A
2. Disconnect the tie-rod ends. Remove the boot
bands (A) and tie-rod clips (B). Pull the boots away
from the ends of the steering gearbox.
０２ E
A
C
D
5. Loosen the locknut (A), then remove the rack guide

B screw (B).
０５
D
C
B
A
6. Remove the spring (C) and the rack guide (D) from
the steering gearbox.
17-38
07/05/09 16:48:41 61SJC020_170_0040
7. Remove the cylinder lines from the steering 11. Drill a 3 mm (0.12 in.) diameter hole about
gearbox. 2.5−3.0 mm (0.10−0.12 in.) in depth in the staked
０６ point (A) on the cylinder. Do not allow metal
shavings to enter the cylinder housing. After
removing the cylinder end (B), remove any burrs at
the staked point.
０８
A
cardiagn.com
8. Drain the fluid from the cylinder fittings by slowly
moving the steering rack back and forth.
9. Loosen the 16 mm flare nut (A), and remove the

return line joint (B).
０７
B
C
12. Attach the yoke of a universal puller (commercially

available) (A) to the steering gearbox mounts with
bolts. Clamp the yoke in a vise with soft jaws as
A shown, then loosen and remove the cylinder end
(B). Do not clamp the cylinder housing or gearbox
housing in the vise.
０９
A
B
B
10. Remove the two flange bolts, then remove the

valve body unit (C) from the steering gearbox (D).
Remove the O-ring (E), and discard it.
(cont’d)
17-39
07/05/09 16:48:59 61SJC020_170_0041
Power Steering

13. Install a commercially available bearing separator 18. Install a washer (O.D. 27.5 mm, P/N 94103-10400)
(A) on the gearbox housing as shown. (A) so it will fit through the rack guide hole of the
１０ gearbox housing, then position the washer on the
cylinder end seal (B). Make sure that the washer is
B centered on the cylinder end seal edges.
１２
C
A
A
D
cardiagn.com
14. Place an appropriate size deep socket wrench (B)
B
on the steering rack (C).
15. Set the steering gearbox in a press so the gearbox 19. Install the socket wrench with a 27.5 mm O.D. (A)
housing points upward, then press the cylinder end onto the 24 ’’ long 3/8 ’’ drive extension (B), and
seal (D) and steering rack out of the gearbox. Hold carefully place it on the washer (C).
the steering rack to keep it from falling when １３
pressed clear. Be careful not to damage the inner
surface of the cylinder housing with the tool.
16. Remove the cylinder end seal from the steering

rack.
B
17. Carefully pry the piston seal ring (A) and O-ring (B)
off from the rack piston. Be careful not to damage
the inside of the seal ring groove and piston edges
when removing the seal ring. A
１１ C 5−6 mm
(0.20−0.24 in.)
D
20. Set the steering gearbox in a press so the gearbox

housing points upward, then push the cylinder end
seal (D) for 5−6 mm (0.20−0.24 in.) by pressing on
the 24 ’’ long 3/8 ’’ drive extension end.
21. Remove the steering gearbox from the press, and

B remove the washer from the gearbox inside.
17-40
07/05/09 16:49:00 61SJC020_170_0042
22. Turn the special tool so it will fit through the rack 24. Before removing the valve housing (A), apply vinyl
guide hole of the steering gearbox, then position tape (B) to the splines on the pinion shaft (C).
the special tool on the cylinder end seal (A). Make １６
sure that the special tool is securely positioned on
the seal edges.
１４
A
B
C
07TAF-SZ50100
cardiagn.com
25. Separate the valve housing from the pinion shaft/
valve using a press.
A
26. With your finger, check the inner wall of the valve
23. Insert a 24 ’’ long 3/8 ’’ drive extension (A) and housing where the seal ring slides. If there is a step
place it on the special tool. Set the steering gearbox in the wall, the housing is worn. Replace it.
in a press, then remove the cylinder end seal (B)
from the gearbox by pressing on the 24 ’’ long 3/8 ’’ NOTE: There may be sliding marks from the seal
drive extension. ring on the wall of the valve housing. Replace the
valve housing only if the wall is stepped.
Note these items when pressing the cylinder end １７
seal:
• Keep the tool straight to avoid damaging the
cylinder wall. Check the tool angle, and correct it
if necessary, when removing the cylinder end
seal.
• Use a press to remove the cylinder end seal. Do
not try to remove the seal by striking the tool;
striking the tool would break the cylinder end
seal, and the seal would remain in the steering
gearbox.
１５
A
07TAF-SZ50100
(cont’d)
17-41
07/05/09 16:49:00 61SJC020_170_0043
Power Steering

27. Check for wear, burrs and other damage to the 29. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut and
edges of the grooves in the sleeve. remove the four seal rings from the sleeve. Be
careful not to damage the edges of the sleeve
NOTE: The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precision grooves and outer surface when removing the seal
matched set. If either the pinion shaft or sleeve rings.
must be replaced, replace both parts as a set. ２０
１８
cardiagn.com
28. Remove the snap ring (A) and sleeve (B) from the
pinion shaft.
１９
17-42
07/05/09 16:49:01 61SJC020_170_0044
30. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut the valve 32. Press the valve oil seal (A) and roller bearing (B)
seal ring (A) and O-ring (B) at the cutting groove out of the valve housing using a hydraulic press
position (C) in the pinion shaft. Remove the valve and special tool.
seal ring and O-ring. Be careful not to damage the ２３
edges of the pinion shaft groove and outer surface
when removing the valve seal ring and O-ring.
２１ 07GAF-PH70100 A
C
cardiagn.com
33. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry
B them with compressed air. Do not dip rubber parts
A
in the solvent.
31. Remove the valve oil seal (A) and wave washer (B)
from the pinion shaft.
Note these items during disassembly:

• Inspect the ball bearing (C) by rotating the outer
race slowly. If there is any excessive play or wear,
replace the pinion shaft and sleeve as an
assembly.
• The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precise fit; do
not intermix with old and new pinion shafts and
sleeves.
２２
B
A
(cont’d)
17-43
07/05/09 16:49:01 61SJC020_170_0045
Power Steering

Reassembly 39. Remove the tape, and apply power steering fluid to
the surface of the valve seal ring (A).
34. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the stepped portion of the ２６
A 07NAG-SR3090A
pinion shaft, and coat the surface of the vinyl tape
with power steering fluid.
２４
cardiagn.com
B C
A
35. Install the wave washer (B). 40. Apply power steering fluid to the inside of the
special tool. Set the larger diameter end of the
36. Coat the inside surface of the new valve oil seal (C) special tool over the valve seal ring, and move the
with power steering fluid, and install the seal with special tool up and down several times to make the
its grooved side facing opposite the bearing, then valve seal ring fit in the pinion shaft groove.
slide it over the pinion shaft, being careful not to
damage its sealing lip (D). 41. Remove the special tool, turn it over, slide the
smaller diameter end over the valve seal ring.
37. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the splines and stepped Move it up and down several times to make sure
portion of the shaft, and coat the surface of the the valve seal ring fits snugly in the pinion shaft
vinyl tape with power steering fluid. groove.
２５
38. Fit the new O-ring (B) in the groove of the pinion
shaft. Then slide the new valve seal ring (C) over
the shaft and in the groove on the pinion shaft.
17-44
07/05/09 16:49:02 61SJC020_170_0046
42. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the 46. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the
special tool. Slip two new seal rings (A) over the pinion shaft (A). Slide the sleeve (B) onto the pinion
special tool from the smaller diameter end, and shaft by aligning the locating pin (C) on the inside
expand them. Install only two rings at a time from of the sleeve with the cutout (D) in the shaft. Then
each end of the pinion shaft sleeve (B). install the new snap ring (E) securely in the pinion
shaft groove. Be careful not to damage the valve
Note these items when installing the seal ring: seal ring when inserting the sleeve.
• Do not over-expand the seal ring. Install the resin ２９
seal rings with care so as not to damage them. D
After installation, make sure you contract the seal
rings using the special tool (sizing tool).
• There are two types of sleeve seal rings; black
and brown. Do not mix the different types of C
rings as they are not compatible.
２７ E
B A
07974-SA50800
cardiagn.com
B
47. Apply power steering fluid to the seal ring lip of the
new valve oil seal (A), then install the seal in the
valve housing (B) using a hydraulic press and
special tools. Install the seal with its grooved side
A
facing the tool.
３０
43. Align the special tool with each groove in the 07746-0010100
sleeve, and slide a sleeve seal ring into each
groove. After installation, compress the seal rings
07749-0010000
with your fingers temporarily.
A
44. Apply power steering fluid to the seal rings on the B

sleeve, and to the entire inside surface of the
special tool, then slowly insert the sleeve into the
special tool.
２８
C
07974-SA50200 or
07974-SA5020A 48. Press the roller bearing (C) into the valve housing
with a hydraulic press and special tools.
45. Move the sleeve back and forth several times to

make the seal rings fit snugly in the sleeve. Make
sure the seal rings are not twisted.
(cont’d)
17-45
07/05/09 16:49:02 61SJC020_170_0047
Power Steering

49. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the pinion shaft, then coat 52. Press the pinion shaft/sleeve into the valve housing
the vinyl tape with power steering fluid. with a hydraulic press. Check that the pinion shaft/
３１ sleeve turns smoothly by hand after installing it.
B ３２
cardiagn.com
53. Coat the special tool with power steering fluid, then
slide it onto the rack, big end first.
50. Insert the pinion shaft into the valve housing (B). Be 54. Position the new O-ring (A) and new piston seal
careful not to damage the valve seal rings (C). ring (B) on the special tool, then slide them down
toward the big end of the tool.
51. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft, then
remove any residue from the tape adhesive. Note these items during reassembly:
• Do not over expand the resin seal rings. Install
the resin seal rings with care so as not to damage
them. After installation, make sure you contract
the seal ring using the special tool (sizing tool).
• Replace piston’s O-ring and seal ring as a set.
３３
07ZAG-S3VA100
55. Pull the O-ring off into the piston groove, then pull
the piston seal ring off into the piston groove on
top of the O-ring.
17-46
07/05/09 16:49:03 61SJC020_170_0048
56. Coat the piston seal ring (A) and the inside of the 59. Coat the inside surface of the new cylinder end seal
special tool with power steering fluid, then (A) with power steering fluid, then install it onto the
carefully slide the tool onto the rack and over the steering rack with its grooved side toward the
piston seal ring. piston. When installing the cylinder end seal, be
３４ careful not to damage the lip of the seal with the
edges or teeth of the steering rack.
３６
A
07ZAG-S3VA200
cardiagn.com
57. Move the special tool back and forth several times
to make sure the piston seal ring fits snugly in the
piston.
58. Wrap vinyl tape (A) around the rack teeth and rack
end edges, then coat the surface of the tape with
power steering fluid. Make sure that the vinyl tape
is wrapped carefully so there is no stepped portion. 60. Remove the vinyl tape from the steering rack, then
３５ remove any adhesive residue.
61. Install the new backup ring (A) on the steering rack,
then place the cylinder end seal (B) against the
piston.
３７
A
(cont’d)
17-47
07/05/09 16:49:03 61SJC020_170_0049
Power Steering

62. Apply multipurpose grease to the steering rack 66. Wrap vinyl tape around the rack end edges, and
teeth, then insert the steering rack into the gearbox coat the surface of the tape with the power steering
housing. Be careful not to damage the inner fluid. Make sure that the vinyl tape is wrapped
surface of the cylinder wall with the rack edges. carefully so there is no stepped portion.
３８４０
cardiagn.com
63. Insert an appropriate size deep socket wrench (A) 67. Coat the inside surface of the new cylinder end seal
onto the steering rack as shown. with power steering fluid, then install the seal onto
３９ the steering rack with its grooved side toward the
piston.
A ４１
64. Install the cylinder end seal (B) into the bottom of
the cylinder by pressing on the tool with a press.
Do not push on the tool with excessive force as it 68. Push in the cylinder end seal with your finger. Be
may damage the cylinder end seal. careful not to damage the face of the seal with the
threads and burrs at the staked position of the
65. Remove the tool, and center the steering rack. cylinder housing.
69. Remove the vinyl tape from the steering rack, then
remove any adhesive residue.
17-48
07/05/09 16:49:03 61SJC020_170_0050
70. Attach the yoke of a universal puller (commercially 73. Coat the new O-ring (A) with steering grease
available) (A) to the steering gearbox mounts with (08C35-B0534L), and carefully fit it on the valve
bolts, then clamp the yoke in a vise with soft jaws. housing.
Do not clamp the cylinder housing or gearbox ４４
housing in the vise. C
４２
A D
20 N·m
(2.0 kgf·m,
14 lbf·ft)
F
16 x 1.5 mm
28 N·m
(2.9 kgf·m, A
21 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
71. Coat the inside surface of the cylinder end (A) with B
power steering fluid, then install the cylinder end
by screwing it into the cylinder (B).
４３ 74. Apply multipurpose grease to the needle bearing
4.0 mm (B) in the gearbox housing, then install the valve
(0.16 in.) B
body unit (C) by engaging the gears. Note the valve
body unit installation position (direction of the line
1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
connections).
75. Tighten the flange bolts (D) to the specified torque.
A 76. Install the return line joint (E), and tighten the
16 mm flare nut (F).
C
93 N·m (9.5 kgf·m, 69 lbf·ft)
72. Remove the yoke from the gearbox. After

tightening the cylinder end (C), stake the point of
the cylinder as shown (opposite from where the
stake was removed during disassembly).
(cont’d)
17-49
07/05/09 16:49:04 61SJC020_170_0051
Power Steering

77. Install the cylinder lines. 81. Install the new stop rubber (A) and lock washer (B)
on the rack end (C) in the rack. Align the lock
Note these items during reassembly: washer tabs (D) with the slots (E). Install the rack
• Thoroughly clean the joints of the cylinder lines. end (F) while holding the lock washer in place.
The joints must be free of foreign material. Repeat this step for the other side of the rack.
• Install the cylinder lines by tightening the flare ４７
nuts by hand first, then tighten the flare nuts to
the specified torque.
４５ G
26 N·m
B
A
C
F D
cardiagn.com
98.1 N·m
(10.0 kgf·m, 72.3 lbf·ft) E
17 N·m 82. Hold the flat surface sections (G) of the steering
(1.7 kgf·m, 12 lbf·ft) rack with a wrench, and tighten both rack ends.
Be careful not to damage the rack surface with the
78. Apply steering grease to the sliding surface of the wrench.
rack guide (A), and install it onto the gearbox
housing. 83. Bend the lock washer back against the flat spots on
４６ the rack end joint housing.
４８
A
C
B
D
(08C35-B0534L)
79. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw
(B), then apply new sealant (Three Bond 1215 or
Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads. Install
the spring (C), rack guide screw and locknut (D).
80. Adjust the rack guide screw (see page 17-29). After
adjusting, check that the rack moves smoothly by
sliding it right and left.
17-50
07/05/09 16:49:05 61SJC020_170_0052
84. Apply multipurpose grease to the circumference of 87. Install the new boot bands by aligning the tabs (A)
the rack end joint housing (A). with the holes (B) on the band.
４９５１
(P/N 08798-9013)
cardiagn.com
85. Apply a light coat of silicone grease (P/N 08798-
9013) to the boot grooves (B) on the rack end. 88. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with
commercially available pincers Oetiker 1098 or
86. Center the steering rack within its stroke. Install the equivalent (B).
boots on the rack ends with the tie-rod clips. After ５２
installing the boots, wipe the grease off the B
threaded section (A) of the rack end.
５０
2 mm
(0.08 in.)
89. Slide the rack right and left to be certain that the
boots are not deformed or twisted.
90. Install the tie-rod ends.

A
91. Install the steering gearbox (see page 17-52).
17-51
07/05/09 16:49:05 61SJC020_170_0053
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation

1. Install the pinion shaft grommet (A) on the valve 3. Connect the feed line (A), and tighten the 16 mm
housing. flare nut (B) to the specified torque.
０３
NOTE: If the return line (B) is removed, install it.
０１
16 x 1.5 mm
28 N·m
(2.9 kgf·m,
21 lbf·ft) A
B
16 x 1.5 mm
B 42 N·m
cardiagn.com
4. Install the gearbox stiffener bracket (A) on the front
subframe, and tighten the bolts and nut to the
2. Slide the steering gearbox (A) between the front specified torque.
subframe and body from the driver’s side. Place the ０４
gearbox in position on the front subframe.
０２ A
A
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
(3.9 kgf·m,
28 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
17-52
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１１１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:06 61SJC020_170_0054
5. Loosely install the new 10 mm flange bolts on the 8. Connect the return hose (A) securely, and tighten
left side of the gearbox. the adjustable hose clamp (B) (see page 17-13).
＊０１０７
10 x 1.25 mm B
58 N·m 6 x 1.0 mm
(5.9 kgf·m, 43 lbf·ft) 3 N·m
Replace. (0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft)
A
cardiagn.com
6. Install the mounting cushion (A) on the right side of
the gearbox.
０６ 9. Install the P/S line mounting brackets (A) on the
C front suspension subframe and gearbox mounting
10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m bracket.
(4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft) ０８
A
A
B
6 x 1.0 mm
FRONT 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
7. Install the mounting bracket (B) over the mounting

cushion, then install the two 10 mm flange bolts (C).
Tighten the four 10 mm flange bolts for the
gearbox to the specified torque.
(cont’d)
17-53
07/05/09 16:49:06 61SJC020_170_0055
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation (cont’d)

10. Carefully raise the front subframe with the special 13. Lower the front subframe supporting the
tool and the transmission jack or the powertrain lift transmission jack or the powertrain lift.
until the subframe is in position (see page 20-192).
14. Install the front splash shield (A) (see page 20-179).
11. Install the front subframe rear brackets (A). Tighten １１
the 12 mm flange bolts (B) and the new 14 mm
special bolts (C) on the right and the left of the
vehicle to the specified torque. For ’07-08 models:
Install the subframe bolt retainers (D). Tighten the
two flange bolts (E) and nuts (F) to the specified
torque.
＊０２
A
cardiagn.com
A
D
15. Install the propeller shaft protector (A).
１２
F
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
(3.9 kgf·m,
28 lbf·ft)
E
B C 10 x 1.25 mm
12 x 1.25 mm 14 x 1.5 mm 38 N·m
117 N·m 103 N·m (3.9 kgf·m,
(11.9 kgf·m, (10.5 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
86.1 lbf·ft) 75.9 lbf·ft)
Replace.
A
12. Install the front subframe front brackets (A) with
12 mm flange bolts (B) and 14 mm special bolts (C),
and tighten to the specified torque.
１０
A
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
B C
12 x 1.25 mm 14 x 1.5 mm
74 N·m 103 N·m
17-54
07/05/09 16:49:07 61SJC020_170_0056
16. Connect the power steering pressure (PSP) switch 18. Install the front subframe stiffener (A) and tighten
connector (A). to the specified torque.
１３＊０３
A
A
10 x 1.25 mm
10 x 1.25 mm 54 N·m
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
Replace.
17. Connect the under-floor three way catalytic
converter (TWC) (A) to the muffler (B). Install the
new 10 mm self-locking nuts and tighten them to 19. Install the new 10 mm flange bolts on the engine
the specified torque. side mount bracket (A).
１４＊０４
33 N·m (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) 10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
Replace. A
B
A
(cont’d)
17-55
07/05/09 16:49:08 61SJC020_170_0057
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation (cont’d)

20. Connect the pump outlet hose (A) to the power 24. Center the steering rack within its stroke.
steering pump, and install the feed hose clamp (B).
１７ 25. Insert the upper end of the steering joint onto the
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m steering shaft (A) (line up the bolt hole (B) with the
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) flat portion (C) on the shaft), and loosely install the
6 x 1.0 mm upper joint bolt.
11 N·m
(1.1 kgf·m, １９
8.0 lbf·ft)
A
C
B
B
A
cardiagn.com
FRONT
28 ° ±20 °
21. Wipe off any grease contamination from the ball D

joint tapered section and threads. Reconnect the
tie-rod ends (A) to the steering knuckles. Install the
12 mm nut (B) and tighten it. 26. Slip the lower end of the steering joint onto the
＊０５ pinion shaft taking care to align the gap (D) within
A
the angle.
27. Align the bolt hole (A) on the steering joint with the
groove (B) around the pinion shaft then loosely
install the lower joint bolt (C).
２０
B C
12 x 1.25 mm Replace.
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) D
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
22. Install the new cotter pin (C) and bend it as shown. 16 lbf·ft)
C
23. Remove the engine support hanger, the hanger 22 N·m B
(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) A
balance bar, and the hanger adapter set.
28. Pull on the steering joint to make sure that the
steering joint is fully seated, then tighten the lower
joint bolt to the specified torque.
29. Tighten the upper joint bolt (D) to the specified

torque.
17-56
07/05/09 16:49:08 61SJC020_170_0058
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement

30. Install steering joint cover A. Special Tools Required
２１ Front hub dis/assembly tool 07965-SA50500
A
1. Remove the boot from the tie-rod end, and wipe the
old grease off the ball pin.
2. Pack the lower area of the ball pin (A) with fresh
multipurpose grease.
０１
C
B
31. Install the front wheel, then set the wheels in the A E
cardiagn.com
straight ahead position.
32. Install the steering wheel (see page 17-23).

D
33. Reconnect the negative battery cable to the battery,
and do these tasks:
3. Pack the interior of the new boot (B) and lip (C) with
• Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator fresh multipurpose grease.
should come on for about 6 seconds and then go
off. Note these items when installing new grease:
• Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system • Keep grease off the boot mounting area (D) and
and the navigation system (if equipped). the tapered section (E) of the ball pin.
• Set the clock (or vehicles without navigation). • Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials
• Make sure the horn and turn signal switches to enter the boot.
work properly.
• Make sure the steering wheel switches work 4. Install the new boot (A) using the special tool. The
properly. boot must not have a gap at the boot installation
• Make sure the steering wheel is centered. sections (B). After installing the boot, check the ball
pin tapered section for grease contamination, and
34. Fill the system with power steering fluid, and bleed wipe it if necessary.
air from the system (see page 17-12). ０２
07965-SA50500
35. After installation, do the following checks.
• Start the engine, allow it to idle, and turn the

steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to
A
warm up to the fluid. Check the gearbox for leaks
(see page 17-11).
• Do the front toe inspection (see page 18-5).
• Check the steering wheel spoke angle.
If steering spoke angles to the right and left are
not equal (steering wheel and rack are not
B
centered), correct the engagement of the joint/
pinion shaft serrations, then adjust the front toe
by turning the tie-rod ends, if necessary.
17-57
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５９５０１ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:49:08 61SJC020_170_0059
Power Steering
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement

1. Remove the steering gearbox (see page 17-30).
2. Position the 34 mm socket wrench (A) on the flange

part of the gearbox housing with a washer (B),
10 x 105 mm flange bolt (C) and the 10 mm nut (D)
as shown.
０１
D
B
cardiagn.com
A
3. Hold the nut with a wrench, and tighten the flange

bolt with another wrench. Remove the gearbox
mount cushion (E).
4. Apply a mild soap and water solution to the new

gearbox mount cushion surface (A), then place it on
the gearbox mounting cushion hole.
０２
B
5. Position the 34 mm socket wrench on the flange

part of the gearbox housing with a washer, flange
bolt, and the nut as shown.
6. Install the gearbox mount cushion by tightening the

nut until the mount cushion edges (B) properly fit
on the gearbox flange surface.
17-58
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｆ００００００５７１１８ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:50:14 61SJC020_180_0001
Suspension
Front and Rear Suspension

Special Tools ................................................................. 18-2
Wheel Alignment .......................................................... 18-5
cardiagn.com
Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection ............................ 18-8
Wheel Runout Inspection ............................................ 18-9
Wheel Bolt Replacement ............................................. 18-10
Ball Joint Removal ....................................................... 18-11
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement ................ 18-13
Ball Joint Boot Replacement ....................................... 18-18
Lower Arm Removal/Installation ................................ 18-19
Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation ........................... 18-20
Stabilizer Bar Replacement ......................................... 18-21
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation .................. 18-23
Damper/Spring Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .................................... 18-25
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement ................ 18-28
Upper Arm Removal/Installation ................................ 18-34
Lower Arm A Removal/Installation ............................. 18-35
Lower Arm B Removal/Installation ............................. 18-36
Trailing Arm Removal/Installation .............................. 18-37
Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation ........................... 18-39
Stabilizer Bar Replacement ......................................... 18-39
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation .................. 18-40
Damper/Spring Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .................................... 18-41
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) ...... 18-45
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１８０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:15 61SJC020_180_0002
Special Tools
07AAC-SJCA120 Ball Joint Puller 1
07GAF-SD40100 Hub Dis/Assembly Tool 1
07GAG-SD40700 Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide 1
071AF-S3VA000 Ball Joint Thread Protector, 14 mm 1
07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 1
07746-0010600 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
07948-SB00101 Attachment, 96 mm 1
07965-SD90100 Support Base 1
０１
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
０１
０１
０１
, ,
０１
０１
０１
18-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１８０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:16 61SJC020_180_0003

Front Suspension
＊０１
DAMPER/SPRING
Disassembly/Inspection and Reassembly,
page 18-25
STABILIZER LINK
KNUCKLE/
HUB/WHEEL BEARING
cardiagn.com
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
STABILIZER BAR
LOWER ARM
page 18-19
18-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:18 61SJC020_180_0004

Rear Suspension
＊０１
STABILIZER BAR
LOWER ARM B
DAMPER/SPRING
Disassembly, Inspection and Reassembly,
page 18-41
STABILIZER LINK
page 18-39
cardiagn.com
UPPER ARM
page 18-34
LOWER ARM A
page 18-35
TRAILING ARM
KNUCKLE/
HUB/WHEEL BEARING
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
18-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:19 61SJC020_180_0005
Wheel Alignment
The suspension can be adjusted for front camber, front Caster Inspection
toe, and rear toe. However, each of these adjustments
are related to each other. For example, when you adjust Use commercially available computerized four wheel
camber, the toe will change. Therefore, you must adjust alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment
the front wheel alignment whenever you adjust camber (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the
or toe. equipment manufacturer’s instructions.
Pre-Alignment Checks Check the caster angle.
For proper inspection and adjustment of the wheel Caster angle: 1 ° 53 ’ ±1 °

alignment, do these checks:
• If the measurement is within specifications, measure
1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect the camber angle.
measurement. • If the measurement is not within specifications, check
for bent or damaged suspension components.
2. Make sure the suspension is not modified.
cardiagn.com
3. Check the tire size and tire pressure.
Tire size:
Front/Rear: P245/65R17 105S
Tire pressure:
Front/Rear: 220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi)
4. Check the runout of the wheels and tires (see page

18-9).
5. Check the suspension ball joints. (Hold a wheel

with your hands, and move it up and down and
right and left to check for wobbling.)
０１
6. Bounce the vehicle up and down several times to

stabilize the suspension.
(cont’d)
18-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ０００００００００００ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:19 61SJC020_180_0006
Wheel Alignment (cont’d)

Camber Inspection Front Camber Adjustment
Use commercially available computerized four wheel 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with
alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment safety stands in the proper locations (see page
(caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the 1-10).
equipment manufacturer’s instructions.
Check the camber angle.
3. Loosen the flange nuts (A) and bolts, and adjust the
Camber angle: camber angle by moving the bottom of the damper
Front: −0 ° 30 ’ ±1 ° within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play.
(Maximum difference between the front right and ０２
A
left side: 1 ° 00 ’) 18 x 1.5 mm
Rear: −0 ° 30 ’ ±45 ’ 211 N·m
(21.5 kgf·m,
156 lbf·ft)
• If the measurement for the front camber is outside
the specification, go to front camber adjustment.
cardiagn.com
• If the measurement for the rear camber is outside the
specification, check for bent or damaged suspension
components.
4. Tighten the flange nuts to the specified torque.
5. Reinstall the front wheels. Lower the front of the

vehicle to the ground, and bounce the front of the
vehicle up and down several times to stabilize the
suspension.
6. Measure the camber angle.
• If the measurement is within specification,

measure the toe-in.
• If the measurement is not within specification,
check for bent or damaged suspension
components.
18-6
07/05/09 16:50:19 61SJC020_180_0007
Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment

Use commercially available computerized four wheel Use commercially available computerized four wheel
alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment
(caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions. equipment manufacturer’s instructions.
NOTE: After setting the front toe always perform the 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect
steering angle sensor writing procedure (see page measurement.
19-92).
2. Check the toe.
1. Center the steering wheel spokes and install a
commercially available steering wheel holder tool. Rear toe-in: 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.)
2. Check the toe with the wheels pointed straight • If adjustment is required, go to step 3.
ahead. • If no adjustment is required, remove the
alignment equipment.
cardiagn.com
Front toe-in: 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.)
3. Hold the adjusting bolt (A) on the lower arm B, and
• If adjustment is required, go to step 3. remove the self-locking nut (C).
• If no adjustment is required, go to rear toe ０４
B
inspection/adjustment.
3. Loosen the tie-rod locknuts (A) while holding the

flat surface sections (B) of the tie-rod end with a
wrench, and turn both tie-rods (C) until the front toe
is within specifications.
０３
A
14 x 1.5 mm
44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
C
12 x 1.25 mm A
83 N·m (8.5 kgf·m, 61 lbf·ft)
4. Replace the self-locking nut with a new one, and

lightly tighten it.
NOTE:
B C • Always use a new self-locking nut whenever it
has been loosened.
4. After adjusting, tighten the tie-rod locknuts. • Reassemble the adjust bolt and cam-plate with
Reposition the rack-end boot if it is twisted or the eccentric facing up.
displaced.
5. Adjust the rear toe by turning the adjusting bolt
5. Go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. until the toe is correct.
NOTE: After adjusting the front toe always perform 6. Tighten the new self-locking nut while holding the
the steering angle sensor writing procedure adjusting bolt.
(see page 19-92).
(cont’d)
18-7
07/05/09 16:50:20 61SJC020_180_0008
Wheel Alignment (cont’d) Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection

Turning Angle Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands
in the proper locations (see page 1-10).
Use commercially available computerized four wheel
alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment 2. Remove the wheels.
(caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts.
Tighten the nuts to the specified torque to hold the
1. Turn the wheel right and left while applying the brake disc securely against the hub.
brake, and measure the turning angle of both
wheels. Front
０１
Turning angle:
Inward wheel: 37 ° 54 ’ ±2 °
Outward wheel: 30 ° 16 ’ (Reference)
０５
cardiagn.com
A
14 x 1.5 mm
127 N·m (13.0 kgf·m, 94.0 lbf·ft)
Rear
０２
2. If the turning angle is not within the specifications,

check for bent or damaged suspension
components.
14 x 1.5 mm A
127 N·m (13.0 kgf·m, 94.0 lbf·ft)
4. Attach the dial gauge. Place the dial gauge against

the hub flange.
Front/Rear:
Standard: 0−0.05 mm (0−0.002 in.)
5. Measure the bearing end play by moving the disc

inward and outward.
6. If the bearing end play measurement is more than

the standard, replace the wheel bearing.
18-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００６５２０１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:20 61SJC020_180_0009
Wheel Runout Inspection

NOTE: When measuring the front wheel runout, turn 5. If the wheel runout is not within the specification,
the other side of the wheel slowly by hand. check the wheel bearing end play (see page 18-8),
and make sure the mating surfaces on the brake
1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands disc and the inside of the wheel are clean.
in the proper locations (see page 1-10).
6. If the bearing end play is within the specification
2. Check for bent or deformed wheels. but the wheel runout is more than the service limit,
replace the wheel.
3. Set up the dial gauge as shown, and measure axial
runout by turning the wheel.
Front and rear wheel axial runout:

Standard:
Steel wheel: 0−1.0 mm (0−0.04 in.)
Aluminum wheel: 0−0.7 mm (0−0.03 in.)
Service limit: 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
０１
cardiagn.com
4. Reset the dial gauge to the position shown, and
measure the radial runout.
Front and rear wheel radial runout:

Standard:
Steel wheel: 0−1.0 mm (0−0.04 in.)
Aluminum wheel: 0−0.7 mm (0−0.03 in.)
０２
18-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１００００００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:20 61SJC020_180_0010
Wheel Bolt Replacement

3. Insert the new wheel bolt (A) into the hub (B) while
• Do not use a hammer or air or electric impact aligning the splined surfaces (C) on the hub hole
tools to remove and install the wheel bolts. with the wheel bolt.
• Be careful not to damage the threads of the
wheel bolts. NOTE:
• Degrease all around the wheel bolt and the
1. Remove the hub: front (see page 18-13), rear threaded section of the nut.
(see page 18-28). • Make sure the wheel bolt is installed vertically in
relation to the hub disc surface.
2. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using
a hydraulic press. Support the hub with hydraulic 4. Install the wheel bolt using a hydraulic press until
press attachments (C) or equivalent tools. the wheel bolt shoulder is fully seated.
NOTE: 5. Install the hub: front (see page 18-13), rear

• Before installing the new wheel bolt, clean the (see page 18-28).
mating surface on the bolt and the hub.
• The illustration shows a front hub. NOTE: If you can not tighten the wheel nut to the
cardiagn.com
０１ specified torque value when installing the wheel,
Press replace the hub as an assembly.
C C
18-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１０００６５２３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:21 61SJC020_180_0011
Ball Joint Removal

Special Tools Required 3. Install the special tool as shown. Insert the jaws
• Ball joint puller 07AAC-SJCA120 carefully, making sure not to damage the ball joint
• Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the
• Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 pressure bolt (A).
• Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000
NOTE: Fasten the safety chain (B) securely to a
suspension arm or the subframe (C). Do not fasten
Always use a ball joint remover to disconnect a ball it to a brake line or wire harness.
joint. Do not strike the housing or any other part of ０３
the ball joint connection to disconnect it.
B
07MAC-SL0A102 or 07MAC-SL0A202
1. Install a hex nut (A) onto the threads of the ball joint A C
(B). Make sure the nut is flush with the ball joint pin
end to prevent damage to the thread end of the ball
joint pin.
cardiagn.com
０１
E 07MAC-SL0A102 or
D 07MAC-SL0A202
4. After adjusting the adjusting bolt, make sure the

head of the adjusting bolt (D) is in the position
shown to allow the jaw (E) to pivot.
A 5. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the

B ball joint pin pops loose from the ball joint pin hole.
If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to
2. Apply grease to the special tool on the areas shown loosen the ball joint pin.
(A). This will ease installation of the tool and
prevent damage to the pressure bolt (B) threads. NOTE: Do not use pneumatic or electric tools on
０２ the pressure bolt.
A
B
6. Remove the tool, then remove the nut from the end
of the ball joint pin, and pull the ball joint out of the
ball joint pin hole. Inspect the ball joint boot, and
replace it if damaged.
07MAC-SL0A102 or
07MAC-SL0A202
(cont’d)
18-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００１４２０１ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:21 61SJC020_180_0012
Ball Joint Removal (cont’d)

07AAC-SJCA120 5. Remove the special tools from the knuckle and the
end of the ball joint pin, and pull the ball joint out of
1. Apply grease to the special tool on the points (A). the ball joint pin hole. Inspect the ball joint boot,
This will prevent damage to the special tool and and replace it if damaged.
thread of ball joint.
０４ 6. Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and
other foreign material from the stud portion of the
ball joint stud.
07AAC-SJCA120
cardiagn.com
071AF-S3VA000
2. Install the ball joint thread protector (A) by hand, all

the way onto the threads of the ball joint.
０５
A
071AF-S3VA000
B
07AAC-SJCA120
3. Install the ball joint remover (B) as shown.
4. With a wrench, screw the ball joint thread protector

until the ball joint pin pops loose from the ball joint
pin hole.
NOTE: Turn the ball joint thread protector reverse

to tighten against thread of the ball joint.
18-12
07/05/09 16:50:21 61SJC020_180_0013
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement

Exploded View
＊０１
DAMPER PINCH BOLT
18 x 1.5 mm
Replace.
WHEEL BEARING
FLANGE NUT (MAGNETIC ENCODER)
18 x 1.5 mm Replace.
211 N·m
(21.5 kgf·m, 156 lbf·ft) SNAP RING
Replace.
SPLASH GUARD
cardiagn.com
KNUCKLE
Check for deformation and
damage.
FLAT SCREW
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
FRONT HUB
Check for damage and
cracks.
SPINDLE NUT
Replace.
BRAKE DISC 26 x 1.5 mm
Check for wear and 328 N·m
rust. (33.5 kgf·m, 242 lbf·ft)
Apply a small amount of engine oil

to the seating surface of the nut.
(cont’d)
18-13
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００３６４０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:22 61SJC020_180_0014
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 5. Remove the wheel sensor (A) from the knuckle (B).
• Ball joint puller 07AAC-SJCA120 Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector.
• Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ０４
6 x 1.0 mm A
• Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
• Hub dis/assembly tool 07GAF-SD40100
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Support base 07965-SD90100
• Attachment, 96 mm 07948-SB00101
Knuckle/Hub Replacement
1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with
safety stands in the proper locations (see page
1-10).
2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and front wheel. B
cardiagn.com
０２
6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B).
＊０２
A B
14 x 1.5 mm 26 x 1.5 mm
127 N·m 328 N·m
(13.0 kgf·m, (33.5 kgf·m,
94.0 lbf·ft) 242 lbf·ft)
Replace.
3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A).
０３
A A
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
C
B
14 x 1.5 mm
137 N·m
(14.0 kgf·m, 101 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts

(B), and remove the caliper assembly (C) from the
knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper
assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire
to hang the caliper assembly from the
undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose with
force.
18-14
07/05/09 16:50:22 61SJC020_180_0015
7. Remove the brake disc (see page 19-16). 11. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower arm ball
joint, then remove the nut.
8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks.
NOTE: During installation, install the new lock pin
9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball after tightening the new castle nut.
joint, then remove the nut (B). ０８
14 x 2.0 mm
93 N·m
NOTE: During installation, install the new cotter pin (9.5 kgf·m,
A 69 lbf·ft)
after tightening the nut, and bend its end as shown.
０７
071AF-S3VA000
cardiagn.com
07MAC-SL0A102
07AAC-SJCA120
B
12 x 1.25 mm 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint from the knuckle
54 N·m using the ball joint remover (see page 18-12).
A (5.5 kgf·m,
40 lbf·ft)
13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and flange nuts
(B) from the damper.
NOTE: During installation, install the new damper

pinch bolts and new flange nuts.
10. Disconnect the tie-rod ball joint from the knuckle ＊０３
using the ball joint remover (see page 18-11).
A
C Replace.
D
B
18 x 1.5 mm
211 N·m
(21.5 kgf·m, 156 lbf·ft) E
Replace.
14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the

knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a
plastic hammer while drawing the hub outward,
then remove the knuckle.
NOTE: Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The

inner driveshaft joint may come apart.
(cont’d)
18-15
07/05/09 16:50:23 61SJC020_180_0016
Front Suspension

15. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of Wheel Bearing Replacement
removal, and note these items:
1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the
• Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when special tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle
installing the knuckle. with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or
• Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash
torque values. guard. Hold onto the hub to keep it from falling
• Before connecting the lower ball joint to the when pressed clear.
knuckle, degrease the threaded section and １０
07GAF-SD40100
tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the lower
arm connecting hole, the threaded section and Press
mating surface of the castle nut.
• First install all the components and lightly tighten
the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to
load it with the vehicle’s weight before fully
tightening to the specified torque values. B
• Torque the castle nut to the lower torque
cardiagn.com
align the castle nut by loosening it.
• Use a new spindle nut on reassembly. C C
• Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small A
amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the
nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the
spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. hub (B) using the special tool, a commercially
• Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating available bearing separator (C), and a press.
surface of the front hub and the inside of the １１
brake disc. Press
• Before installing the wheel, clean the mating
07GAF-SD40100
surface of the brake disc and the inside of the
wheel.
A
• Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if
C
18-16
07/05/09 16:50:23 61SJC020_180_0017
3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash
from the knuckle (C). point solvent before reassembly.
１２
C
6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle (B)
using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the
special tools, and a press.
A
NOTE:
• Install the wheel bearing with the wheel sensor
magnetic encoder (E) (brown color), toward the
inside of the knuckle.
• Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and
other foreign material from the encoder surface.
• Keep all magnetic tools away from the encoder
surface.
• Be careful not to damage the encoder surface
when you insert the wheel bearing.
cardiagn.com
１４
B
6 x 1.0 mm
D
Press
4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B)
using the special tools and a press.
C
１３
Press
07749-0010000 A
E
07746-0010600 B
07948-SB00101
07965-SD90100
(cont’d)
18-17
07/05/09 16:50:24 61SJC020_180_0018
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Ball Joint Boot Replacement

Replacement (cont’d)
Ball joint boot clip guide 07GAG-SD40700
7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B).
１５ 1. Remove the boot clip and the boot.
B
D
6 x 1.0 mm 2. Pack the interior and lip (A) of a new boot with
9.8 N·m grease. Keep the grease off of the boot-to-knuckle
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) C mating surfaces (B).
０１
A
C
B
cardiagn.com
D
A
8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws

(D) to the specified torque value.
3. Wipe the grease off the tapered portion of the pin
9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the (C), and pack fresh grease into the base (D). Do not
special tools shown and a hydraulic press. Be let dirt or other foreign materials get into the boot.
careful not to distort the splash guard (C).
１６ 4. Install the boot on the ball joint, then squeeze it
Press gently to force out any air.
07749-0010000 5. Adjust the special tool with the adjusting bolt (A)
until its base is just above the groove around the
bottom of the boot. Then slide the clip (B) over the
tool and into position on the boot.
07746-0010600 ０２
A
07GAG-SD40700
A
B
07965-SD90100
6. After installing a boot, wipe any grease off the

exposed portion of the ball joint pin.
18-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００１４２０３ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:24 61SJC020_180_0019
Lower Arm Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 7. Remove the lower arm mounting bolt (A).
• Ball joint puller 07AAC-SJCA120
• Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 NOTE: During installation, install the new mounting
bolt.
1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with ＊０２
safety stands in the proper locations (see page C
1-10).
3. Remove the flange nut (A) while holding the

respective joint pin (B) with a hex wrench (C), then
disconnect the stabilizer links from the damper (D).
０１
A
12 x 1.25 mm
78 N·m (8.0 kgf·m, 58 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
A B
16 x 1.5 mm 14 x 1.5 mm
162 N·m 113 N·m
Replace. Replace.
D 8. Remove the lower arm mounting bolt (B), then

C
remove the lower arm (C) from the front
suspension subframe.
B
NOTE: During installation, install the new mounting
4. Turn the stabilizer bar backward to gain easier bolt.
access to the front side of the lower arm mounting
bolt.
5. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower arm ball
joint, then remove the nut.

after tightening the new castle nut.
＊０１
14 x 2.0 mm
A 93 N·m
Replace.
071AF-S3VA000
07AAC-SJCA120
6. Disconnect the lower ball joint from the knuckle

using the ball joint remover (see page 18-12).
(cont’d)
18-19
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００３７７０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:24 61SJC020_180_0020
Front Suspension
Lower Arm Removal/Installation Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation

(cont’d)
9. Install the lower arm in the reverse order of 1-10).
2. Remove the front wheel.
• Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when
installing the knuckle. 3. Remove the flange nuts (A) while holding the
• Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified respective joint pin (B) with a hex wrench (C), then
torque values. remove the stabilizer link (D).
• Before connecting the lower ball joint to the ０１
A F
knuckle, degrease the threaded section and 12 x 1.25 mm
tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the lower 78 N·m
arm connecting hole, the threaded section and
mating surface of the castle nut.
• First install all the components and lightly tighten E
D
cardiagn.com
tightening to the specified torque values.
wheel.
A
• Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if 12 x 1.25 mm
C 78 N·m
(8.0 kgf·m,
58 lbf·ft)
B
4. Install the stabilizer link on the stabilizer bar (E) and

damper (F) with the joint pins set at the center of
their range of movement.
5. Install the flange nuts, and lightly tighten them.
6. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the

inside of the wheel, then install the front wheel.
7. Tighten the flange nuts to the specified torque

values while holding the respective joint pin with a
hex wrench.
8. Test-drive the vehicle.
18-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００５６８６１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:53 61SJC020_180_0021
Stabilizer Bar Replacement

Special Tools Required 8. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on
• Front subframe adapter EQS02BMDXSB0 the corner of the jack base, then attach the front
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds subframe adapter (A) to the jack base with the bolts
AAR-T-12566 (B) that came with the jack. Tighten all bolts
• Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 securely.
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 ０２
Equipment program 1-888-424-6857
B

1-10).
3. Remove the service caps for the damper flange

nuts, and place the engine support hanger stands
cardiagn.com
(VSB02C000024) over the flange nuts (see step 55
on page 5-8). C A
10 x 1.25 mm EQS02BMDXSB0
54 N·m
4. Install the engine balancer bar (VSB02C000019); (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
with the spacer and the 10 mm bolt, and attach the 9. Raise the jack to vehicle height, then attach the
rear arm (B) to the rear cylinder head with the front subframe adapter to the front subframe using
8 mm bolt. the subframe stiffener mounting bolts (C) and bolt
０１ holes.
VSB02C000024 C VSB02C000019
VSB02C000024
10. Remove the four 12 mm flange bolts (A) from the
AAR-T-12566 front suspension subframe front brackets (B).
０３
A B
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m
(7.5 kgf·m,
54 lbf·ft)
C
14 x 1.5 mm
103 N·m
(10.5 kgf·m,
75.9 lbf·ft)
A
B 14 mm (9/16 in.)
5. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to

the vehicle, and attach the hook to the engine
balancer bar slot. Tighten the wing nut (C) by hand, 11. Loosen the two 14 mm flange bolts (C) on the front
and lift and support the engine. suspension subframe so they are about 14 mm
(9/16 in.) from the mounting surface. Do not loosen
6. Disconnect the stabilizer links from the stabilizer the 14 mm flange bolts more than necessary.
bar on the right and left sides (see page 18-20).
7. Remove the front splash shield (A) (see page

20-179).
(cont’d)
18-21
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００５６８５１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:53 61SJC020_180_0022
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement (cont’d)

12. Support the front suspension subframe securely by 15. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the bushing
raising the transmission jack, then remove the holders (B), then remove the bushings (C) and the
10 mm flange bolts (A), the nuts (B), and the stabilizer bar (D) from the front suspension
subframe bolt retainers (C). subframe (E).
０３０６
F A
C 10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m
E (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft)
D
C
B
B
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
(3.9 kgf·m,
cardiagn.com
28 lbf·ft)
A
D E 10 x 1.25 mm
12 x 1.25 mm 14 x 1.5 mm 38 N·m F
117 N·m 103 N·m (3.9 kgf·m,
28 lbf·ft) FRONT
(11.9 kgf·m, (10.5 kgf·m,
86.1 lbf·ft) 75.9 lbf·ft)
13. Remove the two 12 mm flange bolts (D), the 14 mm

special bolts (E) and the front suspension subframe
rear brackets (F) on the right and left of the vehicle. 16. Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of
14. Lower the jack supporting the front suspension
subframe with the special tool slowly until the front • Note the right and left direction of the stabilizer
suspension subframe has dropped about 14 mm bar.
(9/16 in.). • Align the paint marks (F) on the stabilizer bar
０５ with the sides of the bushings.
• Note the fore/aft direction of the bushing holders.
• Raise the front suspension subframe up with the
jack and special tool until it contacts the body
frame (see page 20-194), then tighten the
14 mm (9/16 in.) mounting bolts to the specified torque.
• Refer to stabilizer link removal/installation to
connect the stabilizer bar to the links (see page
18-20).
• Do the subframe alignment (see page 20-196).
• Clean the mating surface of the brake disc and
the inside of the wheel, then install the front
wheel.
18-22
07/05/09 16:50:54 61SJC020_180_0023
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation

Removal 6. Remove the service caps (A), and remove the three
flange nuts (B) from top of the damper, then
1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with remove the damper assembly (C).
1-10). NOTE: Damper springs are different, left and right.
Mark the springs L and R before you continue.
2. Remove the front wheel. ＊０２
B A
10 x 1.25 mm
3. Disconnect the stabilizer link (A) from the damper Replace.
(B) (see page 18-20).
０２
B
12 x 1.25 mm
C
A
cardiagn.com
D
C
8 x 1.25 mm
4. Remove the wheel sensor harness clips (C) and the

brake hose bracket (D) from the damper. Do not
disconnect the wheel sensor connector.
5. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the flange

nuts (B) from the damper.
＊０１
A
Replace.
B
18 x 1.5 mm
Replace.
(cont’d)
18-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００１９１０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:54 61SJC020_180_0024
Front Suspension
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation (cont’d)

Installation 3. Install the wheel sensor harness clips (A) and the
brake hose bracket (B) to the damper (C).
1. Install the damper assembly (A) onto the frame, １３
then loosely install new three flange nuts (B).
＊０３ C
B
10 x 1.25 mm D
59 N·m
Replace. A 12 x 1.25 mm
FRONT 78 N·m
(8.0 kgf·m,
58 lbf·ft)
B
A
cardiagn.com
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
4. Loosely install the stabilizer link (D) to the damper.
5. Raise the front suspension with a floor jack to load

the suspension with the vehicle’s weight.
6. Tighten the damper pinch bolts and flange nuts.
2. Loosely install new damper pinch bolts (A) and new 7. Tighten the flange nuts on top of the damper and
flange nuts (B) to the damper (C). the stabilizer link nuts to the specified torque value.
＊０４
B
18 x 1.5 mm C 8. Install the service caps.
A
211 N·m Replace.
(21.5 kgf·m,
156 lbf·ft) 9. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the
Replace. inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel.
10. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if

18-24
07/05/09 16:50:55 61SJC020_180_0025
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

Exploded View
０１
SELF-LOCKING NUT
12 x 1.25 mm
75 N·m (7.6 kgf·m, 55 lbf·ft)
Replace.
DAMPER MOUNTING WASHER

Check for bending and damage.
DAMPER MOUNTING BASE
DAMPER MOUNTING BEARING

Check for any play or roughness.
UPPER SPRING SEAT
cardiagn.com
BUMP STOP SLEEVE
UPPER SPRING MOUNTING CUSHION

Check for deterioration
and damage.
BUMP STOP
Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER SPRING
Check for weakened
compression and damage.
LOWER SPRING MOUNTING CUSHION

Check for deterioration and damage.
DAMPER UNIT
Check for oil leaks, gas leaks,
and smooth operation.
(cont’d)
18-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ２０２０００１９１０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:55 61SJC020_180_0026
Front Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly (cont’d)

NOTE: When compressing the damper spring, use a 3. Reassemble all the parts, except for the upper
commercially available strut spring compressor spring mounting cushion, the bump stop sleeve,
(Branick MST-580A or Model 7200, or equivalent) the bump stop, and the damper spring.
according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
4. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and
Disassembly/Inspection check for smooth operation through a full stroke,
both compression and extension. The damper
1. Compress the damper spring, then remove the self- should extend smoothly and constantly when
locking nut (A) while holding the damper shaft with compression is released. If it does not, the gas is
a hex wrench (B). Do not compress the spring more leaking and the damper should be replaced.
than necessary to remove the nut. ０６
０５
B
cardiagn.com
12 x 1.25 mm
5. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, and binding

during these tests.
2. Release the pressure from the strut spring

compressor, then disassemble the damper as
shown in the Exploded View.
18-26
07/05/09 16:50:56 61SJC020_180_0027
Reassembly 5. Align an angle of the damper bracket (A) and the

tab portion (B) on the spring mounting cushion.
1. Install the spring mounting cushion (A) on the ０９
upper spring seat (B) by aligning the tab portion (C) Left: Right:
on the cushion with the cutout (D) in the seat. FRONT FRONT
０７
C C
90 ° ±3 ° 90 ° ±3 °
C B
B
A A
B
cardiagn.com
6. Position the angle of the tab portion and the stud
bolt (C) near the ‘‘FR’’ stamp on the upper spring
seat as shown.
D
7. Install the damper mounting washer (A) and a new
2. Compress the damper spring. self-locking nut (B).
１０
3. Install all the parts except the damper mounting B
12 x 1.25 mm
washer and self-locking nut onto the damper unit 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
C
(A) by referring to the Exploded View.
０８
8. Hold the damper shaft using a hex wrench (C), and

B
tighten the new self-locking nut to the specified
A
torque value.
4. Align the bottom of the spring (B) and the stepped

part of the lower spring seat (C).
18-27
07/05/09 16:50:56 61SJC020_180_0028
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement

Exploded View
＊０１
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)
KNUCKLE
Check for deformation and damage.
BACKING PLATE
Check for deformation.
cardiagn.com
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
ASSEMBLY
FLAT SCREW
6 x 1.0 mm
WHEEL BEARING 9.8 N·m
(MAGNETIC ENCODER) (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
Replace.
SNAP RING
REAR HUB
Check for damage and cracks.
SPINDLE NUT
Replace.
24 x 1.5 mm
245 N·m
BRAKE DISC/DRUM (25.0 kgf·m, 181 lbf·ft)
Check for wear and rust.
Apply a small amount of

engine oil to the seating surface
of the nut.
18-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００３６４０１ＫＢＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:50:56 61SJC020_180_0029
Special Tools Required 4. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolts (A)
• Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 from the knuckle.
• Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ０４
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 A
6 x 1.0 mm
• Driver 07749-0010000 9.8 N·m
• Attachment, 96 mm 07948-SB00101 (1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
• Support base 07965-SD90100
Knuckle/Hub Replacement
1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
B
1-10). 12 x 1.25 mm
108 N·m
(11.0 kgf·m,
2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and rear wheel. 79.6 lbf·ft)
０２ C
cardiagn.com
A to hang the caliper assembly from the
127 N·m
(13.0 kgf·m, undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose with
94 lbf·ft) force.
6. Remove the wheel sensor (A) from the knuckle (B).

Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector.
０５
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
3. Remove and discard the brake hose clip (A) from
the brake hose (B).
NOTE: During installation, install the new brake

hose clip.
０３ A
B
A
(cont’d)
18-29
07/05/09 16:50:57 61SJC020_180_0030
Rear Suspension

7. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). 11. Remove the lock pin (A) from the upper arm ball
＊０２ joint, then remove the nut.

after tightening the nut.
０８
B 07MAC-SL0A201
24 x 1.5 mm
245 N·m
(25.0 kgf·m,
181 lbf·ft)
Replace.
cardiagn.com
A
12 x 1.25 mm
49−59 N·m
(5.0−6.0 kgf·m,
8. Remove the brake disc/drum (see page 19-24). A 36−43 lbf·ft)
9. Check the rear hub for damage and cracks. 12. Disconnect the upper arm ball joint from the
knuckle using the ball joint remover (see page
10. Remove the parking brake shoes (see page 19-28), 18-11).
and parking brake cable (see page 19-35).
13. Remove the flange nut (B), washer (C), and flange
bolt (D), then remove lower arm A.
NOTE: During installation, install the new flange

nut, new washer and new flange bolt.
＊０３
B
14 x 1.5 mm
101 N·m
(10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft) C
A
D
14 x 1.5 mm
93 N·m
Replace.
18-30
07/05/09 16:50:57 61SJC020_180_0031
14. Remove the flange bolts (A), and separate the 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of
knuckle from the trailing arm (B). removal, and note these items:
NOTE: During installation, install the new flange • Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when
bolts. installing the knuckle.
＊０４ • Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified
A
12 x 1.25 mm torque values.
64 N·m • First install all the components and lightly tighten
(6.5 kgf·m, the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to
47 lbf·ft)
Replace. load it with the vehicle’s weight before fully
• Use a new spindle nut on reassembly.
• Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small
cardiagn.com
amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the
nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the
spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft.
B • Before installing the brake disc/drum, clean the
mating surface of the rear hub and the inside of
15. Place a floor jack under lower arm B. Remove the the brake disc/drum.
flange bolt (A). • Before installing the wheel, clean the mating
surface of the brake disc/drum and the inside of
NOTE: During installation, install the new flange the wheel.
bolts. • Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if
＊０５ necessary (see page 18-5).
C
E B
A
16 x 1.5 mm
142 N·m
(14.5 kgf·m,
105 lbf·ft)
Replace.
16. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the

knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a
plastic hammer while drawing the hub outward,
then remove the knuckle.
NOTE: Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The

inner driveshaft joint may come apart.
(cont’d)
18-31
07/05/09 16:50:58 61SJC020_180_0032
Rear Suspension

Wheel Bearing Replacement 3. Remove the flange nuts (A), backing plate (B), and
snap ring (C) from the knuckle (D).
1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the １４
A
special tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle
with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or C
equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the
backing plate. Hold onto the hub to keep it from
falling when pressed clear.
１２
07GAF-SD40100
Press
cardiagn.com
B
C C 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B)

using the special tools and a press.
A １５
07749-0010000
2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the Press
hub (B) using the special tool, a commercially
available bearing separator (C), and a press.
07746-0010500
１３
07GAF-SD40100
Press
A
B
18-32
07/05/09 16:50:58 61SJC020_180_0033
5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash 7. Install the snap ring (A), backing plate (B), and
point solvent before reassembly. flange nuts (C). Tighten the flange nuts to the
specified torque.
6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle (B) １７
using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the C
12 x 1.25 mm
special tools, and a press. 74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)
NOTE: A
• Install the wheel bearing with the wheel sensor
magnetic encoder (E) (brown color), toward the
inside of the knuckle.
• Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and
other foreign material from the encoder surface.
• Keep all magnetic tools away from the encoder
surface.
• Be careful not to damage the encoder surface
when you insert the wheel bearing.
cardiagn.com
１６
B
Press
D 8. Install the hub (A) on the knuckle (B) using the
special tools and a hydraulic press. Be careful not
C to deform the splash guard (C).
１８
A
Press
B 07749-0010000
07746-0010500
B
07948-SB00101 07965-SD90100
A
C
07965-SD90100
18-33
07/05/09 16:50:59 61SJC020_180_0034
Rear Suspension
Upper Arm Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 6. Remove the lock pin (A) from the upper arm ball
Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 joint, then remove the nut.
０３
1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with 07MAC-SL0A102
1-10).
2. Remove the rear wheel.
3. Remove the wheel sensor harness clip (A) from the

upper arm (B). Do not disconnect the wheel sensor
connector.
０１
B
cardiagn.com
12 x 1.25 mm
49−59 N·m
(5.0−6.0 kgf·m,
A 36−43 lbf·ft)
7. Disconnect the upper arm ball joint from the

knuckle using the ball joint remover (see page
18-11).
A 8. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A) and

remove the upper arm (B) from the vehicle.
4. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the
lower arm B and the knuckle. NOTE: During installation, install the new mounting
０２ bolt.
＊０１
A
12 x 1.25 mm
94 N·m
(9.6 kgf·m,
69 lbf·ft)
B Replace.
5. Raise the rear suspension with the floor jack to load

the vehicle weight.
18-34
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００６２２０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:50:59 61SJC020_180_0035
Lower Arm A Removal/Installation

9. Install the upper arm in the reverse order of 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
removal, and note these items: safety stands in the proper locations (see page
1-10).
• Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when
installing the knuckle. 2. Remove the rear wheel.
• Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified
torque values. 3. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the
• First install all the components and lightly tighten lower arm B and the knuckle.
the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to ０１
cardiagn.com
wheel.
necessary (see page 18-5). B
4. Remove the locknut (B), washer (C), and flange bolt

(D).
NOTE: During installation, install the new locknut

and new mounting bolt.
＊０１
B
14 x 1.5 mm
101 N·m
(10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft) C
D
14 x 1.5 mm
93 N·m A
Replace.
5. Raise the rear suspension with the floor jack until

you are finished removing the lower arm A.
(cont’d)
18-35
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００３７７０１ＫＤＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:51:00 61SJC020_180_0036
Rear Suspension
Lower Arm A Removal/Installation Lower Arm B Removal/Installation

(cont’d)
6. Install the lower arm A in the reverse order of 1-10).
• Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified
torque values. 3. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of
• First install all the components and lightly tighten lower arm B and the knuckle.
the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to ＊０２
surface on the brake disc/drum and the inside of
the wheel.
A
necessary (see page 18-5). 10 x 1.25 mm
49 N·m
(5.0 kgf·m,
cardiagn.com
36 lbf·ft)
Replace.
B
C
D 18 x 1.5 mm
16 x 1.5 mm 211 N·m
142 N·m (21.5 kgf·m, 156 lbf·ft)
Replace.
4. Remove the locknut (A), then remove flange bolt

(C).
NOTE: During installation, install the new locknut

and new flange bolt.
5. Remove the flange bolt (D), and lower the floor jack
gradually.
NOTE: During installation, install the new flange

bolt.
6. Hold the adjusting bolt (A) on the lower arm B, and

remove the self-locking nut (C) and adjusting cam
(D).
０４
A
C
12 x 1.25 mm
83 N·m
(8.5 kgf·m,
61 lbf·ft)
7. Remove the adjusting bolt and the lower arm B.
18-36
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００３７７０１ＫＤＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:51:00 61SJC020_180_0037
Trailing Arm Removal/Installation

8. Install the lower arm B in the reverse order of 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
removal, and note these items: safety stands in the proper locations (see page
1-10).
• Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and
adjusting cam with the marked positions when 2. Remove the rear wheel.
tightening.
• Use a new self-locking nut on reassembly. 3. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the
• Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified lower arm B and the knuckle.
torque values. ０１
• First install all the components and lightly tighten
surface on the brake disc/drum and the inside of
the wheel.
cardiagn.com
4. Remove the brake disc/drum (see page 19-24).
5. Remove the parking brake shoes (see page 19-28),

and parking brake cable (see page 19-35).
6. Disconnect the brake hose from the brake line (A)

(see page 19-34).
０２
A C
B
7. Remove and discard the brake hose clip (B) from

the brake hose (C).
NOTE: During installation, install the new clip.
(cont’d)
18-37
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００５９７０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:00 61SJC020_180_0038
Rear Suspension
Trailing Arm Removal/Installation (cont’d)

8. Remove the parking brake cable (A) from the 11. Install the trailing arm in the reverse order of
trailing arm (B). removal, and note these items:
＊０１
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m • Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified
(2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft) torque values.
C
12 x 1.25 mm • First install all the components and lightly tighten
64 N·m the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to
(6.5 kgf·m,
47 lbf·ft) load it with the vehicle’s weight before fully
Replace. tightening to the specified torque values.
• Check the brake hose for interference and
twisting.
surfaces on the brake disc/drum and the inside of
the wheel.
A • Fill up the brake reservoir, and bleed the brake
system (see page 19-9).
• Inspect the parking brake, and adjust as needed
cardiagn.com
(see page 19-7).
• After installation, check for leaks at the line joint,
B D and retighten if necessary.
14 x 1.5 mm • Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if
103 N·m necessary (see page 18-5).
(10.5 kgf·m, 75.9 lbf·ft)
Replace.
9. Remove the flange bolts (C), and separate the

knuckle from the trailing arm.
NOTE: During installation, install new flange bolts.
10. Remove the trailing arm mounting bolts (D), and

remove the trailing arm.
NOTE: During installation, install new mounting

bolts.
18-38
07/05/09 16:51:01 61SJC020_180_0039
Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation Stabilizer Bar Replacement

1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
safety stands in the proper locations (see page safety stands in the proper locations (see page
1-10). 1-10).
2. Remove the rear wheel. 2. Remove the rear wheels.
3. Remove the locknut (A) and flange nut (C) while 3. Disconnect the stabilizer links from the stabilizer
holding the respective joint pin (D) with a hex bar on the right and left sides (see page 18-39).
wrench (E), then remove the stabilizer link (F).
＊０１ 4. Remove the rear suspension subframe (A) from the
C G
10 x 1.25 mm
body (see page 20-194).
37 N·m ０１
(3.8 kgf·m, B
27 lbf·ft) 8 x 1.25 mm
F 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
C
E
D
cardiagn.com
B
D H
A
10 x 1.25 mm A FRONT
69 N·m
(7.0 kgf·m,
51 lbf·ft)
E Replace.
4. Install the stabilizer link on the stabilizer bar (G) and 5. Remove the flange bolts (B) and bushing holders
lower arm B with the joint pins set at the center of (C), then remove the bushings (D) and the stabilizer
their range of movement. bar (E).
NOTE: The left stabilizer link has a yellow paint 6. Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of
mark (H), while the right stabilizer link has a white removal, and note these items:
paint mark.
• Note the right and left direction of the stabilizer
5. Install the new locknut and flange nut, and lightly bar.
tighten them. • Align the paint marks (F) on the stabilizer bar
with the sides of the bushings.
6. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc/drum • Note the fore/aft direction of the bushing holders.
and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear • Raise the rear suspension subframe up with the
wheel. jack and special tool until it contacts the body
frame (see page 20-194), then tighten the
7. Tighten the flange nuts to the specified torque mounting bolts to the specified torque.
values while holding the respective joint pins with • Refer to stabilizer link removal/installation to
a hex wrench. connect the stabilizer bar to the links (see page
18-39).
8. Reinstall all removed parts, and test-drive the • Do the subframe alignment (see page 20-194).
vehicle. • Clean the mating surface of the brake disc/drum
the inside of the wheel, then install the rear
wheels.
18-39
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００５６８６１ＫＤＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００５６８５１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:51:01 61SJC020_180_0040
Rear Suspension
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation

1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with 1. Install the damper assembly (A) onto the flange,
safety stands in the proper locations (see page then loosely install the new flange bolts (B).
1-10). ＊０２
3. Remove the lower arm B (see page 18-36).

A
4. Remove the three flange bolts (A) from the top of
the damper, then remove the damper assembly (B).
＊０１
B
10 x 1.25 mm
cardiagn.com
34 N·m
(3.5 kgf·m,
25 lbf·ft)
Replace.
B
2. Install the lower arm B (see page 18-36).
3. Raise the rear suspension with a floor jack to load

the vehicle weight.
０９
A
Replace.
4. Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified

torque values.
5. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc/drum

and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear
wheel.
6. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if

18-40
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００１９１０２ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:26 61SJC020_180_0041
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

Exploded View
０２
SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft)
Replace.
DAMPER MOUNTING WASHER

Check for bending and damage.
DAMPER MOUNTING COLLAR
RUBBER BUSHING
Check for weakness and damage.
DAMPER MOUNTING BASE
cardiagn.com
Check for deformation.
BUMP STOP PLATE
BUMP STOP
RUBBER BUSHING Check for weakness
Check for weakness and damage. and damage.
DUST COVER
Check for bending
and damage.
LOWER SEAT COVER
SPRING MOUNTING
CUSHION
Check for deterioration
and damage.
DAMPER UNIT
Check for oil leaks,
gas leaks, and
smooth operation.
DAMPER SPRING
Check for weakened
compression and damage.
(cont’d)
18-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ４４１０００１９１０２ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_180_0042
Rear Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly (cont’d)

NOTE: When compressing the damper spring, use a Inspection
commercially available strut spring compressor
(Branick MST-580A or Model 7200, or equivalent) 1. Reassemble all the parts, except for the dust cover,
according to the manufacturer’s instructions. the bump stop, the spring mounting cushion, and
the spring.
Disassembly
2. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and
1. Compress the damper spring, then remove the check for smooth operation through a full stroke,
self-locking nut (A) while holding the damper shaft both compression and extension. The damper
with a hex wrench (B). Do not compress the spring should extend smoothly and constantly when
more than necessary to remove the nut. compression is released. If it does not, the gas is
０３ leaking and the damper should be replaced.
B
０４
A
10 x 1.25 mm
cardiagn.com
2. Release the pressure from the strut spring
compressor, then disassemble the damper as 3. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, and binding
shown in the Exploded View. during these tests.
18-42
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_180_0043
Reassembly 4. Install the damper mounting washer (A) and

loosely install a new self-locking nut (B).
1. Compress the damper spring. ０７
C A
B
2. Install all parts except the damper mounting 10 x 1.25 mm
washer and self-locking nut onto the damper unit 29 N·m
(A) by referring to the Exploded View.
０５
cardiagn.com
B 5. Hold the damper shaft using a hex wrench (C), and
tighten the self-locking nut to the specified torque
value.
０１
Left: Right:
FRONT FRONT
D D
10 ° ±3 ° 10 ° ±3 °
3. Align the bottom of the spring (B) and the stepped

part of the lower spring seat (C), and align the
damper mounting base (D) as shown.
18-43
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_180_0044
cardiagn.com
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１８０１ＺＡＡＴ０３
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_180_0045
Suspension
Front and Rear Suspension ............................. 18-2

Front Suspension ............................................. 18-13
cardiagn.com
Rear Suspension ............................................... 18-28
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID ................... 18-51
Circuit Diagram ............................................................. 18-60
TPMS Control Unit Replacement ................................ 18-84
Initiator Replacement ................................................... 18-85
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement ............................ 18-86
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１８０１ＺＣＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_180_0046
TPMS
＊０１
TPMS CONTROL UNIT
LEFT-FRONT INITIATOR
RIGHT-REAR INITIATOR
AUXILIARY FUSE BOX Replacement, page 18-85
LEFT-REAR INITIATOR
cardiagn.com
Replacement,
page 18-85
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
TIRE PRESSURE SENSORS

DATA LINK
CONNECTOR (16P)
RIGHT-FRONT
INITIATOR
Replacement, UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
page 18-85
TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
Replacement,
page 18-86
18-46
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_180_0047

System Indicator Location
＊０１
cardiagn.com
TPMS INDICATOR
LOW TIRE PRESSURE

INDICATOR
LEFT-FRONT (LF) TIRE RIGHT-FRONT (RF) TIRE

INDICATOR INDICATOR
LEFT-REAR (LR) TIRE RIGHT-REAR (RR) TIRE

INDICATOR INDICATOR
(cont’d)
18-47
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７００００００００ＢＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_180_0048
TPMS

How TPMS Works If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS
indicator will come on and stay on until the system
The TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) has six returns to normal with most DTCs. If DTC 45, 51, 53, 55,
indicators; four tire indicators, a low pressure indicator, 57, 81, 83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator will go off
and a system indicator. When the TPMS control unit only when the ignition switch is turned off.
detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the
system, it turns on the appropriate indicator(s). If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat
tire is stored in the In-Bed Trunk, the low tire pressure
• If low tire pressure is detected, the low tire pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator
indicator and the appropriate tire indicator(s) come will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking
on. there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire
• If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator
indicator comes on. will come on (DTC 32, 34, 36 or 38) because the system
• If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are is no longer receiving the signal from the tire’s
detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. transmitter.
If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator, the low tire
cardiagn.com
pressure indicator and the four tire indicators should
come on when you turn the ignition switch ON (II), and
then go off 2 seconds later. If they don’t, there is a
problem with the system.
If the system detects low pressure in any of the four

tires, the low tire pressure indicator and the appropriate
tire indicator(s) will come on, and the control unit will
set one or more of these codes:
DTC 11, 13, 15, 17. When the tire pressure returns to
normal, the control unit will turn off the indicators and
store the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a
problem in the system during an indication of low tire
pressure, it will turn off the low pressure and tire
indicators, store the DTC(s), and turn on the TPMS
indicator.
NOTE: Tire pressures will increase slightly as the

temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway
speeds. Pressures will also increase or decrease
slightly with changes in outside air temperature.
A temperature change of about 18 °F (10 °C) will change
tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi). If the
temperature drops and then rises, tire pressure could
decrease just enough to turn on the low pressure and
tire indicator(s), but later increase enough to turn them
off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent
indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and
check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer
how temperature changes can affect the system,
especially when tire pressures are near the low end of
the TPMS normal range - 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to
2.2 kgf/cm2, 24 to 32 psi).
18-48
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_180_0049
Problems That are Not System Faults How to Troubleshoot DTCs

• Tire Sealant DTC troubleshooting procedures assume the cause of
Fluid sealant used to repair a punctured tire can the problem is still present and the TPMS indicator is
damage the tire pressure sensor mounted on each still on. (NOTE: The TPMS indicator comes on for DTCs
wheel. It can prevent the system from detecting the 11, 13, 15, and 17 only if the low tire pressure indication
correct tire pressure, which sets a DTC 11, 13, 15, or is false, caused by a problem in the system.) Do not use
17 even though the system is normal. a troubleshooting procedure unless the system has set
• Cold Weather the DTC listed for it.
When the weather is extremely cold - about −40 °F
(−40 °C) or colder - the output of the lithium battery 1. Ask the customer to describe the conditions when
in each tire pressure sensor may drop far enough that the indicator came on, and try to reproduce the
the control unit sets a DTC for low battery voltage (31, same conditions for troubleshooting. Find out if the
33, 35, or 37) even though the system is normal. customer checked and/or adjusted tire pressures
• Non-TPMS Wheels since the indicator came on.
Vehicles equipped with TPMS must use wheels made
for the system. Every TPMS wheel has an exclusive 2. If an indicator does not come on during the test-
cardiagn.com
mark; do not use any other type of wheel. drive, check for loose terminals, poor contact due
to damaged terminals, etc. before you start
How a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is Set troubleshooting.
• When the system detects a problem, the TPMS 3. After troubleshooting, clear the DTCs, and test-
control unit sets a code, but shifts to fail-safe mode, drive the vehicle. Make sure no indicators come on.
and will not alert the driver to low tire pressures.
• If the TPMS control unit loses power, or fails, the
TPMS indicator will come on, but no DTC will be set.
• The memory can hold all the DTCs that could
possibly be set. However, when the same DTC is
detected more than once, the most recent one
overwrites the previous one, so only the latest DTC of
each type is stored.
• DTCs are indicated in ascending order, not in the
order they occurred.
• Set DTCs are stored in the EEPROM (nonvolatile
memory), they cannot be cleared by disconnecting
the battery. To clear a DTC, connect the HDS (Honda
Diagnostic System) to the data link connector (DLC),
and follow the screen prompts.
(cont’d)
18-49
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_180_0050
TPMS

How to Retrieve DTCs How to Clear DTCs
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS NOTE: You cannot clear the DTCs manually.
(Honda Diagnostic System) to the 16P data link
connector (DLC) (A) under the driver’s side of the 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to
dashboard. the 16P data link connector (DLC) (A) under the
０２ driver’s side of the dashboard.
０３
cardiagn.com
A
A
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and follow the
prompts on the HDS to retrieve any DTC(s) and 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and clear the
display them on the screen. Refer to the DTC(s) by following the screen prompts on the HDS.
troubleshooting procedure(s) for the DTC(s) listed.
NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific
NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions.
instructions.
18-50
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_180_0051
Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID

Memorizing a Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorize the ID with the HDS
When a tire pressure sensor is replaced, the sensor ID The HDS can memorize the ID of a new tire pressure
must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. sensor or a previously memorized ID.
NOTE: To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to
ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 3 m the 16P data link connector (DLC) (A) located under
(10 ft) from any other TPMS pressure sensor not the driver’s side of the dashboard.
installed on that vehicle. ０１
Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically

After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure
sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a
speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor
IDs will be memorized automatically.
cardiagn.com
NOTE:
• When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS
to memorize IDs.
• After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in
all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, A
and check to see that the four tire indicators come on.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and memorize the
ID of the tire pressure sensor by following the
screen prompts on the HDS.
NOTE:
• See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions.
• When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the
HDS to memorize IDs.
• After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure
in all four tires to less than the appropriate
specification, and check to see that the four tire
indicators come on.
18-51
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１５９６３１ＢＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_180_0052
TPMS

DTC Detection Item Troubleshooting
11 Right-front low air pressure (see page 18-63)
13 Left-front low air pressure (see page 18-63)
15 Right-rear low air pressure (see page 18-63)
17 Left-rear low air pressure (see page 18-63)
21 Right-front tire pressure sensor abnormally high temperature (see page 18-64)
22 Left-front tire pressure sensor abnormally high temperature (see page 18-64)
23 Right-rear tire pressure sensor abnormally high temperature (see page 18-64)
24 Left-rear tire pressure sensor abnormally high temperature (see page 18-64)
31 Right-front tire pressure sensor low battery voltage (see page 18-64)
32 Right-front tire pressure sensor transmission failure (see page 18-65)
33 Left-front tire pressure sensor low battery voltage (see page 18-64)
34 Left-front tire pressure sensor transmission failure (see page 18-65)
35 Right-rear tire pressure sensor low battery voltage (see page 18-64)
36 Right-rear tire pressure sensor transmission failure (see page 18-65)
37 Left-rear tire pressure sensor low battery voltage (see page 18-64)
38 Left-rear tire pressure sensor transmission failure (see page 18-65)
cardiagn.com
41 Abnormal signal reception error (see page 18-69)
45 Initiator circuit short detection (see page 18-70)
51 Right-front tire pressure sensor registration error (see page 18-73)
53 Left-front tire pressure sensor registration error (see page 18-73)
55 Right-rear tire pressure sensor registration error (see page 18-73)
57 Left-rear tire pressure sensor registration error (see page 18-73)
81 TPMS control unit failure (see page 18-77)
83 No VSP signal (see page 18-77)
85 F-CAN Communication failure (see page 18-78)
91 Right-front tire pressure sensor internal error (see page 18-79)
93 Left-front tire pressure sensor internal error (see page 18-79)
95 Right-rear tire pressure sensor internal error (see page 18-79)
97 Left-rear tire pressure sensor internal error (see page 18-79)
18-52
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１０００００ＧＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_180_0053

Low tire pressure and tire indicators do not Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 18-80)
come on, and no DTCs are stored
Low tire pressure and tire indicators do not Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 18-81)
go off, and no DTCs are stored
TPMS indicator does not come on, and no Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 18-82)
DTCs are stored
TPMS indicator does not go off, and no Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 18-83)
DTCs are stored
cardiagn.com
18-53
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１０００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_180_0054
TPMS
System Description
TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for Connector A (14P)
０１
cardiagn.com
number (Terminal name) Terminal Conditions Voltage
1 RED/WHT ＋B (Battery Power source for 1−GND At all times Battery
positive) the TPMS control voltage
unit
3 BLK GND (Ground) Ground for the 3−GND At all times Less than
TPMS control unit 0.1 V
5 YEL IG1 (Ignition 1) Power source for 5−GND Ignition switch ON (II) Battery
activating the voltage
system Ignition switch OFF Less than
0.1 V
8 YEL/BLU LF LF PWR. Power source for 8−GND For 5 seconds with About 7 V
(LF low the left-front ignition switch ON (II)
frequency initiator After 5 seconds with ―――
power) ignition switch ON (II)
9 BLU RF LF PWR. Power source for 9−GND For 5 seconds with About 7 V
(RF low the right-front ignition switch ON (II)
10 GRN/BLU LR LF PWR. Power source for 10−GND For 5 seconds with About 7 V
(LR low the left-rear ignition switch ON (II)
11 BLU RR LF PWR. Power source for 11−GND For 5 seconds with About 7 V
(RR low the right-rear ignition switch ON (II)
18-54
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１０００００ＣＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_180_0055
TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for Connector B (20P)

０２
cardiagn.com
1 GRY/YEL RF LF SIG. Detects the signal 1−GND For the first 5 seconds Pulses
(RF low from the right-front after turning the 0−2 V
frequency initiator ignition switch ON (II)
signal) With ignition switch Less than
ON (II) for more than 0.1 V
5 seconds
2 GRY/YEL RR LF SIG. Detects the signal 2−GND For the first 5 seconds Pulses
(RR low from the right-rear after turning the 0−2 V
5 seconds
3 ORN LF LF SIG. Detects the signal 3−GND For the first 5 seconds Pulses
(LF low from the left-front after turning the 0−2 V
5 seconds
4 PNK/BLK LR LF SIG. Detects the signal 4−GND For the first 5 seconds Pulses
(LR low from the left-rear after turning the 0−2 V
5 seconds
9 LT BLU K-LINE Communications ――― ――― ―――
(Data link with HDS
connector)
10 RED CAN L Sends the ――― Ignition switch ON (II) Pulses
(CAN communication
communication signal
signal low)
(cont’d)
18-55
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_180_0056
TPMS

TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for Connector B (20P)
０３
cardiagn.com
13 GRN LF LF GND Ground for the 13−GND Ignition switch ON (II) Less than
(LF low left-front initiator 0.1 V
frequency
ground)
14 RED/BLK RF LF GND Ground for the 14−GND Ignition switch ON (II) Less than
(RF low right-front initiator 0.1 V
frequency
ground)
15 YEL/GRN LR LF GND Ground for the 15−GND Ignition switch ON (II) Less than
(LR low left-rear initiator 0.1 V
frequency
ground)
16 RED/ORN RR LF GND Ground for the 16−GND Ignition switch ON (II) Less than
(RR low right-rear initiator 0.1 V
frequency
ground)
19 WHT CAN H Sends the ――― Ignition switch ON (II) Pulses
(CAN communication
communication signal
signal high)
18-56
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_180_0057
System Structure
Whenever the engine is running, the TPMS control unit continuously monitors all four tires and the system. If it detects
low pressure in a tire, it alerts the driver by turning on the low pressure indicator and the appropriate tire indicator. If it
detects a problem in the system, it turns on the TPMS indicator.
Initiators
Mounted on each wheel well, each initiator sends a start/stop signal to the tire pressure sensor in the tire below it.
Control unit
Mounted in the lower dash on the driver’s side, the control unit sends signals to the initiators and receives signals
from them to verify the pressure sensor IDs every time the engine starts. It also receives signals from the transmitters
in the tire pressure sensors, and it continuously monitors and controls the system.
Indicators
Six indicators are in the gauge control module: The low tire pressure indicator, four tire indicators to show which tire
is affected, and the TPMS indicator that comes on only if there’s a problem with the system. When two or more tire
cardiagn.com
pressures are low, the low tire pressure indicator comes on about 5 seconds before the appropriate tire indicator.
Once low pressure is detected, the system scans all four pressure sensors to ensure that it turns on the correct tire
indicator.
０４
Initiator Initiator
(low frequency) Vehicle (low frequency)
Gauge Control Module
6 Indicators
(LED drive)
Tire Pressure Sensor Tire Pressure Sensor
(sensor-transmitter) (sensor-transmitter)
Wheel Control Unit Wheel

(TPMS type) (with radio (TPMS type)
frequency antenna)
Tire Pressure Sensor Tire Pressure Sensor

(sensor-transmitter) (sensor-transmitter)
Initiator Initiator
(low frequency) (low frequency)
Wheel Wheel
(TPMS type) (TPMS type)
(cont’d)
18-57
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_180_0058
TPMS

Tire pressure sensor
Each sensor is an integrated unit made up of the tire valve stem, a pressure sensor, and a transmitter. The unit is
attached to the inside of the wheel, around the valve stem. The sensor transmits the tire pressure to the control unit
when tire pressure is less than 168 kPa (1.7 kgf/cm2, 24 psi). The control unit then turns on the low tire pressure
indicator and the appropriate tire indicator(s). When that tire’s pressure is increased to more than 198 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2,
29 psi), the transmitter sends tire pressure to the control unit, and then the control unit turns the indicators off.
Wheels
TPMS will not work unless TPMS type wheels are installed on the vehicle. The original equipment wheels have these
details:
• Aluminum wheel: The wheels have counterweights (A) on the opposite side of the spoke to balance the weight of
the tire pressure sensor (B).
• Steel wheel: The wheels have a ‘‘SJC’’ stamp (C) on the outside of the flange ribs.
０５
Aluminum wheel
B
cardiagn.com
A
Steel wheel
18-58
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_180_0059
System Communication
• When the vehicle is running, an RF (radio frequency) band wave signal is continuously transmitted from each tire
pressure sensor to the control unit.
• When the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the initiators send an LF (low frequency) band wave signal to the tire
pressure sensors, switching them from sleep mode to normal function mode. When the ignition switch is turned
OFF, the sensors switch from normal function mode back to sleep mode to extend their battery life.
• Each tire pressure sensor has its own ID to prevent jamming by similar systems on other vehicles. After memorizing
all the sensor IDs, the control unit receives only those specific signals.
• An ID can be memorized manually or automatically. Each initiator is hardwired to the control unit. Every time the
ignition is turned ON (II), the control unit asks each initiator for a sensor ID. The initiators then transmit the sensor
IDs, and the control unit receives and memorizes them. The control unit then knows which ID belongs to each tire
location. This recurring ID confirmation prevents any confusion in the system as a result of normal tire rotation.
NOTE: Be careful not to bend the brackets on the TPMS control unit and front initiators: Misalignment of the control
unit and initiators could interfere with sending and receiving signals.
０６
cardiagn.com
Control Unit
(with Radio Frequency Antenna)
Initiator Tire Pressure Sensor

(Low Frequency Initiator) (Sensor-transmitter)
18-59
07/05/09 16:51:32 61SJC020_180_0060
TPMS
Circuit Diagram
＊９０
AUXILIARY
UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX
BATTERY
No.10 (7.5 A)
RED/WHT
UNDER-HOOD DRIVER’S UNDER−DASH

FUSE/RELAY BOX FUSE/RELAY BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A) G1 BAT A6 No.9 (10 A) N44
WHT BLK/YEL YEL
IG1
IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III)
cardiagn.com
A20
YEL
POWER CIRCUIT
B8
WHT
F−CAN
TRANSCEIVER
B1
RED
TPMS INDICATOR DRIVER
LOW TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR
LF TIRE INDICATOR
RF TIRE INDICATOR
LR TIRE INDICATOR
RR TIRE INDICATOR
18-60
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:00 61SJC020_180_0061
＊９０
TPMS CONTROL UNIT

INITIATOR
LEFT−FRONT
A1 A8 1
RED/WHT ＋B LF LF PWR. YEL/BLU
B3 2
LF LF SIG. ORN
B13 3
LF LF GND GRN
A5
YEL IG1 RIGHT−FRONT
A9 1
RF LF PWR. BLU
cardiagn.com
B1 2
RF LF SIG. GRY/YEL
B14 3
RF LF GND RED/BLK
LEFT−REAR
A10 1
LR LF PWR. GRN/BLU
B4 2
B19 LR LF SIG. PNK/BLK
WHT CAN H
B15 3
LR LF GND YEL/GRN
B10
RED CAN L
RIGHT−REAR
A11 1
RR LF PWR. BLU
B2 2
RR LF SIG. GRN/YEL
PCM
B16 3
A36 RR LF GND RED/ORN
WHT CAN H
A1 DATA LINK
RED CAN L CONNCTOR (16P)
B9 7
K−LINE LT BLU
4
BLK
A3 5
GND BLK BLK
G401 G402
(cont’d)
18-61
07/05/09 16:52:00 61SJC020_180_0062
TPMS
Circuit Diagram (cont’d)

０１
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR A (20P) GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR B (14P)
cardiagn.com
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (16P) INITIATOR CONNECTOR (3P)

TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (14P) TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)
18-62
07/05/09 16:52:00 61SJC020_180_0063
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 11, 13, 15, 17: Low Air Pressure 7. Check the tire pressure of the appropriate tire with
the HDS.
NOTE: If low tire pressure is detected, the control unit
will set one or more of these DTCs, and turn on the low NOTE: If the HDS screen shows not UNDEFINED for
pressure indicator and the appropriate tire indicator(s). sensor status, turn the ignition switch OFF, rotate
If the low pressure and tire indicators come on due to the tire 1/4 turn, then turn the ignition switch ON (II),
true low tire pressure, and the customer corrects it and try again. If UNDEFINED is still shown, repeat
before bringing the vehicle in, the DTCs will have been the procedure in the previous sentence until
stored, but all the indicators will be off. NORMAL is shown.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is the indicated tire pressure on the HDS within
40 kPa ( 0.4 kgf / cm2 , 6 psi) of the actual tire
2. Check which tire indicator is on. pressure?
NOTE: If no tire indicators are on, retrieve the DTCs YES−Check for loose terminals and poor
with the HDS. connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
substitute a known-good TPMS control unit
cardiagn.com
DTC Tire location (see page 18-84), and recheck.
11 Right-front
13 Left-front NO−Check that the tire-pressure sensor is properly
15 Right-rear mounted. Replace the appropriate tire pressure
17 Left-rear sensor (see page 18-86).
4. Check the pressure of the indicated tire.
Is there 168 kPa ( 1.7 kgf / cm2 , 24 psi) or less?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.
5. Check for and repair the cause of air loss, and then
inflate the tire (see page 18-5).
Do the tire indicators go of f within one minute?
YES−The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC

with the HDS.
NO−Go to step 7.
18-63
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１１１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:01 61SJC020_180_0064
TPMS

DTC 21, 22, 23, 24: Tire Pressure Sensor DTC 31, 33, 35, 37: Tire Pressure Sensor Low
Abnormally High Temperature Battery Voltage
1. Make sure the tires have cooled down. NOTE: This problem occurs when the temperature
around the sensor is −40 °F ( −40 °C) or less. Note that
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). the diagnosis must be made in a place where ambient
temperature is −4 °F ( −20 °C) or more.
3. Check the tire indicated by the DTCs you retrieved.
NOTE: An abnormal rise in the internal temperature
of the tires can be caused by: Does the T PMS indicator go of f within one
• Excessive braking minute?
• Failure to release the parking brake (rear tires
only) YES−The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC
• Leaving the vehicle running while parked with the HDS.
• Improper assembly of a wheel and tire
NO−Go to step 2.
cardiagn.com
DTC Tire location
21 Right-front 2. Check the FR, FL, RR, or RL in the TPMS DATA LIST
22 Left-front with the HDS.
23 Right-rear
24 Left-rear NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for
sensor status, turn the ignition switch OFF, rotate
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). the tire 1/4 turn, then turn the ignition switch ON (II),
and try again. If UNDEFINED is still shown, repeat
Does the T PMS indicator go of f within one the procedure in the previous sentence until
minute? NORMAL is shown.
YES−The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC DTC Tire location
with the HDS. 31 Right-front
33 Left-front
NO−Go to step 5. 35 Right-rear
37 Left-rear
5. Read the internal temperature of the tire with the
HDS. Is LOW indicated?
NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for YES−Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor
sensor status, turn the ignition switch OFF, rotate (see page 18-86).
the tire 1/4 turn, then turn the ignition switch ON (II),
and try again. If UNDEFINED is still shown, repeat NO−Check for loose terminals and poor
the procedure in the previous sentence until connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
NORMAL is shown. substitute a known-good TPMS control unit
(see page 18-84), and recheck.
Is 17 6 °F ( 80 °C) or more indicated?
YES−Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor

(see page 18-86).
NO−Check for loose terminals and poor

connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
18-64
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１２１０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１３１０ＦＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:52:01 61SJC020_180_0065
DTC 32, 34, 36, 38: Tire Pressure Sensor 8. Check for DTCs with the HDS.
Transmission Failure
Is DT C 85 indicated?
NOTE:
• Inspect for an aftermarket device interfering with the YES−Go to the DTC 85 troubleshooting (see page
RF signal from the sensors when turning the ignition 18-78).
switch ON (II).
• Vehicle must be driven for 3 minutes at 15 mph NO−Check for loose terminals and poor
(24 km/h) or more for DTC 32, 34, 36, or 38 to set. connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
1. Check the indicated location to make sure the (see page 18-84), and recheck.
wheel is a TPMS type with the tire pressure sensor.
DTC Tire location
32 Right-front 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
34 Left-front
36 Right-rear 11. With the HDS, check the indicated tire for the tire
cardiagn.com
38 Left-rear sensor status changing to normal.
Is a T PMS type wheel with a tire pressure sensor NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for
mounted on the vehicle? sensor status, turn the ignition switch OFF, rotate
YES−Go to step 4. and try again. If UNDEFINED is still shown, repeat
the procedure in the previous sentence until
NO−Go to step 2. NORMAL is shown.
2. Install a known-good TPMS wheel. DTC Tire location

32 Right-front
3. To memorize the sensor ID, drive the vehicle above 34 Left-front
15 mph (24 km/h) for 40 continuous seconds, or 36 Right-rear
memorize the ID with the HDS (see page 18-51). 38 Left-rear
4. Test-drive the vehicle. Is NORMAL indicated within one f ull turn of the
tire?
5. Check the VSP in the TPMS DATA LIST with the
HDS. YES−The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC
with the HDS.
Is the vehicle speed indicated?
NO−Go to step 12.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 6.
(cont’d)
18-65
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１３２０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:01 61SJC020_180_0066
TPMS

12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector A (14P)
and B (20P).
13. Install a wheel with a known-good tire pressure
sensor on the vehicle. 21. Check for continuity between the appropriate
terminal in TPMS control unit connector B (14P)
14. To memorize the sensor ID, drive the vehicle above and the appropriate initiator 3P connector terminal
15 mph (24 km/h) for 40 continuous seconds, or No. 1 (see table).
memorize the ID with the HDS (see page 18-51).
DTC TPMS control Initiator name/
15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. unit terminal terminal
32 No. 9 RIGHT-FRONT/1
16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 34 No. 8 LEFT-FRONT/1
36 No. 11 RIGHT-REAR/1
17. With the HDS, check the indicated tire for a normal 38 No. 10 LEFT-REAR/1
pressure sensor signal. ＊０１
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (14P)
NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for
cardiagn.com
RR LF PWR. (BLU)
NORMAL is shown. LR LF PWR. (GRN/BLU)
RF LF PWR. (BLU)
DTC Tire location LF LF PWR. (YEL/BLU)
32 Right-front
34 Left-front Wire side of RIGHT-REAR
female terminals
36 Right-rear
38 Left-rear
LEFT-REAR
Is NORMAL indicated within one f ull turn of the
tire?
RIGHT-FRONT
YES−Replace the tire pressure sensor on the Wire side of
female terminals
customer’s wheel (see page 18-86).
LEFT-FRONT
NO−Go to step 18. INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR
18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is there continuity?
19. Disconnect the appropriate initiator 3P connector. YES−Go to step 22.
DTC Initiator location NO−Repair open in the wire between the TPMS
32 Right-front control unit and the appropriate initiator.
34 Left-front
36 Right-rear
38 Left-rear
18-66
07/05/09 16:52:01 61SJC020_180_0067
22. Check for continuity between the appropriate 23. Check for continuity between the appropriate
terminal in TPMS control unit connector B (20P) terminal in TPMS control unit connector B (20P)
and appropriate initiator 3P connector terminal and appropriate initiator 3P connector terminal
No. 3 (see table). No. 2 (see table).
DTC TPMS control Initiator name/ DTC TPMS control Initiator name/
unit terminal terminal No. unit terminal terminal No.
32 No. 14 RIGHT-FRONT/3 32 No. 1 RIGHT-FRONT/2
34 No. 13 LEFT-FRONT/3 34 No. 3 LEFT-FRONT/2
36 No. 16 RIGHT-REAR/3 36 No. 2 RIGHT-REAR/2
38 No. 15 LEFT-REAR/3 38 No. 4 LEFT-REAR/2
＊０２＊０３
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P) INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR
RIGHT-REAR LEFT-FRONT
Wire side of
female terminals
RIGHT-FRONT LEFT-REAR
LF LF GND
cardiagn.com
Wire side of
(GRN) female terminals
RF LF GND
(RED/BLK) RR LF SIG. LF LF SIG.
(GRY/YEL) (ORN)
LR LF GND
(YEL/GRN) RF LF SIG. LR LF SIG. (PNK/BLK)
(GRY/YEL)
RR LF GND
LEFT-FRONT (RED/ORN)
RIGHT-FRONT TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)

LEFT-REAR
Wire side of YES−Go to step 24.
female terminals
RIGHT-REAR
NO−Repair open in the wire between the TPMS
INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR control unit and the appropriate initiator.

control unit and the appropriate initiator.
(cont’d)
18-67
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_180_0068
TPMS

24. Check for continuity between body ground and the 25. Measure the voltage between body ground and the
appropriate TPMS control unit connector B (20P) appropriate TPMS control unit connector B (20P)
terminal (see table). terminal (see table).
DTC TPMS control unit terminal DTC TPMS control unit terminal
32 No. 1 32 No. 1
34 No. 3 34 No. 3
36 No. 2 36 No. 2
38 No. 4 38 No. 4
０４＊０４
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P) TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)
RR LF SIG. RR LF SIG.
(GRY/YEL) LF LF SIG. (ORN) (GRY/YEL) LF LF SIG. (ORN)
RF LF SIG. RF LF SIG.
(GRY/YEL) LR LF SIG. (PNK/BLK) (GRY/YEL) LR LF SIG. (PNK/BLK)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? Is there battery voltage?
YES−Repair short to body ground in the wire YES−Repair short to power in the wire between
between the TPMS control unit and the appropriate the TPMS control unit and the appropriate
initiator. initiator.
NO−Go to step 25. NO−Replace the appropriate initiator (see page

18-85).
18-68
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_180_0069
DTC 41: Abnormal Signal Reception Error 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NOTE: Inspect for an aftermarket device interfering with 8. Check for DTCs with the HDS.
the RF signal from the sensors when turning the
ignition switch ON (II). Is DT C 85 indicated?
1. Check all four wheels to make sure they are the YES−Go to the DTC 85 troubleshooting (see page
TPMS type with the tire pressure sensor. 18-78).
Is each wheel a T PMS type with a tire pressure NO−Check for loose terminals and poor
sensor mounted on the vehicle? connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
YES−Go to step 4. (see page 18-84), and recheck.
NO−Go to step 2. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Install known-good TPMS wheel(s). 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
cardiagn.com
3. To memorize the sensor ID(s), drive the vehicle 11. Check TPMS DATA LIST for LF, RF, LR, RR sensor
above 15 mph (24 km/h) for 40 continuous seconds, status changing to ‘‘NORMAL’’.
or memorize the ID(s) with the HDS (see page
18-51). NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for
4. Test-drive the vehicle. the tire 1/4 turn, then turn the ignition switch ON (II),
5. Check the VSP in the TPMS DATA LIST with the the procedure in the previous sentence until
HDS. NORMAL is shown.
Is the vehicle speed indicated? Is NORMAL indicated within one f ull turn of the
tire?
YES−Go to step 9.
YES−The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC
NO−Go to step 6. with the HDS.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. NO−Check for loose terminals and poor
18-69
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１４１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_180_0070
TPMS

DTC 45: Initiator Circuit Short Detection 9. Check for continuity between the appropriate
terminal in TPMS control unit connector A (14P)
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). and body ground (see table).
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Terminal name TPMS control unit
terminal
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn the ignition RF LF PWR. No. 9
switch ON (II) again. LF LF PWR. No. 8
RR LF PWR. No. 11
4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. LR LF PWR. No. 10
０２
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−The system is OK at this time. LF LF PWR. RR LF PWR. (BLU)

(YEL/BLU)
cardiagn.com
LR LF PWR. (GRN/BLU)
RF LF PWR. (BLU)
6. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector A (14P)
and B (20P).
7. Check for continuity between the appropriate

terminal in TPMS control unit connector A (14P) Wire side of female terminals
and body ground (see table).
Terminal name TPMS control unit
terminal YES−Repair short to body ground in the wire
RF LF PWR. No. 9 between the TPMS control unit and the initiators.
LF LF PWR. No. 8
RR LF PWR. No. 11 NO−Go to step 10.
LR LF PWR. No. 10
０１
LF LF PWR. RR LF PWR. (BLU)

(YEL/BLU)
RF LF PWR. (BLU)
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 11.
8. Disconnect all four of the initiator 3P connectors.
18-70
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１４５０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:02 61SJC020_180_0071
10. On each individual initiator, check for continuity 11. Check for continuity between the appropriate
between body ground and initiator 3P connector terminal in TPMS control unit connector A (14P)
terminal No. 1. and connector B (20P) terminals.
NOTE: Check the initiators when mounted on the Tire location TPMS control unit
vehicle. terminal name/No.
＊０１ Connector A Connector B
INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR (14P) (20P)
Right-front RF LF PWR./9 RF LF GND/14
Left-front LF LF PWR./8 LF LF GND/13
Right-rear RR LF PWR./11 RR LF GND/16
Left-rear LR LF PWR./10 LR LF GND/15
０１
LF PWR. TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (14P)
cardiagn.com
LF LF GND (YEL/BLU) RR LF PWR. (BLU)
RF LF PWR. (BLU) LR LF PWR. (GRN/BLU)
YES−Replace the appropriate initiator (see page

18-85). LR LF GND (YEL/GRN)
RF LF GND (RED/BLK)

LF LF GND (GRN) RR LF GND (RED/ORN)
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)

NO−Go to step 15.
(cont’d)
18-71
07/05/09 16:52:03 61SJC020_180_0072
TPMS

12. Disconnect all four the initiator 3P connectors. 14. On the initiator side, check for continuity between
all four initiator 3P connector terminals No. 1 and
13. Check for continuity between the appropriate No. 3 individually.
terminal in TPMS control unit connector A (14P) INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR
＊０２
and connector B (20P) terminals.
Tire location TPMS control unit

LF PWR. LF GND
terminal name/No.
Connector A Connector B
(14P) (20P)
Right-front RF LF PWR./9 RF LF GND/14 Terminal side of male terminals
Left-front LF LF PWR./8 LF LF GND/13
Right-rear RR LF PWR./11 RR LF GND/16 Is there continuity?
Left-rear LR LF PWR./10 LR LF GND/15
０２ YES−Replace the appropriate initiator (see page
18-85).
cardiagn.com
LF LF GND (YEL/BLU) RR LF PWR. (BLU)
RF LF PWR. (BLU) LR LF PWR. (GRN/BLU) 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
16. Measure the voltage between the appropriate

terminal in TPMS control unit connector B (20P)
LR LF GND (YEL/GRN)
and body ground individually.
RF LF GND (RED/BLK)
０３
LF LF GND (GRN) RR LF GND (RED/ORN) LF LF GND

(GRN)
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P) RF LF GND
(RED/BLK)
LR LF GND
(YEL/GRN)
RR LF GND
(RED/ORN)
YES−Repair the short in the appropriate wire
between the TPMS control unit and the initiator.
NO−Replace the initiator (see page 18-85).


the TPMS control unit and the initiators.

18-72
07/05/09 16:52:03 61SJC020_180_0073
DTC 51, 53, 55, 57: Tire Pressure Sensor 6. With the HDS, check the indicated tire for the
Registration Error normal sensor signal.
NOTE: These DTCs will only set during initialization NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for
with the HDS. sensor status, turn the ignition switch OFF, rotate
1. Check the DTC indicated to the tire location to and try again. If UNDEFINED is still shown, repeat
make sure the wheel is a TPMS type with the tire the procedure in the previous sentence until
pressure sensor. NORMAL is shown.
DTC Tire location DTC Tire location

51 Right-front 51 Right-front
53 Left-front 53 Left-front
55 Right-rear 55 Right-rear
57 Left-rear 57 Left-rear
Is a T PMS type wheel with a tire pressure sensor Is NORMAL indicated within one f ull turn of the
cardiagn.com
mounted on the vehicle? tire?
YES−Go to step 7. YES−The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC

with the HDS.
NO−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to step 12.
2. Install a known-good TPMS wheel.
3. To memorize the sensor ID, drive the vehicle above
15 mph (24 km/h) for 40 continuous seconds, or 8. Install a wheel with a known-good tire pressure
memorize the ID with the HDS (see page 18-51). sensor on the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. To memorize the sensor ID, drive the vehicle above
15 mph (24 km/h) for 40 continuous seconds, or
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). memorize the ID with the HDS (see page 18-51).
(cont’d)
18-73
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１５１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:03 61SJC020_180_0074
TPMS

12. With the HDS, check the indicated tire for a normal 15. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector A (14P)
pressure sensor signal. and B (20P).
NOTE: If the HDS screen shows UNDEFINED for 16. Check for continuity between the appropriate
sensor status, turn the ignition switch OFF, rotate terminal in TPMS control unit connector A (14P)
the tire 1/4 turn, then turn the ignition switch ON (II), terminal and appropriate initiator 3P connector
and try again. If UNDEFINED is still shown, repeat terminal No. 1 (see table).
NORMAL is shown. DTC TPMS control Initiator name/
unit terminal terminal No.
DTC Tire location 51 No. 9 RIGHT-FRONT/1
51 Right-front 53 No. 8 LEFT-FRONT/1
53 Left-front 55 No. 11 RIGHT-REAR/1
55 Right-rear 57 No. 10 LEFT-REAR/1
57 Left-rear ＊０１
Is NORMAL indicated within one f ull turn of the
cardiagn.com
tire?
YES−Replace the tire pressure sensor on the

RR LF PWR. (BLU)
customer’s wheel (see page 18-86).
NO−Go to step 13. RF LF PWR. (BLU)
LF LF PWR. (YEL/BLU)
Wire side of RIGHT-REAR
female terminals
14. Disconnect the appropriate initiator 3P connector.
DTC Initiator location LEFT-REAR

51 Right-front
53 Left-front
55 Right-rear RIGHT-FRONT
57 Left-rear Wire side of
female terminals
LEFT-FRONT
INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR

18-74
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_180_0075
17. Check for continuity between the appropriate 18. Check for continuity between the appropriate
terminal in TPMS control unit connector B (20P) terminal in TPMS control unit connector B (20P)
and appropriate initiator 3P connector terminal and appropriate initiator 3P connector terminal
No. 3 (see table). No. 2 (see table).
DTC TPMS control Initiator name/ DTC TPMS control Initiator name/
unit terminal terminal No. unit terminal terminal No.
51 No. 14 RIGHT-FRONT/3 51 No. 1 RIGHT-FRONT/2
53 No. 13 LEFT-FRONT/3 53 No. 3 LEFT-FRONT/2
55 No. 16 RIGHT-REAR/3 55 No. 2 RIGHT-REAR/2
57 No. 15 LEFT-REAR/3 57 No. 4 LEFT-REAR/2
＊０２＊０３
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P) INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR
RIGHT-REAR LEFT-FRONT
Wire side of
female terminals
RIGHT-FRONT LEFT-REAR
LF LF GND
cardiagn.com
Wire side of
(GRN) female terminals
RF LF GND
(RED/BLK) RR LF SIG. LF LF SIG.
(GRY/YEL) (ORN)
LR LF GND
(YEL/GRN) RF LF SIG. LR LF SIG. (PNK/BLK)
(GRY/YEL)
RR LF GND
LEFT-FRONT (RED/ORN)
RIGHT-FRONT TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)

LEFT-REAR
Wire side of YES−Go to step 19.
female terminals
RIGHT-REAR
INITIATOR 3P CONNECTOR control unit and the appropriate initiator.

(cont’d)
18-75
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_180_0076
TPMS

19. Check for continuity between body ground and the 20. Measure the voltage between body ground and the
appropriate TPMS control unit connector B (20P) appropriate TPMS control unit connector B (20P)
terminal (see table). terminal (see table).
DTC TPMS control unit terminal DTC TPMS control unit terminal
51 No. 1 51 No. 1
53 No. 3 53 No. 3
55 No. 2 55 No. 2
57 No. 4 57 No. 4
０４＊０４
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P) TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)
RR LF SIG. RR LF SIG.
(GRY/YEL) LF LF SIG. (ORN) (GRY/YEL) LF LF SIG. (ORN)
RF LF SIG. RF LF SIG.
(GRY/YEL) LR LF SIG. (PNK/BLK) (GRY/YEL) LR LF SIG. (PNK/BLK)
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? Is there battery voltage?
YES−Repair short to body ground in the wire YES−Repair short to power in the wire between
between the TPMS control unit and the appropriate the TPMS control unit and the appropriate
initiator. initiator.
NO−Go to step 20. NO−Repair the appropriate initiator (see page

18-85).
18-76
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_180_0077
DTC 81: TPMS Control Unit Failure DTC 83: No VSP Signal
NOTE: Low battery voltage can cause this DTC. Make 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
sure the battery is fully charged and in good condition.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II)
again. Is DT C 83 indicated?
4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. YES−Go to step 5.
Is DT C 81 indicated? NO−The system is OK at this time.
YES−Replace the TPMS control unit (see page 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
18-84).
YES−Go to DTC 85 troubleshooting (see page
18-78).
NO−Go to step 6.
7. Check the VEHICLE SPEED in the TPMS DATA LIST

with the HDS.
Is the vehicle speed indicated?
YES−Check for loose terminals and poor

NO−Go to step 8.
8. Check the speedometer.
Does the speedometer register speed?
YES−Replace the TPMS control unit (see page

18-84).
NO−Substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-8),

and retest. If no codes are shown, replace the
original PCM.
18-77
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１８１０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１８３０ＦＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_180_0078
TPMS

DTC 85: F-CAN Communication Failure 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Short the SCS line with the HDS.
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 12. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn the ignition 13. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector B (20P).
switch ON (II) again.
14. Check for continuity between the TPMS control unit
4. Wait about 5 seconds. connector B (20P) terminals and the PCM connector
A (44P) terminals individually (see table).
Terminal TPMS control PCM A
Is DT C 85 indicated? name unit terminal terminal
CAN L No. 10 No. 1
YES−Go to step 6. CAN H No. 19 No. 36
０１
cardiagn.com
CAN L
(RED)
Does the speedometer work?

Wire side of female terminals CAN H
(WHT)
NO−Go to step 7.
8. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector B (20P).

Does the speedometer work? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Check for loose terminals and poor Is there continuity?

substitute a known-good TPMS control unit YES−Check for loose terminals and poor
(see page 18-84), and recheck. connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
NO−Turn the ignition switch OFF, and reconnect (see page 18-84), and recheck.
all connectors, then check and troubleshoot the fuel
and emissions systems (see page 11-3). NO−Repair open in the wire between the TPMS
control unit and the PCM.
18-78
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１８５０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:04 61SJC020_180_0079
DTC 91, 93, 95, 97: Tire Pressure Sensor

Internal Error
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II)

again.
4. Wait about 1 minute.
NOTE: The tire pressure sensor of the appropriate

wheel is shown.
cardiagn.com
DTC Tire location
91 Right-front
93 Left-front
95 Right-rear
97 Left-rear
Is DT C 91, 93, 95 or 97 indicated?
YES−Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor

(see page 18-86).
18-79
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７９７０００８１９１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:05 61SJC020_180_0080
TPMS
Low tire pressure and tire indicators do not 4. Connect the HDS and select TPMS.
come on, and no DTCs are stored
Does the HDS communicate with the T PMS
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the low control unit?
pressure indicator and the tire indicators.
YES−Go to step 9.
Do the low tire pressure and indicators come on
f or at least 2 seconds? NO−Go to step 5.
YES−Go to step 2. 5. Measure the voltage between the TPMS control

unit connector A (14P) terminals No. 3 and No. 5.
NO−Go to step 4. ０１
2. Check the pressure in all four tires.
Is the tire pressure 168 kPa ( 1.7 kgf / cm2 , 24 psi)

or less? GND (BLK) IG1 (YEL)
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 3.
3. Connect the HDS and read the pressure of the low

tires. Wire side of female terminals
NOTE: If UNDEFINED is shown on sensor

transmitter status, turn the ignition switch OFF, Is there battery voltage?
rotate the appropriate tire 1/4 turn, then turn the
ignition switch ON (II), and try again. If there is still YES−Check for loose terminals and poor
no response, repeat the procedure in the previous connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
sentence until a response is shown. substitute a known-good TPMS control unit and
recheck.
Is the tire pressure shown on the HDS monitor
within 40 kPa ( 0.4 kgf / cm2 , 6 psi) of the actual tire NO−Go to step 6.
pressure?
YES−Check for loose terminals and poor TPMS control unit connector A (14P).
substitute a known-good TPMS control unit and
recheck.
NO−Replace the tire pressure sensor (see page

18-86).
18-80
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１３７６７２ＦＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:52:16 61SJC020_180_0081
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Low tire pressure and tire indicators do not
go off, and no DTCs are stored
8. Measure the voltage between the TPMS control
unit connector A (14P) terminal No. 5 and body 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
ground.
０２ 2. Command the system with the HDS to turn the
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (14P) TPMS indicators off.
Do the low tire pressure and tire indicators go of f ?
IG1 (YEL) YES−Check for loose terminals and poor

recheck.
NO−Go to step 3.
cardiagn.com
Wire side of female terminals 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the
gauge control module connector B (22P).
Is there battery voltage? 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the low
pressure and tire indicators.
YES−Repair the open in the ground wire between
terminal No. 3 at the TPMS control unit and body Do the low tire pressure and tire indicators go of f ?
ground.
NO−Check fuse No. 21 (7.5 A) in the under-dash connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary,
fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair the open in substitute a known-good TPMS control unit and
the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box recheck.
and the TPMS control unit.
NO−Do the input test for the gauge control module
9. With the HDS, command the system to turn on (see page 22-122). If necessary, substitute a known-
each tire indicator and the low pressure indicator. good gauge control module and recheck.
Does the low pressure and each tire indicator

illuminate?

recheck.

(see page 22-122). If necessary, substitute a known-
good gauge control module and recheck.
18-81
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１３７６７２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:17 61SJC020_180_0082
TPMS

TPMS indicator does not come on, and no 5. Measure the voltage between the TPMS control
DTCs are stored unit connector A (14P) terminal No. 5 and body
ground.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the ０１
TPMS indicator. TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (14P)
Does the T PMS indicator come on f or at least

2 seconds?
IG1 (YEL)
YES−The system is OK at this time.
NO−Go to step 2.
2. Connect the HDS and select TPMS.
Does the HDS communicate with the T PMS Wire side of female terminals
control unit?
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 3. Is there battery voltage?
3. Command the system with the HDS to turn the NO−There is an open between the under-dash
TPMS indicator on. fuse/relay box fuse No. 21 (7.5 A) and the TPMS
control unit. Check the No. 21 fuse (7.5 A). If the
Does the T PMS indicator come on? fuse is OK, repair the open in the YEL wire between
the under-dash fuse/relay box and the TPMS
YES−Check for loose terminals and poor control unit.
recheck.
NO−Go to step 4.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn the ignition

switch ON (II) again and watch the low pressure
and tire indicators.
Do the indicators come on f or several seconds?
YES−Substitute a known-good gauge control

module and recheck.

18-82
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１５９６２４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:17 61SJC020_180_0083
6. Measure the voltage between the TPMS control TPMS indicator does not go off, and no DTCs
unit connector A (14P) terminal No. 3 and body are stored
ground.
０２ 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the
TPMS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (14P) TPMS indicator.
Does the T PMS indicators come on f or at least

GND (BLK) 2 seconds, then go of f ?
NO−Go to step 2.

TPMS control unit connector B (20P).
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the
cardiagn.com
TPMS indicator.
Is there more than 0.1 V ?
Does the T PMS indicator go of f ?
YES−Repair the open in the wire between terminal
No. 3 at the TPMS control unit and body ground. YES−Check for loose terminals and poor
NO−Check for loose terminals and poor substitute a known-good TPMS control unit and
connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, recheck.
recheck. NO−Go to step 4.

gauge control module connector B (22P).

TPMS indicator.
Does the T PMS indicator go of f ?

recheck.

18-83
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１５９６２４ＦＡＡＴ０５
07/05/09 16:52:17 61SJC020_180_0084
TPMS
TPMS Control Unit Replacement

NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (A) from the bracket
bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its (B).
communication with the initiators and the tire pressure ０２
6 x 1.0 mm
sensors. 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
A
2. Remove the clip (A), and disconnect the TPMS
control unit connectors (B).
NOTE: The TPMS control unit is located under the

steering column.
０１
6 x 1.0 mm C
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
B B
cardiagn.com
A
5. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of
removal.
6. Connect the HDS and memorize the pressure

sensor IDs (see page 18-51). Do not memorize the
IDs automatically.
3. Remove the TPMS control unit with the bracket (C).
18-84
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１５９６３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:17 61SJC020_180_0085
Initiator Replacement
Front Rear
NOTE: Make sure the initiator mounting bracket is not 1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
bent or twisted as this may affect its communication
with the TPMS control unit and the tire pressure sensor. 2. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 1-10).
2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with 3. Remove the rear wheel.
1-10). 4. Remove the rear inner fender (see page 20-181).
3. Remove the front wheel. 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A).

０２
4. Remove the front inner fender (see page 20-178).
5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A).
cardiagn.com
０１
B A
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
6. Remove the initiator (B) from the inner side of the
A wheel well.
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 7. Install the initiator in the reverse order of removal.
6. Remove the initiator (B) from the inner side of the
wheel well.
7. Install the initiator in the reverse order of removal.
18-85
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１５９６２７ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:18 61SJC020_180_0086
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement

Removal 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire
iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move
1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands away from it when the machine starts. Then
in the proper locations (see page 1-10). remove the tire from the wheel.
０２
2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor.
3. Remove the tire valve cap and the valve core, and
let the tire deflate.
A
4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the
bead loose from the wheel with a commercially
available tire changer (A). C B
Note these items to avoid damaging the tire

pressure sensor:
cardiagn.com
• Do the outside of the wheel first.
• Position the wheel as shown so the valve
stem (B) is 90 degrees from the bead
breaker (C) as shown. 6. Remove and discard the valve stem nut (A), then
• Do not position the bead breaker of the tire remove the tire pressure sensor and valve stem (B)
changer too close to the rim. from the wheel.
０１
90 °
A NOTE: Use a new nut and a new valve stem on
reassembly.
０３
C B
OUTSIDE
18-86
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｂ５４１７５１５９６３４ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:52:18 61SJC020_180_0087
7. Remove and discard the valve stem (A), and the Installation
screw (B) from the tire pressure sensor (C).
NOTE: Use only wheels that have counterweights (A) or
NOTE: The valve stem grommet (D) might stay in a ‘‘SJC’’ stamp (B) on them.
the wheel; make sure you remove it. ０５
Aluminum wheel
０４
B
cardiagn.com
A A
Steel wheel
1. Assemble the new valve stem (A), new screw (B),

and the sensor-transmitter (C).
NOTE: Always use a new valve stem and new

screw.
０６
B
(cont’d)
18-87
07/05/09 16:52:18 61SJC020_180_0088
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement (cont’d)

2. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the 5. Lube the tire bead, and position the wheel so the
mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the
valve stem (C) and will move away from it when
3. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) to the wheel (B), the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the
and tighten the valve nut (C) finger tight. Make sure wheel.
the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. ０８
０７
E
C
B
cardiagn.com
D
A
OUTSIDE
6. Inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat
the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire
pressure to 220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi), and install
the valve stem cap.
WHEEL CENTER C
4 N·m NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both
sides of the rim uniformly.
4. Tighten the valve nut to the specified torque while
holding the tire pressure sensor toward (D) the 7. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the
wheel. You may hear a snap or pop as you tighten wheels on the vehicle. Torque the wheels to
the nut. This is normal. specifications.
NOTE: 8. Remove the jack stands, and lower the jack.

• Do not reuse any nut that has been tightened,
even one time, to the specified torque, as it is 9. Connect the HDS and memorize the pressure
deformed inside (E). sensor ID(s) (see page 18-51).
• Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a
valve stem nut.
• Tightening the nut above the specified torque
can damage the nut.
• Make sure that there is no space between the
sensor and the wheel.
18-88
07/05/09 16:48:00 61SJC020_190_0001
Brakes
Conventional Brake Components

Special Tools ................................................................. 19-2
Brake System Inspection and Test .............................. 19-4
cardiagn.com
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch
Adjustment ................................................................ 19-6
Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment ................. 19-7
Brake System Bleeding ................................................ 19-9
Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram .................... 19-10
Parking Brake Switch Test ........................................... 19-11
Brake Fluid Level Switch Test ...................................... 19-11
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement ........... 19-12
Front Brake Disc Inspection ......................................... 19-15
Front Brake Disc Replacement .................................... 19-16
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul ...................................... 19-17
Master Cylinder Replacement ..................................... 19-18
Master Cylinder Inspection .......................................... 19-18
Brake Booster Test ....................................................... 19-19
Brake Booster Replacement ........................................ 19-20
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement ............ 19-21
Rear Brake Disc Inspection .......................................... 19-23
Rear Brake Disc Replacement ..................................... 19-24
Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul ....................................... 19-25
Parking Brake Inspection ............................................. 19-26
...............................
Parking Brake Shoe Replacement .............................. 19-28
Parking Brake Shoe Lining Break-in ........................... 19-31
Brake Pedal Replacement ............................................ 19-32
Brake Hose and Line Inspection .................................. 19-33
Brake Hose Replacement ............................................. 19-34
Parking Brake Cable Replacement .............................. 19-35
VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)

System Components .................................... 19-37
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１９０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:00 61SJC020_190_0002
Special Tools
07AAE-SEPA101 Brake Caliper Piston Compressor 1
０１
cardiagn.com
19-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１９０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:07 61SJC020_190_0003
＊０１
BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR
Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram, page 19-10
Parking Brake Switch Test, page 19-11
Brake Fluid Level Switch Test, page 19-11
BRAKE HOSE and LINE

Brake Hose Replacement,
page 19-34
REAR DISC BRAKE

Pad Inspection and
Disc Inspection,
page 19-23
Disc Replacement,
cardiagn.com
page 19-24
Caliper Overhaul,
page 19-25
PARKING DRUM BRAKE

Shoe Replacement, page 19-28
Shoe Lining Break-in,
page 19-31
BRAKE PEDAL PARKING BRAKE CABLE

Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Replacement, page 19-35
Position Switch Adjustment,
page 19-6
Replacement, page 19-32 PARKING BRAKE PEDAL
Inspection and Adjustment,
page 19-7
FRONT BRAKE
Pad Inspection and Replacement, page 19-12
BRAKE BOOSTER Disc Inspection, page 19-15
Test, page 19-19 Disc Replacement, page 19-16
Replacement, page 19-20 Caliper Overhaul, page 19-17
MASTER CYLINDER
Brake System Bleeding, page 19-9
19-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:07 61SJC020_190_0004
Brake System Inspection and Test

Inspect the brake system components listed. Repair or replace any parts that are leaking or damaged.
Component Inspections:
Component Procedure Also check for:
Master Cylinder Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at: Bulging seat at reservoir cap. This is a
• Reservoir or reservoir grommets sign of fluid contamination.
• Line joints
• Between master cylinder and booster
Brake Hoses Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at: Bulging, twisted, or bent lines.
• Line joints and banjo bolt connections
• Hoses and lines, also inspect for twisting or
damage
Caliper Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at: Seized or sticking caliper pins.
• Piston seal
• Banjo bolt connections
• Bleed screw
VSA Modulator Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at:
cardiagn.com
• Line joints
• Modulator
Brake System Test

Brake pedal sinks/fades when braking
1. Start the engine, and let it warm up to operating temperature.
2. Attach a 50 mm (2 in.) piece of masking tape along the bottom of the steering wheel, and draw a horizontal
reference mark across it.
3. With the transmission in the P or N position, press and hold the brake pedal lightly (about the same pressure
needed to keep an A/T-equipped vehicle from creeping), then release the parking brake.
4. While still holding the brake pedal, hook the end of the tape measure behind it. Then pull the tape up to the
steering wheel, noting where the tape measure lines up with the reference mark you made on the masking tape.
5. Apply steady pressure to the brake pedal for 3 minutes.
6. Watch the tape measure.
• If it moves less than 10 mm (3/8 in.), the master cylinder is OK.

• If it moves more than 10 mm (3/8 in.) replace the master cylinder.
NOTE: If the brake pedal sinks more than 10 mm (3/8 in.) in 3 minutes, the master cylinder is faulty. A slight
change in pedal height when the A/C compressor cycles on and off is normal. (The A/C compressor load changes
the vacuum available to the brake booster.)
19-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３００００００００ＦＧＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:07 61SJC020_190_0005
Rapid brake pad wear, vehicle vibration 5. Loosen the hydraulic lines at the master cylinder,
(after a long drive), or high, hard brake pedal then spin the wheels to check for brake drag.
NOTE: Make sure that the caliper pins are installed Is there brake drag at any of the wheels?
correctly.
The upper and lower caliper pins are different. If the top YES−Go to step 6.
and bottom caliper pins are installed in the wrong
location, it will cause uneven tire wear, vibration, and or NO−Replace the master cylinder (see page 19-18).
uneven or rapid pad wear. For proper caliper pin
location (see page 19-16).
6. Loosen the bleed screws at each caliper, then spin
1. Drive the vehicle until the brakes drag or until the the wheels to check for brake drag.
pedal is high and hard. This can take 20 or more
brake pedal applications during an extended test Is there brake drag at any of the wheels?
drive.
YES−Disassemble and repair the caliper on the
2. With the engine running, raise the vehicle on a lift, wheel(s) with brake drag.
cardiagn.com
and spin all four wheels by hand.
NO−Look for and replace any damaged brake lines.
Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? If all brake lines are OK, replace the VSA
modulator-control unit (see page 19-94).
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Look for other causes of the pad wear, high

pedal, or vehicle vibration.
3. Turn the engine off, pump the brake pedal to

deplete the vacuum in the brake booster, and then
spin the wheels again to check for brake drag.
Is there brake drag at any of the wheels?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the brake booster (see page 19-20).
4. Without removing the brake lines, unbolt and

separate the master cylinder from the booster, then
spin the wheels to check for brake drag.
Is there brake drag at any of the wheels?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Check the brake pedal position switch

adjustment and pedal free play (see page 19-6).
19-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３００００００００ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:08 61SJC020_190_0006
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment

Pedal Height Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance
1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) 3. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the
counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully
longer touching the brake pedal. pressed (the threaded end (A) touches the pad (B)
０１ on the pedal arm). Then back off the switch 3/4 turn
A
to make 0.7 mm (0.03 in.) of clearance between the
threaded end and pad. Tighten the locknut securely.
Connect the brake pedal position switch connector.
Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is
released.
＊０１
cardiagn.com
B
０２
0.7 mm (0.03 in.)
2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the

insulator. Lift up the insulator cutout and measure
the pedal height (B) at the middle of the left side
center of the pedal pad (C) to the floor.
Standard pedal height (with carpet removed):

155 mm (6 1/8 in.)
19-6
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４８０１ＭＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:48:08 61SJC020_190_0007
Parking Brake Inspection and

Adjustment
Pedal Free Play
1. With the engine off, inspect the pedal free play (A) Inspection
on the pedal pad (B) by pushing the pedal by hand.
1. Press the parking brake pedal (A) with 294 N (30 kgf,
Free play: 1−5 mm (1/16−3/16 in.) 66 lbf) of force. The parking brake pedal should
０４ travel within the specified number of clicks (B).
C
Pedal locked clicks: 10 to 12
If the number of pedal clicks is excessive, adjust the

B parking brake.
０１
A
Pressed with
A 294 N·m
cardiagn.com
(30 kgf, 66 lbf)
2. If the pedal free play is out of specification, adjust

the brake pedal position switch (C). If the brake
pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in
excessive brake drag. B
Minor Adjustment
1-10).
2. Tighten the adjusting nut (A) until the parking

brakes drag slightly when the rear wheels are
turned.
０２
A
3. Back off the adjusting nut in half-turn increments,

and check for proper adjustment (10 to 12 clicks) at
a pedal force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66 lbf).
(cont’d)
19-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ０００６０８０００００ＭＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:09 61SJC020_190_0008
Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment (cont’d)

Major Adjustment (to be done when 4. Remove the access plug (A).
replacing parking brake shoes) ＊０１

1-10).
2. Remove the rear wheels.
3. Release the parking brake, and back off the A

adjusting nut (A).
０３
A
C
B
cardiagn.com
5. Use a flat tip screwdriver (B) to rotate the adjuster
assembly (C) until the shoes lock against the drum.
Then back off ten clicks, and install the access plug.

and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear
wheels.
7. Do the minor adjustment procedure.
8. Do the parking brake shoe lining break-in

19-8
07/05/09 16:48:10 61SJC020_190_0009
Brake System Bleeding

NOTE: 4. Repeat the procedure for each caliper until no air
• Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Honda bubbles are in the fluid. Bleed the calipers in the
DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. sequence shown.
Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion ０２
and shorten the life of the system. BLEEDING SEQUENCE:
• Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may
not be compatible. Front Right Rear Right
• Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed
to contaminate the brake fluid.
• Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage
the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it
off immediately with water.
• The reservoir on the master cylinder must be at the
MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding
Front Left Rear Left
procedure and checked after bleeding each brake
caliper. Add fluid as required.
cardiagn.com
1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir is at
the MAX (upper) level line (A). Front
０１０３
9.0 N·m
(0.9 kgf·m,
7.0 lbf·ft)
Rear
2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal ０４
several times, then apply steady pressure.
3. Starting at the left-front, loosen the brake bleed

screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then
tighten the bleed screw securely.
9.0 N·m
(0.9 kgf·m,
7.0 lbf·ft)
5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX

(upper) level line.
19-9
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３００００００００ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:10 61SJC020_190_0010
Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram
０１
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.15 (40 A) D6 B4 No.7 (7.5 A)
BLK/YEL YEL
IGNITION SWITCH
No.23 (IG) (50 A) G1 BAT A6 No.21 (7.5 A)

WHT BLK/YEL
IG1
IG1 HOT in ON (II) and N44 X35

START (III)
YEL WHT/RED
cardiagn.com
A20 A19
BRAKE
SYSTEM
INDICATOR
(LED)
B14
BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR RED/WHT
DRIVE CIRCUIT
B2 B9
GRN/RED GRN/ORN
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH VSA OFF
(Closed : Float down) SWITCH
(Open : Float up)
3
PARKING BRAKE
BLK SWITCH BLK
(Closed : Pedal pressed)
(Open : Pedal released)
G301 G401
19-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４８３２ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:11 61SJC020_190_0011
Parking Brake Switch Test Brake Fluid Level Switch Test

NOTE: If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake 1. Remove the reservoir cap (A). Check that the float
system indicator come on at the same time, check the (B) moves up and down freely; if it doesn’t, replace
VSA system first (see page 19-39). the reservoir cap assembly.
０１
1. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A)
A
from the parking brake switch (B).
０１
A
C
B
D
C
cardiagn.com
2. Check for continuity between the terminals with the
float in the down position (C) and the up position
(D):
2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal • With the float up, there should be no continuity.
(C) and body ground: • With the float down, there should be continuity.
• With the parking brake pedal pressed, there

should be continuity.
• With the parking brake pedal released, there
should be no continuity.
NOTE:
• If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake
system indicator come on at the same time,
check the VSA first.
• If the parking brake switch/fluid level switch is
OK, but the brake system indicator does not
function, check the VSA (For Canada models: do
the input test for the daytime running lights
control unit first).
19-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ０００６０８４５１３１ＦＥＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７４１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:12 61SJC020_190_0012
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement

Special Tools Required Replacement
Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101
1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder.

Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of safety stands in the proper locations (see page
material composition, could be hazardous to your 1-10).
health.
• Avoid breathing dust particles. 3. Remove the front wheels.
• Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake
assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum 4. While holding the caliper pin (A) with a wrench,
cleaner. remove the flange bolt (B). Be careful not to
damage the pin boot. Then pivot the caliper (C) up
out of the way. Check the hose and the pin boots
Inspection for damage and deterioration.
０２
cardiagn.com
1-10).
3. Check the thickness of the inner pad (A) and the

outer pad (B). Do not include the thickness of the
backing plate.
Brake pad thickness:

Standard: 11.6−12.2 mm (0.46−0.48 in.) B
Service limit: 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) C
A
０１
5. Remove the pad shims (A) and the brake pads (B).
０３
A
B
A
4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service
limit, replace the front brake pads as a set. A
B
inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels.
19-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７９１ＭＤＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:48:12 61SJC020_190_0013
6. Remove the pad retainers (A). 10. Apply Molykote M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-
０４ 9010) to the pad side of inner shim A, outer pad
shim B, and outer pad shim C, the back of the brake
pads (D), and the other areas indicated by the
arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the shims
and brake pads. Contaminated brake discs or brake
pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease and
A
assembly paste off the brake discs and brake pads.
０５
E
7. Clean the caliper thoroughly; remove any rust, and
cardiagn.com
check for grooves and cracks.
8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks. D

A B
C
9. Clean and install the pad retainers. D
11. Install the brake pads and the pad shims as shown.
Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (E) on
the upper inside.
If you are reusing the brake pads, always reinstall
the brake pads in their original positions to prevent
a momentary loss of braking efficiency.
(cont’d)
19-13
07/05/09 16:48:13 61SJC020_190_0014
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont’d)

12. Mount the brake caliper piston compressor (A) on 16. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the
the caliper (B). inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels.
０１
17. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure
the brakes work.
B
NOTE: Engagement of the brakes may require a

greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake
pads have been replaced as a set. Several
applications of the brake pedal will restore the
normal pedal stroke.
18. Add brake fluid as needed.

A
07AAE-SEPA101
19. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line
joints or connections, and retighten if necessary.
Test-drive the vehicle, then check for leaks.
cardiagn.com
13. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston
compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake
pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to
prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper
down.
NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the pistons

because brake fluid might overflow from the
master cylinder’s reservoir.
14. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor.
15. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the

flange bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque
while holding the caliper pin (B), with a wrench,
being careful not to damage the pin boot.
０７
A
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m
19-14
07/05/09 16:48:13 61SJC020_190_0015
Front Brake Disc Inspection

Runout Thickness and Parallelism
1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with
1-10). 1-10).
2. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the front wheels.
3. Remove the brake pads (see page 19-12). 3. Remove the brake pads (see page 19-12).
4. Inspect the brake disc surface for damage and 4. Using a micrometer, measure brake disc thickness
cracks. Clean the brake disc thoroughly, and at eight points, about 45 ° apart and 10 mm (3/8 in.)
remove all rust. in from the outer edge of the brake disc. Replace
the brake disc if the smallest measurement is less
5. Install suitable flat washers (A) and wheel nuts (B), than the max. refinishing limit.
and tighten the nuts to the specified torque to hold
the brake disc securely against the hub. Brake disc thickness:
cardiagn.com
Standard: 27.9−28.1 mm (1.10−1.11 in.)
Brake disc runout: Max. refinishing limit: 26.0 mm (1.02 in.)
Service limit: 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) Brake disc parallelism: 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.) max.
０１
NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference
between the thickness measurements.
０２
10 mm (3/8 in.)
10 mm (3/8 in.)
B A
69 N·m
6. Set up the dial gauge against the brake disc as

shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (3/8 in.) 5. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for
from the outer edge of the brake disc. parallelism, refinish the brake disc with a
commercially available on-car brake lathe.
7. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit, refinish
the brake disc with a commercially available on-car NOTE: If the brake disc is beyond the service limit
brake lathe. for refinishing, replace it (see page 19-16).
Max. refinish limit: 26.0 mm (1.02 in.)
NOTE:
• If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for
refinishing, replace it (see page 19-16).
• A new brake disc should be refinished if its
runout is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.).
19-15
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７２１ＭＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:48:14 61SJC020_190_0016
Front Brake Disc Replacement

1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with 5. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws (A).
safety stands in the proper locations (see page ＊０２
1-10).
3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A).

＊０１ B
A 8 x 1.25 mm
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
A
6 x 1.0 mm
cardiagn.com
C 9.8 N·m
B (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
14 x 1.5 mm
137 N·m
(14.0 kgf·m, 101 lbf·ft) 6. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (B) into the brake disc
to push it away from the hub. Turn each bolt 90
4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts degrees to prevent the brake disc from binding.
knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper 7. Remove the brake disc from the hub.
to hang the caliper assembly from the 8. Install the brake disc in the reverse order of
undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose with removal, and note these items:
force.
• Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating
surface of the front hub and the inside of the
brake disc.
• Before installing the wheels, clean the mating
wheel.
19-16
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:14 61SJC020_190_0017
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health.
• Avoid breathing dust particles.
• Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner.
Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these items:
NOTE: Make sure that the caliper pins are installed correctly.
The upper and lower caliper pins are different. If the caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it will cause
uneven tire wear, vibration, and or uneven or rapid pad wear.
• Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off
immediately with water.
• To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or shop towels.
• Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air.
cardiagn.com
• Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles.
• Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration.
• Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid.
• Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads.
• When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency.
• Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a
non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system.
• Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible.
• Coat the pistons, piston seal grooves, and caliper bores with clean brake fluid.
• Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled.
• After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks, interference, and twisting.
０１
: Honda silicone grease (P/N 08C30-B0234M)
CALIPER PIN
WEAR INDICATOR PIN BOOT
Install inner brake pad with Replace.
its wear indicator upward.
UPPER
CALIPER PIN
CALIPER
INNER PAD SHIM A BRACKET
BRAKE PADS 14 x 1.5 mm

137 N·m
(14.0 kgf·m,
BLEED SCREW 101 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.0 mm OUTER PAD SHIM C
BRAKE 8 N·m
HOSE (0.8 kgf·m, 6 lbf·ft)
LOWER
CALIPER PIN
PIN BOOT
BANJO BOLT CALIPER
34 N·m BODY
(3.5 kgf·m, SEALING WASHERS
25 lbf·ft) Replace. PAD RETAINERS
10 x 1.25 mm PISTON BOOT

72 N·m Replace.
PISTON SEAL
Replace.
PISTON
19-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７１１ＬＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:48:15 61SJC020_190_0018
Master Cylinder Replacement Master Cylinder Inspection

NOTE:
• Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may • Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of
damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, dirt and other foreign particles.
wash it off immediately with water. • Do not try to disassemble the master cylinder
• Be careful no to damage or deform the brake assembly. Replace the master cylinder assembly with
lines during removal and inspection. a new part if necessary.
• To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and • Do not allow dirt or foreign matter to contaminate the
cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel brake fluid.
or equivalent. • Bleed the brake system (see page 19-9).
０１
1. Remove the intake manifold cover. RESERVOIR CAP
Check for blockage
of vent holes.
2. Remove the intake air duct (see step 9 on page 5-2).
3. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch connectors

(A), and remove the reservoir cap (B). STRAINER
０１ Remove accumulated
cardiagn.com
A sediment.
RESERVOIR SEAL
Check for damage
and deterioration. RESERVOIR
Check for damage.
B
D
14 x 1.25 mm SCREW
35 N·m
C (3.6 kgf·m, GROMMETS
26 lbf·ft) Check for damage
and deterioration.
MASTER CYLINDER
G Check for leaks,
E SEAL rust, and damage.
8 x 1.25 mm Check for damage
25 N·m and deterioration.
(2.5 kgf·m,
F 18 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the brake fluid from the master cylinder

reservoir (C) with a syringe.
5. Disconnect the brake lines (D) from the master

cylinder. To prevent spills, cover the hose joints
with rags or shop towels.
6. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (E).
7. Remove the master cylinder (F) from the brake

booster (G). Be careful not to bend or damage the
brake lines when removing the master cylinder.
8. Install the master cylinder in the reverse order of

removal, and note this item: Spin the wheels to
check for brake drag.
9. Bleed the brake system (see page 19-9).
19-18
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７８１ＫＢＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７８１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:16 61SJC020_190_0019
Brake Booster Test

Functional Test Leak Test
1. With the engine stopped, press the brake pedal 1. Press the brake pedal with the engine running, then
several times to deplete the vacuum reservoir, then stop the engine. If the brake pedal height does not
press the brake pedal hard, and hold it for vary while pressed for 30 seconds, the vacuum
15 seconds. If the brake pedal sinks, either the booster is OK. If the pedal height rises go to step 6.
master cylinder is bypassing brake fluid internally, If it does not rise go to step 2.
or the brake system (master cylinder, lines,
modulator, or caliper) is leaking. 2. Start the engine and let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn
the engine off, and wait 30 seconds. Press the
2. Start the engine with the brake pedal pressed. If the brake pedal several times using normal pressure.
brake pedal sinks slightly, the vacuum booster is When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low.
operating normally. If the brake pedal height does On consecutive applications, the pedal height
not vary, perform the leak test. should gradually rise. Does the pedal rise on each
consecutive application? If it rises the booster is OK.
3. With the engine running, press the brake pedal If it does not go to step 3.
lightly, and shift the transmission to the D position.
cardiagn.com
Apply just enough pressure to hold back automatic 3. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) at
transmission creep. If the brake pedal sinks more the booster. The check valve (B) is built into the
than 10 mm (3/8 in.) in 3 minutes, the master hose.
cylinder is faulty. A slight change in pedal height ０１
B
when the A/C compressor cycles on and off is
A
normal. (The A/C compressor load changes the
vacuum available to the booster.)
4. Start the engine, and let it idle. There should be

vacuum available. If no vacuum is available, the
check valve is not working properly. Replace the
brake booster vacuum hose and check valve, and
retest. If vacuum is found, go to step 5.
5. Reconnect the vacuum hose to the brake booster.
6. Start the engine, and then pinch the brake booster

vacuum hose between the check valve and the
booster.
7. Turn the engine off and wait 30 seconds. Press the

brake pedal several times using normal pressure.
When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low.
On consecutive applications, the pedal height
should gradually rise.
• If the pedal position does not vary inspect the

seal between the master cylinder and booster. If
the seal is OK, replace the brake booster.
• If the pedal position varies, replace the brake
booster vacuum hose/check valve assembly.
19-19
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７０１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:16 61SJC020_190_0020
Brake Booster Replacement

1. Remove the master cylinder (see page 19-18). 5. Pull the brake booster (A) forward, and remove it
from the engine compartment.
2. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A)
from the brake booster (B).
０１ • Be careful not to damage the booster
surfaces and threads of the booster stud
bolts.
• Be careful not to bend or damage the
A
brake lines.
０３
cardiagn.com
B
3. Remove the lock pin (A) and joint pin (B).

０２
B
A
6. Install the brake booster in the reverse order of
• Use a new lock pin whenever installing.

• After installing the brake booster and master
cylinder, fill the reservoir with new brake fluid,
bleed the brake system (see page 19-9), and
adjust the brake pedal height and free play
(see page 19-6).
C
8 x 1.25 mm
25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the brake booster mounting nuts (C).
19-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:17 61SJC020_190_0021
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement

Special Tools Required Replacement
Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101
1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder.

Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of safety stands in the proper locations (see page
material composition, could be hazardous to your 1-10).
health.
• Avoid breathing dust particles. 3. Remove the rear wheels.
assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum 4. Remove the flange bolt (A) while holding the
cleaner. caliper pin B with a wrench being careful not to
damage the pin boot, and pivot the caliper (C) up
out of the way. Check the hose and pin boots for
Inspection damage and deterioration.
０９
cardiagn.com
1-10).
3. Check the thickness of the inner pad (A) and the

outer pad (B). Do not include the thickness of the
backing plate.
Brake pad thickness: A

Standard: 9.6−10.4 mm (0.38−0.41 in.)
０８ C B
5. Remove the pad shims (A) and brake pads (B).

１０
A
B B
A
4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service

limit, replace all the rear brake pads as a set.
B A

(cont’d)
19-21
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７９１ＭＤＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:48:18 61SJC020_190_0022
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont’d)

6. Remove the pad retainers (A). 12. Install the brake pads and the pad shims as shown.
１１ Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (C) on
the bottom inside. If you are reusing the brake pads,
always reinstall the brake pads in their original
positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking
efficiency.
13. Mount the brake caliper piston compressor (A) on

A
the caliper (B).
B ０２
A
07AAE-SEPA101
7. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove
cardiagn.com
any rust, and check for grooves and cracks.
8. Check the brake disc/drum for damage and cracks.
9. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N

08798-9010) to the retainers on their mating
surfaces (indicated by the arrow) against the 14. Push in the piston with a brake caliper piston
caliper bracket. compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake
pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to
10. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper
paste off the retainers. Keep any assembly paste down.
off the discs and pads.
NOTE: Be careful when pushing in the caliper
11. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N piston, brake fluid might overfllow from the master
08798-9010) to the pad side of the shims (A), the cylinder’s reservoir.
back of the brake pads (B), and the other areas
indicated by the arrows. Wipe excess assembly 15. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the
paste off the pad shims and brake pads. flange bolt (C), and tighten it to the specified torque
Contaminated brake discs or pads reduce stopping while holding the caliper pin B with a wrench. Be
ability. Keep assembly paste off the brake discs and careful not to damage the pin boot.
pads.
１２ 16. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the
17. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure

the brakes work.
NOTE: Brake engagement may require a greater

pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have
been replaced. Several applications of the brake
B pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke.
A
18. Add brake fluid as needed.
A
B
C 19. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line
joints or connections, and retighten if necessary.
19-22
07/05/09 16:48:19 61SJC020_190_0023
Rear Brake Disc Inspection

Runout Thickness and Parallelism
1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with
1-10). 1-10).
2. Remove the rear wheels. 2. Remove the rear wheels.
3. Remove the brake pads (see page 19-21). 3. Remove the brake pads (see page 19-21).
4. Inspect the brake disc/drum surface for damage 4. Using a micrometer, measure brake disc thickness
and cracks. Clean the brake disc/drum thoroughly, at eight points, about 45 ° apart and 10 mm (3/8 in.)
and remove all rust. in from the outer edge of the brake disc/drum.
Replace the brake disc/drum if the smallest
5. Install suitable flat washers (A) and wheel nuts (B), measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit.
and tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque
to hold the brake disc/drum securely against the Brake disc/drum thickness:
cardiagn.com
hub. Standard: 10.9−11.1 mm (0.43−0.44 in.)
０３ Max. refinishing limit: 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
Brake disc/drum parallelism:
0.015 mm (0.0006 in.) max.
10 mm (3/8 in.) NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference

between the thickness measurements.
０４
A
10 mm (3/8 in.)
B
69 N·m
(7.0 kgf·m,
51 lbf·ft)
6. Set up the dial gauge against the brake disc/drum

as shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (3/8 in.)
from the outer edge of the brake disc.
Brake disc/drum runout:

5. If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit
7. If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit, for parallelism, refinish the brake disc/drum with a
refinish the brake disc/drum with a commercially commercially available on-car brake lathe.
available on-car brake lathe.
NOTE: If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service
Max. refinish limit: 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) limit for refinishing, replace it (see page 19-24).
NOTE:
• If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit
for refinishing, replace it (see page 19-24).
• A new brake disc/drum should be refinished if its
runout is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.).
19-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７２１ＭＡＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:48:19 61SJC020_190_0024
Rear Brake Disc Replacement

1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with 6. Remove the 6 mm brake disc/drum retaining screw
safety stands in the proper locations (see page (A).
1-10). ＊０３

B
3. Remove and discard the brake hose clip (A) from 8 x 1.25 mm
the brake hose (B).
NOTE: During installation, install the new brake

hose clip.
＊０４
B
A
A
6 x 1.0 mm
cardiagn.com
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
7. Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (B) into the brake disc/

drum to push it away from the hub. Turn each bolt
90 degrees at a time to prevent the brake disc from
binding.
8. Remove the brake disc/drum from the hub.
9. Install the brake disc/drum in the reverse order of

4. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolt (A) removal, and note these items:
from the knuckle.
＊０５ • Before installing the wheel, clean the mating
A surface of the brake disc/drum and the inside of
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m the wheel.
(1.0 kgf·m, • Before installing the wheels, clean the mating
7.2 lbf·ft)
wheel.
B
12 x 1.25 mm
108 N·m
(11.0 kgf·m,
79.6 lbf·ft)
C

to hang the caliper assembly from the
undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose with
force.
19-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７２１ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:48:20 61SJC020_190_0025
Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these items:
• To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or shop towels.
• Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air.
• Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles.
• Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration.
• Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets into the brake fluid.
• Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads.
cardiagn.com
• When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency.
• Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a
non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system.
• Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible.
• Coat the piston, piston seal groove, and caliper bore with clean brake fluid.
• Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled.
• After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks, interference, and twisting.
０２
: Honda silicone grease (P/N 08C30-B0234M)
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
BRAKE HOSE BLEED SCREW

CALIPER 9.0 N·m
BRACKET (0.9. kgf·m, PISTON SEAL
BANJO BOLT 7 lbf·ft) Replace.
34 N·m
(3.5 kgf·m, SEALING
PIN 25 lbf·ft) PISTON
WASHERS
Replace.
BRAKE PADS
CALIPER
BODY
PIN BOOT PISTON BOOT
Replace. INNER PAD Replace.
SHIM A OUTER PAD
SHIM B
INNER PAD
SHIM B
CALIPER PIN A
WEAR INDICATOR
Install inner pad
with its wear
indicator downward.
CALIPER PIN B
12 x 1.25 mm PAD
108 N·m RETAINERS
(11 kgf·m, 80 lbf·ft)
19-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７１１ＬＡＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:48:21 61SJC020_190_0026
Parking Brake Inspection
1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see page 1-10).
3. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear caliper and brake disc/drum (see page 18-28).
０１
TENSION PIN U-CLIP
BRAKE SHOE BOSSES Replace.
Check for deep grooves
cardiagn.com
and rust.
WAVE WASHER
PARKING BRAKE LEVER

SHOE GUIDE PLATE Marked left and right.
FLANGE NUT
12 x 1.25 mm ROD SPRING RETAINER
74 N·m Check for weakness SPRING
(7.5 kgf·m, and damage.
54 lbf·ft)
BRAKE SHOE BOSSES BACKING PLATE RETAINER

Check for deep grooves Marked left and right. Install securely on
and rust. tension pin.
CONNECTING ROD
LOWER RETURN SPRING

Check for weakness
BRAKE SHOE and damage.
If brake shoes are to be
reused, mark and reassemble ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY
in their original position. Check ratchet teeth
for wear and damage.
UPPER RETURN SPRING

Check for weakness
and damage.
19-26
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ０００６０８０００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:21 61SJC020_190_0027
4. Check the parking brake linings (A) for cracking, 8. Measure the inside diameter of the parking brake
glazing, wear, and contamination. disc/drum with inside vernier calipers.
０２
Parking brake drum inside diameter:
Standard: 209.9−210.0 mm
(8.264−8.268 in.)
B
B ０３
cardiagn.com
5. Measure the parking brake lining thickness (B).
Measurement does not include brake shoe
thickness.
Parking brake lining thickness: 9. If the inside diameter of the parking brake disc/
Standard: 3.6−4.3 mm (0.14−0.17 in.) drum is more than the service limit, replace the
Service limit: 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) brake disc/drum.
6. If the parking brake lining thickness is less than the 10. Check the parking brake disc/drum for scoring,
service limit, replace all the parking brake shoes as grooves, and cracks.
a set (see page 19-28).
7. Check the bearings in the hub unit for smooth and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear
operation. wheels.
19-27
07/05/09 16:48:22 61SJC020_190_0028
Parking Brake Shoe Replacement

6. Remove the connecting rod (A).
０３
Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of
material composition, could be hazardous to your
health.
assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum
cleaner.
Disassembly
safety stands in the proper locations (see page A
1-10).
7. Lower the parking brake shoe assembly.
cardiagn.com
8. Remove the forward brake shoe by removing the
3. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear lower return spring (A) and adjuster assembly (B).
brake caliper and brake disc/drum (see page 18-28). B ０４
4. Disconnect and remove the upper return

springs (A).
０１
A
5. Remove the tension pins (A) by pushing and

turning the retainers (B).
０２
19-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ０００６０８４５１６１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:48:23 61SJC020_190_0029
9. Remove the rearward brake shoe by disconnecting Reassembly

the parking brake cable (A) from the parking brake
lever (B). 1. Apply Molykote 44 MA grease to the sliding surface
０５ of the pivot pin (A) of the rearward brake shoe (B).
０７
B
A
B
A C
cardiagn.com
10. Remove the U-clip (A), wave washer (B), and E
D
parking brake lever (C) from the brake shoe.
０６ 2. Install the parking brake lever (C) and wave washer
(D) on the pivot pin, and secure with a new U-clip
(E).
• Install the wave washer with its convex side

facing out.
• Pinch the U-clip securely to prevent the parking
brake lever from coming out from the brake shoe.
B
C
3. Connect the parking brake cable (A) to the parking
A brake lever (B).
０８
(cont’d)
19-29
07/05/09 16:48:24 61SJC020_190_0030
Parking Brake Shoe Replacement (cont’d)

4. Apply a thin coat of 44 MA grease to the shoe ends 6. Clean the threaded portions of the clevis A, and
and connecting rod ends (A), sliding surfaces (B), coat the threads with multipurpose grease. Clean
and opposite edges of the parking brake shoe (C) as the sliding surface of the clevis B, and coat the
shown. Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the sliding surface with multipurpose grease. Install
brake linings. the clevis A and B on the adjuster (C), and shorten
０９ the clevis A by turning the adjuster.
１１
D
A A
B
C
C
A A
C C
A A
cardiagn.com
C C
E
A
Greasing symbols: B
Brake shoe ends and connecting rod ends
Opposite edge of the shoe
Sliding surface
C
5. Install the tension pin (A), retainer spring (B), and 7. Reinstall the brake shoe adjuster assembly (D), and
retainer (C) of the rearward brake shoe (D). Make hook the lower return spring (E) on the parking
sure the tension pin does not contact the parking brake shoes.
brake lever.
１０ 8. Install the rod spring (A) to the connecting rod (B)
first. Then install the connecting rod on the parking
brake shoes.
１２
D
C
A A
19-30
07/05/09 16:49:32 61SJC020_190_0031
Parking Brake Shoe Lining Break-in

9. Install the tension pin (A), the retainer spring (B), NOTE: Do the brake linings surface break-in when
and the retainer (C) on the forward brake shoe (D). installing new parking brake shoes and/or new rear
１３ drum in brake disc.
D
Do this operation in a safe area.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level surface.

A
2. Do the major parking brake adjustment (see page
19-8).
B
3. Do the minor parking brake adjustment (see page
C 19-7).
cardiagn.com
10. Install the upper return springs (A). 4. Press the parking brake pedal 2 to 4 clicks.
１４ A ０１
5. Drive the vehicle for 1/4 mile (400 m) at no more

11. Install the rear brake disc/drum and the rear brake than 31 mph (50 km/h).
caliper.
6. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake for
12. Do the major parking brake adjustment (see page 5−10 minutes or drive the vehicle for
19-8). 5−10 minutes to allow the brake disc/drum to cool.
7. Repeat steps 4 through 6 three more times.
8. Check the parking brake pedal adjustment

(see page 19-7).
19-31
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ０００６０８４５１６１ＬＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:49:33 61SJC020_190_0032
Brake Pedal Replacement

1. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch
connector (A).
０１
F
D C
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
161 lbf·ft) B
E
8 x 1.25 mm
25 N·m
cardiagn.com
(2.6 kgf·m,
19 lbf·ft)
2. Remove the lock pin (B) and joint pin (C).
NOTE: Use a new lock pin when reinstalling.
3. Remove the brake pedal bracket mounting bolt (D)

and nuts (E).
4. Remove the brake pedal with bracket (F).
6. Do the brake pedal and brake pedal position switch

adjustment (see page 19-6).
19-32
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４８０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:33 61SJC020_190_0033
Brake Hose and Line Inspection

1. Inspect the brake hoses for damage, deterioration, leaks, interference, and twisting.
2. Check the brake lines for damage, rusting, and leaks. Also check for bent brake lines.
3. Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary.
4. Check the master cylinder and VSA modulator-control unit for damage and leaks.
NOTE: Replace the brake hose clip whenever the brake hose is serviced.
Connection Point Component Connected to Specified Torque Value Note

A Front brake caliper Brake hose 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) Banjo bolt
Bleed screw 9.0 N·m (0.9 kgf·m, 7.0 lbf·ft)
B Rear brake caliper Brake hose 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) Banjo bolt
Bleed screw 9.0 N·m (0.9 kgf·m, 6.5 lbf·ft)
C Brake hose Brake line 15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 lbf·ft) Flare nut
D Master cylinder Brake line 35 N·m (3.6 kgf·m, 26 lbf·ft) Flare nut
cardiagn.com
E VSA modulator- Brake line 30 N·m (3.1 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft) Flare nut
control unit (14 mm nut)
Brake line 15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 lbf·ft) Flare nut
(10 mm nut)
０１
D
E C
B
A
C
E
A
19-33
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７５１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:34 61SJC020_190_0034
Brake Hose Replacement

NOTE: 5. Remove the brake hose from the damper bracket.
• Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of
dirt and other foreign particles. 6. Install the brake hose (A) on the damper bracket
• Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to with flange bolt (B) first, then connect the brake
do so. hose to the caliper with the banjo bolt (C) and new
• Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage sealing washers (D).
the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off ０３
B
immediately with water. 8 x 1.25 mm
• To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and 22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or A 16 lbf·ft)
equivalent material.
1. Replace the brake hose (A) if the hose is twisted,

cracked, or leaking. C
０１ 10 x 1.0 mm
34 N·m
B (3.5 kgf·m,
25 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
C
D
7. Install the brake hose (A) on the upper brake hose

bracket (B) with a new brake hose clip (C).
０４
A D
10 x 1.0 mm
B 15 N·m
2. Disconnect the brake hose from the brake line (B) (1.5 kgf·m,
11 lbf·ft)
using a 10 mm flare-nut wrench (C).
C
3. Remove and discard the brake hose clip (A) from

the brake hose (B).
０２ A
A
8. Connect the brake line (D) to the brake hose.
9. After installing the brake hose, bleed the brake

system (see page 19-9).
10. Do the following check:

C
• Check the brake hose and line joint for leaks, and
tighten if necessary.
• Check the brake hoses for interference and
4. Remove the banjo bolt (C), and disconnect the twisting.
brake hose from the caliper.
19-34
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ１４３０００１４７５１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:35 61SJC020_190_0035
Parking Brake Cable Replacement

Exploded View
０１
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
PARKING BRAKE
CABLE A
Check for faulty
cardiagn.com
movement.
LEFT PARKING
BRAKE CABLE PARKING
Check for faulty BRAKE SWITCH
movement.
EQUALIZER
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft) PARKING BRAKE
RELEASE LEVER FLANGE NUT
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
PARKING BRAKE PEDAL (2.2 kgf·m,
Check for smooth 16 lbf·ft)
operation.
PARKING BRAKE
RIGHT PARKING PEDAL ASSEMBLY
BRAKE CABLE Multipurpose
Check for faulty (Sliding surface)
movement.
(cont’d)
19-35
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ０００６０８４５１１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:35 61SJC020_190_0036
Parking Brake Cable Replacement (cont’d)

NOTE: The parking brake cable must not be bent or
distorted. This will lead to stiff operation and premature
cable failure. Refer to the Exploded View as needed
during this procedure.
1. Remove the parking brake shoes, and disconnect

the parking brake cable from the brake shoe
(see page 19-28).
2. Remove the parking brake cable (A) from the

backing plate (B) using a 12 mm offset wrench (C).
０２
cardiagn.com
A
B C
3. Install the parking brake cable in the reverse order

of removal, and adjust the parking brake (see page
19-7). Apply the parking brake firmly ten times,
then adjust it again.
19-36
07/05/09 16:49:36 61SJC020_190_0037
Brakes
Conventional Brake Components ...................

.................. 19-1
VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components
cardiagn.com
Circuit Diagram ............................................................. 19-56
Steering Angle Sensor Replacement ......................... 19-91
Steering Angle Sensor Center Point Writing ............. 19-92
Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Sensor Replacement ................................................ 19-92
VSA OFF Switch Test ................................................... 19-93
VSA Modulator-Control Unit
Removal and Installation ......................................... 19-94
Wheel Sensor Inspection ............................................. 19-96
Wheel Sensor Replacement ........................................ 19-97
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１９０４ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:39 61SJC020_190_0038
VSA System Components
＊０１
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
YAW RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) Replacement, page 19-92
RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR

AUXILIARY FUSE BOX Inspection, page 19-96
UNDER-HOOD WHEEL BEARING
FUSE/RELAY BOX (MAGNETIC ENCODER)
cardiagn.com
UNDER-DASH
VSA MODULAOR-CONTROL UNIT FUSE/RELAY BOX
RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR
Inspection, page 19-96 Inspection, page 19-96 Inspection, page 19-96
Replacement, page 19-97 Replacement, page 19-97 Replacement, page 19-97
WHEEL BEARING (MAGNETIC ENCODER) WHEEL BEARING (MAGNETIC ENCODER) WHEEL BEARING
Replacement, page 18-13 Replacement, page 18-13 (MAGNETIC ENCODER)
19-38
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:40 61SJC020_190_0039

System Indicator ABS and VSA indicators go off
This system has four indicators: Each indicator goes off after a problem goes away, but
the timing which the VSA modulator-control unit turns
• ABS indicator (A) off the indicators varies between DTCs.
• Brake system indicator (B)
• VSA indicator (C) • DTC 61 or 62:
• VSA activation indicator (D) The indicators go off automatically when the system
returns to normal.
When the system detects a problem, it turns the • DTC 11, 13, 15, 17, 21 , 25, 26, 27, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
appropriate indicators on. Depending on the failure, the 36, 37, 38, 45, 46, 47, 48, 54, 65, 66, 67, 68, 72, 73, 74,
VSA modulator-control unit determines which 75, 76, 81, 84, 91, 92, or 97 :
indicators to turn on. The indicators stay on until the ignition switch is
When the system is OK, each indicator comes on for turned OFF whether or not the system returns to
about 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON (II), normal.
then goes off. : There are some cases that the indicators stay on
０１ until the vehicle is driven after the system returns to
cardiagn.com
normal.
: There are some cases that the indicators go off
automatically when the system returns to normal.
• DTC 12, 14, 16, 18, 51, 52, or 53:
The indicators stay on until the vehicle is driven after
the system returns to normal.
B C D A
ABS indicator
The ABS indicator comes on when the ABS function is

lost. The brakes still work like a conventional system.
Brake system indicator
The brake system indicator comes on when the EBD

function is lost, the parking brake is applied, and/or the
brake fluid level is low.
VSA indicator
The VSA indicator comes on when the VSA function is

lost.
VSA activation indicator
The VSA activation indicator blinks when the VSA

function is activating. The VSA activation indicator
comes on when VSA is off or VSA function is lost.
(cont’d)
19-39
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＢＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:40 61SJC020_190_0040

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) How to Troubleshoot DTCs
• The memory can hold 10 DTCs. However, when the The troubleshooting procedures assume that the cause
same DTC is detected more than once, the more of the problem is still present and the ABS and/or VSA
recent DTC is written over the earlier one. Therefore, indicator is still on. Following the flowchart when the
when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is ABS and/or VSA indicator does not come on can result
memorized as a single DTC. in incorrect diagnosis.
• The DTCs are indicated in the order they occur. The connector illustrations show the female terminal
• The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM. Therefore, connectors with a single outline and the male terminal
the memorized DTCs cannot be canceled by connectors with a double outline.
disconnecting the battery. Do the specified
procedures to clear the DTCs. 1. Ask the customer about the conditions when the
problem occured, and try to reproduce the same
Self-diagnosis conditions for troubleshooting. Find out when the
ABS and/or VSA indicator came on, such as during
• Self-diagnosis can be classified into two categories: control, after control, when the vehicle was
– Initial diagnosis: Done right after the ignition switch travelling at a certain speed, etc.
cardiagn.com
is turned ON (II) and until the ABS and VSA
indicators go off. 2. When the ABS or VSA indicator does not come on
– Regular diagnosis: Done right after the initial during the test-drive, but troubleshooting is done
diagnosis until the ignition switch is turned OFF. based on the DTC, check for loose connectors, poor
• When the system detects a problem, the VSA contact of the terminals, etc. before you start
modulator-control unit shifts to fail-safe mode. troubleshooting.
Kickback 3. After troubleshooting, or repairs are done, clear the

DTCs, and test-drive the vehicle under the same
The pump motor operates when the VSA modulator- conditions as originally set with the DTCs. Make
control unit is functioning, and the fluid in the reservoir sure the ABS and VSA indicators do not come on.
is forced out to the master cylinder, causing kickback at
the brake pedal. 4. Check for other systems DTCs which connected via
F-CAN, if there are DTCs that are related to F-CAN,
Pump Motor the most likely cause was that the ignition switch
was turned ON (II) with the VSA modulator-control
• The pump motor operates when the VSA modulator- unit connector disconnected. Clear the DTCs. Check
control unit is functioning. for PGM-FI and ABS codes, and troubleshoot those
• The VSA modulator-control unit checks the pump first.
motor operation one time after completing initial
diagnosis during regular diagnosis when the vehicle Intermittent Failures
is driven over 10 mph (15 km/h). You may hear the
motor operate at this time, but it is normal. The term ‘‘intermittent failure’’ means a system may
have had a failure, but it checks OK now. If the
Brake Fluid Replacement/Air Bleeding indicator(s) of the system does not come on, check for
loose connectors or poor contacts in the terminals
Brake fluid replacement and air bleeding procedures related to the circuit that you are troubleshooting. If the
are identical to the procedures used on vehicles not indicators were on, but then went out, the original
equipped with the VSA system (see page 19-9). problem may have been intermittent.
19-40
07/05/09 16:49:41 61SJC020_190_0041
How to Retrieve DTCs How to Clear DTCs

1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to
the data link connector (DLC) (A) located behind the the data link connector (DLC) (A) located behind the
driver’s dashboard lower cover. driver’s dashboard lower cover.
０１０２
cardiagn.com
A A
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and follow the 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and clear the
prompts on the HDS to display the DTC(s) on the DTC(s) by following the screen prompts on the HDS.
screen. After determining the DTC, refer to the DTC
troubleshooting. NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific
instructions.
NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific
instructions.
19-41
07/05/09 16:49:41 61SJC020_190_0042

DTC Detection Item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
Indicator System Indicator Activation
Indicator Indicator
11 Right-front wheel sensor (open/short to body ground/ ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-59)
short to power)
12 Right-front wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-61)
interruption)
13 Left-front wheel sensor (open/short to body ground/ ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-59)
short to power)
14 Left-front wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-61)
interruption)
15 Right-rear wheel sensor (open/short to body ground/ ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-59)
short to power)
16 Right-rear wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-61)
interruption)
17 Left-rear wheel sensor (open/short to body ground/ ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-59)
short to power)
18 Left-rear wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent ON ON or OFF ON ON (see page 19-61)
interruption)
21 Difference in wheel speed ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-62)
22 Current flow into wheel sensor input amplifier OFF ON ON ON (see page 19-63)
25 Yaw rate sensor (sensor unit) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-64)
cardiagn.com
26 Lateral acceleration sensor (sensor unit) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-65)
27 Steering angle sensor (hardware) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-65)
31 ABS solenoid ON ON ON ON (see page 19-66)
45 VSA solenoid ON ON ON ON (see page 19-66)
51 Motor Locked ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-67)
52 Motor stuck OFF ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-67)
53 Motor stuck ON ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-69)
54 Valve relay ON OFF ON (see page 19-70)
61 IG1 voltage low ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-72)
62 IG1 voltage high ON ON ON ON (see page 19-73)
65 VSA pressure sensor (hardware) ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-73)
66 VSA pressure sensor (software) ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-74)
67 Brake pedal position switch (hardware) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-75)
68 Brake pedal position switch (software) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-76)
72 Steering angle sensor OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-78)
73 Yaw rate sensor (power supply) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-78)
74 Yaw rate sensor (software) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-79)
75 Lateral acceleration sensor (joint failure) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-79)
76 Lateral acceleration sensor (software) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-80)
81 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-81)
84 Steering angle sensor No center point writing OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-81)
91 F-CAN communication OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-82)
92 F-CAN system OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-84)
97 VSA system OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-84)
: Brake system indicator turns ON when 3 or more wheels fail.
19-42
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＧＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:41 61SJC020_190_0043

ABS indicator does not come on Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-85)
ABS indicator does not go off, and no Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-85)
DTCs are stored
Brake system indicator does not come on Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-86)
Brake system indicator does not go off, Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-87)
and no DTCs are stored
VSA indicator does not come on Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-88)
VSA indicator does not go off, and no Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-88)
DTCs are stored
VSA activation indicator does not come on Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-89)
at start-up (bulb check)
VSA activation indicator does not go off, Symptom Troubleshooting (see page 19-90)
cardiagn.com
19-43
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＨＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:41 61SJC020_190_0044
System Description
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs and Outputs
０１
cardiagn.com
Terminal Wire Terminal Description Measurement (Disconnect the VSA
number color sign modulator-control unit 46P connector)
Terminal Conditions Voltage
5 GRY/ RRP Sends right-rear ――― ――― ―――
RED wheel speed
7 GRY/ RLP Sends left-rear wheel
YEL speed
11 YEL/ S-GND Ground for yaw rate- ――― ――― ―――
BLK lateral acceleration
sensor and steering
angle sensor
12 RED CAN-L F-CAN ――― ――― ―――
communication
circuit
15 LT K-LINE Communicates with ――― ――― ―――
BLU HDS
16 BLU FR-GND Detects right-front ――― ――― ―――
17 GRN/ FR ＋B wheel sensor signal
BLK
18 BLU/ RR-GND Detects right-rear
YEL wheel sensor signal
19 GRN/ RR ＋B
YEL
20 YEL/ RL ＋B Detects left-rear
RED wheel sensor signal
21 BRN/ FL-GND Detects left-front
WHT wheel sensor signal
19-44
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＣＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:41 61SJC020_190_0045
Terminal Wire Terminal Description Measurement (Disconnect the VSA

number color sign control unit 46P connector)
Terminal Conditions Voltage
26 WHT/ FLP Sends left-front ――― ――― ―――
RED wheel speed
28 LT FRP Sends right-front
GRN wheel speed
33 WHT CAN-H F-CAN ――― ――― ―――
communication
circuit
40 GRN/ IG1 Power source for 40−GND Ignition switch ON (II) Battery
WHT activating the system voltage
41 RED RL-GND Detect left-rear wheel ――― ――― ―――
sensor signal
42 BLU/ FL ＋B Detect left-front
WHT wheel sensor signal
43 BLK GND2 Ground for the VSA 43−GND At all time 0.1 V or less
cardiagn.com
modulator-control
unit
44 WHT/ ＋B SOL Power source for the 44−GND At all time Battery
RED valve relay voltage
45 WHT ＋B MOT Power source for the 45−GND At all time Battery
motor relay voltage
46 BLK GND1 Ground for the pump 46−GND At all time 0.1 V or less
motor
(cont’d)
19-45
07/05/09 16:49:42 61SJC020_190_0046

System Outline
This system is composed of the VSA modulator-control unit, the wheel sensor, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate-
lateral acceleration sensor, and takes charge of the ABS, EBD, TCS, VSA, and brake assist control by controlling the
brake pressure of each wheel and the engine torque.
＊０１
BRAKE BRAKE
VSA PARKING PEDAL
OFF FLUID
BRAKE LEVEL POSITION
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
SWITCH
GAUGE CONTROL UNIT PCM
• VSA OFF switch signal • VSA control enable/disable

• Parking brake switch signal • Throttle open angle signal
• TPMS indicator signal • Engine revolution signal
cardiagn.com
• Gear position signal
• Brake pedal position switch signal
YAW RATE-LATERAL • Service check signal
Indicators drive signal ACCELERATION
SENSOR
• Yaw rate signal WHEEL SENSOR

• Lateral acceleration signal
Wheel rotation pulse signal
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR VTM-4 CONTROL
UNIT
Steering angle signal
• Engine torque control request Wheel speed Tire low pressure

• Shift control request signal signal
• Control mode signal
CONTROL UNIT
• Solenoid control Brake pressure VSA MODULATOR-

• Motor control signal CONTROL UNIT
MODULATOR UNIT
Communication via F-CAN
19-46
07/05/09 16:49:42 61SJC020_190_0047
ABS Features
When the brake pedal is pressed while driving, the wheels sometimes lock before the vehicle comes to a stop. In such
an event, the maneuverability of the vehicle is reduced if the front wheels are locked, and the stability of the vehicle is
reduced if the rear wheels are locked, creating an extremely unstable condition. The ABS precisely controls the slip
rate of the wheels to ensure maximum grip force from the tires, and it thereby ensures maneuverability and stability
of the vehicle. The ABS calculates the slip rate of the wheels based on the four wheel speed, then it controls the brake
fluid pressure to reach the target slip rate.
Grip force of tire and road surface

０３
COEFFICIENT OF
FRICTION
TARGET SLIP RATE
ROTATIONAL
DIRECTION
cardiagn.com
RADIAL
DIRECTION
OF THE
ROTATIONAL
DIRECTION
SLIP RATE
EBD Features
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) helps control vehicle braking by adjusting the rear brake force in accordance
with rear wheel load before the ABS operates. Based on wheel sensor signals, the ABS control unit uses the
modulator to control the rear brakes individually. When the rear wheel speed is less than the front wheel speed, the
VSA modulator-control unit retains the current rear brake fluid pressure by closing the inlet valve in the modulator. As
the rear wheel speed increases and approaches the front wheel speed, the VSA modulator-control unit increases the
rear brake fluid pressure by momentarily opening the inlet valve. This whole process is repeated very rapidly. While
this is happening, there is kickback at the brake pedal.
０４
REAR WHEEL BRAKE PRESSURE
With EBD under HEAVY LOAD
at REAR WHEEL
With EBD under LIGHT LOAD

at REAR WHEEL
Without EBD
FRONT WHEEL BRAKE PRESSURE
(cont’d)
19-47
07/05/09 16:49:42 61SJC020_190_0048

TCS Features
When a drive wheel loses traction on a slippery road surface and starts to spin, the VSA modulator-control unit applies
brake pressure to the spinning wheel and sends an engine torque control request to the PCM to slow the spinning
wheel and keep traction.
０５
ANTI-POWER of BRAKE FORCE
DRIVING POWER
TOTAL TRACTION
TOTAL TRACTION
cardiagn.com
BRAKE FORCE
NORMAL ROAD SURFACE SLIPPERY ROAD SURFACE
19-48
07/05/09 16:49:43 61SJC020_190_0049
VSA System Features

Oversteer control
Applies the brakes to the front and rear outside wheels
０６
with VSA
The brake makes the yaw rate opposite

to the turning direction
without VSA
cardiagn.com
Understeer control
• Applies the brakes to the front and rear inside wheels
• Controls the engine torque when accelerating
０７
without VSA
The brake increases the yaw rate toward
the turning direction
The throttle control effect;
with VSA • reduces vehicle speed
• increases cornering force
(cont’d)
19-49
07/05/09 16:49:43 61SJC020_190_0050

Brake Assist Features
Brake assist helps ensure that any driver can achieve the full braking potential of the vehicle by increasing brake
system pressure in a panic situation, bringing the vehicle into a full ABS stop.
Each time the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the VSA modulator-control unit learns the current driver’s normal
braking characteristics by monitoring the brake pressure sensor and the brake pedal position switch at each stop.
Using these inputs and their values, the VSA modulator-control unit is able to learn the driver’s normal braking habits,
and then determine the difference between a normal stop and a panic stop for the individual driver of the vehicle. If
during a panic stop the VSA modulator-control unit determines that the brake system pressure increases above a
learned threshold in less than a learned amount of time, the VSA modulator-control unit engages brake assist.
Because the brake system pressure crossed the threshold before the time threshold had expired, the VSA modulator-
control unit goes into brake assist mode.
０８
Brake Pedal
effort reduced
Panic Stop with Brake Assist
cardiagn.com
Pressure
Brake Assist
Begins Panic Stop Without Brake Assist
Pressure
Threshold
Normal Stop
Time
Threshold Time
19-50
07/05/09 16:49:44 61SJC020_190_0051
Modulator Unit
The modulator unit consists of the inlet solenoid valve, the outlet solenoid valve, the VSA normally open (NO)
solenoid valve, VSA normally closed (NC) solenoid valve, the reservoir, the pump, the pump motor, and the damping
chamber.
The modulator controls the caliper fluid pressure directly. It is a circulating-type modulator because the brake fluid
circulates through the caliper, the reservoir, and the master cylinder.
The hydraulic control has three modes: pressure intensifying, pressure retaining, and pressure reducing.
The hydraulic circuit is an independent four channel type, one channel for each wheel.
ABS Control
Pressure intensifying mode
VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve open, outlet valve closed.
Master cylinder fluid is pumped out to the caliper.
Pump motor
cardiagn.com
When starting the pressure reducing mode, the pump motor is ON. When stopping ABS operation, the pump motor is
OFF.
The reservoir fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the master cylinder.
０１
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
MODULATOR UNIT SENSOR P
VSA NO VSA NC VSA NC VSA NO
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
CHAMBER
MOTOR CHAMBER
OUT OUT OUT OUT
PUMP M PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
RL FR FL RR
(cont’d)
19-51
07/05/09 16:49:44 61SJC020_190_0052

Pressure retaining mode
VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed.
Caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve.
０２
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
CHAMBER MOTOR CHAMBER
OUT OUT OUT OUT
PUMP M PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
cardiagn.com
RL FR FL RR
Pressure reducing mode

VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, outlet valve open.
Caliper fluid flows through the outlet valve to the reservoir.
０３
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
M
PUMP PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
RL FR FL RR
19-52
07/05/09 16:49:45 61SJC020_190_0053
TCS Control
VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve open, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON.
The reservoir and master cylinder fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the front caliper.
０４
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
PUMP M PUMP
cardiagn.com
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
RL FR FL RR

VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON.
Front caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve.
０５
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
PUMP M PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
RL FR FL RR
(cont’d)
19-53
07/05/09 16:49:46 61SJC020_190_0054

VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, front outlet valve open, pump motor ON.
０６
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
M
PUMP PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
cardiagn.com
RL FR FL RR
VSA Control
VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve open, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON.
The reservoir and master cylinder fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the front and
rear calipers.
０７
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
PUMP M PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
RL FR FL RR
19-54
07/05/09 16:49:46 61SJC020_190_0055

VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON.
Front and rear caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve.
０８
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
PUMP M PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
cardiagn.com
RL FR FL RR

VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, outlet valve open, pump motor ON.
０９
MASTER CYLINDER
PRESSURE
IN IN IN IN
DAMPING DAMPING
OUT OUT OUT OUT
M
PUMP PUMP
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
RL FR FL RR
19-55
07/05/09 16:49:47 61SJC020_190_0056
Circuit Diagram
９０
UNDER−HOOD IGNITION SWITCH UNDER−DASH

FUSE/RELAY BOX IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
No.23 (IG) (50 A) G1 BAT A6 No.31 (7.5 A)
WHT BLK/YEL GRN/WHT
IG1
No.22
(BAT)
(120 A)
No.13 (20 A) D9 1 2
RED WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
(Closed:
Brake pedal pressed)
GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE
B8
cardiagn.com
WHT WHT
F−CAN
TRANSCEIVER B1
RED RED
B14 2 3
BRAKE SYSTEM RED/WHT BLK
INDICATOR
6 5
B9 TAILLIGHT RED/BLK
GRN/ORN RELAY
ABS VSA OFF SWITCH
INDICATOR B2
GRN/RED DASH LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
BRAKE FLUID PARKING CONTROLLER RED
LEVEL BRAKE (In the gauge
VSA SYSTEM SWITCH SWITCH
INDICATOR control module)
(Closed : (Closed :
Float down) Pedal pressed)
G401
VSA ACTIVATION G301
INDICATOR
＋B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR

16
WHT/GRN
7
LT BLU LT BLU
4
BLK
5
BLK
AUXILIARY G402
UNDER−HOOD
FUSE BOX
No.2 (20 A)
WHT/RED WHT/RED
No.3 (40 A)
WHT WHT
19-56
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:48 61SJC020_190_0057
９０
VSA MODULATOR−CONTROL UNIT
CONTROL UNIT
40 5V
GRN/WHT REGULATOR
IG1
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT VCC

11
YEL/BLK
S−GND
WHT/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
A8 1 4 5 1
YAW RATE− STEERING

PCM LATERAL ANGLE
ACCELERATION SENSOR
SENSOR
A1 A36 2 3 2 4
MODULATOR UNIT
RED WHT RED WHT RED WHT VCC
33
cardiagn.com
WHT
CAN−H CAN PRESSURE
12 CONTROLLER SENSOR
RED
CAN−L
1 42
FRONT BLU/WHT
FL ＋B VSA1
WHEEL SENSOR
2 21
BRN/WHT NC
FL−GND IG1
IC
1 17 ＋B
GRN/BLK NO
FR ＋B
VSA2
2 16
BLU
FR−GND NC
2 20 GND
REAR YEL/RED NO
RL ＋B
WHEEL SENSOR
LEFT−FRONT
1 41
RED
RL−GND IN
IC
2 19
GRN/YEL
RR ＋B OUT
1 18 RIGHT−FRONT
BLU/YEL
RR−GND IG1
IN
15
LT BLU OUT
K−LINE LEFT−REAR
26
WHT/RED
FLP IG1 IN
28
LT GRN OUT
VTM−4 FRP
CONTROL UNIT RIGHT−REAR
7
GRY/YEL
RLP IN
5
GRY/RED
RRP OUT
44 VALVE
WHT/RED RELAY
＋B SOL
45 PUMP MOTOR
WHT
＋B MOT RELAY
46
BLK
GND1
43
BLK
GND2
G302
(cont’d)
19-57
07/05/09 16:49:49 61SJC020_190_0058
Circuit Diagram (cont’d)

０１
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION GAUGE CONTROL MODULE VSA OFF SWITCH
SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR CONNECTOR B (14P) 10P CONNECTOR
YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

SENSOR 4P CONNECTOR 5P CONNECTOR
cardiagn.com
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) DATA LINK CONNECTOR (16P)
WHEEL SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
FRONT REAR
Terminal side of male terminals Wire side of female terminals
19-58
07/05/09 16:49:50 61SJC020_190_0059
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 11, 13, 15, 17: Wheel Sensor (Open/Short Is there 0.2 V or more?
to Body Ground/Short to Power)
1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). the VSA modulator-control unit and the appropriate
wheel sensor.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).
NO−Go to step 8.
3. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
Does the ABS indicator come on and are DT C 11,
13, 15, and/ or 17 indicated? 9. Check for continuity between body ground and the
appropriate wheel sensor ＋B and GND terminals
YES−Go to step 4. of the VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector
individually (see table).
time. Check for loose or poor connections. DTC Appropriate Terminal
＋B GND
cardiagn.com
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11 (Right-front) FR ＋B: FR-GND:
No. 17 No. 16
5. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P 13 (Left-front) FL ＋B: FL-GND:
connector. No. 42 No. 21
15 (Right-rear) RR ＋B: RR-GND:
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). No. 19 No. 18
17 (Left-rear) RL ＋B: RL-GND:
7. Measure voltage between body ground and the No. 20 No. 41
appropriate wheel sensor ＋B and GND terminals ０２
of the VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector
individually (see table). RR ＋B (GRN/YEL)
RR-GND (BLU/YEL) RL ＋B (YEL/RED)
DTC Appropriate Terminal FR ＋B (GRN/BLK) FL-GND
FR-GND (BLU) (BRN/WHT)
＋B GND
11 (Right-front) FR ＋B: FR-GND:
No. 17 No. 16
13 (Left-front) FL ＋B: FL-GND: RL-GND FL ＋B
(RED) (BLU/WHT)
No. 42 No. 21
15 (Right-rear) RR ＋B: RR-GND:
No. 19 No. 18
17 (Left-rear) RL ＋B: RL-GND:
No. 20 No. 41
０１ Wire side of female terminals
RR ＋B (GRN/YEL) Is there continuity?
FR ＋B (GRN/BLK) FL-GND YES−Go to step 10.
NO−Go to step 12.
RL-GND FL ＋B
(RED) (BLU/WHT)
(cont’d)
19-59
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１１１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:49:50 61SJC020_190_0060

10. Disconnect the appropriate wheel sensor 2P 12. Disconnect the appropriate wheel sensor 2P
connector. connector.
11. Check for continuity between body ground and the 13. Check for continuity between the appropriate
appropriate wheel sensor ＋B and GND terminals wheel sensor ＋B and GND terminals of the VSA
of the VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector modulator-control unit 46P connector (see table).
individually (see table).
DTC Appropriate Terminal ＋B GND
＋B GND 11 (Right-front) FR ＋B: FR-GND:
11 (Right-front) FR ＋B: FR-GND: No. 17 No. 16
No. 17 No. 16 13 (Left-front) FL ＋B: FL-GND:
13 (Left-front) FL ＋B: FL-GND: No. 42 No. 21
No. 42 No. 21 15 (Right-rear) RR ＋B: RR-GND:
15 (Right-rear) RR ＋B: RR-GND: No. 19 No. 18
No. 19 No. 18 17 (Left-rear) RL ＋B: RL-GND:
17 (Left-rear) RL ＋B: RL-GND: No. 20 No. 41
cardiagn.com
No. 20 No. 41 ０４
０３
RR-GND (BLU/YEL)
RR ＋B (GRN/YEL)
FR ＋B (GRN/BLK) RR ＋B (GRN/YEL)
FL-GND
(BRN/WHT) FR ＋B (GRN/BLK) RL ＋B (YEL/RED)
FR-GND (BLU)
FL-GND
RL-GND FL ＋B
(RED) (BLU/WHT)
FL ＋B
(BLU/WHT)
RL-GND (RED)

YES−Repair short in the wires between the VSA
YES−Repair short to body ground in the wire modulator-control unit and the appropriate wheel
between the VSA modulator-control unit and the sensor.
appropriate wheel sensor.
NO−Go to step 14.
NO−Replace the appropriate wheel sensor
(see page 19-97).
19-60
07/05/09 16:51:25 61SJC020_190_0061
14. Substitute a known-good wheel sensor for the DTC 12, 14, 16, 18: Wheel Sensor (Electrical
appropriate wheel sensor (see table). Noise/Intermittent Interruption)
DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor NOTE: If the ABS and other indicators come on because
11 Right-front of electrical noise, the indicators will go off when you
13 Left-front test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more and
15 Right-rear the noise is gone.
17 Left-rear
1. Check the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
15. Reconnect all of the disconnected connectors.
16. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
Are DT C 11, 13, 15, and/ or 17 indicated with
18. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). DT C 12, 14, 16, and/ or 18 at a time?
cardiagn.com
Does the ABS indicator come on and are DT C 11, YES−Troubleshoot DTC 11, 13, 15, and/or 17, and
13, 15, and/ or 17 indicated? recheck.
YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA NO−Go to step 4.

modulator-control unit 46P connector. If
connections are good, replace the VSA modulator- 4. Check that the appropriate wheel sensor and
control unit (see page 19-94), and recheck. magnetic encoder on the wheel bearing are
properly mounted.
NO−Replace the original wheel sensor (see page
19-97). DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor
12 Right-front
14 Left-front
16 Right-rear
18 Left-rear
Are they installed properly and in good condition?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Reinstall or replace the appropriate wheel

sensor or wheel bearing, and recheck by test-
driving.

HDS.
(cont’d)
19-61
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１１２０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:25 61SJC020_190_0062

7. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more. DTC 21: Difference in Wheel Speed
NOTE: Drive the vehicle on the road, not on the NOTE: After setting the front toe always perform the
hoist. steering angle sensor writing procedure (see page
19-92).
8. Connect the HDS, and check for DTCs with the HDS
(see page 19-41). 1. Check all four tires.
Does the ABS indicator come on and are DT C 12, Are all f our tires the correct size and properly
14, 16, and/ or 18 indicated? inf lated?
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this NO−Install the correct tires or set the tires to the
time. correct pressure, and retest by test-driving.
9. Substitute a known-good wheel sensor for the 2. Check all wheel sensors (see page 19-97).
cardiagn.com
appropriate wheel sensor (see page 19-97).
Are wheel sensors installed correctly and in good
10. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). condition?
11. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more. YES−Go to step 3.
12. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). NO−Reinstall or replace the wheel sensor(s), and
recheck by test-driving (see page 19-97).
14, 16, and/ or 18 indicated? 3. Check all magnetic encoders on the wheel bearings.
YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA Are they installed correctly and in good condition?
connections are good, replace the VSA modulator- YES−Go to step 4.
control unit (see page 19-94).
NO−Replace the wheel bearing(s), and recheck by
NO−Replace the original wheel sensor (see page test-driving (see page 18-16).
19-97).
4. Swap the wheels and tires with a known-good
vehicle.
19-62
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１２１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:25 61SJC020_190_0063
5. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). DTC 22: Current Flow into Wheel Sensor
Input Amplifier
6. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more.
Does the V SA and ABS indicator come on, and is
DT C 21 indicated? Do the V SA and ABS indicators come on, and are
DT Cs 11, 13, 15, 17 indicated?
YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA control
unit 46P connector. If the connections are good, YES−Troubleshoot the DTCs indicated (see page
replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-40).
19-94).
NO−Go to step 3.
NO−Install the original wheels and tires onto the
vehicle and recheck. If the DTC 21 is indicated again, 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
replace the problem tires.
cardiagn.com
connector.
(cont’d)
19-63
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１２２０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:25 61SJC020_190_0064

6. Measure voltage between body ground and all the DTC 25: Yaw Rate Sensor (Sensor Unit)
wheel sensor ＋B and GND terminals of the VSA
modulator-control unit 46P connector individually 1. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
(see table).
Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 25 at the
DTC Appropriate Terminal same time?
＋B GND
Right-front FR ＋B: FR-GND: YES−Troubleshoot DTC 91 or 92, and recheck.
No. 17 No. 16
Left-front FL ＋B: FL-GND: NO−Go to step 2.
No. 42 No. 21
Right-rear RR ＋B: RR-GND: 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
No. 19 No. 18
Left-rear RL ＋B: RL-GND: 3. Substitute a known-good yaw rate-lateral
No. 20 No. 41 acceleration sensor (see page 19-92).
０１
RR ＋B (GRN/YEL)
cardiagn.com
FR ＋B (GRN/BLK) FL-GND
RL-GND FL ＋B Does the V SA indicator come on, and is DT C 25

(RED) (BLU/WHT) indicated?

(see page 19-94).
Wire side of female terminals NO−Replace the original yaw rate-lateral

acceleration sensor (see page 19-92).
Is there any voltage?
YES−Repair short to power in the wires between

the VSA modulator-control unit and the wheel
sensor. After repair, go to step 7.
NO−Check for loose or poor connections in the

VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector and
wheel sensor 2P connector. If connections are good,
replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see page
19-94).
Does the V SA and ABS indicators come on, and is

DT C 22 indicated?
YES−Check for loose or poor connections in the

VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector. If
connections are good, replace the VSA modulator-
19-64
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１２５０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:25 61SJC020_190_0065
DTC 26: Lateral Acceleration Sensor (Sensor DTC 27: Steering Angle Sensor (Hardware)
Unit)
Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 27 at the
Are DT C 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 26 at the same time?
same time?
YES−Troubleshoot DTC 91 or 92, and recheck.
NO−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to step 2.
3. Check the installation of the steering angle sensor.
3. Substitute a known-good yaw rate-lateral
acceleration sensor (see page 19-92). Is the steering angle sensor installed correctly?
cardiagn.com
4. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). YES−Go to step 7.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II). NO−Go to step 4.
6. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). 4. Do the steering angle sensor point writing
(see page 19-92).
Does the V SA indicator come on, and is DT C 26
indicated? 5. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).
(see page 19-94).
NO−Replace the original yaw rate-lateral
acceleration sensor (see page 19-92). Does the V SA system indicator come on, and is
DT C 27 indicated?
NO−Go to step 8.
8. Substitute a known-good steering angle sensor

(see page 19-91).
Does the V SA system indicator come on, and is

DT C 27 indicated?

(see page 19-94).
NO−Replace the original steering angle sensor

(see page 19-91).
19-65
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１２６０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１２７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:26 61SJC020_190_0066

DTC 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38: ABS DTC 45, 46, 47, 48: VSA Solenoid
Solenoid
Is DT C 54 indicated with DT C 45, 46, 47 , and/ or
Is DT C 54 indicated with DT C 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 48 at the same time?
36, 37 , and/ or 38 at the same time?
YES−Troubleshoot DTC 54, and recheck.
YES−Troubleshoot DTC 54, and recheck.
NO−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to step 2.
cardiagn.com
Does the ABS indicator come on and are DT C 31, 46, 47 , and/ or 48 indicated?
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 , and/ or 38 indicated?
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-94).
(see page 19-94).
19-66
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１３１０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１４５０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:26 61SJC020_190_0067
DTC 51: Motor Locked DTC 52: Motor Stuck OFF

1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). 1. Check the No. 3 (40 A) fuse in the auxiliary under-
hood fuse box.
Is the f use OK ?
YES−Reinstall the checked fuse, and go to step 4.
Does the ABS indicator come on, and is DT C 51
indicated? NO−Go to step 2.
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit 2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
(see page 19-94). connector.
NO−The system is OK at this time. 3. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-
control unit 46P connector terminal No. 45 and
body ground.
cardiagn.com
０１
＋B MOT
(WHT)
YES−Repair short to body ground in the wire

between No. 3 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse
box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO−Install a new No. 3 (40 A) fuse, then go to

step 4.
(cont’d)
19-67
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１５１０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１５２０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:26 61SJC020_190_0068

4. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P 7. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-
connector. control unit 46P connector terminals No. 43, No. 46
and body ground.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). ０３
6. Measure voltage between the VSA modulator-
control unit 46P connector terminal No. 45 and GND1 (BLK)
body ground.
０２
GND2
(BLK)
＋B MOT Wire side of female terminals

(WHT)
cardiagn.com
Wire side of female terminals YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the VSA

Is there battery voltage? modulator-control unit and body ground (G302).
YES−Go to step 7. 8. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P

connector.
(40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
the VSA modulator-control unit.
YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA

modulator-control unit 46P connector. If necessary,
substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control
unit (see page 19-94) and retest.

time. Check for loose terminals at the VSA
modulator-control unit 46P connector.
19-68
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_190_0069
DTC 53: Motor Stuck ON 5. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
connector.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and check the pump
motor. 6. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
Is the pump motor working? 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the
HDS.
(see page 19-94). 8. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more.
NO−Go to step 2. 9. Connect the HDS, and check for DTCs with the HDS
(see page 19-41).
3. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit. indicated?
4. Check for continuity between VSA modulator- YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA
cardiagn.com
control unit 46P connector terminal No. 46 and modulator-control unit 46P connector. If
body ground. connections are good, replace the VSA modulator-
０１ control unit (see page 19-94).
time.
GND1
(BLK)
YES−Go to step 5.

modulator-control unit and body ground (G302).
19-69
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１５３０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_190_0070

DTC 54: Valve Relay 5. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P
connector.
2. Check the No. 2 (20 A) fuse in the auxiliary fuse box. unit 46P terminal No. 44 and body ground.
０２
Is the f use blown? VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Reinstall the checked fuse, then go to step 5.
3. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P ＋B-SOL

connector. (WHT)
4. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-

cardiagn.com
body ground. Wire side of female terminals
０１
YES−Go to step 7.

＋B-SOL (20 A) fuse in the auxiliary fuse box and the VSA
(WHT) modulator-control unit.
YES−Repair short to body ground in the wire

between the No. 2 (20 A) fuse in the auxiliary fuse
box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO−Install a new No. 2 (20 A) fuse, then go to

step 6.
19-70
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１５４０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:27 61SJC020_190_0071
7. Check for continuity between VSA modulator- 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
body ground. 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
０３
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR 11. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more.
GND2 (BLK) YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA

modulator-control unit 46P connector. If necessary,
substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control
unit (see page 19-94) and retest.
Wire side of female terminals NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this

time. Check for loose terminals at the VSA
cardiagn.com
modulator-control unit 46P connector.
YES−Go to step 8.

modulator-control unit and body ground (G302).
8. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P

connector.
19-71
07/05/09 16:51:28 61SJC020_190_0072

DTC 61: IG1 Voltage Low 8. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more.
1. Test the battery and connections. 9. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
Is the battery OK ? Does the ABS indicator come on, and is DT C 61

indicated?
YES−Go to step 2.
YES−Check for loose or poor connections in the
NO−Replace the battery; test the charging system VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector. If
(see page 4-28), repair any problems found with the connections are good, replace the VSA modulator-
charging system before proceeding. control unit (see page 19-94).
2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
connector. time. Check for loose or poor connections.
cardiagn.com
unit 46P connector terminal No. 40 and body
ground.
０１
IG1
(GRN/WHT)
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Repair open or high resistance in the wire

between No. 31 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
6. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 46P

connector.
19-72
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１６１０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:28 61SJC020_190_0073
DTC 62: IG1 Voltage High DTC 65: VSA Pressure Sensor (Hardware)
1. Check the charging system (see page 4-28). 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
Is the charging system OK ? 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).
YES−Go to step 2. 3. Check BRK PRESS in the VSA DATA LIST with the
HDS.
NO−Do the alternator and regulator circuit
troubleshooting (see page 4-28), then recheck. Does the brake pressure increase when the brake
pedal is pressed?
3. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). time.
4. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more. NO−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit
(see page 19-94).
cardiagn.com

indicated?

(see page 19-94).

time.
19-73
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１６２０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１６５０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:28 61SJC020_190_0074

DTC 66: VSA Pressure Sensor (Software) 5. Measure voltage between brake pedal position
switch 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body
1. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). ground.
０１
Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 66 at the BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR
same time?

RED
NO−Go to step 2.
2. Check BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with

the HDS.
Is the brake pedal position switch OF F with the

brake pedal pressed? Wire side of female terminals
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Go to step 9.
YES−Go to step 6.
3. Check the No. 13 (20 A) fuse in the under-hood
fuse/relay box. NO−Repair open in the wire between the No. 13
(20 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and
Is the f use OK ? the brake pedal position switch.
YES−Reinstall the fuse, and go to step 4. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and jump the SCS line
with the HDS.
NO−Replace the fuse and recheck.
NOTE: This must be done to protect the powertrain
4. Check the brake pedal position switch for the control module (PCM) from damage.
function and adjustment.
Is the switch OK and its adjustment OK ?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Replace or adjust the brake pedal position

switch.
19-74
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１６６０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:28 61SJC020_190_0075
8. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal DTC 67: Brake Pedal Position Switch
A8 and body ground. (Hardware)
０２
BKSW (WHT/BLK) Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 67 at the

same time?
YES−Troubleshoot DTC 91 and/or 92, and

recheck.
NO−Go to step 2.

cardiagn.com
Is there battery voltage when the brake pedal is Does the V SA system indicator come on and is
pressed? DT C 67 indicated?
YES−Check for a loose or poor terminal fit at YES−Go to step 4.

terminal A8 of PCM connector A. If the connection
is bad, fix the fit. If the fit is OK, replace the PCM NO−Go to step 11.
(see page 11-205).
4. Check BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with
NO−Repair open in the wire between the brake the HDS.
pedal position switch and the PCM (A8).
Is the brake pedal position switch ON with the
9. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). brake pedal released?
10. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II), YES−Go to step 5.
and press the brake pedal several times.
NO−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit
11. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). (see page 19-94).
Does the ABS indicator come on, and is DT C 66 5. Check the brake pedal position switch for function
indicated? and adjustment.
YES−Go to step 12. Is the switch OK and its adjustment OK ?
NO−The system is OK at this time. YES−Go to step 6.
12. Check BRK PRESS in the VSA DATA LIST with the NO−Replace or adjust the brake pedal position
HDS. switch.
Does BRK PRESS increase with the brake pedal 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and jump the SCS line
pressed and decrease with the brake pedal with the HDS.
released?
NOTE: This must be done to protect the powertrain
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit control module (PCM) from damage.
(see page 19-94).
NO−Check the brake lines for damage and
leakage.
(cont’d)
19-75
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１６７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_190_0076

8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). DTC 68: Brake Pedal Position Switch
9. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal 1. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
A8 and body ground.
０１ Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 68 at the
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) same time?
BKSW (WHT/BLK) YES−Troubleshoot DTC 91 or 92, and recheck.
NO−Go to step 2.
2. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST

with the HDS.
Is the BRAK E SW IT CH OF F with the brake pedal

released?
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 3.
Is there 1 V or more with the brake pedal NO−Go to step 9.

released?
3. Check the No. 13 (20 A) fuse in the under-hood
YES−Repair short to power in the wire between fuse/relay box.
the brake pedal position switch and the PCM
(A8). Is the f use OK ?
NO−Go to step 9. YES−Reinstall the fuse, and go to step 4.
10. Check the BRK PRESS in the VSA DATA LIST with NO−Replace the fuse and recheck.
the HDS.
4. Check the brake pedal position switch for function
Is the brake pressure at 0.0 with the brake pedal and adjustment.
released?
Is the switch OK and its adjustment OK ?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 10.
NO−Replace or adjust the brake pedal position
11. Remove the brake pedal position switch. switch.
Does the brake pressure drop to 0.0?
YES−Install and adjust the brake pedal position

NO−Refer to the brake system inspection and test

(see page 19-4).
19-76
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１６８０ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_190_0077
5. Measure the voltage between brake pedal position 8. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
switch 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body terminal A8 and body ground.
ground. ０２
０１ PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR BKSW (WHT/BLK)
RED

cardiagn.com
Is there battery voltage when the brake pedal is
Is there battery voltage? pressed?
YES−Go to step 6. YES−Substitute a known-good PCM (see page

11-8), and recheck.
(20 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and NO−Repair open in the wire between the brake
the brake pedal position switch. pedal position switch and the PCM (A8).
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and jump the SCS line 9. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
with the HDS.
10. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II),
NOTE: This must be done to protect the powertrain and press the brake pedal several times.
control module (PCM) from damage.
indicated?
12. Check BRK PRESS in the VSA DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Does BRK PRESS increase with the brake pedal

pressed and decrease with the brake pedal
released?

(see page 19-94).
NO−Check the brake lines for damage and

leakage.
19-77
07/05/09 16:51:29 61SJC020_190_0078

DTC 72: Steering Angle Sensor DTC 73: Yaw Rate Sensor (Power Supply)
1. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 1. Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
4P connector.
Are DT Cs 91 or 92 indicated with DT C 7 2?
YES−Troubleshoot DTCs 91 or 92 and recheck.
3. Measure voltage between body ground and yaw
NO−Go to step 2. rate-lateral acceleration sensor 4P connector
terminal No. 1.
2. Put the vehicle on a level surface, and center the ０１
steering wheel spokes. YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSOR 4P CONNECTOR
3. Check the STEERING ANGLE in the VSA DATA LIST
with the HDS. IG1
(GRN/WHT)
W ith the steering wheel in the straight ahead
cardiagn.com
position, is ST EERING ANGLE within ±5 °?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Check for installation of the steering angle Wire side of female terminals
sensor. If installation is good, do the steering angle
sensor center point writing.
4. Check the wheel alignment (see page 18-5).
YES−Go to step 5.
Is the wheel alignment within the specif ication?
NO−Repair open or high resistance in the wire
YES−Go to step 5. between the No. 31 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the yaw rate-lateral acceleration
NO−Make sure the suspension is not modified, sensor.
and adjust the wheel alignment correctly, and
recheck by test-driving. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
5. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). 5. Reconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
4P connector.
HDS. 6. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
7. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).
8. Connect the HDS, and check for DTCs with the HDS 8. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
(see page 19-41).
Does the V SA indicator come on, and is DT C 7 3
Does the V SA indicator come on, and is DT C 7 2 indicated?
indicated?
YES−Check for loose terminal in the yaw rate-
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit lateral acceleration 4P connector. If connection is
(see page 19-94). good, replace the VSA modulator-control unit
(see page 19-94).
NO−Intermittent failure; the most probable cause
is that the vehicle has driven on an extremely NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
sloped road. The system is OK at this time. time. Check for loose or poor connections.
19-78
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１７２０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１７３０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_190_0079
DTC 74: Yaw Rate Sensor (Software) DTC 75: Lateral Acceleration Sensor (Joint
Failure)
1. Put the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Check YAW RATE S in the VSA DATA LIST with the
HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Is Y AW RAT E S within ±5 °/s? 4. Check LATERAL G SENSOR in the VSA DATA LIST
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 4.
Is LAT ERAL G SENSOR within ±1 m/ s2 ?
NO−Check the installation of the yaw rate-lateral
acceleration sensor. Replace the yaw rate-lateral YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Check the installation of the yaw rate-lateral
cardiagn.com
4. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). acceleration sensor. Replace the yaw rate-lateral
6. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the
HDS.
(see page 19-41). 7. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners.
Does the V SA indicator come on, and is DT C 7 4 8. Connect the HDS, and check for DTCs with the HDS
indicated? (see page 19-41).
YES−Go to step 8. Does the V SA indicator come on, and is DT C 7 5

indicated?
is that the vehicle might have spun around on a YES−Go to step 9.
poor road surface. The system is OK at this time.
8. Substitute a known-good yaw rate-lateral is that the vehicle has been driven on an extreme
acceleration sensor (see page 19-92). canted road. The system is OK at this time.
9. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). 9. Substitute a known-good yaw rate-lateral
11. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the
HDS.
indicated?

(see page 19-94).

(cont’d)
19-79
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１７４０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１７５０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_190_0080

12. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. DTC 76: Lateral Acceleration Sensor
(Software)
(see page 19-41). NOTE: If DTC 76 is accompanied with any of the
following DTCs, troubleshoot DTC 76 last.
indicated? DTC 25: Yaw Rate Sensor (Hardware)
DTC 26: Lateral Acceleration Sensor (Hardware)
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit DTC 72: Steering Angle Sensor
(see page 19-94). DTC 74: Yaw Rate Sensor (Software)
DTC 75: Lateral Acceleration Sensor (Joint Failure)
acceleration sensor (see page 19-92). 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
2. Test-drive the vehicle in a straight line.
cardiagn.com
indicated?
YES−Go to step 5.

is that the vehicle has been driven on an extreme
canted road. The system is OK at this time.
4. Substitute a known-good yaw rate-lateral

6. Test-drive the vehicle in a straight line.

indicated?

(see page 19-94).

19-80
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１７６０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_190_0081
DTC 81: Central Processing Unit (CPU) DTC 84: Steering Angle Sensor No Center
Point Writing
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn the ignition
switch ON (II). Are any DT Cs indicated with DT C 84 at the same
time?
YES−Troubleshoot other DTCs, and recheck.
indicated? NO−Go to step 2.
YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit 2. Do the steering angle sensor center point writing
(see page 19-94). with the HDS (see page 19-92).
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).
time.
cardiagn.com
Does the V SA activation indicator come on, and is

DT C 84 indicated?
YES−Replace the steering angle sensor (see page

19-91), then do the steering angle sensor center
point writing (see page 19-92).

time.
19-81
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１８１０ＦＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１８４０ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:51:30 61SJC020_190_0082

DTC 91: F-CAN Communication 11. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor
5P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4.
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). ０１
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
Are any DT Cs indicated?
YES−Troubleshoot the PGM-FI DTCs, then

recheck.
NO−Go to step 2. CAN-L (RED) CAN-H (WHT)
2. Connect the HDS to the DLC.

4. Check STEERING ANGLE in the VSA DATA LIST
with the HDS.
cardiagn.com
Does ST EERING ANGLE show correct value?
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the steering
NO−Go to step 9. angle sensor and the VSA modulator-control
unit.
5. Check YAW RATE S and LATERAL G SENSOR in
the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Are the Y AW RAT E S and LAT ERAL G SENSOR 13. Measure voltage between steering angle sensor 5P
values correct? terminal No. 5 connector and body ground.
０２
YES−Go to step 6. STEERING ANGLE SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
NO−Go to step 16.
6. Clear the DTCs with the HDS.

IG1 (GRN/WHT)

indicated? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA

modulator-control unit 46P connector. If Is there battery voltage?
control unit (see page 19-94). YES−Go to step 14.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this NO−Repair open or high resistance in the wire
time. between No. 31 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
relay box and the steering angle sensor.
10. Disconnect the steering angle sensor 5P connector.
19-82
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１９１０ＦＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_190_0083
14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
15. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor 20. Measure voltage between yaw rate-lateral
5P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. acceleration sensor 4P connector terminal No. 1
０３ and body ground.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR ０５
YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSOR 4P CONNECTOR
IG1
(GRN/WHT)
S-GND (YEL/BLK)

cardiagn.com
YES−Replace the steering angle sensor (see page
19-91). YES−Go to step 21.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the steering NO−Repair open or high resistance in the wire
angle sensor and the VSA modulator-control between No. 31 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
unit. relay box and the yaw rate-lateral acceleration
sensor.
17. Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
4P connector. 22. Check for continuity between yaw rate-lateral
acceleration sensor 4P connector terminal No. 4
18. Check for continuity between yaw rate-lateral and body ground.
acceleration sensor 4P connector terminals No. 2 ０６
and No. 3. YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSOR 4P CONNECTOR
０４
YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSOR 4P CONNECTOR
CAN-H
(RED)
S-GND (YEL/BLK)
CAN-H
(WHT)

Is there continuity? YES−Replace the yaw rate-lateral acceleration

sensor (see page 19-92).
NO−Repair open in the wire between the yaw rate-
NO−Repair open in the wire between the yaw rate- lateral acceleration sensor and the VSA modulator-
lateral acceleration sensor and the VSA modulator- control unit.
control unit.
19-83
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_190_0084

DTC 92: F-CAN System DTC 97: VSA System
1. Check the PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). 1. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
Are any DT Cs indicated? Are DT Cs 7 2, 7 4, and/ or 7 6 indicated with

DT C 97 at the same time?
YES−Troubleshoot the PGM-FI DTCs, then
recheck. YES−Go to step 3.
2. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41). 2. Check the brake system for leaks or mechanical
problems.
Is the brake system OK ? ( brake f luid leakage, air
4. Connect the HDS, and check for DTCs with the HDS trapped in the brake system, brake pads worn out)
(see page 19-41).
cardiagn.com
YES−Go to step 3.
indicated? NO−Repair the brake system, then recheck.
YES−Check for loose terminals in the VSA 3. Clear the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
connections are good, replace the VSA modulator- 4. Test-drive the vehicle in a straight line. Accelerate
control unit (see page 19-94). the vehicle up to 6 mph (10 km/h), and stop, then
accelerate up to 6 mph (10 km/h).
time. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).

indicated?

(see page 19-94).

time.
19-84
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１９２０ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ８０１０００８１９７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:31 61SJC020_190_0085
ABS indicator does not come on ABS indicator does not go off, and no DTCs
are stored
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the ABS
indicator. 1. Check the No. 31 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box.
Does the ABS indicator come on and then go of f ?
Is the f use OK ?
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to step 2.
Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated? connector.
YES−Troubleshoot the indicated DTC, and 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
recheck.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 3. unit 46P connector terminal No. 40 and body
ground.
3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnosis ０１
function procedure (see page 22-244). VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page IG1

22-263). (GRN/WHT)
5. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control Wire side of female terminals

6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the ABS Is there battery voltage?
indicator.
YES−Go to step 5.
Does the ABS indicator come on and then go of f ?
YES−Replace the original VSA modulator-control (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and
unit (see page 19-94). the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
22-263).
(cont’d)
19-85
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０２ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０３
07/05/09 16:51:32 61SJC020_190_0086

6. Check for continuity between VSA modulator- Brake system indicator does not come on
body ground. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the
０２ brake system indicator.
Does the brake system indicator come on and then
go of f ?
GND2 NO−Go to step 2.

(BLK)
Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated?
YES−Troubleshoot the indicated DTC, and
cardiagn.com
recheck.
NO−Go to step 3.
YES−Go to step 7.
3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnosis
NO−Repair open in the wire between the VSA function procedure (see page 22-244).
modulator-control unit and body ground or poor
ground (G302). Is the gauge control module OK ?
7. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). YES−Go to step 4.
Is DT C U0155 indicated? NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page

22-263).
YES−Troubleshoot DTC U0155.
NO−Check for loose terminal in the VSA
modulator-control unit 46P connector. If 5. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control
connections are good, replace the VSA modulator- unit (see page 19-94).
brake system indicator.
Does the brake system indicator come on and then

go of f ?
YES−Replace the original VSA modulator-control


22-263).
19-86
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０４
07/05/09 16:51:32 61SJC020_190_0087
Brake system indicator does not go off, Is there continuity?

YES−Go to step 8.
If the brake system indicator does not go off with ABS
and VSA indicators at the same time, do the ABS NO−Go to step 9.
indicator circuit troubleshooting first, then recheck.
8. Check the parking brake switch.
Is the parking brake switch OK ?
2. Release the parking brake.
YES−Repair short in the wire between gauge
Does the brake system indicator go of f ? control module and the parking brake switch.
YES−The system is OK at this time. NO−Replace the parking brake switch.
NO−Go to step 3. 9. Check for continuity between gauge control

module connector B (14P) terminal No. 2 and body
cardiagn.com
3. Check the brake fluid level. ground.
０２
Is the level OK ? GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR B (14P)
YES−Go to step 4. GRN/RED
NO−Check the brake pad thickness and for brake

fluid leakage. If they are OK, refill the brake fluid,
and recheck.

22-263). Wire side of female terminals
6. Disconnect gauge control module connector B

(14P). Is there continuity?
7. Check for continuity between gauge control YES−Go to step 10.

module connector B (14P) terminal No. 9 and body
ground. NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page
０１ 22-263).
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR B (14P)
10. Check the brake fluid level switch.
Is the brake f luid level switch OK ?
YES−Repair short in the wire between the gauge

GRN/ORN control module and the brake fluid level switch.
NO−Replace the brake fluid level switch.
19-87
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０５
07/05/09 16:51:32 61SJC020_190_0088

VSA indicator does not come on VSA indicator does not go off, and no DTCs
are stored
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the VSA
indicator. 1. Check the No. 31 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box.
Does the V SA indicator come on and go of f ?
Is the f use OK ?
YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Go to step 2.
2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control module 46P
Is DT C 91 or 92 indicated? connector.
YES−Troubleshoot the DTC indicated, and 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
recheck.
cardiagn.com
NO−Go to step 3. unit 46P connector terminal No. 40 and body
ground.
3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnosis ０１
function procedure (see page 22-244). VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page IG1

22-263). (GRN/WHT)
5. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control Wire side of female terminals

6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the VSA Is there battery voltage?
indicator.
YES−Go to step 5.
Does the V SA indicator come on and then go of f ?
YES−Replace the original VSA modulator-control (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and
unit (see page 19-94). the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
22-263).
19-88
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０６ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０７
07/05/09 16:51:33 61SJC020_190_0089
6. Check for continuity between VSA modulator- VSA activation indicator does not come on
control unit 46P connector terminal No. 43 and at start-up (bulb check)
body ground.
０２ If the VSA activation indicator does not come on and
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 46P CONNECTOR the ABS indicator, VSA indicator, and brake system
indicator do not go off at the same time, do the ABS
indicator circuit troubleshooting first, then recheck.

activation indicator.
GND2
(BLK) Does the V SA activation indicator come on and go
of f ?

NO−Go to step 2.
cardiagn.com
Is there continuity? 2. Check the DTCs with the HDS (see page 19-41).
YES−Go to step 7. Are DT C 91 or 92 indicated?
NO−Repair open in the wire between the VSA YES−Troubleshoot the DTC indicated, and
modulator-control unit and body ground. recheck.
7. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). NO−Go to step 3.
Is DT C U0155 indicated? 3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnosis

YES−Troubleshoot DTC U0155.
NO−Check for loose terminal in the VSA
modulator-control unit 46P connector. If YES−Go to step 4.
control unit (see page 19-94). NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page
22-263).
5. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control


activation indicator.
Does the V SA activation indicator come on and go

of f ?
YES−Replace the original VSA modulator-control


22-263).
19-89
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０８
07/05/09 16:51:33 61SJC020_190_0090

VSA activation indicator does not go off, and 7. Check the gauge control module.
no DTCs are stored
activation indicator. YES−Replace the VSA modulator-control unit
(see page 19-94).
Does the V SA activation indicator go of f within
2 seconds? NO−Replace the gauge control module (see page
22-263).
NO−Go to step 2.
3. Check the VSA OFF switch (see page 19-93).
cardiagn.com
Is the V SA OF F switch OK ?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the VSA OFF switch (see page 19-93).

22-263).
5. Disconnect gauge control module connector B

(14P).
6. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 10P

０１
VSA OFF SWITCH 10P CONNECTOR
RED/WHT
YES−Repair short to body ground between the

gauge control module and the VSA OFF switch.
NO−Go to step 7.
19-90
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１００００００００ＦＡＡＴ０９
07/05/09 16:51:44 61SJC020_190_0091
Steering Angle Sensor Replacement

NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the steering angle sensor is sensitive to shock and vibration.
2. Remove the steering wheel (see page 17-21), and steering column cover (see step 6 on page 17-25).
3. Remove the combination switch assembly (see step 8 on page 17-25).
4. Remove the wiper/turn switch (A).

０１
A
B
cardiagn.com
5. Replace the combination switch body complete (B).
6. Install the combination switch in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the combination switch body.
7. Do the steering angle sensor center point writing (see page 19-92).
19-91
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００５７０９１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:45 61SJC020_190_0092
Steering Angle Sensor Center Point Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration

Writing Sensor Replacement
NOTE: Before doing the steering angle sensor center NOTE: Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is
point writing, place the vehicle on a flat level surface, sensitive.
and turn the steering wheel to the straight ahead
position while moving the vehicle. 1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 2. Remove the rear console trim (see page 20-76).
2. Select ABS TCS VSA, then ADJUSTMENTS, and 3. Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
then CENTER POINT WRITING. 4P connector (A).
０１
3. Verify DTC 84 clears and does not return. If DTC 84 A 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
is indicated, do the appropriate troubleshooting. 7.2 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
4. Remove the sensor mounting bolts, and remove
the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (B).
19-92
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００５７０９１ＢＢＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００６８０１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:45 61SJC020_190_0093
VSA OFF Switch Test

1. Remove the VSA OFF switch (A) from the switch 4. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch
panel. connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. There should
０１ be continuity at all times.
０３

A
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 6P connector.
3. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch

connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3. There should
be continuity when the switch is pushed.
０２
19-93
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００６３６５１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:46 61SJC020_190_0094
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation

NOTE:
• Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation.
• To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent
material.
Removal
2. Remove the air intake duct (see step 9 on page 5-2).
3. Pull up the lock (A) of the VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector (B), and the connector disconnects itself.
０１
To-right rear
To-left rear
To-left front
cardiagn.com
To-right front
10 mm FLARE NUT
15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 lbf·ft)
14 mm FLARE NUTS
30 N·m (3.1 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft)
6 mm NUTS
8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 6 lbf·ft)
B
6 mm BOLTS
C 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
4. Disconnect the six brake lines.
5. Remove the three 6 mm bolts, then remove the bracket (C) with the VSA modulator-control unit (D) from the body.
6. Remove the two 6 mm nuts, then remove the VSA modulator-control unit from the bracket.
19-94
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００６３６３５ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:46 61SJC020_190_0095
Installation
1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit to the bracket, then tighten the two 6 mm nuts.
2. Install the bracket with the VSA modulator-control unit, then tighten the three 6 mm bolts.
3. Reconnect the six brake lines, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque.
4. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector to the VSA modulator-control unit.
5. Lower the lock of the VSA modulator-control unit 46P connector, then confirm the connector is fully seated.
6. Bleed the brake system, starting with the front wheels (see page 19-9).
7. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators go off.
8. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators do not come on.
cardiagn.com
9. If the brake pedal is now spongy, there may be air trapped in the modulator and then induced into the normal
brake system during modulation. Bleed the brake system again, starting with the front wheels (see page 19-9).
19-95
07/05/09 16:51:46 61SJC020_190_0096
Wheel Sensor Inspection

1. Check the magnetic encoder (A) after cleaning. If 2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor (B)
necessary, replace the wheel bearing. and the magnetic encoder all the way around while
rotating the encoder.
• Front wheel bearing replacement (see page
18-13). Standard:
• Rear wheel bearing replacement (see page 18-28). Front: 0.5−1.5 mm (0.02−0.06 in.)
Rear: 0.5−1.5 mm (0.02−0.06 in.)
Front
０１
cardiagn.com
A
0.5−1.5 mm (0.02−0.06 in.)
Rear
０２
0.5−1.5 mm (0.02−0.06 in.)
19-96
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００６５３０１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:51:47 61SJC020_190_0097
Wheel Sensor Replacement

NOTE: Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires.
Front
０１
6 mm BOLT
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
cardiagn.com
WHEEL SENSOR
Rear
０２
WHEEL SENSOR
6 mm BOLTS
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
19-97
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｄ５２１０００６５３０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:26 61SJC020_200_0001
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If body maintenance is required)

Honda dealer.
cardiagn.com
airbags may deploy.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ２００１ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:27 61SJC020_200_0002
Body
Special Tools ............................................... 20-2 Moonroof
Component Location Index ....................... 20-45
Doors Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 20-46
Component Location Index-Front Door .... 20-3 Glass Position Adjustment ........................ 20-47
Component Location Index-Rear Door ..... 20-5 Glass Replacement ..................................... 20-47
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation ..... 20-7 Wind Deflector Replacement ..................... 20-48
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement .... 20-8 Drain Channel Replacement ...................... 20-49
Front Door Latch Replacement ................. 20-10 Sunshade Replacement ............................. 20-50
Front Door Glass and Regulator Motor Replacement .................................... 20-51
Replacement ............................................ 20-11 Frame and Drain Tube Replacement ........ 20-52
Front Door Glass Outer Molding Drain Channel Slider and Cable
Replacement ............................................ 20-12 Assembly Replacement .......................... 20-55
Front Door Weatherstrip Replacement .... 20-13 Limit Switch Adjustment ........................... 20-57
Front Door Side Sill Seal Replacement .... 20-14 Closing Force and Opening Drag Check ... 20-58
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation ...... 20-14
Rear Door Outer Handle Replacement ..... 20-16 Interior Trim
Rear Door Latch Replacement ................... 20-17 Component Location Index ....................... 20-59
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Trim Removal/Installation-Door Areas ..... 20-60
cardiagn.com
Replacement ............................................ 20-19 Trim Removal/Installation-Pillar Areas ..... 20-63
Rear Door Glass Outer Molding Rear Panel Insulator Replacement ............ 20-69
Replacement ............................................ 20-20 Headliner Removal/Installation ................. 20-70
Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement ...... 20-21 Carpet Replacement ................................... 20-74
Rear Door Side Sill Seal Replacement ...... 20-22
Front and Rear Door Glass Adjustment ... 20-23 Consoles
Front and Rear Door Position Center Console Removal/Installation ....... 20-76
Adjustment .............................................. 20-24 Center Console
Front and Rear Door Striker Disassembly/Reassembly ...................... 20-77
Adjustment .............................................. 20-25 Console Armrest Removal/Installation ..... 20-78
Console Armrest
Mirrors Disassembly/Reassembly ...................... 20-79
Component Location Index ....................... 20-26 Center Console Trim
Power Mirror Replacement ....................... 20-27 Disassembly/Reassembly ...................... 20-80
Mirror Holder Replacement ....................... 20-28
Rearview Mirror Replacement .................. 20-29 Dashboard
Instrument Panel Removal/Installation .... 20-81
Glass Driver’s Dashboard Lower Cover
Component Location Index ....................... 20-30 Removal/Installation ............................... 20-83
Windshield Replacement ........................... 20-32 Dashboard Center Lower Cover
Rear Window Replacement ....................... 20-37 Removal/Installation ............................... 20-84
Rear Window Middle Glass Regulator Dashboard Center Lower Cover
Replacement ............................................ 20-41 Disassembly/Reassembly ...................... 20-85
Rear Window Middle Glass Glove Box Removal/Installation ................ 20-85
Replacement ............................................ 20-43 Glove Box Damper Replacement .............. 20-86
Rear Window Glass Run Channel Glove Box Lock Replacement .................... 20-87
Replacement ............................................ 20-44 Glove Box Striker Bracket
Replacement ............................................ 20-87
Passenger’s Tray Replacement ................. 20-88
Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation ...... 20-88
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam
Removal/Installation ............................... 20-89
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam
Disassembly/Reassembly ...................... 20-93
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ２００１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:27 61SJC020_200_0003
Seats Fuel Fill Door

Component Location Index ....................... 20-96 Fuel Fill Door Adjustment .......................... 20-158
Front Seat Removal/Installation ................ 20-97
Front Seat Disassembly/Reassembly ....... 20-99 Pickup Bed
Front Seat Linkage Bed Rail Trim Replacement ....................... 20-159
Disassembly/Reassembly-Manual ........ 20-104 C-pillar Outer Trim Replacement .............. 20-160
Front Seat Linkage Front Bed Panel Removal/Installation ...... 20-161
Disassembly/Reassembly Side Bed Panel Removal/Installation ........ 20-162
-Manual Height Adjustable .................... 20-106 Bed Floor Removal/Installation ................. 20-163
Front Seat Linkage Rear Air Outlet Replacement ..................... 20-165
Disassembly/Reassembly In-Bed Trunk Lid Removal/Installation ..... 20-166
-10-Way Power ........................................ 20-108 In-Bed Trunk Lid Hinge Replacement ....... 20-168
Front Seat Lumbar Support In-Bed Trunk Lid Alignment ....................... 20-169
Replacement ............................................ 20-110 In-Bed Trunk Lid Weatherstrip
Front Seat-back Cover Replacement ........ 20-111 Replacement ............................................ 20-170
Front Seat Cushion Cover
Replacement ............................................ 20-114 Exterior Trim
Rear Seat Removal/Installation ................. 20-117 Front Bulkhead Cover Replacement ......... 20-171
cardiagn.com
Rear Seat Leg Guide Replacement ........... 20-120 Front Grille Replacement ........................... 20-172
Rear Seat Armrest Replacement ............... 20-121 Cowl Cover Replacement ........................... 20-173
Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Roof Molding Replacement ....................... 20-174
Replacement ............................................ 20-122 Rear Roof Trim Replacement .................... 20-175
Rear Seat Cushion Emblem/Sticker Replacement ................... 20-177
Disassembly/Reassembly ...................... 20-123
Rear Seat Cushion Handle Fenderwell
Replacement ............................................ 20-126 Front Inner Fender Replacement .............. 20-178
Rear Seat Cushion Pivot Cable Front Splash Shield Replacement ............. 20-179
Replacement ............................................ 20-127 Front Fender Fairing Replacement ........... 20-180
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement ......... 20-129 Left Front Splash Guard Reinforcement
Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement .... 20-130 Replacement ............................................ 20-180
Rear Seat Armrest Cover Replacement .... 20-131 Rear Fender Cover Replacement .............. 20-181
Bumpers Openers
Front Bumper Removal/Installation .......... 20-132 Component Location Index ....................... 20-182
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation ........... 20-133 Hood Opener Cable Replacement ............. 20-183
Rear Bumper Step Replacement ............... 20-134 Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable
Replacement ............................................ 20-184
Hood Hood Latch Replacement ........................... 20-185
Hood Adjustment ....................................... 20-135 Fuel Fill Door Opener Replacement .......... 20-186
Hood Seal Replacement ............................. 20-136 In-Bed Trunk Lid Latch Replacement ........ 20-187
In-Bed Trunk Lid Opener Replacement .... 20-188
Tailgate In-Bed Trunk Lid Lock Cylinder
Component Location Index ....................... 20-137 Replacement ............................................ 20-190
Tailgate Lock-out Override ........................ 20-139
Tailgate Trim Panel Frame
Removal/Installation ............................... 20-140 Trailer Hitch Replacement ......................... 20-191
Tailgate Upper Handle Replacement ........ 20-141 Subframe Replacement ............................. 20-192
Tailgate Lower Handle Replacement ........ 20-141 Frame Repair Chart .................................... 20-198
Tailgate Latch Synchronizer
Replacement ............................................ 20-142
Left Tailgate Upper Latch Replacement ... 20-143
Left Tailgate Lower Hinge
Replacement ............................................ 20-145
Right Tailgate Upper Latch
Replacement ............................................ 20-146
Right Tailgate Lower Hinge-latch
Replacement ............................................ 20-147
Tailgate Support Cable Replacement ....... 20-149
Tailgate Removal ........................................ 20-149
Tailgate Installation/Adjustment ............... 20-151
07/05/09 17:01:28 61SJC020_200_0004
Body
Special Tools
07AAG-SJCA100 Tailgate Height Step Gauge 1
07AAG-SJCA200 Tailgate Left Hinge Alignment Fixture 1
０１
０１
cardiagn.com
20-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ２００１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:29 61SJC020_200_0005
Doors
Component Location Index - Front Door
＊０１
DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
DOOR
Position Adjustment,
page 20-24
DOOR GLASS
OUTER MOLDING
Replacement,
page 20-12
HINGE
cardiagn.com
DOOR CHECKER
HINGE
SPEAKER
DOOR SIDE SILL SEAL
PULL POCKET LID
PLASTIC COVER
DOOR GLASS INNER
WEATHERSTRIP
POWER WINDOW POWER MIRROR
SWITCH PANEL SWITCH
COURTESY LIGHT
SUBHARNESS
GRIP BASE
POWER REAR
WINDOW
SWITCH
Passenger’s
POWER POWER WINDOW
WINDOW SWITCH PANEL
SWITCH
GRIP COVER COURTESY

LIGHT LENS
GRIP
BRACKET DOOR PANEL
Replacement,
page 20-7 POWER
WINDOW
SWITCH
(cont’d)
20-3
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７０００００ＤＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 17:01:31 61SJC020_200_0006
Doors
Component Location Index - Front Door (cont’d)
＊０２
IMMOBILIZER LABEL or GLASS RUN CHANNEL
IMMOBILIZER and
SECURITY LABEL
GLASS
CENTER LOWER
CHANNEL
cardiagn.com
FRONT LOWER
CHANNEL
OUTER HANDLE
PROTECTOR
REGULATOR
OUTER HANDLE
Replacement,
page 20-8
INNER HANDLE
COVER
KEY CYLINDER LOCK KNOB
SWITCH
INNER HANDLE CABLE
LOCK CABLE
STRIKER
Adjustment,
page 20-25
LATCH PROTECTOR
LATCH
Replacement,
page 20-10
POWER DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
20-4
07/05/09 17:01:32 61SJC020_200_0007
Component Location Index - Rear Door
＊０１
DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
QUARTER
INNER TRIM DOOR
Position Adjustment,
page 20-24
DOOR GLASS
OUTER MOLDING
Replacement,
page 20-20
cardiagn.com
PLASTIC COVER
HINGE
DOOR CHECKER
SPEAKER
HINGE
ARMREST COURTESY
LIGHT LENS
DOOR GLASS DOOR SIDE SILL SEAL
INNER Replacement, page 20-22
WEATHERSTRIP
PULL POCKET LID
DOOR PANEL
BRACKET
POWER WINDOW
SWITCH PANEL
DOOR PANEL
Replacement,
page 20-14
POWER WINDOW
SWITCH
(cont’d)
20-5
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２０００００ＤＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 17:01:34 61SJC020_200_0008
Doors
Component Location Index - Rear Door (cont’d)
＊０２
GLASS RUN CHANNEL
REAR LOWER
CHANNEL
GLASS
cardiagn.com
ULEV STICKER
Replacement,
page 20-177
CENTER LOWER
CHANNEL
OUTER HANDLE
PROTECTOR REGULATOR
INNER HANDLE
ROD PROTECTOR COVER
OUTER HANDLE
Replacement,
page 20-16
INNER HANDLE CABLE

LOCK KNOB
LOCK CABLE
STRIKER
Adjustment,
page 20-25
LATCH PROTECTOR
LATCH
Replacement,
page 20-17
POWER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
20-6
07/05/09 17:01:35 61SJC020_200_0009
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 5. Remove the screw from under the pull pocket lid
• KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 (A).
• Trim pad remover, Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, ０３
Fastener Location
Available through the American Honda Tool and : Screw, 1
A
Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857
NOTE:
• Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to
avoid damage when prying components.
• Take care not to scratch the door and related parts.
1. Lower the glass fully.
2. Remove the mirror mount cover (see step 2 on

page 20-27).
cardiagn.com
3. Pull back the inner handle knob (A). Using a trim
tool, push on the lower hook (B) and pivot the cover
(C) on the upper hooks (D), then remove the cover.
０１
6. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as
possible to avoid creasing or breaking it.
A
D –1 Remove the screws (B).
–2 Use a commercially available trim pad
remover to detach the clips (C).
–3 Starting at the rear, pull the door panel upward,
C
then release the lock knob (D).
NOTE: To avoid damaging components inside

B
the door, do not use excessive force when
lifting up on the panel.
０４
Fastener Locations
4. Remove the screws, then remove the inner handle
B : Screw, 3 C : Clip, 8
(A), and disconnect the inner handle cable (B).
０２
Fastener Locations
B
: Screw, 2
B
B B
D
A
B
C
A C
C
C
C
A C
C
C
(cont’d)
20-7
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２１４０１ＫＤＡＴ１０
07/05/09 17:01:35 61SJC020_200_0010
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/ Front Door Outer Handle

Installation (cont’d) Replacement
7. Disconnect the courtesy light subharness NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
connector (A), power mirror switch connector (B)
(driver’s), power window switch connector (C), and 1. Raise the glass fully.
power rear window switch connector (D) (driver’s).
０５ 2. Remove these items:
C
• Door panel (see page 20-7)

• Plastic cover, as necessary (see step 2 on page
20-11)
A • Center lower channel (see step 3 on page 20-10)
(driver’s side only)
3. Remove the maintenance seal (A) from the rear of

the door, then disconnect the outer handle rod (B)
and cylinder rod (C) (driver’s).
cardiagn.com
０１
B B
D
8. Install the door panel in the reverse order of A

• Check if the clips are damaged or stress-

whitened, and if necessary, replace them with
new ones.
• Make sure the connectors are plugged in
properly, and the rod is connected securely.
• Push the clips into place securely.
• When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the C
plastic cover is installed properly and sealed
around its outside perimeter to seal out water.
4. Driver’s: Release the retainer clip (A) with a hook-
shaped tool, then remove the lock cylinder (B).
０２
20-8
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２１３０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:36 61SJC020_200_0011
5. With cylinder switch: Disconnect the cylinder 7. Release the hook (A), then pull the outer handle (B)
switch connector (A), and detach the harness clips out of the door panel. Take care not to scratch the
(B), then remove the cylinder switch (C). door.
０３０５
C B
A
B
A
cardiagn.com
6. Remove the bolts, and slide the outer handle 8. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal,
protector (A) to release the hook (B), then remove and note these items:
the outer handle protector.
０４ • Make sure the cylinder switch harness is routed
Fastener Locations
properly.
: Bolt, 2 • Make sure the cylinder switch connector is
plugged in properly, and each rod is connected
securely.
• Install the lock cylinder retaining clip on the
handle, then install the lock cylinder. Be sure the
clip is fully seated in the slot on the lock cylinder.
A • Make sure the door key cylinder/door locks
operate properly.
• Make sure the door handle works properly.
• When installing the lock cylinder, leave the outer
door handle bolts loose so the inner protector
does not interfere with the lock cylinder, then
B tighten the handle bolts.
6 x 1.0 mm • When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the
9.8 N·m plastic cover is installed properly and sealed
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft) around its outside perimeter to seal out water.
20-9
07/05/09 17:01:37 61SJC020_200_0012
Doors
Front Door Latch Replacement

NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 6. Disconnect the actuator connectors (A), and detach
the inner handle cable clip (B). Remove the screws
1. Raise the glass fully. securing the latch (C).
０３
Fastener Locations
2. Remove these items:
: Screw, 3
B
• Plastic cover, as necessary (see step 2 on page
20-11)
6 x 1.0 mm
6 N·m
3. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed, and (0.6 kgf·m,
remove the bolt, then remove the center lower 4 lbf·ft)
channel (B) by pulling it downward.
０１
Fastener Location
A
: Bolt, 1
C
A
cardiagn.com
7. Remove the latch (A) through the hole in the door.
Take care not to bend the outer handle rod (B),
A cylinder rod (C), lock cable (D), and inner handle
B
cable (E).
０４
D E
6 x 1.0 mm
8 N·m
(0.8 kgf·m,
6 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the maintenance seal from the rear of the B

door, then disconnect the outer handle rod and C
cylinder rod (see step 3 on page 20-8).
A
5. Remove the screw securing the lock knob (A).
０２
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
20-10
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２０８０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:37 61SJC020_200_0013
Front Door Glass and Regulator

Replacement
8. Remove the screw and release the hooks (A), then
remove the latch protector (B).
０５ NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1 1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-7).
B 2. Remove the plastic cover (A).
–1 Detach the harness clip (B) and remove the

caps (C).
–2 Slide the inner handle cable (D), the lock knob
A (E) and the harness (F) in through the hole in
the plastic cover.
A ０１
E D
C
C
cardiagn.com
9. Disconnect the inner handle cable (A) and lock
cable (B).
０６ A
B
F
3. Carefully raise the glass (A) until you can see the
bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass
out through the window slot. Take care not to drop
the glass inside the door.
B ０２
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2 A
10. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and
note these items:
• Make sure the actuator connectors are plugged in

properly and that the cables and each rod is
connected securely.
• Make sure the door locks and opens properly.
• When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
(cont’d)
20-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００２０３７１ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 17:01:38 61SJC020_200_0014
Doors
Front Door Glass and Regulator Front Door Glass Outer Molding
Replacement (cont’d) Replacement
4. Disconnect the connector (A) from the regulator (B). Special Tools Required
０３ KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014
Fastener Locations
C : Bolt, 2 D : Bolt, 5
Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m NOTE:
C (1.0 kgf·m, • Put on gloves to protect your hands.
7.2 lbf·ft)
• Take care not to scratch the door.
D • Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to
D A
B D D
1. Remove the power mirror (see page 20-27).
D C
2. Starting at the front, pull the door glass outer
molding (A) to release the clips (B).
cardiagn.com
5. Remove the bolts (C), and loosen the bolts (D), then ０１
remove the regulator through the hole in the door. A
6. Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding surfaces

of the regulator (A) where shown.
０４
7. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order

of removal, and note these items:
• Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves

freely without binding.
• Make sure that there is no clearance between the
glass and glass run channel when the glass is
closed.
• Adjust the position of the glass as necessary
(see page 20-23).
• Do the power window control unit reset
• Check for water leaks (see step 7 on page 20-23).
• Test-drive, and check for wind noise and rattles.
• Make sure the power door locks, windows, and
power mirror operate properly.
20-12
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２０３２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:39 61SJC020_200_0015
Front Door Weatherstrip

Replacement
3. Release from the rear portion of the glass outer
molding (A) from the glass run channel (B).
０２ NOTE:
• Use a clip remover to remove the clips.
1. Remove the door checker mounting bolt (A).

０１
Fastener Locations
A : Bolt, 1 B : Clip, 25 C : Clip, 2
B
A
D
B
D
cardiagn.com
C
A
B E
C
4. Install the glass outer molding in the reverse order
of removal, and note these items: B
B
• Check if the clips are damaged or stress- B
new ones.
• Make sure the rear portion of the glass outer B
weatherstrip connected to the glass run channel
properly.
A
8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m
2. Detach the clips (B, C), then remove the door

weatherstrip (D).
3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of


new ones.
• Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the
holder (E) securely.
• Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to
the door checker mounting bolt before
installation.
20-13
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２２０５１ＫＢＡＴ５０
07/05/09 17:01:39 61SJC020_200_0016
Doors
Front Door Side Sill Seal Rear Door Panel Removal/

Replacement Installation
NOTE: Special Tools Required

• Take care not to scratch the door. • KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014
• Use a clip remover to remove the clips. • Trim pad remover, Snap-on A 177A or equivalent,
1. Detach the clips, then remove the door side sill seal Available through the American Honda Tool and
(A). Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857
０１
Fastener Locations
NOTE:
: Clip, 12 • Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to
• Take care not to scratch the door and related parts.
1. Lower the glass fully.
2. Pull back the upper portion of the door quarter
cardiagn.com
A inner trim (A) to detach the clip.
０１
Fastener Location
: Clip, 1
2. Install the side sill seal in the reverse order of

• Check if the clips are damaged or stress- A

new ones.
3. Release the hooks (A), then remove the door

quarter inner trim (B) to detach the clip.
０２
20-14
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２１５９１ＫＢＡＴ０２ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２２１４０１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:40 61SJC020_200_0017
4. Pull back the inner handle knob (A). Using a trim 6. Remove the screw from under the pull pocket lid
tool, push on the lower hook (B) and pivot the cover (A).
(C) on the upper hooks (D), then remove the cover. ０５
Fastener Location
０３
: Screw, 1
A
D
cardiagn.com
7. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as
5. Remove the screws and inner handle (A) to release possible to avoid creasing or breaking it.
the hooks (B, C), then disconnect the inner handle
cable (D). –1 Use a commercially available trim pad
０４ remover to detach the clips.
Fastener Locations D
–2 Starting at the rear, pull the door panel upward,
: Screw, 2 then release the lock knob (B).
NOTE: To avoid damaging components inside

the door, do not use excessive force when
A
lifting up on the panel.
A ０６
B Fastener Locations
: Clip, 7
(cont’d)
20-15
07/05/09 17:01:40 61SJC020_200_0018
Doors
Rear Door Panel Removal/ Rear Door Outer Handle

Installation (cont’d) Replacement
8. Disconnect the courtesy light bulb socket (A) and NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
the power window switch connector (B).
０７ 1. Remove these items:
B
• Rear door glass (see page 20-19)
• Rear lower channel (see step 2 on page 20-17)
2. Remove the maintenance seal (A) from the rear of

the door, then disconnect the outer handle rod (B).
０１
B
A
cardiagn.com
9. Install the door panel in the reverse order of
• Check if the clips are damaged or stress- A

new ones.
• Make sure the connectors are plugged in
properly, and that the cable and the courtesy
light bulb socket are connected properly. 3. Loosen the nut (A), and remove the bolt (B), then
• Make sure the window and power door lock remove the rod protector (C).
operate properly. ０２
Fastener Locations
A : Nut, 1 B : Bolt, 1
B
6 x 1.0 mm
8 N·m
6 x 1.0 mm (0.8 kgf·m,
9.8 N·m 6 lbf·ft)
(1.0 kgf·m, A
7.2 lbf·ft)
20-16
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２２１３０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:41 61SJC020_200_0019
Rear Door Latch Replacement

4. Remove the bolt, and slide the outer handle NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
protector (A) to release the hook (B), then remove
the outer handle protector. 1. Remove these items:
０３
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1 • Rear door glass (see page 20-19)
2. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed, and

remove the bolt, then remove the rear lower
A channel (B) by pulling it downward.
０１
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1
A
B
6 x 1.0 mm
cardiagn.com
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
5. Release the hook (A), then pull the outer handle (B) 8 N·m
(0.8 kgf·m, B
out of the door panel. Take care not to scratch the 6 lbf·ft)
door.
０４
3. Remove the maintenance seal from the rear of the

door, then disconnect the outer handle rod (see
4. Remove the nut and bolt then remove the rod

protector (see step 3 on page 20-16).
5. Remove the screw securing the lock knob (A).

B ０２
Fastener Location
A : Screw, 1
6. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal,

and note these items:
A
• Make sure the rod is connected securely.
• Make sure the door handle works properly before
closing the door.
(cont’d)
20-17
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２２０８０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:42 61SJC020_200_0020
Doors
Rear Door Latch Replacement (cont’d)

6. Disconnect the actuator connectors (A), and detach 8. Remove the screw and release the hooks (A), then
the inner handle cable clip (B). Remove the screws remove the latch protector (B).
(C, D) securing the latch (E). ０５
Fastener Location
０３
Fastener Locations : Screw, 1
C : Screw, 2 D : Screw, 1
B
D C
Inside A
C
D A
C
C
B
cardiagn.com
6 x 1.0 mm
6 N·m E 9. Disconnect the inner handle cable (A) and lock
(0.6 kgf·m, A cable (B).
4 lbf·ft)
０６
B
7. Remove the latch (A) with the protector through the
hole in the door. Take care not to bend the outer
handle rod (B), lock cable (C), and inner handle
cable (D).
０４
C
B
A
A D 10. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and

note these items:
• Make sure the actuator connectors are plugged in

properly and that the cables and each rod are
connected securely.
• Make sure the door locks and opens properly.
20-18
07/05/09 17:01:42 61SJC020_200_0021
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement

NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 4. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the
bolts, then remove them. Carefully lower the glass.
1. Remove these items: Take care not to drop the glass inside the door.
０７
Fastener Locations
• Rear glass outer molding (see page 20-20) : Bolt, 2
2. Remove the plastic cover (A).
–1 Remove the caps (B).

–2 Remove the screws, then remove the panel
bracket (C).
–3 Slide the inner handle cable (D), lock knob (E), A
courtesy light bulb socket (F) and the harness
(G) in through the hole in the plastic cover.
–4 Remove the plastic cover.
０５
cardiagn.com
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2
E A D
6 x 1.0 mm
B 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
G
5. Rotate the glass as shown, and carefully remove
C the glass (A) out through the window opening. Take
care not to drop the glass inside the door.
B
０８
A
3. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed, and

remove the bolt, then remove the center lower
channel (B) by pulling it downward.
０６
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1
B
6 x 1.0 mm
8 N·m
(0.8 kgf·m,
6 lbf·ft)
(cont’d)
20-19
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００２０３７１ＫＢＡＴ５０
07/05/09 17:01:43 61SJC020_200_0022
Doors
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Rear Door Glass Outer Molding
Replacement (cont’d) Replacement
6. Disconnect the connector (A) from the regulator (B). Special Tools Required
＊０１ KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014
Fastener Locations
C : Bolt, 2 D : Bolt, 5
6 x 1.0 mm Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft) NOTE:
• Put on gloves to protect your hands.
C
• Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to
D avoid damage when prying components.
D
D
B D 1. Lower the glass fully.
D 2. Starting at the front, pull the door glass outer

C A
molding (A) to release the clips (B).
cardiagn.com
7. Remove the bolts (C), and loosen the bolts (D), then ０１
remove the regulator through the hole in the door.
8. Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding surfaces A

１０
A
9. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order

• Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves

freely without binding.
• Make sure that there is no clearance between the
closed.
• Adjust the position of the glass as necessary
(see page 20-23).
• Test-drive, and check for wind noise and rattles.
• Make sure the power door locks and windows
operate properly.
20-20
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２２０３２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:44 61SJC020_200_0023
Rear Door Weatherstrip

Replacement
3. Release from the front portion of the glass outer
molding (A) from the glass run channel (B).
０２ NOTE:
A
1. Remove the door checker mounting bolt (A).

０１
Fastener Locations
B A : Bolt, 1 B : Clip, 17 C : Clip, 1
A
D
B D
cardiagn.com
C E
4. Install the glass outer molding in the reverse order

B
• Check if the clips are damaged or stress- B

whitened, and if necessary, replace them with B
new ones.
• Make sure the rear portion of the glass outer
weatherstrip catch the glass run channel properly. B
A
8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m
2. Detach the clips (B, C), then remove the door

weatherstrip (D).
3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of


new ones.
• Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the
holder (E) securely.
• Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to
the door checker mounting bolt before
installation.
20-21
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２２２０５１ＫＢＡＴ５０
07/05/09 17:01:44 61SJC020_200_0024
Doors
Rear Door Side Sill Seal Replacement

NOTE:
1. Detach the clips, then remove the door side sill seal
(A).
０１
Fastener Locations
: Clip, 11
cardiagn.com
2. Install the side sill seal in the reverse order of

new ones.
20-22
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１６６２２１５５１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 17:01:44 61SJC020_200_0025
Front and Rear Door Glass Adjustment

NOTE: 5. Check that the glass moves smoothly.
• Check the weatherstrips and glass run channel for
damage or deterioration, and replace them if 6. Raise the glass fully, and check for gaps. Check that
necessary. the glass (A) contacts the glass run channel (B)
• Wipe the run channel clean with a shop towel. evenly.
• Lubricate the run channel with Shin-Etsu silicone ０３
grease P/N 08798-9013.
1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface.
• Door panel:
– Front door (see page 20-7)
– Rear door (see page 20-14)
A
• Plastic cover:
– Front door (see step 2 on page 20-11)
cardiagn.com
– Rear door (see step 2 on page 20-19)
B
3. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the
glass mounting bolts (B), then loosen them. 7. Check for water leaks. Run water over the roof and
on the sealing area as shown, and note these items:
Front door
０１ • Use a 12 mm (1/2 in.) diameter hose (A).
A • Adjust the rate of water flow as shown (B).
• Do not use a nozzle.
• Hold the hose about 300 mm (12 in.) away from
the door.
０４
C
12 mm (1/2 in.)
0.5 m (18 in.)
A
B
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
B
Rear door
０２
A
300 mm (12 in.)
C
B
6 x 1.0 mm 8. Attach the plastic cover making sure it is sealed
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
around its outside perimeter to seal out water, then
4. Push the glass against the channel (C), then tighten install the door panel.
the glass mounting bolts.
9. Test-drive, and check for wind noise and rattles.
20-23
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００２０３７１ＭＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 17:01:45 61SJC020_200_0026
Doors
Front and Rear Door Position Adjustment

NOTE: Check for a flush fit with the body, then check for Rear door
equal gaps between the front, rear, and bottom door ０２
E
edges and the body. Check that the door and body 8 x 1.25 mm
edges are parallel. Before adjusting, replace the 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft)
mounting bolts.
F
1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when 8 x 1.25 mm
adjusting the doors. 29 N·m
(3.0 kgf·m,
22 lbf·ft)
2. Adjust at the hinges (A):
A
• Pad a floor jack (B) with shop towels (C), then use E
the jack to support the door to prevent damage to 8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m,
the door while adjusting it. 22 lbf·ft)
• On the front door: Remove the front inner fender
(see page 20-178) and front fender fairing
(see page 20-180). Loosen the hinge mounting C F
cardiagn.com
bolts (D) slightly, and move the door backward or B 8 x 1.25 mm
forward, up or down as necessary to equalize the 29 N·m
A (3.0 kgf·m,
gaps. 22 lbf·ft)
• On the rear door: Loosen the hinge mounting
bolts (E) slightly, and move the door backward or
forward, up or down as necessary to equalize the 3. If necessary, replace the door mounting bolts with
gaps. the adjusting bolts (P/N 90102-SFA-305) made
specifically for door adjustment, then adjust at the
Front door door: Loosen the door mounting bolts (F) slightly,
０１ and move the door up or down as necessary to
A equalize the gaps, and in or out until it’s flush with
F the body.
8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m
(3.0 kgf·m,
22 lbf·ft)
D
8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m
B F
8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m
D (3.0 kgf·m,
8 x 1.25 mm A 22 lbf·ft)
29 N·m
(3.0 kgf·m,
22 lbf·ft)
20-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７０００００ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:45 61SJC020_200_0027
Front and Rear Door Striker

Adjustment
4. Check that the door and body edges are parallel. If
necessary, adjust the door cushions (A) to make the
rear of the doors flush with the body. Make sure the door latches securely without slamming
０３ it. If necessary, adjust the striker (A): The striker can be
adjusted slightly up or down, and in or out.
1. Loosen the screws (B).

０１
A
A A
cardiagn.com
A
5. Apply touch-up paint to the hinge mounting bolts,

and around the hinges. B
8 x 1.25 mm
18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft)
6. Check for water leaks (see step 7 on page 20-23).
2. Wrap the striker with a shop towel, then adjust the
striker by tapping it with a plastic hammer (C). Do
not tap the striker too hard.
3. Lightly tighten the screws.
4. Hold the outer handle out, and push the door

against the body to be sure the striker allows a
flush fit. If the door latches properly, tighten the
screws and recheck.
20-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１６１２６７２１７０１ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:47 61SJC020_200_0028
Mirrors
＊０１
POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR
POWER MIRROR
cardiagn.com
MIRROR MOUNT COVER
MIRROR HOLDER
＊０２
Without Compass With Compass
MIRROR
HARNESS
UPPER COVER
MIRROR HARNESS
MOUNT MOUNT LOWER COVER
REARVIEW MIRROR REARVIEW MIRROR

20-26
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:47 61SJC020_200_0029
Power Mirror Replacement

1. Lower the door glass fully. 6. While holding the mirror, push in on the connector
clips (A), then push out to remove the mirror (B).
2. With your hand, carefully release the clip, lift the Take care not to scratch the door.
cover upward to release the hooks (A), and remove ０３
the cover (B) in the sequence shown.
０１
Fastener Location
: Clip, 1
B A
B
cardiagn.com
7. Install the mirror in the reverse order of removal,
3. Remove the front door panel (see page 20-7). and note these items:
4. Disconnect the connector (A). • Make sure the connector is plugged in properly.
０２ • When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the
Fastener Locations
: Nut, 3 5 x 0.8 mm around its outside perimeter to seal out water.
5 N·m
(0.5 kgf·m,
4 lbf·ft)
5. While holding the mirror, remove the nuts securing

the mirror.
20-27
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００４４０５１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:01:48 61SJC020_200_0030
Mirrors
Mirror Holder Replacement

NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 3. Twist the screwdriver to release the clips (A) from
the actuator (B). Carefully pull out the bottom edge
1. Carefully push on the top edge of the mirror holder of the mirror holder (C), then separate the mirror
(A) by hand. holder from the actuator by releasing the hooks (D).
０１ Disconnect the mirror defogger connectors (E) from
A the heater pad terminals.
０２
A
C
A
D
cardiagn.com
B E
B
C
4. Reconnect the mirror defogger connectors.
5. Reattach the hooks of the mirror holder to the

actuator, then position the mirror holder on the
actuator. Carefully push on the clip portions of the
2. Put a shop towel in the opening between the lower mirror holder until the mirror holder locks into
edge of the mirror holder and the mirror housing place.
(B) to prevent scratches. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver
wrapped with protective tape through the slot (C) at 6. Check the operation of the actuator.
the bottom of the mirror holder.
20-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００４４０２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:31 61SJC020_200_0031
Rearview Mirror Replacement

1. With compass: Slide the mirror harness upper 3. Turn the rearview mirror base (A) 90 °.
cover (A) forward, then remove the mirror harness ０３
lower cover (B).
０１
A B
cardiagn.com
4. Slide the rearview mirror (A) down toward the
2. With compass: Disconnect the connector (A). bottom of the windshield to detach it from the
０２ spring (B) in the mount (C).
０４
B
5. If necessary, remove the spring from the mount.
6. Install the rearview mirror in the reverse order of

removal.
20-29
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００３４６５１ＫＢＡＴ２０
07/05/09 17:02:32 61SJC020_200_0032
Glass
＊０１
UPPER RUBBER DAM
(Required for replacement or reinstallation)
MOLDING UPPER SEAL, 2 UPPER FASTENER, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, glass side)
UPPER FASTENER, 2
(Clip-type, body side)
cardiagn.com
WINDSHIELD MOLDING (Required for replacement or reinstallation)
MOLDING RUBBER, 2
NON WOVEN FABRIC, 2
MOLDING SIDE SEAL, 2
SIDE RUBBER DAM, 2

UPPER RUBBER DAM
DASHBOARD SEAL
WINDSHIELD LOWER RUBBER DAM

20-30
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:33 61SJC020_200_0033
＊０２
REAR WINDOW
FASTENER, 4
UPPER SPACER (Self-adhesive-type, glass side)
cardiagn.com
FASTENER, 4
(Self-adhesive-type,
body side)
MOTOR BRACKET REAR WINDOW GLASS RUN CHANNEL

REAR WINDOW SLIDER SWITCH
REAR WINDOW MIDDLE GLASS

REAR WINDOW
MIDDLE GLASS REGULATOR
20-31
07/05/09 17:02:34 61SJC020_200_0034
Glass
Windshield Replacement
NOTE: 5. If the old windshield will be reinstalled, make
• Put on gloves to protect your hands. alignment marks across the glass and body with a
• Wear eye protection when removing the glass with grease pencil.
piano wire.
• Use seat covers to avoid damaging the seat. 6. Pull down the front portion of the headliner
• When replacing a broken windshield, a commercially (see page 20-70). Take care not to bend the
available windshield cutter can be efficiently used for headliner excessively, or you may crease or break
cutting the adhesive. For details, follow the it.
instructions of the manufacturer of the tool.
• Do not damage the windshield defogger grid lines 7. Apply protective tape along the edge of the
and defogger terminals. dashboard and body. Using an awl, make a hole
through the rubber dam, adhesive, and dashboard
1. Remove these items: seal from inside the vehicle at the corner portion of
the glass. Push a piece of piano wire through the
• Rearview mirror (see page 20-29) hole, and wrap each end around a piece of wood.
• A-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-63)
• Windshield wiper arms (see page 22-237) 8. Apply the protective plastic plates (A) between the
cardiagn.com
• Cowl cover (see page 20-173) dashboard (B) and piano wire (C) and between the
• Right tweeter grille (see step 7 on page 20-90) windshield (D) and piano wire. With a helper on the
outside, pull the piano wire back and forth in a
2. Lower the glove box (see page 20-85). sawing motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the
windshield as possible to prevent damage to the
3. Disconnect the windshield defogger connector (A) body and dashboard. Carefully cut through the
through the glove box opening, and pull out the rubber dam and adhesive (E) around the entire
windshield defogger harness (B) from the tweeter windshield. Take care not to damage the
grille opening in the dashboard (C). windshield defogger harness (F).
０１０３
C
C
F
B
D
A A
E
C
4. Remove the molding (A) from the edge of the D
windshield (B). If necessary, cut the molding with a A
utility knife.
０２ A B
B
E
20-32
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００６５５０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:34 61SJC020_200_0035
Cutting positions 13. Attach the upper rubber dam (A), side rubber dams
＊０１ (B), and lower rubber dam (C) with adhesive tape.
E C
C Apply primer where the fasteners (D) are to be
applied, then attach the fasteners with adhesive
tape and dashboard seal (E) to the inside face of the
windshield (F) as shown:
C
C • Be sure the rubber dams, fasteners, and
dashboard seal line up with the alignment marks
(G).
• Be careful not to touch the windshield where
adhesive will be applied.
Rubber dams adhesive tape:

C C
Thickness 0.16 mm (0.006 in.)
D
Width 4 mm (0.16 in.)
Fasteners and dashboard seals adhesive tape:
cardiagn.com
9. Carefully remove the windshield. Thickness 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
Width 7.5 mm (0.30 in.)
10. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive until ＊０３
smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on : Apply primer here.
the bonding surface around the entire windshield G G
A B
opening flange: D 12 mm
(0.47 in.)
• Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the A Inside F
body; damaged paint will interfere with proper
A D B
bonding.
B 12 mm
• Remove the rubber dam and fasteners from the (0.47 in.)
body.
Inside
11. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge

dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, E F
keep oil, grease and water from getting on the B
clean surface.
G
12. If the old windshield will be reinstalled, use a putty C
knife to scrape off all of the old adhesive, the E
rubber dam and the dashboard seal from the F
windshield. Clean the inside face and the edge of C
132 mm
the windshield with isopropyl alcohol where new (5.2 in.) F
adhesive is to be applied. Make sure the bonding
surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease. 12 mm
(0.47 in.)
C
(cont’d)
20-33
07/05/09 17:02:35 61SJC020_200_0036
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont’d)

14. Apply primer to the edge of the windshield 16. Attach the molding upper seals (A), molding lower
between the alignment marks (A). Be careful not to seals (B), and non woven fabric (C) to the inside
touch the windshield where adhesive will be surface of the molding (D), and attach the molding
applied. rubbers (E) with the adhesive tape to the inside
０６ surface of the molding lip (F) as shown:
: Apply primer here.
A • Be sure the molding upper seal and molding side

seal line up with the alignment dots (G).
• Be sure the molding rubber lines up with the
alignment mark (H) of the molding.
Molding rubber adhesive tape:

A Thickness 0.16 mm (0.006 in.)
０８
cardiagn.com
Alignment dot location
G
G H
15. Attach the molding (A) with adhesive tape (B) to the
edge of the windshield (C): E H D
C A
F D
• Be sure the alignment mark (D) of the molding
lines up with the alignment mark (E) of the E
windshield. D
Adhesive tape: Thickness 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)

＊０２
D A
A
E G
B B
C
D
20-34
07/05/09 17:02:35 61SJC020_200_0037
17. Install the fasteners to the body. 19. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer
０９ around the edge of the windshield (A) between the
Fastener Locations
upper rubber dam (B), side rubber dams (C), lower
: Fastener, 2 rubber dam (D), and molding (E) as shown, then
lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth:
• Apply glass primer to the molding.

• Do not apply body primer to the windshield, and
do not get the body and glass primer sponges
mixed up.
• Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the
windshield properly, causing a leak after the
windshield is installed.
• Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away
from the primed surfaces.
１１
cardiagn.com
18. Set the windshield in the opening, and center it. : Apply glass primer here.
Make alignment marks (A) across the windshield
and body with a grease pencil at the four points 12 mm
(0.47 in.) E
shown. Be careful not to touch the windshield
where adhesive will be applied. B Inside
E A
１０
C 12 mm
(0.47 in.)
C
B Inside
D
A
E
Inside
A
D
(cont’d)
20-35
07/05/09 17:02:36 61SJC020_200_0038
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont’d)

20. With a sponge, carefully apply a light coat of body 22. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead
primer to any exposed paint around the flange of adhesive (A) around the edge of the windshield
where new adhesive will be applied. Let the primer (B) between the upper rubber dam (C), side rubber
dry for at least 10 minutes: dams (D), lower rubber dam (E), and molding (F) as
shown. Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after
• Do not apply body primer to any remaining applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker
original adhesive on the flange. bead at each corner.
• Be careful not to mix up the body and glass １４
2 mm
primer sponges. (0.08 in.)
• Never touch the primed surface with your hands. 13 mm A F
A
１２ (0.51 in.)
: Apply body primer to any exposed paint as shown. 8 mm
(0.31 in.) 1.5 mm
20 mm (0.059 in.)
(0.79 in.) B
20 mm F C Inside
A
(0.79 in.)
cardiagn.com
1.5 mm
D (0.059 in.)
C D A
Inside
E
B
20 mm F
(0.79 in.)
B
Inside
E
A
21. Cut a ‘‘V’’ in the end of the nozzle (A) on the B
2.5 mm
adhesive cartridge as shown. (0.098 in.)
１３
13 mm (0.51 in.)
8 mm (0.31 in.)
20-36
07/05/09 17:02:36 61SJC020_200_0039
Rear Window Replacement

23. Use suction cups to hold the windshield over the NOTE:
opening, align it with the alignment marks made in • Put on gloves to protect your hands.
step 18, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly • Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface.
push on the windshield until its edges are fully
seated on the adhesive all the way around. 1. Remove these items:
NOTE: Do not open or close the doors for about an • Rear seat assembly (see page 20-117)
hour until the adhesive is dry. • C-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-68)
• Rear seat belt lower anchor, both sides (see step
24. Scrape or wipe any excess adhesive off with a 2 on page 24-7)
putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a • Rear seat side trim, both sides (see step 9 on
painted surface or the windshield, wipe with a soft page 20-62)
shop towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. • Subwoofer, for some models (see page 23-60)
• Rear panel insulator (see page 20-69)
25. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the • Rear window middle glass regulator (see page
windshield and check for leaks. Mark leaking areas, 20-41)
and let the windshield dry, then seal with sealant:
cardiagn.com
2. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner as
• Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after needed (see page 20-70).
windshield installation. If the vehicle has to be
used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven 3. From inside the vehicle, use a utility knife (A) to cut
slowly. through the adhesive (B) all the way around:
• Keep the windshield dry for the first hour after
installation. • If the rear window (C) will be reinstalled, take
care not to damage the molding (D).
26. Reinstall all removed parts. Install the rearview • Apply protective tape along the edge of the entire
mirror after the adhesive has dried thoroughly. rear window opening flange.
Advise the customer not to do the following things ０１
for 2 to 3 days:
• Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. D B
• Twist the body excessively (such as when going A
in and out of driveways at an angle or driving
over rough, uneven roads).
4. Carefully remove the rear window. Check the

molding for damage, and replace the rear window
if necessary.
(cont’d)
20-37
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００５０４６１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:37 61SJC020_200_0040
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont’d)

5. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth 8. Attach the fasteners (A) with adhesive tape to the
to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the rear window molding (B) as shown:
bonding surface around the entire rear window
opening flange: • Be sure the fasteners line up with the alignment
marks (C) and molding shapes (D).
• Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the • Be careful not to touch the rear window molding
body; damaged paint will interfere with proper where adhesive will be applied.
bonding.
• Remove the fasteners from the body. Adhesive tape: Thickness 0.6 mm (0.03 in.)
Width 7.5 mm (0.3 in.)
6. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge ０２
dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, A
keep oil, grease and water from getting on the
C
surface. C
7. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, use a

putty knife to scrape off all of the old adhesive and
cardiagn.com
the fasteners from the rear window molding. Clean
B
the inside face and the edge of the rear window
molding with isopropyl alcohol where new
adhesive will be applied. Make sure the bonding
surface is kept free of water, oil and grease.
20-38
07/05/09 17:02:37 61SJC020_200_0041
9. Attach the fasteners with adhesive tape to the rear 12. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer
window opening flange of the body on both sides. along the edge of the rear window molding (A) as
shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or
Adhesive tape: Thickness 0.6 mm (0.03 in.) cheesecloth:
Width 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
０３ • Do not apply body primer to the rear window,
Fastener Locations
and do not get body and glass primer sponges
: Fastener, 4 mixed up.
• Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the rear
window properly, causing a leak after the rear
window is installed.
• Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away
from the primed surfaces.
０５
: Apply glass primer here.
12 mm
cardiagn.com
(0.47 in.)
A
Inside
10. Set the rear window in the opening, and center it. A
Make alignment marks (A) across the rear window
and body with a grease pencil at the four points
shown. Make sure insert nuts (B) are aligned in the
body holes (inside). Be careful not to touch the rear
window molding where adhesive will be applied.
０４
12 mm
(0.47 in.)
A
Inside
A Inside
12 mm
(0.47 in.)
11. Remove the rear window.
(cont’d)
20-39
07/05/09 17:02:38 61SJC020_200_0042
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont’d)

13. With a sponge, carefully apply a light coat of body 15. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead
primer to any exposed paint around the flange of adhesive (A) around the edge of the rear window
where new adhesive will be applied. Let the primer molding (B) as shown. Apply the adhesive within
dry for at least 10 minutes: 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a
slightly thicker bead at each corner.
• Do not apply body primer to any remaining ０８
original adhesive on the flange. 2 mm
(0.08 in.) B
• Be careful not to mix up the body and glass A
13 mm
primer sponges. (0.51 in.)
2 mm
• Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. (0.08 in.)
8 mm
０６ (0.31 in.) A
: Apply body primer to any exposed paint as shown.
20 mm Inside
20 mm (0.79 in.) A
(0.79 in.)
cardiagn.com
2 mm B
(0.08 in.)
3 mm A
(0.11 in.)
Inside Inside
A
B
2 mm
20 mm (0.08 in.)
(0.79 in.) B
14. Cut a ‘‘V’’ in the end of the nozzle (A) on the

adhesive cartridge as shown.
０７
13 mm (0.51 in.)
8 mm (0.31 in.)
20-40
07/05/09 17:02:38 61SJC020_200_0043
Rear Window Middle Glass

Regulator Replacement
16. Use suction cups to hold the rear window over the
opening, align it with the alignment marks you
made in step 10, and set it down on the adhesive. NOTE:
Lightly push on the rear window until its edges are • Put on gloves to protect your hands.
fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. • Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels.
NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for 1. Remove these items:
about an hour until the adhesive is dry.
• Rear seat assembly (see page 20-117)
17. Scrape or wipe any excess adhesive off with a • C-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-68)
putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a • Rear seat belt lower anchor (see step 2 on page
painted surface or the rear window, use a soft shop 24-7)
towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. • Rear seat side trim, both sides (see step 9 on
page 20-62)
18. After the adhesive has dried, then spray water over • Subwoofer, for some models (see page 23-60)
the rear window and check for leaks. Mark any • Rear panel insulator (see page 20-69)
leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then seal
cardiagn.com
with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 2. Remove the rear window middle glass mounting
4 hours after rear window installation. If the vehicle bolts.
has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be ０１
Fastener Locations
driven slowly.
: Bolt, 2
19. Reinstall all remaining removed parts.
NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following

things for 2 to 3 days:
• Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up.
• Twist the body excessively (such as when going
in and out of driveways at an angle or driving
over rough, uneven roads).
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
(cont’d)
20-41
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６５０４９１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:38 61SJC020_200_0044
Glass
Rear Window Middle Glass Regulator Replacement (cont’d)

3. Disconnect the connector (A) from the regulator 6. Install the regulator in the reverse order of removal,
motor (B). and note these items:
０２
Fastener Locations 6 x 1.0 mm • Slide the glass right and left to see if it moves
C : Bolt, 2 D : Bolt, 3 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, freely without binding.
7.2 lbf·ft) • Make sure the connector is plugged in properly.
F
C
C
E
D
E
cardiagn.com
D
D A
4. Remove the bolts (C, D), and detach the cable clips
(E), then remove the regulator (F) and motor.
5. Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding surfaces

０３
20-42
07/05/09 17:02:39 61SJC020_200_0045
Rear Window Middle Glass Replacement

NOTE: 4. Move the glass (A) until you can remove it as
• Put on gloves to protect your hands. shown. Pull up the glass to release the bottom of
• Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. the glass, and pull out the top of the glass from the
glass run channel (B), and then remove the glass.
1. Remove these items: ０３
• Rear seat-back (see page 20-119)

• Rear trim panel (see step 2 on page 20-68)
2. Remove the rear window middle glass mounting B

bolts.
０１
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2
cardiagn.com
5. Install the glass in the reverse order of removal,
and note these items:
• Make sure the spacer is installed properly.

6 x 1.0 mm • Slide the glass to see if it moves freely without
9.8 N·m binding.
(1.0 kgf·m, • Make sure that there is no clearance between the
7.2 lbf·ft)
3. Open the middle glass (A) fully by hand. Insert a closed.
pick tool (B) to the glass run channel (C) as shown, • Check for water leaks (see step 7 on page 20-23).
and pull out the edge of the upper spacer (D), and • Test-drive, and check for wind noise and rattles.
then pull out the spacer by hand from between the
glass run channel and glass.
０２
C D
20-43
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００５０４７３ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:39 61SJC020_200_0046
Glass
Rear Window Glass Run Channel Replacement

NOTE: 4. With a knife, scrape the remaining glass run
• Put on gloves to protect your hands. channels (A) from the grooves (B) on the middle
• Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. glass areas of the rear window molding (C).
０２
B C
• Rear seat-back (see page 20-119)

• Rear trim panel (see step 2 on page 20-68)
• Rear window middle glass (see page 20-43)
2. Carefully cut the glass run channel (A) on the

middle glass areas (B) with a utility knife (C), and
then pull out the glass run channel from the top and
bottom groove areas of the rear window molding
(D). Take care not to damage the molding.
０１
A A
cardiagn.com
D
A
B
5. Clean the molding bonding surface with a sponge
dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning,
D
keep oil, grease and water from getting on the
clean surface.
6. Apply a light coat of primer to the groove areas (A)

of the rear window molding (B). Install the glass
run channel (C) to the top and bottom groove areas
of the molding, and then attach the glass run
D channel to the middle glass areas of the molding
with adhesive (3M DP8005).
C A
０３
C C
A B
A
B
3. Check the molding for damage, and replace the
rear window if necessary.
7. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a soft

shop towel dampened with alcohol.
8. Reinstall the removed parts.
20-44
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４０００３００７１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 17:02:42 61SJC020_200_0047
Moonroof
＊０１
GLASS
Position Adjustment, page 20-47
Closing Force and Opening Drag Check, page 20-58
DRAIN CHANNEL
BRACKET COVER
cardiagn.com
SLIDE STOP
LIMIT SWITCH
WIND DEFLECTOR CABLE TUBE REAR BRACKET

Replacement,
page 20-48
REAR CENTER
DEFLECTOR DRAIN TUBE
BASE
SUNSHADE
Replacement, MOTOR
page 20-50 Replacement,
page 20-51
FRAME DRAIN CHANNEL SLIDER

SEALS Replacement, CABLE ASSEMBLY
page 20-55 Replacement, page 20-55
REAR

2006-2008 RIDGELINE - P/NO. 61SJC02: How To Use This Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2006-2008 RIDGELINE - P/NO. 61SJC02: How To Use This Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2006-2008 RIDGELINE - P/NO. 61SJC02: How To Use This Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

07/05/09 16:29:56 61SJC020_000_0002

2006-2008 RIDGELINE - P/NO. 61SJC02

How to Use This Manual General Information

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if Suspension

As sections with * include SRS components;

A Few Words About Safety

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

Chassis and Paint Codes

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations .... 1-6

Under-hood Emission Control Label ............... 1-9

Towing .............................................................. 1-11

Precautions for Variable Torque

Chassis and Paint Codes

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle a. Engine Type

Vehicle Identification Number

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

a. Manufacturer, Make, and Type of Vehicle a. Engine Type

Vehicle Identification Number

Chassis and Paint Codes (cont’d)

Vehicle Identification Number

Identification Number Locations

Bar Code Engine Number Transmission Number

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations

SIDE AIRBAG MODULE DANGER

FRONT SEAT BELT TENSIONER

DRIVER MODULE DANGER

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations (cont’d)

PORTABLE FUEL TANK WARNING

AIR CONDITIONING BATTERY

Under-hood Emission Control Label

VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

Lift and Support Points

2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle

3. Raise the lift to its height, and inspect the vehicle

For non-emergency towing information, refer to the

Trailer Towing (’07-08 USA RTX model)

Parts Marking Precautions for Variable Torque

Standards and Service Limits

Standards and Service Limits

Standards and Service Limits

Fuel and Emissions

Standards and Service Limits

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Standards and Service Limits

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Standards and Service Limits

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Standards and Service Limits

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Standards and Service Limits

Standards and Service Limits

Item Measurement Qualification Specification

1,785 mm (70.3 in.)

3,100 mm (122.0 in.) 1,700 mm (66.9 in.)

Lubricants and Fluids ....................................... 3-2

Lubricants and Fluids